Horner I B TR Book of The Discipline Vinaya Pitaka Vol IV Mahavagga 568p

a c ie o
IB o o k s o f tb e
B u t iO & t f f t g
tD o l, 311) .
T H E BOOK O F T H E D ISCIPLIN E
VOLUM E IV
OF
T H E BOOK T H E DISCIPLINE
(V I N A Y A - P I T A K A ) V O L U M E IV
(M A H A V A G G A )
Translated by L B* HORNER, M .A . A ssociate o f Neumharn College, Cambridge
LONDON
LUZAC
46
G
r e a t
&
R
COM PANY
u s s e l l
LTD.
,
t r e e t
W .C .i
T R A N S L A T O R S
I N T R O D U C T I O N
T h e p re se n t v o lu m e o f th e B ook o f the D is c ip lin e c o v e rs th e w h o le o f th e M a h a v a g g a , th e G r e a t, o r G r e a te r D iv is io n o f th e V in a y a , a n d is th u s a tra n sla tio n o f th e first v o lu m e o f O ld e n b e rg s V in a y a P iia k a tn , p u b lish e d in 18 79 . T h e M ah av a g g a w a s tra n s la te d in fu ll b y R h y s D a v id s a n d O ld e n b erg , a n d co m p rises m o st o f V o lu m e I a n d th e first p a r t o f V o lu m e I I o f th e ir V in a y a T exts (th e ir C u la v a g g a tra n sla tio n a lso b egin s in V o lu m e II ), p u b lish e d in the S a c re d B o o k s o f th e B a s t, V o lu m e s X IT T a n d X V I I , in 18 8 1, 1882- T h e s e vo lu m es, a lth o u g h th e y first a p p e a re d s e v e n t y y e a rs a g o , are s till in d isp en sa b le fo r a s t u d y o f e a r ly B u d d h is t m o n a stic life . T h is n e w tra n sla tio n in th e B ook o f the D is c ip lin e is, h o w e v e r, ju s tifie d I th in k , fo r va rio u s reasons. F o r e x a m p le , re ce n t e v e n ts h a v e fo c u se d a tte n tio n on th e B u d d h is t la n d s o f S o u th E a s t A s ia w h ere B u d d h is t m onks still fo llo w th ese a n cien t ru les ] B u d d h is m itse lf is stirrin g a n d se e k in g to k n o w m ore o f its o w n tre asu re s, a n d i t is a ttr a c tin g n o n -B u d d h is ts to b eco m e a c q u a in te d w ith th em lik e w ise . T h e m o m e n t is th erefo re n o t u n s u ita b le to re -tra n sla te one o f th e p rin c ip a l w o rk s o f th e P a li c a n o n , th e m ore e s p e c ia lly a s m a n y W e ste rn s tu d e n ts are n o w d e b a rre d fro m co n su ltin g th e o rig in a l E n g lis h tra n sla tio n , V in a y a T e x ts , since u n fo r tu n a te ly i t is o u t o f p rin t. M o reo ver, th e sch o la rsh ip w h ich h a s been la v is h e d on th e P a li c a n o n d u rin g ro u g h ly th e la s t c e n tu ry h a s in e v ita b ly re su lte d in a n in creased u n d e rsta n d in g of th e te c h n ic a l an d o th e r te rm s so a b u n d a n t in th e V in a y a a n d w h ic h in m a n y cases a lso o c c u r in o th e r p a rts o f th e P a h canon. F o llo w in g th is , th e re h as re su lte d a su rer k n o w led g e o f P a li B u d d h is m a s a w h o le . N o w th a t referen ces, a llu sio n s, rem arks, n o t to m e n tio n w o rd s th e m selv e s, can b e c o m p a red w ith o th e r c o n te x ts , w h ic h h a d been e ith e r n o t e d ite d in rom an le tte r s o r n o t tra n s la te d b y th e tim e V in a y a T exts w a s p u b lish ed , t h e y are a b le to ta k e on a fresh a n d a fu lle r m ean in g, F o r th e sa m e reaso n v a r io u r te rm s a n d p h rases, h ith e r to d ifficu lt a n d p e rh a p s b a fflin g , h a v e b eco m e easie r to u n d e rsta n d , an d h en ce to tra n sla te . I h a v e th erefo re a tte m p te d tra n sla tio n s o f v a r io u s w o rd s t h a t R h y s D a v id s a n d O ld en b erg , fo r one reason o r a n o th e r, k e p t in th e P a li. I d o n o t cla im o r ig in a lity , h o w e v e r, fo r m y v
vi
T R A N S L A T O R ' S
ren d erin g s, fo r m o st, if n o t ail o f th ese te rm s h a v e a lre a d y b e e n tra n sla te d w h ere t h e y occur in o th e r ca n o n ica l te x ts an d h a v e a p p e a re d in th e ir a p p ro p ria te b o o k s in th e P a li T e x t S o c ie ty 's T ra n sla tio n Series or in th e Sacred B o o k s o f th e B u d d h is ts. S o m e o f th ese w ord s m a y be m en tion ed here. F o r e x a m p le , a s in th e first three vo lu m es o f th e B oo k o f the D is c ip lin e , samgha is ren d ered a s O rd er ; dukkapz as w ro n g d o in g (a ty p e o f offence) o f c o n sta n t o ccu rren ce in th is vo lu m e , sdmanera a s n o v ic e ; titihiya a s o th e r s e c t s ; bhikkhu and bhikkhunt as m o n k a n d n u n j chabbaggiya bhikkhit a s th e six fo ld g ro u p o f m o n k s ; vassa a s the ra in s ; parivdsa as p ro b a tio n ; upa.jjhd.ya a s p r e c e p to r ; saddhiviharika a s th e one w h o sh ares h is c e l l ; acariya a s te a c h e r (in a te c h n ic a l sense), a n d antevasin a s h is p u p il ; an d pavaraiâ a s In v ita tio n . Tn th is vo lu m e T h a v e also tra n slate d a n u m b e r o f o th e r w ords, lik ew ise le ft u n tra n s la te d b y R h y s D a v id s and O ld en b erg , a n d w h ich h a v e n o t o ccu rre d in m y th ree p reced in g vo lu m es. F o r e x a m p le , I h a v e tra n sla te d parisuddhi a s entire p u r ity ; nissaya a s d ep en d en ce ; and natii a s m o tio n w h ile natticatuttha is a m o tio n fo llo w ed b y a reso lu tio n p u t th ree times* I h a v e also g iv e n th e n am es o f th e form al a c ts o f th e O rd er in E n g lish . A ll th e se are te c h n ic a l term s, a n d sh ould be u n d ersto o d , fo r th e y n a tu r a lly h elp to c la r ify som e o f th e d e p th s a n d co m p lica tion s o f the V inaya. In alm o st e v e r y case th e n o te s w h ich R h y s D a v id s a n d O ld e n b erg ap p en d to th e ir u n tra n sla ted w o rd s are o f g re a t v a lu e an d m e rit ca refu l consultation* I h a v e m a d e no a tte m p t to tra n s la te d h a m m a a n d n ib b a n a . B u t I h o p e b y tra n sla tin g su ch te rm s a s I h a v e m en tion ed a b o ve I h a v e, w h ile k e e p in g to th e P a li in ten tio n , p erh a p s c lo th e d th em in a m e a n in g an d sign ifican ce easier fo r th e E n g lish read er to g ra sp th a n w h e n h e is co n fro n ted w ith th e P a li form s. T h is v o lu m e opens w ith th e a c c o u n t, o f th e g re a te st im p o rt a n ce to h istorian s a n d d evo tees o f B u d d h ism alike, o f the d a y s im m e d ia te ly p reced in g th e fo rm a tio n o f th e O rd er itse lf, b e g in n in g w ith th e se v e n d a y s ' co n te m p la tio n u n d er th e B o -tre e w h ere G o ta m a sat e n jo y in g th.e bliss o f d eliv era n ce ju s t a fte r h e had a tta in e d th a t fu ll aw aken in g , illu m in a tio n o r en ligh ten m en t w h ich m a rk e d h is p assage from B o d h isa tta h o o d to B uddhahood. A c c o rd in g to th is M a h a v a g g a a cco u n t, d u rin g e a ch o f " th e
vii
th ree w a tc h e s o f th e n ig h t " p re su m a b ly th e la st o f th e se v e n sp en t u n d e r th e B o -tre e h e u tte r e d a so le m n u tte ra n c e co n cern ed w ith cau se, a n d then w ith th e ro u tin g o f M a ra (in th e th ir d w a tc h ). T h e Dham m apada Com m entary { D h A . iu. 127) s a y s t h a t in th e first w a tc h he d issip a te d th e d a rk n e ss (ignorance) v e ilin g his fo rm er abodes, o r liv e s, b irth s ; th a t in th e second he p u rifie d h is d e v a -v isio n ; a n d t h a t in th e th ird , o u t o f co m p assio n fo r crea tu re s, h e p a id rig h t m in d fu ln e ss t o d e p en d e n t o rig in a tio n b o th in fo rw a rd a n d re v e rse o rd er. T h en , se lf-a w a k e n e d to th e fu llest se lf-a w a k e n in g , h e u tte re d th e solem n u tte ra n c e co m m o n to h u n d re d s o f th o u sa n d s o f B u d d h a s , n a m e ly th e tw o verses b e g in n in g anakujdtisarnsdram {Dhp. 15 3 ; Thag. 18 3 ; J d , i. 76}. T h e In tro d u c tio n to th e V in a y a Com m entary (Sam antapdsddikd ), V o l. I, p . 1 7 , a n d th e Dtgha Com m entary ( D A . i. 16), agree th a t these v e rse s are th e first B u d d h a v a c a n a ; w h ile th e U ddna Com m entary (p. 208) a n d th e Suttanipata Com m entary (ii. 392) a lso s a y t h a t he u tte re d th e se verses a fte r h e h a d a tta in e d the th ree k n o w le d g e s in th e th re e w a tc h e s o f th e n ig h t. T h e K huddakapatha Com m entary (p. 1:313), e la b o ra tin g fu rth e r, o r p e rh a p s fo llo w in g som e o th e r tra d itio n , s a y s th a t w h ile th e se tw o v e rs e s w ere th e first o f a ll w o rd s to be u tte re d b y th e B u d d h a (B u d d h a , b e cau se n o w , a lth o u g h v e r y re c e n tly , " a w a k e n e d " ) , t h e y w ere o n ly sp o k en m e n ta lly a n d n o t o u t lo u d . F o r w h a t he first sp o k e o u t lo u d , so th is C o m m e n ta ry co n tin u e s, w a s th e v e rse w h ic h in th e M a J ia va g g a is a ttrib u te d t o th e e n d o f th e first w a tc h o f th e n ig h t o f a w a k en in g . A t th e e n d o f th e th ir d w a tc h of th is c r u c ia l n ig h t th e B u d d h a w e n t, a c co rd in g to th e M a h a v a g g a , to th e fo o t o f th e A ja p a la b a n y a n a n d sa t th ere fo r se v e n d a y s ; h e th e n sp e n t a n o th e r se v e n d a y s a t th e fo o t o f th e M u calin d a tree, a n d a s till fu r th e r se v e n a t th e fo o t o f th e R ajcL yatana. W h ile h e w a s a t th e first o f these th ree tre es h e w a s v isite d b y a b ra h m a n , re p re s e n ta tiv e o f on e o f th e sects w h ic h a b o u n d ed in Tndia a t th a t tim e , a n d th e B u d d h a s ta te d h is v ie w o n w h a t it is to b e a " b ra h m a n (in th e tru e sense). W h ile h e w a s a t th e seco n d tre e a n a g a -k in g a rriv e d to o ffe r h im p ro te c tio n in d ic a tiv e o f th e clo se a n d . o n th e w h o le, frie n d ly re la tio n s w h ic h in th e B u d d h is t tra d itio n e x is te d b e tw e e n se rp e n ts a n d h u m a n b e in g s. A g a in G o ta m a m ade a sh o rt s ta te m e n t, th is tim e on w h a t it is th a t c o n stitu te s
viii
I N T R O D U C T IO N
" h ig h e st bliss " , p a ja m a sukha. A lth o u g h th is sta te m e n t la c k s th e terseness o f th a t a ttr ib u te d to G o ta m a in th e M dgandiya Sufta (M . S ta . 75) : th a t n ib b a n a is th e h igh est bliss " , it n e v erth eless co n ta in s te n e ts th a t th ro u g h o u t th e lo n g h is to ry o f B u d d h is m h a v e re m a in e d at th e h eart o f its te a ch in g ; th a t th e a b sen ce o f m a lic e , th e absence o f fe elin g a ttr a c te d to c o n d itio n e d th in gs, th e tran scen d in g o f sense-pleasures, a n d th e a v e r tin g (or c o n tr o l vinaya) o f p rid e in th e th o u g h t " T am " th a t th e se are th e h ig h est bliss. In th e T a lk o n B r a h m a s E n t r e a t y " d u rin g th e tim e o f th e B u d d h a s h e sita tio n to te a ch d h a m m a , co n cep ts em erge w h ich , w ith m o re in siste n ce or less, are fo u n d in m o st o f th e P a li c a n o n ica l te x ts : th e deepness a n d d iffic u lty o f d h am m a, its p ea ce, an d th e con sequ en t need to te a ch it in a w o rld so d e lig h tin g an d re jo ic in g in sensual p leasu re th a t it w a s a ve rse to le ttin g its e lf b e p e rsu a d e d th a t d h am m a, e a rn e s tly practised , led u p s tre a m , a g a in st th e cu rren t, patisotagdm in, a n d b y th e d e a th o f c ra v in g o p e n e d the doors o f d eath lessn ess t o n ib b an a, th e so u rce o f tru e an d sup rem e bliss. T h e first K h a n d h a k a , Section or C h a p te r o f th e M a lia v a g g a , c a lle d th e G re a t {mahd) S e ctio n , also co n ta in s G o ta m a 's fam o u s u tte ra n c e to U p a k a , th e N a k e d A sce tic , o f h is victo rio u sn ess, p e rfe ctio n a n d self-aw ak en in g , o f his uniquen ess, a n d o f his h a v in g h a d n o te a ch er (r. 8. 8). H e is th erefo re d ifferen t from o th e r h u m an b ein gs. T h e n there com es, p reced ed b y fu rth e r stress on th e fin d in g o f d eath lessn ess, th e F ir s t D iscourse, d e liv ere d to th e fiv e e a rlie st fo llo w ers, a n d called elsew here th e D h a m m a c a k k a p p a v a tta n a S u tta , th e D isco u rse on th e R o llin g o f th e W h ee l o f D h a m m a , in w h ich th e M iddle Course b etw een th e tw o e x trem e s, the d ead -en d s o f to o g re a t lu x u r y a n d to o g re a t a u s te r ity , is called th e A r iy a n E ig h tfo ld W a y . T h is W a y is g ra d e d into stla, sam adhi an d p an n a {1 \i. i. 30 1) a n d cen tres on dukhhat iin satisfacto rin ess, ill or suffering, a n d th e sto p p in g o f it, epitom ised la te r b y G o ta m a w hen he is re co rd e d to s a y (A f. i. 140) : " A s fo rm e rly , so now , th is is p re c ise ly w h a t T te a c h : ill an d th e sto p p in g o f ill.J' A rin a ta K o p d a n n a w as th e first o f the d iscip les to ap p reh en d th is c e n tra l fa c t in c a u s a lity , th a t " w h a te v e r is o f th e n atu re to arise, a ll th a t is o f th e n a tu re to sto p I t w a s his visio n o f d h a m m a , as it w as soon a fte rw a rd s t h a t o f his four com panion s.
ix
A s th is d h a m m a -v isio n arose in e a c h o n e o f th e m h e ask ed fo r th e " g o in g fo rth " or ad m issio n , pabbajjd, a n d fo r th e ordination, u-pasampada, in th e L o r d 's p resen ce. I n resp o n se, G o ta m a u tte r e d t h e w o rd s, C om e, m o n k , ehi bhikkku, w e ll ta u g h t is d h a m m a , fa re th e B ra h m a -fa rin g fo r th e u t t e r en d in g o f i l l ." T h is, th e o rig in a l fo rm u la , u se d b y G o ta m a w h e n th e O rd e r w a s b e g in n in g to fo rm a n d w h ile it w a s s till in it s in fa n c y , c o v e r s sim u lta n e o u s a d m issio n a n d o rd in a tio n . L a t e r , tw o se p a ra tb p ro ced u res su p e rv e n e d , an d as th e M a h a v a g g a sh o w s, ad m issio n in to th e O rd e r h a d to b e g a in e d b efo re o rd in a tio n c o u ld b e conferred . A f t e r th e S e c o n d D isc o u rse , th a t o n th e im p o s s ib ility o f th e five^ hhandhas b e in g self b ecau se t h e y a re im p e rm a n e n t a n d su fferin g , a n d also sp o k e n t o the five o rig in a l fo llo w ers, a n d a fte r th e o rd in a tio n o f Y a s a , his fo u r frien d s, a n d th e n his f i f t y frie n d s, th e re w e re six ty -o n e a r a h a n ts in th e w o rld (1. 10. 4). F r e e d from a ll s n a r e s ," th e y w ere to ld b y G o ta m a to go o u t o n to u r a n d p re a c h d h a m m a fo r th e g o o d a n d th e w e lfa re o f th e m u ltitu d e . A s a re su lt m a n y p eo p le b e c a m e a n x io u s fo r ad m issio n an d o rd in a tio n , b u t, jo u r n e y in g to G o ta m a so as to b e a d m itte d a n d o rd a in e d b y h im , t h e y a rriv e d e x h a u ste d . A c c o r d in g ly h e th e re u p o n allo w ed m o n k s th e m s e lv e s to a d m it a n d o rd ain in a n y d is tr ic t, in a n y q u a rte r. T h e y w e re n o t, h o w e v e r, in stru c te d to u se th e w o rd s " C o m e, m o n k ." O n th e c o n tra ry , it is n o w th e c a n d id a te w h o h a s th ree tim es to re p e a t a n o th e r fo rm u la . T h is is ca lle d ad m issio n and o rd in a tio n b y th e " th re e g o in g s fo r re fu g e T h is m a rk s th e secon d sta g e in th e o rd in a tio n p ro ceed in gs. I n th e u sa g e to b e fo llo w ed b y th o se w h o w ish ed to b e m o n a stic fo llo w ers, th e th re e refu ges b e cam e sta b ilise d as buddham saranam gacchdm i, dhamrnam saranaift gacchafni, sdmghattt saranani gacchdm i , e a c h p h rase to be re p e a te d th ree tim es. T h ose w h o w ish e d to b e c o u n te d as la y d isc ip le s (up asa ka , fem . updsika) a sk e d fo r th is s ta tu s b y re p e a tin g th e s lig h tly d iffere n t fo rm u la o f ta k in g re fu g e n o t in biiddham, dhamrnam a n d samgham, b u t in bhagavantant , dhamrnam a n d bhikkkusam ghatn ,1 o r in bhavantam Gotam am , dhamrnam a n d bJiikkhusarhgham .1
* Besides th e M ahSvagga references, see e.g. A f. i. 363, 3.79, 391, 3<X>. * See also e.g. M . i. 290, +13, 489, 501.
I t is p ro b a b le th a t th is m eth o d o f a d m ittin g an d ord ain in g d id n o t la s t v e r y long. T h e reasons g iv en fo r ab o lish in g it are p erh ap s n o t v e r y c o n vin cin g , a n d w e sh o u ld h a v e e x p e cte d m o re d e ta ils a n d ta le s o f m ish aps sh o w in g th a t it no lo n g e r su fficed and th erefo re needed re v isin g . A t all e ve n ts, as th e M a h a v a g g a sta n d s, on a n occasion w h e n S a rip u tta a sk e d him h o w he sh o u ld a d m it an d ordain a c e rta in brah m an , G o ta m a d id n o t a n sw er th a t th e b ra h m a n 's rep etitio n o f th e three goings fo r re fu g e w ould c o n stitu te his o rd in a tio n . (I. 38. 3-} In stea d th e th ird p h ase n o w aro se : th a t o f th e O rd er o rd ain in g a c a n d id a te , p resen ted b y h is p recep tor, b y m ean s o f a fo rm a l a c t (kamma ,) co n sistin g o f a m o tion a n d a reso lu tio n p ro claim ed th re e tim e s {naiticatzdtha). T h is m ean s th a t it is n o w th e O rd er alone w h ich h as th e a u th o rity , th e p o w er and th e le g a l rig h t to o rd ain . Tn a d d itio n , th e c a n d id a te fo r o rd in a tio n n o w has to h a v e a p re c e p to r, agreed u p o n b y th e O rd er, w h o m ust p resen t him to th e O rd er th a t is to th e one d w e llin g w ith in th e b o u n d a ry w h ere h e w a n ts to ta k e u p h is residence and w h o m u st h a v e p rep a red him b efo reh an d so th a t, w ith o u t feelin g a sh am ed o r co n fu se d , he w ill be a b le t o an sw er a n u m b er o f ro u tin e q u e stio n s t h a t w ill b e p u t to h im in th e m id st o f th e O rd er. N o d o u b t o f g ra d u a l g ro w th , th e se ro u tin e questio n s fo rm a k in d of e x a m in a tio n , and it is im pressed on th e c a n d id a te b y h is p re c e p to r th a t n o w , a b o ve a ll tim es, is a tim e fo r tru th -s p e a k in g . T h e se are, h o w e v e r, m e re ly som e of the fe a tu re s a m o n g th e m a n y le a d in g to th e fin alised form o f th e ord in atio n proceedings. T h ese m u ltip lie d a n d becam e in tric a te to su it th e d y n a m ic an d p ro g re ssiv e p h ase in w h ich th e y to o k sh ape. G on e is th e o ld s im p lic ity o f 'C o m e , m o n k " . R e g u la tio n s h a v e to in crease to m e e t a c o m p le x ity o f em e rg e n t e v e n tu a litie s. T h e resources, nissa ya , th e m inim um n u m b er o f m o n ks co m p o sin g a n O rd er c o m p e ten t to ordain, th e n u m b er o f y e a rs a m onk m u st h a v e been o rd a in e d before h e is reck on ed a s su ita b le or c o m p e te n t to ordain others, liv in g in depen dence, nissaya vaithurn, on a te a ch er, g iv in g g u id a n ce , n issa y a m datum , th e q u a litie s th a t a m o n k sh o u ld be possessed o f in order to ordain, and th e o rd in a tio n a n d p ro b a tio n o f fo rm er m em bers o f o th e r sects, a n d th e age a t w h ic h a p erson m a y b e ord am ed , are all s u b je c ts b ro u g h t u n d er review . T h e inner life of th e O rd er
XI
h a d to b e sa fe g u a rd e d a s m u ch a s h a d it s re la tio n s to th e w o rld o u tsid e. T h a t th e c a n d id a te fo r o rd in a tio n h a d to u n d e rg o a p rio r p erio d o f p re p a ra tio n a n d in stru c tio n a t th e h a n d s o f a p re c e p to r im p lies a p a ssa g e o f tim e elap sin g b e tw e e n " g o in g fo r th " o r p re lim in a ry a d m issio n , a n d o rd in a tio n o r fin a l a d m issio n , f t w o u ld seem th a t in o rd er to m eet d iffic u ltie s, p e rh a p s c re a te d b y th e d ra w in g p o w er o f G o ta m a J s O rd er itse lf, w h a t h a d o n ce been one o p e ra tio n b e ca m e sp lit in to tw o . T h is is th e in te n tio n o f C h a p te r 28 o f M a h a v a g g a T w h ic h , w ith o u t m e n tio n in g a d m ission , a llo w s m o n k s to ord ain b y a fo rm a l a c t c o n sistin g of th e m o tio n a n d th e reso lu tio n p u t to th e O rd e r th re e tim es. Sin ce th e m e th o d o f ad m issio n is n o t fo rm u la te d here, a lth o u g h S a x ip u tta h a d a s k e d h o w to a d m it a n d h o w to o rd a in , it b eco m es c le a r t h a t th ese tw o pro ceed in gs, h ith e rto sim u lta n e o u s, are n o w in th e pro cess o f se p a ra tin g . C h a p te r 30 sh o w s e v e n m ore co n fu sio n . Tt cite s a n in sta n c e w h ere m o n k s a d m it a n d o rd ain a b ra h m a n w h o h a d a s k e d fo r a d m issio n (only). G o ta m a re p ro ve d th em fo r a d m ittin g a n yo n e w h o w e n t fo rth fo r th e sa k e o f th e go od m ea ls th e m o n ks w ere re p u te d to e n jo y a n d th e n p o in te d o u t th e fo u r ** re so u rces fo r o n e b e in g ord ain ed , s a y in g th a t a d m issio n w a s fo r th e sa k e , n o t o f g o o d fo o d , b u t o f e a ch o n e o f th e resources. Tt is, h o w e v e r, c le a r th a t tw o stages w e re b e c o m in g n e c e s sa ry b efo re th e fu ll s ta tu s o f a m o n k c o u ld b e a cq u ire d , a n d th a t in th e earlier o f th ese tw o stages, e n te re d on to b y fiabbajjd, ad m ission , th e m o n k s sta n d in g , rig h ts a n d d u tie s w o u ld b e d ifferen t fro m th o se in th e la tte r sta g e , e n te re d on to b y uftasam pada , o rd in a tio n . H en ce w hen p abbajja w a s fu n c tio n a lly s e p a ra te d from upasam padd, it re ce iv e d a n ew a n d sp ecia lised sig n ifica n ce , co m in g to m e a n ad m issio n to n o v ic ia te sh tp . O n e becam e a n o v ice, samatpera, b y th e c o n fe rm e n t o f p a b b a jja , a n e w ly o rd ain ed m o n k , navii, b y the co n fe rm en t o f up asam padd . T h e fo rm er, lik e th e la tte r , h a d its o w n m a c h in e r y fo r its p ro p er e n a ctm en t (L 50- 61). F o r e x a m p le , a b o y sh o u ld n o t be a llo w ed to " g o fo r th unless h e h a d his p a re n ts co n sen t, a n d u n less h e h a d re a c h e d th e age o f fifteen , e x c e p t o n th e stran g e co n d itio n th a t he co u ld scare cro w s (L 51)- a te s t p erh a p s t h a t h is first in fa n c y w as p a st. M eth o d s o f d e a lin g w ith r e fr a c to r y n o vices a re la id dow n {T. 57- 60). A s d e p ra v e d
T R A N S L A T O R S I N T R O D U C T I O N m o n k s c o u ld be e x p e lle d a fte r t h e y h ad been ordained, so d e p ra v e d n o v ic e s c o u ld b e e xp e lle d b efo re th e y w ere ordained. T h e g o in g for re fu g e in th e buddha, dhamma a n d satngha, a lth o u g h a b o lish ed from th e n o rm a l p rocedure o f o rd in a tio n J w a s re ta in e d a s th e fo rm u la n o vices are to rep eat w h en being a llo w e d to go fo rth (I. 54. 3). I t is also th e fo rm u la to be used b y those fo rm er m em bers of o th e r sects, w h o la te r w ill be e lig ib le fo r o rd in a tio n , w h en th e y are a sk in g to e n te r on a fo u r m o n th s' p ro b a tio n a ry period w h ic h th e y h a v e to observe first (I. 38). B y e n la rg in g the O rd e r to in clu d e n o vices, w h o m ig h t b e th o se w h o sh ared a cell (w ith a precep tor) o r p u p ils (of a tea ch er), b y n o t lim itin g it to G o ta m a him self a n d the first s ix t y m on ks, a ll o f w h o m were a ra h a n ts, b y e x h o rtin g these o rig in a l a d ep ts " to g o fo rth an d te a ch d h am m a a n d a s a re su lt o f th e ir re tu rn in g w ith an unspecified num ber o f people se e k in g fo r ad m ission a n d ord in atio n , th e O rd er w as rendered a cce ssib le to m en w h ose pow ers o f a tta in in g th e m a tch less d e liv e ra n c e (I. 13. x) w ere n o t so g re a t as those o f th e origin al d iscip les. T h e se w ere m o n ks w h o th erefo re sto o d in need o f tra in in g . B u t in sp ite o f m a n y o p p o rtu n ities o f su b m ittin g t o i t a n d p ro fitin g b y it, th e y d id n o t a lw a y s tu rn out s a tis fa c to r ily . H ence it m a y be p resu m ed th a t th e bhikkhusathgka o f th e th ird refuge fo r la y fo llo w ers sa id less th a n w a s in te n d e d . T h e samgha of a ra h a n ts, or at least o f a riy a n s is m e a n t, n o t th a t o f a v e ra g e m en. T h e Samgha. o f th e T rip le G em is n o t th e c o m m u n ity of m onks a s such, not th e c o m m u n ity th a t in clu d es the g ro u p s o f six or se v e n te e n m o n ks, n o toriou s fo r th e ir b a d h a b its a n d a s m akers o f tro u b le , or the quarrelsom e m o n k s o f K o sa m b I, o r those d e p ra v e d or ill-b eh aved in d iv id u a ls on acco u n t o f all o f w h om ru les were fo rm u la te d , regu lation s d e v ise d , and offences d iscrim in ated fro m w h a t w ere not classed a s offen ces, a n d w h ose m isd oin gs p ro v id e th e raison d 'f t r e of d iscip lin e, of vinaya, o f the o u tw a rd sta n d a rd of self-co n tro l so m u ch needed n o t m e rely to d istin g u ish th e m onks from m e m b ers of o th er sects, a lth o u g h in som e cases a c e rta in a m o u n t o f im ita tio n w as p e rm itte d , b u t also to g a in th e lo y a lt y and su p p o rt o f th e la y follow ers- F o r on th ese d epen ded t o a large e x te n t th e p h y sic a l co n d itio n s w h ich w o u ld m ake a m o n k free t o d e v o te him self to his train ing, th e g o a l of w h ich w as th e
xiii
v isio n o f n ib b a n a . T h e Satngha o f th e th ird re fu g e h as in r e a lity referen ce o n ly t o th o se ste a d fa s t d iscip les w h o , h a v in g en te red th e sotdpanna sta g e are o n th e su p ra m u n d a n e p a r ts o f th e W a y , an d s o are th e m se lv e s o f su p ra m u n d a n e s ta tu r e a n d a tta in m e n ts lokuttara b ecau se u n a ife c te d b y a ll t h a t is lok iy a , of th e w o rld , co m p o u n d e d a n d c o n d itio n e d . " T h e y areu n ited b y th e co m m u n io n o f u n d e rsta n d in g a n d e th ic a l b e h a v io u r, a c co rd in g to th e C o m m en ta ries on th e Bhayabh.era.va Sutta (M A . i. 130 ff.) a n d th e Khuddakapdpha { K h A . 1 8 - 1 9 ) , in b o th o f w h ic h th e m e a n in g o f " g o in g fo r re fu g e " is d iscu ssed a t le n g th a n d a t a h ig h le v e l n o t a p p ro a c h e d in th e V in a y a Com m entary . T h e first tw e n ty -fo u r c h a p te rs o f th e F ir s t S e c tio n , th e M a h a k h a n d h a k a , o f th e M a h a v a g g a a p p e a r to g iv e a ch ro n o lo g ic a l a c c o u n t o f e v e n ts fro m th e n ig h t o f A w a k e n in g u n d e r th e B o -tre e on th e b a n k s o f th e riv e r N e ra n ja ra to th e ad m issio n a n d o rd in a tio n o f S a r ip u tta a n d M o g g allan a, th e p a ir o f c h ie f d iscip les, a lr e a d y go n e fo r th from h o m e in to hom elessness a s w a n d erers. F r o m th is p o in t o n , a p recise h isto ric a l n a rra tio n is n o t so a p p a re n t, fo r th e M a h a v a g g a n o w b e g in s to g ro u p to g e th e r s u b je c t-m a tte r th a t b elon gs to g e th e r. S tr ic t ch ro n o lo g y is su sp en d ed , n o d o u b t in the in te re sts o f c la s s ify in g t h is s u b je c t-m a tte r a n d re d u c in g its c o m p le x ity t o som e k in d o f m a n a g e a b le o rd er, th e b e tte r t o be fixed in th e m e m o ry . W h a t n e e d w a s th e re fo r t h e e x is tin g or fo r a n y su b se q u en t O rd e r to k n o w th e e x a c t processio n o f e v e n ts ? I t w a s o f g r e a te r v a lu e to le a rn a n d m a ste r th e ru les a n d p ro ce d u re g o v e rn in g b o th th e recu rren t o cca sio n s and th e d a ily o o n d u ct o f m o n a stic life, a n d th is could b e m o re e a sily a cco m p lish e d if th e m a te ria l fo r th e v a rio u s to p ic s w e re gro u p ed to g e th e r in ste a d o f b e in g s c a tte re d th ro u g h o u t th e im m ense c o m p ila tio n k n o w n a s th e V in a y a - P i ta k a . I f, in th e h a n d s o f th e e a r ly ed ito rs th e seq u en ce of e v e n ts b e ca m e se c o n d a ry to sy ste m a tisa tio n , th is p la n n o n eth eless w e ll sh o w s b o th th e d e v e lo p m e n t a n d th e sta b ilis a tio n o f th e O rd er a s a u n ifo rm in s titu tio n , th e g ro w th o f se v e ra l m o n a stic p ra c tic e s, o f g o v e rn m e n t w ith in it fo r th e sa k e o f its own. p re se rv a tio n a n d co n tin u a n ce w h ich , in tu rn , d e p en d e d o n th e e ssen tia l q u a litie s o f scru p u lo u sn ess a n d s tr iv in g on th e p a r t o f th e in d iv id u a ls w h o b e ca m e its m em bers. T h e se th e re fo re
w ere b e in g c o n tin u a lly b ro u g h t to liv e in c o n fo rm ity w ith a s ta n d a rd o f b e h a v io u r sp e c ia lly su ita b le to reclu ses, samana, an d w o r th y o f th o se w h o h a d " l e f t th e w o r ld " w ith its e v a n e sc e n t p leasu res an d its tro u b le s an d h a d in stea d en tered on a w a y o f life w h ere w o rld ly jo y s an d sorrow s w ere g ra d u a lly to be re n o u n ced so t h a t th e o th e r-w o rld ly an d h ig h er jo y th a t tra n sc e n d e d th e m co u ld b e ap p reh en d ed . F o r a c h ie v in g this, th e life o f th e O rd e r regard ed a s a w h ole c a m e to b e , n o d o u b t g ra d u a lly , p la n n ed an d a rran ged and a d a p te d to c ircu m sta n ces, w hile, ru n n in g p a ra lle l t o . such d e v e lo p m e n ts, th e life o f its m em bers becam e c a re fu lly regu la te d , T h u s the first ste p s o f a ll ad m ission an d ord in ation in to th e O rd er w ere exp erim en ted w ith u n til va rio u s typ es o f a p p lic a n ts rega rd ed a s n o t eligible fo r e n try co u ld be exclu d ed b y rules, b a se d e ith e r on exp erien ce or on fo reth o u g h t. T h is le ft th e O rd er op en o n ly to th e so rt of person w hom it w a s n o t u n re a so n a b le to suppose m ig h t b e a ssim ila ted w ith o u t b rin g in g it in to d isg race. E v e n so, th ere w ere backslid ers, as a lre a d y m en tion ed . D isgrace w o u ld h a v e been co u rted if, fo r e x a m p le , d e b to rs and th o se in th e ro y a l se rvice had been a llo w ed to escap e th e ir o b lig a tio n s b y b eco m in g m onks. T h erefo re t h e y w e re d e b a rre d fro m en terin g th e O rder. A fte r its first S e c tio n on A d m issio n an d O rd in atio n , the M a h a v a g g a proceed s to a n acco u n t o f the n a tu re and estab lish m en t o f th e grea t fo rtn ig h tly O b se rv a n ce o f uposatha, w h ose p rin c ip a l fe a tu re is th e re c ita l o f th e P a tim o k k h a rules. T h is p ro v id e s m o n k s w ith a n occasion to re v e a l a n y offence th e y m a y h a v e c o m m itte d . T h e ir silence, o n th e o th e r h a n d , is ta k e n to m ea n th a t th e y have e n tire p u rity , parisuddhi, in re sp e ct o f a d h eren ce to th e rules. A s u su al, all kin d s o f su b s id ia ry m a tte r s h ad to be defined an d regu larised in o rd er t o a c h ie v e th e sm oo th running o f th e m a in concerns. In th e case of th e U p o s a th a it w a s for e x a m p le d e t e r m i n e d th a t o n ly m o n ks liv in g w ith in th e sam e recogn ised bo u n d ary should g a th e r to g e th e r on o n U p o sa th a d a y . T h erefo re m eth o d s o f fixin g b o u n d aries h ad to be e stab lish ed . M o reo ver th e U p o sa th a c o u ld n o t b e held at som e place chosen a t random ; a place o f a m a x im u m size fo r the cu rren t needs h ad to be agreed upon w ith in each b o u n d a ry so th a t a ll th e m o n ks liv in g th ere sh ould k n o w w h ere to go a n d a rriv e in tim e. I f th e y h a d d iffic u lty
T R A N S L A T O R
xv
in cro ssin g a riv e r one th a t ra n th ro u g h th e ir b o u n d a r y to g e t th ere, i t m ig h t b e a g re e d b y th e O rd e r t h a t t h e y n e e d n o t co m e b rin g in g a ll th e ir th re e robes ; b u t i f t h e y le ft th e m b e h in d t h e y m u s t n o t l a y th e m a sid e in a n u n s u ita b le p la c e w h e re t h e y m ig h t g e t lo st or b u rn t o r ea ten b y r a ts (II. 12 ). R ig h t a n d w ro n g m e th o d s of r e c itin g th e P a tim o k k h a a re g iv e n ; w h e th e r o r n o t it sh o u ld b e re c ite d in fu ll o r in b rief, w h ic h to som e e x te n t d ep en d ed o n th e a b se n ce o r p resen ce o f te n so u rces o f d a n g e r. I t w as, id e a lly , to b e re c ite d b y an e ld er (tkera ), b u t i f h e w a s in c o m p e te n t, th e n i t w a s t o be re cite d b y som e o th e r e xp erien ced , c o m p e te n t m o n k ; i f th e re w e re n o n e w ith in th e b o u n d a ry , a n e w ly o rd a in e d m o n k w a s t o b e s e n t to a n e ig h b o u rin g resid en ce to le a m i t th e r e , e ith e r in f r ill o r in b rie f, a n d th e n re tu rn (I I . 17. 6). I f a m o n k , o w in g to illn ess, c o u ld n o t a tte n d th e r e c ita l o f th e P a tim o k k h a , he h a d to se n d h is " e n tire p u r it y " , pari&uddhi, b y a n o th e r. T h is m o n k c o n v e y e d i t o n b e h a lf o f th e o n e w h o w a s i ll a n d d e cla re d it (datum) to th e O r d e r ; b u t m a n y occasio n s are p o site d w h e n th e e n tire p u r it y co m es t o be n o t c o n v e y e d o n a c co u n t o f a v a r ie ty o f th in g s t h a t m ig h t h a p p e n to th e c o n v e y e r b o th w h ile o n his w a y fro m th e in v a lid to th e m e e tin g -p la ce a n d a fte r his a rriv a l th e re b u t b e fo re he h a d g iv e n th e e n tire p u r ity . This., and th e c o n v e y a n c e a n d g iv in g , o r d e cla ra tio n o f th e co n sen t (chandam ddtutn) on b e h a lf o f a m o n k w h o is ill fo r th e c a rry in g out o f a fo r m a l a c t o f th e O rd er, se rv e to sh o w h o w e x tr e m e ly im p o rta n t i t w a s h e ld t o be a p o in t stressed o v e r a n d o v e r a g a in t h a t a n O rd e r sh o u ld be ** co m p le te w h e n e v e r its b usin ess w a s b e in g d isch a rg ed . T h is w a s n o t t o fa ll in to th e hands o f th e fe w . E v e n th o se w h o, lik e M a h a k a p p in a , c la im e d to be " p u rifie d w ith th e h ig h e st p u r ity " (II. 5. 5), w ere n o t n o t to g o . F o r a n O rd e r w o u ld n o t h a v e b een co m p le te i f e v e n one m o n k w e re a b se n t. I t w o u ld seem th a t th e o n ly reason s for n o t g o in g to th e O b se rv a n ce in p erso n w e re severe illn ess a n d m a d n ess. In th e fo rm er c a se th e O rd e r c o u ld b e re g a rd e d a s co m p le te a lth o u g h in fa c t n o t co m p le te , p ro v id e d th a t th e e n tire p u r it y a n d th e co n sen t w e re p ro p e rly a n d s a fe ly c o n v e y e d a n d d e cla re d . I n th e la tte r , th e O rd er m u s t g ra n t th e m a d m o n k , h ere ty p ifie d b y G a g g a , th e ag reem en t fo r a m a d m a n . T h is a g re e m e n t is to the e ffect th a t w h e th e r th e m a d m o n k rem em b ers th e
xvi
T R A N S L A T O R S I N T R O D U C T I O N
O b se rv a n c e or n o t, c o m e s fo r it or n o t, w h e th e r he rem em bers a form ed a c t o f th e O rd e r o r n o t, co m es fo r it o r n o t, th e O rd e r e ith e r w ith him or w ith o u t h im c a n le g itim a te ly c a r r y o u t b o th th e O b se rv a n c e a n d th e form al a c t. S u c h are so m e o f th e item s a n d p ro b lem s w h ich h a d to be se ttle d a n d so lv ed b e fo re th e recital o f th e P a tim o k k h a re ce iv e d its fin a l fo rm . T d o n o t re ca p itu la te a ll th ese here, fo r th e y m a y b e re ad in th e t e x t . T h o se I h a v e g iv e n m a y b e reg a rd e d a s ty p ic a l o f th e c a re ta k e n to fo re s ta ll a n d c irc u m v e n t d e lete rio u s co n tin g e n cies th a t m ig h t arise a n d , d is ru p t th e m o n k 's s ta n d in g e ith e r in h is ow n eye s o r in th o se o f h is fe llo w s or th o se o f th e w o rld . T h e stre n g th o f th e re g u la tio n s g o v e rn in g m o n a stic p ro ce ed in g s an d in d iv id u a l co n d u c t lies in th e sta n d a rd or criterio n t h e y g iv e o f h o w to a c t in a m u ltitu d e o f c irc u m sta n c e s a ffe c tin g a m o n k s life. W h e n th e M a h a v a g g a com es to d e a l w ith th e r a in y season it p a y s a lm o st e q u a l a tte n tio n to e n te rin g on th e ra in s a n d th e n k e e p in g th em b y resid in g in one m o n a ste ry fo r e ith e r th e first th re e o r th e seco n d th re e o f th e fo u r m o n th s o f th is perio d , as i t does to th e jo u rn e y s m o n ks m a y ta k e a w a y fro m th e ir rain s-resid en ce. T h e p rim e m o tiv e u n d e rly in g th e esta b lish m e n t o f rain s-resid en ces w as p ro te c tio n or n o n -in ju ry : th e p ro te ctio n o f cro p s th e econom ic m a in sp rin g o f life a n d th e p ro te c tio n o f th e te e m in g sm a ll c re a tu re s th a t som e P a c ittiy a s also se e k to sa fe g u a rd . O n e of th e resu lts o f th is a n x ie ty n o t to h a rm v e g e ta b le o r a n im a l life, a n d w h ic h som etim es re ce ive d a n im p etu s fro m th e criticism s th e la ity m ad e, w a s th e allo w an ce g iv e n m o n ks an d n u n s to en ter on th e rain s, fo llo w ed b y a n a tte m p t to im m o b ilise th e m durin g th is season. B u t restric tio n s su ch as th is la t t e r were a t v a ria n ce w ith th e im m ense v it a lit y th e O rd ers possessed, as is sh ow n b y th e num erous o ccasio n s w h en it is d eem ed not o n ly perm issib le b u t d esirable fo r m o n k s to le a v e th e rains-residence on v a rio u s kin d s o f m o n a stic business o r o n co m p assio n ate m issions. E v e n a s life m u st g o on, so the O rd e rs business m u st go on. A n d th e life o f th is sm a lle r w o rld w ith in th e la rg er o n e co u ld n o t close d ow n e n tire ly fo r a th ird o f e a ch y e a r 1 ; m o n ks w ere to o m uch
1 T i l t rain s la ste d for lo u r m on ths. E a c h m o u lt co u ld ch oose w h e th e r lie w o u ld o b se r v e th e f a s t ttiree m o n th s or th e second th ree m on th s, b u t b e w as n o t e x p e c te d to o b serve alt four.
x v ii
in v o lv e d with, th e w o rld outsid e, t h e y w ere d e p en d e n t on it (III. 10.11. 4)j a n d h a d c o m m itm en ts to w a rd s it* a n d th e ir liv e s w ere to o m u ch in te rlo c k e d w ith th o se o f th e la ity to m a k e this fe a sib le. A co m p ro m ise h a d th erefo re to be fo u n d betw een , on th e one h an d , s ta y in g m a residence for th e w h o le o f th e three m o n th s of th e ra in s, w h e re b y th e m in im u m o f h a rm w o u ld b e b ro u g h t to th e cro p s and th e life o f m in u te crea tu re s, an d , on th e o th er, le a v in g th e residence fo r business w h ich m ig h t re a s o n a b ly be reg a rd e d as u rgen t. T h is co m p ro m ise w a s e ffecte d b y lim itin g th e tim e o f a b sen ce to se v e n d a y s ; and th e business c a llin g for a m o n k 's p resen ce b e in g c a r e fu lly d efined, if he c o u ld n o t tr a n s a c t it w ith in th is tim e , he sh o u ld n o t u n d e rta k e it a t all. T h e en d o f th e rain s w a s m a rk ed b y tw o cerem onies. O n e of th ese w a s th e P a v a r a n a , w h en m o n ks in v ite d one a n o th e r to sp eak o f offences th e y h a d seen, h e a rd or su sp e c te d t o h a v e been c o m m itte d d u rin g th e rain s. T h e re cita l o f th e P a tira o k k h a w a s to " rem o ve offences, b y co n fessin g th em , d u rin g th e nine d r y m on th s o f th e y e a r ; th e I n v ita tio n w a s to re m o ve a n y offences th a t m o n ks had co m m itte d d u rin g th e th re e w et m on th s, an d w o u ld h e lp th em to a im a t g ra sp in g d iscip lin e ( r v , 1 . 1 3 ). T h e o th e r cerem o n y h e ld a t the en d o f th e rain s w a s n o t d is c ip lin a ry in n a tu re o r con n ected w ith th e confession o f offences. Tt w a s fo r th e m akin g u p o f th e kathhui c lo th , or c o tto n c lo th th a t h a d a c cru e d b y w a y o f g ift to th e m o n ks, in to robes to re p la ce those th a t had b eco m e th in a n d s h a b b y or sp o iled b y th e rain s (S ectio n V II). T h u s th e rep len ish m en t o f ro b e-m a te ria l com es u n d er co n sid era tio n , a n d h a d to be m a n a g ed in a n o rd e rly a n d p rescrib ed w a y . F u rth e r, v a rio u s officers w ere crea ted fo r lo o k in g a fte r ro b em a te ria l : the a cce p to r, th e g u a rd ia n , th e d is t r ib u t o r ; places su ita b le fo r store-room s are p rescribed : d y e s a n d m e th o d s of d y e in g la id d o w n ; th e u se of three ro b es o n ly (one d o u b T ed h ow ever) a llo w ed ; w h ile th e kinds o f m ed icin e m o n ks m ig h t ta k e are d iscussed in co n sid erab le d e ta il. T h e kin d s o f shoes a n d sa n d a ls th e y m ig h t w ea r, a n d th e u se t h e y m ig h t m a k e o f a n im a ls' sk in s are tre a te d w ith eq u al precision. B o t h o f these ca te g o rie s n o d o u b t sp rin g from th e d esire n o t to ta k e life, h o w ev er in fin itesim a l. W o o d en shoes, or clo gs, are o b je c te d to
x v iii
b ecau se if m o n k s w o re th e m and ste p p e d on in se cts t h e y m ig h t k ill th e m (V . 6. 3}, besides d istu rb in g m o n ks w h o w ere m e d ita tin g . F u r th e r , sa n d a ls m ad e o f y o u n g p a lm y r a p alm s a n d y o u n g b a m b o o s ca m e to be fo rb id d en a fte r peo p le h a d c o m p la in e d to m o n k s th a t, m c u ttin g these d o w n , th e y w ere d e stro y in g life th a t w a s o n e-facu ltied . O th e r co m p la in ts m u st a lso h a v e te n d e d to redu ce ih e sla u g h ter o f an im als. R u g s or g a rm e n ts ( V I I I . 28. 2) m ad e o f b la c k a n te lo p e sk in w ere fo rb id d e n to m o n k s a n d also sh eets m a d e o f the hid e o f th e K a d a li d eer (V . 10. 4), a n d it becam e a n o ffen ce o f w ro n g -d o in g to reclin e u p o n th e h id es o f lion s, tig e r s a n d le o p a rd s (V . 10. 6} o r o f sm a lle r a n im als. C o w h id es w e re fo rb id d en b ecau se sca n d a lise d m o n k s fo u n d th a t one o f th e ir n u m b e r h a d in cited a d e p ra v e d l a y fo llo w e r to k ill a c a lf fo r his b en efit, a n d t h e y rem em b ered t h a t G o ta m a had co n d em n ed " o n sla u g h t on c re a tu re s B u t , a t th e en d of S e c tio n V , an e x ce p tio n is m ade in fa v o u r o f th e b o rd er d istricts (V . 13. 13) w h ere, b ecau se o f th e h a rd sh ip s and d isco m fo rt, th e h id es o f sheep, g o a ts and d eer w ere a llo w ed to b e used as co verin g s. T h e la s t tw o S e ctio n s o f th e M a h a v a g g a p o in t to an O rd er th a t w a s in d u b ita b ly g ro w in g a n d th a t, in ord er to m eet th is exp a n sio n , h ad to b e c a re fu lly co n tro lled . S ectio n I X en gages o n a th o ro u g h d iscu ssio n o f w h a t it is th a t c o n stitu te s v a lid a s a g a in st in v a lid fo rm a l a c ts th a t a n O rd er c a n c a r r y o u t. In th e first p la ce a n O rd e r to c a rry o u t a le g a lly v a lid fo rm a l a c t m u s t b e co m p le te ; th o se m o n ks n o t a b le to b e p re se n t because o f illness m u st se n d th e ir le a v e fo r a b sen ce, an d th o se w h o are p resen t m u s t n o t p ro te st ag ain st the p roceed in gs. A " co m p lete O rd er " also refers, a s before, to th e one resid in g w ith in a d e term in e d b o u n d a ry . T h e a ctio n s a n d business o f e v e r y su ch O rd er m u st be tra n s a c te d on a u n ifo rm p a tte rn , a n d conform to one u n ifo rm sta n d a rd , so th a t e a ch O rd er tra n sa c ts its business in th e sam e w a y as e v e ry o th e r, all fo llo w in g th e sam e re g u la tio n s. T h is m u s t therefore b e d o n e, in th e second p lace, dham m ena, r ig h tly , p ro p e rly , b y ru le . T o c a r ry o u t a fo rm a l a c t dhammena, b y rule, m eans th a t if it is to be ca rrie d out b y a m o tio n a n d one resolution] Hattidutiya, the m o tion m u st be p u t a n d th e reso lu tio n proposed once o n ly . B u t if it is t o be c a rrie d o u t b y a m o tio n and a reso lu tio n p u t th re e tim es, naUicatuUha, th e n th is m u st b e d o n e, in a ll cases th e m otion
xix
b e in g p u t b efo re th e re so lu tio n is p ro cla im ed . T h e fo rm a l a c t w ill th e n be irre v e rsib le , fit to sta n d , a n d p ro te sts a g a in s t its v a lid ity o f no a v a il. Im m en se pain s are ta k e n to d istin g u ish a fo rm a l a c t ca rrie d o u t in a co m p le te a ss e m b ly a n d b y ru le from one c a rrie d o u t in a n in com p lete a ss e m b ly a n d e ith e r b y w h a t h as th e a p p e a ra n ce o f ru le or n o t b y rule. T h e fo r m a l a c ts u n d er th e ju risd ic tio n o f a n O rd er n u m b e r six te e n . T h e y co m p rise {IX . 4 . i ) : in v ita tio n , re h a b ilita tio n , o rd in a tio n , but o n ly a n O rd er co n sistin g o f tw e n ty m o n k s o r m ore c a n c a r ry o u t a ll o f these. T h e y a lso in clu d e v e r d ic ts o f in n o cen ce, o f p a st in sa n ity , sp ecific d e p r a v ity , fo rm a l a c ts o f suspen sion fo r not seein g a n offence, fo r n o t m a k in g a m e n d s fo r it , fo r n o t g iv in g u p a w ro n g v ie w ; a n d o f b a n ish m en t, cen su re, p la c in g u n d er g u id a n c e , re co n cilia tio n , sending one w h o m erits p ro b a tio n b a c k to th e b e g in n in g , an d th e im p o sin g o f mdnatta (tw o fe a tu re s in th e p e n a lty fo r S a m g h M is e sa offences). W h en circu m sta n ces ju s tify , these fo rm a l a c ts m a y be re v o k e d b y th e O rder. F in a lly , th e te n th and la st S ectio n strik e s a d iffe re n t n o te a gain b y p ro m u lg a tin g reg u la tio n s an d a d v ice fo r a lla y in g schism s. T h ese m ig h t a rise th ro u g h g e n u in e d isa g re e m e n t u p on w h a t c o n stitu te d a n offence a n d w h a t d id n o t, o r upon the p a rtic u la r kin d o f offen ce in cu rred b y a p a rtic u la r a c tio n ; o r w h e n fa ctio n s form ed to su p p o rt a m o n k or m o n k s w h o h ad q u a rrelled w ith th e ir fe llo w s from o th e r cau ses, a m o n g w h ich m u s t b e in clu d ed th e p o s itiv e w ish to c re a te a sch ism , a w ish p u t in to p ra c tic e b y , fo r e x a m p le , su sp en d in g a m o n k fo r an offence he h ad n o t c o m m itte d a n d th a t he th e re fo re refu sed to see as a n o ffen ce o f his. O n one su c h an o cca sio n G o ta m a is re p u te d to h a v e trie d , u n su cce ssfu lly , to m a k e th e b ic k e rin g m o n k s co m p o se th eir d ifferen ces b y te llin g th em a J a t a k a s to r y illu s tra tin g th e co n q u est o f w ra th b y n o n -w ra th {X . 2). T h e M a h a v a g g a th erefo re c o n ta in s dhamma. o r d o ctrin e as w e ll as d iscip lin e. In d e ed th e la tte r w ou ld be n u g a to r y if it w ere n ot based on th e fo rm er a n d p ro m u lg a te d in c o n ju n c tio n w ith it. H o w g re a t is th e c o n tra s t betw een th e q u a rrelso m e m o n k s of K osarnbI w h o se b ra w ls a n d dissensions cau sed G o ta m a to seek so litu d e lik e th e g r e a t buH -elep han t w h o w a s b eset a n d a n n o y e d b y th e re st o f th e herd (X . 4-. 6), a n d th e p e a c e a b le m o n k s, A n u ru d d h a , N a n d iy a and K im b ila w h o liv e d h a rm o n io u sly
XX
to g e th e r a s m ilk a n d w a te r blen d , re ga rd in g on e a n o th e r w ith th e e y e o f a ffectio n , fu ll o f a m ity in g e stu re , sp eech a n d th o u g h t, su rren d erin g th e ir m in d s to each o th e r an d so , a lth o u g h h a v in g d iffere n t bodies, h a v in g o n ly one m in d (ndnd h i kho no kaya ekan ca p an a m anne cittam , X , 4 , 34). T h e M a h a v a g g a d eals w ith a tim e w h en , a t th e b eg in n in g o f G o ta m a s m in istry , th e n u m b er o f m o n k s an d n u n s too w a s fa s t in crea sin g , an d w h e n th e y , tra v e llin g to m ore d is ta n t p a rts o f In d ia , b o re th e n ew d o ctrin e w ith th em an d so sta rte d th e in flu x o f m em bers th a t has gone on u n til to -d a y . I f th e g e o g ra p h ic a l exp a n sio n o f the O rd e r ca n b e g a u g e d b y th e re la x a tio n s in th e ru les fo r the o u tly in g d is tric ts or border co u n trie s, m a d e n e c e s sa ry b y th e co n d itio n s p re v a ilin g th ere, h a rd e r th a n those o f th e M iddle C o u n tr y w h ere o th erw ise th e scene is la id p rin c ip a lly a t R a ja g a h a , also a t S a v a tth i, VesalT, K a p ila v a tth u a n d o th e r n eig h b o u rin g p la c e s its n u m erica l e xp a n sio n can e q u a lly w e ll be g a u g e d b y th e aw aren ess o f sch ism s arisin g to th e d a n g e r an d d e trim e n t o f th e O rd er, and w h ich c o u ld o n ly h a v e occurred som e tim e a fte r its fo rm a tio n . A lth o u g h th e b e g in n in g o f th e M a h a v a g g a g iv e s n o t o n ly an im p ressio n b u t an a c co u n t of a n O rd er e x p a n d in g a n d ta k in g shape im m e d ia te ly a fte r it s in cep tio n , th e rem ain d er appears to refer to a tim e w h en th e O rd er a lr e a d y h ad a con sid erable a m o u n t o f h isto ry beh in d it, and to a tim e th erefo re w h e n m a n y rules h ad been la id d o w n and w h en , in sp ite o f a tte m p te d schism s, a ce rta in a m o u n t o f s ta b ility h a d been a c h iev ed in th e m a tte r o f th e O rd e rs g o v e rn m e n t an d legislatio n . T h is m a y to som e e x te n t b e ju d g e d , fo r e x a m p le , b y the n u m b er of tim es, thirteen in all, th a t the p h r a s e yathddhammo kdretabbo, sh o u ld b e d ealt w ith a cco rd in g to th e rule, occurs. T h e rule referred to w ill in e a ch case be found co m p le te w ith th e p e n a lty in cu rre d fo r in frin g in g it , in the V ib h a n g a s. T h a t th e use o f th is p h ra se assu m es th e p rio r existen ce o f th e ru le is con firm ed , in a d d itio n , b y th e fa c t th a t the m a te ria l co n tain ed in the M a h a v a g g a is p la ced in th e p alm -leaf M SS. a fte r th e M aha{or B h ik k h u -) an d B h ik k h u n i-V ib h a n g a s. A lth o u g h th is seq u en ce is n o t foE ow ed b y O ld en berg in his ed itio n o f th e V inaya P ita k a m , it is t h a t T igh tiy a d o p te d in th e V in a y a T e x ts f fo r here th e V ib h a n g a fo r m onks, a lth o u g h d ra s tic a lly curtailed^ preced es th e M a h a v a g g a t h a t fo r nuns b ein g o m itted e n tire ly
xxi
T h e q u e stio n th e n a rise s w h y . in th e m id d le o f th e V in a y a , a n a c c o u n t is in c o rp o ra te d o f th e v e r y first e v e n ts in th e h is to ry o f th e S a m g h a " ( V in . T exts i. 7 z . n .). R h y s D a v id s a n d O ldenberg; th in k i t n a tu ra l * to c o n n e c t " th e sto ries or le g en d s c o n cern in g th e o rd in a tio n o f b h ik k h u s w ith th ese e a r ly e v e n ts b e cau se, so t h e y a rg u e , *' i t w a s im p o ssib le to realise th e id e a o f a S a m g h a w ith o u t ru le s sh o w in g w h o w a s to b e re g a rd e d as a d u ly a d m itte d m e m b e r o f th e fr a te r n ity , an d who w as not I ag ree th a t th is p ro v id e s a g o o d reaso n fo r p re fa c in g th e reco rd o f th e d e v e lo p m e n t o f th e first a n d m o st v it a l ste p in a m o n k 's life b y a sh o rt h is to r y o f h o w th ere ca m e to be a life fo r m o n k s a t all. F ro m th e ir a d m issio n a n d o rd in a tio n , a ll th e re st fo llo w s- A t th e sa m e tim e m a n y sto ries are in tersp e rse d th ro u g h o u t th e w hole o f th e V in a ya , e x c e p tin g th e P a r iv a r a . N o t o n ly are there se v e ra l in th e M a h a v a g g a itse lf, fo r e x a m p le a b o u t A m b a p a li a n d th e L ic c h a v is , a b o u t J iv a k a K o m a r a b h a c c a , V is a k h a , M endaka,. D ig h a v u , a n d a b o u t P ilin d a v a c c h a , a n d a b o u t th e b o y U p a li {both to ld elsew h ere in th e V inaya), a n d co u n tle ss sh o rter ones, b u t e v e r y ru le in th e V ib h a n g a s 4s in tro d u ce d b y som e s to r y , lo n g o r s h o r t, a s th e case m a y be. T h is b e in g so, it seem s n o t o n ly n a tu r a l b u t lo g ic a l to in tro d u ce th e rules g o v e rn in g th e in itia l a n d m o st im p o rta n t ste p in a m o n k 's life b y a n a c c o u n t o f th e fir s t e v e n ts w h ic h o ccu rre d a fte r th e suprem e m o m e n t w h e n G o ta m a a tta in e d fu ll se lf-a w a k e n in g . Since th is w a s th e in itia l a n d m ost im p o rta n t ste p in a B u d d h a 's ca re e r, to re co u n t i t w a s th erefo re th e g re a te st o f a ll sto ries a B u d d h is t b o o k *' co u ld te ll. T h e M a h a v a g g a p o s s ib ly d erives its n a m e fro m t h a t o f its first S e c tio n , th e M a h a k h a n d h a k a , th e G re a t (or G re ate r) S ectio n b ecau se it d e a ls w ith grea t (or g rea te r) e v e n ts. T h e p la n o f n a m in g a D iv is io n a ft e r its first S e c tio n , o r a S e c tio n a fte r it s first c h a p te r, is o f fa ir ly c o m m o n o ccu rren ce in th e P ita k a s , a n d w a s p e rh a p s a d o p te d here. O n th e o th e r h a n d , it m ig h t b e co n ced e d t h a t th e M a h a v a g g a , in c lu d in g a s it does m a tte r co n c e rn e d w it h ad m ission a n d o rd in a tio n , w ith th e U p o s a th a , P a tim o k k h a , P avaran a. a n d K a t h in a cerem o n ies, th e cla rifica tio n o f w h a t a re v a lid fo rm a l a c ts , a n d th e w a y s o f d e a lin g w ith a sch ism , c o n ta in s su b je c ts e x c e e d in g in im p o rta n c e th o se c o n ta in e d in th e C u la v a g g a . I t is a g a in p o ssib le th a t
x x ii
th e C u la v a g g a w a s re g a rd e d a s th e ""L e ss * o r " L esse r o r th e S m a ll D iv is io n b e ca u se o f its tw o S e ctio n s o n th e C o u n cils o f R a j a g a h a a n d V e sa ll. A s th e first o f th ese p u rp o rts to h a v e been c o n v e n e d s h o r tly a fte r G o ta m a h a d d ied , a n d th e secon d a c e n tu r y la te r , th e C n la v a g g a ta k e s u s to a tim e w hen he, as th e liv in g fo u n t o f a u th o rity , w a s no lo n g e r p ro m u lg a tin g d iscip lin e, a n d w h en d iscip lin e w a s no lo n g e r g ro w in g . Y e t th e m ass o f th e rules a ttr ib u te d t o h im a n d h e ld to h a v e b e e n la id d ow n b y h im w h en h e w a s a liv e , m a n y large in th e ir scope, o th ers con cern ed w ith sm a ll d e tails, b u t h a v in g th eir o w n sign ifican ce non eth eless, to g e th e r y ie ld a fo rm id a b le b o d y o f th a t d iscip lin e, vinaya, w h ic h w ith d h am m a, w a s to be th e te a c h e r a fte r G o ta m a h a d p assed a w a y . T h e t e x t a t D tgha ii. 15 4 is I th in k su fficien tly clear in it s m eanin g, a lth o u g h i t h a s b e e n a ccu se d o f glo ss. I t read s yp vq A w m d a may a dhammo ca vinayo ca desito pannatto so vo m am accayena satthd. G o ta m a w a s sp e a k in g to A n a n d a , a m o n k ; he w o u ld n o t th erefo re h a v e o m itte d to sp e a k o f vinaya w h ic h , to g e th e r w ith d h a m m a , g iv e s a su rer b a sis fo r pro gress to w a rd s th e fin a l v isio n a n d u ltim a te b liss th a n d h a m m a alon e ca n g iv e . H a d th e sen ten ce ru n : y o vo m ayd dhammo ca desito vinayo ca panfiuttQ, it m ig h t h a v e b e en m ore a p p a re n t th a t th e referen ce o f th e fo llo w in g so w a s to b o th dhamma. a n d vinaya. D h a m m a is ta u g h t, desita, sh o w in g th e W a y z vinaya is la id d o w n , pailn aiia , fo r k e ep in g o n e s fo o tste p s on th e W a y b y stric t ad h eren ce to it. B o t h are satthu sasanam , th e T e a c h e r's in stru ctio n . D isc ip lin e , a s p ro m u lg a te d , is its e lf a n a u th o rity . A c c o rd in g t o th e e a r ly ed ito rs ( V i n , i, 99) th e te a c h in g w ill s ta n d firm so lo n g a s vinaya is n o t lo st e v e n if th e S u tta n ta (P itak a) and th e A b h id h a m m a b e forgotten . I t is m o reo v er ca p a b le o f a lm o st in d efin ite e xten sion and a p p lic a tio n , a n d can re g u la te ite m s o f b e h a v io u r th a t, in sp ite o f th e m u ltitu d e of rules, offen ces a n d " a llo w an ce s (anujdndm i) th a t w e re la id d ow n b y th e T e a c h e r, w ere n o t leg isla ted fo r in p a rtic u la r in h is life tim e . T h e m o n k m u st m a k e u p h is m in d a b o u t w h a t h as n o t been le g isla te d for, m e a su rin g a n y course o f a c tio n b y th e g en era l sta n d a rd of w h a t h e k n o w s to be d iscip lin e. H e m u st rem em ber th is a n d a p p ly it to h is problem . W h e n M a h a p a ja p a ti a sk e d t o b e ta u g h t d h a m m a in b rief (Vin. ii, 258) a g en era l sta n d a rd w a s g iv e n to h e r b y w h ich she m ig h t k n o w o f o th e r th in g s
x x iii
eso dhammo eso vinayo eiant satlhu sdsanatn (this is d h a m m a , th is is d iscip lin e, th is is th e T e a c h e r's in stru c tio n ). S im ila rly in th e M a h a v a g g a , w h e n som e m o n k s w ere d o u b tfu l o r h a d scru p les a b o u t w h a t h a d been a llo w e d , anunndta, a n d w h a t h a d n o t, t h e y w e re to ld t h a t a n y th in g n o t fittin g in w it h w h a t h a d b e e n a llo w ed , a n y th in g ta lly in g w it h w h a t h ad n o t b een allo w ed , w a s n o t a llo w a b le , na k ap pa ti , n o t su ita b le ; a n d th e c o n tra ry . I n th e M a h a v a g g a a lo n e th e re are a b o u t 2 So o cca sio n s w h en Gotam a., b y u tte rin g th e w o rd anu jd n d m i, I a llo w , I p e rm it, mad-e som e th in g o r so m e u sage p e rm issib le to m o n k s. T h e v a r ie ty o f cases c o v e r e d is so la rg e, ra n g in g as it d o es from a c ce p tin g a m o n a s te ry t o th e p re p a ra tio n o f a fo o t-s a lv e , from u sin g th re e ro b es to th e insertion, o f a p a tc h , fro m th e n o v ic e s tra in in g in te n ru le s to th e use of a tr o u g h fo r d y e , th a t a n y o n e a c q u a in te d w ith th e se w o u ld sta n d a g o o d ch a n c e of k n o w in g h o w to a c t in circ u m sta n c e s n o t s p e c ific a lly e ith e r a llo w e d or o b je c te d t o b y G o ta m a . O r th e y c o u ld e x te n d a n " a llo w a n c e to s u it c irc u m sta n c e s b e y o n d th o se le g is la te d for. G o ta m a him self, a s reco rd ed , o n ce g a v e a h in t in th is d ire c tio n w h en , a fte r m a k in g ten " a llo w a n c e s " fo r c u rin g a b o il a m o n k w a s su fferin g fro m , fin a lly sa id , '* I allow , m o n k s, a lin en b a n d a g e , a n d e v e r y tre a tm e n t fo r c u rin g a. sore *' (V I. 14, 4 -5 ). B e s id e s th e use o f a n ujdn dm i, th e B u d d h a is o fte n re p rese n ted a s s a y in g to m on ks, " y o u m a y o r " y o u sh o u ld n o t , a p ro h ib itio n a p t to b e fo llo w ed b y in tim a tin g th a t c o n tra v e n tio n resu lts in a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g . T h is k in d o f offen ce, w ith thullaccaya, g ra v e o ffen ces, m en tio n ed in fre q u e n tly in th is vo lu m e, a n d th re e o th e r ty p e s of o ffen ce, n o t m e n tio n e d h ere a t all, are re g a rd e d as a fa llin g a w a y fro m rig h t h a b its " {IV . 16. 12). W h e th e r G o ta m a h im self w a s resp o n sib le fo r a ll th e se a llo w a n ces a n d p ro h ib itio n s w e sh a ll p r o b a b ly n e v e r k n o w . In th e s to r y o f th e th ree m o n k s w h o h a d sp e n t th e rain s a t R a j a g a h a a n d w h o jo u rn e y e d to P a ta lip u tta to a s k eld ers re sid in g there to so lv e th e ir pro b lem th e re is a h in t th a t p o w er m ig h t b e d e leg a te d (V III. 24. 6). T h is s to r y m a y , h o w ev er, b e in c lu d e d in th e M a h a v a g g a fo r th e sim ple reaso n th a t it w a s reco rd in g e x ce p tio n a l e v e n ts. O r it m a y h a v e b e e n le ft in b e ca u se in fa c t th e p ra c tic e o f tu rn in g to others in ste a d o f to G o ta m a to
x x iv
interpret dham m a , a ru le , w as b e c o m in g m ore g e n e ra lly a d o p ted th a n is e v id e n t in th e r e s t o f th e M a h a v a g g a . I t is tr u e th a t th e re is n o t m u ch p h ilo s o p h y in th e V in a y a . I t ts b y n a tu re a s b y n a m e a b o o k or b a s k e t o f d iscip lin e. B u t a s it is r a th e r h o llo w to la y d ow n ru les fo r t r ain ing a n d for o u tw a r d b e h a v io u r w ith o u t g iv in g th e u n d e rly in g reaso n s w h y th e y sh o u ld b e o b se rv e d , it is n o t p o ssib le to e x clu d e p h ilo so p h ical c o n c e p ts c o m p le te ly fro m a " b o o k p rin c ip a lly c o n c e rn e d w ith d iscip lin e. I h a v e a lr e a d y m en tio n ed so m e of these p h ilo so p h ical co n cep ts (above, p . v iii). T h e M ahavagga, e sp e c ia lly a t it s b e g in n in g , is n o t in fa c t d e v o id o f som e o f th e n o tio n s w h ic h a re reco gn ised fe a tu re s in B u d d h is t p h ilo so p h y . I n th e first p la c e , to m e n tio n b u t a fe w e x a m p le s, th e g o a l is sp oken o f a n d is nam ed. I t is amata, d eath lessn ess, th e u n d y in g . I t s g a te s h ave b een o p en ed b y G o ta m a , th e W a y -fin d e r, so t h a t th o se who h e a r d h a m m a m a y a rriv e a t th e o b je c t o f th e ir q u e st. T h e n o tio n o f g a in in g th e g o a l b y t r a v e llin g o n a W a y b e tw e e n tw o o p p o site s is co m m o n to m a n y tra d itio n s a n d in P a li B u d d h ism fin d s exp ressio n in th e F irs t U tte ra n c e , b u t w h ic h is m e re ly o n e e x a m p le am o n g severa l th e P a li can o n c o n ta in s o f th e p h ilo so p h ica l righ tn ess o f a d o p tin g th e m ean b e tw e e n tw o o p p o sin g extrem es. T h e F ir s t S e rm o n also d efin es th e fo u r tru th s o f ill, o r th e u n satisfacto rin ess a n d su fferin g w h ic h possesses e v e r y co m p o u n d e d th in g . I t is b e c a u se th e se tru th s a re n o t u n d ersto o d or g ra sp ed th a t th e re is th is lo n g lo n g fa rin g -o n (in sam sara) " b o th fo r m e an d fo r y o u (V in . i. 330). I ll h a s to b e e ra d ic a te d b y c u ttin g off its ro o t, ig n o ra n t c ra v in g , b efo re re cu rre n t b irth , a gain -b eco m in g, punabbhava, ca n be sto p p ed , an d d eath lessn ess w on. T h en , th e y o u n g m e n are to ld , in a p assag e t h a t w ith th e p a ssin g o f tim e h a s b e co m e co n tro v e rsia l, th a t th e y sh ould seek , gaveseyydiha, th e self, atidnam (singular). A n y o n e a c q u a in te d w ith th e im p o rta n ce o f A tm a n , self, in th e U p a n ish a d s m ig h t b e in clin ed to th in k t h a t th is w a s th e g re a te st o f a ll p h ilo so p h ica l co n c e p ts in A n c ie n t In d ia. V a rio u s p assages in th e P a li ca n o n , in c lu d in g th e A t t a v a g g a o f th e Dhammapada-, sh o u ld n o t b e ign ored in e stim a tin g th e p o sitio n o f atta a s a p h ilo so p h ica l co n ce p t in E a r ly B u d d h is m . T h e S e co n d U tte r an ce, fo r e x a m p le , la y s th e idea o f se lf beside th a t o f n o t-self w h en it s a y s in its o p e n in g w ords ; rupatn bhihkhave anaiid,
XXV
ritpaH ca h ' idam bhikkhave atia abhavissat " m a te ria l sh ap e (or b o d y ), m o n ks, is n o t self, for if, m o n k s, m a te ria l sh ap e h a d been se lf . . a n d s im ila rly o f th e fo u r o th e r kha-ndhas : if th e y h a d b een s e lf t h e y w o u ld n o t b e a s w e k n o w t h e m : im p e rm a n en t, su fferin g a n d lia b le to a lte ra tio n . E v e r y t h in g th a t is co m p o u n d e d o r c o n stru c te d is n o t-self. W h a t is co n stru c te d is to b e esca p e d from (U ddna, So) ; a n d t h e self is to b e so u g h t (V i a . i. 23), th a t self w h ic h th e re fo re b y in feren ce is n o t m a d e , is n o t co m p o u n d ed , a n d w h ic h is u n a ffe c te d b y kam m a, th e d eed s o r a c tio n s d on e in a series o f in d iv id u a l liv e s w h ile th e b e in g is b o u n d to sam sara, satto sathsdraift dpadi <s. i. 38). ' T h e m essage o f th e T h ir d U tte r a n c e is th a t if one tu rn s a w a y from fe e lin g s of p leasu re a n d p a in d e riv e d fro m th e im p in g em e n t o f th e s ix fo ld se n so ry d a ta o n th e ir a p p ro p ria te sen se-organ s, th e n o n e k n o w s th a t one is freed and co m p re h e n d s t h a t b irth (rebirth) is d e stro y e d , t h e w a lk to th e H ig h e st is b ro u g h t to a close, d o n e is w h a t w a s t o b e d one, a n d th e re is n o w n o m ore o f b e in g th is or th a t {V in . i. 3435). T h e c o n te n t o f th is D is q u is itio n on B u rn in g is p u r e ly p h ilo so p h ica l. N o r w ill th e v a rio u s allu sio n s to ca u se a n d d e p en d e n t o rig in a tio n b e m issed . T h e w h o le s y s te m w a s b a se d on ca u se : if th is c o m e s to b e th a t w ill com e to b e. D isc ip lin e th e re fo re w ill lea d to so m e th in g n o t y e t e x is tin g fo r th e m an w h o is e a rn e s tly training; in it a n d c u ltiv a tin g it. T h e B u d d h a w o u ld n o t h a v e sp e n t so m u ch tim e in la y in g d o w n ru le s a n d p re cep ts unless h e h a d th o u g h t t h e y w ou ld b e e ffe c tiv e in th e q u e st for th e g o al. A t th e to p o f e a c h rig h t h a n d p a g e th e c h a p te r n u m b er a n d p a ra g ra p h n u m b e r o f e a c h S e ctio n a re g iv en . T h e figu re s in h e a v y t y p e in sq u a re b ra c k e ts in th e b o d y o f th e t e x t re fer to th e p a g e n u m bers o f O ld e n b e rg s V in a y a P ita k a m , V o lu m e I, a n d are p la c e d so a s t o m a r k th e en d o f e a c h su c h p age. I g r a te fu lly a c k n o w le d g e th e ca re a n d a tte n tio n g iv e n b y th e B u rle ig h P ress to th e p ro d u c tio n o f th is v o lu m e .
I. B . H
o r n e r
London, February t 1 9 5 1 .
C O N T E N T S T r a n s la to r s In tro d u c tio n v
M AHAVAGGA : 1. II. I ir . IV . V. V I. V IE . V III. IX . X. T h e G re a t S e c tio n O b se rv a n c e The R a in s I n v ita tio n O n H id e s O n M ed icin es O n K a th in a i - 130 183 208 336 - 269 - 351 379 446 483
O n K o b e -M a te ria l
O n (th e m o n k s a t) C am p a
O n (th e m o n k s of) K o sa m b i -
IN D E X E S : x. 2. 3. 4. W o rd s a n d S u b je c ts N am es 5 15 524 527 528
S o m e P a li W o rd s d iscussed in th e N o te s A b b r e v ia tio n s used in the N o te s -
x x v ii
THE
GREAT
D IV IS IO N
P ra ise to the Lord, the Perfected One, the F u lly Self-A. wakened O ne. A t o n e tim e 1 th e a w a k e n e d one, th e T o rd , b e in g re c e n tly f u lly a w a k e n e d , w a s s ta y in g a t U r u v e la on th e b a n k o f th e r iv e r N e r a n ja r a a t th e fo o t o f the T ree o f A w a k e n in g .* T h e n th e Lord, s a t cro ss-leg g ed in o n e (p o stu re)3 fo r se v e n d a y s a t th e fo o t o f th e T re e o f A w a k e n in g 4 e x p e rie n c in g th e b liss o f fre ed o m .* || I || T h e n th e L o rd d u rin g th e first w a tc h o f th e n ig h t p a id a tte n tio n t o 0 c a u s a l u p risin g in d ire c t a n d re ve rse o rd er : c o n d itio n e d b y ig n o ra n c e 7 are th e h a b itu a l ten d en cies ; c o n d itio n e d b y th e h a b itu a l te n d en cie s is c o n s c io u s n e s s * ; c o n d itio n e d b y co n scio u sn ess is p s y c h o - p h y s ic a lity 10 ; co n d itio n e d b y p s y c h o - p h y s ic a lity are th e s ix (sense-) s p h e r e s ; c o n d itio n e d b y th e s ix (sense-) spheres is a w a re n e ss11 ; c o n d itio n e d b y a w a re n ess is fe e lin g ; c o n d itio n e d b y fe e lin g 12 is c ra v in g ; c o n d itio n e d b y c r a v in g is g ra s p in g ; c o n d itio n e d b y g ra sp in g is b e c o m in g ; c o n d itio n e d b y b e co m in g is b i r t h ; c o n d itio n e d b y b ir th , o ld age a n d d y in g , g rief, so rro w a n d la m e n ta tio n , su fferin g , d e je c tio n an d d e sp a ir co m e in to b ein g .
I F r o m h ere t o th e en d o l ( 18. 3 fl t f . Ud. p . 1 -3 . 1 la r g e ly fo llo w tr a n s la tio n a t V e t. U p lift, w h ic h also see for n otes. * bjdhirU':kha is t lie B o -tr e e , ficu s K lig io s a . V A . 03 s a y s '' bodki La k n o w le d g e o f t h e fo u r w a y s ; t h e lord a tta in e d t h a t a w a k en in g ' here, so th e tre acq uired tins n a m e o f t h e tr e e of a w a k e n in g ." C f. M A . ill. 3 * 6 a n d
54 * ska-Palla^ksna.
* bodhtrukkhafniiJe cf. bodMyd mitfe a t P fs . i. 1 74 s= N d . L 458 ; ftryl bodhim ille a t S n A . 32. 39 1. 6 viinuitisukha., manasdJidsi, w o r k e d w ith t h e m in d . 7 The ' c a u s a l ch a in " o cc u rs, w ith e x p la n a tio n s o f its term s, a t S . U. I ff. S e e a lso M rs. R h y s D a v id s , M a n u a l, p . 76 S . * Sankhara. * vinHana. S e e M rs. R h y s D a v id s , Manual^ p p . 7 7 , 1 g o ; I n d ia n R elig io n and Survival, p . 6 6 ; O rig in a l G ospel, pp. 6 3 . i n , 1 1 4 : D ia l. H. 2 n d edn. P r e fa c e , p . ix . fo r t h e v i e w t h a t v i t i n i f a h a s a m e a n in g o f " m a n a s s u r v i v i n g ." 10 namarUpa, n a m e a n d sh ap e. I I phassa, p e r h a p s c o n ta c t. I t is t h e k n o w n or re a lise d im p in g e m e n t o f a aen se -d atu m o n it s a p p r o p r ia te sense-organ . 11 F r o m h ere t o " d e je c tio n a n d d esp air co m e in to b e i n g " , cf. D . i. 45.
BO OK
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
S u ch is th e a risin g o f th is en tire m a ss o f ill. B u t from th e u tte r fa d in g a w a y a n d sto p p in g o f th is v e r y ign oran ce (comes) th e sto p p in g o f h a b itu a l ten d en cies ; from th e sto p p in g o f h a b itu a l ten d en cies th e sto p p in g o f consciousness ; from th e sto p p in g o f co n sciou sn ess1 th e sto p p in g o f p s y c h o -p h y sic a lity ; from th e sto p p in g o f p s y c h o -p h y s ic a lity th e sto p p in g o f th e s ix (sense-) sp heres ; fro m "the sto p p in g o f th e s ix (sense-) sp h eres th e sto p p in g o f aw areness ; fro m th e sto p p in g o f a w a re n ess th e sto p p in g o f feelin g ; fro m th e sto p p in g o f fe elin g th e sto p p in g o f c ra v in g ; from th e sto p p in g o f c r a v in g th e sto p p in g o f g ra sp in g ; fro m th e sto p p in g o f g ra sp in g th e sto p p in g o f b eco m in g ; from th e sto p p in g o f b eco m in g th e sto p p in g o f b ir th ; from th e sto p p in g o f b irth , o ld age a n d diring, g rief, so rro w a n d la m e n ta tio n , sufferin g, d ejectio n a n d d e sp a ir are sto p p e d . S u c h is th e sto p p in g o f th is en tire m ass o f ill. I I ^ II [1] T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g u n d ersto o d th is m a tte r, a t th a t tim e u tte re d th is (solem n) u tte ra n ce : " T r u ly , w h en th in g s3 g ro w p la in to th e ard en t m e d ita tin g b ra h m a n , H is d o u b ts a ll v a n ish in th a t h e co m p reh en d s th in g -w ith ca n se ." jj 3 || T h e n th e L o r d d u rin g th e m id dle w a tc h o f th e n ig h t p a id a tte n tio n t o cau sal u p risin g in d ire ct an d reverse o rd er : co n d itio n e d b y ig n o ra n ce are th e h a b itu a l ten d en cies ; co n d itio n ed b y th e h a b itu a l ten d en cies is consciousness. . . . S u ch is th e arisin g. . . . S u c h is the sto p p in g o f th is e n tire m ass o f ill. II 4 H , T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g u n d ersto o d th is m a tte r, a t th a t tim e u tte re d th is (solem n) u t t e r a n c e : " T r u ly , w h en th in g s g ro w p la in to th e a rd en t m e d ita tin g hra h m a.11, H is d o u b ts a ll va n ish in th a t he d iscern s d e stru ctio n o f c a u se . 1 1 5 II
1 F r o m here to th e en d o f t h e p ara gra p h cf. D . ii. 35. * dkam m d. A c c o r d in g t o V A - 954-5 th e (th irty -seven ) th in g s h elp fu l t o a w a k e n in g a n d t h e fo u r a r iy a n tr e e th in g s. T h e s e Last are n o t n ecessarily t h e fo u r tr u th s cJ ill. for see A * v . 56 <ttie fou r sta tio n s o i m indfulness) a n d M in . A n th . I , Tntr. p . Ii 2 . B u t see also P is . Conir., p. 1 1 8, a. I . T h is verse an d t h e t w o fo llo w in g o ccu r a t K v u , 1 S6-,
1.7 ~ 2 ,3 ]
M A H A V A G G A
T h e n th e L o rd d u rin g th e la st w a tc h o f th e n ig h t p a id a tte n tio n to ca u sa l u p risin g in d ire c t a n d re ve rse o rd e r r c o n d itio n e d b y ig n o ra n ce are th e h a b itu a l te n d en cie s ; c o n d itio n e d b y th e h a b itu a l te n d e n ce is is con sciou sn ess. . . . S u ch is th e a risin g . . . . S u ch is th e sto p p in g o f th is e n tire m ass o f ill. || 6 If T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g u n d ersto o d th is m a tte r , a t t h a t tim e u tte re d th is (solem n) u tte r a n c e : " T r u ly , w h e n th in g s g ro w p la in to th e a rd e n t m e d ita tin g b ra h m a n , R o u tin g th e h o st o f M a ra does h e sta n d L ik e a s th e sun w h en lig h tin g u p th e s k y . || 7 | | T o ld is th e T a lk o n A w a k e n in g .1 || 1 ||
T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g em erged from t h a t c o n te m p la tio n a t th e end o f seven d a y s , a p p ro a ch e d th e G o a th e rd s' Banyan fro m th e fo o t o f th e T re e o f A w a k e n in g ; h a v in g a p p ro a c h e d , h e s a t cro ss-leg g ed in one (posture) fo r se v e n d a y s a t th e fo o t o f th e G o a th e rd s B a n y a n e x p e rie n c in g th e b lis s o f freed o m . || 1 || T h e n a c e rta in b ra h m a n o f th e c la ss u tte r in g th e so u n d hum* a p p ro a c h e d th e L o r d ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h e e x c h a n g e d g re e tin g s w ith th e L o rd ; h a v in g e x c h a n g e d g re e tin g s o f frien d lin e ss a n d c o u r te s y , he sto o d a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n c e . A s he w a s sta n d in g a t a re sp e ctfu l d is ta n c e , th a t b ra h m a n [2] sp o k e th u s to th e L o r d : " T o w h a t e x te n t, g o o d G o ta m a , d oes one b eco m e a b ra h m a n ? A n d a g a in , w h a t a re th e th in g s w h ic h m a k e a b ra h m a n 4 ? f| z || T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g u n d e rsto o d th is m a tte r, a t t h a t tim e u tte re d th is (solem n) u tte ra n c e :
1 T h is is p r o b a b ly a n a b b r e v ia tio n ior ' T o ld o f AnraJcentng " : see t it le s o f 2 . 3 a n d is t h e T a lk a t t h e T r e e
* A lth o u gh U d A . 51 gives tw o more possib le exp lan ation s for th is nam e th a n V A . 957, both agree th a t goatherds used to com e and sit in t h e shade of this tree. * ktihtinkaj&iiko brS.hraiiO, See J P T S , 1^ 0 1, p . 42, and Ver. Uplift, p . 3, n. V A . 957 calls him. one w ho b elieves in. om ens th a t are seen, ditthriiMangalika, and who w alks a b o u t m akin g (the sound) hutp irc m arrogance and in anger. * brahm&na-harattd. Ud. 3 reads - hdrakd^
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
*' T h a t b ra h m a n w h o b a rs out e v il th in gs, n o t u tte r in g th e so u n d hum 1, w it h no im p u r ity , cu rb ed -o f-self, M a ster o f Vedas, w h o liv e s th e B ra h m a -fa rin g th is is th e b ra h m a n w h o m a y r ig h tly s p e a k th e B rah m a-sp eech *, W h o h a s no b lem ish es4 an yw h e re m th e w o rld V ' ([3 )| T o ld is th e T a lk a t th e G o a th e rd s'.
|j 2 | J
T h e n th e L o rd , a t th e end o f se v e n d a y s , h a y in g em erged fro m th a t c o n te m p la tio n , ap p ro a ch ed th e M u ca lin d a (tree) fro m th e fo o t o f th e G o a th e rd s' B a n y a n ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h e sa t cro ss-leg g ed in o n e (posture) for se v e n d a y s a t th e fo o t o f th e M u c a lin d a e x p e rie n cin g th e b liss o f freed o m , j| 1 [| N o w a t th a t time a grea t sto rm arose o u t o f d u e season, fo r se v e n d a y s th e re w a s r a in y "weather, co ld w in d s a n d o v e rc a s t skies. T h e n M u ca lin d a , th e serp en t k in g , h a v in g co m e fo rth fro m h is o w n h a u n t, h a v in g e n c irc le d th e L o r d 's b o d y seven tim e s w ith his co ils, h a v in g spread a g re a t h o o d o v e r his h ead , sto o d s a y in g : " L e t n o cold (annoy) th e L o rd , le t no h eat (annoy) th e L o rd , le t n o t the to u ch o f flies, m o sq u ito es, w in d a n d h e a t or cree p in g th in g s (annoy) th e L o r d . || 2 jj T h e n M u ca lin d a , th e serpent k in g , a t th e end o f th o s e 7 se v e n d a y s, h a v in g k n o w n th a t th e sky w as d e a r a n d w ith o u t a c lo u d , h a v in g u n w o u n d h is co ils fro m th e L o r d 's b o d y , h a v in g g iv e n u p h is ow n fo rm a n d a ssu m ed a y o u th 's form , sto o d in fro n t o f th e L o rd h o n o u rin g th e L o r d w ith jo in e d p a lm s. || 3 |[ T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g u n d ersto o d th is m a tte r , a t th a t tim e u tte re d th is (solem n) u tte ra n ce :
1 nihuhurika. H e is to g iv e u p h a v in g co n fid en ce in b is su p e rs titio u s o m en s a n d form ulas, a n d t o b e lie v e in stead in t h e n ew te a c h in g . B r a h m a n " ca m e to m ean, in th is , t L e b est an d h ig h e st k in d o f m a n . a l 'gdaniaga, a s a t S n . 463, V A . 95 S sa y s th e r e ttas b e e n g o in g either to th e end b y m ean s o i t h e lo r e s {vedas), thos<s ca lle d t h e k n o w le d g e o f th e fo u r w a y s , or t o th e -end o f t h e three V e d a s. * dhnmmena so brahntafio brahtnavadatft vadeyya. V A . QJ-S = U d A . 55 t a k e th is t o m ea n he c a n r ig h t ly sa y " I am a b r a h m a n , M rs, R h y s D a v id s , M a m ta i, p . S3, tra n s la te s brahtitauXdtt b y 11 E r a h m a -fa itlx " , w it h a. n o te, p . -84, t h a t vada is e q u a lly t o b e rendered b y -c u lt o r -te a c h in g . 4 ttssdda, pro m in en ce, excresen ce ; c o n c e it, arrogan ce. V A . 958 U dA. 55 g iv e five : p a ssio n , h a tr e d , s tu p id ity , prid e, false v ie w . S n A , Ii. 521 g iv e s se ve n , en u m e ra te d a t S n A * ii, 425 as- t h e fiv e o f V A . a n d U d A . w ith t h e a d d itio n o f t h e o b s tr u c tio n s a n d w r o n g c o n d u c t. S e e m y E a r ly B u d d hist Theory 0} M a n Perfected, p_ 262 an d p . 265, n. s . _ _ * T h is ve r s e o ccu rs a t U d . p. 3, N etti . 150 . L a s t lin e Last lin e o i S n , J83, * U || t o U4I! = U d. I I . I , M u ca Jin d av ag g a ; verses q u o te d K v u . 2 i a r see P ts. C o n t*., 12 9 , n . 3. io r fu rth er references. T ta isa , o m itte d a t V itt. i. j , b u t fo u n d a t U d. io , dev a.
3 .4 M ]
m a h a v a g g a
" H a p p y h is so litu d e w h o g la d a t h e a r t H a th dham m a le a r n t a n d d o th th e v isio n see ! H a p p y is th a t b e n ig n ity to w a r d s T h e w o rld w h ic h o n n o c re a tu re w o rk e th h a rm . H a p p y th e a b sc n c e o f a ll lu s t, t h J a sc e n t P a s t a n d b e y o n d th e needs o f sense-desires. H e w h o d o th c ru sh th e g r e a t * I a m * co n ce it T h is , t r u ly th is, is h a p p in ess s u p r e m e ." || 4 J | T o ld is th e T a lk a t th e M u ca lin d a . j | 3 j| T h e n th e L o rd , a t th e en d o f s e v e n d a y s , h a v in g e m erg ed fro m t h a t c o n te m p la tio n , a p p ro a c h e d th e R a jH y a ta n a 1 fro m th e fo o t o f th e M u c a lin d a ; h a v in g a p p ro a c h e d , he sa t cro ss le g g e d in one (posture) fo r se v e n d a y s a t th e fo o t o f th e R a j& y a ta n a e x p e rie n c in g th e b liss o f fre e d o m . || r || N o w [3] a t t h a t tim e* t h e m e rch a n ts T a p u ssa * a n d B h a llik a * w ere g o in g a lo n g th e h ig h -ro a d from TJkkala to t h a t d istric t.* T h e n a devata w h o w a s a b lo o d -re la tio n o f th e m e rc h a n ts T a p u ss a a n d B h a llib a sp o k e th u s t o t h e m e rc h a n ts T a p u s s a a n d B h a l l i k a : *' M y g o o d fello w s, th is L o rd , h a v in g ju s t (becom e) w h o lly a w a k e n e d , is s ta y in g a t th e fo o t o f th e R a j S y a ta n a , g o a n d se rv e th a t L o rd w ith , b a rle y -g ru e l* a n d h o n e y -b a lls, a n d th is w ill b e a blessin g a n d h a p p in e ss fo r y o u fo r a lo n g tim e ." || 2 |J T h e n th e m e rch a n ts T a p u s s a a n d B h a llik a , ta k in g b a r le y g m e l a n d h o n e y -b a lls, a p p ro a c h e d th e L o r d ; h a v in g a p p ro a c h e d , h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , t h e y s to o d a t a re s p e c t fu l d ista n ce. A s t h e y w e re sta n d in g a t a re sp e c tfu l d is ta n c e , th e m e rch a n ts T a p u s s a a n d B h a llik a sp o k e th u s t o th e L o r d : " L o rd , le t th e L o r d re c e iv e o u r b a r le y -g r u e l a n d h o n e y -b a lls, th a t th is m a y b e a b le ssin g an d h a p p in e s s fo r u s fo r a lo n g t im e ." || 3 || T h e n i t o ccu rre d t o th e L o rd : " T r u th -fin d e r s 0 d o n o t
1 N a m e o f a tree. C a lle d b y M rs. R h y s D a v id s , A fa n u a l, p . So, " K ia g s te a d t r e e ." S e e V itt. T&xts^ r. S i, i*. * C f. ]&., L So f. 1 O u e f o f t h e d is c ip le s w h o fir s t ca.me fo r refu ge; A . i . zG ; in c lu d e d in a list o f e m in e n t h o u seh o ld ers a n d updsakas A t A . iii. 4 5 0 -1. B htalliy(k ]a has a v e r s e a t T h a g , 7 . w h ile, T h a g A . 50 g iv e s in o u tlin e t h e s to r y o f th e ir m in isterin g t o t h e L o rd . * A c c o r d in g t o V A . 959, t b e M id d le D is tr ic t (or C o u n tr y ) w liere t h e L o r d w a s s ta y in g , * manlha, d efin ed a t V ia . iv . -So, see B.L>, ii, 324. _ F u r . D ia i. j. 1 18 > n . 4 . c la im s t h a t " t h e first use o f t h e t e r m T a t b S g a t a in t h e B u d d h a 's life -h is ta r y " o cc u rs a t Jlf. i. r<5S.
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
re ce iv e w ith th e ir h a n d s. N o w w it h w h a t sh a ll I re ce iv e th e b a rle y -g ru e l a n d h o n e y -b a lls ? T h e n th e fo u r G re a t K in g s , k n o w in g w ith th e ir m inds th e reaso n in g in th e L o rd 's m in d , fr o m t h e fo u r q u a rte rs p re se n te d th e L o rd w ith fo u r b o w ls m a d e o f r o c k c r y s ta l, s a y in g : " L o rd , le t th e L o rd re ce iv e th e b a rle y -g ru e l a n d H oney-balls h e r e in ." T h e L o rd re c e iv e d th e b a rle y -g ru e l a n d th e h o n e y -b a lls in a n e w 1 b o w l m a d e o f r o c k c r y s ta l, a n d h a v in g re ce iv e d th em he p a rto o k o f th e m . 4 | } T h e n th e m e r c h a n t s T a p u ssa a n d B h a llik a , h a v in g fo u n d t h a t th e L o r d h a d re m o v e d h is h a n d fro m th e b o w l, h a v in g in clin ed th e ir h ead s to w a rd s th e L o r d s fe et, sp oke th u s to th e L o r d : " W e , L o r d , a re those g o in g to th e L o rd fo r re fu g e a n d to dham m a ; le t t h e L o rd a c c e p t u s a s Ia y-d iscip les gone fo r re fu g e fo r life from th is d a y fo r th . T h u s th e se c a m e to be th e first la y -d is c ip le s in th e w o r ld u sin g th e tw o -w o rd fo rm u la .* || 5 J j T o ld is th e T a lk a t th e R a j& y a ta n a . || 4 \ \
T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g em erg ed fro m th a t co n te m p la tio n a t th e e n d o f se v e n d a y s , ap p ro a ch ed th e G o a th e rd s' B a n y a n fro m th e fo o t o f th e R a j& y a t a n a ; h a v in g a p p ro ach ed , th e L o r d s t a y e d th e re a t th e fo o t of th e G o a th e rd s B a n y a n . j| 1 || T h e n a s th e L o r d w a s m e d ita tin g in seclusion a reaso n in g arose in h is m in d th u s :* " T h is dham m a, w o n to b y m e, is d eep, d iffic u lt to see, d iffic u lt to u n d e rsta n d , p e a cefu l, e x ce lle n t, b e y o n d d ia le c tic , su b tle , in te llig ib le 0 th e learn ed .* B u t th is is a c re a tio n d e lig h tin g in sen su a l p le a su re ,6 d e lig h te d b y sen su al p leasu re, re jo ic in g in sen su al p leasu re. S o th a t fo r a c re a tio n d e lig h tin g in sen su al p leasu re, d e lig h te d b y sensual p le a su re , re jo ic in g in sen sual p le a su re , tlu s w e re a m a tte r d iffic u lt t o see, [ 4] th a t is to s a y c a u s a l u p risin g b y w a y o f
1 paccagght. V A . 960 s a y s t h is u s u a lly m e a n s v e r y c o s t ly ; b u t i t ca n m ean, a s h ere, q u ite n ew a n d q u ite h o t {abbhujtha), p ro d u ced a t t h a t viery m o m e n t. * dvevidkd^ i.e. bhagaoa (a n d n o t, a s a t som e t im e b e c a m e u su al, truddha) an d dham m a, th e r e b ein g a t t h a t tim e d o samgha. * F o r th-e G r e a t H e s ita tio n , cf. S . i. 13 6 , D . ii. 36, M . i. 1 6 7 , a n d see K . S . L 1 7 1 , D ia l. IL 29 f. an d F u r . JHal. i. 1 1 8 for n o tes. S e e a lso M rs. R h y s D a v id s , M a n u a l, p . 7 3 tf. * -Q uoted a t B u d v A . 9. * alaya, w h a t is c lu n g to , " h a b i t / B u t V A . = h i A . ii. 17+ e x p la in b y the- fiv e s tr a n d s o i sense-pleasure.
5,2-6]
M A H A V A G G A
cause- T h is to o w ere a m a tte r v e r y d ifficu lt to see,1 th a t is t o s a y th e c a lm in g o f a ll th e h a b itu a l te n d en cie s, th e re n u n cia tio n o f a ll a tta c h m e n t, th e d e stru c tio n o f c ra v in g , d isp a ssio n , sto p p in g , n irv a n a . A n d so i f I w ere t o te a c h dham m a a n d o th ers w e re n o t to u n d e rs ta n d m e, th is w o u ld b e a w e a rin ess to m e, th is w o u ld b e a v e x a tio n to m e / || 2 |f A n d fu rth e r, th e se ve rse s n o t h e a rd b e fo re in th e p a s t o ccu rre d s p o n ta n e o u s ly to th e L o rd ^ T h is t h a t th r o u g h m a n y to ils I 'v e w o n E n o u g h ! W h y sh ould I m a k e it k n o w n ? B y fo lk w ith lu s t an d h a te co n su m ed T h is dhamma is n o t understood*2 L e a d in g o n a g a in s t th e stre a m 3, S u b tle , d eep, d ifficu lt to see, d e lic a te , U n seen tw ill b e b y p a ssio n s sla v e s C lo a k e d in th e m u rk o f ig n o r a n c e . 1 |[ 3 [] I n su c h w ise, a s th e L o rd p o n d ered , h is m in d in clin ed to lit t le effort a n d n o t t o te a c h in g dhaimna. T h e n it o ccu rred t o B r a h m a Saham pati, k n o w in g w ith h is m in d th e re a so n in g in th e L o r d 's m in d : " A l a s , 7 th e w o rld is lo s t ,9 a la s, th e w o rld i s d e stro y e d , in a sm u ch a s th e m in d o f th e T ru th -fin d e r, th e p e rfe cte d one, th e fu lly a w a k e n e d o n e, in clin es to little effort a n d n o t to te a c h in g dh am m a." || 4 fj T h e n a s a stro n g m a n m ig h t stre tc h fo rth h is b e n t a rm or m ig h t b e n d b a c k h is o u tstre tc h e d a rm , e v e n so d id B ra h m a S a h a m p a ti, va n ish in g fro m th e B ra h m a -w o rld , b eco m e m a n i fe st before th e Lord. |[ 5 |[ T h e n B r a h m a S a h a m p a ti, h a v in g a rra n g e d his u p p e r robe
1 sududdssa, a.3 a t & h . 36. * C f. S n . 764. 1 patisoiaga m in, a g a in s t t h e str e a m u p t o t h e so u rce (o ib b S n a ), n o t w ith t h e stream , fo r t h a t le a d s to d a n g e ro u s w h irlp o o ls a n d w a v e s in a p o o l (here in a n u n fa v o u r a b le sense) lo w e r d o w n . V A . 962 s a y s t li a t patisoia is c a lle d n ib b a n a A strea m c a n b e a R iv e r o f L ife or a R iv e r o f D e a th , a c co rd in g a& t o w h eth er one goes a g a in s t th e c u ire n t. s tr iv in g w ith h a n d s a n d feet, o r w ith th e cu rren t. Cf. L a m o tt e , v o l. I, p . 59 , n. 1. * T h is tran slatio n , follow s t h a t a t D iu l. ii. 30, w it h t h e im p o r ta n t e x c e p tio n t h a t palisotagdm in is n o t " a g a in s t t h e strea m o f co m m o n t h o u g h t . V e r se aJso fo u n d a t M . i. 168, L>. ii. 38, S . i. 13 6 ; M ah& vastu iii, 3 1 4 , JLalitatnstara, ed . L e im a n n , p . 3 9 7 . * appassukkalS, indifference., " r e s t q u i e t " { F u r . D ia l. i.r r S ), " t o b e a v e r s e from -exertion " (iif.S. i. 173}, " t o rem ain q u ie t " (V t . T exts, i.85). * A G r e a t Brahm S.. 1 vatu bho. * Q u o te d B u d v A . 10, * F o r th is p a r a g r a p h a n d t h e b e g in n in g o f t h e neatt, see A . ii. 3 1 .
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
o v e r o n e sh o u ld er, h a v in g sto o p ed h is r ig h t k n ee to th e g ro u n d , h a v in g s a lu te d t h e L o rd w ith jo in e d p a lm s , sp o k e th u s to th e L o r d : " L o rd , le t th e L o rd te a c h dham m a , Jet th e W e lM a re r te a c h dham m a ; th e re a re bein gs w ith lit t le d u st in th e ir e y e s w h o , n o t h e a rin g dham m a, a re d e c a y in g , (b u t if) t h e y are le a rn ers o f dhamma, t h e y -will g ro w . *1 |[6f| T h u s sp o k e B r a h m a S a h a m p a t i; h a v in g sa id th is , he fu rth e r sp ok e th u s :* *r T h e re h a s a p p e a re d in M a g a d h a befo re thee A n u n c le a n dhamma b y im p u re m in d s d e v ise d . O p e n th is d o o r o f d eath lessn ess, le t3 th e m h e a r D ham m a a w a k e n e d to b y th e sta in le ss one. A s on a cra g on c re st of m o u n ta in sta n d in g A m a n m ig h t w a tc h th e p e o p le fa r b elo w , E 'e n so d o th o u , O W isd o m fa ir, ascen d in g, O S eer o f a ll, t h e te rra ce d h e ig h ts o f tru th ,* [ 5] L o o k d o w n , from g r ie f released, u p o n th e p eo p les S u n k e n in g rie f, oppressed w ith b ir th a n a a ge. A ris e , th o u hero 1 C o n qu ero r in th e b a ttle ! T h o u fre e d from d e b t ! M an o f th e c a ra v a n 1 W a lk th e w o rld o v e r , le t th e B le ssed O ne T e a c h dhamma. T h e y w h o le a rn w ill g ro w . 5 || 7 W h e n he h a d sp o k e n th u s , th e L o r d sp o k e th u s to B r a h m a S a h a m p a ti : " B r a h m a , it o ccu rred to m e : ' T h is dhamma p e n e tra te d b y m e is d e e p . . . th a t w o u ld be a v e x a tio n t o m e . * A n d fu rth e r, B ra h m a , th e se verses n o t h e a rd b e fo re in th e p a s t o ccu rre d s p o n ta n e o u s ly to m e : T h is th a t th ro u g h m a n y to ils I 'v e w o n . . . c lo a k e d in th e m u r k o f ig n o ra n c e .' In su ch w ise , B ra h m a , a s I pon d ered , m y m in d in clin ed t o little effo rt a n d n o t to te a c h in g dham m a. || 8 | J T h e n a seco n d tim e d id B ra h m a S a h a m p a ti sp e a k th u s to th e L o rd : L o rd , le t th e L o rd te a c h dham m a . . . if th e y are
1 Q u o te d B u d v A . 10. S e e M rs, R h y s D a v id s , D ia l. ii. 2 a d ed n , P r e fa c e , l i i . A ls o h e r H o t e t o Gotam a the M a n (added in 1938) w h ere sh e s a y s , " T h e o n ly r a tio n a l tr a n s la tio n (ol artnataro bhavissanli) ls t h a t 1 t h e y w ho Com e t o k n o w [i.e. t h e d h a m m a y o u should tea ch ), w ill co m e t o be., w ill b e c o m e ', t h a t 13 'will gro w . T h u s rend ered t h e la s t cla u se b a la n ce s t h e o p p o se d clau se , th a t m en are in a. d eclin e*" * A s a t Jlf. i, 168, S . i. 1 3 7 ; q u oted H udvA . to . F o r references t o p ara llel S a n s k r it, C h in ese a n d T ib e ta n T e x t s , see L a m o tte , T r a it i de la Grand# Vertn d f Sagcsse, v o l. I , p . 5 7 . n- 1, * T o e n d of th is v a s e - - S . 384 * dhammant aya p is S d a ; f/ , pajj&Sp&sa-da a t D h p , 28. * S e c o n d p a r t o f -verses t a k e n from M rs. R h y s D a v id s , M a n u a l, p . 84 . T h e D tg b a versio n o m its t h e first lo u r lines. L a s t fo u r lin e s a t S . i. 234,
S.g-iz]
M A H A V A G G A
learn ers a i dhamma, t h e y w ill g r o w ." T h e n a seco n d tim e d id th e L a rd s p e a k th u s to B r a h m a S a h a m p a ti : B u t, B ra h m a , i t o ccu rre d to m e : . . . m y m ind in c lin e d t o lit t le e ffo rt a n d a n d n o t t o te a c h in g d h a m m a " || 9 || T h e n a th ir d tim e d id B ra h m a S a h a m p a ti sp e a k th u s to th e L o rd : L o rd , le t th e L o r d te a ch dhamma . . . i f t h e y are lea rn ers o f dham m a, t h e y w ill g ro w ." T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g u n d e rsto o d B r a h m a 's e n t r e a t y a n d , o u t o f co m p assio n for beings, s u r v e y e d th e w o rld w ith th e e y e o f a n a w a k e n e d one. A s th e L o r d w a s s u r v e y in g th e w o rld w ith th e e y e o f an a w a k e n ed one, h e sa w b e in g s w ith little d u st in th e ir e ye s, w ith m u c h d u st in th e ir e ye s, w ith a c u te fa c u ltie s , w ith d u ll fa c u ltie s , of g o o d d isp o sitio n s, o f b a d d isp o sitio n s, d o cile, in d ocile, fe w se e in g fea r in sins a n d th e w o rld s b e y o n d .1 || 10 ]| E v e n a s in 3 a p o n d o f b lu e lo tu ses o r in a p o n d o f re d lo tu se s or in a p o n d o f w h ite lo tu s e s , a fe w b lu e o r red o r w h ite lo tu se s a re b o m in th e w a te r, g ro w in the w a te r, d o n o t rise a b o v e th e w a te r b u t th r iv e w h ile a lto g e th e r im m e rse d ; a fe w b lu e or re d o r w h ite lo tu s e s a re b o m in th e w a te r , g ro w in th e w a te r an d reach to th e su rfa ce o f th e w a te r ; a fe w b lu e or re d or w h ite lo tu s e s are b o m in th e w a te r, g ro w in th e w a te r , a n d s ta n d u p risin g out o f th e w a te r, un d efiled b y th e w a te r . 1 | 1 1 ]| E v e n so , d id th e L o rd , su rv e y in g th e w o rld w ith th e e y e o f an a w a k e n e d on e, see b ein g s w ith lit t le d u s t in th e ir e y e s , w ith m u c h d u st in th e ir e y e s, [6] w ith a c u te fa c u ltie s , w ith d u ll fa c u ltie s, o f g o o d d isp o sition s, o f b a d d isp o sition s, d o cile, in d o cile , fe w seein g fe a r in sin s and th e w o rld s b e y o n d . S e e in g B ra h m a S a h a m p a ti, h e ad d ressed h im w it h verses : ,l O p en fo r th o se w h o h e a r a re th e d o ors o f d e a th le ssn ess3 ; le t th e m ren o u n ce th e ir fa ith 4. T h in k in g o f useless fa tig u e , I h a v e n o t p re a ch e d , B ra h m a , th e su b lim e a n d e x c e lle n t dhamma to m e n 6. " |[ 12 j|
1 paratokavajfabhayadasiivino, V A . 963 sayin g t h a t who see b y fear (bhayaio) th e world.(5) beyond and mn. these are those
1 C f, n . L 7 5 , M . iii. 93, S . i. 138 . * V A . 963 ca lls t h is " t h e a o b le W a y " , oriyatnagga. T h e " q u e s t " in fo lk lo re a n d in th e g r e a t religio u s tr a d itio n s a lik e is fo r im m o r ta lity , th e u n d y in g . E a r ly B u d d h is m is in lin e w ith th e se tra d itio n s . * saddhA m u s t refer to th e ir (ow n , V A . 963) p r e s e n t w ro n g b eliefs. * V e r s e also a t -D. ii. 39, Jtf- i- 165. S. i-. 138 ; a n d cf. M a k a vast u iii. 3 1 9 ; LatitatHitnra. p . 400. S e e d iscu ssio n on s o m e o f t h e e xp ressio n s fo u n d in th e ve rse b y L a m o tte , v o l. I , p , 60, n, I .
IO
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
T h e n B r a h m a S a h a m p a ti; th in k in g : " T h e o p p o rtu n ity w a s m a d e b y m e' fo r th e L o rd to te a c h d h a m m a 1 g re e tin g th e L o rd , k e e p in g h is r ig h t sid e to w a rd s h im , va n ish e d th e n m id th ere.* || 13 || T o ld is th e T a lk on B r a h m a 's E n tr e a ty . || 5 ||
T h e n it o ccu rre d to th e L o r d : " N o w , to w h o m sh o u ld I first te a c h dhamma ? W h o w ill u n d e rsta n d th is dhamma q u ic k ly ? T h e n it o ccu rred to th e L o r d : In d e ed , th is A la r a th e K a la m a 3 is learned , e x p e rie n ced , w ise, an d fo r a lo n g tim e h as h a d lit t le d u st in h is e ye s. S u p p o se I w ere to te a c h dhamma. first to A la ra th e KJUamst ? H e w ill u n d e r sta n d th is dhamma q u ic k ly ." || x || B u t th e n an in v is ib le devata an n o u n ced to th e L o rd : L o rd , A la r a th e K a la m a p a sse d a w a y se v e n d a y s a g o ." A n d th e k n o w led g e aro se to th e L o rd th a t A la r a th e K a la m a h a d passed a w a y s e v e n d a y s ag o . T h e n it o ccu rre d t o th e L o rd : " A la r a th e K a la m a w a s o f gTeat in telligen ce. I f he h a d h e a rd th is dhamma, h e w o u ld h a v e u n d ersto o d it q u ic k ly . j| a || T h e n it o ccu rre d to t h e L o rd : '* N o w , to w h om sh o u ld I first te a ch dham m a ? W h o w ill u n d e rsta n d th is dhamma q u ic k ly ? " T h e n it o ccu rred to th e L o r d : 4 In d e ed , th is U ddaka., R a m a s so n ,4 is learn ed , e x p e rie n ced , w ise, and fo r a lo n g tim e h a s h a d little d u st in h is eyes. S u p p o se I w ere to te a c h dhamma first to U d d a k a , R a m a 's son ? H e w ill u n d ersta n d th is dhamma q u ic k ly ," |[ 3 j| B u t th e n an in v is ib le devata an n o u n ced to th e L o rd : " L o rd , U d d a k a , R a m a 's son, p assed a w a y la st n ig h t/ ' A n d th e k n o w le d g e aro se to th e L o rd th a t U d d a k a , R a m a s son, h a d p a ssed a w a y la s t n ig h t. T h e n i t o ccu rred t o th e L o r d : " U d d a k a , R a m a 's so n , w a s of g re a t intelligence* I f h e h a d
1 F r o m th e b e g in n in g o f th e verses t o here is q u u lc d a t Bu-tfvA _ lS . * taith * eva ca n m e a n " as b e fo r e *' ; ii i t d o c s so here, it w ould m e s a b y t b e sa.rn.cs m e th o d o f v a n is h in g from t h e B r a h m a -w o r ld a s in |l j |] a b o v e , * T h e tea ch er to w h o m , a c c o r d in g to th e b io g ra p h ica l record (also preserved in tiie A riy apariy ssan a Sutta, A/* S ta . i6>, G o ta m a first w e n t lo r instruction, a f t e r h e b a d g o n e fo r th (from hom e :uto horneleiwnessj. * A c c o r d in g t o t h e sam e acco u n t, the te a c h c r to w h o m G o ta m a w e n t n e x t w h e a b e b & d m a stered A li r a 's te a ch in g . See M rs. f i liy s D a v id s , M a tm a i. 5 7 ff. for som e rem ark s on b o th th e ie teach crs, an d E , j . T h o m a s , L ift o f B uddha, 184, M iin . * 3 6 s a y s th a t Alara. a n d U d d a k a w ere G o u m a 's fou rth an d fifth te ach e rs ; a n d T k ig A - 2 t h a t h e w e n t first t o Bha.ggav.a (n o t m en tio n e d a t M iln , 336}.
6.4-8}
m a h a
VAG GA
ir
h e a rd th is dhamma, h e -would h a v e u n d ersto o d it q u ic k ly ." I! 4 fl . T h e n i t occu rred to th e L o rd : N o w , t o w h o m sh o u ld I first te a c h dhamma ? W h o [7] w ill u n d e rs ta n d th is dham m a q u ic k iy ? " T h e n it o ccu rre d to th e L o r d : T h a t g ro u p o f five m o n k s1 w h o w a ite d o n m e w h e n I w a s se lf-re so lu te in s tr iv in g 2 w ere v e r y h e lp fu l. Suppose I w ere to te a c h dham m a first to th e g ro u p o f fiv e m o n ks ? || 5 II T h e n it o ccu rre d to th e L o r d : *' B u t w h e re is tliis g ro u p o f fiv e m o n k s s ta y in g a t p resen t ?3 T h e n th e L o rd w ith devavision , p u rified a n d su rp a ssin g th a t o f m en , s a w th e g r o u p o f five m o n k s s ta y in g n e a r B gn ares a t Is ip a ta n a in th e d eerp a rk . T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g s ta y e d a t U r u v e la fo r a s lo n g as h e fo u n d su itin g , se t o u t on to u r fo r B en ares* |[ 6 |[ U p a k a , a N a k e d A s c e tic ,* saw th e L o rd g o in g a lo n g th e h ig h ro a d b e tw e e n G a y a a n d th e {Tree of) A w a k e n in g ; se e in g h im , h e sp o k e th u s to th e L o r d : Y o u r re v e re n ce , y o u r sen se-orgajis are q u ite p u re , y o u r c o m p le x io n v e r y b rig h t, v e r y clear. O n a c c o u n t o f w h o m h a v e y o u , y o u r re v e re n c e , g o n e fo rth , or w h o is y o u r tea ch er, o r w h o se dham m a d o y o u profess ? " || 7 || W h e n th is h a d been sa id , th a L o rd a d d re sse d U p a b a , th e N a k e d A s c e tic , in verses :a " V ic to rio u s o ve r a ll, o m n iscien t a m I , A m o n g a ll th in g s undeM ed, L e a v in g a ll, th ro u g h d e a th o f c r a v in g freed, B y k n o w in g fo r m y s e lf, w h om sh o u ld I fo llo w ?* F o r m e th ere is n o tea ch er, O n e like m e d oes n o t e x ist. I n th e w o rld w ith its dcvas N o one eq u als m e .1
1 A fifia-K tU K jafiiia, B h a d d iy a * V a p p a , M a h a n a m a , A s s a ji, as b e lo w 6, 31 S. S e e D P P N M rs. R h y s D a v id s , M a n u a l, 6 * i, ; a n d " U n k n o w n C o io n od era o f B u d d h is m " , J R A S . 1 9 2 7 . 1 padhinapakiiaitcan. * Q u o te d a t B u d v A . iS . 1 S jiviha, " m a n at t h e liv e lih o o d " , B u d . I n d ,t p . 14 3 . A t D iv y . 393 U p a k a a p p e a r s t o b e ca lle d U p a g a u e n s , * V e r se s a lso a t Af* L 1 7 1 ; q u o te d a t JZtru. 389 : T h ig A . a z o . * T h is v e rsa = n h . 353* r T h is v e r s e is q u o te d a t M iJn . 235. C f. also Mahaziastti iiL 3 2 6 .
IJf
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
F o r I a m p e rfe c te d in th e w o rld , T h e te a c h e r su p re m e a m I ,1 I a lo n e a m a ll-a w a k en ed ,* B e c o m e co o l a m I , n irv a n a -a tta in e d . T o tu rn th e dham m a -w heel I g o t o K a s i's c it y , B e a tin g th e d ru m o f death lessness In a w o rld t h a t 's b lin d b e c o m e ." [| 8 || *' A c c o rd in g to w h a t y o u cla im , y o u r reveren ce, you. o u g h t to b e a v ic to r o f th e unendin g* " (U p a k a said). L ik e m e, t h e y a re v ic to rs in d ee d , W h o h a v e w o n t o d estru ctio n o i th e c a n k e rs ; V a n q u ish e d b y m e a re e v il th in g s, T h e re fo re a m I , U p a k a , a v i c t o r ." 6 W h e n th is h a d b een s a id , U p a k a , th e N a k e d A s c e tic , h a v in g said , " I t m a y b e (so),8 y o u r re v e re n c e ," h a v in g sh a k en his h e a d ,7 w e n t o ff ta k in g a d ifferen t ro ad , j] 9 || 4 C/1 Sn. 179.
* O r, * I a m u niq ue, t h e a U-a w akened..1' * ara.h' u si, a lso m e a n in g " y o u d eserve t o be, a re w o r th y or fit t o b e . T h e r e 13 also t b e r e a d in g araha asi, a s a t K v u . sSq, a n d see J*ss. Sisters, 1 t. * anatttajina. V A , 964 m e r e ly s a y s " Y o u are s e t on b eco m in g a v icto r o i t h e u n e n d in g / A n a n ia , th-e u n en d in g, m a y refer t o dham m a, a lso t o n ib b a n a . * T h is v e r s e an d U p a k a 's rem ark s are q u o te d a t K v u , -zSg, ftupeyya. M . i, 1 7 1 , S n A . 358, T h i g A . 220 re a d huveyya (w h ich is intercha.ngea.ble w it h hv-peyya,}. I t is \ d ia le c tic a l form of bhaveyya. A c c o r d in g to 33. M . B a r u a , T h e A jfm k a s , p . go, it is a n ex p ressio o fo u n d in th e " A jlvL k a l a n g u a g e " a n d " i s a c t a recogn ised P a li w o r d . H e tra n s la te s " p e r h a p s it m a y b e so,'* O ld e n b e r g " it m a y t e 50," C h a lm ers, p r e s e r v in g th e p a to is, " m ebbfl , E . I . T h o m a s . T h e L i f t o f B u d d h a , p . 8 3 , " w o u ld t h a t i t m ig h t b e so " , U P P N (under U p a k a ) it m a y b e s o : w h ile M rs. R h y s D a v id s , T o Becom e or n o t to B e co m e , p . 85, w o u ld p r e ic r " m a y h e beco m e , th e " h e 11 referrin g t o t h e m a o , c v e r y r c a n , t o w h o m G o ta m a w a s p rep a red to t e a c h b is m essage. S h e su g g e sts t h a t h e w ill h a v e rehearsed th is m essage t o U p a k a , a n d m a in ta in s t h a t w b a t h a s su rvived- a g la r in g ly im p e r fe ct m isre p rese n ta tio n ,r m a k es om ission a n d g lo ssin g a ll b u t certain . * I th in k t h a t a s Ih e t e x t stands, h a d U p a k a b e e n co n v in c e d or a v en in te r e ste d h e w o u ld n ot h a v e d e p a r te d b y a d iffe r e n t r o a d (umtttogga, aiso m ea n in g th e w r o n g road ). I t is perhaps od d t h a t th is episod e, if it show s d isa g r e e m e n t, is p resu m ed to h a v e occurred a t th e b eg in n in g o f G o ta n x a 's m in is tr y . B a t it m a y b e in clu d ed to e m p h a s iz e his d e te rm in a tio n t o p r e a c h first o f a ll t o t h e " fiv e ' in a cco rd a n ce w ith h is d ecisio n ; or t o s h o w t h a t U p a k a s p o k e s o m e w h a t a s a p r o p h e t in t h e " k e y " , b e lo w , p. 12 7 , h e fs ca lle d U p o h o i s i , U p a k a t h e seer. A c c o r d in g t o T h i g A . z z o it ., w h e n U p a k a w a s a s o ld m an, to rm e n te d b y hia w ife's g ib es; b e s o u g h t G o ta m a a n d w en t
6.10-12]
M A H A V A G G A
13
T h e n th e L o rd , w a lk in g on to u r, in due co u rse a p p ro a ch e d B e n a re s, th e d e er-p a rk o f I s ip a ta n a , th e g ro u p o f fiv e m o n k s. T h e g ro u p o f five m o n k s s a w th e L o rd c o m in g in th e d is ta n c e j seein g h im , t h e y a g ree d a m o n g th e m s e lv e s, s a y in g : " Y o u r reveren ces, th is reclu se G o ta m a is c o m in g , h e liv e s in a b u n d a n c e , [8] he is w a v e rin g in his striv in g , h e h a s re v e rte d to a life o f a b u n d a n c e .1 l i e sh o u ld n e ith e r b e g re e te d , n o r sto o d u p fo r, n o r sh o u ld h is b o w l a n d ro b e be re c e iv e d ; a ll th e sa m e a se a t m a y b e p u t o u t, he c a n s it d ow n i f h e w a n ts t o . |[ 10 || B u t a s th e L o rd g r a d u a lly a p p ro a c h e d th is g ro u p o f fiv e m o n k s, so th is g ro u p o f five m o n k s, n o t a d h e rin g to th e ir o w n a g ree m e n t; h a v in g g o n e to w a rd s th e L o rd , one re c e iv e d his b o w l a n d ro b e, one m a d e r e a d y a s e a t, one b ro u g h t w a te r fo r w a sh in g th e fe et, a fo o t-sto o l, a fo o t-s ta n d .a T h e L o rd sa t d o w n o n th e seat m a d e re a d y , a n d th e L o rd , w h ile h e w a s s ittin g d o w n , w a sh e d h is fe e t.3 F u r th e r , t h e y ad d ressed th e L o rd b y n a m e a n d w ith th e e p ith e t o f y o u r r e v e r e n c e . 4 W h e n th is h a d been s a id , th e L o rd s p o k e th u s to t h e g ro u p o f five m o n k s : " D o n o t, m o n ks, a d d re ss a T ru th fin d e r b y n a m e, a n d w ith th e e p ith e t f y o u r re v e ren ce A T ru th fin d e r, m o n ks, is a p e rfe c te d o n e, a fu lly a w a k e n e d one. G iv e ear, m o n ks, th e d e ath le ss h a s b een fo u n d ; I in s tru c t, I te a c h dhamma. G o in g a lo n g in a cco rd a n ce w ith w h a t h a s b e en e n jo in ed , h a v in g so o n re alised h ere a n d n o w b y y o u r o w n su p er-k n o w le d g e t h a t su p rem e g o a l o f th e B r a h m a - fa r in g 5 fo r th e sa k e o f w h ic h y o u n g m en o f fa m ily r ig h tly g o fo r th fro m h om e in to hom elessness, y o u w ill a b id e in i t . " || r2 |j
fo rth in to hom elesSness ; h e t h e n soon a t t a in e d t h e s ta g e o f n o n -r e tu r n in g a n d died. F r o m t h is a c c o u n t i t does n ot a p p e a r t h a t h e h a d h a d a n y g r e a t u rge earlier t o b e c o m e o n e o f G o t a m a 's d iscip les. I n th e tr a n s la tio n a b o v e I h a v e p u t a s lig h t b ia s on th ree w ord s, e a c h o f w h ich a d m it s o f m ore th a n on e rendering, so a s t o m a r t c o n s is te n tly iv h a t seem s to m e t o b e U p a k a '& a p p a r e n t failu re to b e c o n v in c e d : ( i) arahasi = (a) y o u o u g h t t o b e ( s lig h tly co n te m p tu o u s), (b) y o u are w o r th y to b e (resp ectfu l) ; (a) fiuveyya, d iscu ssed in preceding' n o t e ; (3) rtsa m okampetva, h a v in g Kh3,1cf n h is b e a d . O k am p eti m a y m ea n , A ccord in g "to F E D , b o th t o w a g a n d t o shaJê* In d ia n s sh a k e th eir h e a d s ir o m sid e t o sid e t o s h o w d i ^ g r ^ m ^ n t , b u t w a g th e m u p a n d d o w n t o sh o w agreem en t. 1 bakulla. A s M rs. R h y s D a v id s observes. M a n u a l, 6 gJ th is m ea n s lite r a lly " m u ch n e ss " , V A . 964 ta k in g it t o m ean a b u n d a n c e o f ro b es, e tc . * C/. V in . iv . 2 3 1 , 3 1 0 ; s e e B . D . itt. 19 1.
* A s a t M . I i. * 3 vusovdd&mi. 139.
I I** I
A t M . i. 1 9 7 , s o l , th is g o a l is said t o b e u n s h a k e e b le freed o m o1 m in d .
14
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
W h e n th is h a d b e e n sa id , th e g ro u p o f fiv e m o n k s sp ok e th u s to th e L o rd : " B u t y o u , re v e re n d G o ta m a , d id n o t com e to a s ta te o f fu rth e r-m e n ,1 to th e em in en ce o f t r u l y a riy a n v isio n o f k n o w le d g e , b y th is co n d u ct, b y th is co u rse , b y th is p ra c tic e o f a u ste ritie s. S o how ca n y o u n o w co n ie to a s ta te o f fu rth e r-m e n , to th e em inence o f th e t r u ly a riy a n . v isio n o f k n o w led g e , w h en y o u liv e in a b u n d a n c e , are w a v e rin g in s tr iv in g , a n d h a v e r e v e r te d to a life o f a b u n d a n c e ? " J j 13 || W h e n th is h a d b een sa id , th e L o rd sp o k e thus to th e g ro u p o f fiv e m o n k s : 4 4 A T ru th fin d e r, m o n k s, d oes n o t liv e in a b u n d a n ce, h e does n o t w a v e r in strivin g , he d oes n o t re v e r t to a life o f a b u n d a n c e . A T ru th fin d e r, m o n ks, is a p e rfe cte d one, a f u lly a w a k e n e d one. G iv e e ar, m o n ks, th e d e ath le ss h a s been fo u n d ; / in s tru c t, I te a c h dhamma. G o in g a lo n g in a cco rd a n ce w ith w h a t h a s b een e n jo in ed , h a v in g so o n realised h ere and n o w b y y o u r o w n su p er-k n o w le d g e t h a t su p rem e g o a l o f th e B ra h m a -fa rin g fo r th e sa k e o f w h ic h y o u n g m en o f fa m ily r ig h tly g o fo rth fro m h o m e in to h om elessn ess, y o u w ill ab id e in i t . " |j 14 || A n d a seco n d tim e d id th e g ro u p o f fiv e m o n k s sp e a k th u s to th e L o rd . . - . A n d a second tim e d id th e L o rd sp e a k th u s to th e g ro u p o f fiv e m o n k s. , . . A n d a th ir d tim e d id th e g ro u p o f fiv e m o n k s s p e a k th u s to th e L o rd : [9] 1' B u t y o u , re v e ren d G o ta m a , d id n o t com e to a s ta te o f fu rth e r-m e n . . . b y th is p ra c tic e o f a u ste ritie s . . . to a life o f a b u n d a n c e ? " II1 5 1 1 W h e n th is h a d been sa id , th e L o rd sp o k e th u s 0 th e g ro u p o f fiv e m o n k s : D o y o u a llo w , m o n k s, t h a t I h a v e n e v e r sp oken * t o y o u lik e th is b efo re ? Y o u h a v e n o t. L o r d . " A T ru th fin d e r, m o n k s , is a p e rfe c te d one, a f u lly a w a k e n e d on e. G iv e e a r * . . y o u w ill a b id e in i t . A n d th e L o rd w a s a b le t o co n v in c e th e g ro u p o f fiv e m o n k s.3 T h e n th e g ro u p o f fiv e m o n k s liste n e d to th e L o rd a g a in , g a v e e a r t o h im a n d a ro u se d th e ir m inds fo r p ro fo u n d k n o w led g e .* II16 H __________________________________________________________
1 C f. D e f e a t I V (an d see B J 3 . i. In tr. jcxiv). * bJidsitnffi* M . i. 1 7 s read s vabbh&ciZatft. V A . 9 *5 ^
b y
M A . ii. 1 9 1 e x p la in
vakyabhedatpt* F r o m here t h e M a jjk ita a v e r s io n d iv erges. 4 a&Hetcittarfi upatfhdpisutp. ; cf. D . i, 230, 23 r_
6.17. *8 ]
M A H A V A G G A
15
T h e n 1 th e L o r d ad d re sse d th e g r o u p o f fiv e m o n k s, s a y i n g : " These t w o (dead) e n d s,3 m o n k s, s h o u ld n o t b e fo llo w e d b y one w h o h a s go n e fo rth . W h ic h t w o ? T h a t w h ic h is, a m o n g sen se-p leasu res, a d d ic tio n to a t t r a c t iv e sen se-p leasu res, lo w , o f th e v illa g e r ,4 o f th e a v e ra g e man, im a riy a n , n o t c o n n e c te d w it h th e goal ; a n d th a t w h ic h is a d d ic tio n t o se lf to rm e n t, ill, u n a r iy a n , n o t co n n e cted w ith th e g o a l. N o w , m o n k s, w ith o u t a d o p tin g e ith e r o f th e s e t w o (dead) en d s, th e re is a m id d le cou rse, f u lly a w a k e n e d t o b y th e T ru th fin d e r, m a k in g fo r v is io n , 7 m a k in g fo r k n o w le d g e , w h ic h co n d u ces to calming, to su p e r-k n o w le d g e ,* t o a w a k e n in g ,10 t o n irv a n a . j| 1 7 || " A n d w h a t, m o n k s, is th is m id d le co u rse f u lly a w a k e n e d to b y th e T m th fin d e r , m a k in g fo r v isio n , m a k in g for k n o w le d g e , w h ic h co n d u ces to c a lm in g , to su p e r-k n o w le d g e , to a w a k e n in g , to n ir v a n a ? I t is th is a r iy a n e ig h tfo ld W a y itse lf, th a t is to s a y : r ig h t v ie w , rig h t th o u g h t, r ig h t sp eech , rig h t a c tio n , rig h t m o d e o f liv in g , r ig h t e n d e a v o u r, r ig h t m in d fu ln e ss, rig h t c o n c e n tra tio n .11 T h is, m o n k s , is th e m id d le c o u rse , fu lly a w a k e n e d to b y th e T ru th fin d e r, m a k in g fo r v isio n , m a k in g
1 C f. S . v . 4.S0. " * S e e M rs, R h y s D a v id s . M a n u a l, p . lo g io r a. lite r a l tr a n s la tio n o f t h e F ir s t U tte r a n c e , an d a. d iscu ssion o f m a n y o f its t e r m s ; a lso E . J . T h o m a s , L if e o f B u d d h a , p . 6 7. T h is U tt e r a n c e g i v e n a t S . i v . 330, v . 420, a n d t h e " m id d le c o u r s e " p a r t o f it a t M . i. r.5, t o w h o s e C orn y. (M A . t. 104 1.) V A . O65 refers. 1 ania is en d , th e n c o n tr a s t, e x tr e m e , o p p o s ite , side. S e e M a n u a l, p . n S , for d iscu ssio n of t h e m e a n in g . S A , iii. * 9 7 e x p la in s b y koith&sd. p a r ts , d iv isio n s. A 1 A . i. 104 s a y s *' t h e W a y d o e s n o t le a d t o , does n o t a p p r o a c h t h e s e sides, it is free d fro m th e s e sid es, th erefo re it is ca lle d t h e m id d le c o u r s e ." T h e " m ea n " b e tw e e n two- e x tr e m e s also fo u n d a t S . ii. 1 7 , 20, & r t iii. 13 5 . 4 gamma. A n o th e r d e b a ta b le term . I fo llo w S A . iii. 297 (cf. A A . iii. 360) w h o se e x p la n a tio n is gatna-vasiaatp santaiio, b e lo n g in g t o v i lla g e d w ell era ; m e a n in g I t h in k m ore * co m m o n " t.ha.n " p a g a n b y b o th of w h ic h i t h a s b e e n rendered. B o o r is h w o u ld b e b etter. I p ath u jja n ik o , o r d in a r y , o f t h e m a n y -fo lk , t h e " b lin d * a n d fools. * anatthaâmhita, d efin ed a t M A . iii. n o a s na vu g g k in issita , n o t b e n t on g r o w th . 1 7 A c c o r d in g t o M A . i. 104 v is io n o f t h e k n o w le d g e o l t h e t r u th s . * O f passion, e tc,, M A . 1. 10 4 , A A . iii. 3-60 ; o f t h e co r r u p tio n s, -Sj-J'. iii. -197. * abh in ftS , o f t h e fo u r tr u th s , M A . a n d S A . 10 M A . L 104 s a y s t h a t a w a k e n in g is t h e W a y , sambodho ti tttagg0. I I A . K . C o o m a r is w a m y , H in d u is m and B u d d h is m , p . 6g u ses " c o m p o s u r e " fo r satttadhi, an d elsew here " & y n th e s is ." M A . i. i o j giv-es th e in te r p r e ta tio n s which, t h e A n c ie n ts , pora-â, used t o p u t u p o n t h e e ig h t " fitn esses " o f t h e W ay : t h e w a y of in s ig h t is r ig h t v ie w , th e w a y o l tiio ro u g h furthering,, abhtttiropanitr is r ig h t t h o u g h t , t h e w a y of e q u a n im ity is r ig h t c o n c e n t r a tio n , T h e g a p s m a y b e filled u p fr o m w h a t follow s a t M A . i. 105.
i6
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
fo r k n o w le d g e , w h ic h con d u ces to ca lm in g , to su p er-k n o w led g e, to a w a k e n in g , to n irv a n a - |[ 18 || A n d th is, m o n k s, is th e a riy a n tr u th o f ill : b ir th is iU, a n d o ld age is ill a n d d isease is i ll a n d d y in g is ill, a sso cia tio n with, w h a t is n o t d ear is ill, se p a ra tio n from, w h a t is d e a r is ill, n ot g e ttin g w h a t one w a n ts is ill in sh o rt th e five g ro u p s of g ra sp in g a re ill. || 19 J [ " A n d th is, m o n k s, is th e a riy a n tr u th o f th e u p risin g o f ill :* th a t w h ic h is c r a v in g co n n ected w ith a g ain -b e co m in g , a c co m p a n ie d b y d e lig h t a n d passio n , fin d in g d e lig h t in th is a n d th a t, th a t is to s a y : c r a v in g fo r sense-pleasures, c r a v in g fo r b e c o m in g, c r a v in g fo r de-becoming, j| 20 || " A n d th is, m o n ks, is th e a riy a n tr u th o f th e sto p p in g o f ill : th e u t t e r a n d p assio n less sto p p in g o f th a t v e r y c ra v in g , it s re n u n c ia tio n , su rren d er, release, th e la c k o f p le a su re in it-3 II2 1 || " A n d th is, m o n k s, is th e a riy a n tr u th o f th e course le a d in g t o th e sto p p in g o f i ll4 : th is a r y a n e ig h tfo ld W a y itse lf, th a t is to s a y : rig h t v ie w . . . rig h t c o n c e n tra tio n . | J 22 II [10] O n th in k in g , ' T h is is th e a r iy a n tr u th o f ill a m o n g th in g s n o t h e a rd b efo re b y m e , m o n ks, visio n aro se, k n o w led g e* aro se, wisdom a ro se, h igh er k n o w le d g e 7 arose, lig h t arose. O n th in k in g , ' N o w th a t w h ic h is th e a r iy a n tr u th o f ill m u st b e c o m p le te ly k n o w n . , . - N o w th a t w h ic h is th e a riy a n tr u th o f ill is c o m p le te ly know n a m o n g th in g s n o t h ea rd b efo re b y m e , m o n k s, v isio n aro se, k n o w le d g e a ro se , w isd om aro se, h ig h e r k n o w le d g e arose, lig h t arose, [j 23 || " O n th in k in g , ' T h is is the a r iy a n tr u th o f th e u p risin g o f ill . . - lig h t arose. O n th in k in g , ' N o w t h a t w h ich is th is
* T h is p a r a g r a p h is d e b a te d a t Jfuw. 488-489. * vi-bAavar m ea n in g s a s c rib e d : (]) w e a lth , p r o p e r ty , p r o s p e r ity ; (2) non* becom ing., ce a s in g ^ a lth o u g h th e r e ia t h e w ord B -bin ra) ; [3) m o r e b eco m in g , m ore b irth s. F u r . D ia i. i. 1 1 4 " a n n ih ila tio n . See a lso D ia l. ii. 340, a . I t h in k i t m ean s, w ith tanka, c r a v in g o r th ir s t, t h e lo n g in g lo r sen sation s t o c o m e a n d go, rise a n d fail, E t . L a m o tte , L e T r a iti de la Grand* Vertu de Sagessa, v o L I , p . 3, a . 4, tra n s la te s th ese th re e c r a v in g s (ianhd) as- cr a v in g s for p la isir, existence, im perm anence. * twiUaya. O n alaya, p le a su r e (clingin g, a b o d e , h abit) see a b o v e , p . 6. F u r * D ia l. i. 2 14 * e je c tio n , iii. jicjS " a v e rsio n fr o m ." iii. 1 1 2 defines i t in co n n e c tio n w it h kdma. * T h e " fo u r tr u th s o f ill a re c ite d a t K v u . *9 0 . * r tafM .
* panHa,
* v ijjd . W e h a v e n o th in g P a li w o rd s fo r k n o w le d g e ."
in
English, corresp o n d in g to t h e
num ber of
6 .24 -30 ]
M A H A V A G G A
a r iy a n tr u th o f th e u p risin g o f i ll m u st b e g iv e n u p l , . . f . . . is g iv e n u p * . . . tig h t arose. )(24 |[ " O n th in k in g , ' T h is is th e a riy a n t r u t h o f th e s to p p in g o f ill ' . . . Light arose. O n th in k in g , ' N o w t h a t w h ic h is th is a r iy a n tr u th o f th e s to p p in g o f ill m u s t b e re a lis e d ' . . . ' . . . is re a lis e d J . . . lig h t arose. || 25 jj " O n th in k in g , T h is is th e a r iy a n t r u t h o f th e c o u rse g o in g to th e s to p p in g o f i ll . . . lig h t aro se. O n th in k in g , ' N o w t h a t w h ic h is th is a r iy a n t r u t h o f th e co u rse le a d in g t o th e s to p p in g o f ill m u s t be m a d e to b ecom e is m a d e to b e co m e . . , lig h t aro se, || 2 6 J j " A n d so lo n g , m o n k s, th e v isio n o f k n o w le d g e o f th e s e fo u r a r iy a n tr u th s , w ith th e th re e se ctio n s a n d t w e lv e m od es* as t h e y r e a lly a re , w a s n o t w e ll p u rified b y m e , so lo n g w a s I , m o n k s, n o t th o r o u g h ly a w a k e n e d w it h th e su p rem e fu ll a w a k e n in g a s to th e w o r ld w it h its devas, w it h it s M a ra s, w ith it s B r a h m a s , w ith its re clu se s a n d b ra h m a n s, it s c re a tu re s w it h devas a n d m en . T h is I kn ew , || 2 7 || " B u t w h en , m o n k s, th e v isio n o f k n o w le d g e o f th e s e fo u r a r iy a n tru th s , w ith th e th re e section s a n d tw e lv e m o d e s as t h e y r e a lly are, w a s w e ll p u rified b y m e , th e n w a s I , m o n k s, th o r o u g h ly a w a k e n e d w it h th e su p rem e fu ll a w a k e n in g as t o th e w o rld . , . w ith it s reclu ses a n d b ra h m a n s, it s c re a tu re s w ith devas a n d m en . T h is I k n e w . || 28 j| " M o reo ver, th e v isio n o f k n o w led g e a ro se in m e : ' F re e d o m o f m in d is fo r m e u n sh a k e a b le , th is th e la s t b irth , th e r e is n o t n o w a g a in -b e c o m in g .'3 " T h u s sp o k e th e L o r d ; d e lig h te d , th e g ro u p o f fiv e m o n k s re jo ice d in th e L o r d 's u tte r a n c e . M o reo ver, w h ile th is d isco u rse 4 w a s b e in g u tte re d , dhamrna.v is io n , d u stless, sta in le ss, aro se to th e v e n e ra b le K o n cja fin a t h a t w h a te v e r is o f t h e n a tu re t o u p rise, a il t h a t is o f th e n a tu re to s t o p ." {j 29 [| A n d w h e n th e L o rd h a d ro lled th e dham m a- w h e e l, th e e a r th devas m a d e th is so u n d heard : [11] T h e su p re m e dham m aw h e el ro lle d th u s b y th e L o rd a t B e n a re s in th e d e er-p a rk a t
1 th e c r a v in g -or t h ir s t {ianha) -which, le a d s t o th.fi u p r is in g o f ill m u s t b e g iv e n u p . * E a c h o f t h e four tr u th s is tr e a te d a s (r) a t r u t h -which (2) m u s t b e in som e w a y resp o n d e d to , iliicI w h ic h (3) h a s been, in t h a t w a y re sp o n d e d to . * O n e o f t h e f o n n u lE o f araliivnship1 veyydharajia. ca lle d a t D A . 130 a sutta (discourse) w it h o u t verses. C f . V in . iii, 1 8 - 1 9 { B .D , i. 33 ).
iS
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
I s ip a ta n a c a n n o t b e ro lle d b a c k b y a, reclu se o r b ra h m in o r deva o r b y M a ra o r b y B ra h m a o r b y a n y o n e in th e w o rld /* H a v in g h e a rd th e so u n d o l th e e a rth devas, th e devas o f th e F o u r G re a t K in g s 1- m a d e th is so u n d h ea rd . . . th e T h ir t y devas . . , Y a in a 's devas . . th e H a p p y devas . . . th e devas w h o d e lig h t in c rea tio n . . . th e devas w h o d e lig h t in th e creatio n o f o th e rs . . . th e devas o f B r a h m a s re tin u e m a d e th is sound h e a rd : " T h e su p rem e dhamma -w h ee l ro lle d th u s b y th e L o rd a t B e n a re s in th e d e e r-p a rk a t Is ip a ta n a c a n n o t b e r o lle d b a c k b y a reclu se or b ra h m in or deva o r b y M ara o r b y B ra h m a o r b y a n y o n e in th e w o r ld , || 30 jj In th is w ise in t h a t m o m en t, in t h a t seco n d , in t h a t in s ta n t, th e so u n d re a c h e d a s fa r as th e B ra h m a -w o rld , a n d th e te n th o u sa n d fo ld world-system tre m b le d , q u a k e d , sh o ok v io le n tly a n d a ra d ia n ce , sp le n d id , m easureless, su rp assin g th e devas o w n g lo r y ,3 Tvas m a n ife st in th e w o rld . T h e n th e L o rd u tte re d th is solem n u tte r a n c e : " In d eed , K o n d a n n a h a s u n d e rsto o d , ind eed , K o n d a iin a h a s u n d e rsto o d ." T h u s it w a s th a t A il fiat a K o n d a n n a * b e c a m e the v e n e ra b le K o n d a iin a 's n a m e .6 1131 ii ' ' T h e n th e v e n e ra b le A fin a ta K o n d a iin a , h a v in g seen dhamma * a tta in e d dham m a k n o w n dham m a,6 p lu n g e d into dhamma, h a v in g crossed o v e r d o u b t, h a v in g p u t a w a y u n c e rta in ty , h a v in g a tta in e d w ith o u t a n o th e r s h elp to fu ll co n fid en ce in th e te a c h e r s in s tr u c tio n ,7 sp o k e th u s t o th e L o r d : " M a y I, L o rd , re ce iv e th e g o in g fo r th 8 in th e L o r d 's presence, m a y I re ce iv e o rd in a tio n ? 4 1 C o m e, m o n k 10, '1 th e L o rd sa id , " w e ll ta u g h t is dhamma
1 l.& . t h e R e g e n ts o f t h e lo u r quarters* A lo n g er lis t o f d/rtfas is t o be found, a t i. 2S9. * C f A . i. devartatfi dev&nttbhavatpt, cf. J>. ii. 12, Jlf. iii. 120. * anndta m e a n in g " w h o hi!3 u n d erstood H e is o ften called. A f in a K o n d a fin a . A t A . L * 3 h e is ca lle d '' fo re m o st o f th e d iscip le s of lon g s ta n d in g ." V erse s AX. Tkag. 6 73-88 , F o r v ie w t h a t A n n a -was nis person a l n am e, see M rs. R h y s D a v id s , Gotan m the M a n , p . a 02, G .S . i. n, 2, V e r s a of U p lift (S , B , B , V I I I ) , p . ^ 3 , n. r. See t o o U-dA. 3 7 1 , P ss. B rtth , p . 284 . * Sa m y u tln a c c o u n t D r e a k i off liere. * Q u o te d P u d v A . 1 3 , th e la s t I v o in reverse order, C f. D . i. n o , C48; A . -sr. j S ; AT. i- 234. 5 i * pabbajya, * npascimpada. 10 T h e first tim e t h a t th is , th o u g h t to b e t h e o ld est formula, for le a v e t o b e co m e a d is c ip le o f G o t a m a s, is ii9 l in t h e FiM ayo. T h e O rder w as n ot a3 y e t in e x is te n c e , a n d t h e ord in ation reg u latio n s w ere n eith er a p p o in te d nor w as o rd in a tio n s e p a r a te d b y a period o f p ro b a tio n fro m th e t im e o f a d is c ip le s " g o in g f o r th " , pabbajja, irom h om e, o r th e h ou seh old life, in to hom elessness.
6 -32 -37 ]
M A H A V A G G A
19
fa re th e B r a h m a -fa r in g fo r m a k in g a n u t t e r e n d o f ill* " S o th is c a m e to b e th is v e n e r a b le one*s o rd in a tio n . || 33 j| T h e n th e L o rd e x h o rte d , in s tru c te d th o s e re m a in in g m o n k s w it h dham m a-talk. T h e n w h ile t h e y w ere b e in g e x h o rte d , in s tru c te d b y th e L o rd w it h dham ?na-talkr dham m a-v ision , d listle ss, sta in le ss, aro se t o th e v e n e ra b le V a p p a 1 a n d t o th e v e n e ra b le B h a d d iy a / t h a t " w h a te v e r is o f th e n a tu r e to u p rise , a ll th a t is o f th e n a tu r e to s t o p ." |{ 3 3 || T h e se , h a v in g seen dhamma, a tta in e d dhamma-, k n o w n dham m a . . . h a v in g a tta in e d w ith o u t a n o th e r s h e lp to fu ll co n fid e n ce in th e te a c h e r s in stru c tio n , sp o k e th u s t o t h e L o rd : '* M a y w e, L o rd , re c e iv e th e g o in g fo rth in th e L o r d 's p re se n c e , m a y w e r e c e iv e o rd in a tio n ? " C o m e ,m o n k s / 't h e L o rd sa id , w e ll t a u g h t is dham nui, fa re [ 13] th e B ra h m a -fa r in g fo r m a k in g a n u t t e r en d o f i l l / S o th is ca m e to b e th e se v e n e ra b le o n e s o rd in a tio n , || 3 4 f| T h e n t h e L o rd , e a t in g th e fo o d b ro u g h t b a c k b y th ese,* e x h o rte d , in s tru c te d th o se re m a in in g m o n k s w ith dh am m a-talk, s a y in g : " L e t th e g r o u p o f six * li v e o n w h a te v e r th e th re e m on ks* b rin g w h e n t h e y h a v e w a lk e d fo r a lm s fo o d . j| 35 |[ T h e n w h ile t h e y w e re b e in g e x h o rte d , in s tr u c te d b y th e L o r d w ith dham m a- t a lk , dham m a-vision, d u stless, sta in le ss, arose to th e v e n e ra b le M a h a n a m a 6 an d to th e v e n e ra b le A s s a ji,* t h a t " w h a te v e r is o f th e n a tu re t o u p rise , a ll th a t is o f th e n a tu re to s t o p ." j| 36 || T h e se , h a v in g seen dhamma, a tta in e d dhamma . . h a v in g a tta in e d w ith o u t a n o th e r 's h elp to fu ll c o n fid e n ce in th e te a c h e r s in stru c tio n , sp o k e th u s t o th e L o r d : " M a y w e , L o rd , re ce iv e th e g o in g fo r th in t h e L o r d s p re se n c e , m a y w e r e c e iv e o rd in a tio n ? " C o m e , m o n k s , th e L o r d said, " w e ll t a u g h t Is dham m a, fa re th e B ra h m a -fa r in g fo r m a k in g a n u t t e r e n d o f i l l . S o
1 V e r se s a t T k a g . S i, see a ls o T h a g A . 15 0 , V A . 9 6 5 , M A . ii. 19 2 , A A . i. 147., J a . i. S i t ; M rs. R h y s D a v id s , M a n u a l, p . 63. * N o v e r s e s ascrib ed t o h im . S e e V A . 9 65 , M A , tu 19 2 , A A , i. 1 4 7 , J& , i. 82. O m itte d fr o m D .-P .F .iV . * K o n d a n n a , V a p p a a n d B h a d d iy a . * I.e . G o tam a. a n d t h e g ro u p o f five. * R e fe r e n c e s && u n d er n. -z a b o v e . S e e a lso D h A . Ii. 74. In clu d ed , in
D.P.P.N.
* T h e d is c ip le th r o u g h wiLom S a r ip u tta a n d so M o g g a ll& n a b e c a m e follow ers oi G o ta m a , see V i* 1. 3<> ff. (b elo w , p. 51) ; a lso M . 1. 2 * 7 (Cu fasaccaka S u t f a)' S . iii. 12 4 ff., M A . ii. 2 70 , 2 7 1 , an d p . 52. n , 3 b e lo w .
20
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
th is ca m e to b e th e se v en era b le ones* o rd in a tio n . || 3 7 |j T h e n th e L o r d a d d re sse d th e g r o u p o f five m o n k s, s a y in g : B o d y , m o n ks, is n o t self*1 N o w w ere th is b o d y se lf, m on ks, th is b o d y w o u ld n o t te n d to sick n ess, a n d one m ig h t g e t th e ch an ce o f s a y in g in . re g a rd to b o d y , ' L e t b o d y b e co m e th u s fo r m e , le t b o d y n o t b ecom e th u s fo r m e J. B u t in a sm u ch , m o n ks, a s b o d y is n o t se lf, th erefo re b o d y ten d s to sickn ess, a n d o n e d oes n o t g e t t h e ch an ce o f s a y in g in re g a rd to b o d y , L e t b o d y b eco m e th u s fo r m e, le t b o d y n o t b e co m e th u s for m e * . I] 38 || F e e lin g is n o t s e lf . . . a n d on e d o es n o t g e t th e c h a n c e o f s a y in g in re g a rd to fe elin g , 'L e t fe e lin g b e co m e th u s fo r m e, le t fe e lin g n o t b eco m e th u s for m e [| 39 |[ " P e rce p tio n * is n o t s e lf. . . . T h e h a b itu a l te n d en cie s are n o t s e lf . . . one d oes n o t g e t th e ch a n ce o f s a y in g in re g a rd to th e . h a b itu a l ten d en cies, * L e t th e h a b itu a l ten d en cies b e co m e th u s fo r m e , le t th e h a b itu a l ten d en cies n o t b ecom e th u s fo r m e
II.40 I I
" C on scio u sn ess is n o t s e lf . . . [ 13] . . . In a sm u ch , m o n k s, as co n scio u sn ess is n o t se lf, th erefo re con sciousn ess ten d s to sic k n e ss, a n d one d oes not get th e ch a n c e to s a y in re g a rd to con sciou sn ess, * L e t consciousness b ecom e su c h fo r m e, let co n scio u sn ess n o t b e co m e th u s fo r m e .' [| 4 1 | J W h a t do y o u th in k a b o u t th is, m o n k s ? I s b o d y p e rm a n e n t or im p e rm a n e n t ? " Im p e rm a n e n t, L o r d ." " B u t is th a t w h ic h is im p erm an en t p a in fu l o r p lea su ra b le* ? " " P a in fu l, L o r d ." " B u t is i t fit to co n sid er th a t w h ic h is im p e rm a n en t, p a in fu l, o f a n a tu r e to c h a n g e , a s ' T h is is m in e, th is a m I, th is is m y s e lf ' ? " " I t is n o t L o r d . H42 |[ " I s fe e lin g . . . p e rcep tio n . . . a re th e h a b itu a l ten d en cies . . . is co n sciou sn ess p e rm a n e n t or im p e rm a n en t ? "
1 T h is ia m o u s S e c o n d U tt e r a n c e g iv e n also a t S . iii. 66, w h e r e ca lled " T h e F i v e " , d o u b tless r e fe r r in g t-s t h e fiv e d iscip le s w h o h e a rd it . a n d t o t h e fiv e topics^ b o d y . . con sciousn ess (or m ind) w h ich it co v e r e d ; cf. M. iii. 19 . T r a n s la te d a t K . S . iii. 59 , F u r . D ia l, ii, 165 f,, M rs. R h y s D a v id s , M a n u a l, p , 150,. E . J . T h o m a s, L if e o f B u d d h a , p . 88. * suhha. dubkha. h a p p in ess, m e n ta l a n d p h y s ic a l ease; u sed in o p p o s itio n to
6-43-471
M A H A V A G G A
21
" Im p e rm a n e n t , L o rd * " B u t is th a t w h ic h is im p e rm a n en t p a in fu l o r p le a s u ra b le ? " " P a in fu l, L o r d . 4 B u t is it fit to co n sid er th a t w h ich is im p e rm a n e n t, p a in m l, o f a n a tu re to c h a n g e , a s * T h is is m in e, th is a m I , th is is m y s e lf ' ? ,J " I t is n o t so, L o r d ." ||43 || W h e re fo re , m o n k s, w h a te v e r is b o d y , p a s t, fu tu re , p re se n t, o r in tern a l o r e x te rn a l, o r g ro ss or s u b tle , o r lo w o r e x c e lle n t, w h e th e r it is fa r o r n e a r a ll b o d y sh o u ld , b y m ea n s o f rig h t w isd o m , b e seen, a s it r e a lly is, th u s : T in s is n o t m in e, th is a m X n o t, th is is n o t m y se lf. H44 || '* W h a te v e r is fe elin g . . . w h a te v e r is p e rc e p tio n . , , w h a te v e r are th e h a b itu a l te n d en cie s . . . w h a te v e r is co n sciou sn ess, p a st, fu tu re , p r e s e n t o r in te rn a l or e x te rn a l, or g ro ss o r su b tle , o r lo w o r e x c e lle n t, w h e th e r fa r o r n e a r a ll co n scio u sn ess sh o u ld , b y m ean s o f rig h t w isd o m , b e seen a s it r e a lly is, th u s : T h is is n o t m in e, th is a m I n o t, th is is n o t m y self. || 45 [1 " S e e in g in th is w a y , m o n k s, th e in s tr u c te d 1 d isc ip le o f th e a riy a n s d is re g a rd s2 b o d y a n d he d isreg a rd s fe elin g a n d he d isreg a rd s p e rc e p tio n a n d h e d isreg a rd s th e h a b itu a l te n d e n cie s a n d h e d isre g a rd s co n scio u sn e ss ; d is re g a rd in g h e is d isp a ssio n a te ; th ro u g h d isp a ssio n h e is fre ed ; in fre ed o m th e k n o w le d g e com es to b e : I am fre e d and he k n o w s :D e s tr o y e d is b irth , liv e d is th e B ra h m a -fa rin g , d o n e is w h a t w a s to be d o n e, th e re is n o m o re o f b e in g su ch o r s u c h ." |[ 4 6 |[ T h u s sp o k e th e L o rd ; dcLighted, th e g ro u p o f five m o n k s re jo ic e d in w h a t th e L o r d h a d said . M o re o v e r w h ile th is d is cou rse w a s b e in g u tte re d , th e m in d s o f th e g ro u p o f fiv e m o n k s w ere fre e d fro m th e c a n k e rs w ith o u t grasping* A t t h a t tim e th ere w ere s ix p e rfe c te d ones in th e w o rld . [] 4 7 j| 6 [j T h e F ir s t P o rtio n fo r R e c ita l. [ 14]
A t th a t tim e in B e n a re s th e re w a s a y o u n g m a n o f fa m ily , th e so n o f a {great) m e rch a n t*, d e lic a te ly re a re d , c a lle d Y a s a B .

1 sutavatU. o n e w h o h a s h e a r d , hen ce le a r n t (th e o ra l te a c h in g ). 1 ntbbindati, tu r n s a w a y fr o m , is d is g u ste d b y . H e " d isreg a rd s " c a u s e h e re fu ses t o k n o w . * S e e B .Z 5. i. 1 0 a n d its a . ? , 3, * S e e B.>, ii. In tr .. x l v j i a n d p . 43, n- 4 * V e r s e s a t T ha g . 1 1 ? . b e
22
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
H e h a d th re e m an sio n s, o n e fo r th e co ld w e a th e r, o n e fo r th e h o t w e a th e r, one fo r th e rain s. B e in g 1 m in istered t o b y b a n d s o f fe m a le m u sicia n s1 fo r fo u r m o n th s in th e m a n sio n fo r th e rain s, h e d id not co m e d o w n from th a t m a n sio n 3. T h e n w h ile Y a s a , th e y o u n g m a n o f fa m ily , w a s p ossessed o f and p ro v id ed w ith th e fiv e k in d s o f sen se-p leasu res3, a n d w a s b e in g m in istered to , he fe ll a sle e p first a n d his s u ite fell asleep a fte r h im , an d an o il la m p w a s b u rn in g a ll th ro u g h th e n ig h t. |( I |[ T h e n Y a s a , th e y o u n g m an o f fa m ily , h a v in g a w o k e n first, saw his o w n s u ite sleep in g , one w ith a lu te in th e h o llo w o f h er arm , o n e w ith a t a b o r a t h er n eck , o n e w ith a d ru m in th e h o llo w o f h e r a rm , on e w ith d ish e ve lle d h a ir, one w ith saJiva d rip p in g from h e r m o u th , m u tte r in g in th e ir sleep, lik e a c e m e te ry b efo re h is v e r y e y e s ,4 S eein g th is, its p eril g rew p la in , a n d his m in d w a s se t on d isre g a rd in g i t . * T h e n Y a s a , th e y o u n g m an o f fa m ily , u tte re d a so lem n u tte ra n ce : W h a t d istress ind eed , w h a t a fflictio n in d e e d ." | |2 [ | T h e n Y a s a , th e y o u n g m an o f fa m ily , h a v in g p u t on his g o ld en sa n d a ls, a p p ro a c h e d th e d o o r o f th e d w ellin g . N o n h u m an bein gs o p en ed th e door, th in k in g : L e t th e re b e no o b sta cle fo r th e g o in g fo rth from h o m e in to hom elessness o f Y a s a , th e y o u n g m a n o f fa m ily . T h e n Y a s a , th e y o u n g m an o f fa m ily , a p p ro a c h e d th e c ity -d o o r. N o n -h u m a n b ein g s opened th e d o or, th in k in g : " L e t th e re b e no o b sta c le for th e g o in g fo rth from h o m e in to hom elessness o f Y a s a , th e y o u n g m a n o f f a m ily ." T h e n Y a s a , th e y o u n g m a n o f fa m ily , a p p ro a c h e d th e d e er-p a rk a t Is ip a ta n a . || 3 || A t th a t tim e , th e L o rd h a v in g risen in th e n ig h t to w a rd s d a w n , w a s p a cin g u p a n d d o w n in th e open a ir. T h e L o rd sa w Y a s a , th e y o u n g m an o f fa m iiy , co m in g in th e d ista n ce : seein g him , h a v in g com e d o w n from {the place) w h ere he w a s p a c in g u p a n d d o w n , h e s a t d o w n on a n a p p o in te d sea t. T h e n Y a s a , th e y o u n g m an o f fa m ily , w h en h e w a s near, u tte re d th is solem n u tte ra n c e to th e L o rd : W h a t d istress ind eed , w h a t afflictio n
1 n tp p u riseh i turiyek 1 see n . a t D ia l ii. 18 ; a ls o F u r , D i a l i. 356, 1 E t a d in ^ hcttha pa,s&d5.. A ii. n , A I. i. 504 read h etihapasidani, ' t o th e lo w er (p a r ts o f th e) m a n s io n /' O n pdsada, see B .L ), ii. 16, n. 5, 6. C f. V itt . iii 72, D . i. 36, 6o, and I> A . 1 2 1 . * h a iih a p a tS a m s u s d fia tft m a n n e , lit. on e w o u ld t h in k o n e s b a n d h a d re ach ed a c e m e te r y , H atlhappatia, w h a t o n e c a n p u t o n c 'i b a n d o n , a n d so w h a t is b e fo re o n e 's ey es. * -a ib b id d y a ciiiayrt s a & f& a s i.
7.4-S]
m a h A v a g g a
33
in d e e d .1' T h e n th e L o rd sp o k e th u s t o Y a s a , th e y o u n g m an o f f a m i ly : T h is , Y asa,, is n o t d istre ss, th is, Y a s a , is n o t a fflictio n . C o m e, sit d o w n , Y a s a , I w ill te a c h y o u dham m a." T h e n Y a s a , th e y o u n g m a n o f fa m ily , th in k in g : " I t is sa id th a t th is is n o t d istre ss, th a t th is is n o t a fflic tio n " , e x u lta n t a n d u p lifte d , h a v in g ta k e n o ff his g o ld en sa n d a ls, a p p ro a c h e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g a p p ro a c h e d , h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , h e s a t d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d is ta n c e . A s he w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d is ta n c e , th e L o r d ta lk e d a p ro g re ssiv e t a lk 1 t o Y a s a , th e y o u n g m a n o f fa m ily , th a t is to s a y , t a lk o n g iv in g , t a lk on m o ra l h a b it, t a lk o n h e a v e n , h e e x p la in e d t h e p e ril, th e v a n it y , th e d e p r a v it y o f p le a s u re s o f th e senses, th e a d v a n ta g e in re n o u n c in g them . || 5 J | W h e n th e L o rd 15] k n e w t h a t th e m in d o f Y a s a , th e y o u n g m a n o f fa m ily , w a s r e a d y , m a lle a b le , d e v o id o f h in d ra n c e s, u p lifte d , p le a se d 2, th e n h e e x p la in e d to h im th e te a c h in g on dhamma w h ic h th e a w a k e n e d ones h a v e th e m s e lv e s d is c o v e re d : ill, u p risin g , sto p p in g , th e W a y 3. A n d ju s t a s a cle a n d o t h w ith o u t b la c k sp e c k s w ill ta k e a d y e e a s ily , e v e n so (as h e w a s sittin g ) on t h a t v e r y se a t, dham m a- v isio n , d u stless, sta in le ss, aro se to Y a s a , th e y o u n g m a n o f fa m ily , th a t w h a t e v e r is o f a n a tu re to u p rise , a ll th a t is o f a n a tu re t o s t o p . T h e n th e m o th e r o f Y a s a , th e y o u n g m a n o f fa m ily , h a v in g m o u n te d u p t o th e m a n sio n , n o t se e in g Y a s a , th e y o u n g m a n o f fa m ily , a p p ro a c h e d th e (great) m e rc h a n t, th e h o u se h o ld e r; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d she sp o k e th u s to th e (great) m e rc h a n t, th e h o u s e h o ld e r : H o u se h o ld e r, y o u r so n , Y a s a , is n o t to be se e n . T h e n th e (great) m e rc h a n t, th e h o u seh o ld er, h a v in g d is p a tc h e d m essen gers o n h o rse -b a c k t o th e fo u r q u a rte rs, h im se lf a p p ro a c h e d th e d eer-p a rk a t Is ip a ta n a . T h e (great) m e rc h a n t, th e h o u seh o ld er, s a w th e p r in ts o f g o ld e n sa n d a ls, a n d seein g th e m he fo llo w e d them a lo n g , j| 7 J j T h e L o rd sa w th e (great) m e rc h a n t, th e h o u seh o ld er, c o m in g
cf, Vin
1 * th e not le ft 1 T h is p a s s a g e is f r e q u e n tly fo u n d n c o Q n e c tio a
ii. 1 5 .G , i< js , U . i. n o , 1 4 .8 , ii4 1 ,
I I4 I I
I I6I I
w it h
i v ,
" c o n v e r s io n s
1 8 6 , 2 0 9 ,
i.
3 7 9 ,
A.
Ud.
4 9 .
I n sen se o i with. L*hC t e a c h id g , p rep ared t o fo llo w it. N o t e t h a t p a fip a d a (of t h e fo u r th tr u th ) , t h e co u rse w h ic h le a d s t o ce a s in g o f 01, is h ere r ep resen ted b y t h e o n e w o rd magga. T h is m a y b e a s u b s titu tio n io r t a e " fo u r th t r u t h b u t t h e o r ig in a l notion,, in.
24
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
in th e d ista n ce ; seein g him , it occurred to th e L o rd : " Sup p o se T w ere to p erfo rm su ch a p s y c h ic w o n d er th a t th e (great) m erch an t, th e househ old er, s ittin g here, sh o u ld n o t see Y a s a , th e y o u n g m a n o f fa m ily , s ittin g here ? T h e n th e L o rd p erfo rm ed su ch a p s y c h ic w o n d er. J | 8 || T h en th e (great) m erch an t, th e h ouseh old er, a p p ro a ch e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d he sp oke th u s to th e L o rd ; < r L o rd , has th e L o rd n o t seen Y a s a , th e yo u n g m an o f fa m ily ? " " W e ll, househ old er, sit dow n. P e rh a p s, sittin g here, y o u m a y see Y a s a , th e y o u n g m a n o f fa m ily , s ittin g h e r e / T h e n th e (great) m erch a n t, the householder, th in k in g : '* I t is sa id th a t I, s ittin g here, w ill see Y a s a , th e y o u n g m an o f fa m ily , s ittin g here a n d e x u lta n t, u p lifte d , h a v in g g ree te d th e L o rd , he sa t dow n a t a re sp e ctfu l d istance. ]| 9 || A s th e (great) m erch a n t, th e househ old er w as s ittin g dow n a t a re sp e ctfu l d istance! th e L o rd ta lk e d a pro gressive ta lk . a tta in e d w ith o u t th e h e lp o f a n o th er to fu ll confidence in th e te a ch e r's in stru ction , sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : ** E x ce lle n t, L o rd ! E x c e lle n t, L o rd ! J u s t as one m ig h t set u p rig h t w hat h a s been up set, or m ig h t u n co ver w h a t w a s co n cealed , or m ig h t sh ow th e w a y to one w h o is a s tra y , or m ig h t b rin g an oil la m p in to th e d arkn ess, th in k in g , * T h o se w ith eyes m a y see sh apes % e ve n so is dhamma exp la in ed in m a n y a figure b y th e L o rd . I m y s e lf go to th e L o rd as refu ge, to dhamma, an d to th e O rd er o m onks. L e t th e L o rd accep t m e as a la y -d isc ip le gone for refu ge from th is d a y fo rth fo r as lo n g as life la s ts / ' T h u s be ca m e to be th e first la y-d fscip le in th e w o rld [16] usin g th e th ree-w ord form ula*1 || 10 j| T h e n w h ile th e fa th e r o f Y a s a , th e y o u n g m an o f fa m ily , w as b ein g ta u g h t dhamma, as h e2 w a s re v ie w in g h is sta g e (of kn ow led ge) a s it w a s seen, as it w a s know n, his m ind w a s freed from th e can k ers w ith o u t graspin g. T h en it o ccu rred to th e L o rd : W h ile th e fa th e r o f Y a s a , th e y o u n g m an o f fa m ily , w a s b ein g ta u g h t dhamma, a s he w a s re v ie w in g his stage (of kn ow led ge) as i t w as seen, as it w a s kn o w n , h is m ind w as freed fro m th e ca n k ers w ith o u t grasping. N o w Y a s a , th e
1 tevsicika. In stea d of t h e dvevdcika o f I-- 4 5* fo t h e te th e bhikkhus&yjtgha is in clu d e d in th e refu ge-forrau la, W e m u s t th erefore assu m e th a t w hen th e gro u p o f fiv ? m o n k s b e c a m e d iscip les of a. saifigha. w as form ed * 1 Y a sa*
7.11-15]
M A H A V A G G A
25
y o u n g m an o f fa m ily , ca n n o t b eco m e one, h a v in g tu rn e d b a c k to th e lo w life , to e n jo y pleasures o f th e senses a s he d id fo rm e rly w h en le a d in g a h o u seh o ld life. S u p p o se I w ere to a n n u l th a t p y sc h ic w o n d er ? T h e n th e L o rd a n n u lled th a t p sych ic wonder* || n |f T h e n th e (great) m e rch a n t, th e househ old er, saw Y a s a , th e y o u n g m an o f fa m ily s ittin g d o w n ; seein g h im , he sp o k e th u s to Y a s a , th e y o u n g m an o f fa m ily : " D e a r Y a s a , y o u r m o th er is fu ll of la m e n ta tio n an d grief, g iv e y o u r m o th er li f e / 1 \ \ 12 [ | T h e n Y a s a , th e y o u n g m a n of fa m ily , lo o k ed to w a rd s th e L o rd . T h en th e L o rd sp o k e th u s to th e (great) m erch an t, th e h o u seh o ld er : W h a t d o y o u th in k a b o u t th is, h o u se h older, th a t dhamma w a s seen b y Y a s a w ith a le a rn e r's k n o w led g e, w ith a le a rn erJs in sig h t, even as b y y o u ? A s he w a s re v ie w in g h is sta g e (of kn o w led g e), a s it w as seen, as it w as kn o w n , h is m in d w a s freed from th e cankers w ith o u t grasp in g. N o w can Y a s a , householder* h a v in g tu rn e d b a c k to th e lo w life, becom e one to e n jo y pleasures o f th e senses, a s he d id fo rm e rly w h en le a d in g a hou seh old life ? " " N o , L o rd /1 " D ham m a w as seen b y Y asa* th e y o u n g m an o f fa m ily , householder, w ith a learn er's kn o w led g e, w ith a le a rn er's insight, eve n as b y yo u . A s h e w a s re v ie w in g his sta g e (of know ledge), as it w as seen, as it w a s kn ow n , h is m in d w as freed from th e can kers w ith o u t g ra sp in g . N o w Y a s a , the yo u n g m an o f fa m ily , h ouseh old er, ca n n o t becom e o n e, h a v in g tu rn ed b a c k to th e lo w life, to e n jo y p leasu res o f th e senses, as he d id fo rm e rly w h en le a d in g a h o u seh o ld life . |] 13 ]| " L o rd , it is a g ain fo r Y a s a , th e y o u n g m an o f fa m ily , L o rd , it is w e ll g o tte n for Y a s a , th e y o u n g m an o f fa m ily , in asm u ch as th e m in d o f Y a s a , th e y o u n g m an o f fa m ily , is freed fro m th e ca n k e rs w ith o u t g ra sp in g . L o rd , m a y th e L o rd consent to a m eal w ith m e on th e m o rro w w ith Y a s a , th e y o u n g m an o f fa m ily , as his a tte n d a n t ? T h e LoTd co n sen ted b y becom in g silent* T h en th e (great) m erch a n t, the h ouseh old er, k n o w in g th a t th e L o rd h a d co n sen ted , risin g from his seat, h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , d e p a rted k e ep in g his rig h t side to w a rd s h im , |[ 14 \ \ T h en Y a s a , th e y o u n g m an o f fa m ily , soon a fte r th e (great)
36
BO O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
m erch an t, th e househ old er, h a d d ep arted , sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : ** L o rd , m a y I receive th e g o in g fo rth m th e L o rd 's presence, m a y I receive o rd in a tio n ? *' " C om e, m o n k / 1 th e L o rd sa id , " w e ll p reach ed is dhammat le a d th e B ra h m a -fa rin g fo r m a k in g an u tte r end of i l l / 1 So th is [17] ca m e to be th a t ven era b le o n es o rd in atio n . A t th a t tim e th e re w ere seven p e rfe cte d ones in th e w o rld . || 15 || T o ld is th e G o in g F o r th o f Y a s a . | | 7 j|
T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g dressed in th e m orning, ta k in g his b ow l an d ro b e t a p p ro a ch e d th e d w e llin g o f th e (great) m erch an t, th e househ old er, w ith th e ven era b le Y a s a as a tte n d a n t ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , he sa t d o w n on a n a p p o in ted seat. T h e n th e m o th e r a n d th e fo rm e r w ife o f th e ven era b le Y a s a ap p ro ach ed the L o rd ; having- a p p ro a ch ed , h a v in g greeted th e L o rd r th e y sa t d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce. || 1 [[ T h e L o rd ta lk e d a p ro gressive t a lk to th ese, th a t 15 to sa y , ta lk on g iv in g , ta lk on m o ra l h a b it, t a lk on h e a v e n - . * dha mrna -v isio n , dustless, stainless, arose to th e m th a t, " w h a t e v e r is o f a n a tu re to u p rise, a ll th a t is o f a n a tu re to s t o p / 1 |[ 2 ]| T h ese, ha-îng seen d/uitttma, a tta in e d dhantma- - . * sp oke th u s to th e L o rd : E x c e lle n t L o rd I . . . w e ourselves, L o rd , go to th e L o rd a s re fu g e, to dhamma a n d to th e O rd er o f m onks. L e t th e L o rd a cce p t us as w om en la y-d iscip le s, gon e for refuge from th is d a y fo rth fo r as lo n g as life lasts/* T h u s th ese w ere th e first w om en la y -d isc ip le s in th e w o rld using th e th ree-w ord form ula- || 3 J | T h e n th e v e n e ra b le Y a s a s m o th e r a n d fa th e r and fo rm er w ife , h a v in g w ith th e ir ow n handfs) se rv e d th e L o rd a n d th e v e n e ra b le Y a s a and h a v in g offered th em su m p tu o u s foods, solid and so ft, sat dow n w h en th e L o rd h a d finished h is m eal and h ad rem o ved his han d from th e b o w l. T h e n th e L ord , h a v in g g lad d en ed , roused, rejo iced , d e lig h ted th e ven erab le Y a s a s m o th er a n d fa th e r a n d form er w ife w ith ta lk on dhamma , risin g from h is se a t d e p a rted . j| 4 | ] 3 f! F o u r h ouseh older friends o f th e ven era b le Y a s a , yo u n g m en o f fam ilies o f (great) m erch a n ts a n d lesser (great) m erch a n ts1
1 selthdnuset}ki. S ee ] & v . 384 for seithi -(but w itb v , 1.
and aitus*$tM :
also V in r Texts i. i q a n. 3.
9 .1 - 4 ]
M A H A V A G G A
27
in B en ares, V im a la ,[ 18] S u b a h u , P u n n a ji, G a v a m p a ti* , h e a rd : " T h e y s a y th a t Y a s a , th e y o u n g m an o f fa m ily , h a v in g c u t o ff his h a ir a n d b eard , h a v in g p u t on y e llo w robes, has gone fo rth fro m hom e in to h o m elessn ess.*' H a v in g h e a rd th is, it occu rred to th e m : " N o w th is can b e n o o rd in a ry dhamma a n d d iscip lin e, n o r ca n th is b e an o rd in a ry g o in g fo rth , in th a t Y a s a , th e y o u n g m an o f fa m ily , h a v in g c u t o ff h is h a ir a n d b eard , h a v in g p u t on th e y e llo w robes, h a s gone fo rth fro m hom e in to hom elessness/'1 (| 1 || T h ese fou r p eo p le a p p ro a ch e d th e ve n e ra b le Y a s a ; h a v in g a p p ro ach ed , h a v in g g ree te d th e v e n e ra b le Y a s a , th e y sto o d a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. T h e n th e v e n e ra b le Y asa* ta k in g th ese fo u r h o u seh o ld er frien d s, a p p ro a ch ed th e L o r d ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed , h a v in g g ree te d th e L o rd , h e sa t dow n a t a re sp e ct fu l d istan ce. A s he w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a. re sp e ctfu l d ista n c e , th e ven erab le Y a s a sp ok e th u s to th e L o rd : " T h ese fo u r h o u seh o ld er frien d s o f m in e, L o rd , y o u n g men o f fa m ilies of (great) m e rch a n ts an d lesser (great) m e rch a n ts in B en are s, V im a la , S u b a h u , P u n n a ji, G a v a m p a ti, m a y th e L o rd e xh o rt, m a y he in stru c t th ese fo u r / ' || 2 || T h e L o rd ta lk e d a p ro g re s siv e ta lk t o th ese, th a t is to s a y , ta lk on g iv in g , t a lk on m o ra l h a b it, t a lk on h e a v e n * * . d!Afffmfl-visiont d u stless, sta in le ss, a ro se t o th em th a t " w h a t e v e r is o f th e n a tu re to u p rise, a ll t h a t is o f th e n a tu re to s t o p ."
113 II ^
T h ese, h a v in g seen dhammat a tta in e d dhamma * . , sp o k e th u s to th e L o r d : " L o r d , m a y w e re c e iv e th e g o in g fo r th in th e L o rd 's presence* m a y w e re c e iv e o rd in a tio n ? J' *e C om e, m o n k s ," th e L o rd sa id , " w e ll p re a ch e d is dhammat fare th e B ra h m a -fa rin g fo r m a k in g an u tte r en d o f i l l ." So th is cam e to b e th ese v e n e ra b le ones' o rd in atio n . T h e n th e L o rd exh o rted , in stru cte d th ese m o n k s w ith dhamma ta lk . W h ile th e y w ere b ein g e x h o rte d , in stru c te d b y th e L o rd w ith dhamma ta lk , th e ir m in d s w ere freed fro m th e ca n k ers w ith o u t grasp in g . A t th a t tim e th ere w ere e le ve n p e rfe cte d ones in th e w o rld . |j 4 |] T o ld is th e G o in g F o rth o f the. fo u r H o u seh o ld ers. |[ 9 || [19]
1 V e r se s a ttrib u ted , o n ly t o G a v a m p a ti, Tkag* 38, a n d h e a p p e a r s t o h e th e o n ly o n e m en tio n ed elsew here m t h e ca n o n , e .g . Z>+ ii. 356, S - v . 436.
28
B O O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
F if t y h o u seh o ld er frien d s o f th e ven era b le Y a s a , y o u n g m en o f th e first fam ilies a n d o f those n e x t to th e first1 in th e d istric t h ea rd : M T h e y s a y th a t Y a s a , th e y o u n g m an o f fa m ily , . . (as in 9 , r - 4 down to ;} W h ile t h e y w ere b ein g ex h o rte d , in stru cte d b y th e L o rd w ith dhamma t a lk , th e ir m in d s w ere fre e d fro m th e ca n k e rs w ith o u t grasp in g . A t th a t tim e th e re w ere s ix ty -o n e p e rfe cte d ones in th e w o rld . j| 4 || 10 H T h e n th e L o rd ad d ressed th e m o n ks, s a y in g 2 : " I , m onks, a m freed fro m a ll sn ares, b o th th o se o f ifevas* a n d th o se of m en. A n d y o u , [20] m o n ks, a re freed fro m a ll snares, b o th th o se o f devas an d th o se o f m en, W a lk , m o n ks, on to u r fo r th e b lessin g o f th e m a n y fo lk , fo r th e happiness o f th e m a n y fo lk o u t o f com passion fo r th e w o rld , fo r th e w elfare, th e blessing, th e h ap p in ess o f devas a n d m en. L e t n ot tw o (of yo u ) go b y one (w a y .)1 M on ks, te a c h dhamma w h ich is lo v e ly a t the begin n in g, lo v e ly in th e m id d le, lo v e ly a t th e e n d in g .6 E x p la in w ith th e sp irit a n d th e le tte r th e B ra h m a -fa rin g c o m p le te ly fu lfilled , w h o lly pure. T here are beings w ith little d u st in th e ir eye s, w h o , n o t h ea rin g dham m at are d e ca y in g , (but) i f th e y are le a rn ers o f dhamma, th e y w ill gro w . A n d I, m onks, w ill g o a lo n g to U ru v e la , to th e C am p to w n sh ip ,6 in order to te a c h dhamma/* || 1 |( T h e n M ara, th e E v i l O ne, a p p ro a ch ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed , he ad dressed th e L o rd w ith verses : " B o u n d a rt th o u b y a ll th e snares, B o th th o se o f devas and o f m en, In g rea t b o n d a g e a r t th o u bound . R eclu se, th o u I t n o t b e freed from m e / '7
1 p u b h & n u p u a , E x p la in e d b y th e o ld e st In regard, t o lin ea ge. V A . 9&6 as th e o ld e s t an d n e x t to
* S,
i,
105-6*
* dibba- ; n eith er " d i v i n e ' * ( W n . T exts L ir s } nor " c e l e s t i a l ( K .S . I. 13 1) is e x a c t ly r ig h t fo r t h is d ifficu lt a d je c t iv e w h ich means. p e r ta in in g t o dev-ast * ekena ca n a ls o m ean to g e th e r, b u t a b o v e is in te r p re ta tio n g iv e n a t V A . 966, an d cf* S A . L 17 2 . * S A . 1, 1 7 3 g iv e s d ifferin g b u t re la te d arra n g em en ts o f s u b je c ts in c lu d e d u n d er " begin n in g, m id d le a n d en d p *+
* Senanigam a here acid a t AT. i. 6 6 ; ior th e variant spelling used a t e,*. 1 . io<jr J a . i . 63, see Vtn~ Texts I, 1 1 3 , n+ i, K , S , L n. 5 ; D . P * P ~ N - ; . J. Thom as, L t/ o f B u d d h a , p. 2 3 0 . There was a tradition th at in old tim es it had been a n arm y's cam ping pEace. M A . ii. 1 7 3 , S A * L 1 7 2 , also the town where SenScii, S u j 3.t 5 *s father lived. * These four lines w ith th e n e x t lour also a t S. i. 106,
1 1 .2 1 2 ,3 ]
M A H A V A G G A
39
" F re e d a m I from a ll th e snares. B o th those o f devas a n d o f m en , F ro m g rea t b o n d age am I freed , H u m b led a r t th o u , O E n d -m a k e r."1 T h e ta le o f m m d -im pression s is a snare T h a t w e a v e s its ta llie s to an d fro in air. W ith th ese w ill I h a v e w h e re w ith to fe tte r th e e , R eclu se, th o u w ilt n o t b e freed from m e . 1 " S ig h ts, sounds, scen ts, tastes, a n d th in g s to to u ch . B rin g in g d elig h ts to m in d o f m a n for such A ll w ish , a ll w ill, fo r m e is p a st an d gone. H u m b le d a r t th o u , O E n d -m a k e r/ ' T h en M ara, th e E v il O ne, th in k in g , " T h e L o rd k n o w s m e, th e w e ll-fa re r kn o w s m e / ' p a in ed , a fflicted , va n ish ed th e n an d th e re , |[ 2 |) T o ld is th e T a lk on M ara. || 1 1 J |
A t th a t tim e m o n ks b ro u g h t (to th e L o rd ) fro m va rio u s q u a rters, from va rio u s d is tric ts th o se w ish in g fo r th e g o in g fo rth , those w ish in g fo r o rd in atio n , th in k in g : T h e L o rd w ill le t th ese g o fo rth , he w ill ordain th e m / T h e r e b y b o th th e m onks a s w e ll a s th o se w ish in g fo r th e g o in g fo rth a n d th ose w ish in g fo r o rd in a tio n w ere tired . T h e n a reaso n in g arose in th e L o rd 's m in d as he w as m e d ita tin g in seclusion, th u s : " A t presen t m o n ks are b rin g in g (to me) from v a rio u s q u a rters , . . and those w ish in g fo r o rd in a tio n are tired . S u p p o se I w ere to a llo w i t t o m on ks, s a y i n g : * Y o u , m o n ks, m a y n o w y o u rs e lv e s le t go fo rth , m a y o rd ain in an y* q u a rte r, in a n y d is tric t ' ? || j || T h e n th e L o rd , em ergin g from seclusion to w a rd s even in g, on th is occasion, in th is co n n ectio n , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , a d dressed th e m onks, s a y in g : '* W h ile I w a s m e d ita t ing in seclusion, m o n ks, a reaso n in g arose in m y m in d , th u s :
[2 1]
1 A n ta k a , exp]* a t V A _ as a n inferior* lo w bein g1 ; a n a m e of Mra C f. T h fg . 59, 6a, 1 9 5 ; a lso D hp . 4&r w b ero n o t used in th is w a y,
* These four lines and the n e x t io u r occur also a t S . i. m .

* T h e V in . versio n p u ts scen ts b efo re ta s te s in th e u su a l w a y . S. i. i n reverses th e o r d e r ; see K .S . i. 140, n, 3* C f. M V . V , 1 . 2 7 ; Sn* 3&7* 7 5 9 * Thag. 455* 643* 4 tasu. tasu, Taijt tam m ea n s w h a te v e r, each , t h is a n d t h a t .
30
B O O K
OF
D IS C I P L I N E
- A t present m o n k s are b rin g in g * * . in a n y q u arter, in a n y d is tric t ' ? | ]2 | | " I alloWj m o n ks th a t y o u y o u rselv e s m a y n o w le t go fo rth , m a y ord ain in a n y q u a rter, in a n y d istrict. A n d thus, m o n ks, sh o u ld one le t go fo rth , sh o u ld one o r d a in : F irs t, h a v in g m ad e h im h a v e h is h a ir an d b eard c u t off, h a v in g m ad e him p u t on y e llo w robes, h a v in g m ad e h im arran ge an u p p er robe o v e r one sh o u ld er, h a v in g m ad e h im ho n o u r th e m onks* feet, h a v in g m a d e him s it dow n on h is h au n ch es, h a v in g m ade him sa lu te w ith jo in e d p a lm s, he sh o u ld be to ld ; * S p e a k th u s, || 3 || " I go to th e a w a k e n e d one fo r re fu g e, I go to dhamma for re fu g e, I go to th e O rd e r for refuge* A n d a second tim e I g o , , , A n d a th ird tim e I go to . _ _ th e O rd er fo r refu ge J' I a llo w , m o n ks, th e g o in g fo rth and th e o rd in atio n b y these th ree go in gs fo r re fu g e.1" || 4 | | T o ld is th e T a lk on O rd in atio n b y th e three G oings fo r R efuge* || 1 2 | | T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g k e p t th e rain s, addressed th e monkSj s a y in g : *r M onks, b y pro p er a tte n tio n , b y p ro p er righ t effo rt w a s sup rem e freed om a tta in e d b y m e, suprem e freedom * realised . Y o u , too, m on ks, b y pro p er a tte n tio n , b y proper rig h t effort m a y a tta in sup rem e freed om , m a y realise suprem e freedom /* H1 || T h e n M ara, th e E v i l One* a p p ro ach ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g a p p ro ach ed , he ad dressed th e L o rd w ith verses ; ,f B o u n d a rt th o u b y M a ra s snares, B o th th o se o f devas a n d o f m en. I n g re a t b on d age a rt thou bound. R eclu se, thou w ilt n o t be freed from m e / 1* F ree d am I fro m M a ra 's snares, B o th those o f devas a n d o f men, F ro m g re a t b o n d age am I freed, H u m b le d a r t th o u , O End-m aker_Ji
1 A pp aren tly this was the second stage in ad m ittin g disciples to the religious life* the first being b y the form ula spoken b y th e Lord, 1 come, monk R esponsibility is now being delegated to his followers themselves* .Note th a t bhagavantaip (the lord) has given w a y to buddharp {the awakened one) Id th e first sentence oi th e formula. 1 C/_ iii- 21S.
1 T h e s e fo u r lin es occu r a t S. i. 105, b u t th e r e th e th ir d line o f each verse reads, *' I n (F rom ) M a ra 'a b o n d a g e . . / '
13.2 14.2]
m a h a v a g g a
31
T h e n Mara* th e E v i l O n e, th in k in g , " T h e L o rd kn o w s m e, th e w ell-farer kn o w s m e / ' pained,, a fflicted , v a n ish e d th en an d th ere. || a || 13 || [23] T h en th e L o rd , h a v in g s ta y e d a t B en ares fo r as lo n g as he found su itin g , set o u t on to u r fo r U ru v e la . T h en th e Lord* tu rn in g o ff from th e road, a p p ro a ch e d a c e rta in w o o d lan d g ro v e 1 ; h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed , h a v in g p lu n g ed in to th a t w o o d la n d g ro v e , he sa t dow n a t th e ro o t o f a c e rta in tree. A t th a t tim e a g ro u p o f as m a n y as t h ir t y frien d s o f h ig h sta n d in g ,2 w ith th e ir w iv e s, w ere am u sin g th e m selve s in th a t sa m e w o o d la n d gro ve. O ne h a d no w ife, (so) a w o m a n o f lo w sta n d in g 1 w as b ro u g h t a lo n g fo r h im . T h en w h ile th e y w ere h eed lessly a m u sin g th em selves th a t w o m an of low sta n d in g , ta k in g (their) b elon gin gs, ran a w a y . J j 1 || T h en these friends, doing th e ir frien d a se rvice a n d seek in g fo r th a t w o m an , ro am in g a b o u t th a t w o o d la n d g ro v e , saw th e L o rd s ittin g a t th e ro o t of a c e rta in tree ; seein g h im , th e y ap p ro ach ed th e L o rd , h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed , th e y sp o k e tbu s to th e L o rd : " L o rd , h a s th e L o rd n o t seen a w o m an ? f' B u t w h a t h a v e y o u , y o u n g m en, to do w ith a w o m a n ? " " W e , L o rd j a g ro u p o f as m a n y as th ir ty frien d s o f h ig h sta n d in g , w ith o u r w iv e s, w ere am u sin g ou rseives in this w o o d lan d g ro v e ; one h a d no w ife , {50} a w o m an o f lo w sta n d in g w as bro u gh t a lo n g for h im . T h e n , L o rd , as w e w ere h eed lessly a m u sin g o urselves, th a t w o m an o f lo w sta n d in g , ta k in g our b elongin gs, ran a w a y . C o n se q u e n tly , L o rd , w e frien d s, d o in g o u r frien d a service a n d seek in g fo r th a t w o m a n , are ro am in g a b o u t th is w o o d la n d g ro v e /" | | 2 j|
1 A t J&. 1. 82 th is is called K app& siya woodland fjrove. * tifps&matta bknddavaggiyi s ahay aka. V A . 9 7 1 says ,c sons of r&ja$, of high, repute (bhaddaka, honoured, of good qu ality), bound into a group (vagga, party) b y their bodies and minds, were wandering a b o u t * '; and V A . s 106 aays. because th ey were brothers b y one father of th e K in g o Kosala, a synonym fo-r these elders is the group who are of high standing ,p* F or both here and at H h A r ii. 3/z th e y are identified with the th ir ty m onks of P i v a (see Vin . 1. 253, S. ii. 187). T h e bhaddavaggiya = kumara are referred to a t i* Sz i. 87, S>hA. L 37 as am ong t h e / ' co n verts"' who* because converted first., should, so som e monks thought, have been given precedence over the G reat Pair ; a t D M * i. 100, as h avin g heard th e TuridiLovada [cf. V A . 1106 and Ja. No. 3.S8). x x x , 79 mentions their conversion as a subject to be represented ia th e rclic shrine of th e M a h l Thupa. * vast can also mean a prostitute,, b u t here p ro b ab ly used in opposition to bhadda, high standing.
32
B O O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
f' W h a t do y o u th in k o f th is, y o u n g m en ? W h ic h is b e tter for y o u , th a t y o u sh ou ld se e k for a w o m a n or th a t y o u sh ou ld se e k for th e se lf1 ? " T r u ly th is w e re b e tte r for us, L o rd , th a t w e should seek fo r th e s e lf/ ' " W e ll then, y o u n g m en, y o u sit d o w n , T w ill te a c h yo u dhamma/* S a y in g , " Y e s , L o r d / ' this g ro u p o f friends o f h igh sta n d in g , h a v in g greeted th e L o rd , sat d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d ista n ce. | | 3 || T h e L o rd ta lk e d a p rogressive t a lk to these, th a t is to sa y, t a lk on g iv in g , ta jk on mora] h a b it, ta lk on h e a v e n , . .th a t w h a te v e r is o f th e n a tu re to uprise, a ll th a t is o f th e n a tu re t o stop.'** II 4 f] T h ese, h a v in g seen dhamma , a tta in e d dhamma > know n dhamma, p lu n ged in to dham m a* [23] * . * sp o k e th u s to the L o rd : *4M a y w e, L o rd , receive th e g o in g fo rth in th e L o rd 's presence, m a y w e re ce iv e o rd in a tio n ? " " Come^ m o n k s / th e L o rd said , " w e l l ta u g h t is dhamma, fa re th e B ra h m a -fa rin g for m a k in g an u tte r end o f il l / 1 So th is ca m e to be these ve n e ra b le ones" ord in atio n . || 5 jj T o ld is th e C ase o f th e G ro u p o f F rie n d s o f H ig h S ta n d in g . If 14 [ ] T h e Secon d P o rtio n fo r R epeatin g* T h e n th e L o rd , w a lk in g on tour, in. due course a rriv e d a t U ru v e la , Now* a t th a t tim e th re e m a tte d h a ir a scetics, K a ss a p a o f U r u v e la / K a ss a p a o f th e R iv e r ,5 K a ss a p a o f G a y a ,6 w ere liv in g a t U ru v e ia . O f th ese, th e m a tte d h air a sce tic K a ss a p a o f U ru v e la w as lead er, gu id e, h ig h est, ch ief, h e a d o f
* attanam gav&seyy&tha. CfL>hp, 146 andhahdr^na vnqddha padipam
na gaves&atha, t h a t y e in th e b o n d s o f darkn ess sh ou ld n o t h u n t for a la m p : -and t h e co m p o u n d aiiadipa- o f > + ii., * w axid S n . 501. * A s in I . 7 * 5^6. ' 1 As. in I, 6. 32* * Verses a t T ha g 375-3E0, A t A . i. 25 he is called chief of th o se disciples
who have large followingsTk&gA* i, 7 1 recounts th a t one of this Kas&apa'a followers, B ejatthaslsa, was tam ed w ith him (see below, 20- 18, 19) and afterwards became A n a c d a 's preceptor. These three Kas?tapas were brothers* T h e y had a. sister whose son,. SenaJca* was coavextcd b y th e Lord, see Ps$i Br&ihtt p. 1So. O n the three brothers, see Mrs. R h y s ^Davids,
j v 206 .ff* / .f, o i t h e riv er N e ra n ja ra . H is verses a t Thag* 34^-344TkagA* on TJruvelalcassarpa s a y s t h a t K a s s a p a o f th e R aver w as so c a lle d b oca use he w en t fo rth a t a b e n d m a g r * a t r iv e r ; an d t h a t Ka^&apa o f G a y a w a s s o c a lle d becau se h e w en t fo r th a t G a y S s ls a , * V erse s a t Thag, 345-349*
16*1-4]
M A H A V A G G A
33
fiv e h u n d re d m a tte d h air a sce tics ; th e m a tte d h air a scetic K a ss a p a o f th e R iv e r w a s lea d er * . _ h ead o f th re e hu n d red m a tte d h a ir a scetics ; th e m a tte d h a ir a sce tic K a s s a p a o f G a y a w a s le a d e r . * . h e a d o f tw o h u n d re d m a tte d h a ir ascetics. \ \ i j] T h e n th e L o rd a p p ro a ch ed th e h e rm ita g e 1 o f th e m a tte d h air a sc e tic K a ss a p a o f U r u v e la ; h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed , he sp o k e th u s to th e m a tte d h air a sce tic K a s s a p a o f U ru v e la : I f it is n o t in co n ve n ie n t to y o u , K a ss a p a , le t m e s t a y fo r one n ig h t in th e fire-ro o m /J " I t is n o t in co n ven ien t to m e, g re a t recluse, (but) th e re is a fierce serp en t k in g o f p sy c h ic p o w e r th e re ; he is a te r r ib ly ven em o u s sn ak e. D o n o t le t him h a rm y o u ." A n d a second tame th e L o rd sp ok e th u s to th e m a tte d h a ir a sce tic K a s s a p a o f U r u v e la : " I f it is n o t in co n ve n ie n t to y o u . , # " A n d a th ird tim e th e L o rd sp o k e th u s to th e m a tte d h air a sce tic K a ss a p a o f U r u v e la : " I f it is not in co n v e n ie n t to yo u , K a ssa p a , le t me s t a y fo r one n ig h t in th e fire-ro o m /1 " I t is n o t in co n ven ien t to m e, g re a t recluse, (but) th e re is a fierce serp en t k in g o f p sy c h ic p o w er t h e r e ; he is a te r r ib ly ven em ous snake* D o n o t le t him harm y o u . " I t fe n ot lik e ly th a t he can harm m e. P le a se do y o u , K a ssa p a , a llo w (me th e use of) th e fire-ro o m / S ta y , g rea t reclu se, as y o u w ish i t . j| 2 || T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g en tered th e fire-room , h a v in g la id dow n a grass m a t, sa t dow n cross-legged, k e ep in g h is b a c k erect, h a v in g caused m in d fu ln ess to b e present in fro n t o f him . T h en th a t serp en t sa w th a t th e L o rd h a d en tered , a n d seein g this* p a in ed , a fflicted , he b le w fo rth smoke* T h e n it o ccu rred to th e L o rd : " W h a t n o w if J t w ith o u t d e stro y in g this s e rp e n t's [24] skin a n d h id e a n d flesh a n d lig a m e n ts an d b o n es and th e m a rro w o f th e bones, w ere to m a ste r (his) h e a t b y h e a t ? | ] 3 || T h en th e L o rd , h a v in g w o rk ed a w o rk o f p s y c h ic pow er, b le w fo rth sm oke. T h e n th a t serp en t, n o t co n q u erin g an ger, b la zed up. T h e L o rd , h a v in g a tta in e d th e co n d itio n o f h ea t, also b lazed up. W h en b o th w ere in flam es, th e fire-room b ecam e as th o u g h b u rn in g , ablaze, in flam es. T h e n th e m a tte d h a ir ascetics, h a v in g surro u n d ed th e fire-room , sp o k e t h u s ;
1 C f. sv, 10 7 {& .D . i i lo r m a n y sim ila rities w ith th is p i s sage.
34
BO O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
" B e a u tifu l in d ee d is th e g re a t recluse, (but) he w ill be harm ed b y th e s e r p e n t/ '1 { \ 4 |j T h en th e L o rd a t th e end o f th a t n igh t, w ith o u t h a v in g d e stro y e d th a t se rp e n t's sk in a n d h id e a n d flesh a n d ligam en ts a n d bones an d th e m a rro w o f th e bones, h a v in g m a ste re d (his) h eat b y h e a t, h a v in g p la c e d h im in his b o w l, sh ow ed h im t o th e m a tte d h a ir ascetic, U ru v e la k a ssa p a , sa y in g : T h is, K a s s a p a , is y o u r serp en t, his h eat w as m astered b y h e a t/ ' T h en it o ccu rred to th e m a tte d h a ir a sc e tic U ru v e la k a s sa p a : ** T r u ly th e g rea t recluse is o f g rea t p s y c h ic p ow er, o f g rea t m a je s ty , in th a t he can m a ste r b y h e a t th e h e a t o f th e fierce serpen t k in g w h o h as p s y c h ic p o w er and is a te r r ib ly ven em o u s sn ak e ; but y e t he is n o t a p e rfe cte d one as I am /* |] 5 j| N e a r th e N e ra fija ra ,3 th e L o td sp oke th u s to th e m a tte d h a ir a sc e tic U r u v e la k a s s a p a : I f it is n o t in con ven ien t t o y o u , K a ssa p a , le t m e s t a y th is d a y (on ly)3 in th e fireh a lh 4J* I t is n o t in co n ven ien t to m e, g rea t reciuse, (but) as I am a n x io u s fo r y o u r co m fo rt I w a rn y o u th a t there is a fierce serp en t k in g there, o f p s y c h ic power* a te r r ib ly venem ous sn ak e. D o not le t h im h a rm y o u / J " I t is n ot lik e ly th a t he ca n h a rm m e. P le a se do y o u , K a ss a p a , a llo w {me th e use of) th e fire-room ,*" " I t is g iv e n " ; h a v in g u n d erstood th is, th e fearless one entered* fear overpassed. H a v in g seen th a t th e h o ly m an* h a d en tered , th e c h ie f o f s n a k e s 7, afflicted , b le w fo rth sm oke. T h e ch ief o f m en , jo y fu l, u n p ertu rb ed , b le w fo rth sm oke th ere
1 T e x t read s n&ge na vihefhissaiik b u t should be corrected, as V i n . Texts i. 120, n. 3 indicates, b y paralLcl passage a t Vin. ii. 295 : -niigent* vihe$ftiyis$atit which I fallow. C i n g . edru reads nagena vi&ethiyati, is harmed b y th e serpent, which also m a k e s sense \S th e ascetics, seeing G otam a in flames, thought be v/as already brou ght t o harm. * F o r n o te on t h is rep etitio n o i th e s to r y (in th is a n d th e n e x t par.) in a m ore p o p u ia r s ty le , see Vi-n* T exts u I20j n. 4* ajjupho ; see B .D . ii+ 64, n* 1. V A . 9 7 1 also e x p la in s b y a jja ekadivasam , * Teret r e a d s aggisalam hi ; C in g, ed n . aggisaram&tn&i ; v j * a t Vin, L 365
aggis&fdyatji.
* &gydg<*r&* as throughout., e x c e p t for ca se ju s t referred to, * jjt = rfit. seer, sage. * H ere, in s te a d o f bein g ca lled n&gardjd,. k in g o f serpents* he is ca lled akindga a n d here naga is p r o b a b ly n o t t o be ta k e n a s serpen t " b u t a s b a la n c in g t h e *tda in ntanu-ssan&ga, fMc h ie f of m en /* ju s t b elo w , an d th erefore as m ea n in g ch ief, s tr o o g e s t, forem ost (som eth in g a w e -in s p ir in g : co b ra, e le p h a n t, sain t). C f, maAdndgat used o f (chief) disciples, a t R f, L 3^, r j i ; an d d efin itio n o f ndga a t M . L . 14 5 a s s y n o n y m for t h a t m o n k in w h o m the- ca n k e r s a re d e s tr o y e d , a n d (f+ a ls o M A - i- T53.
15,6 16,2]
M A H A V A G G A
35
to o . B u t th e c h ie f o f sn ak es, n ot co n q u erin g an g er, blamed u p lik e a fire. T h e c h ie f o f m en , h ig h ly pro ficien t in th e c o n d itio n o f h e a t, b la z e d u p th e re too_ W h e n b o th w ere in flam es, th e m a tte d h a ir a sce tics, as t h e y w ere lo o k in g a t th e fire-room , s a i d : B e a u tifu l in d eed is th e g re a t reclu se, (but) he w ill b e h a rm e d b y th e se rp e n t* "1 || 6 |[ T h e n a t th e end o f th a t n ig h t th e se rp e n t's flam es b e cam e extin g u ish ed , b u t th e m u ltic o lo u re d flam es o f him o f p s y c h ic po w er rem ained , a n d m u ltic o lo u re d flam es, d a rk green, th e n red, crim son, y e llo w an d c ry sta l-c o lo u re d w ere on A n g ir a s a s* b o d y . H a v in g p u t th e c h ie f o f sn ak es in to h is b o w l, h e sh o w ed h im t o th e b ra h m in ,3 s a y in g : " T h is, K a ss a p a , is y o u r serp en t, his h e a t w a s m a ste re d b y h eat/* T h e n th e m a tte d h a ir a sc e tic U ru v e la k a ssa p a , th o ro u g h ly b e lie v in g in th is w o n d er o f p sy c h ic p o w er o f th e L o rd , sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : " S t a y ju st here, g rea t reclu se, I (can o ffer you) a c o n sta n t s u p p ly o f fo o d ." 4 It 7 II T h e F ir s t W o n d er. || 15 || [25] T h e n th e L o rd s ta y e d in a ce rta in w o o d la n d g ro v e n e a r th e h erm itage o f th e m a tte d h a ir a sc e tic U ru v e la k a ssa p a . T h e n th e fo u r G reat K in gs, h a v in g illu m in e d th e en tire w o o d la n d g ro v e on a glo rio u s n ig h t w ith glo rio u s co lo u r, a p p ro a ch e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed , h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , th e y sto o d at th e fo u r q u a rters lik e huge fires. |[ i \ \ T h e n th e m a tte d h a ir a sc e tic U ru v e la k a s s a p a a p p ro a ch e d th e L o rd a t th e e n d o f th a t n ig h t, a n d h a v in g ap p ro ach ed he sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : 4' I t is tim e* g re a t reclu se, th e m e a l is read y- B u t n o w , w h o w ere th e se , g re a t recluse, w h o, h a v in g illu m in ed th e en tire w o o d la n d g ro v e d u rin g th e glorious n ig h t w ith glo rio u s co lo u r, a p p ro a c h e d y o u a n d h a v in g ap p ro a ch cd , h a v in g g ree te d y o u , sto o d a t th e fo u r q u arters lik e h u ge fires ? J J
1 S e e a b o v e , p , 3+, n. i. * N am e applied to G o t a m a a o w and again in th e P ita k a s ; JE X iii. iqG ( nam e of th e son of the Sakyan s 5 . t 19& = T kag* r5-*J A . iii. 239* Thag* 53G, i. 1 1 6 . See J & .P .P .N * and O . S . iii, 175 , n. i. V A 9 7 1 says.
aftgato raipsiyo satpsaranii,. flames streamed from his b od y (Limb).

* N o te t h a t t h e jalHo. is here referred t o a s a brahtnin.
* This, in v ita tio n seems t o c a n c e l th e L o r d 's req u est t o s t a y for " o n e

d a y (o n ly ),1' a n d t o a c c o u n t for t h e f a c t t h a t h e s ta y e d on in t h e w o o d la n d g r o v e fo r s e v e ia l d a y s.
36
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
ri K a ss a p a , th ese w ere th e fou r G re a t K in g s w h o a p p ro a ch ed m e in o rd er to hear dhamma T h e n it o ccu rred to th e m a tte d h air a sce tic U ru v e la k a s sa p a ; Jf T r u ly th e g re a t recluse is o f g re a t p s y c h ic p ow er, o f great m igh t, in th a t th e fo u r G re a t K in g s also a p p ro a ch h im in order to h ea r dhamma \ b u t y e t h e is n o t a p e rfe cte d one as I am /* T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g eaten th e m e a l (offered b y ) th e m a tte d h air a sc e tic U ru v ela k a ssa p a j s ta y e d in th a t sam e w o o d la n d gro ve . || 2 || T h e Secon d W onder* || 16 ||
T h e n S a k k a , lo rd o f th e devas, h a v in g illu m in ed th e entire w o o d lan d g ro v e on a glorious n ig h t w ith glo rio u s colour, a p p ro a ch e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd j h e sto o d a t a re sp e ctfu l d istan ce, lik e a h u g e fire, m ore glo rio u s an d m ore su p erb th a n th e fo rm er sp len d ou rs of co lo u r.1 [ |i [ J T h en th e m a tte d h a ir a scetic U ru v e la k a s sa p a a p p ro ach ed th e L o rd a t th e end o f th a t n ig h t . , . {as in 2 16, 3) [26] * . s ta y e d in th a t sam e w o o d la n d gro ve. |] a [ | T h e T h ird W o n d er. | ] 17|| T h en B rah m S S a h a m p a ti . , (as in 17.) . , . s ta y e d in th a t sam e w o o d la n d grove* || r, 2 || T h e F o u r th W onder. || 18 ||
N o w a t th a t tim e a g re a t sacrifice (m ade b y) th e m a tte d h air a sce tic U ru v e la k a ssa p a w a s g o in g fo rw a rd ,3 an d th e en tire (population of) A n g a and lla g a d h a , ta k in g a b u n d a n t solid food an d so ft food , w a n te d to go {to it).4 T h en it occu rred to th e m a tte d h a ir a sc c tic U ru v e la k a ssa p a r A t present m y grea t sacrifice i? g o in g fo rw a rd , a n d th e e n tire (population of) A n g a and M agad ha, ta k in g a b u n d a n t so lid fo o d a n d so ft food, w ill com e. I f th e g re a t recluse d o cs a w on d er o f p sy c h ic
1 L e . th e fo u r G r e a t K in gS j so V A . 9 7*. 9 R e a d in g " S a k k a , lord o f devas *p in stead o f " t h e fcrar G r e a t K in g s *" * paccupafphito hoti . I t w as a sacrifice perform ed b y hiru.. * CJ. th e p eo p le's annuaJ fe s tiv a ls m e n tio n e d a t P ss* Brzth* r 3 i a t o n * o f w h ich t h e L o r d co n v e r te d K a s s a p a of U m v e lA 's nephew .
19-i 20.i]
M A H A V A G G A
37
p o w er before th e p o p u lace t th e g re a t re clu se 's g ain s a n d honour w ill m u ch in crease, m y g a in s a n d h o n o u r w ill d eclin e. N o w th e g re a t recluse sh all c e rta in ly n o t co m e to -m o rro w / ]| i | J T h e n th e L o rd , [37] k n o w in g b y m in d th e reason in g in th e m ind o f th e m a tte d h air a sc e tic U ru v e la k a s sa p a , h a v in g g o n e to U tta r a k u r u ,1 h a v in g fe tch e d a lm sfo o d from th ere, h a v in g e a ten it b y th e A n o ta tta la k e ,2 to o k h is m id d a y rest there. T h e n a t th e en d o f th a t n ig h t th e m a tte d h a ir a sc e tic U ru v e la k a ssa p a a p p ro a ch e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed , he sp o k e th u s t o th e L o rd : 4 1 I t is tim e , g re a t recluse, th e m eal is re ad y . B u t w h y d id yo u n o t co m e y e s te rd a y , g re a t recluse ? W e th o u g h t o f y o u h o w ever, s a y in g c H o w is it th a t th e great recluse does not com e ? ' A p o rtio n o f so lid fo o d a n d soft food w as p u t aside for y o u . |j 2 || " N o w did it n o t o ccu r to you* K a s s a p a , r A t p resen t m y g rea t sacrifice is go in g forw ard- * . N o w th e g re a t recluse sh a ll c e rta in ly n ot com e to -m o rro w 1 ? fl 3 f[ S o T, K a ss a p a , k n o w in g b y m in d th e reaso n in g in y o u r m in d , h a v in g gon e to U tta r a k u r u , h a v in g fe tch e d alm sfo o d fro m th ere, h a v in g eaten it b y th e A n o ta tta la k e , to o k m y m id -d a y rest th ere . ** T h en It o ccu rred to th e m a tte d h a ir a sce tic U r u v e la kassap a, " T r u ly th e g re a t reclu se is o f g re a t p sych ic p o w er, o f g re a t m igh t, in th a t h e a lso k n o w s m in d b y m ind ; b u t y e t h e is n o t a p e rfe cte d one as I a m ." T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g eaten th e m eal (offered b y ) th e m a tte d h air a sc e tic U ru v e la k assapa, sta g e d in th a t sam e w o o d la n d gro ve, j] 4 j| T h e F ift h W o n d er. || 19 |f
N o w a t th a t tim e a rag-ro be a c cru e d to th e L o rd . T h e n it o ccu rred to th e L o rd : < N o w w h ere can I w a sh th e rag -ro b e ? " T h e n S a k k a , lo rd o f th e devasr k n o w in g b y m in d th e reasonin g in th e L o rd 's m in d , h a v in g d u g a ta n k w ith h is h a n d , sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : " L o rd , th e L o rd m a y w a sh th e rag -ro b e h e re ." T h e n it o ccu rred to th e L o r d : N o w on w h a t can I k n e a d th e ra g-ro b e ? T h e n S a k k a , ]ord o f th e devas, k n o w in g b y m ind th e reaso n in g in th e L o rd 's m in d , h a v in g
1 Mentioned a t F t* . iEL 7 ( J 3 . Z X i . 1 4 ) . See esp-ectally t o x its being considered & m a rk of g r e a t psychic power to be able t o go here a som ewhat m ythical region * O n e of the seven great lajtes of the H im alayas. See D.P.P.&T*
E
B O OK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
p u t dow n a la rg e sto n e n ea r h im , said : L o rd , th e L o rd m a y k n e a d th e rag-ro be h e re ." \ ] i |f T h e n it o ccu rred to th e L o rd : " N o w holding: on to w h a t can I co m e u p fro m (the w ater) ? " T h e n a devatd in habitin g' a kakudha {tree}1, know ing' b y m in d th e reaso n in g in th e L o rd 's m in d , b en t d o w n a b o u gh , s a y in g : " L o rd , th e L o rd [28] m a y com e u p from (the w ater) h o ld in g on here/* T h e n it occurred to th e L o rd : " N o w on w h a t can I stre tc h o u t3 th e ra g-ro b e ? ,J T h en S a k k a , lo rd o f th e devas, k n o w in g b y m in d th e reason in g in th e L o rd 's m in d , h a v in g p u t d o w n a la rg e sto n e near him , s a id : L o rd , th e L o rd m a y stre tc h o u t th e rag-robe h e r e / ' E|2|| T h e n th e m a tte d h a ir a sc e tic U ru v e la k a s s a p a a p p ro a ch ed th e L o rd a t th e end o f th a t n ig h t ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , he sp ok e th u s tg th e L o rd : " I t is tim e, g rea t recluse, th e m eal is ready* B u t h o w is it, g re a t reclu se, th a t th is ta n k w a s n ot here befo re, a n d n o w th is ta n k is here ? N o r w a s th is sto n e p u t d o w n before. B y w h o m w a s th is stone p u t dow n ? N o r w as a b o u gh o f th is kakudha (tree) ben t d o w n before, a n d n o w th is b o u g h is ben t d o w n / [[3 | | K a ss a p a , a rag -ro b e a ccru e d to m e here, an d this occurred to m e, K a ss a p a , * N o w w h ere ca n I w a sh th e rag-robe ? ' T h e n , K a s s a p a , S a k k a , lord o f th e devas, k n o w in g b y m ind th e reason in g in m y m in d , h a v in g d u g a ta n k w ith his han d , sp oke th u s to m e ; * L o rd , th e L o rd m a y w ash th e rag-robe h ere/ S o th is ta n k w a s d u g b y th e h a n d o f a non-hum an b e in g .3 T h e n th is occu rred to m e, K a s s a p a , 1 Now' on w h a t can I kn ead the rag-ro be ? r . . So th is sto n e w as p u t 4 b y a non-hum an being, || 4 ]| _ T h e n th is occurred to m e, K a ss a p a , * N o w ho ld in g on to w h a t c a n I com c u p out of (the w ater) ? ' T h e n , K a ss a p a , a devoid . * * sa id : r L o rd , th e L o rd m a y co m e u p from (the w ater) h o ld in g on h e re / So th is kakudfia (tree) w a s a hold fo r m y h an d .* T h e n this o ccu rred to m e, K a ssa p a , ' N o w on w h a t
1 T e r m in a lia A r ju n a acco rd , to P+E*I>* C f v i. 518-9, DhA~ tv. 153A jju n a a t Su dv* v iii. 23 an d i. to 5 is th e tree o i t h e B u d d h a A n o m ad a ssin V A . 9 72 ca lls it tijjunaruAAha, w h itti ta ils P e n ta p tc r a A rju n a* vissajjiy y am t e x p L a t V A * 972 a s $i*kkhapa?tatkaya pasareiva thapeyyatp {where) c a n I p u t it, s trctch in g it o u t t o 4 ry ?
*
Cf. Vin.
a ii.
85
(an d
Z . >.
47r
Q- 3 ) ,
* nikkhiltd, in stead of* as p r e v io u sly , upanikhhi 1 a k a ra -h a tlh a .
20.5-ioJ
M A H A V A G G A
39
ca n I s tre tc h out th e ra g-ro b e ? T h e n 1 S a k k a , lo rd o f th e devas . . * So th is sto n e w a s p u t b y a n o n -h u m an bein g/* 115II , T h e n i t o ccu rred to th e m a tte d h a ir a sc e tic U ru v e la k a s s a p a : T r u ly th e g r e a t reclu se is o f g re a t p s y c h ic p o w er, o f g re a t m ig h t, in th a t S a k k a , lo rd o f th e devas, does h im a s e r v ic e ; b u t y e t he is n o t a p e rfe c te d one as I a m / ' T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g e a te n th e m e a l (offered b y ) th e m a tte d h a ir a sc e tic U ru v e la k a ssa p a , s ta y e d iii t h a t sam e w o o d la n d g ro v e . ]] 6 \ \ T h e n th e m a tte d h a ir a sce tic U ru v e la k a s s a p a a p p ro a c h e d th e L o rd a t th e e n d o f t h a t n i g h t ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , 29] he a n n o u n ced th e tim e t o th e L o rd / s a y in g : I t is tim e , g re a t reclu se, th e m e a l is r e a d y / ' " Y o u g o on, K a ss a p a , I a m c o m in g a lo n g / ' an d h a v in g dism issed th e m a tte d h a ir a s c e tic U ru v ela k a ssa p a * h a v in g p lu c k e d a fru it from a ro se -a p p le tre e , a fte r w h ic h th is L a n d o f th e R ose-apples* is n a m e d , h e s a t d o w n in th e fire-room , h a v in g a rriv e d first- || 7 || T h e m a tte d h a ir a s c e tic U ru v e la k a s s a p a sa w th e L o r d sittin g in th e fir e - r o o m ; se e in g h im h e sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : M B y w h a t w a y h a v e y o u co m e, g r e a t recluse ? I set o u t b efo re y o u , b u t y o u are s ittin g in th e fire-room , h a v in g a rriv e d first. | | 8 || 4* N o w I , K a s s a p a , h a v in g d ism issed y o u , h a v in g p lu c k e d a fru it from a ro se-ap p le tre e , a fte r w h ic h th is L a n d o f th e R o se-a p p les is n am ed , a m s ittin g in th e fire-room , h a v in g a rriv e d first- T r u ly , K a s s a p a , th is ro se-ap p le fr u it is fu ll o f colou r, fu ll o f sce n t j fu ll o f fla v o u r ; if y o u lik e , d o e a t i t / ' " N o , g r e a t reclu se, y o u a lo n e a re w o r th y o f it, y o u alone e a t i t / ' T h e n it o ccu rre d to th e m a tte d h a ir a sc e tic U ru v e la k a s sa p a : " T r u ly th e g re a t reclu se is o f g re a t p s y c h ic p o w er, o f g re a t m ig h t, in th a t h a v in g d ism issed m e first , . . he sa t d o w n in th e fire-room , h a v in g a rriv e d f i r s t ; b u t y e t he is n o t a p e rfe cte d one a s I a m ," T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g e aten th e m e a l (offered b y ) th e m a tte d h a ir a sce tic U ru v e la k a s sa p a , s ta y e d in t h a t sa m e w o o d la n d g ro v e , |] 9 |f T h e n th e m a tte d h a ir a sce tic U ru v e la k a s s a p a a p p ro a ch e d th e L o rd a t th e en d o f th a t n ig h t ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d h e
1 T h e n a m e K a s s a p a 9 o m itte d here* * J a m b u d lp a , u s u a lly m e a n in g India.,
40
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
an n ou n ced th e tim e to th e L o rd , s a y in g : 4 4 I t is tim e, g re a t recluse, th e m e a l is r e a d y / ' 1 4 Y o u go on, K a s s a p a , I am com in g a lo n g / ' an d h a v in g d ism issed th e m a tte d h a ir a sc e tic U ru v e la k a ssa p a , a n d h a v in g p lu c k e d a m an go fru it n ot far from th e rose-ap ple tree,, a fte r w h ic h th is L a n d o f th e R o se-a p p les is nam ed . * , h a v in g p lu ck e d a fru it o f e m b lic m y ro b a la n 1 n ot fa r from th e m a n g o tre e * . . h a v in g p lu c k e d a fru it o f y e llo w m y ro b a la n 3 not far from th e em b lic m y ro b a la n , h a v in g g o n e to th e T h ir t y ,3 h a v in g p lu ck e d a flo w er from th e C oral T re e ,4 h e sa t d o w n in th e fire-room , h a v in g a rriv e d first. T h e m a tte d h a ir ascetic U ru v e la k a ssa p a sa w th e L o rd s ittin g in th e fire-room , and seein g him he sp oke th u s t o th e L o rd ; * * B y w hat w a y h a v e y o u com e, g rea t recluse P I s e t o u t b efore y o u , b u t y o u are s ittin g in th e fire-room , h a v in g a rriv e d first/* \\TO\[ . . . . " N o w I, K a ss a p a , h a v in g dism issed y o u , h a v in g gone to th e T h ir ty , h a v in g p lu ck e d a flow er from th e C oral T ree , am s ittin g in th e fire-room , h a v in g a rriv ed first. T r u ly , K a ss a p a , th is flow er o f th e C o ra l T re e is fu ll o f colour, fu ll of s c e n t ; i f y o u lik e , do ta k e i t / ' " N o r g re a t recluse, yo u alone are w o rth y of it, y o u alone [30] ta k e i t / ' T h e n it o ccu rred to th e m a tte d h a ir a sce tic U ru v e la k a s sa p a r T r u ly th e g rea t recluse is of g re a t p s y c h ic pow er, o f g re a t m igh t, in th a t h a v in g dism issed m e first, h a v in g gone t o th e T h ir ty , h a v in g p lu ck e d a flow er fro m th e C oral T ree, he is s ittin g in th e fire-room , h a v in g a rriv e d first ; b u t y e t h e is not a p e rfe cte d one as I am /* jj i i ff N o w a t th a t tim e these m a tte d h a ir ascetics, w a n tin g to te n d th e (sacred) firesr w ere un able to ch o p stick s. T h e n it o ccu rred to th ese m a tte d h air a scetics : " D o u b tle ss i t is
1 aMalafti (here and a t M . 1, 4 5 6 ; elsewhere dmalaM'O),. phy]lanthus emblLca. T h e fruit allowed to m onks as a medicine, Yin. i. 201. Cf. Vin,
l
H7S. * haritafti.
F r u it atari a llo w e d
as a
m e d icin e a t
V'in, i* 201*
CJWM *
iiL 127.
1 L e - to th e r e a lm o f t h e T h ir t y (or T h ir ty -th r e e ) D eva s* tdvatitpsa.
4 p&?icchaiiaha, " shading a]J round/* E ryth rin a Indica. A (m ythical) tree growing in th& T a v a tiq isa realm. A t A . iv. 1 1 7 the tUvas' rejoicings a t each &tage in th& deveEopmerrt of shoot and bloom arc set out. See iv. 78 ff. for notes* missing th e above Vin, Telereace, asserts th a t the flowers are never plucked. n th a t case th is is a notew orthy exception*
20-13-15]
m a h
A V
a g g a
41
(ow in g to} th e p s y c h ic m ig h t o f th e g re a t reclu se th a t w e are u n ab le to ch o p s t ic k s ." T h e n th e L o rd sp o k e th u s to th e m a tte d h a ir a s c e tic U ru v e la k a s s a p a : " K a s s a p a , le t stic k s be chopped.'* L e t th e m b e ch o p p ed , g re a t re c lu se ." F iv e h u n d re d s tic k s w e re ch o p p ed sim u lta n e o u s ly .1 T h e n it o ccu rre d t o th e m a tte d h a ir a sce tic U ru v e la k a s s a p a : T r u ly th e g re a t recluse is o f g rea t p s y c h ic p o w e r, o f g r e a t m ig h t, in t h a t a lso stic k s a re ch o p p ed ; b u t y e t h e is n o t a p e rfe c te d one as I a m ." D13 H N o w a t th a t tim e th ese m a tte d h a ir a sc e tic s , w a n tin g t o te n d th e (sacred) fires, w ere u n a b le to k in d le th e fires. T h e n it o ccu rred to th ese m a tte d h a ir a sc e tic s : c D o u b tle ss . . . u n a b le to k in d le th e fire s ." T h e n th e L o rd sp o k e th u s t o th e m a tte d h a ir a s c e tic U r u v e la k a s s a p a : K a s s a p a , le t th e fires be k in d le d ." " L e t th e m b e k in d le d , g re a t r e c lu s e ." F iv e h u n d re d fires w ere k in d le d sim u lta n e o u sly . . . . . * in th a t a lso th e fires a re k in d le d ; b u t y e t he is n o t a p e rfe c te d one as I a m ." 1 J 13 || N o w a t th a t tim e th ese m a tte d h a ir a sce tics, h a v in g te n d e d th e fires, w ere u n a b le to e x tin g u is h th e fires. . . . T h e fiv e h u n d re d fires w ere e x tin g u ish e d sim u lta n e o u sly in th a t a lso th e fires a re e x tin g u ish e d ; b u t y e t he is n o t a p e r fe c te d one as I a m ." j| 14 || N o w a t th a t tim e on th e co ld w in te r n ig h ts b e tw e e n th e e ig h ts 3 in a tim e o f sn o w fa ll th e se m a tte d h a ir a sc e tic s w ere p lu n g in g in to th e riv e r N e ra n ja ra , th e n e m e rg in g a n d re
1 sah}<i eva, ju a t o n ce, onCe o n ly . T h e r e w as d o u b tle s s o n e s t i c k fo r e a c h o f t h e fiv e h u n d r e d ja fila s o v e r w h o m K a s s a p a w a s c h ie f Ji [ V in . T exts
i, E29, n.).
* C le a r th e refo re t h a t th e fires, w ere n o t k e p t b u r n in g p e r p e tu a lly . * antorafphakasxtp th e atihakd d a y s w h ich * a c c o r d in g t o V A . 1123 * are t h e e ig h t (d a ys) b e tw e e n M & g h a a n d F h a g g n n a {n am es o f lu n ar m a n sions). Cf. M A . it. 48 (on M . i 79) " fo u r at" t h e e n d of t h e m o n th o f M figh a, fo u r a t t h e b e g in n in g o f th e m o n th of P h a g g u n a , th u s b e tw e e n t h e t w o th e re are e ig h t n ig h t s / * C f. A A . ii. 2 25 {an A . ii 13 6 ), " t h e tim e e x t e n d s for e ig h t d a y s in th e in te r v a l b e tw e e n M & g h a a n d P h a g g u p a . F o r th e re are fo u r d a y s a t th e en d o f M & g h a a n d fo u r a t th e b e g in n in g o f P h a g g u ^ a , t h is is c a lle d 'o c c u r r in g b e tw e e n t h e e ig h t s * " {antaratphaka). S e e V in . i, 288,. U d . t + g f U d A . 74* T r a n s]d . a t S . B . D . v iii, p* 7 as be tw e e n th e e ig h th s " : a t G.S+ i 1 1 9 , J a r * D ia L i. 5 5 as in t h e d a r k h a lf o f th e m on th (s) ; a t F*h T *x ts i. 130* ii, a i t a s b e tw e e n t h e A s h t a k i fe s tiv a ls .-' .gives r p o cc u rr in g b e tw e e n th e e i g h t s / ' T h e tr a n s la tio n ** eighths. * is. ju s tifie d b y t h e m e a n in g o f ashtak (fem .) as th e 4t e ig h th d a y a fte r fnK m oon (M onier W illia m s). B u t e i g h t s " seem p referred b y th e Gom ys. S e e n o te s a t v iii, p . 7* G .S . i* 119 * T a x is L 130.
42
BO O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
p e a te d ly p lu n g in g in and o u t.1 T h e n th e L o rd crea te d as m a n y as five h u n d red ftre-vessels* ju s t w h ere th ese m a tte d h a ir ascetics, h a v in g com e u p fro m (the river), w a rm ed th e m se lv es.3 [31] T h en it occu rred to th ese m a tte d h a ir a scetics : " D o u b tle ss i t is (owing to) th e p sych ic m ig h t of th e g rea t recluse th a t th ese fire-vessels are c re a te d , T h en i t occu rred to th e m a tte d h a ir a scetic U ru v e la k a s sa p a : T r u ly th e g re a t recluse is o f g re a t p sy ch ic p ow er, o f g rea t m ig h t, in th a t he c a n cre a te th ese fire-vessels ; b u t y e t h e is n o t a p e rfe cte d one as I a m ." || 1 5 ]| N o w a t t h a t tim e a g rea t ra in fe ll out o f th e pro p er season, a n d a g re a t flood resulted-* T h e L o rd w a s s ta y in g in a place w h ich b e ca m e in u n d a te d b y water* T h e n i t o ccu rred to th e L o r d : " N o w sup p o se th a t I , h a v in g m ad e th e w a te r recede a ll ro u n d , should p ace u p a n d d o w n in th e m id d le on d u stco ve red g ro u n d ? " T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g m ad e th e w a te r recede a ll ro u n d , p a c e d up a n d d a w n in th e m id d le on dustco ve red grou n d . T h e n th e m a tte d h air a sce tic U ru v ela k a ssa p a , th in k in g ; ** I h o p e t h a t th e g rea t recluse h a s n o t been ca rrie d a w a y 5 b y th e w a te r ," w e n t to g eth e r w ith a b o a t a n d m a n y m a tte d h a ir a sce tics t o th a t p la ce w h ere th e L o rd w a s sta y in g . T h e m a tte d h a ir a sce tic U ru v e la k a s sa p a sa w th e L o rd w h o , h a v in g m a d e th e w a te r reced e a ll roun d , w a s p a cin g u p an d dow n in th e m id d le on d u st-co v e red gro u n d , a n d seein g h im he sp ok e thus to th e L o r d : I s it in d eed y o u w h o are here, g re a t recluse ? " I t is I , a K a s s a p a , and th e L o rd h a v in g risen u p ab o ve th e g ro u n d , p la ce d h im self in th e b o a t. T h en i t o ccu rred to th e m a tte d h a ir a sc e tic U ru v e la k a ssa p a : f< T r u ly th e g re ? t recluse is o f g rea t p sy ch ic pow er, o f g rea t m ig h t, in th a t also th e w a te r does n o t c a r ry him a w a y ; b u t y e t he is not a per fe c te d one as 1 a m / ' || 16 j| T h en it occu rred to th e L o rd : " N o w , fo r a lo n g tim e it w ill o ccu r to th is foolish m an , ' T r u ly th e g rea t recluse is of
1 C / t U d . 6 fo r p a r a lle l passage* I t w ou ld a p p e a r t h a t ja fiia s p r a c tis e d p u r ifica tio n b y fire a n d w a te r ; c f ce r e m o n ia l b a th in g a t G a y a m e n tio n e d b y K a s s a p a o f G a y 5 , Thag. 345. 1 * *nawddt*tukAi+ V A . 9 7 it ca lls th ese aggibhajdni. * S a m e w o rd , visibbeti, as u s e d in P i c . L .V I j see B*.D, it- 398, n. 3* * saHj&yi, lit* w a s born , w a s p ro d u ced . * C f. sam e exp ression a t V in . iii. 2 13 ii* 4-8)* * E m p h a tic ; ayatn ahw a sm ir
20. 17 - 19 ]
m a h a v a g g a
43
g re a t p sy c h ic power* o f g re a t m i g h t ; b u t y e t he is n o t a p e r fe cted one a s I a m / N o w , su p p o se I sh ou ld d e e p ly s tir 1 th is m a tte d h a ir a sc e tic ? " T h e n th e L o rd sp oke th u s t o th e m a tte d h a ir a sc e tic K a s s a p a o f U ru v e la : cl N eith er are y o u , K a ss a p a , a p e rfe cte d one n or h a v e y o u e n tered on th e w a y to p e rfe ctio n , a n d th a t course is n o t for y o u b y w h ic h y o u eith er co u ld b e a p e rfe cte d one or co u ld h a v e e n tered on th e w a y to p e rfe ctio n . T h e n th e m a tte d h a ir a sce tic K a s s a p a o f U r u v e li, h a v in g in clin ed h is h e a d to th e L o rd 's fe e t, spoke th u s t o th e L o rd ; " L o rd , m a y I re ce iv e th e g o in g fo r th in the L o rd 's presence, m a y I receive o rd in a tio n ? " || 1 7 || I t is y o u , K a s s a p a , w h o are le a d e r, g u id e , h ig h est, ch ief, h ead o f five h u n d red m a tte d h air a s c e t ic s ; do co n su lt th ese so th a t th e y can d o w h a t th e y th in k (rig h t)/ 1 T h e n th e m a tte d h air a sc e tic K a s s a p a o f U r u v e la a p p ro a ch e d th ese m a tte d h a ir a scetics ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h e sp o k e th u s to th ese m a tte d h a ir a sce tics : I w a n t, [32] good sirs,2 to fare th e Brahm a-* iring u n d er th e g r e a t re clu se ; le t th e re v e re d sirs3 do w h a t th ey th in k (rig h t)/ 1 " F o r a lon^f tim e w e, good sir,2 h a v e b e en m u ch p le a se d 4 b y th e g re a t reclu se ; if, re v e re d sir** y o u w ill fare th e B ra h m a fa rin g u n d er th e g re a t reclu se, a ll o f u s w ill fa re th e B ra h m a fa rin g u n d er th e g re a t r e c lu s e ," j| i8 || T h e n these m a tte d h a ir a sce tics, h a v in g le t th e ir h a ir, th e ir braid s, th e ir b u n d les on th e ca rry in g -p o les,* th e ir im p le m e n ts fo r fire-w orship b e c a rrie d a w a y 7 a ll m ix e d up in th e w a te r, a p p ro a ch ed th e L o r d ; h a v in g a p p ro a c h e d , h a v in g in clin ed th e ir head s to th e L o rd 's fe e t, t h e y sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : " L o rd , m a y w e receive th e g o in g fo rth in th e L o rd 's presence, m a y w e receive o rd in a tio n ? "
1 saiftvejeyyaijt. C f th is w o rd , a s u se d a b o v e , w it h o th e r e x a m p le s o i it g iv e n b y A * K , C o o m a r a s w a m y , Satpvega, A esthetic S h o c k * m H .J ^ A rS ., v o l. 7 , no. 3 , F e b -, 1943* * * bhavanio. * I tl t h e setose o f b e lie v in g in b is te a c h in g . bhavaift* * hhatihajAr w h ic h V A - 9 7 s e x p la in s as kh&ri-bh&ra, , K h a r i is a th r e e b u sh e l m easu re, hdja ( ttividka, ufrarfAa) is t h e sh o u ld e r -p o le on w h ic h so m e a s c e tic s a n d w an d erers ca rried th e ir p r o p e r ty , th e ir hh&ri. D A . 269 ca lls hh$ri t h e r e q u is ite s o f a d a s c e tic : k in d lin g w o o d , w a te r p o t F n eed le a n d so on. C f. kh&wi-vividha a t U d 6 5 = i+ 7S, a n d -D+ i, lor* 7 pccvdhttviE. f*av&heti is t o c a u s e t o b e ca rrie d a w a y , a n d h e n c e t o clean se, t o w a sh a w a y (evil). P e r h a p s a d u a l referen ce is in te n d e d here. C f . T hag. 346 ( K a s s a p a o f G a y i ' s verses).
44
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
C om e, m o n k s/' th e L o rd said* w ell ta u g h t is dhammaf fa re th e B rahm a-faring; fo r m a k in g an u tte r end o f i l l , So th is ca m e to be these ven erab le ones' o rd in a tio n , || i g || T h e m a tte d h air a sc e tic K a ss a p a o f th e R iv e r sa w th e hair, th e braid s, th e bun d les on th e ca rry in g-poies* th e im p lem en ts for fire-w orship b ein g carried a w a y a ll m ixed u p in th e w a te r ; seein g th is, it occurred to him : " I hope m y b ro th er is not in d a n g e r/ ' a n d he d isp a tch e d m a tte d h air a scetics s a y in g : " G o a n d find out a b o u t m y b rother/*an d he h im self w ith his th re e hu n d red m a tte d h air a sce tics a p p ro a ch ed th e ven e ra b le K a ss a p a o f U ru v e la ; h a v in g a p p ro ach ed he sp ok e th u s to the ven era b le K a ss a p a o f U ru v e la : " Is th is b e tte r, K a ssa p a ? *J Y e s , frien d , th is is b etter* ||20 | ] T h en these m a tte d h a ir ascetics , . S o th is cam e t o be these ven erab le ones' o rd in a tio n . \ \2i \ \ T h e m a tte d h air a scetic K a s s a p a of G a y a sa w th e hair> th e braids, th e bun d les on th e carryin g-p oles, th e im plem ents for fire-w orship b ein g carried a w a y a ll m ix ed up in th e w a t e r ; seein g th is, it o ccu rred to him : I hope m y b ro th ers are not in d a n g e r," a n d he d isp a tch e d m a tte d h air ascetics, s a y i n g : 11 G o an d find o u t a b o u t m y b roth ers,"' and h e h im self w ith his tw o h un dred m a tte d h air a scetics ap p ro ach ed th e venerable K a ssa p a o f U ru v e la l h a v in g a p p ro ach ed , he sp o k e th u s to th e ven erab le K a ss a p a o f U r u v e la : " I s this b e tte r, K a ssa p a ? Y e s , frien d , th is is b e tte r / ' || 22 | | T h en th ese m a tte d hair ascetics, h a v in g let th e ir h a ir, th e ir braids, th eir bundles on th e carrying-poleSj th eir im plem ents for fire-w orship be ca rrie d a w a y all m ix ed up in th e w ater, a p p ro ach ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g approached* [34] h a v in g in clin ed their h ead s to th e L o rd 's feet, th e y sp ok e th u s to the L o r d ; " L o rd , m a y w e receive th e g o in g fo rth in th e L o rd 's presence, m a y w e receive o rd in a tio n ? " C om e, m on ks/" th e L o rd said, " w ell ta u g h t is dkammtt, fare th e B ra h m a -fa rin g for m a k in g an u tte r end o f i l l / So th is cam e to be these ven e ra b le ones" ordination. ]| 23 [ | T h ro u g h th e L o rd 's p sych ic resolution * five h un dred iirestic k s could n ot be ch o p p ed , (and) were ch op p ed ; fires cou ld n o t be kind led (and) w ere kind led \ co u ld not be extin g u ish ed
1 R e p e a tin g ( J 19 \\ fo r th e fo llo w ers oi K a s s a p a of t h e K iv e r .
20. 24 21-4]
M A H A V A G G A
45
(and} w ere e x tin g u ish e d ; fiv e h u n d re d Jire-vessels w ere created* I n th is w a y th e re c a m e to be three th o u san d five h u n d red m a rvels, J | 24 (| 20 |j T h e n th e L o rd f h a v in g s ta y e d a t U ru v e la fo r as lo n g as he fo u n d su itin g , set o u t on to u r for G a y a H e a d to g eth e r w ith a large O rd er o f m o n k s, w ith a il those sam e th o u san d m on ks w h o had fo rm e rly b e en m a tte d h a ir ascetics. T h e n th e L o rd s ta y e d n e a r G a y a a t G a y a H e a d to g e th e r w ith th e th o u sa n d m on ks. |[ X [| A n d th ere th e L o rd ad dressed th e m o n k s, s a y in g ; " M onks, e v e ry th in g is b u rn in g .1 A n d w h a t, m o n ks, is e v e ry th in g th a t is bu rn in g ? T h e e y e , m o n k s, 15 b u rn in g , m a te ria l sh ap es are b u rn in g, consciousness th ro u g h th e e y e 3 is b u rn in g, im p in g e m e n t on th e e y e 3 is b u rn in g , in o th e r w ord s th e fe e lin g w h ich arises from im p in g em en t on the eye , be it p leasan t o r p a in fu l o r n e ith e r p a in fu l n or p le a sa n t, th a t too is burning. W ith What is it bu rn in g ? I s a y it is b u rn in g w ith th e fire o f passion,* w ith th e fire o f h a tre d , w ith th e fire o f s tu p id ity ; it is b u rn in g because o f b irth , agein g, d y in g , b ecause o f g rie f, sorrow , suffering, la m e n ta tio n a n d d esp air. || 2 I I *r T h e e a r is b u rn in g, sound s are b u rn in g , . - th e nose is b u rn in g, odours are b u rn in g . , . th e to n g u e is bu rn in g, ta ste s are bu rn in g * . . th e b o d y is b u rn in g , ta n g ib le o b je c ts are burning . . . th e m ind is burning* m e n ta l sta te s are bu rning, consciousncss th ro u g h th e m ind* is b u rn in g, im p in g em e n t on th e m ind is burning, in o th e r w o rd s th e feelin g w h ich raises th ro u g h im p in gem en t on th e m in d , be i t p le a sa n t o r p a in fu l o r n e ith e r p a in fu l n or p le a sa n t, th a t to o is bu rn in g. W ith w h a t is it b u rn in g ? I sa y it is b u rn in g w ith th e fire o f passion, w ith th e Jire o f h a tre d , w ith th e fire o f s tu p id ity ; it is burning because o f b irth , a g ein g , d y in g , because of grief, sorrow , suffering, la m e n ta tio n and d espair. || 3 | | " Seein g th is, m o n ks, th e in stru c te d d iscip le o f th e a riy a n s d isregard s th e eye and h e d isreg ard s m a te ria l shapes a n d he
1 Q u o te d a t K t u . 209, * CdiAAAMtrjiiw^-Mrt, ar . c o ^ n i s io ^ t y t h e eye, visioTiO r Seeing, S e e ift t d , P sy ch , E thics, 2nd ed n ., p. 1 6 1 . n. j ; D ia l, iu 340, iii- 230 : an d cf. M . i. i * t f1 cakkhusamphorssa, or im p ressio n on, or c o n ta c t w ith , th e eye, 1 Q u o te d a t 3^. * m an& tinnaK a. i.e . co g n is in g b y t h e m in d , 1 a p p ie tie n d in g J.
46
BO O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
d isreg a rd s consciousness th ro u g h th e e y e a n d h e d isregard s im p in g em en t on th e e y e , in o th e r w o rd s th e feeling* w h ich arises from im p in gem en t on th e eye , b e it p lea sa n t o r p a in fu l o r n eith er pain fu l n o r p le a sa n t, th a t to o he d isregard s. A n d h e d isregard s th e e a r a n d he d isreg ard s sounds, a n d he d isregard s th e nose [34] a n d he d isreg a rd s od ou rs, an d he d isreg ard s th e to n gu e and h e d isregard s ta ste s, a n d he d isreg ard s th e b o d y a n d h e d isregard s ta n g ib le o b je c ts, and he d isregard s th e m in d a n d h e d isregard s m e n ta l s ta te s an d he d isregard s consciousness th ro u g h th e m in d a n d he d isregard s im p in g em e n t on th e m in d , in o th e r w ord s th e feelin g th a t arises from im pin gem en t on th e m in d , be it p le a sa n t o r p a in fu l o r n e ith e r p ain fu l n or pleasant^ th a t to o he d isregard s ; d isreg a rd in g , he is d is p a s s io n a te ; th ro u g h dispassion h e is freed ; in freedom th e kn o w led ge com es to b e, c I am freed a n d he c o m p re h e n d s : D e stro y e d is b irth , liv e d is th e B ra h m a -fa rin g , done is w h a t w a s to be done* th e re is no m ore o f b e in g such o r su ch .1" A n d w h ile th is d iscou rse w a s b ein g u tte re d , th e m in d s o f these th o u sa n d m o n k s w ere freed from th e ca n k e rs w ith o u t graspin g. 1 ! 4 [| T o ld is th e D is q u is itio n 3 on B u rn in g , || 21 } | T o ld is th e T h ir d P o rtio n fo r R e p e a tin g : th e W onder(s) a t U ru v e la . T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g s ta y e d a t G a y a H ead fo r a s lo n g a s h e fo u n d su itin g, set o u t on to u r fo r R a ja g a h a to g e th e r w ith th e large O rd er o f m onks, w ith a ll those sam e th o u san d m onks w h o h a d fo rm e rly b een m a tte d h a ir ascetics. T h en th e L o rd , w a lk in g on to u r, in due co u rse a rriv e d a t R a ja g a h a . T h e L o rd s ta y e d th e re a t R a ja g a h a in th e P a lm G ro v e pleasu re g ro u n d 5 in th e S u p a titth a sh rin e.4 || r f| T h en K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M ag ad h a h eard : " V e rily , th e recluse G o ta m a , th e son o f th e S a k y a n s, w h o h as gone fo rth from th e S a k y a n clan , has reach ed R a ja g a h a a n d is
1 A a a b o v e , p . 21* 1
pariy& ya*
L a t t b i v * n u y y n a ( j|t. p le a sa n c e , p le a su r e g ro u n d or p a rk o l t h e g r o v e o f s p r o u ts (or c a n e s or s tic k s ). V A . 972 e x p la in s b y tdtnyyd* ia , th e p a lm y r a , o r talipot-ps^lm p le a sa n c c. O f. J d . i. 68. S4 ; an<l * VA+ 9 7 2 t a i ls tn is a ro u n d t r e e + S e e E-. J - T h o m a s, L ife 0/ Buddka* p . a jo .
SS.3-41
M A H A V A G G A
47
s ta y in g a t R a ja g a h a in th e P a lm G ro v e p le a su re g ro u n d in th e S u p a titth a sh rin e, A lo v e ly re p u ta tio n h a s g o n e Jorth co n cern in g th e L o rd G o ta m a , t h u s : H e is in d ee d L o rd , p e rfe cte d one, fu lly a w a k e n e d one, e n d o w e d w ith k n o w led g e a n d co n d u c t, w ell-fa rer, k n o w er o f th e w o rld s, u n riv a lle d ch a rio te e r o f m en t o b e ta m e d , tc a c h e r o f dcvas a n d m a n k in d , a w a k e n e d one, Lord* H a v in g re alised th e m b y h is o w n su p er-kn o w led ge, he m a k e s k n o w n th is w o rld w ith its devas, w ith its M aras, w ith its B ra h m a s, c re a tu re s w ith devas an d m en, w ith recluses a n d b ra h m a n s. H e te a ch es dham m a F lo v e ly a t th e b e g in n in g , lo v e ly in th e m id d le , lo v e ly a t th e ending. H e e x p la in s w ith th e s p ir it a n d th e le tte r th e B ra h m a fa rin g co m p le te ly fu lfilled a n d w h o lly p ure. G o o d in d eed it w ere to see p e rfe cte d ones lik e t h is ." || z || T h e n K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M a g a d h a A su rro u n d ed b y tw e lv e m y r ia d 1 b ra h m a n s a n d h o u seh o ld ers2 o f M a g a d h a , ap p ro ach ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g g ree te d th e L o rd , he sa t d o w n a t a re sp ectfu l d is ta n c e . T h e n som e o f th ese tw e lv e m y r ia d [35] b ra h m a n s a n d ho u seh o ld ers o f M ag ad h a h a v in g g re e te d th e L o r d , sa t d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce ; som e e x ch a n g e d g re e tin g s w ith th e L o rd , an d h a v in g e x ch a n g e d g ree tin g s o f frien d lin ess an d c o u rte s y , th e y s a t d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce ; so m e h a v in g sa lu te d th e L o rd w ith join ed palms* sa t dow n a t a re sp e ctfu l d is ta n c e ; som e h a v in g sh o u ted o u t th e ir n am e a n d c la n b efo re th e L o rd , s a t d o w n a t a re sp e cttu l d ista n c e ; so m e h a v in g b ecom e sile n t, s a t dow n a t a re sp e ctfu l d istan ce. \ \ 3 [f T h e n it o ccu rred to th ose tw e lv e m y ria d b ra h m a n s an d ho u seh o ld ers o f M a g a d h a ; " N o w ,3 does th e g re a t recluse fare th e B ra h m a -fa rin g u n d er K a s s a p a o f U ru v ela * or does K a s s a p a o f U ru v e la fa re th e B ra h m a -fa rin g u n d e r th e g rea t recluse ? ,J T h e n th e L o rd , k n o w in g w ith h is m in d th e reaso n in g in th e m in d s o f th o se tw e lv e m y ria d b ra h m a n s an d h ouseh old ers o f M a g a d h a , a d d ressed K a s s a p a o f U ru v e la w ith th e verses :
1 naftuii. O f * 5 , 6 7 7 . E x a c t m e a n in g uoknow ttj, b u t son ic h ig h n u m b er. V A . 72 s a y s u here on e nahuta is te n th o u s a n d ." * brahmanagahapat^ka, n o t " b r a h m a n h o u seh o ld ers a s a t B u r lin g a m e , B u d , Lffgends i. 1 9 7 , b u t as a t F itt. T e x ts i, 1 3 7 (w h ere See n.) a n d a b o v e . F o r see d e fin itio n o f h o u seh o ld er J* a t K itt. ill. 322, s e ttin g 'aside t i n g * * - a n d brahma.ti, h e w h o rem a in s is c a lle d 1 h o u s e h o ld e r '." * C f. J d . v L 220 ; T o e n d o f secon d v e r s o q u o ted a t D u d v A . 20.
4 8
B O OK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
W h a t h a s t th o u seen, O d w eller in U m v e la , T h a t th o u , kn o w n a s e m a cia te 1, h ast aban d on ed (sacred) fixe ? I a s k th ee a b o u t th is m a tte r, K a ss a p a : H a st th o u a b a n d o n e d t h y fire-im piem ents ? " ,r T h e sacrifices sp ea k o f form s and sounds, A ls o o f tastes, pleasures a n d women* K n o w in g th a t J T h is is d r o s s ' a m o n g affections T h erefo re I d elig h ted n o t in sacrifice, in o ffe rin g / '
th e
|]4 |j
a 4 B u t if y o u r m ind d elig h ts n o t th ere, K a s s a p a / ' th e L o rd said, ** A m o n g form s, sound s an d also ta ste s, T h en in th e w o rld o f devas an d m en w h a t does y o u r m ind d e lig h t in ? K a s s a p a , te ll m e t h a t / ' *r W h en I h a d seen th e p a th , p ea cefu l, w ith o u t substrate*, Stain less*, n o t a tta c h e d to sen satio n s' becom in g, N o t b eco m in g o th e rw ise 5, w h ere one can n o t b e le d b y o th e rs6 * In consequence, I d e lig h te d n o t in sacrifice, in o ffe rin g ." |J 5 | J T h e n th e ve n e ra b le K a s s a p a o f U ru v e la , risin g from his se a t, h a v in g arran ged his u p p er robe o ver one sh oulder, h a v in g in clin ed h is h ead to w a rd s th e L o rd 's feet, sp oke th u s t o th e L o rd : " L o rd , th e L o rd is m y te a ch er, I am a d is c ip le 7 ; L o rd , th e L ord is m y te a ch er, I am a d is c ip le / ' T h en it occurred to those tw e lv e m y ria d b rah m an s and househ old ers o f M a g a d h a : K a ss a p a o f U ru v e la fa res th e B ra h m a -fa rin g under th e g re a t re c lu s e / r |j 6 |j T h en th e L o rd , kn o w in g b y m in d th e reaso n in g in th e m inds o f these tw e lv e m y ria d brahm ans a n d h o u seh o ld ers o f M agad ha,
* Misako vaddnQ ; see n o te V*n. T exts irt. t. * rupa ea sadde ca atho rasa * cf. 97+* 1 onupadklka, i.e. w ith o u t s u b s tr a te for or a tta c h m e n t t o reb irth . * {iftt'rifrxnam aj.atf.riwi> also a t S n * 17 6 , 1059* i o g i . Akican.a c a n also m e a n " h i v i n g n o th in g " , " c a llin g n o th in g one's o w n ' F , se e V in , T exts i. *39, n. L V A * 9 73 s a y s o It t h a t i t m eans w ith o u t t h e s ta in o f
passion.
1 anatiriathdbhdviili, i.e. th e m is no b eco m in g (for th e p a th ) a s t o birth, d e cr e p itu d e , d y in g [according to . 973}, C f- 5 + iiu 2 2 5 . iv * 23, 6. * tktneyydm.. V A . 973 s a y s th a t one should oneself, b y m a k in g th e W a y b ec o m e, co m e t o t h e p a t h a n d should n o t b e b ro u g h t t o it b y a n y o n e else. C /, 5 . 35, 3113* 3^41 J& . vi* 2 10 , B u d v A . 2O1
22.8-n]
M A H A V A G G A
49
[36] ta lk e d a progressive t a lk . . . sto p p in g, th e W a y ,1 ]| 7 { ] A n d as a clean clo th w ith o u t b la c k sp ecks w ill e a s ily ta k e a d y e , even so a s th e tw e lv e m y ria d b rah m an s a n d house hold ers o f M ag ad h a w ith B im b isa ra a t th e ir h ead w ere (sitting) in th ose v e r y se a ts, dham m a-v ision , d u stiess, stain less, arose to th e m , th a t fl W h a te v e r is o f th e n a tu re to u p rise, all t h a t is o f th e n a tu re to s to p / 3 a n d one m y ria d d e cla re d th e m selv e s to b e la y-fo llo w ers. | | 8 |j T h e n K in g B im b isa ra o f M a g a d h a , h a v in g seen dkam m a , a tta in e d dhammcty know n dhamitta, p lu n g ed in to dhaftottta, h a v in g crossed o ver d o u b t, p u t a w a y u n c e rta in ty , h a v in g a tta in e d w ith o u t a n o th e r's h e lp to fu ll confidence in th e tea ch er's in stru ctio n , sp ok e th u s to th e L o r d : " F o r m e r ly , L o rd , w hen I w a s a yo u n g m an I h a d five a m b itio n s,2 T h e se are now realised 3 b y m e. F o rm e rly , L o rd , w h e n I w a s a y o u n g m an it o ccu rred to m e : * M igh t I b e a n o in ted in to k in g sh ip .' T h is w a s m y first a m b itio n . L o rd , I t h a s now been realised b y m e. A n d 1 M igh t th e p erfected one, th e fu lly a w ak en ed one com e into m y re a lm / T h is , L o rd , w a s m y second am bition , I t has n ow been realised b y me- |] g || " T h a t I m ig h t p a y h o m age to th is L o r d .1 T h is, L o rd , w a s m y th ird am b itio n . I t h a s n o w been realised b y me* A n d 1 M a y th a t L o rd tea ch m e dham m a/ T h is, L o rd , w as m y fo u rth a m b itio n . I t h a s now been realised b y m e. A n d 1 M ight I u n d erstan d th a t L o rd 's d k a m m a T h is, L o rd j w a s m y fifth am bition* It has n o w been realised b y me* F o rm eriyj L o rd , w h en I w as a yo u n g m an I h a d these five am bition s. T h e y are now realised b y m e + j| 10 | | " E x c e lle n t, L o rd 1 E x c e lle n t, L o rd L E v e n , L o rd , as one m igh t se t u p rig h t w h a t has been u p se t4 * . , e ve n so is dkamma e x p la in ed in m a n y a figu re b y th e L o rd . So I, L o rd , go to th e L o r d 5 as refu ge a n d to dkamma an d to th e O rd er o f m onks. L o rd , m a y th e L o r d a c ce p t m e as a la y-d iscip le gone for refuge from th is d a y fo rth for as lo n g a s life la sts. A n d , L o rd , m a y th e L o rd consent [37] to a m e a l w ith m e to -m o rro w to g e th e r w ith th e O rd er o f m o n k s . T h e L o rd con sen ted b y becom ing silent. || 11 | |
1 A s ab o ve , I, 7 . 5-6. * samiddha, w e ll effected .
* assdsaka.
* A s a b o v e , I. 7 . i o T
B O OK
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
T h e n K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o l M ag ad h a, h a v in g u n d ersto o d th e L o rd 's consent, risin g fro m h is se a t, h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , d e p a rted k eep in g his rig h t side to w a rd s h im . T h e n K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M a g a d h a , h a v in g h a d su m p tu o u s fo o d , solid a n d so ft, p rep ared , a t th e end o f th a t n igh t h ad th e tim e an n ou n ced to th e Lord* sa y in g : ** L o rd , it tim e, th e m eal is r e a d y / ' T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g dressed in th e m o rn in g, ta k in g h is b o w l a n d robe, e n te red R a ja g a h a to g eth e r w ith th e la rg e O rd er o f m o n ks, w ith a ll those sam e th o u san d m o n ks w h o h a d fo rm e rly been m a tte d -h a ir ascetics, j| r2 || N o w a t th a t tim e S a k k a , lo rd o f th e devas, h a v in g assum ed th e form o l a b rah m an y o u th , w a lk e d in fro n t o f th e O rder o f m o n ks w ith th e L o rd a t its h ead , sin g in g th ese verses : " T h e ta m e d w ith th e ta m ed , w ith th e form er m a tte d -h a ir ascetics, th e w ell fre e d 1 w ith th e w ell freed* T h e L o rd , b e a u tifu lly . colou red lik e a go ld en ornam ent,* en tered R a ja g a h a . T h e freed 1 w ith th e freed , w ith th e form er m a tte d -h a ir ascetics, th e w ell freed w ith th e w ell freed, T h e L o rd . - , . T h e crossed o ver w ith th e crossed over, w ith th e form er m a tte d -h a ir ascetics, th e w e ll freed w ith th e w ell freed , T h e L o rd * . * H e o f th e ten s t a t e s / o f th e te n pow ers, * versed in the ten th in g s ,0 a n d fu rn ish ed w ith th e te n ,7 H e, th e Lord* su rroun d ed b y ten h u n d red , en tered Rajagaha. |[ 13 H P e o p le h a v in g seen S a k k a , lo rd o f th e *Uva$t sp o k e th u s : In d eed th is b ra h m a n y o u th is lo v e ly , in d eed th is brah m an y o u th is good to lo o k upon , in d eed this b rah m an y o u th is
1 vippcMtvtta.
* s i-n g in ik k h a sw a -p p a . ta lity .
4 mutta.
Cf* S , ii. 234.
G o ld is th e c o lo u r fa r im m or
* dasavasa. T e n ariyu-vasa g iv e n -at D . iii, 269, A . v . 29. * dasabata b e c a m e an e p ith e t o f t h is a n d th e p r e v io u s B u d d h a s . * A c c o r d in g t o V A . 9 7 3 t h e te n p a th s o f a c tio n . + A c c o r d in g t o V A . 9 73 t h e ten fa c to r s of an a d e p t, aftgehi wpeto, C f. th e a d e p t 's t e n q u alities, dhatnm&, a t A * v . 222, a n d h is te n p ow er a* fro/afti, a t .Pis, ii- 1 7 3 : b o t h co n sist o f th e e ig h t " fitn e s s e s '- o f th e e i g h t fo ld W a y w ith t h e a d d itio n o f f ig h t k n o w le d g e a n d r ig h t freed om .
* Q u o te d a t / 3 . i. S4.
33.14- i S]
M A H A V A G G A
51
charm ing* W h ose, n ow , is th is b ra h m a n y o u th ? W h en th e y h a d sp ok en th u s , S a k k a , lo r d o f th e deva $9 ad dressed th ese people w ith a v erse 1 " H e w h o is s te a d fa st, ta m e d in e v e r y w a y , aw a k e n e d , p eerless a m o n g m en, P e rfecte d , w ell-fa rer, I am h is a tte n d a n t in th e w o rld / -1 II *4 II T h e n th e L o rd a p p ro a c h e d th e d w e llin g o f K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M ag ad h a ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d he sa t d o w n on th e a p p o in te d seat to g e th e r w ith th e O rd er o f m onks. T h en K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M a g a d h a , w ith h is ow n han d h a v in g offered, h a v in g satisfied th e O rd er o f m onk? w ith th e a w a k e n e d one a t its h ea d w ith su m p tu o u s food , solid and soft, w hen th e L o rd h ad e aten a n d h a d w ith d ra w n h is h ajid from th e b o w l, sa t dow n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n c e , | | 13 | | [3S] A s he w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n c e it occu rred to K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M agad h a : " N o w , w h ere cou ld th e L o rd s ta y th a t w o u ld b e n e ith e r to o fa r from a v illa g e nor to o near, su ita b le for co m in g and go in g , accessible for p eople w h e n ev er th e y w a n t 2, n o t c ro w d e d b y d a y , h a v in g little noise a t n igh t, little sound, w ith o u t fo lk 's b re a th , h a u n ts o f p r iv a c y , su ita b le for seclusion ? | ] 16 j| T h e n it o ccu rred to K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M a g a d h a : " N o w , th is B a m b o o G ro ve o f ours, a pleasure p a r k ,1 is n e ith e r too fa r from a villa g e . - - su ita b le for seclusion* Sup p o se I w ere to g iv e th e B a m b o o G ro ve , a pleasu re p a rk , to the O rd er o f th e m o n k s w ith th e a w a k e n e d one a t its head ? J' It *7 !1 T h en K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M ag ad h a, h a v in g ta k e n a cerem on ial vessel m ade o f gold , d ed ica ted it to th e L o rd , sa y in g : M a y I, L o rd , g iv e th is B a m b o o G ro v e , a p leasure p a rk , to th e O rd er o f m onks w ith th e a w a k e n e d one a t its h e a d ? " T h e L o rd a cce p te d th e p a r k .4 T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g g la d d en e d , rejoiced , roused , d e lig h te d K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M agad h a w ith t a lk on dkam m aw h a v in g risen
1 i. 84. * atthikanafii-atthibaiiam j e x p la in e d a t V A * 974 as a w a k e n e d one a n d h e a tin g dhamma* * T h is is sto c k , Vitt. ii, 15 s , >- iii- 38, AT- ii. i i S , iii 13* * ; see d efin itio n a t V in . iv- 29S., {B .D . iii. 335). g o in g up to th e
iv . 88^ F&A. 334.
53
BO O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
from h is se a t, d e p a rted . T h en th e L o rd , on th is occasion, h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , addressed th e m on ks, s a y i n g ; " M onks, I a llo w a p a r k .1" || 18 j] 32 j[ A t th a t tim e th e w an d erer S a n ja y a * w as resid in g in R a ja g a h a to g eth er w ith a g rea t c o m p a n y of w an d erers, w ith tw o h un dred and fifty w anderers. N o w a t th a t tim e S a rip u tta an d M o ggallan a fa re d the B ra h m a -fa rin g und er th e w and erer Sanjaya* and a n agreem en t cam e to be form ed b y th ese : " W h o ever a tta in s th e d eath less first, le t h im a n n o u n ce i t ." || i |j T h e n th e ven erab le A ssaji*3 h a v in g dressed in th e m orn in g, ta k in g his b o w l an d robe, en tered R a ja g a h a for alm sfood. H e w a s pleasing w h eth er he w as ap p ro ach in g or d ep artin g, w h eth er he w as lo o kin g in fron t or lo o kin g behind, w h eth er he w as d raw in g in or stre tc h in g o u t (his arm ), his eyes were ca st dow n, he w a s possessed o f p le a sa n t b e h a iv o u r.4 T he w an d erer S a rip u tta sa w th e ven erable A s sa ji w a lk in g fo r alm sfood in R a ja g a h a p lea sin g w h eth er he w as a p p ro ach in g . . * possessed o f p lea sa n t b e h a v io u r and seeing h im , it occurred to h im : T h is is one of th o se m o n k s w h o are in d eed perfected ones, in th e w o rld or w h o h a v e en tered on th e w a y to perfection . W h a t [39J now if I, h a v in g ap p ro ach ed this m o n k , sh ou ld ask him : * O n a cco u n t of w h om are y o u , y o u r reverence, gone fo rth , or w h o is y o u r teach er, or w hose dkam m a d o y o u profess >?&,> 1 |2 H T h en it occurred to the w anderer S a rip u tta : " B u t it is n o t th e righ t tim e to question this m onk, he h a s gone in am o n g th e houses, he is w a lk in g for alm sfood* W h a t n o w if I should fo llo w close a fte r th is m o n k w h o h a s le a m t a w a y fo r th ose w h o need i t 6 ? T h e n th e ven erable A ssa ji, h a v in g w a lk e d
1 Arama* a park, and then a m onastery. 1 iL p . io o o id en tifies him w ith Saiij& ya~ B ela.tth ]pu tta, o n * o l th e sbc fa m o u s h e r e tic a l te a c h e rs oi G o ta m a 's d a y s , p o d w h ose d o ctrin es are g iv e n A t D , i- 58. S e e also Airs. R h y s D a v id s , SoAyd. p. *23* 1 T h is A s s a ji w as o n e o f " th e g ro u p o f f i v e " frien d s t o w h om G o ta tn a add ressed hLs first a n d secon d U tte r a n ce s . See Mrs. R h y s D a v id s , Sakyat p. 123 if* fo r v ie w t h a t th e IJ s u b je c t oi ca u sa tio n . + is d u e d ir e c tly to A s s a ji/ * an d her G qIhhui the jl fa n , p . 76 i . t 108, 242, Afattuai, p 2 15 , * S to c k . C f. e.p. M . iLi, 35, go, D . i. 79, A . ii. 104, 106, a i o # V ift. iii. 180. 1 C f - a b o v e I. 6 7, + * atthiftehi upa&fiatarn tnaggiiiyt. V A . 975 s a y s th is m eans e ith e r a w a y th a t is k n o w n an d p ractised ; 01 > there w ill be deathlessness for u s w ho need a t; a n d th u s wpanrtaUf m ean s n irva n a , and $0 th e m ea n in g here is : tra c k in g (or w a y fa r in g after,, maggtinio)a seekin g this*
23 3-5]
M A H A V A G G A
53
for alm sfao d in R a ja g a h a , ta k in g his alm sb o w l, retu rn ed . T h en th e w an d erer S a rip u tta a p p ro a ch e d th e v e n e ra b le A s s a j i ; h a v in g a p p ro ach ed , he e x ch a n g e d g reetin g s w ith th e ven erab le A s s a j i ; h a v in g e x ch a n g e d co u rteo u s a n d frie n d ly greetin gs, he stood a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n ce. A s h e w a s sta n d in g a,t a re sp ectfu l d istan ce, th e w a n d erer S a rip u tta sp oke th u s to th e ven erab le A s s a j i : " Y o u r reve ren ce , y o u r fa c u ltie s are quite pure, y o u r co m p le x io n v e r y b rig h t, v e r y clear. O n a cco u n t o f w hom , y o u r reveren ce, h a v e y o u gon e fo rth , or w h o is y o u r tea ch er, o r w h ose dhamma d o y o u p ro fess1 ? " 11 3 Ii . " T h ere is, frien d , a g re a t recluse, a son o f th e S a k y a n s , gon e fo rth from a S a k y a n fa m ily . I h a v e g o n e fo rth on a cco u n t o f th is L o rd a n d th is L o rd is m y te a ch er a n d I profess th is L o rd 's dhamma " B u t w h a t is th e d octrin e o f y o u r re v e ren ce 's tea ch er, w h a t does he po in t o u t ? " t4 N o w , I, frien d , am new ,* n o t lo n g gone fo rth , fresh to th is dhamma a n d d iscip lin e. I a m n ot a b le to te a ch y o u dhamma in fu ll, b u t I can te ll y o u its purport* b r ie fly / ' T h en th e w an d erer S a rip u tta sp o k e th u s t o th e v e n e ra b le A s s a ji : 11 So b e it, y o u r reveren ce, te ll m e little or te ll m e m uch, (but) in a n y case e x p la in to m e its p u rp o rt ; I w a n t ju s t its p u rp o rt. W h y sh o u ld y o u m a k e a g re a t elab o ratio n * ? II 4 I E ^ ^ ^ T h en th e ven era b le A s s a ji u tte re d th is terse expression* o f dhamma to th e w a n d e re r S a r i p u t t a ;
1 A s a t M V , I, 6, 7* * nova* I f o ccu rrin g w ith bhikkhu m ea n s a r e c e n tly o rd a in ed m o n k . B u t n o t so co m b in ed here. I t ca n also- m ean y o u n g , b u t o th e r e v id e n c e is la c k in g t o sh o w t h a t A s s a ji, t h e la s t o i th e g ro u p o f five t o a t t a in dham nm visio n (I* 6. 36 ab o ve) w as y o u n g i n y e a r s. H e w as h o w e v e r y o u n g in sta n d in g as a fo llo w er oi G o ta m a * n e w ly ord ain ed . 1 attha. T h is w h o le p assag e is co n tro v ersia l. M rs. R h y s X>avi<3s ta k e s olth& here a s th e w ell, th e g o o d / 1 Sahya, p . 134 i. ; C o o m a r a a w a m y . S o m e 1*011 W o rd s H . J . A *S.F v o t 4 ^ u p. ^ J u ly i^ 39- P< * 7 * f. a s " p u r p o r t " . O n th e w h o le I a m in clin ed t o ag ree w it h h is in te r p r e ta tio n o f th e p a s s a g e . S ee a ls o E * J . T h o m a s, L-ife o f B u d d h a , *tct> p* 93 1, * vya-Hjanti+ S ec C 00raara sw a m y * op, cit.9 p . 1 7 1 ff. E . J. T h o m a s, I~ife o f B u d d ha as L#g$nd and H i story , p , 94, n. i , s a y s t h a t t h is is & ve r s e Jf in &ry m e tr e . . . even i f n o w co r r u p te d , a n d h e p r in ts i t as v e rse as d oes N o rm an a t . 1. 92.
* p a riy& ya , fo rm u la , p a ra p h ra se , tircp m lo cT itio n , see C o o m a ra sw a m y , op* c it *j p* 1 7 2 , n* 1* P e rh a p s '* e p ito m e C f . A . iv . 6 3, w h e re dh a tn m a p a r iy a y a a lso a p p e a rs to r e fe r t o ve rse s.
54
BO O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
T h o se th in g s w h ich p ro ceed fro m a ca u se, o f th ese th e T ru th -fin d er h a s to ld th e cau se, A n d th a t w h ich is th e ir sto p p in g th e g re a t recluse h as such a d o c trin e / '1 W h en th e w a n d erer S a r ip u tta h a d h eard this terse expression o f dkofnma, th ere arose dh&mma-Yisiont dustless, stainless, th a t W h a te v e r is o f th e n a tu re to uprise a ll th a t is o f th e nature to s to p / ' H e said : I f th is is in d eed dkamma , y o u have p e n e tra te d as fa r as th e sorrow less p a th , u n seen > n eglected for m a n y m y ria d s o f aeons."2 || 5 |f T h e n th e w a n d erer S a r ip u tta a p p ro ach ed th e w an d erer M oggallana- T h e n th e w a n d erer M o g g a lla n a saw th e w an d erer S a r ip u tta com in g in th e d ista n ce, a n d seeing {40] th e w a n d erer S a rip u tta , he sp o k e t h u s : f| F rie n d , y o u r fa cu lties are qu ite p u re, y o u r co m p lexion v e r y b rig h t, v e r y cle a n C an i t be th a t y o u , friend , h a v e a tta in e d th e d eath less ? " Y e s , frien d , I h a v e a tta in e d th e d e a th le ss." B u t how d id y o u , frien d , a tta in th e d eath less ? || 6 || " N o w , I, friend, saw th e ven era b le A s s a ji w a lk in g fo r a lm sfoo d in R a ja g a h a pleasing1 w h eth er he w a s a p p ro ach in g or d ep a rtin g P * * (as at L 23. 2} . . . [ |7 [ | *f T h en , friend , it o ccu rred to m e : r B u t it is n o t th e rig h t tim e to question this m o n k . . . at I* 23* 3, 4) . . . j| 8, 9 \ \ i f T h e n , frien d , th e ven era b le A ssa ji u tte re d th is terse expression o f dhamma : * T h o se th in g s w h ich p ro ceed from a cause, o f th ese th e T ru th fin d er h a s to ld th e cau se, A n d th a t w h ich is th e ir sto p p in g th e g re a t recluse h as such a d o ctrin e / W h en th e w an d erer expression o f dhamma II10 II 23 |[ M o ggallan a h a d h ea rd this terse [41] . . - (as at I* 23* 5) * . -
1 R efe rred t o a t J d , i. 85. 1 = Ap+ i. ver* 149 . S e e MrSr R h y s D a v id s , Sakya, p . 1 3 5 . VA* 976 ta k e s th e p h ra se t o m ean M t h is sorrowleas p a th , u nseen b y u s for m a n y m y r ia d s o f 220ns is n e glected M (or p assed b y , abbhaiitam). O r, ta k in g R&bh&tiiatn t o to ea a " in th e past., w h a t is p assed a n d o ver th is p a ssa g e co u ld b e tra n s la te d : M unseen b y u s for m a n y m y r ia d s -of x o n s in t lic p a s t/*
24.1-3]
m a h
v a g g a
55
T h en th e w a n d erer M o g g a lla n a sp o k e th u s to th e w a n d e re r S a rip u tta : L e t us g o , frien d , to th e L o rd , (for) th is L o rd is th e te a ch er for u s ." , F rie n d , th ese tw o h u n d red an d f i f t y w an d erers are s ta y in g here b ecause o f us, lo o k in g to u s ; d o le t us co n su lt th e m so th a t t h e y m a y d o w h a t t h e y th in k (ligh t)* T h e n S a r ip u tta and M oggallan a a p p ro a ch e d th e se w a n d erers ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , t h e y sp o k e th u s t o these w a n d e re rs : 1 4 W e are go in g, frien d s, to th e Lord* (for) th is L o rd is th e tea ch er fo r u s ." ** W e , v e n e ra b le ones,' are s ta y in g h ere b ecau se o f y o u , lo o kin g to y o u . I f th e v e n e ra b le ones w ill fare th e B ra h m a fa rin g under th e g re a t recluse a ll o f u s w ill fare th e B ra h m a -fa rin g under th e g rea t recluse.*? \ \ i ]| T h e n S a r ip u tta and M o g g a lla n a a p p ro a ch e d th e w a n d e re r S a n ja y a ; h a v in g a p p ro ach ed th e y sp o k e th u s to th e w an d erer S a n j a y a : S ir, w e a re g o in g to th e L o r d , (for) th is L o rd is th e te a ch e r for u s ." M N o , friends, do n o t go ; w e th re e w ill one a n d a ll look a fte r th is g ro u p / ' A n d a second tim e * , . A n d a th ir d tim e , . -f _ * . w ill lo o k a fte r th is g ro u p ." |[ 2 || T h en S a r ip u tta and M o g g a lla n a , ta k in g th o se tw o h u n d red a n d fifty w an d erers, a p p ro a ch ed th e B a m b o o G ro v e ; b u t on th a t self-sam e sp o t h o t b lo o d issued from th e m o u th o f S a n ja y a th e w an d erer.1 T h e L ord sa w S a r ip u tta an d M o g g a lla n a com in g in th e d istan ce ; seein g th em , he ad dressed th e m o n k s s a y i n g : " M onks, th ese tw o frien d s, I to lita an d U p a tis s a ,2 are co m in g. T h is p a ir o f d iscip les w ill be m y ch ief, m y em in en t p air,* " W h en , in th e d eep sp here o f know ledge* th e y h ad a tta in e d th e m a tch less freed om in w h ich th e re is d e stru ctio n o f a tta ch m e n ts,* th en th e te a c h e r e x p la in e d a b o u t th e m in th e B a m b o o G ro v e : " T h e se tw o frien d s, K o lit a a n d U p a tissa , a re com in g. T h is p a ir o f d iscip les w ill b e m y ch ief, m y e m in en t p a ir*" \\3 \ \
1 S ee V in . T exts i. 149 , n_ 1. * M o g g a ilS n a w as n am ed K o lita , p r o b a b ly a fte r h is v illa g e , w h ere h e w a s b o rn ; U p a tis s a w a s S & ripu tta/s n a m e , as h e isre co rd e d t o s a y a t M+ L 150. b u t ray fe llo w B rahm a-fa.rers k n o w m e as S i r i p u t t a '* a n a m e d erived fr o m h ij m o th er's, Riipas&rf. * Qn a te d a t D h A . L 93.
* See V in Texts i. 149, nH 3* for n o te on 4 4 extraordinary gram m atical construction oi this passage.
56
BO O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
T h e n S sirip u tta an d M o ggallan a ap p ro a ch ed th e L o r d ; [42] h a v in g a p p ro ach ed , h a v in g in clin ed th e ir heads to th e L o rd 's fe e t, th e y sp ok e th u s to th e L o r d : 4i L o rd , m a y w e re ce ive th e g o in g fo rth in th e L o rd 's p resen ce, m a y w e receive o rd in a tio n ? '* " Come,, m o n k s ," th e L o rd said , w ell ta u g h t is dhamma , fa re th e B ra h m a -fa rin g fo r m a k in g an u tte r end o f ill. So this w a s th ese ven era b le o n es o rd in a tio n . \ \ 4 || N o w a t th a t tim e v e r y d istin g u ish ed y o u n g m en belongin g to re sp e cta b le fam ilies o f M agad h a w ere fa rin g th e B ra h m a fa rin g u n d er th e L o rd . P e o p le lo o k e d d o w n upon, criticise d , sp rea d it a b o u t, sa y in g : T h e recluse G o ta m a g e ts a lo n g b y m a k in g (us) ch ild less, th e recluse G o ta m a g e ts a lo n g b y m a k in g {us} w id o w s, th e recluse G o ta m a g e ts alo n g b y break in g u p fam ilies. A th o u san d m a tte d h a ir a scetics h a v e now been a llo w ed to go fo rth b y h im , and th ese tw o h u n d red a n d fifty w an d erers o f S a n ja y a h a v e b een a llo w e d to go fo rth , and these v e r y d istin g u ish ed y o u n g m en b e lo n g in g to resp ectab le fam ilies o f M a g a d h a are fa rin g th e B ra h m a -fa rin g u n d er th e recluse G o ta m a / ' M o reo ver, h a v in g seen th e m onks, th e y rep ro ved th e m in th is verse : f< T h e g re a t recluse h a s com e to G irib b a ja 1 o f th e M agadhese L e a d in g a ll S a flja y a 's (follow ers). W h o w ill now b e led b y h im ? \ \$ U M onks h ea rd th ese w h o * . * sp read i t a b o u t. T h en these m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord- H e s a id : M onks, th is noise wlII n o t la st for long, it w ill la st o n ly fo r seven d a ys, a fte r seven d a y s it w ill cease* T h erefo re, m onks, if t h e y re p ro ve y o u in th is verse : ' T h e g re a t recluse h a s com e to G ir ib b a ja o f th e M agadhese L e a d in g a ll S a n ja y a s (follow ers). W h o w ill now b e led b y him ? * y o u shouJd re p ro v e th em in re p ly in th is verse : f V e r ily g re a t heroes, T ru th fin d ers, lead b y w h a t is tru e dkamma. W h o w o u ld be jea io u s o f th e w ise, le a d in g b y dkamma ? * " I! fi I I
3 A n am e fo r R S ja g a h a , cf. S*t. 408, L it e r a lly " c o w -p e n s a y s G iribb aja. w as a. to w n in th e c o u n tr y o f t h e M agad h esc, V A . 9 76
24-7 25*a]
M A H A V A G G A
57
N o w a t th a t tim e th e p eo p le, h a v in g seen th e m o n k s, re p ro v e d th e m in th is v e rse : " T h e g rea t recluse h a s com e to G ir ib b a ja o f th e M agad h ese L e a d in g all S a n ja y a *s (followers)* W h o w ill n ow b e led b y h im ? Ji T h e m o n k s re p ro v e d these p eo p le in re p ly in th is v e rse : " V e r ily g re a t heroes, T ru th fin d e rs, lead b y w h a t is tru e dhamma* W h o w o u ld b e je a lo u s o f th e wise* le a d in g b y dhamma ? fJ [43] W ith the p eo p le s a y i n g ; I t is said t h a t th e reclu ses, sons of th e S a k y a n s , le a d b y dham m a, n o t b y w h a t is nG t-dham m a/r th a t noise la ste d e x a c tly seven d a y s, a fte r seven d a y s it ceased- |[ 7 H T o ld is th e G o in g F o r th o f S a r ip u tta and M o g g a lla n a . T o ld is th e F o u rth P o rtio n for R ep eatin g* N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks, b e in g w ith o u t p re cep to rs, n o t bein g e x h o rte d , n o t b ein g in stru cte d , w a lk e d fo r a lm sfo o d w ro n g ly dressed, w r o n g ly c lo th e d , n o t b e fittin g ly a ttir e d ,1 W h ile people w e re e a tin g , th e y h e ld th e ir a lm sb ow ls close a b o v e th e s o ft food for th e r e m a i n s a n d th e y h e ld th e ir ahnsbowJs close a b o v e th e solid food fo r th e rem ain s, an d th e y h e ld th e ir a lm sb ow ls close a b o v e th e s a v o u r y fo o d fo r th e rem ains, and th e y h eld th e ir a lm sb o w ls close ab o ve th e b e v e ra g e s3 for th e rem ain s, an d h a v in g th e m selv e s a sk e d fo r c u rry and bo iled r ic e / th e y a te it, a n d th e y rem ain ed in th e re fe c to ry m a k in g a lo u d noise, a g re a t n o ise .6 || r || P eop le . . _ sp rea d i t a b o u t, s a y i n g : * * H o w can these recluses, sons of th e S a k y a n s, w a lk for alm sfoo d , w ro n g ly dressed, wTong]y clo th ed , r o t b e fittin g ly a ttir e d ? W h ile people are eating* th e y h o ld th e ir a lm sb o w ls close a b o v e th e
1 S e e S e k h iy a s 1-4 , 23, 24, a n d Zf.-D. iL 36 9 for references* I t h in k i t is m ea n t t h a t th e y w ere n o t w earin g th e ir robes in th e re g u la tio n w a y s. a ultiftbar-pitttii, KjJ. 977* a s n oted in Vivt* Texts i. [52, g iv e s tw o e x p la n a tio n s o f th is phrase, t h e o n e c o n n e c tin g i t w it h ucchittha* le f t o v e r , r e je c te d ; th e o th er w itb utthakati,, t o rise, * C f. V in . iii. 7^ (B . D . u 124) /or th e s e fo u r item s* 4 -otitittA, one o i t h e liv e soft fo o d s ( Viit. iv . S 3 ) . * C f. Sctc.hiyas 1 1 - 1 4 .
|[ 24? \ \
53
B O OK
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
soft food . , . a n d t h e y rem ain in the re fecto ry m a k in g a lo u d no ise, a g rea t noise, lik e brah m an s a t th e m eal-tim e o f b ra h m a n s / ' \\&]\ M onks h eard these p e o p le w h o * . - sp rea d i t a b o u t. T h o se w h o w ere m o d est m o n k s, contented* con scien tio u s, scrupulous, d esirous o f tra in in g . - , sp rea d it a b o u t, s a y in g : H o w can these m o n k s w a lk for a lm sfoo d w ro n g ly dressed , . - a n d rem ain in th e r e fc c to ry m a k in g a lo u d noise, a g rea t noise ? " |] 3 |j T h e n th ese m o n k s to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord* T h e n the L o rd , on th is occasion, in this con n ectio n , h a v in g h a d th e O rder o f m o n k s co n ven ed , q u estio n ed th e m o n ks, s a y i n g : " Is it tru e, a s is sa id , m o n k s, th a t m o n ks w a lk fo r alm sfood w ro n g ly d ressed * . * [44] . . * a n d rem a in in th e re fe c to ry m a k in g a great n oise, a lo u d noise ? " I t is tru e , L o r d / J || 4 || T h e a w a k e n e d one, t h e L o rd reb u ked th e m , sa y in g : " I t is n o t fittin g , m o n ks, in these foolish m en, i t is n ot becom in g, i t is n o t pro p er, it is u n w o rth y o f a recluse, it is not allo w ab le, it is n o t to be done. H o w , m onks, can these foolish m en w a lk for a lm sfo o d , * a n d rem ain in th e re fe c to ry m a k in g a lo u d noise, a g rea t noise ? It is n ot, m o n ks, fo r p leasin g those w h o are n o t (yet) pleased, nor for in creasin g (the num ber of) th o se w h o are pleased , but i t is, m onks, fo r d ispleasing those w h o a re n o t (yet) pleased a s w ell as those w h o are pleased, a n d for cau sin g w a v e rin g in so m e / ' ]] 5 ]| T h e n th e L o r d ,1 h a v in g re b u k ed th ese m o n ks, h a v in g in m a n y a figu re spoken in d ispraise o f d ifficu lty in su p p o rtin g a n d m a in ta in in g oneself, o f g re a t desires, o f la c k o f co n te n tm e n t, o f clin g in g (to th e o b stru ctio n s), o f indolence ; h a v in g in m a n y a figure spoken in p raise o f ease in su p p o rtin g a n d m a in ta in in g oneself, o f d esirin g little , o f co n ten tm en t, o f e x p u n g in g (evil), o f p u n ctilio u sn ess, o f g racio u sn css, o f d ecreasin g (the o b stru c tions), o f p u ttin g fo rth e n e rg y , h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk on w h a t is fittin g , on w h a t is becom in g, ad dressed th e m o n ks, sa y in g : " M onks, I a llo w a p re c e p to r.3 T h e precep tor, m o n ks, sh o u ld arouse in th e one w h o sh ares his c e ll1 th e a ttitu d e o f a
A C /. th is p a ssa g e w ith Vtw* iii, 2 1 L 57). * u pajjhaya ; S k r t. upadhyya, a tu tor* * saddhivihdrika, lit. o n e w h o s ta y s, resides, co -residcn t, a-nd so a pupU in t h e sa m e vihara. liv e s w ith (another), a
35.6-8}
M A H A V A G G A
59
so n 1 ; th e one w h o sh ares h is c e ll sh ou ld arouse in t h e p re c e p to r th e a ttit u d e o f a fa th e r.3 T h u s th e se , liv in g w ith reverence* w ith d eferen ce, w it h c o u r te s y to w a rd s one a n o th e r, w ill co m e to g ro w th , to in crease, t o m a tu r ity in th is dhamma a n d d iscip lin e. } |6 U *' A n d th u s, m o n ks, sh o u ld a p re c e p to r b e ch o sen 3 ; h a v in g arran ged th e u p p er ro b e o v e r one sh o u ld er, h a v in g h o n o u red h is fe e t, h a v in g sa t d o w n on th e haun ch es, h a v in g sa lu ted w ith jo in e d palm s, he should sp e a k to h im th u s : H o n o u red sir, be m y p re cep to r ; h o n o u re d sir, b e m y p re cep to r ; h o n o u re d sir, b e m y p re c e p to r/ I f h e 4 s a y s : f V e r y w e l l J or ' C e rta in ly ' o r f A ll r i g h t ' o r 4 I t is pro p er * o r ' M an age it a m ia b ly \ an d m a k e s th is u n d ersto o d b y g e stu re , m a k e s th is u n d ersto o d b y speech, m a k e s th is u n d e rsto o d b y g e stu re a n d b y sp eech , th e p recep to r h a s b e en ch osen ; i t h e does n o t m a k e th is u n d e rsto o d b y g e stu re , if he does n o t m a k e th is u n d ersto o d b y speech* [4* 5] if he d o es n o t m a k e th is u n d ersto o d b y g estu re a n d b y sp eech , th e p re cep to r h a s n o t b een chosen- || 7 j| " T h e one w h o shares a c e ll,5 m o n ks, sh ou ld c o n d u c t h im se lf p ro p e rly to w a rd s th e p recep tor- T h is is th e p ro p e r c o n d u c t in th is respect : h a v in g g o t u p e a r ly , h a v in g ta k e n o ff his san d als, * h a v in g a rra n g e d h is u p p er robe o v e r one sh o u ld er, he sh o u ld g iv e to o th -w o o d ,7 h e sh o u ld g iv e w a te r fo r rin sin g th e m o u th , h e sh o u ld m a k e r e a d y a s e a t. I f th e re is c o n je y j h a v in g w a sh ed a b o w l, th e c o n je y sh o u ld be p la c e d n e a r (the precep tor). W h e n he h a s d ru n k th e c o n je y , h a v in g g iv e n h im w a te r, h a v in g re ce iv e d th e b o w l, h a v in g lo w ered i t , fl h a v in g w a sh e d it p ro p e rly w ith o u t ru b b in g it, it sh o u ld b e p u t a w a y ,
putted ila, a son's mind- C f. S iv. 110 f., mdtuciHa bhaginisitta dhflucitta, the m ind of a mother* sister* daughter*
* p ilu citta , a fa th e r 's m ia d .
* gaJietabbo, lit* should be taken. B u t words for -l choosing 9 1 were alm ost lackin g, and gay-hilti w as often m ade t o do d u ty for them . 4 I.e. th e preceptor* see V A . 9 7 7 * Prom here to p* 67 below^ = Ki-n* ii. 223-227. 1 V A * 977 says he Plight h a v e worn these for pacing up and dow n or lor keeping his ie e t clean if he had g o t tip early* * dtmiaha$tfui, a s used b y Ind ian s t o - d a y , a piece o f wood. A llow ed a t Vin* il. i j S . V A . 477 sa y a t h a t th e sttddkivtharika* th e one w h o shares a cell, having- brou ght a large, a m iddle-sized and a small one w hatever he {the preceptor) takes of these is for three d a ys, and th e n on th e fou rth d a y he should be given th e m tti^ again, nicatn katv&. So a s n o t t o le t drops of -water from insitde th e bow l spoil his robes when one is washing i t ; in th e case of an earthon bow l it m igh t break if dropped from a height-
6o
BO OK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
W h en th e p re cep to r h a s g o t u p f th e se a t sh ould be rem o ved . Tf th a t p lace is so iled , th a t p la ce sh ould b e sw ep t. || 8 |f " I f th e p recep to r w ish es to en ter a v illa g e , his inner clo th in g 1 sh o u ld be g iv en (to him ), th e in n er clo th in g (th a t h e is w earing) sh o u ld b e received (from him ) in re tu rn ,2 th e gird le should be g iv e n (to h im ) ; h a v in g fo ld ed th e m 3 (into tw o or four folds), the o u te r robes are to b e g iv e n 4 (to him ) ; h a v in g w ashed it , a b o w l w ith w a te r 5 is to b e g iv e n (to him ). I f th e p recep to r desires a n a tte n d a n t, (the latter) h a v in g p u t on his in n er robe a ll ro u n d so as to c o v e r th e th re e c irc le s ,4 h a v in g bo u n d on the gird le, h a v in g fo ld ed th e m and h a v in g dressed in th e outer robes, h a v in g fa ste n e d th e ties, h a v in g w ash ed , h a v in g ta k e n a b o w l, sh o u ld b e th e p re cep to r's a tte n d a n t. H e sh ou ld not w a lk to o far a w a y (from h im ), h e sh o u ld n ot w a lk too close. H e sh ould receive th e bow l and its c o n te n ts.7 jj 9 jj *f H e sh ould n o t in terru p t th e p recep to r w hen he is sp eakin g. (B u t) if th e p re cep to r is bord erin g on a n offence, th en sp ea k in g him self, he sh o u ld w 'am h im . W h en he* is retu rn in g,* he10 sh o u ld m a k e a se a t re a d y , h a v in g com e b a c k f i r s t m , he sh ou ld set o u t w a te r for w a sh in g th e fe e t, a fo a t-sto o l, a foot^stand11 ;
1 niv&sana ; p o s s ib ly a n o th e r w ord fo r ant&ratia$aka3 th e p u ttin g on o-f w h ich is d e n o te d b y nivds#tit cf. B+D, u. j , w. 2, 32, w* 2, 3. a pafiwiv&sanattt patiggahetabba^t. V A . 78 is silent. V in . T exts i. I5 5 su gg ests ,T hou se-dress ? T h is w o u ld m ean som e -kind o f r o b e in ad d itio n t o the. th ree r e g u la tio n ones, B tih tlin g k a n d T tcth , a n d M o n ie r-W illia m s also b o th g iv e a k in d of g a rm en t, for B u d d h is t s " * I t w o u ld lo o k as if a m on k m ig h t, a n d indeed m u st( en ter a v illa g e in a nivasdna, taut n o t in a p atiniva sa na . T d o u b t t h e sep ara te e x is te n ce o f such a garm en t- I su gg est it is a 7tivaf(zna t h a t is s im p ly changed, for an o th er w h en a m onk sets o u t o-b t h e b e g g in g rou nd. I f h e h-a^ a c h a n g e of nivAsana h e co u ld n o t b e a tectvarika. M o n k s in C e y lo n o ften c h a n g e th eir robes b efore t h e y g o out. * sagu^tam katvd. A s a t C V . V I H , 4 , 3. V A . 78 9 s a y s h a v in g m a d e tw o robes oi one " ( i.e .h a v in g p u ttw o r o b e s to .g e th e r } .," tw o o u te r c lo a k s (iattghdfiyc) are t o be g iv e n . E v e r y r o b e is caLIed a sanghdti if it is p u t to geth er* sanghdtitattd I t t h u s seem s t h a t sa-tigh&fi here s ta n d s b o th fo r th e outer c lo a k a n d fo r t h e u p p er robe, uUardsanga ; n o t lo r th e inner robe, h o w e v e r j sin ce th is , u nder t h e n am e *iivsaiui, h a d p r o b a b ly b e c c g iv e n t o t h e p recep to r a lrea d y. U s u a lly th ere is o n ly one ro b e ca lled sanghati, sangbdtiyo, lit, o u te r clo ak s. S e e a b o v e note* ^ 6 sm d a k o m e a n s w ith th e drops o w a te r r em a in in g in t h e bow l a fte r rinsing it, n o t d r y in g it. 1 Cf* S e k h iy a s i P 2 ( B . D . iii. 12 1). * paliaparty&pam ta, V A . 9 7S s a y s t h a t if th e bow l is w arm o r h e a v y w ith th e c o a je y or r ic e received* th e one w ho shares a c e ll sh ou ld t a k e th e p r e ce p to r 's b o w l a n d g iv e h im h is ow n. P r e s u m a b ly th e p recep to r. * T o th e m o n a s te ry frorn t h e alm s-rou n d . I B P r e s u m a b ly th e o n e w h o shares a cellII C f. i. 9 ; iv . -231, 3 1 0 {B .D . iii. 191)-
25.10-12]
M A H A V A G G A
61
h a v in g gone to m eet h im , he sh o u ld re ce iv e h is b o w l a n d robe, he should g ive b a c k th e in n er c lo th in g (given) in re tu rn , he should receive his inner clothing* I f a robe is d a m p w ith persp iration , he sh ou ld d r y i t fo r a short tu n e in th e su n 's w a rm th , b u t a robe sh ou ld n o t be la id asid e in th e w a rm th . H e sh o u ld fo ld u p th e ro b e. W h en fo ld in g up the ro b e, h a v in g m ad e th e co m ers tu rn b a c k fo u r fin ger-b read th s, he sh o u ld fold u p th e robe th in k in g : f M in d th ere is no crea se 1 in th e m iddle*' T h e g ird le sh ou ld b e p la c e d in a fo ld (of th e ro b e),E I f th e re co m es to b e alm sfoo d and th e p re cep to r w ish es to e a t ,3 h a v in g g iv e n him w a te r, a lm sfo o d sh o u ld be p la c e d n e a r fhim ), H10 I! _ " H e should offer th e p re c e p to r d rin k in g -w a te r. W h en he h a s e a ten , h a v in g g iv e n h im w a te r, h a v in g re ce ive d th e b o w l, h a v in g low ered i t ,1 h a v in g w ash ed it p ro p e rly w ith o u t ru b b in g it, h a v in g em p tied out th e w a te r, he sh ou ld d r y i t fo r a sh o rt tim e in th e su n Js w a rm th , b u t a bow l sh o u ld n o t b e la id asid e in th e w a rm th . H e should la y asid e th e b o w l a n d robes. W h en la y in g asid e th e b o w l, h a v in g ta k e n th e b o w l in one h a n d , h a v in g fe lt w ith th e o th e r h a n d u n d er th e co u ch or [46] und er th e ch air, th e b ow l sh ou ld b e la id asid e, b u t th e b o w l sh o u ld n o t b e la id asid e on th e b are g ro u n d .4 W h en la y in g asid e a robe, h a v in g ta k e n th e robe in one h a n d , h a v in g stro k e d th e o th e r h a n d a lo n g th e b a m b o o fo r robes or th e c o rd fo r ro b e s , h a v in g g o t th e ed ges a w a y from h im a n d th e fo ld to w a rd s h im , th e robe should be la id a sid e .5 W h en th e p re cep to r h a s g o t u p , th e seat should be re m o v e d , th e w a te r to r w a sh in g th e fe e t, th e foot-stool, th e fo o t-sta n d sh ou ld b e p u t a w a y . I f th a t p la ce com es to be soiled, th a t place sh ou ld b e sw e p t, |[ 1 1 |j " I f th e p re c e p to r w ish es to b a th e , he sh o u ld p rep a re a b a th . I f he w a n ts a c o ld (bath ), he sh o u ld p re p a re a c o ld one ; if h e
1 bhang at b rea k in g , s p littin g , d isso lu tio n , d e s tr u c tio n . V A 9 7 9 in d ic a te s th a t tf t h e r o b e w ere fold ed u p in t h e sam e cr e a se e v e r y tim e , i t w o u ld w ea r th in alo n g t h a t crease. 1 obho$a> V A , 9 73 s a y s " h a v in g fo ld ed u p t h e g ir d le , it sh ou ld toe laid asid e h a r in g a rran ged at in a fo ld (bftoga) o f t h e ro b e # VA. 5 79 s a y s th a t t h is w o u ld o n ly be if h e h a d fa ile d t o o b ta in alm sfo o d 111 th e v illa g e ; in t h is ca se th e one w h o shares h is ce il sh o u ld b r io g h im th e alm sio o d w h ich h e h im self h a d ob tain ed * 1 S o as n o t t o g e t d u s ty , V A . 979. * V A . 9So, he is n o t to la y it a s id e b y t a k in g h old o i t h e ed ges a n d th r o w in g th e ro b e o ve r b a m b o o or cord, or t h e fo ld m ig h t b e d a tn a g e d b y c o im o g in to c o n t a c t w ith a w all.
62
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
w a n ts a h o t (bath), he sh o u ld p rep a re a h o t one* I f the p recep to r w ish es to e n te r a b a th ro o m 1, he sh o u ld k n e a d chiinam , sh ou ld m o isten cla y* ; ta k in g a c h a ir fo r th e bath ro o m ,* h a v in g gone close b e h in d th e p re cep to r, h a v in g g iv e n him th e ch a ir fo r t h e b a th ro o m , h a v in g re ce ive d his robe, he should la y it to one sid e. H e sh o u ld g iv e h im th e ch u n a m , he sh o u ld g iv e h im th e c la y . I f h e is ab le to do so,4 he sh ou ld en ter th e b ath ro o m . W h e n h e is e n terin g th e b a th ro o m , h a v in g sm eared h is fa ce w ith c la y , h a v in g c o v e re d h im se lf fro n t a n d b a c k , he sh o u ld e n te r t h e bathroom * || 12 || " H e should n o t sit d o w n so as to encroach u p o n {the sp ace in ten d ed for) m o n ks w h o are e ld e rs.* H e sh o u ld n o t k eep n e w ly o rd ain ed m o n ks fro m a se a t. H e sh o u ld m a k e p re p a ra tio n for th e p re cep to r in th e bath room . W h e n he is le a v in g th e b a th ro o m , ta k in g th e c h a ir fo r th e bathroom , h a v in g c o v e red h im self fro n t an d b a c k , he sh o u ld le a v e th e b a th room - H e sh o u ld a lso m a k e p rep aratio n fo r th e precep tor in th e w a te r. W h e n h e is bathing* h a v in g com e o u t {of th e w ater) first, h a v in g d rie d h is o w n body* h a v in g p u t on his in n er robe, he sh ou ld w ip e o ff th e w a te r fro m th e p recep to r's limbs* h e sh o u ld g iv e h im h is in n er clo th in g, he sh o u ld g iv e h im his o u te r cloak ; ta k in g th e c h a ir fo r th e bath ro o m , h a v in g com e b a ck first, h e sh o u ld m a k e r e a d y a s e a t, he sh ou ld p u t o u t w a te r fo r w a sh in g th e fe e t, a fo o tsto o l, a fo o tsta n d . H e sh o u ld o ffer th e p re cep to r d rin king-w ater* ]| 13 || " I f he w ish es to m ake h im re cite ,7 he sh ou ld m a k e h im recite. I f he w ish es to in te rro g a te ,6 he sh o u ld b e in terro g a te d . In
1 jantdghara, see V zn + T e x ts 5 . 15 7 * 1*. 2; iiL 10 3 , JHcnazfiistn* p. 18 3 , caJls jant&ghara J ,a co m m o n b a th J\ I> u ttj E a rly jantdgharasaiii,
bath-room s
* C la y for use on t h e fa c e in t h e b a th -ro o m allo w ed a t V in . ii. 12a-
* A llow ed a t
ii. rao,
4 V A . 9^0, if h e is n o t U]. T h e b a th ro o m m u s t h a v e b e e n fu ll o f h o t s te a m , a.nd ju n io r s a s m u ch as seniors h a d to- b e c a r e fu l t o p r o t e c t th e ir faces w ith a sm ea rin g o f c la v . * C f t V in . iv* 4 *, w h ere m o n k s m u s t n o t lie d o w n in th e space- m ea n t for elders, a n d see B . D . ii* 247., n. 3, T h is exp ressio n a n d t h e n e x t a ls o occu r a t C F - v iii. 1 2* * sarhghdti, p erh ap s h ere m e a n in g th e u p p e r rob e a_s w e ll as t h e ou ter c l o a t , a lth o u g h th e n th e p lu r a l m ig h t h a v e b e e n e x p o rted S e e a b o v e , p. 60,
n,
7 N o d o u b t m ea n in g , i f t h e p recep to r w ish es t o m a k e th e o n e w h o shares t h e c e ll r e cite t h e P a tim o k k h a. o r g i v e an ex p o s itio n o f t h e e ig h t ch ief ru les ; c f B.JD. ii. 3 7 1 * n. 1. * C /. JB.D, ii. 2 7 1 , n - 2,
25.14**5]
M A H A V A G G A
63
w h a te v e r d w e llin g -p la ce th e p re cep to r is sta y in g , i f th a t d w ellin g -p la ce is so iled , i t sh o u ld b e c le a n e d i f h e1 is able (to d o so). W h en h e is c le a n in g th e d w e llin g -p la ce , h a v in g first ta k e n o u t th e b o w l an d robes, h e sh o u ld la y th e m to one side. H a v in g ta k e n o u t th e p iece o f c lo th t o s it upon a n d th e s h e e t,3 he sh o u ld la y th e m to one side* H a v in g ta k e n o u t th e m a ttr e s s 3 a n d th e s q u a ttin g - m a t/ he sh ould l a y th e m to one sid e. |i 14 || H a v in g lo w ere d th e co u ch , h a v in g ta k e n it o u t p ro p e rly w ith o u t ru b b in g it,* w ith o u t k n o c k in g it a g a tn st th e d o or or th e posts, he sh ould l a y i t to one sid e . H a v in g lo w ered th e ch a ir, [47] h a v in g ta k e n i t o u t p ro p e rly w ith o u t ru b b in g it, w ith o u t k n o c k in g it a g a in s t th e d o o r or th e posts, h e sh ou ld l a y it to one side. H a v in g ta k e n o u t th e su p p o rts fo r th e c o u c h / he sh o u ld la y th em to one side* H a v in g ta k e n o u t th e s p itto o n ,5 he sh o u ld la y i t to one side. H a v in g ta k e n o u t th e re clin in g -b o a rd ,9 h e sh o u ld l a y i t to o n e side. H a v in g ta k e n o u t th e groun d -coverin g*1 5 h a v in g o b served h o w it w as la id d o w n ,11 he sh o u ld la y it to one side. I f there com e to b e co b w e b s in th e d w e llin g -p la ce , he sh o u ld first rem o ve them from th e (floor-) co v e rin g 13 ; h e sh ou ld w ip e th e c o m e r s 15 o f
1 I.e . th e o a e w h o sh ares a. cel). * nisidanapaccattharapA. C f* B.H+ ii. 34, iu t , 46* si. 3, 244, n. 6.
* Cf, B .D , ii. 47, a. j ,
* C f r B . D . ii* 73* d. 6*
a V A , 980, w ith o u t r u b b in g it o n t h e g r o u n d , . 4 h a v d ta p itik a . V A * 980 e x p la in s -as n o t to u c h in g th e d o o r (k a v d }a ) and th e door*post$ < F (p iith a s a trtg h d ia ). O n kavizta a n d ffiilh v s a n z g h a ta see B . D . ii. 258, n. 3, p a n d A . K . C o o m a r a s w a m y , I n d ia n A r c h it e c t u r a l T e rm s , J - A rO .S . V o l. 48, .No. 3. p H2 5 6 (under d ia r a ) . K a v& ta a llo w e d a t V in . ii, 143, a n d kau& l& pilthas& m gh& t* a t V i* t. ii. 153,. 154 . I A couch, a a d a ch air m ig h t h a v e r e m o v a b le le g s ; cf. B.D + ii. 340. See p+ 64. n, 4. a A llo w e d a t Yin* ii* 175. * apass&naphala.ka, a bo a rd for r e s tin g t h e h ea d , arm s or e lb o w s upon* A l l o v i d a t Viii* ii. 175 - S o m e m a d e of S to n e , c a n b e fo u n d a t t h e e n tra n ce to d w e llin g -p la ce s a m o n g t h e a n c ie n t rem ain s a t A n u ra d h a p u ra . ** bhumntalthawa^ta ; cf. B . D , iL ij6, n. 4* II paftfkttta ; sam e w ord as is used for la y in g d o w n ' F a r u le o f tra in in g , see B . D . ii. 4, n. 1. 11 patham&m oharetabbam. N o t* T th in k , h e sh ou ld r em o ve th e m as soon as h e sees t h e m *\ as a t Ftw. T#xt$ i. 159 a n d a s fa v o u re d b y P.E+D+ F o r uttoha o ccu rs a t V in . ji. 1 5 1 a s m e a n in g a cloth, or c o v e r in g for a cou ch or cbafrj a n d w a s s o m e th in g t h a t c o u ld be spread , saMtharati. T h u s it p r o b a b ly has a te ch n ic a l m o o i n g , a a d is on e o i t h e n um erou s k in d s of " clo th s B u . on V in . ii. i $ i e x p la in s i t a s cilij>iika ; a n d th is h e e x p la in s a t V A * 7 75 a s s o m e th in g m a d e lo r p r e s e r v in g t h e te x tu r e o f earth w h ich is p rep ared w ith p la ster. ** V A . gSQp o f th e room . B u t i t 3eem s m ore p r o b a b le t h a t th e corn ers o f th e w in d o w -h oles are in ten d ed .
B O O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
th e w indow -holes*1 I f a w a ll th a t w as co lo u red red 3 becom es sta in ed , he sh o u ld w ip e it, h a v in g m oistened a ra g , h a v in g w ru n g i t out. I f grou n d th a t w a s b la c k e d 5 becom es stain ed , he should w ip e it, h a v in g m oisten ed a ra g , h a v in g w ru n g i t out. I f th e g ro u n d d id n o t co m e to be tre ate d , h e should sw eep it, h a v in g sp rin k led it a ll o v e r w ith w a te r, t h in k in g : ' T a k e care le st th e d w ellin g -p la ce is su llied w ith d u st.J H a v in g lo o ked fo r (any) ru b b ish , he sh ould rem o ve i t to one side, 111511 H a v in g d ried th e g ro u n d -co verin g in th e sun, h a v in g clea n ed it, h a v in g sh aken it, h a v in g b ro u g h t it b a c k , h e sh ould la y it dow n a s i t w a s la id dow n before. H a v in g d ried th e su p p o rts fo r th e couch* in th e s u n ,h a v in g w ip ed th em , h a v in g b ro u g h t th em b a c k , h e sh ou ld p lace them w h ere th e y w ere before. H a v in g dried th e co u ch in th e sun * . . th e c h a ir in th e sun, h a v in g clean ed it, h a v in g sh aken it , h a v in g low ered it, h a v in g b ro u g h t i t b a c k p ro p e rly w ith o u t ru b b in g it, w ith o u t k n o ck in g it again st th e door or th e posts, he sh ould la y it d o w n as it w as la id dow n before. H a v in g dried the m a ttre ss a n d th e sq u a ttin g -m a t in th e sun, h a v in g cleaned th em , h a v in g sh aken them , h a v in g b ro u g h t them b a ck , he sh ould la y th em d o w n a s th e y w ere la id dow n before* H a v in g d ried th e p iece o f clo th to sit upon an d th e sh eet in th e sun, h a v in g clean ed th e m , h a v in g sh aken th e m , .h a v in g b ro u g h t th em b a c k , h e should la y them dow n a s t h e y w ere laid dow n before- H a v in g dried th e sp itto o n in th e su n , h a v in g w iped it, h a v in g b ro u g h t it b a c k , h e sh ou ld place it w h ere i t w as before* H a v in g d ried th e reclin in g-b o ard in th e sun, h a v in g w ip e d it, h a v in g b ro u g h t it b a c k , h e should place it w h ere it w a s before, J J 16 ||
1 diokasandhi. C f. B .H . ii. 358 a n d n. 3 ; 259 a n d t l 1* * g tT iik a p a r ih a m r n a k a lz i. G e r u k a is y e llo w och re or red ch a lk . C f . B ,D * i l 359 a n d d. 3, * C f. B .D , iL 259. Setavtrpipa, w h itew a sh -or plaster* th e th ir d colou rin g (w ith red an d black) a llo w ed fo r u se in vihdras {V in . ii, 150) is n o t in clu d ed above* 4 A llo w e d a t Vin. Ii. r50. I t seem s t h a t th ese su p p o rts w ere d e ta ch a b le fro m th e cou ches, fo r fits t t h e y w ere t o be ta k e n o u t a n d p u t in t h e sun., an d th e n th e cou ch w as t o b e ta k en out. F in * T exts iii, 278, n. 3, s a y s t h a t t h e co u ch *J w a s su pported on m o v a b le tressels t h e pîpddaJta hut A . K + C o o m a ra sw a m y , Ind. Architectural Term s, J+ A .O .S*, V o l. 48, N o . 3, p. 265, sec$ " no reason w h y th e patip&dakd of a m anca shou ld not be foxed legs O n th e oth er hand , dhtjccnpddnka {of cou ches a n d ch airs) seems to m ean r e m o v a b le legsP i c . x i v , a n d V in . ii. 149*
25.17-21]
M A H A V A G G A
&5
H e sh ou ld la y asid e th e b o w l an d robes. W h en la y in g asid e th e b o w i . . . (as in || n H ) . . . th e fo ld to w a rd s h im , th e ro b e sh ould b e la id asid e. || 1 7 [ | " I f d u s ty w in d s blow fro m th e east, he sh o u ld close th e eastern w in d o w s.1 I f d u s ty w in d s b lo w from th e w e s t, he sh o u ld close th e w estern w in d o w s. I f d u s ty w in d s b lo w from th e n o rth , he sh o u ld close th e n o rth ern w in d o w s. I f d u s ty w inds b lo w fro m th e so u th , [48] he sh ould clo se th e so u th ern w in d o w s. I f th e w e a th e r is co ol, he sh o u ld open th e w in d o w s b y d a y , h e sh o u ld close th em a t n ig h t. I f th e w e a th e r is w a rm , he should clo se th e w in d o w s b y d a y , h e sh o u ld open th em a t n ig h t. I] 18 || " I f a cell is soiled, th e c e ll sh ould b e sw ep t, I f a p o rch 2 . . . I f a ii a tte n d a n ce -h a ll3 . . . I f a fire-hall4 . . . I f a p r iv y com es to b e soiled, th e p r iv y sh ou ld b e sw e p t. I f there does not co m e to b e d rin k in g -w ate r, d rin k in g -w a te r sh o u ld be p ro vid ed . Tf there does n o t com e to b e w a te r fo r w a sh in g , w a te r for w a sh in g sh o u ld b e p ro vid ed . I f th ere does n o t com e to be w a te r in th e p itch e r o f w a te r fo r rin sin g ,6 w a te r sh o u ld be tip p ed into the p itch e r o f w a te r for rin sin g. ]| 19 [f I f d issa tisfa ctio n 6 h a s arisen in th e p re cep to r, th e one w h o shares his ce ll sh ou ld a lla y 7 it o r sh o u ld g e t (another) to a lla y * it, or he should g iv e h im a t a lk on dhamma. I f rem o rse h a s arisen in th e precep tor, th e one w h o sh ares th e cell sh ould d ispel it o r sh o u ld g e t (another) to dispel it, or he sh o u ld g iv e him a ta lk on d h a m m a I f w ro n g v ie w s h a v e arisen in th e precep tor, th e one w h o sh ares h is cell sh ou ld d issu a d e him (from them ) o r sh o u ld g e t an o th er to d issu a d e h im (from them), or he should g iv e him a ta lk on dham m a .10 |[ 20 [| " I f th e p recep tor has c o m m itte d an offence a g a in st an
* vdtapdna, see B.D + iL 259, n. i.. T h ree k in d s a llo w ed a t Vitt. ii. 148* * kofthaha., or g ate-h o u se, or store-room , allow ed a t ii- 142, 153 * upatthdnasdld;, allow ed a t Vin~ iL *53- S e e B,L>. 11. 194, xu 4, * allo w ed F t n , ii. 154. * dcamanakutnbht, a llo w ed a t V in . ii. 142. * anabhxratit see B .D . i. 1 1 4 , n. 1 ; a n d V in . L 144. 1 V A . 98] s a y s t h a t h e should, t a k e h im elsewhere* * &&ftaklsdpttaf}bii> A n o th e r m o n k shou ld b e to ld : r h a v in g t a k e n th e elder, g o elsew here % V A . Qfli. C f. K itf. L 14 2 ( = b elo w , p, ig o ) + * C f r V in - i. 1 4 5 ( i* b elo w , p, 190), lf> F o r a b o v e p a s s a g e cf. A .v , 7 2 , w h ere c o m p e te n ce in th e s e m a tte r s is one o i t h e q u alificatio n s a m o n k m u st possess id order t o co n fer th e vpasampada ord in ation .
66
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
im p o rta n t ru le 1 and d eserves pro batio n ,* th e one w h o sh ares h is c e ll sh o u ld m a k e an effort, th in k in g : 1 H o w th en could th e O rd er g r a n t th e p re cep to r p ro b a tio n ? J I f th e p recep to r d eserves to b e sen t b a c k to th e b e g in n in g ,3 th e one w h o shares his cell should m a k e a n effo rt, th in k in g : ' H o w th en cou ld th e O rd er send th e p re cep to r b a ck to th e beginning ? ' I f th e p re cep to r d eserves mdnatta (discipline), th e one w h o sh ares h is cell sh o u ld m a k e a n effo rt, th in k in g : ' H o w th e n co u ld th e O rder in flict mdnalta (discipline) on th e p re cep to r ? ' I f th e p re cep to r d eserves re h a b ilita tio n ,4 th e one w h o shares his cell sh ould m a k e an effort, th in k in g : f H o w then co u ld th e O rd er re h a b ilita te th e p re cep to r ? p ]| 2 1 f| " I f th e O rd er d esires to c a r ry o u t a (form al) a c t a g ain st th e p recep tor one o f cen su re5 o r one o f gu id an ce* or one o f b an ish m e n t7 o r one o f reconciliation o r one o f suspension* -the one w h o shares h is cell sh o u ld m a k e an effo rt, th in k in g : ' H o w th en co u ld th e O rd er n o t c a r ry o u t a (formal) a c t again st th e p recep to r o r chan ge it to a lig h te r one ?10 ' Y e t if a (form al) a c t one of cen sure , . , one o f suspension is carried out b y th e O rd er a g a in s t h im , th e on e w h o sh ares h is c e ll sh o u ld m ake a n effo rt, t h in k in g : * H o w th e n co u ld th e p recep to r co n d u ct h im self p ro p e rly ,11 b e subd u ed , m e n d h is w a y s, {so th a t) th e O rd er co u ld revo k e t h a t (form al) a c t ? * || 22 [ | " I f th e p re c e p to r's ro b e should be w a sh ed , th e one w h o sh ares his ce ll sh ou ld w a sh it or he sh o u ld m ake a n effort* [49]
1 A t 7 t. iv. 51, one of th e qualities a monk must possess m order to exhort tb e nuns is th a t of not h avin g offended against an im portant role garvdhattL+nL There w ere eigh t '* im portant r a le s " to b e kept b y nuns ; see B .D . ii- 266, n, 11 And p* 267* But* a b o v t, the im portant rules seem to refer to S^ftghAdisesa, for w h at follows 1 probation,, etc,, are am ong the penalties for breaking Saugh. rulest * parivdsa, cf. & -D , i- 196, n. 3, and Vin. t, 143, ii* 31 ff. !Not th e sam e pariv&sa a s th a t granted to mem bers of other on their washing t o enter th e Order, see below* p r 85. * C f. B .D . i. 1Q&, n. 4, and for m&natta B .D . i, 196* n_ 5, and Vin. i 143* * abhKana, cf. B .D . i. 196 n- 6 ; B . D . iii. *8, n, 4* * tajjaniya. Cf. Vin. i* 143, ii. 2. if* See Vin. L 315, A , i. 99 and Ehitt,. Early Buddhist Monachisrn, p, 170, for this and the four following format a c ts. * nifjityaj tutelage- Cf. C V . I* 9 . 1 tf* 7 fiabbajaniya. Cf* CV* I. 13+ 1 fF +
patis&raniya, C f , C V . I. 18 - t E ,
ukkhttpantya. C f. CV. I* 25. 1 ff, 30 VA * 981 indicates th a t the one who sharea the cell should do his best t o plead w ith th e monks to cancel the formal act. B u t if th e y insist, he should b eg th e preceptor to conduct himself properly. 11 CJ. B .D , L 333 and its a. zr 3 for these expressions >
2 5 .2 3 2 6 .1 ]
M A H A V A G G A
67
th in k in g : H o w th en co u ld th e p re c e p to r's ro b e foe w ash ed ? * I f th e p re cep to r's ro b e-m a te ria l sh ou ld b e m ad e up, th e one w h o sh ares h is ce ll sh o u ld m a k e it u p o r he sh o u ld m a k e $xi effo rt, t h in k in g : ' H o w th e n c o u ld th e p re c e p to r's robem a te ria l be m ade up ? * Tf d y e sh ou ld be b o iled for th e p re c e p to r * . * I f the p re cep to r's ro b e sh ou ld be d y e d co u ld th e p recep to r's robe b e d y e d ? * W h en h e is d y e in g th e ro be, he sh o u ld d y e it p ro p erly, tu rn in g it a g ain a n d a g ain , nor should he go a w a y if th e d rip s h a v e n o t ce a se d .1 || 23 || " W ith o u t a sk in g th e p re cep to r (for perm ission), he sh ould n o t g iv e an alm sbow l to a n y o n e n or sh ou ld he receive an alm sb ow l from a n yo n e ; he sh o u ld n o t g iv e a robe to a n yo n e n o r should he receive a robe from a n y o n e ; he should n o t g iv e a req u isite to a n y o n e n or sh o u ld he receive a re q u isite from a n y o n e ; h e should n o t c u t o ff a n y o n e 's h a ir n or sh ou ld he h a v e his h a ir cu t o ff b y an yo n e m 3 he sh o u ld n o t ren d er a service to an yo n e n or sh o u ld he cau se a service to foe ren d ered b y a n y o n e ; he sh o u ld n ot e x e c u te a com m ission fo r an yo n e n o r should he cause a com m ission to be e x e c u te d b y a n yo n e ; he should n o t becom e an a tte n d a n t on a n y o n e n or sh ould he ta k e a n yo n e as an a tte n d a n t ; he sh ou ld n o t b rin g b a c k alm sfood fo r an yo n e n or sh o u ld he h a v e alm sfood b ro u g h t b a c k b y an yo n e. W ith o u t a sk in g th e p re c e p to r (for perm ission}, he should n o t en ter a v illa g e , h e should n o t go t o a c e m e te ry , he sh o u ld n ot le a ve th e d is tric t-3 I f th e p re cep to r b eco m es ill, he sh o u ld ten d him for a s lo n g as life la sts ; h e sh o u ld w a it (w ith bim ) u n til he recovers*3 \ \ 24 1 1 T o ld is w h a t is d u e to a P recep to r. || 25 ]|
" T h e p re cep to r,4 m o n ks, sh o u ld c o n d u ct h im self p ro p e rly to w a rd s th e one w ho shares h is cell. T h is is th e proper co n d u ct in th is r e s p e c t; th e one w h o shares th e cell sh o u ld be furthered, he sh o u ld be helped b y th e p re cep to r in rega rd to re cita tio n ,
1 atchinne theve* V A . 9S1 s a y s " h e s h o u ld n o t d e p a r t il e ven a little d y e i$ fa llin g d o w n / ' P ro p er m eth o d s fo r d y e in g rob-c-m atcrial g iv e n a t Viit* i, * d is d p& kh& m it& bbH . O f. M V . I I . l. e w h ere ig n o r a n t m o n k s tr a v e llin g t o d is ta n t p arts. disainga?nihaw d o n o t a s k teach ers an d p r e ce p to r s fo r permission* 3 ttutthannssa^ u n til h e g e ts u p fr o m feis illness. V A . gSa, C f. F i> w . 9 4 1 F r o m here t o p . b elo w = V ia . ii. ^27-230, 1 satjigaJicfah&o^ used w ith t h e n e x t w ord, a n u g g a h e ta b b o , below , p . t 57 -
65
BO O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
in terro g a tio n , exh o rtatio n * in stru c tio n .1 I f th e re is a b o w l for th e p recep tor b u t no b o w l fo r th e one w h o sh ares his cell, a b o w l sh o u ld b e g iv e n b y th e p recep to r to th e one w h o shares his c e ll, or h e sh o u ld m a k e an effort, th in k in g H o w th e n co u ld a b o w l be p ro cu red fo r th e one w h o sh ares rn y c e ll ? * I f th ere is a robe fo r th e p re cep to r . . . I f th ere is (another) req u isite fo r th e p re c e p to r , . [50] * H o w th en c o u ld (another) re q u isite be p ro cu red fo r th e one w h o sh ares m y cell ? * || r || I f th e one w h o sh ares th e cell b ecom es ill, h a v in g g o t up e a rly h e sh ou ld g iv e to o th -w o o d , he sh ou ld g iv e w a te r fo r rin sin g th e m o u th , he sh o u ld m a k e re a d y a seat* I f th e re is con jey* . . . t h a t p la ce sh o u ld b e sw e p t. || 2 | J *f I f th e one w h o shares a ce ll w ish es to en ter a villa g e* . . . h a v in g w ash ed , a b o w l w ith w a te r is to b e g iv e n t o h im . T h in k in g , * H e w ill b e re tu rn in g a b o u t n o w h e sh o u ld 4 m ake re a d y a s e a t, he sh o u ld set o u t w a te r fo r w a sh in g th e fe e t, a fo o t-sto o lj a fo o t-sta n d . . , [51] - - . H e sh o u ld offer d rin k in g w a te r to th e one w h o shares his cell. 1)3-6 || " I n w h a te v e r d w ellin g-p lace one w h o shares a cell is sta y in g , if th a t d w ellin g -p la ce is soiled, it sh ou ld be clean ed i f he is ab le to do so , . T [52] * , , so th a t th e O rd er co u ld revo k e th a t (form al) a c t / || 7 ^ xo || " I f th e robe o f one w h o sh ares a cell sh o u ld be w ashed, th e p recep to r should explain* s a y in g : f T h u s should y o u w ash it \ o r he sh o u ld m a k e an effo rt, th in k in g : * H o w th e n co u ld the robe o f th e one w h o shares m y cell b e w ashed ? ' I f th e robem a te ria l o f one w h o sh ares a cell sh o u ld b e m ad e up, th e p re cep to r sh o u ld e x p la in , sa y in g : ' T h u s should y o u m a k e it u p \ o r . * . * H o w th e n co u ld th e ro b e-m a teria l o f th e one w h o sh ares a cell , - . * T h u s sh o u ld y o u bo il i t \ or . * - * H o w th e n co u ld d y e b e boiled fo r th e one w h o shares m y cell ? * I f th e robe o f th e one w h o shares a ceil sh o u ld be d y e d * . . * T h u s should y o u d y e it ^ or , * , ' H o w th en co u ld th e robe o f th e one w h o shares m y cell be d y e d ? ' W h en he is d y e in g
1 These four words are used m definition of " should (neither) help J a t Vin. iv . 325 iii. 376) ; and B .D . ii, * 7 1 , n. 2. 1 As a t M V . I* 3 5 . reading *4 preceptor Jl Jor None who shares a c e U " and vice versa.
A s a t M V . I. 25 . g (first half).
4 F io m h e r e to th e en d o t || 6 ||p a s a t M V , I . 35 . ia -13 * o m ittin g t h e first tw o sen ten ces o f I. 25. 10. 4 A s a t M V . I. 25. 14-22.
26.11 27*3]
M A H A V A G G A
69
th e ro be, he sh ou ld d y e it p ro p e rly , tu rn in g it again a n d a g ain , n o r sh o u ld b e go a w a y if th e d rip s h a v e n o t ceased. I f th e one w h o shares a cell becom es III, he sh ou ld te n d h im as lo n g a s life la sts ; he sh o u ld w a it u n til he r e c o v e rs / ' |Jri || s T o ld is w h a t is d u e to one w h o sh ares a cell. || 36 ||
N o w a t th a t tim e those w h o sh ared cells d id not co n d u ct th e m selve s p ro p e rly to w a rd s th e ir precep tors. T h o se w ho w ere m odest m onks lo o k ed d o w n upon, criticised, sp rea d it a b o u t, sa y in g : H o w can th o se w h o share ce lls n o t co n d u ct th e m selve s p ro p e rly to w a rd s th e ir p recep to rs ? T h en these m onks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e sa id : " Is i t tru e , a s is saidj, m onks, th a t th o se w h o sh are cells do n o t co n d u ct th e m selve s p ro p e rly to w a rd s th e ir p re cep to rs ? " I t is tr a e , L o r d / ' T h e en ligh ten ed one, th e L o rd re b u k ed th e m , sa y in g : " H o w , m o n k s, can those w h o sh are cells n o t co n d u ct th e m selves p ro p e rly to w a rd s th e ir precep tors ? " H a v in g re b u k e d th e m , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , th e L o rd ad dressed th e m o n ks, sa y in g : MM on ks, [53] th o se w h o share cells sh o u ld n ot n o t co n d u ct th e m se lv e s p ro p e rly to w a rd s th e ir p re cep to rs. W h o e v e r sh o u ld n o t co n d u ct h im se lf | p ro p e rly , there is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / ' \]i [ E v e n so, th e y d id not co n d u ct th e m selv e s p ro p erly. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord- H e said : " T a llo w y o u , m o n ks, to dism iss1 one w h o does not co n d u ct h im self p ro p erly. A n d th u s, m o n ks, sh ou ld he b e d ism issed ; I f he, s a y i n g : * I dism iss yo u ' o r * D o n o t co m e b a c k here ' or ' B r in g b a c k y o u r b o w l a n d robe ' o r f I am n ot to b e w a ite d u p o n b y y o u \ m akes th is u n d ersto o d b y g estu re, if he m a k e s this un d erstood b y voice, if he m a k e s th is u n d ersto o d b y gestu re and b y v o ice, th e one w h o shares th e c e ll com es to be dismissed* I f he does n o t m ake th is u n d erstood b y gestu re, if he does n ot m a k e th is understood b y vo ice, if he does n ot m a k e th is un d erstood b y g estu re a n d b y vo ice, th e one w h o shares th e cell does n o t com e to b e dism issed. || 2 || N o w a t th a t tim e those w h o sh ared a cell a n d w h o w ere dism issed did n o t apologise. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e 1 papatnrfttjpt.
G
70
B O OK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
Lord* H e sa id : ^ I a llo w (them ), m onks, to a p o lo g ise/ ' E v e n so, th e y did n o t ap o lo gise. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to the L o rd . H e said : " M onks, one w h o is dism issed is n o t not to apologise- W h o e v e r sh ou ld n o t apologise* there is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / 1 [f3 j| N o w a t th a t tim e precep tors, on b ein g apologised to , d id n o t fo rg iv e. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord* H e said : *41 a llo w yo u , m onks, to fo rg iv e / ' E v e n so, th e y d id n ot fo rg iv e. A n d th o se w h o sh a red a cell d ep arted a n d th e y le ft th e O rd e r a n d th e y w en t o v e r to (other) sects* T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e Lord* H e sa id ; " M onks, w hen yo u are b ein g ap o lo gised to y o u sh ou ld n ot n ot fo rg iv e. W h o e v e r should n o t forgive, there is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / ' I! 4 II , . . N o w a t th a t tim e precep tors dism issed those w h o w ere co n d u ctin g th e m selve s1 p ro p erly, th e y d id n o t dism iss those w h o w e re n o t co n d u ctin g th em selves properly* T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e sa id : " M on ks, one w h o is co n d u ctin g h im self p ro p e rly is n o t to b e dism issed. W h o e v e r sh ou ld d ism iss him , th ere is an offence o f w rong-d oing. And* m o n ks, one w h o is n ot co n d u ctin g h im self p ro p e rly is not not to b e dism issed . W h o e ve r sh ould n o t dism iss him , th ere is an offence o f w ron g-d oin g. ]| 5 || MM onks, if one w h o shares a cell is possessed o f five q u alities he m a y be d ism isse d : if th e re does n o t com e to b e m u ch affection fo r his precep tor, if th e re does n ot com e to be m uch fa ith (in him ), if there does n o t com e to b e m uch sense o f sham e (tow ards him ), if there d o es n o t com e to be m u ch resp ect (for h im ), if th ere does n o t com e to b e m u ch d e ve lo p m e n t1 (under him ). M onks, if one w h o shares a cell is possessed o f these five q u a lities he m a y be dism issed. M onks, if one w h o shares a cell is possessed o f five q u alities he should n o t be d is m issed : if there com es to b e m uch a ffe ctio n for h is precep tor . . . * if th ere com es to be m uch d evelo p m en t. M onks, if one w h o sh ares a cell is possessed o f these five q u a litie s he should n o t be dism issed. ||6|[ " M onks, if one w ho shares a cell is possessed o f fiv e q u alities
1 For use of singular, where wc should use th e plural, c f B .D . iii. 3G4, 3^7' 369* Here the meaning is th * t -each of several preceptors dismissed the particular monk who shared bis cell. 1 bhavana* V A . 9S2. explains b y metUtbhavandt developm ent of am ity.
27*7 38, l ]
m a h
A V
a g g a
7*
it is su ita b le 1 to d ism iss him : [54] if th ere does n o t com e t o be m u ch affectio n for his p re cep to r * * , if th ere does n o t co m e to be m u ch d e v e lo p m e n t. M o n k s, if one w h o sh ares a c e ll is possessed o f these five q u a litie s, it is su ita b le to d ism iss him . M onks, if one w h o sh ares a cell is possessed o f fiv e q u a litie s it is n o t su ita b le to d ism iss h im : if th ere com es to b e m u ch a ffe ctio n fo r h is p recep to r . . * if th ere com es to b e m u ch d e ve lo p m e n t. M on ks, i f one w h o sh ares a c e ll is possessed of these fiv e q u a litie s it is n o t su ita b le to d ism iss h im , || 7 |j M onks, i f one w h o shares a c e ll is possessed o f fiv e q u a litie s, a p re cep to r, in n o t d ism issin g h im , b eco m es one w h o has gone to o fa r ; in d ism issin g h im t h e d o es n o t becom e o n e w h o h as gon e to o far : if th ere does n o t com e to be m u ch affectio n fo r his preceptor- , * if th e re does n ot com e to be m u ch d e v e lo p m en t, M on ks, if one w h o sh ares a cell is possessed o f th ese fiv e q u alities, a p re cep to r, in n o t d ism issin g h im , becom es one w h o has gon e to o fa r ; in d ism issin g h im he d o es n o t b eco m e one w ho has gone too far- M on ks, if on e w h o sh ares a ce ll is possessed o f five q u a litie s, th e p re cep to r, in d ism issin g him , becom es one w h o h a s g o n e to o far ; in n o t d ism issin g him , he d o es n o t b ecom e one w h o h a s gon e to o fa r : if th e re co m es to be m u ch affectio n for th e p re cep to r . . . i f th e re com es to b e m u ch d evelo p m en t. M onks, i f one w h o shares a cell is possessed o f th ese liv e q u alities, a p recep to r, in d ism issin g him , becom es one w h o h a s gone to o far ; in not d ism issin g h im , he does n ot becom e one w h o has gone too fa r . || S |] 27 [[ N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in b ra h m a n , h a v in g ap p ro ach ed (some) m on ks, a sked fo r th e g o in g fo rth . T h e m o n ks d id n ot w a n t to le t h im go fo rth , and b ecause he co u ld n o t o b ta in th e g o in g fo rth a m o n g th e m onks, he b ecam e lean, w re tch e d , o f a bad colour, v e r y y e llo w , his v e in s sta n d in g o u t a ll o v e r his b o d y .2 T h e L o rd saw th is b ra h m a n , lean . , . a ll o ve r his b o d y , an d seein g h im , he addressed th e m onks, s a y in g : H o w is it, m onks, th a t th is b ra h m a n is lean , a ll o v e r his b o d y ? Ji JfL o rd , th is b ra h m a n a sk e d th e m o n k s fo r th e go in g fo rth . T h e m onks d id n o t w a n t to le t him go fo rth , an d b ecause he could n o t o b ta in th e go in g fo rth am on g th e m on ks, he is lean . , . a ll o v e r h is b o d y / ' || x [t 1 alavfiw enough* 1 S to c k , cj. iii. 3$ {!?.>* i- 153-4)*
73
B O O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
T h e n th e L o rd addressed th e m o n ks, ra y in g : " N o w , m o n ks, w h o rem em bers a se rv ice 1 done b y this b rah m an ? " W h en he h a d sp ok en th u s th e ven era b le S a rip u tta sp oke th u s to th e L o rd : I , L o rd , rem em b er a service d one b y th is b ra h m a n .'' N o w , w h a t h e lp (given) b y th is b ra h m a n , S a rip u tta , d o y o u rem em ber ? L o rd , as I w a s w a lk in g for alm sfood here in R a ja g a h a this b ra h m a n had spoon-alms b esto w ed upon m e. T h is, L o rd , is th e se rvice done b y this b ra h m a n [55] w h ich I rem em b er." II 2 i; " G o o d , S a rip u tta , it is good. In d eed those w h o a re tr u ly m e n ,3 S a rip u tta , are th a n k fu l a n d g ra tefu l-4 B e c a u se o f th is do yo u , S a rip u tta , le t th is brah m an g o fo rth (and) ordain h im / ' " H o w , lo rd , do I le t this brah m an go fo rth , h o w do I ord ain h im ? T h e n th e L o rd , on th is occasion, h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , addressed th e m o n ks, s a y in g ; F ro m th is d a y fo rth , m onks, I abolish th a t ord ination b y go in g to th e th ree re fu g es w h ich I allow ed . I a llo w yo n , m onks, to ord ain b y a {form al) a c t con sistin g o f a m o tio n and a resolution p u t th ree tim e s .5 || 3 || ** A n d th us, m on ks, sh o u ld one ordain : T h e O rd er should be in fo rm ed b y an exp erien ced , co m p eten t m o n k , sa y in g : ' H on oured sirs* le t the O rd er h e a r m e. T h is (person) so an d so w ish es for o rd in ation from th e ven e ra b le so and so. I f it seem s rig h t to th e O rd er, th e O rd er m a y ord ain so and so, th ro u g h th e p re cep to r so an d 5 0 . T h is is th e m otion , |[ 4 || ** * H on ou red sirs, le t th e O rd er hear me* T h is person so and so . , . m a y ord ain so and so. T h e O rd er is o rd ain in g so and so th ro u g h th e p re cep to r so a n d so. I f the o rd in atio n o f so and so th ro u g h th e p recep to r so an d so is pleasing to th e ven e ra b le ones le t them b e silent ; he to w h om it is not p leasin g sh o u ld speak* A n d a second tim e I sp eak fo rth this m a tte r . . . sh o u ld sp ea k , || 5 ||
1 a d h i& d r a .
* kaiacchubkibbha, alms given with a ladle to a mode (cf. Thag, 934, M iin. 9) ; contrasted w ith ticket-food and the g ifts of robes, etc*, a t D hA. i. 37*?, and with a great g i f t " , ntahad&Ka, given, to a. body of monks a t Pv. II.
9. 56-58, P- * 5-
a sflpfrurisa.
Cf. Vift. iii. 7*
* Hotticatottha.
* Cf, S . ii. 272. S ee M V - I X . 3 , 4-9* a n d I> u ttF Early B u d ,
28.6 39.4]
M A H A V A G G A
73
ff ' A n d a th ird tim e I sp e a k fo rth th is m a tte r -. . sh ou ld sp ea k . S o an d so is o rd ain ed b y th e O rd er th ro u g h th e p re c e p to r so and so* I t is p leasin g to th e O rd er, th e re fo re th e y are silent* T h u s do I u n d ersta n d th is / " | 1 6 {[ 28 || N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in m o n k im m e d ia te ly a fte r h e w a s o rd ain ed in d u lg ed in b a d habits* M on ks sp ok e th u s : Do n o t, y o u r re v e ren ce , d o th a t, i t is n ot a llo w e d / 11 H e sp oke th u s ' fr B u t in d eed , I d id n o t a s k th e ven erab le ones sa y in g , ' O rd ain m e \ W h y d id y o u o rd ain m e w ith o u t b e in g asked (to d o so) ? " T h e y to ld th is jn a tte r to th e L o rd . [56] H e said : M onks, y o u sh o u ld n o t o rd ain w ith o u t b e in g a sked (to d o so). W h o e v e r sh o u ld {so} o rd ain , th e re is an o ffen ce o f w rong-doing* I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, to o rd ain w h en y o u h a v e b een a sk ed (to do so). || I j| " A n d th u s, m onks, sh ou ld one a s k (for it) : T h a t o n e w h o w ishes fo r o rd in atio n , h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d th e O rd er, h a v in g arran ged his u p p er robe o ve r on e sh o u ld er, h a v in g h o n o u red th e m o n k s' fe e t, h a v in g sa t d o w n on his haun ch es, h a v in g sa lu ted w ith jo in e d p alm s, sh o u ld sp ea k th u s t o it : * H o n o u red sirs, I a s k th e O rd er fo r o rd in a tio n ; h o n o u red sirs, m a y the O rder raise m e u p ,a o u t o f co m p a ssio n / A n d a secon d tim e sh ou ld he a s k , . . A n d a th ird tim e sh o u ld he a sk * * . i i ^ ii T h e O rd er should be in fo rm ed b y an ex p e rie n ced , c o m p e ten t m o n k , sa y in g : ' H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er h ear m e. T h is (person) so an d so w ishes fo r o rd in atio n fro m th e v e n e ra b le so a n d so. So a n d so asks th e O rd er for o rd in a tio n th ro u g h th e p re cep to r so and so. I f it seem s rig h t to th e O rd er th e O rd er m a y o rd ain so an d so th ro u g h th e p re cep to r so a n d so. T h is is th e m otion . J j 3 [j 4 4 ' H on oured sirs,* le t th e O rd er hear m e. T h is (person) so and so w ish es for o rd in atio n from th e v e n e ra b le so and so. So and so a sk s th e O rd er fo r o rd in atio n th ro u g h th e p re cep to r so and so . I f th e ord in atio n c f so an d so th ro u g h th e p recep to r so
1 C fr B .D . i. 309, Ii. 230, 393. * uilumpatu, tce&ning according to V A . 964 h a vin g made me arise from w hat is bad m ay th ey establish me in w h at is good ; or, having* raised roe licxa the status of a novice m ay thc^y establish m e in the statu s of a m onk p \ Cf. beioWj p . i i i , and VA+ lt>33* See also A . K* Coomara.swa.my, P a li Words, H .J . A . S ., Vod. 4, N o. z, p , 145-G, where lie takes ullumpatu as m eaning '* e xtract " (me from all evil).
74
B O O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
and so is p le a sin g to th e ven era b le ones, le t th em b e silen t ; he to w h om i t is not p lea sin g sh ou ld sp eak. A n d a secon d tim e I sp ea k fo rth th is m a tte r. . ^ T A n d a th ird tim e I sp ea k fo rth th is m a tte r . . . So an d so is o rd ain ed b y th e O rd er th ro u g h th e p re cep to r so an d so. I t is p lea sin g to th e O rd er, therefore th e y a re sile n t. T h u s do X u n d e rsta n d th is / " j| 4 \ \ 29 |j N o w a t th a t tim e in R a ja g a h a a succession o f m e a ls o f su m p tu o u s food s carne to b e a rran ge d .1 T h e n i t occu rred * N o w , these recluses, sons o f th e to a c e rta in b ra h m a n r S a k y a n s, are p leasan t in c h a ra cter, p le a sa n t in co n d u ct ; h a v in g e a ten g o o d m eals th e y lie d o w n on b ed s sh eltered from th e w ind.* W h a t n o w if I sh o u ld go fo rth a m o n g these recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s ? J' T h e n th a t b ra h m a n , h a v in g approach ed (some) m o n ks, a sk e d fo r th e go in g fo rth . T h e m on ks a llo w ed him to go fo rth (and) th e y ord ain ed h im , |[ 1 |[ T h e succession o f m eals d w in d led a w a y 5 a fte r he h a d gone fo rth . M onks sp ok e th u s : " C om e a lo n g n ow , y o u r reveren ce, w e w ill w a lk fo r a lm sfo o d / ' H e sp oke th u s : " Y o u r reveren ces, I d id n o t go fo rth fo r th is th a t I should w a lk for almsfood* I f y o u w ill g iv e to m e, I w ill e a t, b u t if y o u w ill n o t g iv e to m e, I w ill le a v e th e O rd e r/ 4 " B u t, d id y o u , y o u r reveren ce, go fo rth for y o u r b e lly 's sa k e ? " [57] " Y e s , y o u r re v e ren ce s/ ' || 2 \ \ T h o se w h o w e re m o d est m onks lo o ked d o w n u p o n , criticise d , sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : " How' can th is m o n k g o fo rth in th is dhamma a n d d iscip lin e w h ich are w e ll ta u g h t for his b e lly 's sa k e ? " T h e se m o n k s to ld th is m a tte r t o th e L o rd , H e sa id : Is it tru e , as is said , th a t y o u , m o n k , w e n t fo rth fo r y o u r b e lly s sake ? M I t is tru e , L o rd / ' T h e en ligh ten ed one* th e L o rd re b u k ed h im , s a y in g : H o w c a n y o u , foolish m an , go fo rth in th is dhamma a n d discip lin e w h ich a re w ell ta u g h t fo r y o u r b e lly 's sake ? I t is not foolish m an , fo r p lea sin g those w h o are not (yet) pleased ,
1 C/* V in , 1* 248, iv . 7 5 ii' 3 15 ).
1 C f. Vin. i. 72, iv. 129 {B*D. iii. * AAtyiaA.a * c/m khlyanti a t ii. 236, n, t , 2.
30-4 31.1]
m a h
v a g g a
75
n or for increasing: (the n u m ber of) th ose w h o are p le a se d / ' H aving; re b u k ed h im , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , he ad dressed the m o n k s, sa y in g : || 3 |[ I a llo w y o u , m onks, w h en y o u are ord aining, to e x p la in four resou rces1 : th a t go in g fo rth is on a cco u n t o f m e a ls o f scraps ; in th is respect efio rt is to b e m a d e b y y o u fo r life. (These are) e x tr a a cq u isitio n s : a m eal fo r an O rd er, a m eal for a special person, an in v ita tio n , tic k e t-fo o d , (food g iven ) on a d a y o f th e w a x in g o r w a n in g o f th e moon* on an O b serva n ce d a y , on th e d a y a fte r an O b serva n ce d a y .2 T h a t g o in g fo rth is on a cco u n t o f rag-robes ; in th is re sp e ct effort is to b e m ad e b y y o u for life . (These are) e x tr a a cq u isitio n s : (robes m ad e of) linen, c o tto n , silk, w ool, coarse h em p , c a n v a s .3 T h a t g o in g fo rth is on a cco u n t o f a lo d gin g a t th e ro o t o f a tree ; in th is respect e fio rt is to b e m ad e b y y o u for life* (These are) e x tr a a cq u sitio n s : a d w ellin g-p lace, a c u r v e d h o u se,4 3 long house,* a m ansion,* a c a v e .7 T h a t go in g fo rth is on a cco u n t o f am m o n ia a* a m ed icin e ; in th is respect effo rt is to b e m ad e b y y o u fo r life. (These are) e x tr a a cq u isitio n s : g h ee, fresh b u tte r, oil, h o n ey, m o la sse s.8 '* ]l 4 \ \ 30 || T o ld is th e F if t h P o rtio n fo r R e p e a tin g : on w h a t is d u e to a P re ce p to r. N o w a t th a t tim e a certa in b ra h m a n y o u th , h a v in g ap p ro ach ed
1 nissaya, cf. V in . i. 96. Ni$$aya is something which yo u depend upon, which supplies you, a source oi supply, N o t t o be confused with, the formal a c t called nissaya , referred to a t Vtn. i, 49 (p. 66, above), which is an a ct placing someone under guidance,, givin g him help. * F o r last four* cf, B .D * ii* 3 1 3 -3 14 and notes. * See B .D . ii, 7, 143,. and Dotes, * a44hayog&. C&tnysr speak of Lt as supannavahkageha (see aa garujasa&lhanapasdda (see C .P .D ), and as suvannavangagtiha (see Vin. "Texts *73f O* It is possible th a t the curve refers only to th e roof, curved upwards perhaps a t the ends, like some forma oi dom estic architecture in present-day India, and th is is the reason for th e a4 dha, half : ttiat in some respect th e building is half and not entirely curved. A t Vin* jjH172 it is said th at repairs m ay be made to a n during a period of seven or eight years.
* pdsddat see ii. i6 r n* 5, * A-ffltnmiya, See B .D . ii. J6. 6. * guha. These five are th e five iendtti, abodes, allowed a t Vitt* 1 L 14 6 ; allowed a t V in . i* 107, as the site (or an upasatha h all ; a t V in , i, 2.39 as the site for kaf>piyabh&*nit a place for w hat is allowable, an ou th o u se; a t Vin* i. 1164 as the site for a store-room in the last three cases the sites are to be agreed upon b y the Order* * C f, B .D . i. 133, i t 34Z* A t B ,D . ii* 131 theae five medicines m a y b e used b y ill moDka.
76
B 0; 0 K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
(some) m onks, a sk e d fo r th e g o in g fo rth . T h e m o n k s exp la in ed th e resources to h im beforeh an d. H e sp ok e t h u s : " If, honoured sirs, y o u h a d exp la in ed th e resources to me a fte r I had gone fo rth , I sh o u ld h a v e been satisfied, b u t n ow , honoured sirs, I w ill n o t go fo rth ; th e resources are d isg u stin g an d lo a th so m e to m e/* T h e m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord* H e said : " M onks, th e resources sh ou ld n o t be e x p la in e d beforehan d. W h o e v e r sh o u ld (thus) e x p la in them , th e re is a n offence o f w rong-doing. I a llo w y o u , m onks, to exp la in th e resources soon a fte r o rd ain in g (a p erso n }/' \ \ i || N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks o rd ain ed th ro u g h a gro u p o f tw o a n d a g ro u p o f th ree (m onks). T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d : MM onks, y o u sh o u ld n ot o rd ain th ro u g h a g ro u p o f less th a n te n (m onks).1 W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) ordain, th ere is an offence o f w ron g-d oin g. I allow y o u , monks* to o rd ain th ro u g h a gro u p o f te n o r m ore th a n te n (m onks)/* | ] 2 |j [58] N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks o f one y e a r 's sta n d in g a n d o f tw o y e a r s 1 sta n d in g (severally) o rd ain ed th e one w h o shared his cell* A n d w h en he w as o f one y e a r's sta n d in g ,2 th e ven erab le U p asen a, V a n g a n ta 's son,3 o rd ain ed th e one w h o shared his cell. W h e n h e w a s o f tw o years" stan d in g, h a v in g k e p t th e rains-residence, ta k in g th e one w h o shared his cell and w ho w as of one y e a r's sta n d in g , he a p p ro ach ed th e L o rd . H a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g greeted th e L o rd , he sa t dow n a t a respect fu l d istan ce. N o w , it is th e cu sto m fo r aw a k en ed ones, fo r L o rd s to exch a n g e frie n d ly greetin gs w ith in -co m in g m onks. II 3 I I T h en th e L o rd sp oke th u s to th e venerable U p asen a, V a n g a n ta 's son : " I h o p e, m on k, th a t th in g s go w e ll w*ith y o u , I hope y o u are keepin g go in g, I hope yo u cam e here w ith b u t little fa tig u e on th e jo u rn ey/" " T h in g s d o g o w ell w ith m e. L o rd , I am keep in g g o in g ,
1 See Vi-n. i. 315. A group is usually in the Vinaya regarded as consisting of from tw o to four m onks (or nuns), b u t here it is equivalent to an Order, a samgha. * See J d - ii* 449* VA+ 194, U d A . 266, A A t 1. 271 for this same episode, U dA - states th a t U pasena was of tw o years* standing1 as a preceptor. B u t it is more likely th a t A A * is right in saying that tw o years' standing a s a monk is meant, i.e. since his ow n ordination. * See iL 83.
31-4-5]
M A H A V A G G A
77
L ord , I cam e. L o rd , w ith b u t little fa tig u e on th e jo u r n e y / 1 N o w , T ru th fin d ers (som etim es) a sk k n o w in g / a n d k n o w in g (sometimes) do n ot a sk ; t h e y a s k , k n o w in g th e rig h t tim e (to a sk )v an d th e y d o n o t a sk , k n o w in g th e rig h t tim e (when n o t to ask). T ru th fin d ers a sk a b o u t w h a t belo n gs t o th e goal, n o t a b o u t w h a t does n o t b elo n g to th e goal. T h e re is bridgeb reak in g - for T ru th fin d ers in w h a te v e r does n o t b elo n g to th e goal. A w a k e n e d ones. L o rd s, q u estio n m o n k s con cern in g tw o m a tte r s : " S h all w e te a c h dhamma ? o r 4* S h all w e la y d o w n a ru le o f tra in in g for d iscip les ? '* j| 4 |[ T h e n th e L o rd spoke th u s to th e ve n e ra b le U p asen a, V a n g a n ta 's son : * * O f h o w m a n y y e a rs' sta n d in g are y o u , m onk ? " " 1, L o rd , am o f tw o y e a rs ' s ta n d in g / ' 4f A n d o f how m a n y years" sta n d in g is th is m onk ? " H e is o f one y e a r's sta n d in g . L o r d / ' W h o is this m onk a s regard s y o u ? " " H e is th e one w h o shares m y cell, L o r d / ' T h e a w aken ed one, th e L o rd reb u k ed (him), sa y in g : * * Tt is not fittin g , foolish m an , it is not becom ing, it is n ot proper, it is u n w o rth y o f a recluse* it is n ot a llo w ab le, it should n o t be d one. H o w can y o u , fo o lish m an , w h en y o u sh o u ld be exh o rted an d in stru cted b y o th ers, th in k to e x h o rt a n d in stru ct a n o th er (monk) ? T o o q u ick ly h a v e y o u , foolish m a n , tu rn ed to ab u n d a n ce,3 th a t is to s a y to a cq u irin g a gro u p . I t is n ot, foolish m an , for p lea sin g those w h o are n o t (yet) p lea sed , nor for increasing (the n um ber of) th o se w h o are p le a se d . H a v in g reb u ked h im , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , he ad dressed th e m onks, sa y in g : " M onks, one w h o is o f less th a n te n y e a rs' sta n d in g should n o t o rd ain .1 W h o e v e r (such) sh o u ld (so) o rd ain , th e re is an offence o f wrong-doing* I a llo w y o u , m onks* t o ordain th ro u g h one w h o is o f ten y e a rs ' sta n d in g o r th ro u g h on e w ho is o f m ore th a n te n y e a rs' sta n d in g / ' || 5 [ J
* See also P ' i w . L 350, iii* 6, SS-89 for t h i s passage ; a n d B*L>+ i . 13* notes I and. 2. 1 See D , L . Coomar&s'wairiY, The Bridge o f W dfaret H J A S t V o l. 8, No. 2, A ugust, 194 4, for a discussion of the Bridge m ainly from In d ian sources. * Cf, Vin. 1. 287. 4 Cf. N uns P ic . bcxiv, where a nun. of less tliaji tw e lve yearsJ standing should not ordain.
78
B O O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
N o w a t th a t tim e ig n o ra n t, in exp erien ced m o n k s ordained, th in k in g : " W e are o f ten years* sta n d in g , w e are o f ten y e a rs' s ta n d in g / ' (C onsequently) th ere w ere to b e fo u n d ign o ra n t p recep to rs, w ise (m onks) w h o sh ared th e ir ce lls ; in exp erien ced p recep tors, exp erien ced (monks) w h o shared th e ir cells ] p recep tors w h o h a d h eard little , (m onks) w h o sh ared th e ir cells w h o h a d heard m u c h ; p recep tors o f p o o r intelligence, [59] in te llig e n t (m onks) w h o sh ared th e ir cells ; a n d a ce rta in fo rm er m em b er o f a n o th e r se ct, w h en he w a s b ein g sp o k en to b y h is p re cep to r regard in g a rule, h a v in g refu ted the pTeceptor, w e n t o v e r to th e fo ld o f th a t sam e se c t1 (as before). 11611 . . T h o se w h o w ere m o d e st m o n k s . . - sp rea d it a b o u t, s a y in g : H o w can th ese ig n o ra n t, in exp erien ced m onks ord ain, th in k in g : * W e are o f te n y e a rs ' standing* w e are o f te n yea rs' sta n d in g 1 ? (So th a t) th e re a re to b e fo u n d . , - in tellig e n t (m onks) w h o share th e ir c e lls / ' T h e n th ese m o n k s to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e said : Is it tru e, as is said , m onks, th a t ign o ra n t, in exp erien ced m o n k s o rd ain ed , t h in k in g ; - * - there are to b e found * . in tellig e n t (m onks) w h o sh are th eir cells?** *f I t is tru e . L o r d ." ||7 | ] T h e n a w a k e n e d o n e, th e L o rd reb u k ed them , sa y in g : H ow , m o n ks, ca n th ese foolish m en , ig n o ra n t, in e x p e ri en ced , ord ain, t h in k in g : W e are o f te n y e a rs sta n d in g , w e are o f ten y e a rs' s ta n d in g ' ? . . - in te llig e n t (m onks) w h o share th eir cells. I t is n o t, m o n ks, for p lea sin g those w ho are n o t (yet) pleased * . / ' A n d h a v in g reb u k ed th em , h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , he addressed th e m onks, s a y in g : ** M onks, one w h o is ign oran t, in exp erien ced sh o u ld n o t o r d a in . W h o e v e r (such) sh o u ld ord ain, th e re is an offence o f w ron g-d oin g. I a llo w y o u , m onks, to ord ain th ro u gh an exp erien ced , co m p eten t m o n k w ho is o f te n y e a rs' sta n d in g or m ore th a n ten y e a rs' s ta n d in g / ' |[ 8 [ J 31 | | N o w a t th a t tim e m onks, w hen th e ir p recep to rs h a d gone a w a y a n d h a d le ft th e O rder a n d h a d died a n d had gone o v e r to an o th er side (of th e O rd er),3 b e in g w ith o u t
1 titthdyatanain sanxkami.
* C/,
BM ,
C f * V in , iv , 2 1 7
iii. 16 7).
i i i / 190/
32.1 33 .i]
M A H A V A G G A
79
tea ch ers,1 n o t b ein g exh o rted , n o t b e in g in stru cte d , w a lk e d for alm sfood w ro n g ly d ressed , w ro n g ly clothed* not b e fittin g ly a ttire d . W h ile p eo p le w ere e a tin g , , , ( = = I . 25. T 4 ) . . * I t is true, L o r d . H a v in g reb u k ed th em , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned t a lk , h e addressed th e m on ks, s a y i n g : *4M on ks, I a llo w a teacher* T h e tea ch er, m o n ks, should arouse in h is p u p il2 th e a ttitu d e o f a s o n ; th e p u p il sh o u ld a ro u se in h is te a ch e r th e a ttitu d e o f a fath er. T h u s th ese, liv in g w ith reve ren ce , w it h deference, w ith c o u rte s y to w a rd s on e another* w ill com e to g ro w th , increase, m a tu r ity in th is dhamma a n d d iscip lin e. I a llo w y o u , m onks* t o liv e te n y e a r s in dependence,* a n d w h en one is o f ten y e a rs ' sta n d in g to g iv e gu id an ce.* \ \ I [[ " A n d th u s, m onks, sh o u ld a te a ch e r b e chosen : h a v in g a rra n g e d th e u p p er robe o v e r on e sh ould er, h a v in g h on ou red h is fe e t, h a v in g sa t d o w n on th e haun ch es, h a v in g sa lu ted w ith jo in e d p alm s, he sh ould sp e a k to h im th u s : ' H o n o u red sir, be m y tea ch er, I w ill liv e in depen dence on th e v e n e ra b le o n e ; honoured sir, b e m y tc a c h e r, I w ill Live in d ep en d en ce on th e ven erab le one ; h on ou red sir, b e m y tea ch er, [60] I w ill liv e in d ep en d en ce o n th e v e n e ra b le o n e / I f he &ays : f V e r y w ell po r ' C e rta in ly * or " A ll rig h t ' or * I t is p ro p e r po r ' M an age it a m ia b ly \ a n d m a k e s th is u n d ersto o d b y g estu re . . . {= I . 25. 7 2 4 , reading te a ch e r and p u p il for p re cep to r and one w h o sh ares a cell) * * . I f th e te a ch e r b ecom es ill, he should te n d h im as long as life la s ts ; he sh o u ld w a it u n til he re c o v e rs / 1 \ \3 \ \ T o ld is w h a t is d u e to a T e a c h e r. \[ 32 |j
" T h e tea ch er, m o n ks, sh o u ld c o n d u c t h im self p ro p e rly to w a rd s his pupil- T h is is th e p ro p er c o r d u c t in th is re sp e ct : th e p u p il sh o u ld b e fu rth e re d , he sh o u ld b e h elp ed b y th e
1 acuriyu. S e e V in . T exls i< *7 8 , n, 2 fo r n o te c o m p a r in g th is w ith prec-eptor, Vi&*n. 9+ s a y s t h a t in a d w e llin g -p la c e arc teach ers* p r e c e p to r s P those w h o share a ce ll, pupils., tho&e h a v in g t h e sam e p recep to rs, th o se h a v in g t h e sam e teach ers. I t m en tio n s te a c h e rs lo r t h e g o in g forth* teach ers for o r d in a tio n , pupLEs o rd ain ed a n d allo w ed t o g o fo r th h a v in g t h e sam e p r e ce p to r ; te a ch e rs in gu id an ce, in th e e x p o s itio n (or re c ita tio n , of th e iP atim okkh a), p u p ils in t h e sa m e h a v in g th e sam e tea ch er, ft anievasika. . 9 ni&saycim vatihutn*
* nissayam dafwp.* There is also the formal act of nissaya, of placing under guidance, as in I. 35- w * The word translated above. I* 80. 4* as " resource iJ is also n is s a y ^ but it is there combined with the verb adkkhitttijt.
So
B O O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
te a ch er , . . ( = 1 . 26* i - i i , reading te a ch er and p u p il for p recep tor and one w h o shares a cell) , * - I f th e p u p il becom es iU, he sh o u ld ten d h im as lo n g as life la sts ; h e sh ould w a it u n til he re co v e rs / ' || i || W h a t is d u e to a P u p il. || 33 || T h e S ix th P o rtio n fo r R e p e a tin g . N o w a t th a t tim e p u p ils d id n o t co n d u ct th em selves p ro p erly to w a rd s th e ir teach ers * * _ ( = L 27- x^8, reading te a ch er and p u p il as above) . , * in n o t dism issing him he does n o t becom e one w h o h a s gone to o fa r / 1 ]| i \ \ 34 ]| N o w a t th a t tim e ig n o ra n t, in exp erien ced m onks, g a v e g u id a n ce, t h in k in g : W e are o f te n y e a rs ' stan d in g, w e are o f ten y e a rs ' stan d in g/* (So th a t) th ere w ere to be found ign o ran t te a ch ers, w ise p u p ils ; in exp erien ced teach ers, e x perienced p u p i ls ; te a ch ers w h o had h eard little , p u p ils w ho h a d h eard m u ch ; te a ch ers o f poor in telligen ce, in tellige n t p u p ils. T h o se w h o w ere m od est m o n ks [61] * * - sp rea d it a b o u t, sa y in g : H o w ca n th ese ign oran t in exp erien ced m onks g iv e g u id a n ce, th in k in g : * W e are o f ten y e a rsJ sta n d in g , w e are o f ten y e a rs ' sta n d in g ' ? (So th a t) there are to be found ign oran t te a ch ers , , . in tellig e n t p u p ils ." || i || T h e n th ese m o n k s to ld this m a tte r t o th e L o rd . H e s a i d ; ** Is i t true, as is said , m onks, th a t ig n o ra n t, in exp erien ced (m onks)1 are g iv in g g u id an ce, th in k in g : ' W e are o f te n y e a rs' stan d in g , w e a re o f te n years' sta n d in g * ? ri " Is it true* L o r d / ' T h e en lig h ten ed one, th e L o rd reb u ked th em ; h a v in g reb u k ed th e m , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , he addressed th e m o n ks, s a y in g : ** M onks, one w h o is ign oran t, in exp erien ced , sh o u ld n o t g iv e guidance- W h o e v e r (such) should g iv e it, th ere is an offence o f wrong-doing* 1 a llo w y o u , m o n ks, to g iv e g u id an ce th ro u g h an exp erien ced , co m p eten t m o n k w h o is o f te n y e a rs ' sta n d in g o r o f m ore th a n te n y e a rs' sta n d in g /'* |[ 2 \ [ 35 j| N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks, w h en th e ir te a ch ers an d precep tors had gone a w a y a n d h a d left th e O rd er and had d ied and h ad
1 O m itte d in Oldenberg's t e x t o f Vin, *
Cf.
a b o v e , I . * 1. 6-8.
36,i -4]
M A H A V A G G A
Si
gone o v e r to a n o th e r side (of th e O rd er),1 d id n ot k n o w a b o u t n u llificatio n s o f guidance* T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord* He s a id : ** M onks, th ere are th ese fiv e n u llifica tio n s o f g u id an ce fro m a p re cep to r : w h en a p re cep to r h a s gon e a w a y or le ft th e O rd er o r died o r gone o v e r to a n o th e r side (of th e O rd er), a n d com * m au d is th e fifth .4 Theê, m o n ks, are th e five n u llificatio n s o f g u id a n ce from a preceptor* M onks, th ere are th ese s ix n ullificatio n s o f g u id an ce from a t e a c h e r : w hen a te a ch e r h a s gone a w a y or le ft th e O rd er or died or g o n e o v e r to a n o th e r side (of th e O rd er), an d co m m an d is th e fifth , o r if h e 3 has co m e to be con n ected w ith a p recep to r.* T h ese, m o n ks, a r e th e s ix n u llificatio n s o f g u id an ce from a teacher* || I H " M onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f fiv e q u a litie s 6 he sh o u ld n o t ord ain, he sh o u ld n o t g iv e g u id a n ce , a n o v ic e sh o u ld n o t a tte n d him : if he is n o t possessed o f an a d e p t's b o d y o f m oral h a b it , . * b o d y o f co n cen tratio n . , . b o d y o f w isd om * + * b o d y o f freed om . . , b o d y o f vision a n d k n o w led ge o f freedom . M onks, if a m o n k is n o t possessed o f these fiv e q u a litie s he sh o u ld n o t ord ain , he sh ould n o t g iv e g u id a n ce , a n o vice sh ou ld n o t a tte n d him . || 2 |[ M onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f five q u a litie s he m a y ord ain, he m a y g iv e g u id a n ce , a n o v ic e m a y a tte n d h im : if he is possessed o f an a d e p t's b o d y o f m ora] h a b it . . . b o d y o f v isio n and k n o w led g e o f freedom . M onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f these fiv e q u a lities [62] he m a y ord ain, h e m a y gtve g u id a n ce , a n o v ic e m a y a tte n d him . ]| 3 |j A n d , m onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f five fu rth e r q u a litie s he sh o u ld n ot ord ain, h e sh o u ld n o t g iv e g u id a n c e , a n o v ice should n o t a tte n d him : if he is neith er h im self possessed o f an a d e p t's b o d y o f m o ra l h a b it n or en cou rages a n o th er a s to an a d e p t's b o d y o f m o ral h a b it , . , if he is n e ith e r h im self possessed
1 A s in I*. 3 2 - i, * V A , 986 s a y s t h a t t h e to a ch cr dism isses t h e p u p il from g u id a n c e In th e w o rd s oi T. 31 . 1 , * M ea n in g t h e p u p il, ii w e fo llo w V d * 988 ; b u t D u t t , Karty B u d d h ist M & nathism , p. iS x , ta k e s it t o m ean t h e te a ch e r, * V A . g8S says th a t if o n e w h o shares a cell, liv in g in d e p en d en ce or* a teacher, sees a p re ce p to r w a lk in g Cor a lm s in t h e sam e v illa g e err w o rsh ip p in g a t t h e sam e shrine, or if h e h ears h im te a c h in g dham m a in a d w e tlin g -p la ce or a m o n g h ou ses (th e teach er's) g u id a n c e lapses. T h is w o u ld s u g g e s t t h a t th e p recep to r o ccu p ie s a h igh er p o s itio n th a n th e teach er, * Cf* >, iii* s j g ; S . i. 99 ; A - L 1 6 2 , iii. 2 7 1 , v* iG.
BO O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
o f an a d e p t's b o d y o f vision a n d know led ge o f freedom nor encou rages a n o th er a s to an a d e p t's b o d y o f visio n a n d k n o w ledge o f freed om . M onks, i f a m o n k is p o ssessed o f th ese five q u a litie s he sh o u ld n o t ordain* he sh o u ld n o t g iv e g u id an ce, a n o v ic e sh o u ld n o t a tte n d him* || 4 || " M onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f five q u alities * * . a n o v ic e m a y a tte n d him ; if h e is h im se lf possessed o f an a d e p t's b o d y o f m o ra l h a b it and encou rages a n o th er a s to an a d e p t's b o d y o f m oral h a b it . . . if he is h im self possessed o f an a d ep t's b o d y o f visio n an d kn o w led g e o f freed om a n d en cou rages an o th er as to an a d e p t's b o d y o f v isio n a n d kn o w led g e o f freedom * M onks, if a n o v ice is possessed o f th ese five q u alities he m a y o rd ain . . . a n o v ice m a y a tte n d him . ]| 5 j| " A n d , m o n ks, if a m o n k is possessed o f five fu rth e r q u a litie s h e sh ou ld n o t o rd ain * - - a n o v ic e sh ou ld n o t a tte n d him : if h e com es to b e la c k in g in fa ith ,1 if h e com es to b e w ith o u t sham e, if h e co m es to be reck less, if he com es to b e la z y , if he com es to b e o f m u d d led m ind fulness.3 M onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f th ese five q u a lities he should n o t o rd ain * , , a n o vice should n ot a tte n d h im . ]| 6 || " M onks, if a m o n k is possessed of five q u a lities he m a y ordain * , , a n o v ic e m a y a tte n d him : i f he com es to h a v e fa ith , if he com es to feel sh am e, if he com es to be cau tio u s, if he com es to b e o f stirred u p en ergy, i f he com es to be o f r e a d y m indfulness*. M onks, i f a m o n k is possessed o f th ese fiv e q u alities he m a y ord ain * * a n o v ice m a y a tte n d h im , || 7 | | 4 4 A n d , m onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f five fu rth e r q u a litie s he sh o u ld n o t ord ain . T . a n o v ic e sh o u ld n o t a tte n d him : if, in regard to m o ral h ab it*4 he com es to h a v e fa llen a w a y from m o ra l h a b it ; if, in regard to good h a b its,5 he com es to
1 O n th e fo llo w La^ q u in te t, c f. D , iii, 3 j 2 r 2 8 2 : M * i 4 3 ; iiz iS ;
ii. 159* also A * iii. 4 2 1 . iv 145 an d s ee M A . L 190.

* m u f ih a s s a ii. y S e e d e fin it io n (o r a t i. se e 1 1 5 . O n th is a n d u p a lp h tta s a iit p .
** . r e a d
s & ti
m in d fu ln e s s * " a t T h u g * $
r e c o lle c t io n },
M o rris *
JPTS+
52*
C f*
3 upatthitasati ; c f . also A f. i< 356* 4 adhtsiie. V in . L 172 s a y s th a t t h e fo u r P i r i js k a s a n d th e th ir te e n S an gh ^ d isesas a r c M ta ilin g a w a y from m o ral h a b it " , as d oes VA +989, T h u s adhislla is Also the- 1 4 h igh er m o r a lity 1 ajjhdedra, Kiw. 1, 172 n am es th e f&Uitig a w a y from t h is a s g r a v e offences, offences o f e x p ia tio n , th o se w hich o u g h t *0 b e confessed, th o s e o f w r o n g -d o in g , th o se o f -wrong- speech. V A . 9 S 9 c a l l s th e m " th e fiv e other classes o f offence ,p (i.e. e x c h id ia g th e F r a jik a a n d San^h&dlsesa), Ajjhd&dra cart also m ean " transgression " +
tn u fth a
9 9 ,
36.8-12]
MA HA V A G G A
S3
h a v e fallen a w a y from good h a b its ; if, in regard to (right) v ie w ,1 he com es to h a v e fallen a w a y fro m (right) v ie w ; if he com es to h a v e h ea rd little , i f he com es to be o f p o o r in telligen ce. M on ks, i f a m o n k is possessed o f th ese five q u a litie s he sh o u ld n o t ord ain - * . H8|| " M onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f fiv e q u a litie s he m a y ord ain [63] * * . a n o v ice m a y a tte n d h im : if, in regard to m o ra l h a b it, he does n o t com e to h a v e fa llen a w a y from m oral h a b it ; if, in regard to good h a b its, he does n o t co m e to h a v e fallen a w a y from g o o d h a b its ; if, in regard to (right) vie w , he does n ot co m e to h a v e fallen a w a y from (n gh t) v ie w ; if he com es to h a v e h eard m u ch ; if he co m es to b e in tellig e n t. M onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f th ese fiv e q u a litie s he m a y o rd ain . . . a n o v icc m a y a tte n d h im . [| g |[ -f A n d t m onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f five fu rth er q u a litie s he should not ord ain . - - a n o v ic e sh o u ld n o t a tte n d him : i f he is not co m p eten t to te n d or to g e t (another) to te n d a p u p il or one w h o shares a cell a n d w h o is ill, to a lla y or g e t (another) to a lla y d issatisfactio n th a t h a s a r is e n to d isp el or g e t (another) to dispel, b y m eans o f d h a m m a rem orse th a t has arisen , if he does n o t k n o w w h a t is an offence, if he does n o t k n o w thtt re m o v a l3 o f an offence. M onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f these five q u a lities . , * a n o v ic e sh o u ld n ot a tte n d h im , 1 1 ii M onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f five q u a litie s - . . a n o v ic e m a y a tte n d him . || i i ]j " A n d m on ks, if a m o n k is p o ssessed o f five fu rth er q u a litie s he sh ou ld n o t ordain . . * a n o vice sh o u ld n o t a tte n d h im : if he is n o t co m p eten t to m a k e a p u p il or one w h o sh ares a cell tra in in th e tra in in g re ga rd in g th e fu n d a m en ta ls o f co n d u ct,4 to lead him in th e tra in in g regarding; th e fu n d a m e n ta ls o f the B r a h m a fk r in g / to le a d him in w h a t p erta in s to
1 a t id itfh i. V in . L i 72 says th a t " iaSHng a w a y fr om right v ie w means wrong view " ( views of An extrem e nature I while V A , 989 says th a t ge ttin g rid of right view, he is possessed o f wrong view of an extrem e nature. * Of. a b o v e r. 35* 20. * vwttha-na, the arising from. C f. below, p, i3 4 ( apatH vtcffhita, an offence th a t is removed, and p. 197. ganto vutthdsi, th e village (was) removed. * abht&imacarika. V A . equates these w ith th e duties (laid down) in the Khatidhakas* * adibrahmacdriyikd ; see Vin - Texts i. 185, d . 1. V/t* 990 speaks oi th is as sakhapaililatti' which m ight m ean ideas, concepts, notions suitable to a sekha, a learner.
BO O K OF D I S C I P L I N E 84 dham m a,1 to lead h im in w h a t p ertain s to disciplin e,* to discuss or g e t (another) to discuss, b y m eans o f dhammft* a false v ie w th a t h a s arisen* M onks, i f a m o n k is possessed o f these five q u a litie s . , . a n o vice sh ou ld n o t a tte n d h im . |j 12 || M onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f five q u alities . - , . T. a n o vice m a y a tte n d him , [ | 13 \ \ " A n d m o n ks, if a m o n k is possessed o f five fu rth e r qu alities . * a n o v ic e sh o u ld n o t a tte n d him : if he d o es n o t kn o w w h a t is an offence,3 if he does not k n o w w h a t is n ot a n offence, if he d oes n o t know w h a t is a slig h t offence, if he does n ot k n o w w h a t is a serious offence, if the tw o P a tim o k k h a s4 in full are n o t p ro p e rly h anded d o w n to h im , n o t'p ro p e rly classified, n ot p ro p e rly in to n ed , n ot p ro p e rly d iv id e d b y rule and in respect o f th e e x p la n a tio n .6 M onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f these five q u a lities * - . a n o vice sh o u ld not a tte n d him . |[ 1:4 || r<M onks, i f a m o n k is possessed o f five q u a lities * . * a no vice m a y a tte n d him . j| 15 j| M A n d r m on ks, if a m o n k is possessed o f five fu rth e r q u a litie s h e should n ot ordain, h e sh ould n o t g iv e g u id an ce, a n o v ic e sh o u ld n o t a tte n d him : if h e does n o t kn o w w h a t is an offence, if be docs n o t k n o w w h a t is not an offence, if he does n o t k n o w w h a t is a sligh t offence, if he does n o t kn o w w h a t is a serious offence, i f he is o f less than ten y e a rs' standing. M onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f these five qu alities he should not ordain* h e should n o t g iv e gu id an ce, a n o vice sh ould not a tte n d him . 1 1 *6 ii . " M onks, if a m onk is possessed o f five q u alities he m a y ordain, he m a y g iv e g u id an ce, a n o vice m a y a tte n d h im : if h e kn ow s w h a t is an offence, if he know s w h a t is not an offence, if he know s w h a t is a slig h t offence* if he kn o w s w h a t is a serious
[ 6 4 ]
1 abhidhamma* VA. Q *H > ta k e s t h is a s a. d iv isio n b y n am e and form ; ata.d cle a r ly h a s t h e A b b id h a m n ia p ita k a ld m in d . B u t. for th is p a ssa g e p r e d a t in g t h e ex is te n ce o f th e A b h ld h a m m a p ita k a , see O ld en b erg, V }n - *In tr- p -xiL also B~L>. iii. Jntr. x ff*, an d m y a r t. : Abhidhatttmtt Abhivinaya 1 H Q . V o], x r r p N o. 3. S e p t * 1941_ + 1 Q.b&iuin4y&r ta k e n b y V A . 990 to m ean t h e w hole of th e Vtnayapita_tEW* 1 C j, V in , ii. 249 ; A . iv* 140. v + 7 1 . 8o, 201. 4 T h a t for the- monks an d t h a t for th e rums. O n P a tim o k k h a see below , p . 1 3 1 , n* 2. F o r th is p a r t at th e pa^âge see also V in . iv_ 51 ii* 266). I n g en era l B u ., a t V A . 790 an d 990* g iv es diHerent ex p la n a tio n s o f th e term s. T h is a cco u n ts for th e d ifferen t tra n sla tio n s here an d a t B .D . it, 266. O r, m e a n in g anuvyanjanaso. V A . QQO ap p ears to e x p la in th is b y vibha&gatQ, a s to th e V ib h a n g a , th e e x p la n a to r y materiaL su rrounding each r u le ; a n d suitato, " b y ru le , b y mAtikatOj b y th e " sum m aries t h e head in gs of, or k e y to* each set of rules (in V iit. iii and iv).
36*17-38*r]
M A H A V A G G A
85
offence, if he is o f ten y e a r s ' sta n d in g or o f m ore th a n te n y e a r s ' sta n d in g / ' |j 1 7 j| T o ld is th e P o rtio n o f six te e n tim e s fiv e (cases) w hen one m a y ord ain, H36 || " M onks, i f a m onk is possessed o f s ix q u a litie s * . * [66, 67] he sh o u ld not ordain, he sh o u ld n ot g iv e g u id a n ce , a n o v ic e sh o u ld not a tte n d him*1 j| 1 - 1 4 || T o ld is th e P o rtio n o f six te e n tim e s2 s ix (cases) w h en one m a y ordain. [| 37 \[ [68] N o w a t th a t tim e th e one w h o h a d fo rm e rly been a m em b er o f a n o th e r .sect3 w hen he w a s b e in g sp ok en to b y h is p rccep to r regard in g a ru le t h a v in g re fu ted th e p rccep to r, w e n t o ve r to th e fold o f th a t sam e sect (as before), b u t h a v in g com e b a c k a g ain , he a sk e d the m onks fo r o rd in a tio n .4 T h e m o n k s to ld th is m a tte r to the L o rd . H e said : " M onks, he w h o w as fo rm e rly a m e m b e r o f a n o th er sect . . . h a v in g re fu ted th e p re cep to r an d g o in g o v e r to th e fo ld of th a t sam e sect (as before)* on co m in g b a c k sh o u ld n o t be ordained, E u tj m on ks, w h o ev er else w as fo rm e rly a m em ber o f a n o th er scct a n d desires th e g o in g fo rth in this dhamnta a n d disciplin e and d esires ordination* to him y o u sh o u ld g ra n t p ro b a tio n 3 fo r fou r months, || j [ ] 1 V in t T exts i. 1B6, i\> 1 p oin ts ou t th at 37 is " identical w ith 86* z-i5> blit for the- sixth case which, throughout chap. 37, is added each tim e a t th e end of the five eases given in chap, 30 " 1 if he is of less than ten years* standing: " and " ii he is of ten years* standing or more th a n ten years' standing *' respectively* 1 Vift. T&xU i. iS-Sp n. 2P points c u t th a t this should be Fourteen tirnes pi* for where th e fitrst faur items in 15 and 2 7 arc the sam e as one another and only th e last in each is different, thus ttjgether m aking a to tal of six items* in S7 h 13, 14 there is no repetition and these six items form one group and no more.
* S ee a b o v e I, 51, 6* * Cf. 7 i , ii, 279, ip. regard to nuns.
* T h is is probation before ordination into th e Order took place. I t Is n o t the probation which forms port of th e p e n a lty for breaking a sanghddisesa ruleV A , 990 says th a t it is called probation, parivasa, for members of other sects and also probation for the unconcealed. appaiitth-annapa.riv&sa, and can be given to naked wanderers, naked ascetics, dfivahas, and t o unclothed ascetic^ ac&la, b u t not to anyone who has a cloak or a b la n k e t made of the skin of wild animaJs, Cf, appaticchannap&rivUsa a t V in , v r 126. If B n 's explanation is ri^ht, the " unconcealed probation ** o l is erroneous, * C f . this sentence with p. ro-2, Z>* I* 1 76,
86
BO O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
4 4 A n d thus, m onks, sh o u ld i t b e g r a n t e d : first, h a v in g m ade h im h a v e his h air a n d b e a rd c u t off, h a v in g g o t (someone) to p resen t1 h im w ith y e llo w robes, h a v in g m ad e him arran ge his u p p er ro b es o ve r one sh o u ld er, h a v in g m ad e h im honour th e m o n k s' fe e t, h a v in g m ad e bi m sit d o w n on h is haunch es, h a v in g m ad e him salute w ith jo in e d palm s, he sh o u ld b e to ld ; ' S p e a k 'th u s : " I go to th e en lig h ten ed one fo r refu ge, I go t o dkamma fo r refu ge, I go to th e O rd er fo r refuge. A n d a second tim e I go * . . A n d a third tim e I go . . . t o the O rd er fo r r e fu g e / ' ' a | ] 2 || " H o n ks, i f he w h o w a s fo rm e rly a m em ber o f an o th er se ct has a p p ro a ch ed th e O rd er . . , h a s sa lu ted w ith jo in ed p alm s, h e sh o u ld sp ea k th u s to it : * I, honoured sirs, so a n d so, fo rm e rly a m em ber o f a n o th er sect, desire o rd in ation in this dhamma a n d discip lin e. T herefore do I , honoured sirs, ask th e O rd er for p ro b a tio n for fo u r m o n th s/ 3 A n d a secon d tim e h e sh o u ld a sk . A n d a th ird tim e he sh o u ld a sk . T h e O rder sh ould be in fo rm ed b y an exp erien ced , co m p eten t m o n k, s a y in g : * H on oured sirs, let th e O rder listen to m e. T h is one, so and so, fo rm e rly a m em b er o f an other sect, desires ord ination in th is dhamma a n d discipline. H e a sk s th e O rd er fo r p ro b a tio n for four m onth s. I f it seem s rig h t to th e O rd er, th e O rd er m a y g ra n t probation to so and s o r fo rm erly a m em ber of an o th er sect, for fo u r m onth s. T h is is th e m otion , H3 } | ,f ' H on oured sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T his one, so a n d so* fo rm e rly a m em b er o f an o th er sect, desires ord in atio n in th is dhamma a n d discipline. H e asks th e O rd er for p ro b a tio n for four months* T h e O rd er is g ra n tin g p ro b a tio n for four m onths t o so and so, fo rm erly a m em b er o f an o th er sect* I f th e g ra n tin g o f pro batio n for fo u r m onths to so a n d so, fo rm e rly a m em b er o f another sect, is p leasin g to th e ven erable ones, th e y should be s i le n t ; he to w h om it is n ot pleasin g sh o u ld sp ea k . P ro b a tio n for four m onths is g ra n ted b y the O rder to so and so, fo rm erly a m em b er o f an o th er sect. [69] I t is p lea sin g to the O rd er ; therefore it is silent. T h u s do I u n d erstan d th is/ j| 4 || " M onks, a form er m em ber o f an o th er se ct becom es one w h o
1 See B . D . iL 53* 55, etc.
* Same method used a t M V , I. 54 . j fo r le ttin g n o vices g o forth .

* Q u o te d a & A - i i 362.
3*5-6]
M A H A V A G G A
87
succeeds th us, one w h o fa ils thus* A n d how , m o n ks, does a form er m em b er o f an other sect becom e one w h o fa ils ? H erein , m on ks, a form er m em b er o f a n o th e r se ct enters a v illa g e a t too e a rly a tim e ,1 he retu rn s to o la te in th e d a y .* T h u s, m onks, d oes a form er m em ber o f a n o th e r se ct becom e one w h o fails. A n d again , m o n ks, a form er m em b er o f an o th er se ct com es to b e one w h ose reso rt3 (for alm s) is a m o n g p r o s titu te s / o r he com es to b e one w h ose resort {for alm s) is amongr w id o w s,* or he com es to b e one w h o se resort {for alms) is a m o n g g ro w n g ir ls / or he com es to b e one w hose resort (for alm s) is am o n g eunuchs, or he com es to be one w h o se reso rt (for alm s) is a m o n g n u n s / T h u s, to o , m onks, does a fo rm er m em b er of an o th er sect becom e one w h o fails* \ \ 5 jj '* A n d again , m o n ks, a fo rm e r m em b er o f a n o th er se ct in regard to th o se v a rio u s th in g s w h ich h a v e to be d one b y h is fellow s in th e B ra h m a -fa rin g / co m es to be not d e x tero u s therein , n o t vig o ro u s, n o t possessed o f co n sid eratio n fo r th ose kin d s o f th in g s / n o t able to a c t h im self, n o t ab le to d ire ct (others)* T h u s to o , m onks, d o es a fo rm er m em b er o f an o th er se ct becom e one w ho fa ils. A n d a g ain , m on ks, a fo rm er m em b er o f a n o th e r sect com es to b e one w h o is not o f keen
1 V A , 991 says th a t he enters a. village when he ought to b e doing services ior th e monks. 1 V A . 991 says th a t he comes back w hen the monks are m ed itatin g or havin g th e exposition and interrogation, an d does n o t d o w hat is d u e to a preceptor or teache*4 . a gocara, amm&ls* feed in g grou n d , pasture,, th e n a p p lie d t o p la c e s w here
monks accep t alms-lood. * vesiyd. also m eaning a tow-class woman. V A . 991 calls them women who fall easily into transgression on account of their beauty* O n vesiyagocava see also VbKA^ 339, A A , iii. 27S. T he are referred to below, p. 417. Also at A* iii. ia 8 > where it is said th a t if a- m onk rocs to thexn he is th ough t of as a depraved m onk and is m istrusted even ii he is kuppadhamma (v.L akufipa-), bound for th e im m ovable (see G<5 . iii 9S, n. i). A t VbJt. 246 (quoted Vism. 17) a sixth gocara. is added : licjuor-shopT and the sbc axe called agocara. These are referred to a t L>hA * iii* 275* * V A . 990, 33Q define widows as women whose husbands ate dead or absent* * th -t4iaktffrtriyv, Cf, below, p . 198. VA* 9 9 r says these atfe girls who have attained their yo uth or who are p a s t i t ; V th A . 339, A A , iii. 27S say th a t th ey are i,e. grown-up girls. K.>A/f+ ad din g th a t th e y are " not placed i.e. unmarried {of same expression in regard to kut&kumariya at A A +iv. I2}i See j d . iv_ 219 where thufiakumarika does not mean " coarse " b u t ** grown-up ,r# o i full age* vayappatta ; unmarried is implied b y the context. On hutndribhiUd as maiden, -unmarried girl, see B .D . iii. I n t r p. x lix . 7 N o t necessarily visiting the nuns' quarters,, for see story of U d ayin asking- UppalavangS. for one of her- xc/bes when she visited the m onks' dwelling-place, Vin. iii* 20& * Sam e expression occurs a t "Vin. iv. 311*
88
BO O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
d esire1 a s to th e recita tio n , a s to th e in terro g a tio n , a s to th e higher m o ra lity , th e higher th o u g h t, th e h igh er w isd om . T h u s too* m onks, does a form er m em b er o f an o th er se ct becom e one w h o fails. || 6 || A n d again , m on ks, a form er m em ber o f a n o th er s e c t becom es a n g ry , displeased, d issatisfied if d ispraise is b e in g spoken o f th e teach er, th e view s, th e a p p ro val, the persuasion, th e creed* o f th a t fold o f a sect from w h ic h he h a s co m e o v e r ; he becom es pleased , ela ted , satisfied if dispraise is b ein g spoken o f the aw ak en ed one or o f dhamma or o f the O rd er ; o r else he becom es pleased, ela ted , satisfied if praise is b ein g spoken o f th e teach er, th e view s, the a p p ro v a l, th e persuasion, th e creed o f th a t fo ld o f a se ct from w h ich he has co m e o v e r ; he becom es a n g ry, d isp leased , d issatisfied if praise is b e in g sp o k en o f the a w a k e n e d one o r o f dhamma or o f th e O rder. T h is, m onks, is th e k n ittin g to g eth e r3 in regard to w h a t m a y be th e fa ilu re 4 o f a fo rm e r m em b er o f a n o th er sect. It is thus, m on ks, th a t a fo rm er m em b er o f an o th er se ct b ecom es one w h o fails. T h e re fo re , m on ks, if th ere co m e a fo rm er m em b er o f an o th er se c t w h o h a s failed , he sh o u ld n o t be ordained, |] 7 || " A n d h o w , m on ks, d o es a form er m em b er o f a n o th er sect becom e one w h o succeeds ? H erein, m onks, a form er m em ber o f an o th er sect does n o t e n te r a v illa g e a t tq o e a rly a tim e, h e does n o t retu rn too la te in th e d a y . T hus, m onks, does a fo rm e r m em b er o f an o th er sect becom e one w ho succeeds. A n d agairij m on ks . . . [point by p oint the contrary o f I. 38. 5r 6. 7) [70] * . . T h is, m onks, is th e k n ittin g to g eth e r in regard to w h a t m a y b e th e success o f a form er m em b er o f a n o th er se ct. I t te thus, m onks, th a t a form er m em b er o f an o th er sect becom es one w h o succeeds. T h erefo re, m onks, i f th ere com e a form er m em ber o f a n o th er se ct w ho has succeed ed , he m a y be ord ained , || 8 -10 H " If, m o n ks, a fo rm er m em ber o f a n o th e r sect com es n aked ,
1 tibbacthanda; cf* I>* iii* 253, 3S3 far seven oth er matters, far w h ich a m on k sh ou ld L a v e txbbiiccKanda. 1 dddya, here used as a. n ou n . * sa?tghdaHikamt th e u n ify in g . T h e w ord also occurs a t *W- i- 322, A . iii. 10 :n. t h e sim ile o f th e house w ith th e p ea k ed r o o i. T h e r e is no ju stificatio n for t h e " d e cis iv e m o m en t " o f V in . T& xit i. 190. T h e senten ce com es a s a co n clu sio n to t h e w a y s , a lr e a d y m entioned* in w h ich failu re (and b elo w , success) m a y b e m an ifested .
4 attdradfuwtfyctSmim.
3 8 . l i 3 9 .2 ]
m a h
v a g g a
89
a robe b elon gin g to a p re c e p to r1 sh o u ld be lo o k e d a b o u t for* I f he com es w ith o u t th e h air o f his h ead cu t off, th e O rd er should be a sk ed fo r perm ission fo r s h a v in g it close, M onks, if those co m e w h o a rc fire-w orsh ippin g m a tte d h a ir a scetics th e y m a y be o rd ained , p ro b a tio n sh o u ld n o t be g iv e n t o these* W h a t is th e reason for th is ? T h e se , m o n ks, affirm d eeds, th e y affirm w h a t o u g h t to be d o n e,3 I f, m o n ks, th ere com e a form er m em b er o f a n o th e r sect w h o is a S a k y a n b y b irth , he m a y be o rd ain ed , p ro b a tio n sh ou ld n o t b e g iv e n to h im . I , m o n k s, w ill g iv e th is sp ecia l p riv ile g e to (m y) re la tio n s ." || n || T h e T a lk on F o rm e r M em bers o f A n o th e r Sect* T h e S e v e n th P o rtio n fo r R e p e a tin g . N o w a t th a t tim e five diseases w ere p re v a le n t a m o n g the p eople o f M a g a d h a : le p ro sy , b o ils, eczem a* con sum p tion , e p ilep sy .4 People, a fflicted w ith th e five diseases, h a v in g a p p ro ach ed J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a ,5 sp oke th u s : " I t w ere good , te a ch er, if y o u w o u ld a tte n d us*a*J " B u t I , m asters, am v e r y b u sy , th ere is m u ch to be done, and K in g [71] S e n iya B im b is a ra o f M a g a d h a is to be looked a fte r b y m e, also th e w o m e n 's q u a rters a n d th e O rd er o f m onks w ith th e a w a k e n e d one a t its h ea d . I am n o t a b le to a tte n d you/' 4i A ll th is p ro p e r ty sh all becom e you rs, tea ch er, and w e w ill be y o u r sla v e s.7 It w ere good, teach er, if y o u w ou ld a tte n d u s ." < c B u t I t m asters, am v e r y b u s y . , . I am n o t a b le to a tte n d y o u / J !] 1 || T h e n it occurred to these people : " Theê recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s, are o f p le a sa n t ch aracter, o f p le a sa n t c o n d u c t; h a v in g eaten good m eals, t h e y lie dow n on bed s sh eltered
1 up&jjhay&ntuiaha. cl vara, Accord Lag to V A . havin g made a. preceptor his master, issara, he has &ome claim on him a.s to bowl and robes. A t Vin. iii. 204* there is the expression mMetdvara. See AIV* I, 2 &, 1 where ii one who shares a. cell has no robe his preceptor should try to g e t one for him. * bhap$ukatn*na, Cf, below* end of I, 4, 2. * AfirnfKavaJiHO Jtiriyavddiiu?. Cf. D . i. 53, 115* A - L 6a* V in . L . 233, iii* 2. See also A* K . Coom araswam y, S e n P a li W ords H . f . A . S , , V o l. 4, INo. a,
p . 1 19 fL * A s a t I . 7 6 . 1 b e lo w . Cf* Viw, iv . S {B+D. ii. ifio , w h ere see a - 4 fcr fa r th e r references)* M en tio n ed a lso w ith m a n y other diseases, a t A . v . 110 .
|| 38 \ \
See M V . V I I I . i .
tikicchstii* t o tr e a t m c d ic a lly , t o cu re.
T Cf. Vin . i+ 274.
90
B O O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
fro m th e w in d . Suppose w e w ere to go fo rth am o n g th e recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s ? In th a t case m o n k s w ould lo o k a fte r us a n d m o re o v e r J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a w ould a tte n d u s / ' T h e n th ese p eo p le, h a v in g a p p ro ach ed (some) m on ks, a sk ed fo r th e g o in g fo rth . T h e m o n k s le t them go fo rth , th e y o rd ain ed th e m . T h ese m o n k s lo o ked a fte r th em and m oreover J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cc a a tte n d e d th e m , _ . N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks, lo o kin g a fte r m a n y ill m o n ks, liv e d in te n t on asking, in te n t on h in tin g , s a y i n g : " G iv e food for th e sick , g ive food for th o se w h o lo o k a fte r th e sic k , g iv e m ed icin es for th e s ic k / '1 A n d J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cc a , a tte n d in g m a n y ill m o n k s ,.o m itte d som e o f his d u ties to w a rd s th e king- II 3 !! A ce rta in m an , a fflicted w ith th e five diseases* h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cc a , spoke t h u s : I t w ere good, teach er, i f y o u w o u ld a tte n d m e . B u t I, m a ste r, am v e r y b u s y * * I am n o t a b le to a tte n d y o u ." MA ll th is p ro p e rty sh a ll be you rs, te a d ie r , a n d I w ill be y o u r slave- I t w ere good , te a ch e r, i f yo u w o u ld a tte n d m e ." " B u t I, m a s te r am v e r y b u s y * , . I am n o t able to a tte n d you" I! 4 II * T h e n it occurred to th a t m an : " N o w these recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s are o f p le a sa n t c h a ra c te r . . * Sup pose I w ere to go fo rth a m o n g the recluses, sons of th e S a k y a n s ? I n th a t case m on ks w o u ld lo o k a fte r m e a n d m o reover J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cc a w o u ld a tte n d m e ; and w h en I am w ell I w ill le a v e th e O rder/" T h e n th a t, m an , h a v in g ap p ro ach ed (some) m on ks, asked for th e g o in g fo rth . T h e se m onks le t him go forth , th e y o rd ain ed him . T h ese m o n ks lo o ked a fte r h im a n d m oreover J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cc a a tte n d e d him . W h en he w as w ell he le ft th e O rd er. J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cc a saw [72] th a t m an w h o h a d le ft th e O r d e r ; seein g h im , he sp o k e th u s to th a t m a n : " H a d n o t y o u , m aster, gone fo rth am ong th e m o n ks ? M t *4 Y e s , te a ch e r." ** T h en w h y h a v e y o u , m aster, acted in this w a y ? T h en th is m an to ld this m a tte r to J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cc a . || g ||
1 T h r e e o f th e b e n e fits t h a t V i s i l t l i i w as a llo w ed t o ccrnfcr on t h e Order*
ii * ii
3 9 .6 *0 .2 ]
M A H A V A G G A
91,
J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a lo o k e d d o w n upon, criticised , sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : H o w ca n these h on ou red sirs le t one a fflicted w ith th e five diseases go fo rth ? " T h en J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cc a a p p ro a ch ed th e L o r d ; h a v in g ap p ro a ch e d , h a v in g greeted th e L o rd , he sa t dow n a t a re sp e ctfu l d istan ce. A s he w as sittin g d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce, J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cc a sp ok e th u s to th e L o rd : *f I t w ere w ell, L ord , if th e m asters did not le t one afflicted w ith (an y one o f)1 th e five diseases go fo r th / ' \ \ 6 || T h e L o rd th en glad d en ed , rejo iced , roused, d e lig h te d J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cc a w ith t a lk on dhamma. Then J iv a k a K o m arabh acca,, gla d d en ed , . * d elig h ted b y th e L o rd w ith ta lk on dhamma, rising from his seat, h a v in g greeted th e L o rd , d ep arted keep in g his rig h t sid e to w a rd s him . T h e n th e L o rd , on this occasion, in th is con n ection , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , addressed th e m o n ks, sa y in g ; " M onks, one afflicted w ith (an y one of) th e fiv e diseases should not be le t go fo rth . W h o e v e r sh o u ld let (one such) go fo rth , there is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / ' H7 [139 [I N o w a t th a t tim e there cam e to be a d istu rb a n ce on th e b o rd erlan d s o f K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M agadha. T h e n K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M a g a d h a co m m an d ed th e generals, th e ch ief m inisters, sa y in g : G o , good sirs, search 2 th e b ord er lan d s/' V e r y w ell, s ir e / ' th e gen erals, th e ch ief m in isters answ ered K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M a g a d h a in assent, \ \ X [j T h en it occurred to (some) v e r y d istin g u ish ed w arrio rs ; B ec a u se w e d elig h t in b a ttle,* w e do e v il an d w e en gen d er m u ch dem erit- N o w b y w h a t m eans co u ld w e refrain from e v il and d o w h a t is good ? " T h en it occurred to these w arrio rs : " T h ese recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s are dhatnmtifarers, even -farers, B rah m a-farers, th e y are tru th -sp ca k ers, o m oral habit, o f g o o d character^4 N o w , if w e w ere to go fo rth a m o n g these recluses, sons o f the S a k y a n s, th u s m ig h t w e refrain from e v il a n d do w h a t is g o o d / J T h en these w arriors, h a v in g 1 Taken separately at VA * 995f in relation to going forth.
* VA. 996 s a y s t h a t th ie v e s w ere g iv in g tro u b le , b u t becau se B im bis& ra w a s a str& am -w inner h e d id fia t co m m a n d 1 1 1 S tr ik e th e m , k ill th em ./'
* Cf. Vtw* iv* 104 4 Cf. L ?or 1*5, loo, 223.
92
B O O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
ap p ro ach ed (some) m onks, asked fo r th e go in g forth* T he m o n ks le t th em go fo rth , th e y o rd ain ed th em . || 2 |] T h e generals, th e ch ie f m in isters, a sked those In th e K in g 's se rv ice 1 : *H o w [73] is it, good sirs, th a t th e w arriors, so and so a n d so a n d so, are n o t t o be seen ? " M Sirs,* th e w arriors, so a n d so an d so and so, h a v e gone fo rth am o n g th e m onks/" T h e generals, th e ch ief m in isters . * . sp rea d it a b o u t, s a y in g : " H ow can th ese recluses, sons o f the S a k y a n s, le t one w h o is in th e k in g 's se rvice go fo rth ? " T h e generals, th e ch ief m in isters to ld th is m a tte r to K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M agad ha. T h en K in g S e n iya B im b isa ra o f M agad h a a sk ed th e ch ie f m in isters o f ju s tic e : " G o o d sirs, w h a t does he w h o le ts one go fo rth w h o is in a king^s service en gen der3 (for him self) ? " " S ire , a p recep to r's h e a d sh o u ld b e cu t off, th e ton gu e sh ould b e to m from th e announcer o f a p ro cla m a tio n ,4 h a lf th e ribs o f a (m em ber o f a) g ro u p sh o u ld b e b ro k e n / ' j| 3 j| T h en K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M ag ad h a approached the L o r d ; h a v in g approached , h a v in g greeted the l o r d , he sat d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. A s he w as sittin g dow n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra r>i M agad ha sp oke th u s to th e L o rd : " T h ere are, L o rd , kin gs w h o are o f no fa ith , n o t b e lie v in g ; th ese m ig h t harm m o n k s even for a triflin g m atter* I t w ere w ell, L o rd , i f th e m a sters d id n o t let one in a k in g 's service go fo r th / ' T h en th e L ord glad d en ed * * * d eligh ted K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M a g a d h a w ith ta lk on dham m a , T h e n K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M agadha, glad d ened * * * d e lig h ted b y th e L o rd w ith ta lk on dhamma, rising from his seat, h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , d e p a rte d keep in g his righ t side to w a rd s him . T h e n th e L o rd on th is occasion, in this connection, h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , addressed the m onks, sa y in g : " M onks, one in a k in g 's service should n o t be le t go fo rth . W h o e v e r sh o u ld le t (one such) go fo rth , th ere is an offence o f w ro n g *d o in g /r || 4 || 40 |[ 1 rajabhata. 1 Jamt, lords, masters,
J fiasavaii, sam e w ord a s used a b o v e m " en gen d er m u ch d e m e r it > p . * aftussdvaka, V A . 996 tak es t h is as dcarxya, teach er* w hich w ou ld be m ore in line w ith " p re cep to r a n d '* g r o u p " , b o th o f w h ich m igh t l e t a person g o forth . The. an n oun cer o i a p ro cla m a tio n h a d n o t, a s such, th is pow er,
42_z]
M A H A V A G G A
93
N o w a t th a t tim e a th ie f (wearing) a g a rla n d o f fingers1 cam e to h a v e gone forth a m o n g th e m on ks. P eo p le, h a v in g seen (him), w ere p e rtu rb e d , then alarm ed , th en th e y ran a w a y , th en th e y w e n t b y a d ifferen t route, th en th e y tu rn e d in a n o th e r d irectio n , th en th e y closed the door*2 P eo p le . . . sp rea d it about* s a y in g : H o w can th e reclu ses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s let a th ie f w ea rin g an emblem go fo rth ? M onks heard these p eo p le w h o . . . sp read it a b o u t. T h e n th ese m on ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . T h e L o rd ad dressed th e m onks s a y in g : r* M onks, a th ie f w h o w e a rs an em blem sh ou ld not be le t g o fo rth . W h o e v e r sh o u ld le t (one sucb) go fo rth , th ere is an offence o f w rong-doing.*J |j i || 41 ]| N o w a t th a t tim e it [74] w a s decreed b y K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M a g a d h a : " T h e re is n o th in g to do a g ain st th o se w h o go fo rth am on g th e recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s. W e ll p reach ed is dhamma, let th em fa re th e B ra h m a -fa rin g fo r m a k in g a n u tte r end o f ill/*4 N o w at th a t tim e a certain m an, h a v in g co m m itted a th e ft, w a s im prisoned in a ja il ; he, h a v in g broken o u t o f ja il, h a v in g ru n a w a y , w e n t fo rth am ong the m onks. |[ i |] People h a v in g seen (hirn) sp ok e th u s ; " T h is is th e v e r y 6 th ie f w h o h a s broken o u t o f ja il. Com e a lo n g , le t us bring him (b a c k } .* ,J Som e sp oke t h u s : " D o n o t, m a sters, sp e a k thuSj fo r it is decreed b y K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M agad h a : x T h ere is n o th in g to do a g a in st th o se * . . u tte r end o f ill/ '* P eop le - * . sp rea d it a b o u t, sa y in g : " T hese recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s are safe a n d secu re7 ;
* i. a n g u lim $ k i+ a n d N o t th e w e ll-k n o w n it ), fo r in b a n d it -t b ie f a b s e n c e c a lle d o f o i th is n a m e o r it n o (a s V i n . T e x t s n a m e 19 6 D - P . P . N . T h e T h a g . ta k e th e to b e tt& m a p ro p e r
is . d e n o t e d * to fo r h im th e a t
r o b b e r
w h e
c a n ic
A n g u lim a la . h a s b e is s h o w n a s
v e rs e s
a s c r ib e d th e L o r d a s
8 6 6 *8 9 1 . fo rt h , th e
A t
T h a g . a s
8 6 9 -8 7 0 s a y in g *
a s k in g , a n d a n d
g o in g h is
L o r d
C o m e * H is to
m o n k
tb is .
c o n s titu tin g a r e a ls o g iv e n
m o n k ^ s ta tu s , A f* s to ry S u tt a o f S 6 r
b k ik k h u b h d v a * I t is d iffic u lt ^ o in g
s to ry ,
th e
v e rse s* V ir ta y a
a t
re c o n c ile fo r
th e
a b o v e
n ilt n ^
w it h
th e
A n g u l i m a l a 's h a r d ly to b e
fo rth * in
th e
L o r d ru n
re c o g n is e d o l t h ie v e s .
h is u n u s u a l
p o t e n t ia lit ie s ,
e x p e c te d
th e c o m m o n
1 Cf+ V in , iii. J44 L ^46)* * dh&jab&ddha. * C f. V in . iv . zzG (fi.ZX iii. 182*3) w h ere sim ila r w ord s are a ttr ib u te d
to K in g P a s e n a d i.
* ay&m -sc ? , em phatic.

* a s in M V t I. 4 6 ^ i , 47 , 1. * abftayfivara. T h is is th e w ord ^h ich g iv e s t h e title t o t h is p o r tio n for " re p e a tin g " .
94
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
th ere is n o th in g to do a g a in st them . B u t h o w can th e y le t a th ie f g o fo rth w h o h a s broken o u t o f ja il ? " T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e sa id : M onks, a th ie f w h o h a s broken out o f ja il sh o u ld n o t be le t go forth- W h o e v e r sh o u ld let (one such) go forth, there is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / ' \ \ 2 || 42 || N o w a t th a t tim e a. c e rta in m an , h a v in g com m itted a th e ft, h a v in g run aw ay* w en t fo rth am ong th e m onks. A n d in the ro y a l palace, th is w a s w ritte n :x W h erever he m a y be seen, th ere he sh ou ld be k ille d . P eop le, h a v in g seen (him ), spoke th u s : " T h is is th e v e r y th ie f w h o w as w ritte n a b o u t. Com e along, le t us k ill h im / ' Som e sp o k e th u s : D o n o t, m asters, sp ea k th u s . . . u tte r en d o f ill/ " P e o p le * * , sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : " T h ese recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s a re sa fe an d secure ; there is n o th in g to do a g ain st them . B u t how can th e y le t a th ie f go fo rth w h o has been w ritte n a b o u t ? J' T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e said : *r M o n k sJ a th ie f w h o has been w ritte n a b o u t sh ou ld not be le t go fo rth . W h o e ve r sh ou ld le t (one such) go fo rth , there is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g ." || r [| 43 j|
1 Ln a n E d d * V tn + T e x t s i. th e lu t x . x x x u ta k e o i th e th is a r t a o f a p a s s a g e a t 99 S s h o w in g th e tim e in d is p u t a b le V in a y a m a n n e r e x is te n c e in to ca a th e ir n a m le a f w rit in g p\ V A , v a
w h e n to th e
th e
te x ts b y b e
w e r e p v t s a y in g w ritt e n * \
p re& en t s h a p e p a p p e o r in a v d
a p p e a rs
c o n iirm . t h is k in g " c a u s e s
v ie w it to in it
r d jA o n
p o tth a h z A s
+ . * Iik n a p e ttt c a n w a s a ls o th e n
b o o k .
p Q tth a k a w ritin g
m e a n
m o d e lle d w h a t
c la y n o w .
w e
m u s t w h a t
n o t "
a s s u m e w ritin g o n "
th a t w a s
n e c e s s a r ily o n
is
T h e n ,
d o n e
w a s
p r o b a b ly m e a n
p a lm -Ie a v e s w rite *
a n d
m e t a l o r c la y tu rn .
t a b le t s , a n d
w o o d *
L i b h
Ln P a l i c a n
d ra w ,
c a rv e ,
4*.x47.i]
MAHAVAGGA
95
N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in m a n w h o h a d b een sco u rg ed as p u n ish m en t1 c a m e to h a v e gone fo r th a m o n g th e m on ks. People . . . sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : " H o w can these reclu scs, sons o f th e S a k y a n s, le t one w h o h a s b een scourged a s p u n ish m e n t go fo rth ? T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : " M onks, one w h o has b een sco u rg ed as p u n ish m en t sh ould n o t b e le t go fo rth . W h o e v e r sh ou ld le t (one such) go fo rth , th ere is a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / J || i || 44 ]| [75] N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in m a n w h o h a d been b ra n d ed as punishment * , * [as in jj 44 |[ to the end). |{ r |j 45 J j N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in m a n , a d e b to r, h a v in g run a w a y , cam e to h a v e gone fo rth am ong th e m o n ks. T h e cred itors, h a v in g seen (him ), sp oke t h u s : T h is is our v e r y d e b to r. Com e along, le t us b rin g him (b a ck ).3 Som e sp o k e th u s : * * D o not, m a s te r y sp eak thus, fo r i t is d ecreed b y K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M agad h a : ' T h ere is n o th in g to do a g a in st those w h o go fo rth a m o n g th e recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s , W e ll p rcach cd is dhamma, lot th em fa re th e B r a h m a fa rin g fo r m a k in g a n u tte r end o f ill * ** P e o p le * * * sp rea d it a b o u t, s a y in g : " T h ese recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s 3re sa fe an d secure ; th ere is n o th in g to d o again st th em . B u t h o w can th e y le t a d e b to r go fo rth ? T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : M onks, a d e b to r sh o u ld n o t be le t go fo rth . W h o e v e r should le t (one such) go fo rth , th e re is an offence o f w ro n g doing/* 1 | r ]| 46 || N o w a t th a t tim e a certa in sla v e , h a v in g ru n a w a y , cam e to h a v e gone forth a m o n g th e m o n ks. T h e m istresses,4 h a v in g seen (him), sp ok e th u s : T h is is o u r v e r y slav e. C o m e along,, le t us b rin g h im (back)** . (as in I* 4 } ** ** M onks, a s la v e sh o u ld n o t be le t g o forth- W h o e v e r 1 kasdhata katad&titfaktttnfna.
* la k k h a n d k a t a h a ta d a n g a h a m m a -* * nem at as in I . 42 . 2, 47 Hi . * a y y ih d . A t V in + r 3 7 r h v, 3. s d m
th a t w o m e n r u le d th e h o u s e h o ld * ik fr is g iv e n . th e ir
A s m a ll
p ie c e
of
e v id e n c e
ra th e r
t h a n
h u s b a n d s .
* ndma, as in I . 42 . 2 a n d 46 * 1.
BO O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
sh o u ld le t (one such) g o fo rth , th ere is an offen ce o f w ron g d o in g If x II47 n N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in bald -h ead ed m e ta l-s m ith ,1 h a v in g q u a rrelled w ith his p a re n ts, h a v in g gon e to a m onastery* w e n t fo rth am o n g th e m o n ks. T h en th e p a re n ts o f th a t b a ld h ea d ed m e ta l-sm ith , sea rch in g fo r th a t b ald -h ead ed m e ta lsm ith , h a v in g gone to th e m o n a ste ry , a sked th e m o n ks, s a y in g : " H on ou red sirs, h a v e y o u seen a y o u th lik e th a t ? J* T h e m onks, n o t kn o w in g (him ), m e rely sa id : r* W e do n ot k n o w (h im } ; n o t seein g (him ), m e re ly s a id : W e do not see (h im )/' |[ x [ | T h e n th e p aren ts o f th a t b a ld -h e a d e d m eta l-sm ith , searching for th a t b ald -h ead ed m e ta l-sm ith [76], h a v in g seen him gone fo rth a m o n g th e m o n k s . . - sp rea d i t a b o u t, s a y in g : T h ese recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s are sham eless, o f bad cond uct, lia rs ; k n o w in g , th e y m e re ly sa y , - W e do n ot kn o w ' ; seeing, th e y m e rely s a y , ' W e d o n o t see \ a n d this y o u th is gone fo rth a m o n g th e m o n k s / ' M onks heard th e p a re n ts o f th is b a ld h ead ed m e ta l-sm ith w h o * * * sp rea d i t a b o u t. T h en these m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " 'I a llo w y o u , monks* to ask th e O rd er for perm ission fo r sh a v in g (the h air o f th e head) close*2 " J | 2 || 48 j| N o w a t t h a t tim e in R a ja g a h a a g ro u p o f seven teen b o y s w ere frien d s3 ; o f these the y o u th U p a li w as th e chief. T h en it occurred to U p a li's p a ren ts : B y w h a t m eans could Upali* a fte r o u r dem ise, liv e a t ease a n d n o t be in w a n t ? T h e n it o ccu rred to U p a li's p a ren ts : " I f U p a li sh o u ld learn w ritin g, so w o u ld U p a li, a fte r our dem ise, liv e a t ease and n o t b e in w a n t/ ' T h e n it occurred to U pali"s p a ren ts : " B u t if U p ali
1
H o fm m j-n a ra b h a n tfu . d is tin c tio n m e t a ls , b e in g a w a s b u t H ig h ly a p p a r e n t ly 1002 s a y s e s te e m e d m a d e h e
by
a
k in g
an d
p e o p le * in
JS
iii.
2S1a n d p o in t ^
b e tw e e n
w o rk e rs
g o ld *
s ilv e r
o th e r o i h is
VA.
is
w a s
g o l d s m i t h s
so n *
T he exact
t h a t if
s m it h
o b s c u re . a b o v e i so o o n
* bhangukam ma, cf.

n e w ly a m o n g th e re s h a v e n th e o n e { a n d c u t t J a in s n e e d t o
I. 38 . 1 1 .
r o n e 'w h o s e h a ir is
VA.
t w o a
1003 s a y s
O r d e r o r
if
th e re is
is
le a v in g
th e
th e re
a n y o n e o r g o [e s s , fo rth th a n
fin g e r -b re a d t h s o n e c a n b e
lo n g t o
is n o
h is h a ir , th e re fo r e c lo s e e v e ti s h a v in g . if it b e h a s
su ch H u t o n ly b e e n a
a lio w e d h a ir o n ly
w it h o u t t w o
a s k in g
lo r
th e lo n g ,
-w h o e v e r t o p -k n o t , fo r.
h a s m a y
m o re b e
fin g e r -b r e a d t h s fo rth w h e n
a llo w e d ,
to
g o
th e
c lo s e
s h a v in g iii,
a s k e d
A s
a t V in ,
iv .
12S ff, ( B J X
10 E 0*
4 9 _ i
5]
M A H A V A G G A
97
learns w ritin g his fingers w ill b ecom e painful* Tf U paJi w ere to le a m c a lcu la tio n , so w o u ld U p a li, a lte r o u r d em ise, liv e a t ease a n d n o t b e in w a n t/ J [I i || T h e n it o ccu rred to U p a li's p a re n ts ; "f B u t if U p a li lea rn s c a lcu la tio n , h is b re a st w ill b eco m e painful* I f U p ali w ere to learn m o n ey-ch an gin g, so w o u ld U p a li, a fte r o u r dem ise, liv e a t ease a n d n o t be in w an t/* T h en it occurred to U p a li's p a r e n t s : " B u t if U p ali le a rn s m o n e y-ch a n g in g h is e ye s w ill becom e p ain fu l. N o w there are th ese recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s, p leasan t in h a b it, p lea sa n t in co n d u ct ; h a v in g eaten g o o d m eals, t h e y lie d o w n on b ed s sh eltered from fh e w in d . N o w if U p ali w ere to g o fo rth a m o n g th e recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s, so w o u ld U p a li, a fte r o u r d em ise, liv e a t ease and n ot b e in w a n t/ ' ||2 | | T h e b o y U p a li h ea rd th is co n versa tio n o f h is p aren ts. T h en th e b o y U p a li ap p ro ach ed th ose b o y s ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h e sp ok e th u s to these b o y s : " C om e, m a sters, w e w ill go forth a m o n g th e recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s / ' " I f y o u , m a ster, w ill go fo rth , w e lik ew ise w ill also go forth/* T h en th ese b o ys, h a v in g (each) a p p ro a ch e d his p a ren ts, sp oke th u s: " C on sen t th a t I m a y go fo rth from hom e in to hom eless n e ss/ ' T h en [77] th e p a ren ts o f th ose b o ys consented , th in k in g : " A ll th ese b a y s w a n t th e sam e th in g , th e y are b e n t on w h a t is g o o d / ' T h ese, h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed m onks, a sk ed fo r th e g o in g fo rth . T h e se m o n ks le t th e m go forth, th e y ordained th em , jf 3 1 | G e ttin g u p in th e n ig h t to w a rd s d a w n , th ese cried out ; " G i v e co n je y , g iv e rice, g iv e solid fo o d / r T h e m on ks sp o k e th u s ; " W a it, y o u r reveren ces, u n til it tu rn s lig h t. Sh ould there b e c o n je y y o u sh all d rin k it ; should there be rice y o u sh all p a rta k e o f it ; should th ere be so lid food y o u sh a ll e a t it . B u t should th e re n o t b e c o n je y or rice or so lid fo o d , then, h a v in g w a lk e d fo r alm s, y o u shall e a t / 1 B u t these m on ks, b e in g sp ok en to th u s b y th e m onks, cried o u t ju s t th e sam e : 0 G iv e convey, g iv e rice, g iv e solid fo o d ," a n d th e y soiled a n d w e tte d th e bed d in g. |[ 4 [( T h e n th e L o rd , g e ttin g up in th e n ig h t to w a rd s d a w n , h ea rin g this noise of b o y s, ad dressed th e v e n e ra b le A n a n d a , s a y in g : W h y ever* A n a n d a , is th ere this noise o f b o y s ? T h e n the
96
BO O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
ve n e ra b le A n a n d a to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : ** Is i t tru e a s is said , m on ks, th a t m o n k s k n o w in g ly ordain a n in d iv id u a l1 w h o is u n d er tw e n ty ye a rs o f age ? " I t is tru e . L o r d , T h e aw ak en ed one, th e L o rd reb u k ed th e m , sa y in g : " H o w , m o n ks, ca_n these foolish m en k n o w in g ly ord ain an in d iv id u a l w h o is und er tw e n ty ye a rs o f age ? j[ 5 | | M onks, a n in d iv id u a l under tw e n ty y e a rs o f a g e is not able to endure co ld , h e a t, h u n g e r th irst, th e stin g o f gadflies or m o sq u ito es, w in d ajid sun , creeping th in g s, a b u sive , h u rtfu l la n g u a g e ; he is n o t th e k in d (of person) w h o endures b o d ily feelings w h ich , a risin g, are p a in fu l a cu te, sh arp , shooting, d isagreeab le, m iserable, d ead ly- B u t , m o n ks, a n in d iv id u a l o f tw e n ty y e a rs o f a g e is able to endure co ld , h e a t , * . m iserable, d e a d ly . M onks, th is is n ot fo r p lea sin g th o se w h o are n o t (yet} p le a se d , n or for in creasin g th e n u m b er o f those w h o are p leased *" H a v in g reb u k ed th e m , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , he addressed th e m onks, s a y in g : " M on ks, an in d iv id u a l w h o is u n d er tw e n ty ye a rs o f age sh o u ld n o t k n o w in g ly b e ord ain ed . W h o e v e r sh ould (so) ordain (one such) sh o u ld b e d e a lt w ith a cco rd in g t o th e r u le .5 ** II 6 || 49 j| N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in fa m ily cam e t o pass a w a y as a resu lt o f m a la ria .4 (O nly) th e fa th e r a n d little son belongin g to it s u r v iv e d .* T h ese, h a v in g gone fo rth am o n g th e m onks, w a lk e d even fo r alm sfood togeth er- T h en th a t b o y , w h en a lm sfoo d w a s g iv en t o h is fa th er, h a v in g ru n up to him , spoke th u s : " G iv e to m e to o , fa th e r, g iv e to m e to o , fa th e r/ ' P eo p le [78] . . . sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : " T h ese recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s, are n o t ch a ste. T h is b o y w as b o m of
1 O n th e m onkish in ten tio n o f puggaXa see iii. In tr* p. acxii f* * A s a t V in . iv . 3 30, P i c . L X V iii. 12). * P S c. L X V . * ahh'&takarQga, sh o u ld b e " snalce-wiEid-dise&se , W o r d occu rs a t Jd+ ii. -79, iv . 200. S ee n o te a t J d . C a m b r id g e translation * ii. 53. C f Makdvastu^ L ^53, a disease ca lle d pdhiv&sa (prod u ced b y n o n -h u m a n a g e n cy } w h ich is said to a t t a c k a w h o le d istrict.
* w h ic h o r r o o f a t i. a h o n t iP c a m e p e rs o n a n d _/. to re m a in . fro m "T h is 5 5 . t o Is B n , th e is a t V A . 1003 b y e x p la in s th e m e a n s in iv . th e io o . b y w a ll S e e
m ay
e s c a p e a w a y * ii.
d is e a s e
m iU c in g a t J
r u n n i n g
a ls o
m e n t io n e d
5.
h o le
L i. 7 9 *
n o te
tr a n s la tio n ,
T h e
rO g a m & iig itlo , o u ld th e b e
th e
r e a d in g
w h ic h
V in .
T exts
a
204. n. 1
v illa g e
a s c r ib e s h e
th e fr e e ,
Corny, w s h
o f
tir&g&.mAdigatQJ
re a c h e d
d is t a a t
(w h e r e
d is e a s e )
BO-i 52,1]
MAHAVAGGA
99
a n u n ." M onks h e a rd th ese people w h o . . . spread it about* T h en these m o n k s to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord* H e s a i d : ** M onks, a b o y of less th an fifte e n ye a rs o f a g e sh o u ld n ot b e le t go fo rth . W h o e v e r sh ou ld le t (one such) g o fo r th , th e re is a n offence o f w ro n g-d o in g/*1 |j i |] 50 ]| N o w a t th a t tim e th e fa m ily , faithful* b e lie v in g , w h o su p p o rte d th e ven erab le A n a n d a , passed a w a y a? a re su lt o f m a la ria , b u t tw o b o y s su rvived * T h e se , h a v in g seen m on ks, ra n u p to th em a cco rd in g to th e ir fo rm e r a llo w a b le cu sto m , (but) th e m o n k s sent th e m aw ay* T h e se c ricd on b e in g sent a w a y b y th e m o n ks. T h e n it occu rred t o th e v e n e ra b le A nanda : I t is la id d o w n b y th e L o rd th a t a b o y o f less th a n fifteen y e a rs of a g e sh o u ld n ot b e a llo w ed to g o fo rth , an d these b o y s are less th a n fifteen ye a rs of age_ N o w b y w h a t m eans m ig h t these b o y s n o t be lo s t ? M T h e n th e ve n e ra b le A n a n d a to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " B u t, A n a n d a h a re th e se b o y s ab le to sca re 2 cro w s ? *' * * T h e y are a b le (to do so). L o r d / ' T h e n th e L o rd , on th is occasion, in this con n ectio n h a v in g g iv e n reaso n ed ta lk , ad dressed th e m o n ks, s a y in g : " I allo w you* m onks, to le t a y o u th o f less th a n fifteen y e a rs o f age a n d w h o is a sca re r o f cro w s* go fo r th / ' [j x U51 || N o w a t th a t tim e th e v e n e ra b le U p a n a n d a , th e son o f th e S a k y a n s, h a d tw o n o vices, K a n d a k a 4 and M a h a k a .s T h ese co m m itted so d o m y w ith one another* M onks lo o k e d d o w n 1 F i v e years, th erefore, w ere t o ela p se b efo re th e u p a s a m p a d z o rd in a tio n w as a llo w e d (seeFac. lx v a n d belo w , p . ). T h is in te r v e n in g period is referred t o a t J & r ii 196 : htdapUriio * * > pabbajiii'd upasam padaya p elSidMiiiTrct htttvH, a b o y o f g o o d fa m ily , h a v in g gon e fo rth , b e in g fiv e y e a r s off ord in ation . . * 9 ujtepsturri, m ea n in g " t o m a k e fly u p or " t o c a tc h in sn a res * \ See FEDV A . 1003 n et b e lp io l
* kdbuffepaha*
e x p L a m s d o w n a s T h e w o rd a s h o u ld c lo d o f p r o b a b ly e a r th fly u p in h is re a d J e ft
u 44*Pak ah e
VA.
a b le , e a t a
1003
m e a l
"
h a v in g
ta k e n
h a n d ,
is
t o
s it t in g
a n d
h a v in g
m a d e
th e
C ro w s T h is
{ka kfi Uififdpetv-a)*

c e rta in a m o u n t I n b e e n a
p u t d o w n a n d
tn f r o n t o f (h im ) n o t to b e a re
s h o w s a in a n
o f p h y s ic a l s tre n g th w h e r e h a v e fo rm a o f c r o w s b o y s m o s t y o u th
e n d u ra n c e , p e rs is t e n t c o u ld
fo u n d in
in fa n t .
c o u n t r y u s e fu l t o
a r e a s w h o
a s th e y th e m t o o i
In d ia ,
it m u s t h a v e
h a d a a
s c a re
a w a y ,
IC e v e rth e fc e s s r u le
th is
a llo w a n c e th e g o in g
s in g u la r u n d e r 4
e x c e p t io n y e a r s
th e a g e . 1 0 7,
g e n e ra l
fo r b id d in g
fo rth
fifte e n
A ls o
b e lo w , T h e r e fo r o f
p.
w h e r e a
it
w a s a a n d
p r o b a b ly n o v ic e , is
th is
K a n d a k a iv , 1 3 8,
w h o h e
w a s w a s s a m e
e x p e lle d . e x p e lle d a s *
es
a ls o a
K a n d a k a , v ie w , I
at V in ,
b u t
h o ld in g
w r o n g b u t
th e re fo r e
p e r h a p s
n o t
th e
U p a n a n d a 's H e a r d
n o v ic e n o w h e r e h e re , t h in lr.
roo
BO O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
upon, criticised , sp rea d i t a b o u t, s a y in g : " H o w can th ese n o vices in d u lge in a b a d h a b it su ch as th is ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : M onks, tw o n ovices sh o u ld n o t a tte n d one (m onk). W h o e v e r should m a k e tw o n o vices a tte n d 1 h im , th e re is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / ' [| I \\52 |f N o w a t th a t tim e* th e L o rd sp en t th e rains ju s t there, in R a ja g a h a , th e cold w e a th e r there, th e h o t w e a th e r th ere. P eop le * . . sp rea d i t a b o u t, sa y in g : f< T h e d is tric t is cro w d ed up, confused w ith recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s ; b ecause o f th e m th e d istric t is not to b e seen /' M onks, h eard these p eo p le w h o . * - sp rea d it about* T h e n these m onks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . [ ]i [ | T h en th e L o rd ad d ressed th e ven era b le A n a n d a , s a y i n g : " G o, A n a n d a , a n d ta k in g a k e y , [79] an n oun ce to th e m o n ks in e v e r y cell : ' Y o u r reverences, th e L o rd w ishes to set out on to u r for D a k k h in a g irL W h a te v e r ven era b le one needs (to d o so), le t him come.* Y e s , L o r d / 1 and th e ven erab le A n a n d a , h a v in g answ ered th e L o rd in assent, ta k in g ti>e k e y , announced to th e m onks in e v e r y c e l l : Y o u r reveren ces, th e L o rd w ishes to set out on to u r for D a k k h in a g trL W h a te v e r ven erable one needs (to do so)j le t him c o m e ." ||2 | | M onks sp oke t h u s : " R everen d A n a n d a , it is laid dow n b y th e L o rd (th a t one is) to liv e ten y e a rs in d ep en d en ce, and' w h en one is o f ten y e a r s sta n d in g (he is) to g iv e guid ance*1 I f w e go th e re then g u id an ce m ust b e ch o se n 4 (there), b u t the
1 up-eitlh&peti.
a fte r, o r is a to c a u s e to ju n io r . in S e e
C f.
Y i n ,
a b o v e ., e .g .
M V * I. 36 , 5,
o n e L 4 9 , w h o n. 5 is ; ill a ls o
T h is
w o rd
c a n
a ls o
m eatt
to a
lo o k
a tte n d ,
o r a n o t h e r P ic . L X
m o n k , X a n d
w h e th e r th e
s e n io r w o rd b y
T e x ts w it h
w h e r e is
s a m e
u ie d
c o n n e c tio n in a s te rm s a t
th e
e x p e lle d m a te ria l i. 2 0 5
K a ^ id a k a , h e lp G a n d P P N
th e re I t
d e fin e d
th e to M V .
0 1 4 Corny,
o rd a in I. "*
oi
is
g iv in g T e x t s
c o m fo rt . . a r t :
d o e s
not
ra e a a
V i n .
a n d
K a n t a k a .
B e lo w ,
5 5 . i P th e
r u lin g
a m e n d e d .
C f. |] r lj w ith N u n s Pftc. X L , w h ere a sim ilar d e scr ip tio n of R 5 jaffaha i& g iv e n w hen it w as crow d ed o a t b y nuns. # S e e J1V , I + 3. 1 ab o ve. * nissayo ca gahctabbo bhavissaci* C f, upajjhdyo gaJt&tabbo a t M V . I. 2 5 . 7, a n d Acariyij *ahtt&bb& a t M V * I , 3 2 . 2 : < c t h u s sh ou ld a p receptor . . , a te a ch e r b e c h o se n /' T h e reference in th e a b o v e p assag e w ou ld a p p ea r t o b e b a c k to- th is k in d o f ch o o sin g : ch oosin g a p re ce p to r or teach er, or b o th , t o g iv e g u id an ce. I f a p u p il or p recep to r le a v e o n e 3-n oth er th en * 4ssaya (guidance) i s broken.
53-3
M A H A V A G G A
IDI
sto p (there) m a y b e sh o rt ; th en w e m u st com e b a c k again and g u id an ce m u s t be chosen a gain . I f our te a ch ers an d p recep tors are go in g, w e to o w ill g o ; b u t if o u r teach ers an d p recep tors are n o t go in g, th en w e w ill n o t go. R e v e re n d A n an d a, w e sh a ll (otherw ise) lo o k fe a th e r-b ra in e d ."1 [(3 \ \ T h e n th e L o rd set o u t on to u r for D a k k h in a g iri w ith an O rd er o f m o n ks n u m b erin g less th a n a grou p.* T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g s ta y e d in D a k k h in a g iri fo r a s long as he fo u n d su itin g , cam e b a c k a g a in to R a j agah a. T h e n th e L o rd ad dressed th e ven era b le A n a n d a , sa y in g : " H o w is it, A n a n d a , th a t th e T ru th fin d er set o u t on to u r for D a k k h in a g iri w ith a n O rd er o f m onks n u m b erin g less th a n a g ro u p ? T h en th e ven e ra b le A n a n d a to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , T h e n th e L o rd on th is occasion, in th is connection, h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , addressed th e m on ks, s a y in g : " 1 a llo w , m onks, an e x p e rie n ced c o m p e ten t m o n k to liv e five y e a rs in dependence (but) an in exp erien ced one a ll h is life. || 4 II " M onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f fiv e q u a litie s he sh o u ld n o t liv e in d ep en d e n tly3 (of a p re cep to r o r teacher) : i f he is n o t possessed o f an a d e p t's b o d y o f m oral h a b it . . . { = I, 36- 3) * * * M onks, if a m o n k is n o t possessed o f th ese five q u a litie s he should n ot liv e in d ep en d en tly* M onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f five q u a litie s he m a y liv e in d ep en d e n tly : if he is possessed o f a n a d ep t's b o d y o f m oral h a b it 36* 3) . * . M onks, if a m onk is possessed o f th ese fiv e q u a litie s he m a y liv e in d ep en d e n tly .4 || 5 || M onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f fiv e fu rth e r q u a litie s he should n o t liv e in d ep en d e n tly : if he co m es t o b e o f no fa ith * * ( = I. 36. 6) , , . M onks, he should n o t liv e in d ep en d en tly. M onks, if a m on k is possessed o f five q u a litie s he m a y liv e in d ep en d en tly : if he com es to h a v e fa ith [80] - - . ( L 36 . 7) * - . M onks, * . . he m a y liv e in d ep en d e n tly . ||6 ||
1 lahuGtftakatd no paH nayiss . a fea th er-b ra in ed (lig h t m inded) s ta te w il l b e a p p a r e n t in us* * bhikhhuxanghfna, V A . 1003 e x p la in s oga%terta an pnTihimzga-$na9 la c k in g a gro u p , a n d a s oppatnatlaka bhikkhus&vigha, o n ly a sm all O rd er o f m onks. U s u a lly a 11 g ro u p Ji co n sisted o f from t w t o fo u l m o n k s o r n u n s , b u t a b o ve , I. 3 1 . a g ro u p o i te n m on ks is referred to. s antssitena, in in d epen d en ce, w ith o u t a te a ch e r to g iv e gu id an ce, * Of. below , I* 7 3 . 1-4 w here o th e r cases a r e g iv e n where- a mn-nk m a y liv e independently,, anissita*
102
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
* * - , . five fu rth e r q u a lities he sh ould not liv e in d ep en d e n tly : ifr in regard to m oral h a b it, he com es to have fa llen a w a y from m o ral h a b it * . , ( = I . 36. S) - . . M onks, if a m onk is possessed o f five q u a lities he m a y liv e in d e p e n d e n tly : if, in regard to m o ral h a b it, he does n o t com e to h a v e fallen a w a y . , * ( = 1. 36. 9) . . . he m a y live in d ep en d en tly, |[ 7 | | ** . . * fiv e fu rth e r q u a litie s he should n o t liv e in d ep en d en tly : i f he does n o t k n o w w h a t is an offence L 36, 14) * . . M onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f five q ualities h e m a y liv e in d ep en d en tly : if he know s w h a t is an offence 36. 15) * * . he m a y live in d ep en d en tly. || 8 || 4t. * . five fu rth e r q u a lities h e should n ot liv e in d ep en d e n tly : if he does n ot kn o w w h a t is an offence * . . ( = L 36. 16} * * * i f he is o f less th a n five y e a rs standing. . . , M onks, if a m o n k is p o ss e sse d 'o f five qualities he m a y liv e in d e p e n d e n tly : if he know s w h a t is an offence I, 36. 17) . . . if he is o f five ye a rs' sta n d in g o r o f m ore th a n five y e a rs stan d in g. , . . ]| g |j " M onks, if a m o n k is possessed o f s ix q u a lities he should n o t liv e in d e p e n d e n tly ; i f he is n o t possessed pf an a d e p t's b o d y of m o ral h a b it , . . I, 37. 1) . . . if he is o f less th a n five ye a rs' standing. M onks, if a m onk is n o t possessed o f these six q u a litie s he should n ot liv e in d ep en d en tly. M onks, if a m onk is possessed of six q u alities h e m a y live in d e p e n d e n tly ; if he is possessed of an a d e p t's b o d y o i m oral h a b it I. 37. 2) . . . if he is o f five yea rs' stand ing or m ore than five yea rs' standing . . - || 10 || " . , . six further q ualities he should n o t Live in d ep en d en tly ; if he com es to h a v e no faith . . ~ { = I. 37. 5) . . . if he is o f less th an five y e a rs' standing . . . possessed o f six qualities he m a y live independently : if he com es to h ave fa ith . + . ( = I- 37. 6) . . . if he is o f five yea rs' sta n d in g or more than five years" stan d in g . * * || 1 1 fj M . six fu rth er qu alities he should not liv e in d ep en d en tly: if, in regard to m oral habit, he com es to have fallen a w a y from m o ral habit , , . ( = I- 37. 7) * if he is o f less than five years' Standing . . . possessed o f six qualities he m a y lave independently ; if, in regard to m oral h a b it, he d o es not com e to h ave fallen awT a y . . . ( = L 37. b) . . . if he is o f five y e a rs1 standing or moTe th a n five years' standing. j| 12 [ | 4 4 * . - six further qualities he should not live in d ep en d en tly;
53.13 54,3]
MA H A V A G G A
if he does not k n o w w h a t is an o ffen ce - * . ( = L 37* 13) . * . if he is o f less than fiv e ye a rs' stan d in g . _ . possessed o f six qualities he m a y liv e in d ep en d en tly : i f he know s w h a t is an offence . . . I. 37. 14) . . if he is o f five years* stan d in g or m ore thaji five y e a rs' standing* M onks, i f a m o n k is possessed o f these s ix qu alities he m a y liv e in d ep en d en tly. 1(13 ||5 3 || T o ld is th e P o rtio n fo r R e p e a tin g on Safe and Secure. [8t]
T h en th e L ord , h a v in g sta y ed in R a ja g a h a for as long as he found suiting, set o u t on to u r for K a p ila v a tth u . W a lk in g on to u r in d ue course he arrived a t K a p ila v a tth u .1 T h e L o rd sta y ed there a m o n g th e S a k y a n s in K a p ila v a tth u in the B a n y a n m on astery.2 T h en the Londp h a v in g dressed in th e morning* ta k in g his b o w l and robe, approached th e d w ellin g of Sud d hod ana th e S a k y a jL ; h a v in g a p p ro ach ed he sa t dow n on th e appointed seat. T h en th e lady^ R a h u la s m other, sp ok e th u s to the b o y R a h u la : " T h i s , R ahula* is y o u r father, go a n d a sk h im foT yo u r in h eritan ce/' || 1 |( T h e n th e b o y R a h u la approached th e L o rd : h a v in g approachedj he stood in fron t o f th e L o rd and sa id : ' r P lea sa n t is y o u r sh adow , recluse*" T h en th e L o rd , rising up from his se a tp departed- T hen the b o y R a h u la , follow ing close behind the L o r d Psaid : G iv e m e m y inheritance, recluse, g iv e m e m y inheritance, recluse/* T hen th e L o rd addressed the venerable S arip u tta, sayin g 1 " W e ll th en , d o y o u , S a rip u tta , let the b o y R a h u la go fo rth / '3 H ow do I p Lord, let th e b o y R a h u la go forth ? " ]| 2 || T h en the L o rd on this occasion, in th is connection, h a vin g g iv en reasoned ta lk , addressed the m onks, s a y in g : " I allow , m onks, the goin g forth for n o vices b y th e three goings for refuge* A n d th us, m on ks, should yo u le t one go f o r t h : first, h a v in g m ade him h a v e his h air and beard cu t off, h avin g g o t (someone) to present him w ith y e llo w robes, h a vin g m ad e him arrange his upp er robe o ve r one shoulder, h a vin g m ade him honour th e m onks' feet, h avin g m ade him sit down on his haunches, h a v in g m ade him salute w ith jo in ed palm s, he should
1 1005. says- i t was- a d is ta n c e ot s ix ty y&jana j from R S^ agah a ; g o in g a yojam 1 a day* th e L o rd 's jo u r n e y to o k tw o m on th s. * S e e B *D , ii. 94P n, i , * S to r y of " ^ S h u la 's con version ,r also g iv e n a t D h A , L 1 1 6 (, an d
104
BO O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
be t o l d : 4 S p eak t h u s : I go to the aw aken ed one for refuge* I go to dhamma for refuge, T go to the O rder for refuge. A n d a second tim e 1 go . . . A n d a th ird tim e I go . * . to the O rder for refuge " I allow , m on ks, th e go in g fo rth fo r novices b y these th ree goings for refuge/" || 3 || T h en th e venerable S a rip u tta le t th e b o y R a h u la go forth. T h en Suddhodana th e S a k y a n approached the L o r d ; h a v in g approached* h a v in g greeted th e L o rd , he sat dow n at a resp ectfu l distance* A s he w as sittin g dow n a t a rcspectful distance, Su d d h o d an a th e S a k y a n sp oke th u s to the L o rd : I, L o rd , ask th e L o rd fo r one b o o n /1 * * B u t, G o ta m a ,2 T ruth-finders are beyond (granting) b oon s/'4 " L o rd , it is w h a t is allow able, it is w h a t is blam eless. " S p eak on, G o ta m a , ]| 4 [ | " L o rd , when the L o rd w ent forth there cam e to be n o t a little sorrow* likew ise when N an d a4 d id ; it w as extrem e when R a h u la d id .* [83] A ffcction for a son, L o rd , cu ts into the sk in , h avin g cut in to th e sk in it cu ts in to the h id e, h a v in g cu t in to the hide it cu ts in to the flesh . _ _ the ligam en ts, * . . the bones, h a vin g cu t in to th e bones and reaching the m arrow , it abides. I t were w ell, L o rd , if the m asters d id not let a child to go forth w ith ou t the p aren ts' consent, | |5 | | T h en th e L o rd glad d en ed , rejo iced , roused, d elig h ted S u d d h o d a n a th e S a k y a n w ith ta lk on dhamma. Then S u d d h o d an a th e S a k y a n g lad d en ed . , * d e lig h ted b y th e L o rd wr ith t a lk on dhamma, risin g from h is seat, h a v in g greeted th e L o rd , d e p a rted keep in g his rig h t side to w a rd s him . T hen th e L o rd on this o c c a s io n in th is connection, h a v in g given reasoned ta lk , addressed th e m on ks, s a y in g : M onks, a child w ho has n o t his p a ren ts' co n scn t should not be le t go fo rth . W h o e v e r should let (one such) go forth , th e re is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / | ] 6| ] 54 |[
1 S a m e m eth o d e m p lo y e d a t I . 38. 3 for g r a n tin g p ro b a tio n t o form er m em b ers o f other sccts. * O o ta m a w a s th e c\s.n or fam iLv name* s atikkantavara. V in . Texts, in tra n s la tin g a b o v e an d para Lie] passages a t V in . i. 29-2, a d d s " (before th e y k n o w w h a t t h e y are) R ouse; J d * . transin,, iv< 198 (=z J . iv. 315., q u o tin g i. 92) has th e T a th a g a ta .* h a v e bo o n s b e y o n d m easure : C .P .D . " a b o v e {granting) boons > p . * T h e L o r d s ha!f-bTother, son of M a h U p aja p atL O n N a n d a 's g o in g fo rth see T M . tooS Str D h A . i. It& . V erses a t T h a g . S e t U d * 2 1 fT * . 6 V A . 10 10 s a y s t h a t S-uddhodana th in k in g th e fa m ily line broken because th e s e th r e e w en t forth , asked where a t i n s co u ld co m e Iram ,
55.1 56.1]
M A H A V A G G A
105
T h en th e L a rd , h a v in g s ta y e d in K a p ila v a tth u for as lo n g as he found su itin g, set o u t on to u r for S a v a tth L W a lk in g on to u r in d u e course h e a rriv e d a t S a v a tth l. T h e L o rd s ta y e d th ere in S a v a tth i in th e J e t a G ro v e in A n a th a p in ^ ik a 's m o n astery. N o w a t th a t tim e th e fa m ily w h o su p p o rte d th e ven era b le S a rip u tta sen t a y o u th t o th e ve n e ra b le S a rip u tta , sa y in g : " M a y th e eld er le t th is y o u th go fo rth /* T h e n it o ccu rred to th e v e n e ra b le S a rip u tta : " A rule o f tra in in g laid dow n b y th e L o rd sa y s th a t tw o n o v ic e s sh o u ld not a tte n d one (m onk),1 a n d th is R a h u la is m y n o vice. N o w w h a t line o f co n d u ct sh o u ld be fo llo w ed b y m e ? H e to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : < r I allo w , m o n ks, tw o n o vices to a tte n d one exp erien ced , co m p e ten t m on k, or else as m a n y to a tte n d (him) as he is able to exh o rt, to in stru ct/* |j 1 j| 55 ]| T h en it occurred to th e n o vices : N o w , how m a n y rules for tra in in g are there fo r u s and In w h ich w e are to tra in ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : M onks, I a llo w ten rules fo r tra in in g fo r n o v ic e s 2 and novices to tra in in th ese : restra in t fro m o n slau gh t on crea tu re s,3 re stra in t from ta k in g w h a t is n o t g iv e n ,1 restra in t from n n c h a s tity ,B restra in t from ly in g ,6 restra in t from th e occasion o f sloth (induced b y ) ferm en ted ]iq u o rt sp irits an d stro n g d r in k / re stra in t from eating- a t th e w rong time, restra in t from seeing show s* o f d a n cin g, sin gin g a n d m u sic,10 restra in t from th e occasion o f using ga rla n d s, scen ts, u n gu en ts
4 A b o v e , I. 52 . 1.
4ii>.
* N ovice is defined at iv* 122 iL 413) as one corriorming to ten rules Jor trainitig ; also fem ale novice ia so defined a t Vin. iv* 343 iii.
4 P ir . I l l , F ac. L X I . T h e s e r estra in ts or a b s tin e n c e s o cc u r &t e.g. 4 ff., A . i, 2.1 3r Li. 2 ^ iv , ^47 S . v . 4G9, Pw g* 5S. Cf. D A . 69 ff. 4 P ar. II* . i.
* Par, I.
P a r. IV , T C f . P a c , L I. * P S c. X X X V I L vis&ka a p p e a rs to m ean tw is tin g , w rig g lin g , restless m o tio n . O n th e m im in g n atu re of sin gin g, d a n cin g a n d m u sic see B .D . iJi. Tntr, x l, n, a n d p. 2^S, n. 2T h e s e show s w here m o v e m e n t w as a, fe a tu r e w ere oi q u ite a d ifferen t ch aracter from show s of in a n im a te ob jects* N u n s w ere forbid d en to v is it these la tt e r b y th e ir P a c . X U . 1B A 4 tikk&fa fo r m o n k s t o see these, Vift- ii, iq S ; a p d cittiya for turns t o see th e m , N u n s ' F a c . X -
io 6
BO O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
a n d w ea rin g finery, [S3] restra in t from u sin g h igh beds, large b ed s,1 restra in t fro m a cce p tin g g o ld and silver*2 I a llo w , m on ks, these te n rules for tra in in g fc r n ovices and n ovices to tra in in th e s e / ' |[ I [| 56 || N o w a t th a t tim e n o vices w ere n ot resp ectfu l, n o t d eferen tial, n o t courteous to w a rd s th e m onks. M onks , , . sp rea d i t a b o u t, sa y in g : " H o w ca n these n o vices n o t be resp ectfu l * , , to w ard s th e m onks ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e sa id : ' f M onks, I allo w yo u to im pose a punish m ent* on a no vice w h o is possessed o f five q u a lities : if he tries fo r n an -receivin g (of gains)* b y m onks, if he tries for non-profiting b y m onks, if he tries fo r non-residence for m o n ks, if he reviles and a b u se s6 m onks, if he causes m onk to b re a k w ith m on k. I a llo w yo u , m onks, to im pose a p u n ish m en t on a n o vice w h o is possessed o f th ese fiv e q u a litie s. || i | | T h e n it o ccu rred to these m onks : " N o w , how should the pu n ish m en t be im posed ? T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I allow y o u , m o n ks, to m a k e a p ro h ib i t i o n / '0 N ow a t th a t tim e m on ks m ade a prohibition for n o vices in respect o f an O rd er's entire m o n a ste ry. T h e n o v ic e s, on b ein g un ab le to en ter th e m o n a stery, w e n t a w a y , an d le ft th e O rd er, a n d w e n t o ve r to (other) sects. T h e y told this m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " M onks, a n O rd er's en tire m o n a stery should n o t be m ade (the su b je ct of) a p roh ibition . W h o e v e r should m ake (it such), there is a n offence o f w rong doing. I a llo w yo u , m onks, to m a k e a prohibition in respect o f w h erever he is s ta y in g or w h erever he is entering*7" [| 2 || N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks m ade a p roh ibition fo r novices in resp ect o f n u trim en t ta k e n b y th e m outh, People, m akin g a d rin k o f co n je y and also rice fo r an O rder, spoke th u s to th e novices : rf C om e, honoured sirs, d rin k th e c o n je y 3 com e, honoured sirs, p a rta k e o f th e rice . T h e n ovices spoke thus ;
* C f. r a c . L X X X V I I *
1 Nissag. X V I I I . da n gah a m m a ; cf* above I. 4'+. 1, 45 - i r 3-D .d Vi*t. iL 262 i.

* So V A * j o t 3 ; " o f r e q u is ite s /' A A . iv . 360* C f th ese w ith " five q u a li t i e s " a t Vin, ii. iS , " e igh t q u a lities a.t iv . 345, Vin. it. 125* * C f. V in t Ev. 5 , 21 1 309 w here nuns m a y not re vile or ab u se a tn^ nk, * dvarana, an obsta.de, hindrance,, b a it in g off, C f. V in . Ii. 16 2 /, * p&tikkatnnti, to return, V A . 10 13 e x p la in s b y pauisiUt to eater. The m ea n in g is en terin g a m o n a ste ry in th e sense of retu rn in g t o it-
5 7 .3 6 0 ,1 ]
M A H A V A G G A
107
** I t is n ot possible, sirs, th e m onks h a v e m a d e {this th e su b je ct of) a p ro h ib itio n . T h e p eople . . . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : ** H o w can these revered sirs m a k e a p ro h ib itio n fo r n o vices in resp ect o f n u trim e n t ta k e n b y th e m o u th ? T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord* H e sa id : *f M onks, n u trim e n t ta k e n b y th e m o u th is n o t to be m ad e (the su b je ct of) a prohibition* W Tioever sh ou ld m a k e {it such ), th ere is an offence o f w ro n g d o in g / 1 it 3 j| T o ld is th e Ite m on P u n ish m en t. |[ 57 |j
N o w a t th a t tim e th e gro u p o f sax m onks, [84] w ith o u t h a v in g a sk e d p recep to rs (for perm ission), m ad e a prohibition fo r n ovices. P recep to rs h u n ted a b o u t, s a y in g ; N o w , w h ere are our n o vices ? T h e y are n ot t o be seen* M onks spoke th u s : " A p rohibition w as m a d e, y o u r reveren ces, b y th e g ro u p o f six m o n k s / ' T h e p recep to rs . * , sp rea d it a b o u t, s a y in g ; ** H o w can th is gro u p o f six m on ks, w ith o u t a sk in g u s (for perm ission), m a k e a p ro h ib itio n fo r o u r n ovices ? T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d : " M onks, a p ro h ib itio n is n o t to be m ade w ith o u t askin g p rccep to rs (for perm ission). W h o e v e r sh o u ld m a k e one, th e re is an offence o f wrong-* doing/* || 1 || 58 || . N o w a t th a t tim e th e gro u p o f s ix m o n ks lu red a w a y 1 th e n o vices of m o n k s w h o w ere elders* T h e elders, g e ttin g th e ir o w n tooth -w o o d and w a te r for rin sin g th e m o u th , w ere in com m od ed .2- T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord- H e sa id : " M onks, a n o th e r's a ss e m b ly sh ou ld n o t b e lu red a w a y . W h o e v e r should lure it a w a y , there is an offence o f w ro n g d o in g / ' |! 1 [j 59 || N ow a t th a t tim e K a n d a k a ,3 a n o v ic e o f th e ven erab le U p an a n d a , th e son o f th e S a k y a n s, seduced th e n u n K a n d a k a .
* apa&i[enii> to d r a w over {to th em selves). B u . a t V A . 1 0 14 b in ts a t b rib ery, th e g ro u p o t s ix s a y in g t h e y w ou ld g iv e b o w ls a n d robes t o th e
novices.
* hUamaii, m ore u s u a lly to go s h o rt o f \ t o b e tired , fa tig u e d . T h o s e w ho shared cells a n d p u p ils sh ou ld g e t to o th -w o o d a n d w a te r for ringing th e m o n th lo r th e ir p recep to rs a n d teach ers r e s p e c tiv e ly , L 2 &, I* 3 2 . ^
* See above, I. &2. i p and B .D . iii. 31.
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
M onks . * * sp rea d it a b o u t, s a y in g : H o w ca n this no vice indulge in a bad h a b it lik e th is ? ,J T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d : ** I allow y o u , m onks, to e x p e l a n o vice w h o is possessed o f ten q u alities : if he is one w h o m akes onslaugh t on creatures, if he is one w h o ta k e s w h a t is n o t g iven , if he is one w h o is u n ch aste, if h e is a lia r, i f he is a d rin ker o f stro n g d rin k, if he sp eaks d ispraise o f th e a w a k e n e d one., if he sp eaks dispraise o f dkamma , ii tie sp eak s d ispraise o f th e O rder, if he is a holder o f a false v ie w ,1 if h e is a sed u cer o f nuns. I a llo w yo u , m on ks, to e x p e l a n o v ic e w h o is possessed o f these ten q u a litie s/ ' II1 1 1 60 || N o w a t th a t tim e a certain eu n u ch ca m e to h a v e gone fo rth a m o n g th e m onks. H a v in g a p p ro ach ed a n u m b er o f y o u n g m o n ks, he spoke t h u s : C o m e, ven erab le ones, com m it an offence w ith m e / ' T h e m onks refu sed , s a y in g : " B e off3, eunuch, depart*, eu n u ch . W h a t n e e d h a v e y o u ? " R efu sed b y th e m o n ks, h a v in g ap p ro ach ed a n u m b er o f large, f a t 6 n o vices, he sp oke th u s : " Com e, y o u r reverences, com m it an offence w ith m e / ' T h e n o vices refused, s a y in g : B e off, eunuch, d e p a rt, eunuch. W h a t n eed h ave yo u ? ** R efu sed b y th e n o vices, h a v in g approach ed m a h o u ts and grooms, he sp ok e t h u s ; " C om e, [85] sirs, co m m it an offence w ith m e / ' T h e m a h o u ts an d groom s co m m itted an offence w ith him- J ] i || T h ese + * * sp rea d i t a b o u t, s a y in g : T hese recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s. are eunuchs, a n d those o f th em w h o are not eunuchs, th e y to o com m it offences w ith eunuchs. T h u s th e y are one a n d all u n c h a ste ," M onks h eard these m ahouts and groom s w h o . * - sp read i t about. T h en these m onks told this m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e s a i d ;
A A t Viw. iv . 138 ( B .D . iii, 33) a n o vice, K a & ^ a k a , w as exp elled on th is groun d. a V A . io r 5 expLains t h a t *' o n e w ho is u n c h a ste g J m a y be ordained ii h e is w illin g t o restrain h im self in t h e fu tu re, b u t a Seducer o t n u n s c a n n o t even go fo rth , C / t V ia . T exts i. * 1 5 , n, r. A t A . v , 70* 71 a m o n g ten specified occasion s .where th e P a tim o k k h a , m a y be suspended are in cluded th e presence of a seducer o f nuns, a n d t h e presence of a eu n u ch {see n e x t p ara gra p h b elo w ),
E ji assat disappear.
* vinjissa 7ias$o.t V A + & ? i, w h ich a d d s " go w here we d o n o t see y o u **F o r cara p i vc vinos sa see Viti. iv . 139.
* moligalta ; t. 11, given a t

* haithibhangti assabhantfa. w a tch m a n .
L 372 : mofigaUat mukaHa.

V A . 1 0 I 5 e x p la in s b/taptfa b y gopaka%gu ard ian ,
61
MAHAVAGGA
109
,f M onks, if a eu n u ch is not o rd ain ed , he sh ou ld not be ordained ; ii he is o rd ain ed , he sh ou ld be ex p e lle d -1 |[ 2 j[ 61 || N ow a t th a t tim e a c e rta in d e scen d a n t o f an a n c ie n t fa m ily w h ich had com e d o w n in th e w o rld w a s d e lic a te ly n u rtu red . T h e n it occurred t o th is d escen d a n t o f th e an cien t fa m ily w h ich h a d com e dow n in the w o rld : " N o w , I am d e lic a te ly n u rtu red , I a m n o t a b le to a c q u ire w e a lth n o t (already) acq u ired , nor to increase th e w e a lth (alread y) acqu ired .* N o w b y w h a t m eans could I liv e a t ease a n d n ot be in w a n t ? T h en it occurred to th is d e scen d a n t , * in th e w o rld : " N o w these recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s, are o f p lea sa n t co n d u ct, o f p leasan t ch a ra cter ; h a v in g e a ten g o o d m eals, th e y lie d o w n to sleep on beds sh eltered from th e w in d . Sup pose th a t I, h a v in g prepared a b o w l an d robe for m y se lf, h a v in g cu+ off m y h air and b eard , h a v in g clo th ed m y s e lf in y e llo w robes, h a v in g gone to a m o n a ste ry , sh ould b e in com m union to g eth e r w ith m onks ? || r [j T h en th a t d escen dan t . , . in the w o rld , h a v in g prepared a b o w l an d robe for h im self, h a v in g c u t off his h air a n d b eard , h a v in g cloth ed h im self in y e llo w robes, h a v in g gone to a m o n a ste ry , g ree te d th e m onks. T h e m o n ks sp oke t h u s : " O f h o w m a n y yea rs' sta n d in g are you> yo u r reverence ? J* *f W b a t does this m ean, y o u r re v e re n c e s: * h o w m a n y y e a rs' sta n d in g J " B u t w h o , y o u r reveren ce, is y o u r p recep to r ? J* " W h a t d o cs this m ean, y o u r rcveren ces : * p re cep to r J ? T h e m onks sp ok e th u s to th e ven e ra b le U p a li3 : " P lease, reveren d U p a li, exam in e th is one w h o has gone fo rth . [| 2 ||
1 V A . 10 16 s a y s he is t o b e ex p e lle d b y t h e expul& ion d u e to ch aracteristic* iitgansanar T h ree k in d s o f exp u lsio n are g iv e n a t V A . S70 i . : (1) exp u lsio n Jroiti co m m u n io n , m ea n in g exp u lsio n fa r n o t seein g a n offence, n o t m a k in g am en d s fo r it, c o t g iv in g up a fa lse v ie w ; (?) e x p u ls io n d u e t o ch aracteristic* as a n e x a m p le o f w h ich th e mac M e t t iy a is c ite d ( iii. 362-3) j (3 ) exp u lsio n as a p u n ish m en t, w ith th e w oi'ds, ' F ro m t o n ia y fo r th , reveren d n o vic e, th e L o r d ca n n o t be referred t o a s y-our te a ch e r 1 ( T i n , iv , a 39 = B tD , iiii. * T h i i in a b ility is a t A . i. T29 g iv e n a s a ch a r a c te r is tic oi a b lin d person w h ile th e o p p o site, a b ilit y in th is respect, is g iv e n a s a ch a r a c te r istic of a on e -eye d a n d o i a tw o -e y e d person, 1 N o d o u b t th e expert
no
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
T h en a s th a t d escen d an t +, , in th e w o rld w as b ein g e x a m in e d 1 b y th e ven erab le U p a li, he to ld h im this m a tte r. T h e ven erable U p a li to ld th is m a tte r t o th e m onks. T h e m onks to ld this m a tte r to th e L ord- H e sa id : ** M on ks, i f one w h o is in com m union b y theft* is n o t ordained, he sh o u ld n o t be o rd ain ed ; if he is o rd ained , h e sh o u ld be expelled* M onks, if one w h o has gone o v e r to {another) se c t8 is n o t ordained, h e sh ou ld n o t b e o rd a in e d ; ai he is ordained, he sh o u ld be ex p e lle d ,1' H3 || 62 \ \ N o w a t th a t tim e a certain serpent w a s troubled a b o u t his b irth as a serpent, [86] he w as ash am ed o f it, lo a th ed i t 4* T hen it occurred t o th a t serpent : " N ow , b y w h a t m eans could I b e freed q u ic k ly from b irth as a serpent and g e t b a c k 5 hum an sta tu s ? p > T h e n it occurred t o th a t s e r p e n t: " T h ese recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s, are dhamma-fsLters, even-farers, B rah m a* fa rers> t h e y are tru th -sp eak ers, th e y are o f m oral h a b it, of go od con d uct. N ow if I w ere to go fo rth am ong th e recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s, so w o u ld I be freed q u ic k ly from b irth as a serp en t a n d co u ld g e t b a c k hum an s ta tu s ," || r || T h e n th a t, serpent ^ in th e form o f a brah m an yo u th , h a v in g approached th e m o n ks, asked fur th e go in g forth. T h e m onks le t him go fo rth , t h e y o rd ain ed him* N o w a t th a t tim e th a t serpent, to g eth e r w ith a c e rta in m on k, w a s liv in g in a dw ellingp la ce on th e b o u n d a ry.* T h en th a t m on k, g e ttin g u p in the n ig h t to w ard s d aw n , p aced u p a n d d o w n in th e open air*
1 V A , 1 oi-6 ? a s he w a s bein g asked a b o u t c u t tin g oft t h e h a ir a n d beard, a c ce p tin g y e llo w robes, g o in g for refu ge, ch oosin g a preceptor, a n d a b o u t p r o cla m a tio n s a n d g u id a n ce. A t V in . iii. 2 12 U p i l i w as asked t o ex a m in e m o n k s w ho, h a v in g co m e n ak ed , w ere ta k e n to be N a k e d A sce tics. V 665 g iv e s th e n atu re c3 th ese q u estion s (see B . D t ii. 45, n* 6, 7), H e exam in es b elo w M V . I. 64 + 2. 9 thtyy o f aTttvdfaka. W o r d occu rs also a t V in . i. 30 7. S&mvasa is bein g In co m m u n ion , see d efin ition a t en d o f ea ch P S iajL k a ru le i). TJieyya is " b y th e f t p \ here o f th e sign s or m a rk s of a m onk, * i-iUhiytxpahk&ntaha, T h is word also- occurs w ith thsyyasantv&saha an d others a t Vitt. i. 307. A l l t h e w ord s t e ll w h a t m onks, d isa p p o in ted o i ro b e-m a terial, p re ten d t o be.
* Stock, as at A . i. 145 ; M . i. 423* iU- 3W* paiilabAati. H e had been u n c h a ste {in a form er birth}. VA+ 1022. If pafilabhati does m ea n " to g e t b a c k F P here r a th e r th a n t o ff ac-quire *'* it in d ic a te s a b e lie f in th e p o s s ib ility o f losing h o man. s ta tu s lo r an im al sta tu s. * V in , T ex ts t. -a eS say " ( n e a r th e b o u n d a ry w all o f the J eta v ana) J, and a lth o u g h t h is m a y b e m eant, th e re is n o evid en ce for it a t V A . 1022. Paccanlim a c a n n o t w ell m ean " neighbou rin g, a d jo in in g " here, for th e ev id e n c e & t h a t m o n k a n d snake sh ared th e sam e d w e llin g -p la ce .
63.2 5 l
MAHAVAGGA
iii
T h en th a t serpent, confident th a t th a t m onk h a d gone o u t, fell asleep. T h e w h ole d w ellin g -p la cc w as fu ll o f th e sn ak e, his coils w ere p ro tru d in g th ro u g h th e window s, ]| 2 |[ T h e n th a t m on k, th in k in g : " I w ill e n te r th e d w ellin gp la c e / ' opening th e d o o r,1 sa w th e w hole d w ellin g-p lace fu ll o f th e sn ak e, his coils p ro tru d in g through th e w indow s. T errified a t seein g th is, he u tte re d a c r y of distress. M onks, h a v in g run up> spoke th u s to th a t m o n k : " W h y d id yo u , yo u r reverence, u tte r a CFy o f d istress ? " r< Y o u r reverences, this w h o le d w ellin g -p la ce is fu ll o f a sn ak e, his coils are pro tru d in g th ro u g h th e w indow s/* T h e n th a t serpent h a v in g aw aken ed b ecause o f th is n oise, sa t d o w n on his o w n seat. M onks sp ok e t h u s : < f W h o are yo u , frien d ? " " I am a serp en t, h onoured sirs/* " B u t w h y d id yo u , friend, a c t in th is w a y ? * * T h en t h a t serpent to ld th is m a tte r to th e m onks. T h e m onks to ld th is m a tte r to th e JLord, j| 3 ]| T h e n th e L o rd on this occasion, in th is co n n ectio n , h a v in g had th e O rd er o f m o n ks con ven ed, sp ok e th u s to th is serpent : Indeed* yo u serp en ts arc not liab le to g ro w th in th is dhamma and discipline. Y o u , serpent, go a w a y, observe th e O bservance d a y precisely* on th e fourteenth^ fiftee n th an d e ig h th d a y o f the h a lf-m o n th . T h u s w ill yo u b e freed q u ic k ly from b irth as a serpent and g e t b a c k hum an s ta tu s / 1 T h e n th a t serpent, th in k in g : " I t is said th a t I am n o t lia b le to g ro w th in th is dhamma a n d d isc ip lin e ," p ain ed , afflicted , shedding tears-, d e p a rted h a v in g u tte re d a c r y o f distress. [| 4 | | T h en th e L o rd addressed th e m o n ks, s a y i n g : M onks, th ere are these tw o cases o f m a n ifesta tio n o f a serp en t's tru e n a tu re a : when he in d u lges in sex u a l intercourse w ith a fem ale o f h is ow n species, a n d w h en he falls asleep in confidence. M onks, th ese are tw o flases [87] of m a n ifesta tio n o f a serp en t's tru e nature* M onks, if a n an im al is n o t ord ained , it sh ould n o t be ordained ; if it is ordained, it sh ou ld be e x p e lle d / ' 11 5I I 63 |j_____________ _________________ ______________
1 kavdfam pandmgttio. On. th is phrase see B . D . L lyQj n_ 3 * tatth* tv<ir 8 V A . 102^ g iv e s fiv e c a s e s : th e tim e o f its reinsta.tem eati pafisa nd ki, oi its sioujghing its skin, t h e t w o cases m en tio n ed in t h e t e x t , a n d th e tim e f it s p assin g aw a y*
112
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
N o w a t th a t tim e a certain b ra h m a n y o u th d ep rived his m o th er o f life. H e w a s tro u b led a b o u t his e v il deed, he w as ash am ed o f it , lo a th e d it ,1 T h en it occurred to th a t brah m an y o u th : ** N o w , b y w h a t m eans could I g e t rid o f this evil d eed ? tf T h e n it o ccu rred to th is brah m an y o u t h : " T hese recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s, are rfAffwwM-farers, even-faxers, B rah m a-farers, th e y are truth-speakers, o f m o ral habit, of good conduct- N o w # i f I w ere to go fo rth am ong these recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s, so w o u ld I g e t rid o f th is e v il d e e d ." || 1 1 | T h en th a t b rah m an youths h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d (some) m o n ks, a sk ed for th e going forth- T h e m o n ks sp ok e thus to th e v e n e r ab le U p a l i : " F o rm erly! in d eed , reveren d U p a li, a serpent in the form o f a brah m an y o u th w e n t fo rth a m o n g th e m onks. P lea se, reverend U p a li, exam in e th is brahm an y o u t h / '2 T hen as th a t b ra h m a n y o u th w a s b ein g e x a m in e d b y th e venerable U p ali he to ld him th is m a tte r. T h e ven erable U p ali to ld this m a tte r to th e m onks. T h e m onks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d : 4 < M on ks, if a m atricid e is n o t ordained, he should n o t be ordained ; if he is ordained, he should be expelled/* | | 2 [j 64 j| A t th a t tim e a c e rta in brahm an y o u th d ep riv ed his fa th e r o f life. H e w a s tro u b led a b o u t his e v il deed . . . ( I . 64, I , 2) * , - T h e m onks to ld this m a tte r to th e Lord* H e said : M onks, if a p arricid e is n o t ordained, he sh o u ld not be ordained ; if he is ord ain ed , he sh ould be e x p e lle d / ' || 1 |[ 65 | | N o w a t th a t tim e several m o n k s w ere go in g along the h ig h ro a d from S a k e ta to S a v a tth l. T h iev es, h a v in g issued forth on th e road, robbed som e m onks an d kilJed o th e r m onks. T hose in th e ro ya l service, h a v in g s e t out from S a v a tth i, ca u gh t som e th ie v e s (but) o th er th ieves ran a w a y . T hose who ran a w a y w en t fo rth a m o n g th e m o n k s ; those w ho w ere cau gh t w ere led off to execu tio n . |f 1 [ | T h o se w h o h a d gone fo rth sa w those th ieves being led off to e xecu tio n ; seeing them , th e y sp ok e th u s : I t is w ell th a t w e ran a w a y, for h a d w e been c a u g h t then should w e h a v e
1 A s a t V in t iL 292. * C j. a b o v e L 62- 2.
66 ,2 69.2]
M A H A V A G G A
been killed lik e w ise ,1* [88] M onks sp a k e t h u s : B u t w h a t have y o u done, y o u r reverences ? * * T h en those w ho h a d gone fo rth to ld th is m a tte r to th e m onks. T h e m onk? to ld this m a tte r t o the L o rd . H e sa id : * * M onks, those m onks w ere p erfected ones. M onks, if a m urderer of a p erfected one is n o t ordained, he sh ou ld n ot be Ordained ; if he is ord ain ed , he sh o u ld be e x p e lle d ." || 2 || 66 H N ow a t th a t tim e several nuns w e re g o in g a lo n g th e h ig h -ro a d from S a k e ta to S a v a tth i. T h ie v e s , h a v in g 1 issued forth on th e road, ro b b ed som e nuns and sed u ced o th e r nuns. T h o se in th e ro yal se rvice, h a v in g set out from S a v a tth i . . . ( = I. 66, i r 2) , . . T h e m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to the L o rd , H e sa id : " M onks, if a sed u cer of a nun is not o rd ain ed , he should n o t be ord ained j if he is o rd ain ed , he sh o u ld be e x p e lie d .1 M onks, if a sch ism a tic is not ordained, he should not be ordained ; if he is ordained, he sh o u ld be exp elled . M onks, if a sbedder of (a T ru th -fin d er's2) b lo o d is not ordained, he should n ot be ordained ; if he is ordained* he sh ou ld be e x p e lle d .3 | | I || 67 | ] N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in herm ap h rod ite h a d gone fo rth am ong th e m onks. H e a c tcd a n d also m ade (another) a ct. T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id ; M onks, if a herm ap h rod ite is n ot ordained, he sh ould n ot be ordained ; if he is ordained, h e should be expelled-"' \ \ t || 68 \ \ N ow a t th a t tim e m onks ord ained one w h o h a d no precep tor. T h c y to id this m a tte r to the L o rd . H e sa id : " M onks, one w h o has no precep tor sh o u ld n ot be ordaincdW h o e v e r sh o u ld ord ain (one such), there is an offcnce o f wrong-doing/* ]| I | | N o w at th a t tim e m onks o rd ain ed one w ho h a d an O rd er a s p rc c e p to i4 . . H e said :
1 Cf* a b o v e p . ioB> w here a. n ovice Who settuces a nun is t o b e ex p e lle d , * So th e V A . 1024. a O th er p ro h ib itio n s in regard t o th e s e classes of persons g iv e n a t Vin* i, 136* 320, * I t is t o b e g a th ere d from V A . io ^ g t h a t a-Q O rder m ig h t (in a d verten tly ) co n ta in a n y oi th e ty p e s o f m a lefacto rs mcrvtioned a b o v e from a m a tricid e d o w n t o a herm aphrodite*
ii4
BOOK
OF
D ISC IP L IN E
M onks, one w h o h a s an O rd er a s p re cep to r should n o t be ordained. W h o e v e r should ord ain (one such), th e re is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / ' || 3 |j N o w a t th a t tim e m o n k s ordained one w h o h a d a group as p recep tor. * . . H e s a i d : < M onks, one w h o has a g ro u p as precep tor sh o u ld n o t be o rd ain ed , , . offence o f w rong-doing/* |f 3 [| N o w a t th a t tim e m onks ordained one w h o h ad a eu n u ch 1 as p re cep to r . . * one w h o h a d one liv in g in com m union as it w ere b y th e ft as p rcce p to r * * * one w h o h ad one w h o h a d gone o v e r to (another) sect as precep tor , . . one w h o h ad an a n im al as p recep to r [89] * . * one w h o had a m a tricid e as p recep tor , . * one w h o h a d a parricid e as p re cep to r . * * one w ho h a d a m u rd erer o f a p erfected one as p recep tor . . * one w h o had a sed ucer o f a nun as p recep tor . . * one w ho had a sch ism a tic a s p re cep to r . * . one w h o h ad th e sh edder o f (a T rath -find er's} blood a s p re cep to r , . . one w h o h a d a h erm aph rod ite as precep to r. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : M onks, one w ho h a s a eunuch as precep tor . . . one w ho h a s a herm ap h rod ite a s p recep to r sh ou ld n o t b e ordained. W h o e v e r should ordain (one uch)r th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g /' || 4 || 69 ]| N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks (each) ordained one w ho had no bowL* T h e y w a lk e d for alm sfoo d (to be put) into th eir hands,* People * * sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : " L ik e follow ers o f (other) se c ts.4 " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : M onks, one w ho has no b o w l should n o t be ordainedW h o e v e r should ord ain {one such), there is an offence o f wrong* d o in g / ' || 1 || N o w a t th a t tim e m onks (each) ord ained one w ho h a d no robe. T h e y w alked naked fo r alm sfood . People , . . spread
1
* apaUaka^ &ee B.Ur ii, 333, n, { > . 9 hatthisv pingdya caranti, Same expression at Vin. iii. 245 ; see B.D. ii. ii<?f n. 3, 4. For aame expression in next paragraph* Fi*. j. 372 gives five tr.K. all reading carati. Hut Nuns* PAc- LXIII we get & singular noun, followed by a plural verb, as above, with th-e meaning that each nun ordained a woman, and that then these were considered, all together as a plurality t in referring to- their actions a plural verb was needed and was used* * Cf. Vin, iii. ^45 (B.D, ii. 119]P
T h e
fo llo w in g
c la s s e s
p e rs o n s
m e n t io n e d
a ls o
a b o v e ,
p *
1 0 S ff*
7 0 .2 7 1 .1 ]
MAHA VAG G A
it a b o u t, s a y in g : ,f L ik e fo llo w ers o f o th e r s e c ts / ' T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " M onks, one w h o has no robe sh ou ld not b e ordained. W h o e v e r sh ou ld ordain (one such), th ere is a n offence o f w r o n g d o in g / ' jj 2 || N o w a t th a t tim e m o n k s (each) o rd ain ed one w h o h a d n o b o w l or robe. T h e y w a lk ed n a k e d for a lm sfo o d (to be put) in to th e ir hands. . , . ^ M onks, one w h o h a s no b o w l or robe sh ou ld n o t be ordained. W h o e v e r ' sh o u ld ordain (one such), th ere is an o ffen ce of w ro n g-d o in g/' |[ 3 I I N ow a t t h a t tim e m onks (each) o rd ain ed b y m eans of lending; a b o w l .1 W h en th e y w ere o rd ain ed , th e y returned (each one) his b o w l a n d w a lk ed fo r alm sfood (to be pu t) in to th e ir hands. . . , " M onks, one sh o u ld n o t o rd ain b y m eans o f lending- a b o w l. W h o e v e r sh ou ld (so) ord ain, th e re is an o ffen ce o f w ro n g doing/^ || 4 I I N ow a t th a t tim e m o n k s (each) o rd ain e d b y m eans o f lend* in g a robe. W h en th e y w e re ord ain ed , th e y re tu rn ed (each one) h is robe a n d w a lk ed n a k e d fo r alm sfood* - * " M onks, one sh ou ld n o t ord ain b y m eans of len d in g a robe. W h o e v e r sh ould (so) ord ain, there is an offence o f w ro n g d o in g ." II 5 II N o w a t th a t tim e m o n k s (each) ordained b y m ean s o f lend ing a b o w l an d robe. W h en th e y w ere o rd ain ed , [90] t h e y re tu rn e d the b o w l and robe and w a lk ed n a k e d for alm sfoo d (to be put) in to th eir hands* . T " M onks, one sh ou ld n o t o rd ain b y m ean s of len d in g a b o w l a n d robe. W h o e v e r should (so) ord ain > th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / J j6J | 70 || T o ld is th e P o rtio n on T w e n ty (Cases) w h e re one sh ou ld n o t ordain. N ow a t th a t tim e m on ks (each) le t go fo rth one w h o h a d his h an d s cu t off , . . h is fe e t cu t o ff * , , his h an d s a n d feet cu t off . . , his ears cu t off - . . h is nose . * _ his ears an d nose . , . 1 yaciiakena paitfnarby (using) a boivl that had been asked for, i.et borrowed by the candidates ior ordination.
n6
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
h is fingers . . * h is n a ils1 c u t o ff , , , w h o h ad th e ten d on s {of his feet) c u t . , . one w h o h a d w e b b e d fingers3 . . * a h u n ch b a ck . . , a d w a rf . . * one w h o h a d a g o itre * * * one w h o had been b ra n d e d 3 . _* one w h o h a d been scourged* * , . one w h o h a d been w ritte n a b o u t4 . * . one w h o h ad elep h an tiasis . * . one w ho w a s b a d ly ill . , . one w h o d isgraced an a s s e m b ly 6 (b y som e d e fo rm ity *) , * * one w h o w a s p u rb lin d 7 < - one w ith a crooked lim b . * , one w h o w as lam e - . * one p a ra ly se d d o w n one side - - . a crip ple . . * one w e a k from old age . . . one w h o w a s b lin d 7 _ ,- one w h o w a s d u m b * . . , one w h o w as d eaf* . . . one w h o w as blin d and d u m b . * . one w h o w as d e a f and d u m b . * . one w h o w a s b lin d an d d e a f and d u m b . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , fj r |j H e said : " M onks, one w ho has h a d h is h an d s c u t off should n o t b e le t go fo rth ; one w h o has h a d his fe e t cu t off . . * one w h o is b lin d an d d e a f and d u m b should n ot b e le t go fo rth . W h o e v e r should le t (one such) go fo rth , th e re is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g /' |[ n T o ld is th e P o rtio n on T h irty -tw o (Cases) w h ere one sh ould n o t le t go fo rth [| 71 || T o ld is th e N in th P o rtio n fo r ^Repeating : t h a t on In h eritan ce
1 afa / sec J . F . T . S . 1884, p. 7 1 , i 3S 6 * p . 105. 1 fikzn&hiitthaJid,. w ith a h a n d lik e a &n.a.kc's hood. C f. hattkapka#.aka a t Vitt. ii, 107, *' h a n d s used a s an in stru m en t shaped like a sn ake's hood ft fo r s m o o th in g th e hair. V A . t o ? ) * " one w hose fingers w ere gro^vn to g e th e r like a t a t ' s w in g s S e e n o te t y A , K . Coonvara-sw a m y on t h e jd la la k kh a n a f " T h e " W e b b e d F in g er * o i B u d d h a * '. V o l. V II,. 1Q31, p* 365* where he is of th e opinion t h a t ja la does n o t m ean a w e b b in g co n n e c tin g t h e fingers, b u t refers t o th e th in lines of rosy Sight w h ich m a y be seen b etw een th e fingers w hen t h e y a i e h eld to g e th e r a n d t h e h a n d held u p to th e light,. T h e fingers of th e B u d d h a , as M a h a p u m ^ . w o u ld be s tr a ig h t an d r e g u la r ly fo r m e d , of o n e m easure, ekappamana* acco rd in g to th is or s-tgiu *r I t is ev e n p o ssib le as C o o m a r a sw a m y a d d s in a p o s ts c r ip t* " t h a t * h a v in g w ebb ed Angers- " represen ts th e e x a c t o p p o site of th e m eaning of th e origin al tahkkapa ^ J * C f. V tn . t. 76 {above, p- $5). * C f. V in + *75 (above, p* 95).
* p<iriSadusaka.
* G iv e n a t le n g th a t 1027 if* 7 T h e tw o w ord s for b lin d : ka&a a n d atfrfA-a, are used. B u . a t V A . 1030 s a y s th a t kdna m eans b lin d o f one o r b o th e y e s (and not m erely blind o f one). H e c ite s t h e M ah& paccarl Corny, a s asserting kd fie* t o m ean blind of o-n^. ey e and andha o f b o th , an d his cites t h * Great C&tny* as s a y in g t h a t andha m eans blin d from b i r t h ; he k e ep s th is e x p la n a tio n a t 10 31. "* P u rb lin d " and t h e n e x t t h ie e term s occu r a t V in . ii. go, A . r 107, ii. 85, iiL 385, 5 . j. 94, Pug. 5 1. * V A + 1031 e x p la in s t h a t if he w ere u n a b le t o s a y th e c o m p le te fo rm u la fo r g o in g for refuge, he co u ld n o t go iorih * ^*4 . 2031, if he could hear a lou d n oise he m ig h t go forth.
72*1 73.2]
M A H A V A G G A
N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n k s g a v e g u id a n ce to those w ho w ere unconscientious* T h e y to ld th is m a tte r t o th e L o rd - H e said : M onks, g u id an ce sh ou ld n o t be g iv e n to th ose w h o are unconscientious. W h o e v e r sh o u ld g iv e i t to (a n y sucb), th e re is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g ," N o w a t th a t tim e m o n k s liv e d tind er th e g u id a n ce o f th ose w ho w ere u n con scien tious ; these soon also b e ca m e unconscientiouSj d ep raved m onks. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d : f< M onks, one sh o u ld n o t liv e u n d er th e g u id a n ce o f those w ho are u n con scien tiou s. W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) liv e , th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g . j| x || T h en i t occurred to th e m o n k s : I t is Laid dow n b y th e L o rd th a t g u id a n ce sh o u ld n o t b e g iv e n to th o se w h o a re un conscientious, a n d th a t one sh o u ld n ot liv e u n d er th e g u id a n ce o f those w h o are un con scien tio u s. N o w , h o w are w e to kn ow w h o is con scien tious or w h o is u n co n scien tio u s ? T h e y to ld this m a tte r t o th e L o rd - H e sa id : " I allow you,, m o n b , to w a it fo r fo u r or five d a y s u n til (you can sa y ), * I know w h a t is th e n a tu re o f th e m o n k s1 '/* j| 2 || 72 || [91] N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k w a s go in g a lo n g a high road in th e K o s a la c o u n try. T h en it o ccu rred to th a t m o n k : " It is la id dow n b y th e L o rd t h a t one should not liv e in d ep en d e n tly -2 I a m in need of g u id a n ce 3 b u t I am goin g a lo n g a high-road. N o w w h a t line o f co n d u ct sh ou ld b e fo llo w ed b y me ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord . H e s a i d : " I a llo w a m onk, m onks, if he is go in g a lo n g a h igh -ro ad a n d is n o t receivin g g u id an ce to liv e in d e p e n d e n tly / ' || i || N o w a t th a t tu n e tw o m o n k s w ere go in g along a h igh -ro ad in the K o s a la co u n try. T h ese a rriv e d a t a certa in residen ce, and th ere one m o n k b e ca m e ill- T h e n it o ccu rred to th a t ill m o n k ; " I t is la id dow n b y th e L o rd th a t one sh o u ld n ot liv e in d ep en d en tly. I am in n eed o f g u id a n ce, b u t I am ill. N o w
1 bhihkhttsabh&gaia. Y A . 10 3 1, " U n t i l I k n o w from m on ks t h a t th e ir con scientiousn ess is shared b y th e m o n k g iv in g g u id a n c e Or, i& sabhagata equal t o sabJiava, t h e n a tu re (of a mo-nkj, a s I t a k e it t o be ?
a ahan c a m h i nisaya.hampiyom
K
* A b o v e , p> i o i ,
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
w h a t lin e o f co n d u ct sh o u ld be follow ed b y m e ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " I allo w a m on k, m o n ks, if he is ill and is n o t receivin g g u id a n c e to liv e in d e p e n d e n tly ," || 2 || T h e n it occurred to th a t m o n k w h o w as te n d in g th e ill one : ,r I t is la id d o w n b y th e L o rd * . . I am in need o f guid ance b u t this m o n k is ilj. N o w w h a t line o f co n d u ct should be follow ed b y m e ? J > T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord* He s a id : I allo w a m on k, m on ks, if he is ten d in g an ill one and is n o t re ce iv in g g u id a n ce , to liv e in d ep en d en t]y alth o u gh being req u ested .1 1] 3 || Now' a t th a t tim e a certa in m o n k w as sta y in g - in a forest a n d there cam e to be com fort* fo r h im in th is lod ging. T h en it o ccu rred to th is m o n k : I t is laid dow n b y th e L o rd th a t one sh ou ld n o t liv e in d ep en d en tly. I am in need o f g u id an ce, b u t I a m s ta y in g in a fo rest a n d there com es to b e co m fo rt fo r m e in th is lodging. N o w w h a t line o f con d uct sh o u ld be follow ed b y m e ? Jl T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to the Lord- H e sa id : ** I allow a m onk, m onks, if he is a forest-d w eller an d is th in k in g a b o u t a b id in g in co m fo rt3 and is n ot receivin g guidance* to liv e in d ep en d en tly, th in kin g : * I f a su itab le g iv e r o f g u id a n ce com es along, I w ill liv e u n d er his guid ance V ' II4 B 73 I I N o w a t th a t tim e (a person) w ish ed for o rd in ation from th e v e n e ra b le K a ssa p a th e G reat.* T h en th e ven erab le K a ssa p a th e G re at sent a m essage to th e ven erable A n a n d a , s a y in g : '* L e t A n a n d a com e, he w ill proclaim 5 this (person)." T he
B y th e L lJ one, V A * 032+ T h a t is* as V A . says, th e ill manic m a y ask the other t o req u est him t o g iv e g u id a n ce : b u t if th rou gh pride he does n o t a sk , he m a y go a w a y . W e m u st th erefore assu m e th a t i f h s ta y s w , iih th e in va lid b u t does n o t t a k e g u id a n ce from him , h e m a y liv e in d ep en d en tly of gu[dance.
* phasu^ V A * 1032, there comes to be com lort in regard to obtaining tranquillity and vision
8 phasuvikara ; cfw brah*nGu\har<kY and th e m on k w h o w as phastcvikarika, b e lo w 373- AfV. v ii. 10. i. * At i* 23 -called " c h ie f of th o s e w h o u p h old th e a sc e tic p ractices f*. V erses a t Tftag. 10 51-10 9 0 , H e ex c h a n g e d robes, w ith G o ta m a . S . ii. 221. 1 in te ch n ica l m ea n in g of p ro cla im in g th e resolu tion three tim es a fte r th e m o tio n fo r ord atai& g a person had been p u t before am O rder. Cf.
MV- I. 28, j-e.
74.1 76*i]
M A H A V A G G A
119
ven e ra b le A n a n d a sp o k e t h u s : " I am n o t a b le t o p ro n o u n ce1 th e eld er's* nam e {for} th e eid er is m y te a ch er4," [ 92T | T h e y to ld th is m a tte r t o th e L ord- H e said : n I a llo w yo u , m o n ks, to p ro cla im m e re ly b y c la n (-n a m e)/' (I* II . N o w a t th a t tim e tw o (persons) w ish ed fo r o rd in a tio n fro m th e ven era b le K a s s a p a th e Great* T h ese qu arrelled , s a y i n g : ** I w ill b e o rd ain ed first, I w ill be o rd ain ed fir s t/ T h e y to ld th is m a tte r t o th e LoTd* H e said : " T a llo w y o u , m o n ks, to m a k e tw o p ro cla m a tio n s to g e th e r/ ' Sl2|| N o w a t th a t tim e there w ere those w ish in g fo r o rd in a tio n fro m se ve ra l elders- T h ese quarrelled* sa y in g : " I w ill be ord ain ed first, I w ill b e o rd ain e d fir s t/ ' T h e elders sp ok e th u s : MC om e, y o u r reveren ces, w e a re m a k in g a ll th e p ro clam atio n s to g e th e r/ ' T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id ; " I a llo w yo u , m onks, to m a k e tw o o r th ree p ro cla m a tio n s to g e th e r if th ere is one p recep to r, b u t n ot i f th e re are d ifferen t p re c e p to rs / ' \ \ 3 |j 74 | | N o w a t th a t tim e th e ven erab le K a ss a p a th e B o y 1 b e cam e ord ain ed tw e n ty y e a rs a fte r his co n cep tio n . T h e n it o ccu rred to th e ven era b le K a ss a p a th e B o y : 4 * I t is la id d o w n b y the
1 gahetum,. a word w ith a v a r ie t y oi m ea n in g s : h ere m e a n in g to pro n ou n ce *p in sense of t o ta k e cf. ** t o ta k e h is n am e in v a in S in c e A n a n d a calls K a s s a p a his guru {gartt me), a n d il w e e q u a te guru w ith ac&riya, sp ir itu a l te a ch cr or fa th e r {cf. p itucifta, V in . i. 45, 6o), it w as Hot S u itab le lo r A n a n d a t o fl t a k e " ^pronounce) h is " fa th e r 's *" nam e* T h e u se oi th e gotta (clan ) iiam-e is leas in tim a te a n d therefore perm issible- C f. K a U f. U p . II . ir * 7 w here th e la th e r ^ ta k e s his son's n am e % ndm a asya grnhati, I a m In d eb ted fo r th is n o te to A - K t C o o m a rasw a m y , M a h lk a s s a p a * s referen ce to A n a n d a as kumarah^, y o n n g b o y , a t 5 1 * ii. 218, should also be n oted . * I .e r M aJiSkassapas* a s sta te d a t T exts i. 4 18 . F o r in m a k in g t h e pro clam atio n s, A n a n d a w ou ld h a v e h a d t o s a y t h a t s o -a n d -so w ished t o b e ordained b y K a ssap a, 1 p r o b a b ly e q u iv a le n t t o guru, s p ir itu a l te a ch e r. C f _ garunissaya a t V in . ii. 303. * K u ir^ r a k a s sa p a . K u m d r a h a s th e m ea n in g b o th o f b o y a n d o f prin ce, K vrm drakassapa " w e n t fo rth *' w h en h e w as o n ly seven y e a r s oJd And he h a d been reared b y a k in g sin ce his b ir th b y a man ; see A A . i. 18 4 , M A _ ii, 120, T h a g A . (Pxs. hreth. p r I4 7 f.jp & H A . iii. 144, Ja.. i. 148. V erses a r e ascribed to h im a t Thag, 201-302. C a lled " c h ie f o f th o se w h o are v e r s a tile sp eak ers " at 34- T h e S u ita ( M . i. 143) w a s spoketi t o K^m Sarakassapa ; th e igrodhandgajattikii {Jvo, 12) an d D h p . 160 on a c c o u n t o f h is m other.
120
BO O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
L o rd th a t an in d iv id u a l w h o is under tw e n ty y e a rs o f age should n o t be o rd ain ed ,1 a n d I am tw e n ty y e a rs from m y co n cep tion . N o w am I o rd ain e d 4 o r a m I not ord ained ? T h e y told th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e said : ** W h en in his m o th er's w o m b th e first th o u g h t h a s arisen, th e first consciousness a p p ea red ,3 his b irth is (to be reck on ed as) fro m th a t tim e . I a llo w y o u , m onks, to ord ain one w h o is t w e n ty y e a rs o f age from his conception/* ]| i \ \ 75 || N o w a t th a t tim e ordained (monks) w ere to b e seen who w ere (afflicted by) le p ro sy a n d bo ils a n d eczem a a n d con sum p tion a n d e p ile p sy .4 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said ; " I a llo w y o u , m onks, w h en one is b e in g o rd ain ed to a sk him a b o u t th in g s w hich are stu m b lin g -b lo ck s5 for him .* A n d th u s, m onks, should he b e asked : H a v e y o u diseases Like th is ; le p ro sy , boils, eczem a, consum ption, e p ilep sy ? A re y o u a h u m an b e in g ? A re yo u a m an ? A r e y o u a freem an? A re y o u w ith o u t d e b ts ? A re yo u n o t in th e ro y a l service ? H a v e y o u y o u r p a re n ts' co n sen t ? A re yo u full tw e n ty yea rs o f a g e ? A r e y o u c o m p le te a s to b o w l a n d robes ? W h a t is y o u r nam e ? W h a t is th e nam e o f y o u r p re cep to r ? || r |[ N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks a sk e d those w ish in g for ordination, b u t w h o w e re n ot in stru cted , a b o u t th e thin gs w h ich are stu m b lin g-b locks. T h o se w ish in g fo r o rd in ation w ere a t a loss, th e y w ere abashed , th e y w ere un able to re p ly . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord- H e said : " I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, h a v in g in stru cted first, atterw ard s [93] to a sk abo u t th e th in g s w h ich are stu m b lin g -b lo ck s/ ' T h e y in stru cted ju st th ere in th e m id st o f th e O rder. A s before, those w ish in g fo r o rd in a tio n w ere a t a loss, th e y w ere abashed , th e y w ere un able to rep ly. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to the L o rd , H e s a i d :
1 P ic , L X V , and above,, p. 9^. 4 Cf. Pile. L X V where it is stated that if * person is ordained while he is under tw en ty he is not (really) ordained. He him.self incurs no offence, u t there E s an offence lor the monies ordain him. 9 C f. definition of m attu&satiggaiM , h u m an being, at Via-. iii. 73. * Cf, above. I, 39 . 1. * antarftyike dham tne , cf. Vin+ iv, J34 (?,>. Hi, 21, where see n. 5).
C / r i n ii* 271 f. fo r th e q u e s t io n s p u t to n u n s. o n t h e ir o rd in a tio n -
I I 2 IE
78-3 7]
M A H A V A G G A
121
I allo w y o u , m o n ks, h a v in g in stru c te d aside, to a sk a b o u t th e th in g s w h ich are stu m b lin g -b lo ck s in th e m id st o f th e Order* A n d th u s, m o n ks, sh o u ld one b e in stru c te d : F ir s t, h e sh o u ld be in v ite d to ch o o se1 a p re cep to r ; h a v in g in v ite d h im t o choose a p recep tor, a b o w l an d ro b es sh o u ld b e p o in te d o u t t o him (w ith th e words) : ' T h is is a b o w l fo r you* th is is a n o u te r clo a k , th is is a n u p p e r ro be, th is is an in n e r r o b e ; g o a n d s ta n d in such a n d su ch a p la c e V ' J J3 || Ig n o ra n t, in exp erie n ced (m onks) in stru c te d th em . T h o se w ish in g fo r o rd in a tio n , b u t w h o w ere n o t (properly) in stru cte d , w ere a t a loss, th e y w ere ab a sh ed , t h e y w ere un able t o rep ly. T h e y t o ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : M onks, one sh ou ld n o t be in stru c te d b y an ign oran t, in exp erien ced (monk). W h o e v e r (such) sh o u ld in stru c t, th ere is a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g , I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, to in stru ct b y m ean s o f an exp erien ced , c o m p e te n t m o n k ." | | 4 || T h o se w h o w ere n o t a greed u p o n in stru cte d . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e s a i d : " M on ks, one sh o u ld n o t b e in stru c te d b y one w h o is n o t a g re e d u p o n . W h o e v e r (such) sh o u ld in stru c t, th e re is an o ffen ce o f w ron g-d oin g. I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, to in stru ct b y m ean s o f one w h o is a g reed upon . A n d th u s, m o n ks, sh ou ld he be agreed upon : oneself m a y b e a g ree d upon b y oneself o r a n o th e r m a y b e agreed u p o n b y another*. A n d h o w is oneself t o b e a g reed u p o n b y o n e se lf ? T h e O rd er sh ou ld be in fo rm ed b y an e x p e rie n ced , c o m p e te n t m o n k , s a y i n g : * H on ou red sirs, le t th e O rd er h ea r m e. So a n d so w ish es fo r o rd in atio n from th e v e n e ra b le so a n d so. I f it seem s rig h t to th e O rd er, I w o u ld in stru c t so a n d so / T h u s m a y on eself be a g ree d u p o n b y oneself. \] 5 || 4 * A n d h o w is a n o th e r t o b e a g ree d u p o n b y a n o th e r ? T h e O rd er sh ou ld b e in fo rm ed b y an exp erien ced , co m p eten t m o n k, sa y in g : f H on oured sirs, le t th e O rd er h e a r m e. So an d so w ishes fo r ord in atio n fro m th e v e n e ra b le so an d so* I f i t seetns rig h t t o th e O rd er, so a n d so co u ld in stru c t so an d so / T h u s m a y an o th er b e a g reed upon b y an o th e r. [[ 6 [ | " T h e m o n k w h o is a g ree d upon , h a v in g a p p ro ach ed th e one w h o w ish es fo r o rd in atio n , sh o u ld sp e a k th u s to h im : ' L isten ,
1 gahapctabbo ; cf, gahapaha a t V in , iii. 246 ( B .D . ii. 13 2 , w here see n. 1). 1 C f. b elo w , I I , 15. 6.
r% %
BO OK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
so a n d so. T h is is for y o u a tim e for tr u th (-speaking), a tim e fo r fa c t (-speaking)- W h e n I am a sk in g yo n in th e m idst o f th e O rd er a b o u t w h a t is ,1 y o u sh o u ld sa y , * I t is / if i t is so ; y o u sh ou ld s a y , 4 I t is n o t,1 if it is n o t so. D o n ot ha a t a loss, do n o t b e ab a sh ed . T h u s I w ill a s k 2 yo u : 4 H a ve y o u diseases lik e th is . . . W h a t is y o u r p re c e p to r's nam e ? 1 " I! 7 If T h e y * a rriv e d to g e th e r. T h e y sh o u ld n o t a rriv e to g eth er. T h e in stru c to r h a v in g com e first, th e O rd er sh ou ld b e in form ed b y h im , s a y in g : H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. So a n d so w ish es for o rd in atio n from th e ven erab le so and so. [94] H e h a s been in stru cte d b y m e. I f it seem s rig h t to th e O rd er, let so a n d so c o m e " H e sh ould b e to ld : " C o m e H a v in g m ad e h im arran ge h is u p p er robe o ve r one shoulder, h a v in g m ad e h im honour th e m o n k s1 feet, h a v in g m a d e him sit dow n on his haun ch es, h a v in g m ade him sa lu te w ith jo in ed p alm s, he sh o u ld b e m a d e t o ask for o rd in atio n , s a y i n g : " H on oured sirs,, I a sk th e O rd er for o rd in a tio n ; hon oured sirs, m a y th e O rd er ra ise m e u p o u t o f com p assio n ,4 A n d a second tim e , h onoured sirs, - . . A n d a th ird tim e , h o n o u red sirs, I ask th e O rder fo r ord in atio n ; honoured sirs, m a y th e O rd er raise m e u p o u t o f co m p asso n /' II 8 II T h e O rd er should b e in fo rm ed b y an exp erien ced , co m p eten t m on k, s a y i n g ; 4f H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen t o me. T h is one, so an d so, w ish es fo r o rd in atio n from th e venerable so and so. I f i t seem s rig h t t o th e O rd er I could a s k so a n d so ab o u t th e th in g s w h ich are stu m b lin g-b locks. L isten , so a n d so. T h is is for y o u a tim e fo r tr u th (-speaking) > a tim e fo r fa c t
1 pant j&tettn. V A . 3033 says ibout that which is produced, j& a * has arisen, is existing in your body. This can only refer to the questions on the diseases. H ie Pali in such cases is idiomatic : " Is there for you a disease ? " So O tJC could say, " I am asking you about what exists* yarp jd ia m (as a disease for you], and you should say there is, atthi {such a disease for me) it being sor SQiitam ; there is not, n'atthi, it being not so, asantam ,f_ But since in fact n o t all the questions are about diseases* T have translated as above, the better to emphasise the general necessity to answer all the questions truthfully in accordance with the preliminary reminder, *' This- is a time ior truth and fact The instructor and his candidate* Nothing to show whether the Lord is supposed to continue to give these instructions, or whether they are incorporated without being attributed to him.
* C f. a ho ve, I. 29 . 2,
a pttcchissarft*
70.9 77+ 1]
M A H A V A G G A
123
(-speaking). I am a s k in g y o u a b o u t w h a t is. Y o u sh ould sa y , ' I t is ry if it is s o ; y o u sh ou ld s a y h * I t is n o t/ i f it is n o t so. H a v e y o u diseases lik e t h i s : . . , W h a t is y o u r p re c e p to r's nam e ? [f g [| T h e O rd er should b e in fo rm ed b y an experien ced , co m p e te n t m o n k , sa y in g : " H o n o u red sirst le t th e O rd er h e a r m e. T h is one, so a n d so, w ish es for o rd in a tio n from th e v e n e ra b le so a n d so. H e is q u ite ptire in re g a rd to th e th in g s w h ich are stu m b lin g -b lo ck s, h e is com p lete a s to b o w l a n d robes* So a n d so is a sk in g the O rd er fo r ord in atio n b y m eans o f th e p re cep to r so an d so* I f it seem s rig h t to th e O rd er, le t th e O rd er ordain so an d so b y m ean s o f th e p recep to r so an d so. T h is is th e m otion . ]| i c |[ " H on ou red sirs, le t th e O rder h ea r m e, T h is one, so a n d s o ( w ishes fo r o rd in atio n from th e ve n e ra b le so an d so. H e is q u ite pure in regard to th e th in g s w h ic h a re stu m b lin g -b lo ck s, he is co m p lete as to bow] a n d robes. So a n d so is a s k in g th e O rder fo r o rd in ato n b y m eans o f th e p recep to r so an d so. T h e O rd er is o rd ain in g so a n d so b y m ean s o f th e p re cep to r so a n d so* I f th e o rd in a tio n o f so an d so b y m ean s o f th e p re cep to r so and so is p lea sin g t o th e v e n e ra b le on es, le t th em be s ile n t ; h e to w hom it is n o t p lea sin g sh o u ld sp ea k . [Ji x ]| ** A n d a second tim e I sp ea k fo rth th is m a tte r . . - A n d a th ird tim e I sp e a k fo rth th is m a tte r _ . _ h e to w hom i t is n o t pleasin g sh o u ld sp ea k . S o an d so is b ein g o rd ain ed b y th e O rd er b y m ean s o f th e p recep to r so an d so. I t is p le a sin g to th e O rder, th erefo re it is silent* T h u s do I u n d erstan d this/* |[ j a y 70 || T o ld is th e (F orm al) A c t o f O rd in atio n . T h e sh adow sh o u ld be m e a su re d 1 a t once, th e le n g th o f th e season* sh ou ld b e exp la in ed , th e portion o f th e day sh ould
1 T h is m u st m ean th e s h a d o w of t h e c a n d id a te , c a s t b y th e sun* V A . 1033 sa y s th e sh ad o w should be m easu red w ith th e w ord s, I t is th e le n g th o one m an or tw o m en, ekapcrisd dveporisa. C j . p p risa m e a n in g ** h e ig h t o f a m a n " a t M , i. 74 , 187, 365. * V A . 1033 t h e season s are th e rains, t h e co ld w eath er, t h e h o t w eath er. I f w h ich eve r season i t is is n o t en ded, t h a t season Is in co m p le te b y so m a n y d a y s " , th u s th e num ber o f d a y s rem ain in g in t h a t season,, or ** t h e e x a c t season (/VE.-D*) sh o u ld be exp lain ed . * V A , 1033, m o rn in g c r aftern oon .
124
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
b e explained* th e fo rm u la 1 should be e xp lain ed , [95] th e fou r resources should be e x p la in e d (w ith th e words) : 1 G oin g fo rth is on acco u n t o f m e a ls o f scraps , . (as at M V. I. 30. 4) , . - T h ese a re e x tr a a cq u isitio n s : ghee, fresh b u tte r, oil, h o n e y , m olasses/ |] 1 ]| 77 || T o ld are th e F o u r R esources N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks, h a v in g ordained a c e rta in m o n k, w en t a w a y le a v in g him alone. A fte rw a rd s as he w a s going a lo n g alone* he m et his form er w ife on th e w a y . She sp oke th u s : W h a t, h a v e yo u n o w gone fo rth ? " " Y e s , I h a v e gone fo r th / ' She s a i d : " S e x u a l interco u rse is d ifficu lt fo r th o se w h o h a v e gone forth . Com e ajid in d u lg e in sexu a l in terco u rse. H a v in g in d u lged in sexu a l in tercourse w ith h er3 he a rriv ed late* M onks sp o k e th u s : *' W h a t w ere y o u , y o u r reveren ce, d o in g for such a lo n g tim e ? ** |[ 1 ]| T h e n this m o n k to ld th is m a tte r to th e m on ks. T h e m onks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : *' I a llo w yo n , m onks, h a v in g ord ained (a monk)* to g iv e hijxi a com panion a n d to cjcplain fo u r th in gs w h ich arc not to b e done* W h en a m o n k is ordained he sh ould n o t in d u lge in sexu al intercourse, eve n w ith an a n im a l,2 W h a te v e r m onk in d u lg es in sex u a l intercourse, he becom es not a (true) recluse, not a son o f th e S a k y an s. A s a m an w ith h is head cu t off could n ot becom e one to liv e b y th a t b o d ily connection, even so a m o n k, h a v in g ind ulged in Sexual intercourse, becom es not a (true) reclu se, not a son o f th e S a k y a n s .3 T h is is a th in g not to b e done b y y o u as lo n g as life lasts. || 2 || " W h e n a m o n k is o rd ain ed he should n o t ta k e b y th e ft w h a t has n o t been g iv e n , even if it is o n ly a blad e o f grass.* W h a te v e r m on k takes b y th e ft a pada* or th e w o rth o f a pdda o r m ore th a n a pdda th a t has n o t been g iv e n , he becom es n ot
1 sangiii. c h a n tin g to geth er. A c c o r d in g ta V A . E034P h a v in g d one a ll th is to g e th e r h e should b e a sk ed a b o u t h is m easure, th e season a n d p ortion o f th e d a y in order th a t he m igh t g iv e th e correct a n sw ers a n d so m ake it clear th a t h e h a s p r o p e r ly u n d ersto o d hia a g e as a m em b er o f t h e O rder. 1 Par, 1P Vin, iiC az* * V in . iii. z 3 .
* Par. II*
* &ee n o te a t B , D . i* ? i .
78.3 79.t ]
M A H A V A G G A
1 *5
a (true) recluse, n o t a son o f th e S a k y a n s, A s a w ith ered leaf, freed from its s ta lk , co u ld n o t becom e green a g a in , even so a m o n k , h a v in g ta k e n b y th e ft a pdda o r th e w o rth o f a pdda or m ore th a n a pdda th a t w a s not g iv en , becom es n ot a (true) recluse, n o t a son o f th e S a k y a n s .1 T h is [96] is a th in g n o t to b e done b y y o u as lo n g as life la sts. [| 3 | | " W h e n a m on k is o rd ain ed he sh o u ld n o t in te n tio n a lly d e p riv e a liv in g th in g o f life, e v e n i f it is o n ly an a n t.2 W h a t e v e r m o n k d e p riv es a h u m an b e in g o f life e ve n d o w n to causin g a b o rtio n ,3 h e becom es n ot a (true) recluse, not a son o f th e S a k y a n s. A s a fla t sto n e r b ro k en in h alf, becom es (som ething) n o t to be p u t to g eth e r a g ain , even so a m o n k , h a v in g in te n tio n a lly d e p riv ed a h u m an b e in g o f life, becom es n o t a (true) reclusej not a son o f th e S a k y a n s ,4 T h is is a th in g n o t t o be done b y y o u as lo n g as life la sts, || 4 j| W h en a m o n k is o rd ain ed h e sh o u ld not la y claim to a s ta te o f fu rth er-m en , e ve n th in k in g ; ' I d e lig h t in so litu d e \ 5 W h a te v e r m o n k , o f e v il desires, filled w ith co vetou sn ess, la y s claim t o a sta te o f fu rth er-m en w h ich is n o n -existen t, n o t a fa c t* to m e d ita tio n or to a d eliv era n ce or to c o n te m p la tio n or to an a tta in m en t or to a w a y or to a f i u i t 5 he becom es n o t a (true) recluse* n ot a son o f th e S a k y a n s. A s a p a lm y ra p alm , c u t o ff a t th e cro w n , c o u ld n o t becom e one for fu rth e r g ro w th ,8 even so a m o n k, o f e v il desires, filled w ith co v e to u s ness, h a v in g cla im ed a s ta te o f fu rth er-m en w h ich is n on e x iste n t, n o t a fa c t, becom es n o t a ftrue) reclu se, n o t a son of th e S a k y a n s. T h is is a th in g n o t to b e d one b y yo u as lo n g as life la s ts .J* [ |5 1 ] T o ld a re the F o u r T h in g s w h ich are n o t to be done. |] 7S ]|
N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k , su sp e n d e d s fo r n o t seeing an offence, le ft th e O rd er, (hut) h a v in g com e b a c k a g a in , he

1 C f. iii. 47* * P a r. I l l (lor h u m a n bein gs) a n d P a c , L X I (for anim als),
* Vin. iiL 83
* V in . H E . 74.
* See Vin. iii. Qij where " delight in solitude for th e mind devoid of the hindrances *p occurs in definition ot 'r state of furtber-m^n " , * V in . iai. 90, where such a one is called the " chief great thief 7 C/< the longer List of concepts enumerated id defiDitidH of state of iu rth e r-m en " a t V in . iii. gr* 93. * V in . iii. <52,
* vhkhitta, Cf+ iv . 115., 13 7 , a i S a n d see iii. 2.S, n. 4*
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
a sk e d th e m o n ks for o rd in atio n . T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e Lord- H e said : T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere a m o n k , suspended fo r n ot seein g an offence, lea ves th e O rd er, (but) h a v in g com e b a ck again , a sk s th e m on ks for ord in atio n . T h e y sh o u ld sp eak th u s to him : ' W ill yo n see th is offence? ' I f he s a y s : f I w ill see it he m a y be Jet go fo rth . I f he s a y s : - I w ill n o t see it % he sh o u ld n ot b e le t go fo rth . |[ i ]\ ** H a v in g le t h im go fo rth th e y should s a y (to him) ; ' W ill y o u see this offence ? * I f he sa y s : * I w ill see it % he m a y be ordained- I f he s a y s : ' I w ill n o t see it he sh ou ld n o t he ordained. H a v in g o rd ain ed h im , th e y should s a y : 4 W ill y o u see this offence ? * I f he sa y s : f I w ill see it he m a y b e resto red .1 I f he sa y s : ' I w ill n o t see it he should n ot be restored. H a v in g restored h im , th e y sh ould s a y : * D o y o u see th is offence ? * I f he sees it , th a t is good ; if he does not see it, he m a y be suspended again if i t possible to o b ta in u n a n im ity * ; i f it is n o t possible to ob tain u n a n im ity th ere is no offence in eatin g w ith , in bein g in com m union w ith (him ).3 j| 2 [ 1 " T h is is a tase, monks* w h ere a m o n k, suspended fo r n o t m a k in g am en d s for an offence, le a ve s th e O rd er (but) h a v in g com e b a c k a g ain , asks th e m onks fo r ordination. T h e y sh ou ld sp eak thus to h im : f W ill y o u m ake am end s fo r th is offence ? * I f he s a y s : ' 1 w ill m a k e am ends \ [97] he m a y b e le t go fo rth . - . {as in |[ 2 |j reading m ake am ends for instead o f see) . . . in b ein g in com m union w ith (him), [j 3 ]| r* T h is is a case* m on ks, w h ere a m onk, suspend ed for n ot g iv in g u p a w ro n g v ie w , leaves th e O rd er (but) h a v in g com e b ack again* asks th e m onks fo r o rd in ation . T h e y sh ould sp eak th u s to him r 1 W ill y o u g ive up this w rong v ie w ? ' I f he sa y s : ' I w ill g iv e it up JF he m a y be le t go forth . . . {as in || 2 || reading g iv e up instead o f see) - * * in b ein g in com m union w ith (him). [] 4 j| 79 J | T h e G reat S e ctio n 4 : th e F irs t
1 On. 0saritt t o r e s t o f e a f t e r s e e in g an o ffe n c e , tJidtking a m e n d s fo r i t a a d g i v i n g u p a ia ls e v ie w , see B.D+ iii. 23 t n. 4., 1 1 ,$. a m o n g t b e tn o n k s , l o r t h is f u r th e r ^ u sp e a sio a , * S o B u . a t V A . 10 34, terra saddkim t a n d a s m a y b e d e d u c e d fr o m P& c. L .X I X a n d it s D M C om y's d e fin itio n o f " h a s n o t a c t e d a c c o r d in g to t h e r u t e 'J, * M a h a k t ia n d h a k a . C a lle d P a b b a jj ik lt h a a d f r a k a a t JIM . ii. 363*
m a h
v a g g a
127
A s to g re a t m a tte rs in th e V in a y a , to b rin g in g ease to th e w e ll-b e h a v ed b o th in re stra in t o f e v il d esires a n d in striv in g s for conscien tiousness, A n d also b e a rin g in m in d th e in stru ctio n w h ich is w ith in th e ra n g e o f th e a ll-k n o w in g co n qu ero r, in a realm w h ic h h a s no Other, in peace from b o n d a ge, in w h a t is w ell la id d o w n , in th a t w h ich has no d o u b t, I n Sectio n in V in a y a , as w e ll as in P a riv a ra an d in H ca d in g (s)J th e good fo llo w s clo se ly as th o u g h im ita tin g . W h o does n o t u n d e rsta n d c a ttle does n o t g u a rd th e herd, so not. k n o w in g m o ra l h a b it, how ca n he g u a rd re stra in t ? A lth o u g h th e S u tta n ta s a n d A b h id h a m m a b e fo rg o tte n , fo r a ll tim e [98] th e te a ch in g p ersists w h ile V in a y a is n o t d e stro ye d . T h e refo re , b ecau sc firm ly su p p o rted , I w ill d eclare th e k e y in regu la r sequence a cco rd in g to (m y) kn ow led ge. L isten w h ile I sp eak. T h e m a tte r, th e p ro v e n a n ce 1, th e offence, th e m eth o d s an d th e a b bre v ia tio n s i t is n o t e a sy n ot to le a v e so m eth in g o u t ; d iscern th a t from th e m ethodA w a k e n in g , a n d th e R a j& y a ta n a , th e G o a th e rd s', S a h a m p a ti B ra h m a , A la ra , U d d a k a , a n d m onks, U p a k a th e seer* K o n d a n n a , V a p p a , B h a d d iy a an d M ah an am a, A ssa ji, Y a s a , four, fifty* all, he sen t o u t (on tour), th e qu arters, T h e s u b je c t,2 a s t o M ara, an d th e th ir ty , a t U ru v e la , th re e m a tte d h air ascetics, fire-room , th e G reat K in g s, S a k k a , a n d B ra h m a , th e en tire (population), R a g -ro b e, a ta n k , a n d a sto n e, kakudha-{tree)t a ston e, a rose-apple* a n d a m a n g a , em blic m y ro b a la m , he b ro u g h t a flow er from th e C oral T ree,
1 nidaw t. T h is u s u a lly app ears in t h e to m ean t h e p la c e 'where th e L o r d w as s ta y in g w hen su ch c o n d u c t occurred a s led to t h e fram in g o f a rule or allo w an ce, th u s th e " p r o v e n a n c e o f a rule or allo w an ce. S e c also K . S . iii, In tr. x ff. ; K . S . iv , In tr . x i v f. 1 vattku-m. A p p e a r in g to refer to 12 . 2-4, t h e g o in g forth a n d ord in ation fo rm u la b y th e throe refuges, G oin& fo rth a n d O r d in a tio n form th e s u b je c t m a tte r of S ectio n I o f th e M &h&vagga*
128
BO O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
' K a ssa p a , le t th em b e chopp ed , le t th e m be k in d le d , a n d let th em b e e xtin g u ish ed r, th e y p lu n g ed into* fire-vesselsj ra in , G a y a , a n d th e P a lm G ro v e , (K in g of) M agad h a, U p a tissa , K o lita , an d d istin g u ish ed (young m en), th e goin g fo rth , w ro n g ly dressed, d ism issal, a n d th e le a n w re tch e d brahm an, He in d u lg ed in b a d h a b its, th e stom ach* th e b rah m an y o u th , a gro u p , y e a r 's sta n d in g , b y th e ig n o ra n t, g o in g a w a y , te n y e a rs' sta n d in g , gu id an ce, T h e y d id n o t co n d u ct th em selves (properly), to dism iss, ign o ra n t, n u llification , five, six, and w h o ev er else, a n d n a k ed , n o t w ith (his hair) c u t off, m a tte d h air ascetic, a S a k y a n , F iv e d iseases am ong th e M agad hese, se rvice,1 a th ie f (and) fingers, a n d (the K in g of) M a g a d h a d ecreed, ja il, w ritte n ab o u t, scourged, B ra n d e d , d eb to r, and a sla v e , d o se -sh a v in g , U p a li, sn ak e (-w ind d isease),2 a fa m ily w ith fa ith , a n d K a n tfa k a , a n d th e n crow d ed up, A b o u t how to li v e ,3 th e b o y , train in gs, an d th e y were,* N o w how ? en tire, b y m o u th , p recep to rs, lu rin g a w a y , K a n ^ a k a , E u n u c h , t h e f t ,* go in g o v e r to, an d a sn ake, on a m other, a fa th e r, p e rfe cte d ones, a nun, sch ism atic, con cern in g b lo o d ,T h erm a p h ro d ite ,8 W ith o u t a p r e c e p to r th ro u g h an O rd er, a gro u p , eunuch, w ith o u t a bow l,
1 T e x t read s tfAo. O ld e n b e rg , V in . i. 373 th in k s w e o u gh t to rea d bhafo (for raj abhata in 4 0 . 3). 1 S ee I . 5 0 * j ; 5 1 . t, 9 valthitmhi, i.e. in d ep en den ce for fiv e y e a r s or for life, I, 53 . 4. C in g . e d n . vatthusmzTfi. 4 viha ta n tif as in I. 5 7 . I* * I*e, in co m m u n io n b y th eft* I. 62 ~ 3, * I.e . g o in g o ver to (another) sect, I . 6 2 . 3. T ruktrena, here r e p la c in g lokitupp&dako o i I . 67 * i j th e shedder o f a {ialhdgaia's) blood. H H ere ca lle d o n ly vyaHjana (a cc o m p a n y in g a ttrib u te* d is tin c tiv e ch a r a c te r istic ) in stead o f ubhatovyaiijanaka as a t 1. 6 5 . I .
M A H A V A G G A
129
w ith o u t a ro b e, b o th th e se , th e n th o se th ree on w h a t w as len t, H a n d s, fe e t, h an d s a n d fe e t, e a ts, nose* b o th th ese, fingers, nailSj ten d o n s, w e b b e d h an d s, a n d a h u n ch -b ack , d w a rf, H a v in g g o itre, and th e n a b ra n d ed one, scourged, w ritte n a b o u t, e le p h a n tia sis, b a d ly (ill), a n d on e w h o d isg races a n a ssem b ly , b lin d , a n d ju s t th en one w ith a c ro o k e d lim b , [99] A n d th en a la m e c u e , p a ra ly s e d d o w n one side, w ith a crip p le, old a g e, b lin d from b irth , d u m b , d e a f, b lin d a n d d u m b , and w h a t is th e re to , W h a te v e r is ca lled b lin d a n d d u m b , a n d th en d u m b a n d d e a f, A n d b lin d a n d d u m b a n d d e af, a n d g u id a n ce to th e unconscientious, A n d one sh o u ld (not) liv e , w h a t is done on a jo u r n e y ,1 b e in g a sked , w ishing' for, 'l e t him com e V t h e y q u a rre lle d ,3 if th ere is one p recep tor, K a ssa p a , A n d o rd ain ed (monks) w ere t o b e seen p ressin g a b o u t diseases, th e u n in stru cte d w ere a t a loss, in stru c tio n ju s t th e re . A n d th e n in th e O rder, th e n a n ig n o ra n t one, a n d n o t agreed upon, to g eth e r, th e ' m ay-it-raise-{m e-) up ' o rd in ation , resource, alo n e, th e three*4 I n th is Sectio n a re one h u n d red an d se v e n ty -tw o item s. T o ld is th e F ir s t K e y , th a t t o th e G re a t S ectio n [100]
1 kaiaddh&na, referring to 7ft. I, 2. C in g . edn, reads iaihdddJidnxnt. * F o llo w in g agacchaiu of C in g , edn* ^ 7 4 * . i p in s te a d o f dgacchantam, s vivad&rtti (w ith v.t. vivddentiw V in . i 373). 4 D o u b tle ss referrin g t o (1) n o t seein g an offence, (2) n o t m a k in g am en d s fo r a n offence, (3) n o t g iv in g u p a w io n g v ie w (each, a g ro u n d fo r a m o n k s suspension ; an d their opposites; ea ch b ein g a g ro u n d fo r his resto ratio n ) d e a lt w ith a t I. 7 9 . 2-4.
130
THE
GREAT
D IV IS IO N
II
A t one tim e th e aw ak en ed on e, th e L o rd w a s s ta y in g near R a ja g a h a on M o u n t V u ltu re P e a k , N o w a t th a t tim e w anderers belo n gin g to o th e r sects, h a v in g co llected to g e th e r on th e fo u rteen th , fifteenth *and e ig h th d a y s o f th e h a lf-m o n th ,1 spoke dhamma.2 P e o p le ca m e u p t o th e m to h ea r dhamma. T h e y g a in e d affection for th e w an d erers b elo n gin g to oth er sects, th e y g ain ed fa ith (in them }, th e w and erers b elo n gin g to o th e r sects g a in ed a d h e ren ts,4 |[ I |f T h e n reason in g arose th u s in th e m in d o f K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M a g a d h a as he w a s m e d ita tin g in s e c lu s io n : A t present w an d erers b elo n g in g to o th e r sects, h a v in g co lle cted to g e th e r on th e fo u rteen th , fifte e n th a n d e ig h th d a y s o f th e h a lf-m o n th , sp ea k dhamma. T h ese people g o up to th e m to h ea r dhamma. T h e y g a in affectio n fa r th e w a n derers b elo n g in g to o th e r sects, th e y g a in fa ith (in th em ), th e w an d erers b e lo n g in g t o o th e r sects g a in ad h eren ts. Sup pose th e m asters sh ould also collect to g eth e r on th e fo u rteen th , fifte e n th an d eig h th d a y s o f th e h a lf-m o n th ? J' |] 2 \ [ T h e n K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M agad h a ap p ro ach ed the L o rd ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g greeted th e L o rd , he sa t d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. A s he w a s sittin g d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M agad h a spoke th u s to th e L o rd : N o w , L o rd , a s I w a s m e d ita tin g in seclusion, a reaso n in g arose in m y m in d t h u s : * A t present w an d erers b elo n gin g to o th e r se cts . * - should collect to geth er on th e fo u rteen th , fiftee n th an d eigh th d a y s o f the h a lf m onth ? " || 3 || T hen th e L o rd gla d d en ed , rejoiced , roused, d eligh ted K in g S e n iy a B im b isara o f M agad h a w ith ta lk on dkamma. T hen K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M agadha, glad d en ed , . . . deligh ted b y th e L o rd w ith ta lk on dhamma, rising from his seat, [ 101] h a v in g g reeted th e L ord , d ep arted k e ep in g his right
1 O n pahkhn. cf. V in . iv . 75 {& .D . Li, 313 , a o d q ,v r n. 3^ w h ere e a tin g food g iv e n paAAftiham and upcsatbiJtarit, r Mo a a d a y o f th e w a x in g -or w an in g of th e m o o n > p and on an o b s e r v a c c e -d a y io rm ex c ep tio n s t o th e ru le p ro h ib itin g a group-meaJ* 1 V A , 1034, w h a t is a n d w h a t U n o t t o be d on e b y th e m , 1 is lit. a p a r ty , a side* a factio n , n o t n ecessarily a sch ism atic one, as is show n b y a b o v e c o n te x t, a n d sec iii* 190* n. 3-
1-4
M A H A V A G G A
II
sid e to w a rd s h im . T h en th e L o rd , on th is o ccasion , in this co n n ection , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , ad dressed th e m o n ks, sa y in g : " I a llo w yo u , m on ks, to assem ble to g eth e r on th e fo u rteen th , fifteen th and e ig h th d a y s o f th e h a lf-m o n th .1' j] 4 fj 1 jj N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks, th in k in g : I t is a llo w ed b y th e L o rd to assem ble to g e th e r on th e fo u rte en th , fifteen th a n d e ig h th d a y s o f th e h a lf-m o n th / ' h a v in g assem bled to g eth e r, sa t d o w n in silen ce. T h o se p eo p le cam e u p to h ea r dhamma. T h e y looked dow n upon , criticise d , sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : H ow can these recluses, sons of th e S a k y a n s, h a v in g assem bled to g eth e r on th e fo u rteen th , fifte e n th a n d e ig h th d a y s o f the h alf-m on th , s it in silen ce, lik e d u m b p ig s1 ? O u gh t n o t dhamma to he spoken w h en t h e y are a ssem b led to g e th e r ? M onks h eard th ese people w h o . * , sp read it a b o u t. T h en these m onks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . T h en th e L o rd on this o ccasion , in th is connection* h a v in g g iv e n reasoned talk* ad d ressed the m onks, s a y in g : I allow" y o u , m on ks, h a v in g assem bled to g eth er on th e fo u rteen th , fifteen th and e ig h th d a y s o f th e half-m onth , to sp ea k d h a m m a [| 1 j| 2 || T h en as th e L o rd w a s m e d ita tin g arose in h is m ind t h u s : " W h a t now rules o f tra in in g , laid dow n b y m e recital o f P a tim o k k h a * fo r th em ? I t o f o b serva n ce1 fo r th e m ." | |1 | |
1 Tnugastikara : in bod y.
in seclusion if.I w ere to for m on ks, w o u ld be a
a reason in g allowr th ose (to form ) a (form al) a c t
V A . 2034 e x p la in s b y thulasarirasu/sard, p ig s t h a t a,re (a t
* R h y s D a v id s ; P S t i m o k k h a ) s a y s t h a t fr o m " t h e m a n n e r i ti which t h e w o rd U u s e d " in t h i s p a s s a g e it is n o t s u r p r is in g -J t o fin d t h a t t h e e a r l y B u d d h i s t s a s c r ib e d t h e i n s t it u t i o n . . _ o f t h e P a tim o k k h a . its e lf to a d 4 t e l o n g a n t e c e d e n t t o t h a t o f t h e B u d d h a . I f t h a t b e c o rr e c t, th e w o rd pdtirtiokkka- m u s t h a v e b ee n c m r e n t in K o s a l a w h e n B u d d h is m a r o s e , a n d . , ^ m o n g m e m b e r s o f t h e p r e v i o u s o rd e rs Rh JJ, r e fers t o Z>. iL 4 6 -4 9 , w h e r e ti-a d itjo n a s c r ib e s A P i l u m o k k h a t o t h e t i m e w h e n V i p a s s i n w a s E u d d h a , a n d t o t h e v e r s e {D. iL 49]., r e p e a t e d a t D h p . r S 5 , w h ic h c o n t a in s t h e w o tfds : p a t i m o k k h e ca saifivaro . , . et am bteddh anasQsanam, " a n d r e s tr a in t a c c o r d in g t o t h e P a t i m o k k h a t h i s is t h e t e a c h i n g o f t h e B u d d h a s " (p lu r a l).
On suggested meanings of patimokkha, see B .D . 3-, Tntr.. p- ati fT. ; Vin, Texts Lr Intr., p* scxviL On the number of rules th at the Patim okkha contaiaed, see W in tem itz, Hist. Ind. JLi(^r ii, 3, n. 5. which gives further references, and also B* C, Lavr. Ilisi* P u li L iL wi. 48 i.
9 ttposathakamma. U potoih a s ta n d s for " o b se r v a n c e " i t s e l f T h e phrase t<id-ah-upti$Liihitf '* on th is d av 'so b serviL n ce",. is u s u a lly used fo r an O b se rv a n c e d*y "
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g em erged from his seclusion In th e even in g, on th is occasion, in th is con n ection h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , addressed th e m onks, sa y in g : " N o w , m onks, as I w a s m e d ita tin g in seclu sio n a reasonin g arose in m y m ind th u s : * W h a t now if I sh o u ld a llo w th o se ru les o f tra in in g , la id d o w n b y m e for m o n ks, (to form ) a re cita l of P a tim o k k h a fo r th em ? I t w o u ld b e a (formal) a ct o f o b serv a n ce for th e m I a llo w y o u , m onks, to recite a P a tim o k k h a , II3 II . . " A n d th u s, m o n ks, should i t be- recited : T h e O rd er sh ou ld b e in fo rm ed b y an exp erien ced , co m p e ten t m o n k , sa y in g : H on oured sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T o -d a y , the fiftee n th (day), is a n O b servan ce (day). I f it seem s righ t to th e O rd er, th e O rd er m a y c a r ry o u t O b serva n ce, it m a y recite th e P a tim o k k h a . W h a t is th e O rd er's first d u ty ? L e t th e ven erab le ones [102] announce en tire p u r ity .1 I w ill recite th e P a tim o k k h a (while) one a n d a ll o f us p re se n t3 listen pro p e rly a n d p a y a tte n tio n to i t .3 H e for w h o m th ere m a y be an offence sh o u ld r e v e a l4 it. I f th ere is n o offence, y o u sh ou ld becom e silent- B y y o u r b ecom in g sile n t I sh all th u s kn o w th a t th e v e n e ra b le ones a re q u ite pure. F o r as th ere is a n answ er fo r e a c h q u e stio n ,5 so it is proclaim ed* up to th e th ird tim e in an a sse m b ly lik e this. W h a te v e r m o n k rem em b er in g w h ile i t is b ein g p ro claim ed u p to th e th ird tim e th a t there is an e xisten t offence an d should n o t reveal it , there com es to be conscious ly in g 7 fo r him. N o w , conscious ly in g , venerable ones, is a th in g called a stu m b lin g-b lock* b y th e Lord- T h erefo re th e e x iste n t offence sh o u ld b e revealed
1 parisuddhi, i.e* t h a t o n ly th ose are p resen t w ho h a v e c o m m itte d no offences, or w h o h a v e a c k n o w led ge d a n y c o m m itte d , or w h o h a v e fulfilled th e p e n a lty fo r th e m . C/* below , p. 158. ^ * sabbeva sanid* C f. wbho va Santa a t Vi-n, ill, 218. * V in . T zx ts i< 242 ta k e th ese words (all o f u s . * . to it) to b e t h e an sw er o i th e m o n k s then, presen t. A s th e r e is no it m a rk in g th e end of a, speech, I th in k G o ta m a is still su pposed to be te llin g th e m o n k s t h e vra y in w hich th e r e cita tio n is t o be carried out* * dvikareyya* is t o m a k e clear, to m an ifest, th u s t o disclose, to brin g to ligh t- T h is m eth o d o f clea rin g oneself o f an offen ce is p e rh a p s a forerunner to th e m ore form al confession, apntti t o an O rder, a gro u p or t o on e in d iv id u a l m onk. * paccehapui^hassa.
* fwt*s$&vita.
T D efin ed a t Vitt* iv . 2 (B J> . i i 166). * Q u o te d A s L 92* antardyikc dhummc ; see B .D . iiL a I. n, 5*
3 -3 -5 ]
M A H A V A G G A
EI
133
b y a m o n k w h o rem em bers th a t he h a s fa llen (into an offence) and w ho d esires p u r ity ; for w h en i t is re v e a led th ere com es to be co m fo rt fo r him* j| 3 [j P atim okkha1 m ean s : th is is th e beginning* th is is th e head,* th is is th e forem ost o f sta te s th a t are g o o d ; th erefo re it is ca lled Patim okkha. The venerable ones m ean : th is * th e ven e ra b le ones J is a term o f e ste e m ,3 th is is a te rm o f respect, th is is a d eferen tial and honorific designation*1 I w ill recite m e a n s ; I w ill e x p la in I w ill tea ch , I w ill la y d ow n, I w ill establish , I w ill m a k e clear, I w ill a n alyse, I w ill m ake p la in ,5 T o it m eans : to (w h at) is c a lle d th e P a tim o k k h a . One and all o f us present m eans : as m a n y as th e re are in this a ssem b ly e ld e rs a n d jie w ly o rd ain ed an d th o se o f m id dle sta n d in g these are ca lled * one and a ll o f us present \ (VFtf) listen properly m e a n s : h a v in g a p p lie d o urselves, h a v in g a tte n d e d ,0 w e co n cen tra te w ith a ll our m in d ,7 (iVp) p ay attention m e a n s : w e lis te n ,e m inds one-pointed, m inds not d istracted i m in d s n o t p ertu rb ed .* H4 || H e f o r whom there may be an ojf&nc& m e a n s : a c e rta in offence o f th e five classes o f offence or a certain offence o f the seven classes of offence10 for a n eld er o r for a n e w ly ord ain ed one or fo r one o f m id d le stan d in g. H e should reveal m e a n s : he sh o u ld te ll, he sh o u ld m ake d e a r , he should open up, he sh o u ld m a k e plain in th e m id st o f an O rd er o r in th e m id st of a gro u p or to one in d iv id u a l.
1 O n th e in clusion of th is C o m m e n ta r y in. t h e M Y rt see V tn r T&xU j, I n t f . p acv a n d S. Duttj, Early Hud. M onachtsm * <>1. 1 T h is d eriv ative* p$tifnokhh& from mitkha t4 13 q u ite im p o ssib le **3 WLiit-errutE* H ist. I n i . ii. 22* z- B u t p u n n in g is n o t t-o b e ta k e n as serious scien tific e ty m o lo g y , for th is w as u n k n o w n so early. * Or, o f en dearm en t, o f affection* p'iyt*. 1 C f. ii. r jo , 536, * Cf^ S . ii. 25. 154, iii. 132, iv. 166 ; A . i. 266, ii. 160. * afthibatvst manasikatvd ; cf * V in . iv . 44. 7 sabbam ceias& samanndhtrra mu ; cf. S . i* 7 12 , 289, ii- 220 ; A . u< 1 1 6 , iii. 163, 402, iv . 167 j M , L 325-
a nisdmertut*
* C f. A* iii. 174 ; frh s. i i , 15. 34 : N d . i. 501. 10 T h e five classes o f offence com prise t h e PSrSjLfca* Saftgh& disesa, A n iya.ta, N issaggiya., F a c it t iy a offences ; th e seven classes these fiv e w ith th e a d d itio n of t h e P a ^ d ^ sa n iy a s a n d S e k h iy a s .
134
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
I f there is no offence m ean s: eith er o n e conies n o t to be co m m itted or, if fallen in to , i t is re m o ve d .1 Y o u should become silent m eans : y o u should consent, y o u should n ot speak, / shall know2 that y o u are quite pure m eans : I w ill k n o w 2, I w ill understand* II 5 || F or as there is a n answer fo r eack question m e a n s : as one (person) i f q u estio n ed a b o u t one (thing) w o u id answ er, so it should be kxicwxi to th a t a ssem b ly : - H e questions m e \ Aw assembly l i f e this (means) : i t is called a n a ssem b ly of m onks. I t is proclaim ed up to the third time m eans : i t is proclaim ed once a n d it is p ro claim ed a secon d tim e and it is proclaim ed a th ird tim e. Remembering m e a n s ; kn o w in g, p erceivin g. There i s an existent offence m eans ; eith er one co m es to be co m m itted o r if fallen in to is n o t rem ovedShould not reveal m eans : sh o u ld n o t te ll, sh o u ld not m a k e clear, sh o u ld n ot o p en up, should n e t m ake plain [103] in th e m id st o f an O rd er or in th e m idst o f a g ro u p o r to one in d iv id u a l, [j 6 |j There comes to be consczmts lying fo r him m eans : W h a t is conscious ly in g ? I t is an offence o f w rong-doing'.3 A thing called a stumbling-block by the Lord m eans : a stu m b lin g -b lo ck t o w h a t ? I t is a stu m b lin g -b lo ck to the a tta in m e n t o f th e first (stage in) m e d ita tio n , it is a stu m b lin gb lo c k to th e a tta in m e n t o f th e second (stage in) m ed itatio n - * . th e th ird (stage in) m ed itatio n , . . . th e fourth {stage in) m ed ita tio n , it is a stu m b lin g -b lo ck to the a tta in m en t of th e m ed itatio n s, of th e d e liv e ra n c e s ,, of the co n tem plation s, o f th e a tta in m e n ts4, o f th e renunciations, o f
1 trutthiter, fem ., agreeing w ith its su b ject apatti, V A . ro34 reason ably exp la in s : " here, either* w h a te v e r m o n k there com cs t o be not fa llin g in to an offence, or, h a v in g fallen is rem oved from it, this is t h e m eaning of - if there is no offence ' " , C f. apatfiya vttttitana in M V , I . 36 . xo. 2 t/frfissfijm i i , , jattissami. s In th e P ic itt a y a s , h o w l e r , con sciou s ly in g ap p ears as th e first offence ia t h is cla-ss, T in , T exts i* 2*45, a. s a y s t h a t because of th is w e ca n n o t interpret here du/tkafA in th e tech n ica l sense o f a dtckkafa offence r". I th in k , h o w e m , th a t t h e difference in th e p en a lties laid dow n for conscious ly in g m a y p o in t to d ifferen t sta g es in th e grow th o f t h e legislation . * C f. Vin. iii. -91, 9-2, iv. 25.
3*7 4^3
MAH A V A G G A
II
135
th e escap es,1 o f th e aloofnesses, o f sta te s th a t a re good. Therefore m e a n s ; fo r th a t reason. B y (& monk) who remembers m ean s : b y (one) k n o w in g , b y (one) p erceivin g. B y (a monk) who desires p u rity m e a n s : b y (one) w ish in g to re m o v e (an offence), b y (one) w ish in g to b e purified. 7 I! E xisten t offence m eans : e ith e r one co m es to b e c o m m itted , or, i f fallen in to , is n ot rem oved. Should be revealed m eans : it sh ould b e re v e a led in th e m id st of a n O rd e ro r in th e m id st o f a g ro u p or to one in d iv id u a l, F o r when it is revealed there comes to be comfort fo r him m e a n s : I n w h a t is th e re co m fo rt ? T h e re com es to be c o m fo rt in th e a tta in m e n t o f th e first {stage in) m ed ita tio n , there com es to be co m fo rt in th e a tta in m e n t in th e second (stage in) m e d ita tio n * 4 * th e third (stage in) m e d ita tio n , . . th e fo u rth (stage in) m e d ita tio n ; th ere com es to be c o m fo rt in th e a tta in m e n t o f th e m editations* o f th e d e liv er ances, o f th e co n tem p la tio n s, o f th e a tta in m e n ts , o f th e renunciations* o f th e escapes, o f th e aloofnesses* o f sta te s th a t are g o o d .2 || 8 J | 3 |j
II
N o w a t th a t tim e m onks, th in k in g : " T h e re cita l o f th e P a tim o k k h a is allow ed b y th e L o rd ," re cite d the P a tim o k k h a d a ily . T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " M onks, th e P a tim o k k h a sh o u ld n o t b e recited d a ily . W h o e v e r should (so) re c ite it, there is an offence o f w ron g d o in g . I allow yo u , m onks, to recite th e P a tim o k k h a on an O b serva n ce d a y / ' |[ 1 || N o w a t th a t tim e m onks, th in k in g : " T h e re cita l o f th e P a tim o k k h a on an O b servan ce d a y is a llo w ed b y th e L o r d / 1 recited th e P a tim o k k h a th ree tim es d urin g th e h a lf-m o n th on th e fo u rteen th , on th e fiftee n th a n d on th e e ig h th (days) o f th e h a lf-m o n th . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said ; " M onks, th e P a tim o k k h a sh ould n o t b e recited th ree tim es 1 Escapes ' mentioned at Ud. ; lli. p. 37, 61 ; I>* iiL 375;
A . ui. 245-6* _D * iii* 239-240 ; A . iii, 290, D . iii. 5 4 7 ; M . i. 84 etc. * C f. t h e forest or ju n g le d w ellin g m on k w ho h ad co m fo rt, p h a su t M V . I. 7 3 . 4. T h is e x a m p le to g e th e r w ith th e on e g iv e n a b o v e in d ic a te t h a t phdsu is b y 00 m eans used e x c lu s iv e ly t o d e n o te p h y s ic a l co m fo rt.
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
in th e half-m onth - W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) recite it, th e re is an o ffen ce of w ron g-d oin g. I a llo w yo u , m on ks, to recite th e P a tim o k k h a once in th e h a lf-m o n th : e ith e r on th e fo u rteen th or on th e fiftee n th (d a y )/ F j| z || 4? [| N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p of six m onks re cite d th e P a ti m o k k h a a cco rd in g to a ssem b ly , each one b efore h is own a ssem b ly. T h e y to id this m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : MM on ks, [10*] th e P a tim o k k h a should n o t be recited a cco rd in g to a ssem b ly , each one befo re h is ow n a ssem b ly. W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) re cite it , th e re is an offence o f w ro n g doin g. I a llo w you* m o n ks, a {form al) a c t o f O b serva n ce for a ll to g eth e r, 1 | Ji | | T h e n it occurred to th e m on ks ; " A (formal) a ct o f O b serv an ce for a ll to g e th e r is a llo w ed b y th e L o rd . N ow , how far does * b e in g a ll to g eth er (go) ? A s fa r as one residence, or th e w h ole e a rth ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : " I a llo w r rnonks, Tb e in g a ll t o g e t h e r ' {to m ean) a s fa r as one resid en ce/' || 2 || N o w a t th a t tim e th e ven erab le ICappina th e G reat 5 w as s ta y in g near R a ja g a h a a t M ad d ak u cch i in th e d eer-park. T h en as th e ven era b le K a p p in a th e G reat w as m e d ita tin g in seclusion a reason in g arose in his m ind t h u s : Sh ou ld I go to an O bservan ce or sh ou ld I not go, sh ou ld I go to a (formal) a c t o f th e O rd er or sh ould I n ot g o , I , n evertheless, am purified w ith th e h ig h est p u rific a tio n / ' |j 3 jj T h e n th e L o rd , k n o w in g b y m in d th e reasoning in th e m ind o f th e ven era b le K a p p in a th e G re at, as a stro n g m an m ig h t stre tch o u t his b e n t arm or m ig h t ben d b a c k his out stre tc h e d arm , even so d id h e f van ish in g from M ount V u ltu re P e a k a p p e a r in M ad d aku cch i in th e d eer-p ark b efore th e
L samaggamnn. /* samaggtx a t V in . iv * 53* 1 4 1 all com e " , a n d see B*D+ ii. 367., n. 7 ; a n d t / samagga s&tpgha. a t V in . i v + 154, 231 m eaning a c o m p le te Order*
m sdmaggi.
* A t A . i, 25 ca lled c h ie f of th e exh orters of m onks. Verses, a t Thug. 547-35G. S e t JPss. Breth, p. 234 if*, an d N>B, t h a t on p. 2 56 '* ta u g h t th e s i s t e r s - f o r aans} shou ld read ta u g h t th e b reth ren " (or monks)* as noticed a t P ss. Brtth, p , 417+ ii. $75* a r t : M a h ik a p p in a , sh ou ld be corrected accordingly^ S ee Sa k y a t p. ff.p For Mas, R hjrs D a v id s ' su ggestion t h a t K ap p L aa w as A s s a jis teacher.
S.4 6-1]
m a h
v a g g a
II
137
venerable K a p p in a th e G reat, T h e L o rd sa t dow n an an ap p o in ted seat, a n d th e ven era b le K a p p in a th e G re a t, h a v in g greeted th e L o rd , sat dow n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce. || 4 || A s th e ven erable K a p p in a th e G re a t w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a respectfu l d istan ce th e L o rd sp oke th u s to h im : N o w , K a p p in a , as yo u w ere m e d ita tin g in seclusion d id n o t a reason in g arise in y o u r m ind t h u s : 4 S h ould I g o to an O b servan ce or should I n o t g o , sh ou ld I go to a (form al) a c t o f th e O rd er or should I not go, I f nevertheless* am p urified w ith th e highest pu rification ' ? " " Y es, L o rd / fr B u t if yo u brah m an s1 do n o t reveren ce, revere, esteem , ho n o u r th e O bservan ce, w h o is th ere w h o w ill reveren ce, revere, esteem , honour th e O b servan ce ? Y o u go alon g, brah m an , to th e O b servan ce, d o n ot n o t go * go lik ew ise to a (form al) a ct of th e O rder, d o n o t n ot g o .p ? " Y e s t L o r d ," th e ven era b le K a p p in a th e G re a t answ ered th e L ord in assent. |f 5 || T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g g lad d en ed , rejo iced , roused, d elig h ted th e ven erab le K a p p in a th e G re a t w ith ta lk on dhammaf a s a s tro n g m an m ight stre tch out his ben t arm or bend b a ck his o u tstretch ed arm , even so d id he, va n ish in g from before th e ven erab le K a p p in a th e G re a t in M a d d aku cch i in tne d eer-park ap p ear on M ount V u ltu r e P e a k . || 6 || 5 [| [ 105] T h en it occurred to th e m on ks ; ,J I t is laid d o w n b y the L o rd th a t ' b ein g all to g eth e r ' (means) as fa r a s one residence. N o w , how far does one residence (go) ? T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord- H e sa id : *f I allo w yo u , m onks, t o a gree u p o n a boundary* A n d thus* m onks, should it b e agreed upon ; "First, m a rk s sh ould be an n o u n ced ,2 a m a rk co n sistin g o f a h illsid e, a m a rk con sistin g o f a rock, a m ark con sistin g o f a g ro v e , a m ark con sistin g of a tree, a m a rk co n sistin g o f a road, a m ark consisting o f an anthill* a m a rk con sistin g o f a river, a m a rk consisting o f (a piece of) w a te r. T h e O rd er, h a v in g announced th e m arks, sh o u ld be inform ed b y an exp erien ced , co m peten t
1 B ra h m a n p r o b a b ly being: used here in it s .B u d d h ist sejjse oi h igh est " , K a p p in a w as older t h a n G o ta m a . f* bestj
1 ntmitia kitteta& b{!l+
138
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
m onk, sa y in g : ' H onoured sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. In as m u ch as m arks a ll round are an n oun ced, if i t seem s rig h t to th e O rd er th e O rd er m a y a gree upon a b o u n d a ry in acco rd an ce w ith th ese m arks fo r th e sam e com m union, fo r one O b serva n ce. T h is is th e m otion . j| i | | H on oured sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to me. In a s m u c h as m a rk s a ll round are announced* th e O rder is agreeing upon a b o u n d a ry in a cco rd an ce w ith th ese m arks for th e sam e com m union, fo r one O bservance* I f the agreem en t upon a b o u n d a ry in a cco rd a n ce w ith these m arks for the sam e com m union, fo r one O b servan ce, is pleasing to th e ven era b le ones* th e y sh o u ld be silent ; he to w hom it is n o t pleasin g should speak- T h e b o u n d a ry in accord ance w ith these m arks is agreed u p o n b y th e O rd er fo r th e sam e com m union, fo r one O b serva n ce. I t is p leasin g to th e O rd er, therefore it is s ile n t; th u s do I u n d erstan d t h l s V Il2 ]|6 [[ N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p of s ix m onks, th in k in g : " A n agreem en t upon a b o u n d a ry is a llo w ed b y th e L o r d / ' agreed upon v e r y e x te n siv e boundaries, o f fo u r yojanas a n d five yojanas and six yojanas* M onks co m in g for O bservan ce a rriv ed w h ile th e P a tim o k k h a w a s bein g recited, and th e y a rriv e d ju s t a fte r it h a d been recited , and th e y sta y e d (a night) on th e w a y . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : M onks, a v e r y e x te n siv e b o u n d a ry should n ot be agreed upon, o f four yojanas or five yojaiias or six^ 'cy'a^ s* W h oever should {so) agree, th ere is an offence o f w rong-doing. I a llo w y o u , m onks, to a gree upon a b o u n d a ry of three yojana s a t m o s t/ '1 |[i ]| N o w a t th a t tim e th e group o f s ix m onks agreed upon the o th e r side of a rive r as a b o u n d a ry. M onks com in g for O bservan ce w ere carried a w a y and th eir b ow ls were carried a w a y and th e ir robes w ere carried away* T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : 4t M onksJ the other side o f a riv e r sh ould n o t be agreed upon a s a b o u n d ary. W h o ever should (so) agree, there is an
1 A cco rd in g t o V A - J04G th is m ea n s t h a t h a v in g esta b lish ed th e m id d le o f th e proposed residence, th e b o u n d a r y .should n o t be m ore t-han. o q c an d a h a lf yojanas iro m it in ea ch direction, A trian gle m a y b e agreed upon, th re e yojaKas fro m Corner t o corner.
7 .3 8 .3 ]
M A H A V A G G A
II
139
offence o f w ron g-d oin g. I a llo w y o u , m onks, w hen th ere m a y b e a reliable b o a t 1 or a re lia b le b rid g e 3 to agree upon th e o th e r side o f such a river as a b o u n d a ry ." ]] 3 || 7 j| N ow a t th a t tim e m on ks recited th e P a tim o k k h a in successive cells [106] w ith o u t (m aking) a rendezvous. In -co m in g m on ks d id not know o r th e y th o u g h t, *r W h ere w ill th e O b servan ce b e carried o u t to - d a y ? r* T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e sa id : " M onks, th e P a tim o k k h a sh ou ld n o t be recited in su ccessive ce lls w ith o u t (m aking) a ren d ezvo u s, 'W hoever sh o u ld (so) recite it* there is an offence o f w rong-doing1 , I a llo w you^ m onks, to c a rry o u t th e O b servan ce h a v in g agreed upon an O bservan ce-h all th a t th e O rd er desires : a d w ellin g-p lace or a cu rve d house or a long house or a m ansion or a c a v e .4 A n d thus, m onks, should it be agreed upon : || j || " T h e O rd er should be inform ed b y an experien ced , com p eten t m onk, sa y in g : ' H o n o u red sirs, ]et th e O rd er listen t o me* I f it seem s rig h t to th e O rd er, th e O rd er sh o u ld agree upon such a n d such a d w ellin g-p lace as an O bservan ce-h alh T h is is th e m otion . H on oured sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h e O rd er is agreeing upon such a n d such a d w ellin g-p lace a s an O b servan ce-h all. I f th e a g reem en t upon such a n d su ch a d w ellin g-place as an O b serva n ce-h a ll is pleasin g to th e ven erab le ones, le t th em be silen t ; he to w h o m it is n ot pleasin g should speak. Such a n d such a d w ellin g-p lace a s an O bservan ce-h all is agreed upon b y the O rder. I t is pleasing to th e O rder, th erefo re it is silent ; th u s do I und er stan d this V J || 2 || N o w a t th a t tim e in a certain residence tw o O b se rva n ce halls cam e to b e agreed upon* M onks assem b led to g eth er in
1 dhuvanavii. V A . 1046 g iv e s v a r io u s possibilities-, o n e o i w h ich is a b o a t w h ich piles reg u larly a t th e fords. 1 dhuv&$f-tu, V A , 1047 s a y s *r m a d e o f a co lle c tio n o i trees or b o a rd s jo in ed to g e th e r or a bridge w h ere a c a r a v a n ca n g o -or w h a t is su ita b le for t h e cro ssin g o v e r o f e le p h a n ts a n d horses is a Large b r id g e ; or a 1 r e lia b le b r id g e * m eans h a v in g eve n a t t h a t m o m en t c u t d o w n a tree , a b r id g e th a t is su ita b le fo r p eo p le t o cross o ver b y one a t a tim e. B u t it n o t a ' reliab le b r id g e * if i t is n o t possib le t o cross b y h o ld in g t h e ju n g ie -r o p c a n d creepers tw in e d a b o v e i t * O n satpktta see S . D r i. 74, SSf 126 , *35., ii- 164 , 239 (and 3}* 2 9 1. 294 4 C f t a b o v e . I* 30 , 4 (and notes) a n d Vin+ i. 384.
140
BOOK
OF
D ISC IP L IN E
b o th th in k in g : M O b servan ce w ill b e carried o u t h e re / ' ' r O b servan ce w ill be c a n ie d o u t h e r e ." T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : M onks, tw o O b servan ce-h alls in one residence should n ot be a greed upon. W h o e v e r sh ould (so) agree, th ere is an offence o f w ron g-d oin g, I a llo w yo u , m onks, h a v in g ab o lish ed 1 o ne, to c a r ry o u t th e O b serva n ce in one place (only)* || 3 || " A n d th u s , m o n ks, should it b e a b o lish e d : T h e O rder sh o u ld b e inform ed b y an exp erien ced , co m peten t m o n k, s a y in g : ' H onoured sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to me. I f it seem s rig h t to th e O rder, th e O rd er m a y abolish such an d such an O bservan ce-h all. T h is is th e m otion . H onoured sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to me. T h e O rd er is a b o lish in g such and such a n O bservan ce-h alL I f th e abolition of such and such an O b servan ce-h all is p leasin g to th e ven erable ones, th e y should be silen t ; he to w hom it is not pleasin g should speak. S u ch an d such an O bservan ce-h all is abolished b y th e O rder. I t is p lea sin g to th e O rd er, therefo re it is silen t ; thus do I u n d erstan d th is ]\ 4 |[ 8 \ \ N o w a t th a t tijn e in a certain residence a v e r y sm all O bservan ce-h all ca m e to be agreed upon. A large O rd er of m o n k s cam e to be assem b led to g e th e r on an O bservan ce-d ay. M onks, sittin g on ground th a t had not been agreed upon, h eard th e P a tim o k k h a . T h e n it occurred to th ese m onks : " I t is la id dow n b y th e L o rd [107] th a t th e O bservan ce is to be ca rried o u t h a v in g agreed upon an O b serva n ce-h a llp b u t w c h eard the P a tim o k k h a w h ile w e were sittin g on ground th a t w a s n o t agreed upon- N ow w a s th e O bservan ce ea rn ed out for us or w as it n ot carried out ? " T h e y told this m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " M onks, i f one is sittin g on th e ground , w h eth er it has been agreed upon or n o t agreed upon, and hears the P a ti m okkha* from th ere, th e O b servan ce is carried out fa r him . II1 iI ' ' . " W e l l then, m onks, if an O rder desires a m axim u m for
* V A . 1 0 3 9 *\ e x p la in s i.e , th is t o m e a n o n e ** b a v i n # o f th e a b o lis h e d a g re e m e n ts is n o o n e s o o f th a t th e o n e
p r o c la m a t io n s o f
h a v in g a g re e d
r e s c in d e d u p o n as. a n
t h e p la c c s a lr e a d y
O b s e rv a n c c -h a L l
lo n g e r
re g a rd e d
in this, light.
9 .2
il- l]
MA H A V A G G A
II
141
O b serva n ce1 o f a certain size let at agree npon a m axim u m for O b servan ce o f th a t size* A n d th u s, m o n ks, sh ould at be agreed u p o n : F irs t, m a rk s should be announced- T h e O rd er, h a v in g an n ou n ced th e m a rk s, sh ou ld be inform ed h y an exp erien ced , co m p eten t m o n k, s a y i n g : H on oured sirsp le t th e O rd er liste n to m e, in as m uch as m a rk s all round a re announced, i f i t seem s rig h t to th e O rd er the O rd er m a y agree upon a m a x im u m fo r O b serva n ce in acco rd an ce w ith these m arks. T h is is th e m o tion . H o n o u red sirs, let the O rd er listen to m e. In as m uch a s m arks a ll roun d are an n o u n ced , th e O rd er is a g reein g u p o n the m a xim u m for O b se rv a n ce in a cco rd a n ce w ith these m arks. I f th e a g ree m ent upon a m a x im u m for O b se rv a n ce in accord an ce w ith the=;e m arks is p lea sin g to th e ven e ra b le ones, th e y should be silen t ; he t o w h om it is n o t p lea sin g sh o u ld sp eak. T h e m axim u m for O b servan ce is agreed upon b y the O rd er in acco rd an ce w ith these marks* It is p leasin g to the O rder, th e re fo re it is silent ; th u s d o I u n d erstan d this V J ] 2 [[ 9 || N o w a t th a t tim e in a certa in residen ce n e w iy ordained m o n k s,3 b ein g th e first to h a v e assem bled to g eth er on an O b servan ce d a y , s a y i n g : " T h e cid ers are n o t co m in g y e t . w e n t a w a y . T h e O b serva n ce w as not a t a right tim e .3 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " I allo w , m on ks, on an O b se rv a n ce d a y m o n k s w h o are elders to assem b le to g e th e r firs t.11 ]| X || 10- J | N o w a t th a t tim e in R a ja g a h a several residences cam e to h a v e th e sam e b o u n d a ry. M onks q u a rrelled ab o u t this* s a y in g : L e t th e O b serva n ce be ca rried out in o u r residence/* " L e t th e O b serva n ce be c a rrie d o u t in o u r resid en ce/' T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said ; " T h i s is a case, m onks, w h e re several residences com e to
1 uposaihapamuFthattt. N o t noticed in P . E tD+ I t m ust refer to the size of a site for hearing the O bservance b y a m axim um number of m onks of which an Order m ight consist. * These navaka bkikkhu were only f newly ordained '* or junior in comparison -with the tn&jjhima. bkikhh&* those of middle standing- and ordained for as long a s five years, and w ith th e theras, elders, ordained for as m any as ten years. A inonk i-5 called navaba or navu for the first lo u r'ye ars of ilis- religious life after th e date of his ordination* * I.e. not on the fourteenth or fifteenth d a y of a half-month.
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
h a v e th e sam e boundary* M onks quarrel a b o u t th is, sa y in g : ' L e t th e O b serva n ce be ca rried o u t in o u t residence \ ' L e t th e O b servan ce be ca rried o u t in our residence \ M onks, those m onks, one and all*1 h a v in g assem bled to g eth e i in one p lace, should c a rry o u t the O b servan ce, o r, h a v in g assem bled to g eth er th e y sh o u ld c a r ry o u t the O bservan ce there w here a m o n k w h o is an eld er is sta y in g . B u t th e O bservance sh ould n o t b e carried o u t b y an incom plete O rd er.1 W h oever sh ould (so) c a r ry it o u t, there is a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g ." II I II 1 1 I! [ 108] N ow a t one tim e th e ven era b le K a ssa p a th e G reat, goin g from A n d h a k a v in d a 3 to R a ja g a h a fo r O b servan ce and crossing a riv e r4 on th e w a y , w a s n e a rly 5 carried a w a y , a n d his robes g o t w e t. M onks sp o k e th u s to th e ven erab le K a ssa p a th e G re at : W h y are y o u r robes w e t, y o u r reveren ce ? " N ow I f y o u r reverences, co m in g from A n d h a k a v in d a to R a ja g a h a for th e O b serva n ce and crossing a rive r on the w a y , w a s n e a rly carried away* B eca u se of this m y robes are w e t+ J > T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " W h a te v e r b o u n d a ry, m onks, is a g reed upon b y a n O rd er fo r th e sam e com m union, for one O bservance* le t th e O rd er a gree (to regard) th a t b o u n d a ry (as a place where a m onk is) n ot a w a y, sep a ra ted from th e th ree robes** || i [| " A n d th us, m onks, sh ould it be agreed upon : T h e O rder sh ould b e in form ed b y an exp erien ced , com peten t m onk, s a y i n g : H o n cu red sirs, le t the O rder listen to me. W h a t e v e r b o u n d a ry w as agreed upon b y th e O rder fo r th e sam e co m m union, for one O bservance* if it seem s righ t to th e O rder
1 sabb&Jt* ev<i+
1 na tv eva voggtna samghenctt as below, MV. TI. 22 . 2 ; subsequently- On. vagga* see B .D . Ii. 269, n 10.
23 . 2 and
3 According t-o V A . 1049 A ndhakavm da was at least a g&vvta from RSjags-ha. Arotiad R ajag ah a were eighteen l^rge vLharas having the same boundary, b u t the " being a ll together " oi an Order took place in the Bamboo Grove.
* V A . 3049 s a y s th e S a p p in i (Sippin l), w h ich th e y s a y rises in M t* V u ltu r e Peak,, a n d b e c a u se i t flow s q u ic k ly so near its sou rce th a t is w h y th e eld er w i s n e a r ly carried a w a y . * m < i n a also a t i* 1 4 ^ D h A . iiL 14 7 . * tic tv a r& n a a v ip p a v d s a , C f . N ia sa g - I I w h e r e a m o n k in c u rs a n o ffc n c e
i f h e i s a w a y fr o m t h e th r e e r o b e s e v e n fo r o n e n ig h t u n le s s h e h a s o b ta in e d t h e a g r e e m e n t o i t h e m o n k s . B u t o n e w h o is ill m a y o b t a in a n a g re e m e n t t o b e re g a r d e d a s n $ t s e p a r a te d fr o m h is robes., a lt h o u g h in f a c t h e ia. T h e A b o v e r u lin g is t o t h e s a m e effect* S e e B . D . ii. 14 , n+
12.3 4]
M A H A V A G G A
II
th e O rder m a y a gree (to regard) th a t b o u n d a ry {as a place w h ere a m onk is) n o t a w a y , se p a ra te d fro m th e th re e robes* T h is is th e m otion. H on ou red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to me* W h a te v e r b o u n d a ry w a s a g ree d u p o n b y th e O rd er for th e sam e com m union, fo r one O b serva n ce th e O rd er is agreein g (to regard) th a t b o u n d a ry {as a p la ce w h ere a m onk is) not a w a y , sep arated from th e three ro b es+ I f th e agreem en t (to regard) th is b o u n d a ry (as a p la c e w here a m o n k is) n ot a w a y , sep arated from th e th ree robes is p lea sin g to the ven erab le ones, th e y sh o u ld b e silent ; he to w h o m it is n o t p leasin g should speak, T h is b o u n d a ry is agreed upon th e b y O rd er (to b e regard ed as a place w h ere a m o n k is) n o t a w a y , sep arated from th e th re e robes* I t is p lea sin g to th e O rd er, therefore i t is silen t ; th u s d o I u n d erstan d th is V* j| 2 || N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks, th in k in g : f'A n agreem en t (for a m onk to be regarded) as not a w a y , sep a ra ted from th e three robes is allow ed b y th e L o r d / ' la id aside robes in a h o u se,1 T h ese robes w ere lost a n d b u rn t an d eaten b y ra ts. T h e m on ks becam e b a d ly dressed, th e ir robes w o rn th in . M onks spoke th u s : " W h y are y o u , y o u r reverences, b a d ly dressed, y o u r robes w orn th in ? " J < N o w w e, y o u r reverences, th in k in g : 'A rt agreem en t {for a m o n k to be regarded) as not a w a y , se p a ra te d from th e three robes is a llo w e d b y th e L o r d / la id aside robes in a house, TJiese robes h ave been Lost and b u rn t a n d eaten b y rats. T h a t is w h y w e a re b a d ly dressed, o u r robes w orn thin/* T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord* H e sa id r W h a te v e r b o u n d ary, m on ks, is a g reed upon b y a n O rd er for th e sam e co m m u n io n , for one O b se rva n ce , le t th e O rd er agree (to regard) th a t b o u n d a ry (as a p la ce w h ere a m o n k is) not a w a y , sep arated from th e three robes, e x ce p t it be a v illa g e a n d th e p recin cts o f a village. j| 3 ]| " A n d th u s, m onks, sh o u ld it b e agreed u p o n 3 : . * . [ 109]
1 In Nissag. X X I X monks, if stayin g in jungle lodgings arc a [Lowed to la y aside one of their three robes in a. house. B ut* except w ith th e agreement of the monks, th ey m ust not be aw ay from their robes for more th an six nights, * Defined a t i i i 46 ; see B .D . L 74, n. z. " V illage having one p recin ct *' defined a t Vin . iii. zoo* see ii. 17 and note V A . 1051 says th at the above ruling is not for nuns because th e y live in a v illa g e ; see also Tiji. fj i,
156, n. 1*
* T h e same as i| a ]| above, b u t after the words " a w a y r separated from the three robes 1 ,1 add " excep t it b e a village and th e precincts of a v illa g e /'
144
BOOK
OF
D ISC IP L IN E
' * . . th u s do I u n d erstan d th is \ J | 4 j| W h en agreeing upon a. b o u n d a ry, m on ks, first the b o u n d ary for the sam e co m m un ion should be agreed upon, afterw ards th e (place w here a m o n k is regarded) as n o t a w a y , sep arated from th e three robes should be agreed upon. I n ab o lish in g a boundary* m on ks, first th e (place w here a m o n k is regarded) as n ot a w a y, separated from th e three robes should be abolished, a fte rw a rd s th e b o u n d a ry fo r th e sam e com m union should b e abolished- A n d th u s, m on ks, should the (place w h ere th e m o n k is regarded) as not a w a y , sep a ra ted fro m the th ree robes be abolished : T h e O rd er should be inform ed b y a n exp erien ced , co m p eten t m o n k , s a y in g : * H on oured sirs, le t th e O rder listen to me- W h a te v e r w a s a g ree d upon b y th e O rd er (as a p lace w h ere a m o n k is to b e regarded) as n ot a w a y , sep a ra ted from th e th ree robes, if it seem s righ t to th e O rd er, th e O rder m a y abolish th a t (place w here a m o n k is to be regarded) as n o t a w a y , separated fro m th e three robes. T h is is the m otion . H onoured sirs, let th e O rder listen to m e. W h a te v e r w a s agreed upon b y th e O rd er {as a p la ce w h ere a m o n k is to be regarded) as n o t aw ay* separated from th e throe robes, th e O rder is abolishing (that place where a m o n k is to be regarded) a s not a w a y, separated from the th ree robes. I f th e abolition of (the place w here a m on k is to be regarded) as not away> separated from th e three robes is p leasin g to th e ven erab le ones, th e y sh o u ld be silen t ; he to w hom it is n o t pleasin g should sp eak. T h a t (place w here a m onk is to be regarded) as not a w a y , sep arated from th e th ree robes is abolished b y the O rder. It is pleasing to th e O rder, therefore i t is silent ; th u s d o I u n d erstan d this \
1 1 5 II
" A n d th us, m onks, sh o u ld a b o u n d a ry for the sam e com m union 1 be abolish ed : T h e O rd er should b e inform ed b y an exp erien ced , co m p eten t m o n k , sa y in g : ' H onoured sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to me* W h a te v e r b o u n d a ry has been agreed upon b y th e O rder fo r th e sam e com m union, for one O bserv ance, if it seem s righ t to the O rder, th e O rder m a y abolish th a t b o u n d a ry . T h is is the m otion. H onoured sirs, le t the O rd er listen to me* W h a te v e r b o u n d a ry has been agreed
1 " For the same comm union " om itted in Oldenberg's tex t, t u t included ia the C eylo a edn*
1 S .& 1 3 , 2 ]
M A H A V A G G A
I I
-45
u p o n b y th e O rd er fo r th e sam e co m m u n io n , fo r one O b se rv an ce, th e O rd er is a b o lish in g th a t b o u n d a ry . J f th e ab o litio n of th a t b o u n d a ry for th e sam e com m u n io n , for one O b servan ce is pleasing to th e ven era b le ones, th e y should b e si tent ; he to w h om it is not p lea sin g should sp eak. T h a t b o u n d a ry for th e sam e com m union, fo r one O b se rv a n ce is abo lish ed b y th e O rd er. I t is p leasin g to th e O rd er, therefo re i t is silent ; th u s do I u n d erstan d th is \ || 6 j| w M onks, w hen a b o u n d a ry is n o t a greed up o n , n ot established, w h a te v e r v illa g e o r little to w n 1 (a m onk) liv e s d epen ding on, w h a te v e r is th e v illa g e b o u n d a ry o f th a t v illa g e or th e little to w n b o u n d a ry o f th a t little to w n , th is in th a t case [110] is (the bo u n d ary) fo r th e sam e com m union, for one O b servan ce. I f, m onks, he is in w h a t is n ot a villa g e . In a jungle,* in th is case the sam e com m union, one O b servan ce, ts seven abbhantaras* alj round- N o river, m o n te , is a boun d ary, no sea is a boundary* no n a tu ra l la k e is a bound ary, W h ere there is a river, m on ks, or a sea or a n a tu ra l la k e , th a t w h ich in th is case is (the boundary) fo r th e saxne com m union r one O b serva n ce, is th e d istan ce th a t a m an of average (height) can th ro w w a te r ail ro u n d / ' || J || 1 2 || N ow a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f six m onks co m bin ed b o u n d a ry w ith boundary*4 T h e y to id this m a tte r to the L o rd . H e said : " M onks, those for w hom a b o u n d a ry w as agreed upon firs t, th a t (formal) a c t of theirs is legitim ate* it is irreversible, fit to s ta n d .3 M onks, those fo r w h o m a b o u n d a ry w as agreed upon a fte rw a rd s, th a t (form al) a c t of th eirs is n ot leg itim a te, it is reversib le, not fit to sta n d . M onks, b o u n d a ry sh ould n o t b e co m b in ed w ith bo u n d ary- W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) com bin e, th ere is a n offence o f w ron g-d oin g."1 | |i | | N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n k s p laced b o u n d a ry w ith in b o u n d a ry .6 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : M onks, those for w h o m a b o u n d a ry w as agreed upon
t *tigamat s e e ^ .-D . ii* 63. n- 3. m r* Ju n gle d efin ed a t B .D . L 74., 65* * S e e B . & . ii. I n tr ,. p . 3-. 4 simdya sim am sttmbbtTfdanti. 4 C f B .Z t. iii. 161 ( F i . iv . 2.14,} an d V in . i. 3 13 , 3 16 L ahuppa a n d th&n&raha, are define^ a t V b h A . 330. * stma-ya sim atn ajjhottharanti.
T h e la&t two*
146
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
first, t h a t (formal) a c t o f th eirs is le g itim a te , i t is irreversible, fit t o sta n d . M on ks, th o se for w h o m a b o u n d a ry w as a greed u p o n a fte rw a rd s, th a t (formal) a c t o f th eirs is n o t le g itim a te , i t is reversible* n o t fit to stan d . M onks, a b o u n d a ry sh o u ld n o t be p la ce d w ith in a b o u n d a ry . W h o e v e r should (so) place w ith in , th e re is an offence o f w rong-doing* I allow y o u , m onks, w hen a b o u n d a ry is b ein g agreed upon, h a v in g le ft an in tersp ace b etw een bo u n d aries,1 t o agree u p o n a b o u n d a ry ."
ii 2 m s 1 1
T h e n i t occurred to m o n k s ; ** N o w , h o w m a n y O b servan ce d a y s are there ? '* T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : M onks, th e re are th ese tw o O b servan ce d a ys, th e fo u rte e n th a n d th e fifteen th . T hese, monks* are th e tw o O b serva n ce d a y s ." J | x )| T h en it occurred to m o n k s : N o w , h o w m a n y (form al) a c ts for O b serva n ce are th e re ? J # T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord- H e sa id : M onks, th e re a re these fou r (form al) a c ts fo r O b se rv a n c e : a (form al) a c t for O b serva n ce (carried o ut) n o t b y ru le w h en a ji O rder is in co m p lete4 ; a (formal) a c t fo r O b serva n ce (carried out) n o t b y rule w h en a n O rd er is co m p le te ; a (form al) a c t fo r O b servan ce (carried out) b y rule w h en an O rd er is in com p lete ; a (formal) a c t for O b se rv ance (carried out) b y rule w h en an O rd er is com p]ete. N o w , m onks, th a t w h ich is a (form al) a c t fo r O b serva n ce carried o u t n o t b y rule w h en an O rd er is in com p lete, such a (formal) a c t for O b se rv a n c e , m on ks, sh ou ld n o t be carried o u t, nor is such a (form al) a c t fo r O b serva n ce allow ed b y m e. || 2 || c < T h e n , m oukSj th a t w h ich is a (form al) a c t for O bservan ce (carried out) n o t b y rule w h e n an O rd er is co m p lete, [111] such a (forma]) a c t fo r O b se rv a n ce , m onks, sh ould not be carried o u t n or is such a (form al) a c t for O bservan ce allo w ed b y me. T h e n P m onks, th a t w h ich is a (formal) a c t fo r O b se rv an ce (carried out) b y rule w h en an O rd er is in com p iete, such a (formal) a c t for O b servan ce should n o t be carried o u t n or
1 ftmaniarikct. This- m ay be qu ite small : a. hattkii (on which see fl.B , ii. Ixttr, p. t i.) according to V A * 1056 ; a span or fo u r finger-'breadths according to the tw o Sinh. Com ys. cited at V A . 1056. * adhammina-vagg&m ; /. Kin. iv. 37, 126, 152, 15^, adhammemi vagg&n& 05* See MV* I X . 3 for elucidations o f n o t b y rule*' and " 'b y r u le '1, and oi
" in c o m p le t e " a n d <J c o m p l e t e a s s e m b lie s
14.3 lS .z ]
a h
v a g g a
II
147
is su ch a (form al) a c t for O b serva n ce a llo w ed b y m e. T hen, m onks, th a t w h ich is a (form al) a c t for O b se rva n ce (carried out) b y rule w h en an O rd er is co m p le te , su ch a (form al) a c t fo r O b serva n ce, m on ks, m a y be carried o u t a n d su ch a (form al) a c t for O b se rva n ce is a llo w e d b y me- T h erefo re, m o n ks, th in k in g : 1 W e w ill c a r ry out a (form al) a c t for O b serva n ce lik e th is, th a t is to s a y b y ru le w hen an O rd er is co m p lete ' th u s yo u sh o u ld train yo u rselves, m o n k s/ J |[ 3 ( ] 14 J | T h en it o ccu rred to m o n ks r ' r N o w , how m a n y w a y s fo r th e recita l o f th e P a tim o k k h a are th ere ? T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to the Lord* H e said : " M onks, there are these five (w ays fo r the) recital o f th e P a tim o k k h a : h a v in g recited the p ro ven a n ce,1 th e rest m a y be an n ou n ced as th o u g h it had been (already) heard* ; this is the first (w a y for the) re cita l of th e P a tim o k k h a . H a v in g recited th e proven an ce, h a v in g recited th e fo u r offences in v o lv in g d e fe a t, th e rest m a y be announced as th o u g h it h a d been (already) heard ; th is is th e second (w a y for the) re cita l of th e P a tim o k k h a . H a v in g recited the provenance* h a v in g re cite d the fou r offences in v o lv in g d efeat, h a v in g re cite d th e th irte en offences en ta ilin g a form al m eetin g o f th e O rd er, th e re st m a y be announced as th o u g h it h a d been [already) heard ; thi's is th e th ird (w a y for the) recita l of th e P a tim o k k h a . H a v in g re cite d th e pro ven an ce, h a v in g rc c itc d th e four offences in v o lv in g d e fea t, h a v in g recited th e th irte en offences e n ta ilin g a form al m eetin g of th e O rder, h a v in g recited the tw o u n d eterm in ed offences, th e rest m a y be announced as th o u g h it h a d been (already) heard ; th is is th e fo u rth (w a y fo r the) rc c ita l o f the P a tim o kkh a. (R ecital) in full is th e fifth . M onks, th ese are th e five (w ays for the) recital o f th e P a tim o k k h a / jj 1 |[ N ow , a t th a t tim e, m onks, th in k in g : " R e c ita l o f th e P a tim o k k h a in b rief is a llo w ed b y the L o rd / ' all the tim e recited th e P a tim o k k h a in b rief. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id ; " Monks* th e P a tim o k k h a sh ou ld n ot be recited in brief. W h o ever sh ould (so) recite it, there is a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g /' [| 2 | ]
t t i d & n a t, s e e
a b o v e ,
p .
1 -2 7 .
* ava$e*satn sutsna tavctabbatn.
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
N o w a t th a t tim e in a ce rta in residence in th e K o sa la c o u n tr y th e re cam e t o be a m enace from sa v a g e s1 on an O b serva n ce d a y . T h e m o n k s w ere unable to recite th e P a tim o k k h a in full* T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord. He said ; " I allo w yo u , m on ks, if th ere is a danger, to recite the P a tim o k k h a in b rie f." I! 3 || N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f six m onks, a lth o u g h there w a s no d anger, re cite d th e P a tim o k k h a in b rief. T h e y told th is m a tte r t o th e Lord- H e s a id : " M o n k s , if th ere is no d a n g er th e P a tim o k k h a sh ou ld n o t be recited in brief* W h o e v e r should (so) recite it, there is an offence o f wrong-doing* I allow y o u , m onks, if th e re is a d a n g er, to recite th e P a t i m o k k h a in brief. In th is con n ection th ese are d an gers : a d an ger fro m kin g s,2 a d a n g er from th ieves, a d a n g er from fire, a d a n g er from w a te r, a d a n g er from hum an bein gs, [112] a d a n g er from non-hum an beings, a d a n g er from b easts o f p re y , a d anger from creep in g things, a d anger to life, a d an ger to the B ra h m a -fa rin g .3 I allow y o u , m onks, w h en there are d an gers su ch as th ese, to recite the P a tim o k k h a in b r i e f ; in fu ll af th e re is no d a n g er. (j 4 || N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f six m o n ks, u nbid den,4 spoke dkamma in th e m idst o f an O rder. T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d : * M onks, dhamma should n o t be spoken, b y one w h o is n o t b id d en (to do so), in th e m id st o f a n O rd er.5 W h o ever should (so) sp eak i t r there is an offence o f w rong-doing. I allo w y o u , m onks, to sp eak dh&mnui b y m eans o f a m onk w h o is h im self a n elder, or (for him) t o b id a n o th er (to sp eak it) . 9 j| 5 || N o w a t th a t tim e th e gro u p o f s ix m onks, (although) n o t
1 savara^bhaya ; cf+ Vin. t. 16S. V A . 1057 reads sancarabhaya. 1 Same list again a t Vin. L 169, ii. 244. C f also i. 148-149. See also list ol seven dangers a t Z>iuV, 544. 4 On braJim&c&riya, see Mrs, R h y s D & vid s, W ayfarer's Words, ii, 533, -rA Technical Term where she regards it a.3 a term taken over Irom the brahmans -who used, it to denote the & tudeQtây stage in their training, 1 B y the cldcxs, V A , ig ^ . * tia bhikkh&v# sawighamajjh-e attajj kitchen a dhammo bhdsitabbo* These cases probably mean th at dhamma- L s not to be spoken or vinayjx jacked about (by one not qualified to do sol i-rt the midst of an Order. T h e y p robably do rt-o j" mean th a t one not bidden or not agreed upon in the midst of an Order m ight not speak or a&k questions C f t A iv* 153 where if a monk speaks dhamma himself or bids another [to do so) " it L s one of the eight reasons for his developm ent in th-e 9ra.h ma -i a ring.
15.6 9]
MAHA VAG GA
II
149
agreed u p o n ,a sk e d a b o u t d iscip lin e in th e m id st o f an O rd er. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r t o th e L o rd , H e said : M M onks, discipline should n ot b e asked a b o u t, b y one n o t agreed upon, in th e m id st o f an Order* W h o e v e r should (so) a s k , th ere is a n offence o f w rong-doing- I a llo w yo u , m o n ks, to a s k ab o u t disciplin e, b y m eans of one w h o is agreed upon, in th e m id st of an O rder, A n d thus, m on ks, m a y he b e agreed upon : eith er oneself m a y be a g reed upon b y o n e se lf, or a n o th er m a y b e agreed upon b y a n o th e r *1 |] 6 1 | A n d h o w m a y oneself be agreed upon b y oneself ? T he O rd er should be in form ed b y an exp erien ced , co m p eten t m on k, sa y in g : * H on oured sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. I f it seem s righ t to th e O rder, I co u ld a sk so arcd 50 a b o u t d iscip lin e T h u s m a y oneself be agreed upon b y oneself. A n d h o w m a y an other be a greed upon b y a n o th e r ? T h e O rd er should be inform ed b y an exp erien ced , com p eten t monk* s a y i n g : * H on oured sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. I f i t seem s righ t to th e O rder, so an d so co u ld a sk so and so about disciplin e *. T h u s m a y a n o th e r be a g reed upon b y a n other / 1 |[ 7 || N o w at. th a t tim e w ell b e h a ve d m o n k s w h o w ere agreed upon asked ab o u t disciplin e in th e m id st o f the Order* T h e g ro u p o f six m on ks took offence, th e y to o k u m b rag e, th e y th re a te n ed th em w ith harm .* T h e y told this m a tte r to th e L ord , H e said : " I allow y o u , m onksj to a sk a b o u t d iscipline in th e m id st of th e O rd er b y m eans o f one w h o is agreed upon, a lth o u g h 3 h a v in g (first) looked round th e a ssem b ly, h a v in g assessed* (each) in d iv id u a l / '5 || 8 |f N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n k s (although) n ot agreed upon answ ered question s on d iscip lin e in th e m idst of th e O rder. T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " M onks, questions on d iscip lin e sh o u ld n o t be answ ered in th e m id st of th e O rd er b y one n o t agreed upon. W h o e v e r should (so) answ er, there is an offence o f w rong-doing. T
4 C f , ab o ve , p.
* v a d h * * ta t
belov/, p , 150.
m e a n in g
* tulayilva, lit, havin g weighed. C f. tulayitabbajn a t Vin. iv, 147. VA* 1059 says the one who is asking* havin g looked round the assem bly, m a y ask about discipline if there is no risk for bimseli,
* pi,
*
also
-with slaughter,
w it h
destruction
T h is b u t
a llo w a n c e th e a b o v e
is
a n
e la b o r a t io n is
o f
t h a t
^ iv e n
u i
1& .
6 ,
This
s t ill
h o ld s
g o o d ,
s a fe g u a rd
a d d e d .
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
a llo w you, m o n ks, to an sw er questio n s in th e m id st o f th e O rd er b y m ean s o f on e w h o is agreed upon . A n d th u s, m o n ks, m a y he be agreed upon : e ith e r o n eself m a y b e agreed upon b y oneself, or a n o th er m a y be agreed upon b y another* | | 9 ]| A n d how [113] m a y oneself be agreed u p o n b y oneself ? T h e O rd er sh ou ld be inform ed b y an experienced* co m p eten t m o n k , s a y i n g : ' H on oured sirs. let th e O rd er listen to m e. I f i t seem s rig h t t o th e O rd er, I, a sked a b o u t d iscip lin e b y so and so, co u ld an sw er.' T h u s m a y oneself be agreed upon b y oneself. A n d h o w m a y a n o th e r be a g reed u p o n b y another? T h e O rd er sh o u ld be in fo rm ed b y an exp erien ced , co m p eten t m o n k , s a y in g : f H onoured sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to me* i f it seem s rig h t to th e O rder, so a n d so, ask ed a b o u t discipline b y so a n d so, co u ld a n sw e r/ T h u s m a y an o th er be agreed upon b y a n o th e r/ ' || 10 || N o w a t th a t tim e w ell b e h a v e d m o n k s w h o w ere agreed upon an sw ered question s on d iscip lin e in th e m id st o f th e O rder, T h e gro u p o f six m o n k s to o k offence, th e y to o k u m brage, t h e y th re a te n ed th e m w ith h arm . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord . H e sa id : I a llo w yo u , m onks, to an sw er questions on disciplin e in the m id st of the O rd er b y m eans o f one w h o is a greed upon , a lth o u g h h a v in g (first) looked roun d th e assem bly, h a v in g assessed (each) in d iv id u a l/ ' II x i li 15 f| N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n k s rep ro ved , on a cco u n t o f an offence, a m o n k w h o h a d not g iv en (them) le a v e .1 T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd , He s a id : 4t M onks, a m o n k w h o has n ot g iv e n le a v e sh o u ld n o t be rep ro ved on a cco u n t of an offence. W h o e v e r should (so) rep ro ve, there is a n offence o f w ron g-d on g. I allo w y o u , m on ks, h a v in g o b ta in e d leave b y s a y i n g : r L e t th e ven erable one g iv e m e le a v e , I w a n t to spe^k to yo u to rep ro ve him on a c co u n t of an o ffe n ce/ ' | | 1 ]| N ow a t th a t tim e w ell-b eh a v ed m onks, h a v in g o b ta in e d the le a v e o f th e group o f six m onks, rep ro ved th em on a cco u n t o f
to m ake an occasion J P , to give, to gran t leave : ok&sam C f. Vi*t. iv. 344 w h ere nuns must not question monks unless th e y ha,ve obtained tlieir leave to do so, and where an&hasahata Ls defined b y anapucchA, w ithout havin g asked (for permission).
kdrapeti, to m & ke to g iv e , thus- to obtain, leave,
* <t7iQk&sakatat
1 6 .2 5]
M A H A V A G G A
II
an offence. T h e g ro u p o f s ix m o n th s to o k offence, th e y to o k um brage* th e y th re a te n ed th e m w ith harm* T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord* H e sa id : 441 a llo w yo u , m on ks, e v e n if le a v e is g iv en , to rep ro ve fo r an o ffen ce a fte r y o u h a v e assessed th e in d ivid u al/* j| 2 ]| N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f six m o n ks, th in k in g ; " B e fo r e 1 w ell-b eh aved m o n k s o b ta in o u r le a v e , th e m selv e s o b ta in e d th e p u re monks* le a v e beforehand, b u t th ere w as no g ro u n d , no reason, since t h e y w ere n o t offend ers5. T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e Lord* H e sa id : M onks, leave sh ou ld n o t be o b ta in ed from pure m o n k s w h en th e re is n o g ro u n d , no reason, since th e y are n o t offenders. W h o e v e r should (so) o b ta in it* there is an offence o f w rong-doing* 1 a llo w yo u , m onks, to o btain leave a fte r y o u h a v e assessed th e in d iv id u a ls . \ \3 | | N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks carried o u t a (form al) a c t th a t w a s n o t le g a lly v a lid in th e m id st o f an O rder. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d : M onks, a (form al) a c t th a t is n o t le g a lly v a lid sh o u ld n o t be carried o u t in th e m id st o f th e O rder- W h o e v e r sh ou ld (so) c a r ry one out* th ere is an offence o f w ron g-d oin g/* E v e n so^ th e y carried o u t a (form al) a ct th a t w a s not le g a lly v a lid . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r [114] to th e L o rd . H e said : " I a llo w y o u , m onks, to p ro te s t1 w h en a (form al) a c t th a t is n o t le g a lly v a lid is b e in g carried o u t.'* I) 4 !| N o w a t th a t tim e w ell-b e h a v ed m o n k s p ro tested w h en a (form al) a c t th a t w a s n o t le g a lly v a lid w a s b e in g carried o u t b y th e g ro u p o f six m o n ks. T h e g ro u p o f six m onks to o k offence, th e y to o k u m b ra g e, t h e y th re a te n ed th em w ith harm . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r t o th e L o rd . H e said : ** I a llo w yo u , m onks, jn ere ly to express an opinion/* T h e y exp ressed an opinion to these them selves* T h e group o f s i x m onks to o k offence, t h e y to o k u m brage, t h e y th re a te n ed th em w ith harm . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : ** I a llo w y o u , m onks, w h en th e re are fou r or five, to p ro test, w hen th ere are tw o or th ree t o ex p re ss an opinion, w h en th ere is one, to d e term in e : 4 I d o n o t a p p ro v e o f th is '/ ' j| 5 ||
1 ** * firtr* =pahaia?jtt 1059* C f M V . I V . i& . 3. petfigacc evst = pafhamaiaratft* 1059 andpattika. pa$ikko$iiutrtr C f, B.E>~ iii- 58,
152
BO O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
N o w a t t h a t tim e th e group o f six m onks, w hen th e P a t i m o k k h a w as b e in g recited in th e m id st of th e O rd er, in ten tio n a lly d id n o t h ear. T h e y to 3 d th is m a tte r t o th e L ord . H e s a i d : '* M onks, a re cite r o f th e P a tim o k k h a sh o u ld n ot in te n tio n a lly n o t b e heard. W h o e v e r should n ot hear, there is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g ," j| 6 \ \ N o w a t th a t tim e th e ven erable U d a y in cam e to b e reciter of th e P a tim o k k h a fo r an O rder, b u t h is vo ice w a s lik e a cro w 's. T h e n i t occurred to th e ven era b le UdSLyin ; " I t is la id dow n b y th e L o rd th a t a rc c ite r o f th e P a tim o k k h a should be heard , b u t m y vo ice is like a crow 's. N o w w h a t line of co n d u ct should be follow ed b y m e ? T h e y to ld this m a tte r t o th e L o rd , H e sa id : I a llo w , m onks, th e one w h o is th e re cite r o f th e P a tim o k k h a to exert h im self, th in kin g: ' H o w can I b e h eard ? * T h e re is no offence fo r one w h o e x erts h im se lf/' | | 7 || N o w a t th a t tim e D e v a d a tta re cite d th e P a tim o k k h a before an a sse m b ly th a t co n ta in e d laym en* T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d : " M onks, th e P a tim o k k h a should n o t be re cite d b efore an a ssem b ly th a t con tain s laym en . W h o e v e r should (so) re cite it* th e re is an offence o f w rongd o in g .'1 || 8 |f N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m onks, unbidden* recited th e P a tim o k k h a in th e m id st o f an O rder. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : ' M onks, th e P a tim o k k h a should n o t be recited in th e m id st of an O rd er b y on e w ho is n o t bidd en (to do so). W h o ever (such) should recite it, th e re is an offence o f w rong-doing. T a llo w , m onks, th a t th e P a tim o k k h a be in charge o f an cid e r/"1 || g t| 16 |[ T old is th e P o rtio n for R e p e a tin g on M em bers o f O th er Sects. T h en th e L o rd , h a v in g s ta y e d in R a ja g a h a fo r a s lo n g as he found su itin g, se t out on to u r fo r C o d a n a v a tth u , In due course, w a lk in g on a tour, he a rriv ed in C o d an avatth u * N ow a t th a t tim e several m onks w ere s ta y in g in a certain re sid e n ce ; [115] the m onk w ho there w as th e elder w as ig n o ra n t,
1 thzrddhik&rn pdtimok&ham. V A , 1059 s a y s t h a t th e eld er sh ou ld recite it
himself or call upon another to do so. dhamnut unbidden, above, p . 14ft*
Cf. the ruling which arose from speaking
17.x 6]
M A H A V A G G A
II
153
in exp erien ced , he did n o t kn o w th e O b serva n ce o r a (formal) a c t fo r O b servan ce or th e P a tim o k k h a or th e re cita l o f th e P a tim o k k h a , \ \ 1 |( T h en i t o ccu rred to th ese m o n k s : " I t is la id dow n b y th e L o rd th a t th e P a tim o k k h a b e in ch a rg e o f an elder, b a t th is eld er o f ours is ign o ra n t, in exp erien ced , he does n o t k n o w th e O b servan ce . . . or th e re c ita l of th e P a tim o k k h a . N o w w h a t line of co n d u ct sh o u ld b e fo llo w ed b y us ? T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w , m o n ks, th e P a tim o k k h a to be d isch a rg ed 1 b y w h o e v e r th ere is a n exp eri enced, co m p eten t m o n k / ' { | 2 || N o w a t th a t tim e se ve ra l ig n o ra n t, in exp erien ced m o n ks w ere s ta y in g in a certain residence on an O b serva n ce d a y . T h ese d id n o t k n o w th e O b serva n ce or a (form al) a c t fo r O bservan ce o r th e P a tim o k k h a or th e recital o f th e P a t i m o kkh a. T h ese c a lle d upon an eld er, s a y i n g : H onoured s ir ,le t th e eld er recite th e P a tim o k k h a / ' H e sp ok e th u s : " Y o u r reveren ces, I am n o t ab le t o do so */1 T h e y called upon a second eld er , . H e also sp oke t h u s : . , . T h e y c a lle d upon a th ird e ld e r . . . Tn th is w a y th e y ca lled upon {all th e m onks) dow n to th e m o st n e w ly o rd ain ed in th e O rder, sa y in g r " L e t th e ven era b le one re cite th e P a tim o k k h a / H e also spoke th u s : *# H on oured sirs, I am n o t a b le t o do s o / ' T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : || 3 || * * T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere se ve ra l ign oran t, in exp erien ced m o n k s are s ta y in g in a certa in resid en ce . . . - . * H on ou red sirs, I am n o t able to do so \ M onks, one m o n k sh ou ld im m e d ia te ly be sent to a n eig h b o u rin g residence b y these m o n ks, sa y in g : f D o go , y o u r reveren ce ; h a v in g m a stered th e P a tim o k k h a in b rie f or in fu ll, com e b a c k V* U4>5ir T hen it occurred to m o n k s : r' N o w , b y w h om sh o u ld he be Sent ? T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord* H e sa id : 1 allow y o u , m onks, to en jo in a n e w ly ordained m o n k th rough a m o n k w h o is an e ld e r/ J N e w ly ord ain ed m o n k s, (although ) enjoined b y a n eld er, d id n o t g o . T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d : 4f M onks, [ 116] one w h o is n ot ill
* tnssadheyy<2?jt pa.titttoh&kani, Adheyya means Mt o be appropriated
e p re s e n t te n se*
* tut w vaitati, it is not for me. * A s in (| 3 y above, b u t t o l d m t h
* 54
BO OK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E W h o ever sh o u ld J j 6 || 17 J |
sh o u ld n o t n o t go w h en en jo in ed b y an elder* not go, th ere is an offence of w ro n g -d o in g /'
T h en th e L o r d r h a v in g s ta y e d a t C o d a n a v a tth u for as lo n g as he fo u n d s u it in g retu rn ed a g ain to R a ja g a h a . N o w a t th a t tim e people ask ed th e m o n ks as th e y w ere w alk in g fo r alm sfood : W h ic h (day) o f th e h a lf-m o n th is it, honoured sirs ? T h e m o n k s spoke th u s ; " W e, sirs, do not k n o w / ' T h e people , * spread i t a b o u t, sa y in g : T hese recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s, do not even kn o w th e c a lc u la tio n 1 o f th e hdlf-m onths, so how ca n th e y k n o w a n y th in g else th a t is good ? J J T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord . H e sa id : " I allo w , yo u , m on ks, to learn th e ca lcu la tio n o f th e h a lf m o n th s/ ' || i J j T h e n it occurred to m o n k s : N o w b y w h om should th e c a lcu la tio n o f th e h alf-m o n th s be le a rn t ? M T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " I allo w y o u , m on ks, one and all* to learn th e ca lcu la tio n of th e h a lf-m o n th s/J fj 2 \ \ N o w a t th a t tim e people a sk e d th e m onks as th e y w ere w a lk in g for a lm s fo o d ; " H o w m a n y m o n k s are there, honoured sirs ? * * T h e m onks sp ok e t h u s : " W e. sirs, do not know /* T h e people . * * spread it a b o u t, s a y in g : T h ese recluses, sons o f th e S a k y an s, do n o t e ve n know one another, so h o w can th e y know a n y th in g else th a t is good ? T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : I allow you, m onks, to count th e m o n k s. |[ 3 jj T h e n it occurred to m o n k s ; " N ow , h o w should the m onks be c o u n te d ? ,J T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e L ord . H e sa id : I allow yo u , m onks, on an O b servan ce d a y to co u n t b y w a y o f g ro u p s3 or to ta k e fa count) b y tic k e t* / j| 4 |j 18 |j N o w a t th a t tame m onks, not kn o w in g, " T o - d a y is an O b se rva n ce d a y/* w a lk e d to a d ista n t v illa g e fo r alm sfoodN o t o n ly d id these co m e b a ck w h ile th e P a tim o k k h a w as being re cite d , b u t th e y cam e b ack ju st a fte r it h a d been recited . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord- H e said :
1 gafta-na, see * sabbeh evam ii. 176 , t#( 5,
9 ga^tamaggcna gaygtutn* 4 said ha 17 1 g a h ctu q i_
19.1 20,3
MAH A VAG GA
II
155
" I allo w y o u , m onks, to an n oun ce, ' T o -d a y is an O b se rva n ce day V T h e n it o ccu rre d to m o n k s : '* N o w , b y w h om should it b e an n ou n ced ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d : I allow y o u , m onks, to announce i t in g o o d tim e th ro u g h a m o n k w h o Is a n elder/" N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in eld er did n o t rem em ber in good tim e. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e sa id : ** T allow yo u , m onks, to announce it eve n a t m e a l-tim e / ' H e d id n o t rem em b er e ve n a t m eal tim e. T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e &aid : " I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, to announce it a t w h a te v e r tim e h e1 rem em b ers/' ]| 1 1 | 19 \ \ [117] N o w a t th a t tim e the O b serva n ce-h a ll in a ce rta in residence ca m e t o b e soiled. In co m in g m o n k s lo o k ed dow n upon, criticised , sp read it about* s a y i n g ; 4 4 H o w can these m o n ks n o t sw eep th e O bservan ce-h all ? ** T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " I a llo w y o u , m onks, to sw eep th e O b se rv a n c e -h a ll/ ' J [ 1 [j T h en it occurred to m on ks 1 N o w , b y w h om sh o u ld an O bservan ce-h all be sw e p t ? ,T T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to enjoin a n e w ly ord ained m onk th rough a m onk w h o is an e ld e r/ ' N e w ly ord ained m onks, (although) en jo in ed b y an elder, did n o t sw eep. T h e y to ld th is rn a tter to th e L o rd . H e s a id ; ** M onks, one w ho is n o t ill sh ou ld n ot n o t sw eep w h en en jo in ed b y an elder. W h o ever sh ou ld n o t sw eep , th e re is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g . |[ 2 | | N o w a t th a t tim e a se a t w as n o t p rep ared in an O b servan cehall. M onks sat on th e ground. T h e ir lim bs a n d robes becam e co ve red w ith d u st. T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : 4 1 I allo w y o u , m onks, to p repare a se a t in th e O b serva n ce-h a ll. T h e n it occu rred to m onks : N ow , b y w h om sh o u ld a se a t in th e O b serva n ce-h a ll b e p rep a red ? T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : I a llo w y o u , m onks, t o en jo in a n e w ly ord ain ed m o n k th ro u g h a m o n k w h o is an e ld e r/ ' N e w ly o rd ain ed m o n ks, (although) enjoined b y an elder* d id n o t p rep are (a seat). T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord* H e s a i d : " M onks, one w h o is n o t ill sh o u ld 1 I.e. the elder.
I5&
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
n o t n o t prepare (a seat) w hen en jo in ed b y an elder, Who^ e v e r sh o u ld n o t p repare (a seat), there is an offence o f w ro n g doing/* || 3 II N o w a t th a t tim e th ere ca m e to be n o lig h t in an O bservan ceh all. M onks tro d on (one a n o th er's) bodies and robes in th e d a rk . T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e Lord* H e said : fJ I allo w yo u , m onks, to m a k e a lig h t1 in a n O b se rv a n ce -h a ll/ J T h en it occurred to m o n k s : * * N o w , b y w h om is th e lig h t to be m ad e in an O b servan ce-h all ? Ji T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e L ord . H e sa id : " I a llo w yo u , m onks, to en jo in a n e w ly ord ained m o n k th ro u g h a m onk w h o is an elder/" N e w ly o rd ain ed m onks, (although) en jo in ed b y a n elder, did n o t lig h t a lam p .* T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord* H e s a i d : " M onks, one w h o is n o t ill should n o t n o t lig h t a la m p w h en en jo in ed b y an elder. W h o e v e r sh ould n o t lig h t a la m p P th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g ." ]| 4 |[ A t th a t tim e in a c e rta in residence resident m on ks neith er se t out d rin k in g w a te r n or d id th e y set out w a te r for w ashing. In co m in g m onks lo o ked dowT n upon, criticised , spread it about* sa y in g : " H o w can these resident m onks neither set o u t d rin k in g w a te r n or set o u t w a te r fo r w ash in g ? rj T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : *' I a llo w y o u , m onks, [418] to set o u t d rin kin g w a te r and w a te r fo r w a s h in g / 1 || 5 |[ T h en it occurred to m o n k s : ,f N o w , b y w h om should d rin k in g w a te r a n d w a te r fo r w a sh in g be set o u t ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : " I allo w yo u , m onks, to enjoin a n e w ly ordained m o n k th ro u g h a m o n k w h o 15 an e ld e r/ ' N e w ly o id a in ed m onks, (although) en jo in e d b y an elder, d id not s e t o u t (the w ater)- T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e Lord- H e sa id : " M onks, one w h o is n o t ill should n o t not set out (water) w hen en join ed b y an elder. W h o e v e r sh o u ld n o t set it o u t, th ere is an offence o f w rong d o in g / ' ! J 6 || 20 | | N o w a t th a t tim e ign oran t in exp erien ced m onks, tra v e llin g to d ista n t p a rts ,3 did n o t ask teach ers a n d p recep to rs (for 1 padipam k&tut?th
* p a d ip ttit t o lig h t u p , t o ligh t a lam p* * disatitgamikii ; /t V in , L 163 ; a n d M V * I. 35 . 24 w here those w h o share cells m a y n o t le a v e th e d is tr ic t (dtsa) w ith o u t a-sfring th e precep tors for perm ission*
2 1.1 3]
M A H A V A G G A
I I
157
permission). T h e y told this m a tter to th e Lord. H e s a id : " This is a case, m onks, where several ignorant inexperienced monks, travellin g to d istan t parts, do not ask teachcrs and preceptors (for permission). Monks, th e y should be asked by these teachers and preceptors : ' W here w ill you go ? W ith whom w ill yo n go ? ' I f r m onks, these ignorant inexperienced ones should cite other ignorant inexperienced ones, then, monks, th e y should not be allow ed to go b y the teachers and preceptors. If th e y should a llo w them (to go), there is an offence of wrong-doing. A n d if, m onks, these ignorant inexperienced ones should go {although) not allow ed b y 1 the teachers and preceptors, there is an offenceof wrong-doing, jj X || " This is a case, m onks, w here several ignorant in e x p e rt enced m onks are sta yin g in a certain residence on an Observance d ay. These do not know th e O bservance or a (formal) a ct fo r O bservance or the P atim okkh a or the recital of the P atim okkh a, A certain m onk arrives there. He has heard m uch, he is one to whom the tradition has been handed d o w n / he is an expert on dhamm&i an exp ert on discipline, an expert on the sum maries ; he is w iseP experienced, clever ; he is conscientious, scrupulous, desirous of training. M onks, th a t m onk should be furthered4 b y those m onks, he should be h elp ed ,6 he should be encouraged,6 he should be su p ported 7 in regard to chunam p cla y, tooth-w ood, w ater fo r w ashing the face. If he should not be furthered, helped, encouraged, supported in regard to chunam , cla y , tooth-w oodr w ater for w ashing the face, there is an offence of wrong-doing, [j 2 [ j This is a case, m onks, w here several ignorant, inexperi enced m onks are stayin g in a certain residence on an Observance-day* These do not know the O bservance . * + or the 1 ananunnata, defined at Vin. iv. 335 as artapuccha, not asking (for permission)* Permission has to be asked for before it can be given. 1 agatdgama See B.D, iii. 71, n, 1. * Cf: A. i. 117, ii. 147, iii, 179/*
* santgahetabbo. T h is w o rd is u sed w ith th e n e x t (anuggahetabbo) a b o v e , iii* 1 anugga&etabbo. S ee d efin itio n o f anuggarth&yya a t V i n n av, 3Z5 T h e w ord o c c u rs a b o v e , p . 67. * upaidp&tabbo, C/. d efin itio n o f u p a la p e y y a a t V in . jv , 140 {B .D . iii.
upatthdpetabbo^ C f , d efin itio n o f u p a tth d p e y y a a t V in , iv* J40 (i?*!?.
i i i 34).
B O OK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
re cita l of th e P a tim o k k h a . M onks, one m o n k sh ould im m edi a t e ly be sen t t o a n eigh b o u rin g residence b y th ese m o n k s, s a y i n g : 4 D o go, y o u r reveren ce, h a v in g m astered th e P a tim o k k h a in brief or in lu ll, com e b a ck \ I f he th u s m an a g es thi% i t is g o o d . I f he does n o t m an ag e it, th e n , m o n ks, th o se m o n ks, one a n d all, sh ould go to a residence w h ere th e y k n o w th e O b se rv a n ce . . . or th e recita l o f th e P a tim o k k h a . [119] I f t h e y sh o u ld n o t g o , th ere is an offence o f w rong-doing, ||3 || T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere se ve ra l ign oran t, in exp erien ced m o n ks are sp en d in g th e rain s in a certain residence. T h ese d o n o t k n o w . . . (as above in ]| 3 |[) - - * I f he th u s m an ages th is, i t is good . I f he does n o t m a n a g e it , th e n , m onks, one m o n k sh o u ld be sen t off fo r se ve n d a y s (w ith th e words) : ' D o go , y o u r reveren ce, h a v in g m a ste re d th e P a tim o k k h a in b rie f o r in fu ll, com e b a c k I f he th u s m an ages this, it is good- I f h e does n ot m an age it, th en , m onks, th ese m o n k s sh ou ld n o t sp en d th e rain s in th a t residence. I f th e y sh o u ld sp en d th e m (there), th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g ."
I!
4 II 2 1 II
T h e n th e L o r d addressed th e m o n ks, s a y in g : " G a t h e r to g eth e r, m o n ks, th e O rd er w ill c a r r y o u t th e O b se rv a n c e /' "When he h a d spoken th u s, a certain m o n k sp ok e th u s to th e L o r d : ** T h e re is, L o rd , a m o n k w h o is ILL H e h a s not com e/* H e sa id : " I allow y o u , m onks, to d e clare 1 entire p u r ity 3 on b e h a lf o f a m o n k w h o is ill. A n d th u s, m onks, should i t be d eclared : T h a t ill m on k, h a v in g approached one m o n k , h a v in g arran ged his upp er robe o v e r one shoulder, h a v in g sa t dow n on h is haunches, h a v in g sa lu ted w ith jo in ed p a lm s, sh o u ld sp eak th u s to him : * I w ill d eclare entire p u r ity ic o n v e y en tire p u r ity fo r m e, announce en tire p u r ity fo r m e \ I f h e m a k e s it u n d erstood b y gestu re, if he m akes i t u n d erstood b y v o ic e , if he m a k e s it u n d ersto o d b y g estu re a n d v o ic e , th e en tire p u r ity com es t o b e declared- I f h e does n o t m a k e i t u n d ersto o d b y gestu re, i f he does n o t m a k e i t * datum, Kt, to give, Cf. ek&ndzttjt datum at Fin* iv. 151 {B.D. iii. 58}
a d d below , p . 161* * p d r t s u d d h i, c f , a b o v e,. p + 133*
I t m e a n s t h a t t h e i l l m o n k b e lie v e s t h a t h e h a s c o m m it t e d n o n e o f t h e o ffe n c e s s p e c ifie d in t h e P S tim o k k h a * o r t h a t , i i h e h a s , h e h a s c o n fe s s e d t h e m , so t h a t in r e g a r d to t h e m h e is p u re .
22.13]
M A H A V A G G A
II
159
u n d erstood b y v o ic e , if h e does n o t mstke it u n d e rsto o d b y g estu re a n d v o ice, th e en tire p u r ity does n o t co jn e to be d eclared . || i || 4' I f he th u s m an a g es th is, i t is go od ; if he does n o t m a n a g e it, then, m o n ks, th a t ill m o n k, h a v in g been b ro u g h t to th e m id st o f th e O rd er on a co u ch o r a ch air, th e O b servan ce m a y b e ca rricd out. I f, m o n ks, it occurs to th e m oxiks w h o are te n d in g th e ill one : * I f w e m o v e th e ill one from (this) p la c e , eith er th e disease w ill g ro w m u ch w orse or he w ill d ie1 ', m onks, th e ill one sh o u ld n o t be m o v e d from (that) p la ce ; th e O rder, h a v in g gone th ere, sh o u ld c a r r y o u t th e O bservan ce; th e O b servan ce sh o u ld not b e ca rrie d o u t b y an in com p lete Order*2 I f it sh ou ld be (so) ca rried o u t, th ere is an offence o f w ron g-d oin g. ]| 2 ]| I f j m on ks, th e c o n v e y e r o f th e e n tire p u r ity goes a w a y th en a n d th e re ,3 a lth o u g h th e en tire p u r ity w a s d eclared (to h im )4, th e en tire p u r ity sh o u ld be d eclared to another* If, m onks, th e c o n v e y o r o f th e en tire p u r ity le a v e s .th e O rd er then an d there a lth o u g h th e en tire p u r ity w a s d e cla re d (to him ), if he passes a w a y , if he p reten d s to b e a n o v ic e ,5 [120] if he preten d s to b e a d isa vo w e r o f th e tra in in g ,* if he pretends to b e a co m m itter o f an e x tre m e o ffe n c e ,7 if he p reten d s to be m a d ,s ii he pretend s to be u n h in g e d ,& i f he p reten d s to h a v e b o d ily p a in s ,8 if he p reten d s to be one w ho is suspended* for n o t seein g an offence, i f he p reten d s to be one w h o is suspend ed fo r n ot m a k in g am ends for an offence, if he p re te n d s to b e one w h o is su sp en d ed for n o t g iv in g u p a w ro n g view , if he pretend s to b e a eu n u ch ,10 if he p reten d s to be one
1 kalt*7?ikiriyd bhavissatit lit. there w ill be a OoLijg o f (hi$) tun?

*
A s above,
IT .
1 1 .
I.
a n a se v e r a l tim es b elow ,
* ta tth ' eva. V A , 10 62, i f h e g o e s e ls e w h e r e , n o t t o t h e m id s t o I t h e O r d e r , * * T h e o n e w h o h a s u n d e r t a k e n t o c o n v e y th e t n t L e p u r i t y s h e lv e s h is
re sp o n sib ility an d d o es n o t c a r r y o u t th e m essage en tru sted to him*

* Cf* th e f o llo w in g s e q u e n c e a n d t h e t h r e e p r e c e d in g ite m s : Ejomg a w a y
an d le a v in g th e O rde* a n d p a ssin g a w a y , w ith Vin^ i. 135 , 167-6, 307, 320,

iL r y . 1 S ee R+D. L 40 ff.
A t A * v . 7 1 th e p resen ce o f a " d is a v o w e r o f th e tr a in in g * 1 , is g iv e n a s one o f th e reasons w h y th e P & titn ok k h a m a y b e su sp en ded . 7 anJimavatthurH a jjh & p a n n a k o , m e a n in g a P a r S jik a offen ce ; c f. p , f 3 o. * R easo n s fo r e x e m p tio n from th e p e n a lty i o t a n offen ce a s g iv e n in Sutt&uibhanga.
* uU hhitia , cf.
iiL 28, n, 4,
lfl N o t t o b e ord ained , a b o v e p* 109,
i 6o
BOOK
OF
D ISC IP L IN E
liv in g in com m union as it w ere b y t h e ft ,1 if he pretend s to b e one w h o has gone o v e r to another se c t2* if he preten d s t o b e a n a n im a l,3 if he preten d s to b e a m a tricid e ,4if b e pretends to b e a p a r r ic id e / if he p reten d s to be a sla y e r of one p e r fe c te d / i f h e p reten d s to be a sed ucer of a n u n / if he preten d s to b e a s c h is m a tic / if he p reten d s to be a sh edder o f (a T ruth-finder's) b lo o d / if h e p reten d s to b e a h e rm a p h ro d ite / th e entire p u r ity shotild b e d eclared to another. || 3 || f If, m o n ks, th e c o n v e y e r o f th e entire p u r ity goes a w a y w h ile he is on th e r o a d / a lth o u g h th e entire p u r ity w as d e cla re d (to h im ), th e en tire p u r ity com es to be n o t co n veyed . I f, m o n ks, th e c o n v e y e r o f th e entire p u rity lea ves th e O rder w h ile he is on th e ro a d , a lth o u g h th e en tire p u r ity w as d eclared (to him ), if he passes a w a y , . * i f h e pretend s to b e a h erm a p h ro d ite , th e entire p u r ity com es to b e n o t co n veyed . If, m o n ks, th e co n ve ye r o f th e entire p u rity , a fte r th e entire p u r ity w a s d eclared (to h im ), h a v in g a rriv e d a t th e O rder, then goes a w a y , th e en tire p u rity com es to b e c o n ve ye d . I f, m o n ks, th e convener o f th e e n tire p u rity , a fte r th e en tire p u rity w a s d eclared {to h im ), h a v in g a rriv e d a t th e O rder, th en le a v e s th e O rder, passes a w a y , , * . p reten d s to be a herm a p h ro d ite, th e en tire p u rity com es t o be co n veyed . I f, m onks, th e co n ve ye r o f th e en tire p u rity , a fte r the entire p u rity w as d eclared {to him ), h a v in g a rriv ed a t th e O rd er does n ot a n n o u n ce it because he has fallen asleep, does n o t announce i t b ecau se he is in d olen t, does n o t announce i t because he is a tta in in g (what is h ig h e r7), th e en tire p u rity com es to be c o n v e y e d ; th ere is no offence for th e c o n v e y e r o f th e entire purity* If, m o n ks, th e co n ve ye r o f th e entire p u rity , a lth o u g h th e en tire p u r ity w a s d eclared (to him ), h a v in g a rriv ed a t th e O rder, in te n tio n a lly does n o t announce it, th e entire p u r ity com es to be c o n v e y e d (but) th e re is a n offence of w rong-doing for th e c o n v e y e r of th e entire p u r ity ."
ft 4 II 2 2 ||
1 ihtyyasatftv& sa ka ; n o t to b e ord ain ed , cf* a b o v e, p- n o . 1 iitth iy& p ab ban Jaka ; zxo t t o b e ord ain ed , see a b o v e , p . i i o , * N o t t o b e ord ain ed , a b o v e p* n r .
4 N ot to b e ordained, a b o ve p* i n .
* W h ile he is on the way to th e O rd e r ; if he goe$ elsew here. 7 sattt&panna, a. term which has the technical sense of Attaining the attainments, som&patti, See B ,D . i i 177, u- 5, 6,
* N o t t o b e o rd ain ed , a b o v e p* 113*
23,1 3]
MAHA VA G G A
II
161
T h en th e L o rd ad dressed th e m o n ks, s a y i n g : " G a th e r to geth er, monks* th e O rd e r w ill c a rry o u t a (formal) a c t .jr W hen he h a d spoken th u s a c e rta in m o n k sp oke th u s t o th e L o rd : " L o rd , th ere is a m o n k w h o is ill ; he has n o t c o m e ." Jr H e s a id : 1 allow y o u , m o n k s, t o g iv e th e co n se n t1 for a m o n k w h o is ill. A n d th u s, m on ks, sh ou ld i t be g iv e n : T h a t ill m o n k , h a v in g ap p ro ach ed one m o n k , h a v in g arran ged his u p p er robe o v e r one sh o u ld er, having' sa t d o w n on his haunches, h a v in g sa lu ted w ith jo in e d palm s, sh o u ld sp ea k th u s to him : ' I w ill g iv e th e consent, c o n v e y th e consent fo r m e, announce th e consent for m e .r. I f he m a k e s it.u n d e r sto o d b y g estu re, i f he m a k e s it und ersto o d b y v o ice, if he m ak es it u n d erstood b y gestu re a n d v o ic e , th e con sen t com es to bo g iven . I f he does n ot m ake it u n d e r s to o d b y g estu re, if he does not m a k e it u n d erstood b y v o ic e , if he d o es not m a k e it understood b y g estu re and vo ice, th e con sen t does not com e to b e given , | ]x | | 4 4 I f he th u s m an ages th is Pi t is good. I f he d oes n o t m an age it, then, [121] m onks, h a v in g ta k e n th a t ill m o n k to th e m id st of th e O rd er on a couch or a ch a ir, a (form al) a c t m a y b e carried o u t. I f, m onks, it occurs t o th e m o n ks w h o are ten d in g the ill one : f I f w e m o v e th e ill one from (this) p lace, eith er th e disease w ill gro w m u ch w o rse o r he w ill die m onks, th e ill one sh ould n o t be m o ved fro m (that) place ; the O rder, h a v in g gone there, sh o u ld c a r ry o u t th e (form al) a c t ; a (forma]) a c t sh o u ld n ot be carried o u t b y a n in com plete O rder. I f it should be (so) carried o u t, th e re is an offence o f w rong-d oing. j| 2 || I f, m o n ks, th e c o n v e y e r o f th e con sen t goes a w a y then and th e re a lth o u g h th e con sen t w a s g iv e n (to him ), the consent sh o u ld b e given t o another. I f, m onks, the co n v e ye r o f th e consent le a v e s th e O rd er th en and th ere, a lth o u g h th e con sen t w as g iv e n (to him ), if he d ies , . . if he pretends to b e a h erm aph rod ite, th e consent sh o u ld be g iv e n to another. I f, m onks, th e co n v e ye r o f th e consent g o es a w a y w h ile he is on th e road, a lth o u g h th e con sen t w as g iv en t o h im , th e con sen t com es to be not co n veyed . I f, m on ks, th e c o n v e y e r o f th e consent le a v e s th e O rd er w h ile h e is on th e ro a d , . J cha n da tft see 13 ,JD. iii. 58, 6 1. le a v e o f ab sen ce b y p r o x y .
I t is h ere th e 1 co n sen t ' t o send
BO O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
(as in i r . 22* 4) . * - th e re is an offence of w ro n g-d o in g fo r th e c o n v e y e r o f th e co n sen t. I a llo w y o u , m on ks, on an O bservan ce d a y , to g iv e th e co n sen t also, b y d eclarin g th e en tire p u r ity ; th e y a re th e O rd er's busin ess1/ || 3 |! 23 || N o w a t th a t tim e his relation s g o t h o ld o f a c e rta in m o n k on an O b serva n ce d a y . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere his relation s g e t hold o f a m o n k on an O b serva n ce day* T hese relation s sh o u ld be spoken to th u s b y th e m o n k s ; * P lea se w ill y o u , ven erab le ones,3 le t go o f th is m o n k fo r a sh ort tim e 3 w h ile th is m o n k carries o u t th e O b serva n ce ? * j| 1 | | I f th e y m an age th is th u s, i t is good. I f t h e y do n ot m an age it, th ese relatio n s should be spoken to th u s b y th e m onks : f P lea se w ill y o u , ven e ra b le ones, sta n d a t a re sp ectfu l d istan ce fo r a sh o rt tim e w h ile th is m o n k d eclares h is en tire p u r ity ? ' I f th e y m a n age th is th u s, i t is good. I f th e y do n ot m an ag e it, th ese rela tio n s sh o u ld be spoken to th u s b y th e m onks : ' P le a se w ill y o u , ven era b le ones, ta k e th is m onk o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry 4 fo r a sh ort tim e w h ile th e O rd er carries o u t th e O b se rv a n ce ? 1 I i th e y m an age th is th u s, it is good* I f th e y do n ot m an ag e i t th e O b serva n ce should n o t b e carried o u t b y an in co m p le te O rder. I f it sh o u ld be (so) ca rrie d out, th ere is an offence o f w ron g-d oin g, ||2 [ | fl T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere kin gs g e t h o ld o f a m o n k on an O b servan ce d a y * * * th ie v e s , , , men o f aband on ed life 5 . . . m o n ks w h o are opponents o m onks* g e t hold of a m o n k o n an O b serva n ce d a y . T h ese m on ks w h o are opponents o f m o n ks sh ou ld be sp o k en to th u s b y th e m o n k s ; ' P lease w ill y o u . * . (as i n 1 , 2) . . . th e O b servan ce sh ould n ot be carried o u t b y a n in com p lete O rder. I f i t sh o u ld b e (so) carried out, th ere is an offence o f w r o n g d o in g ." |[3 l| 2 4 j|
[122]______________________________________________
IT* 25 . r* Kt*rap.tyu is something to be done* a duty ; */. MV. IV, 3 h5* * An occasion where monks a d d r e s s lay people with the honorific title
dyasm d. * mvhuetatp, fo r a m om en t. o f t h a t O rd er, a n d 90 his ab sen ce or his faita] e t o g e t his en tire p u r ity d eclared
santi samghassa Anrantyntn,
S a m e expression o ccu rs a t b e g in n in g o f MTV.
4 W h ile
o u tsid e an O rd e r's b o u n d a ry a m o n k w o u ld n o t b e a m em ber
w ou ld n o t render t h a t O rd e r "* in c o m p le te p > .

* dhuita* See H.D* u 234, & r * Cf+ B j y , L 4$ L
25.1 43
M AH AVAG G A
II
T h en th e L o rd ad dressed th e m o n ks, s a y in g : " G a th e r to g eth e r, m onks, th e re is business fo r th e O rd e r, 1 W h en he h a d sp ok en th u s a ce rta in m o n k sp ok e th u s to the L o rd : fr T h e re is, L o rd , th e m ad m o n k G a g g a 2 ; he h a s n o t c o m e. H e sa id : M T here a re, m o n ks, th ese tw o (kinds of) m ad m en : th ere is th e m ad m o n k w h o now rem em bers th e O b se rva n ce , now does n ot rem em ber it ; w h o now rem em bers a (form al) a c t o f th e O rder, now d o es n ot rem em ber it. H e is one w h o does n o t rem em ber a r ig h t.3 (A nd th ere is th e one) w h o n o w com es fo r th e O b se rva n ce , n o w docs n o t co m e fo r it, w ho now co m es fo r a (form al) a c t of th e O rder, now does n o t com e for it. H e is one w h o does n o t com e aright- jf I \ \ ** In a case, m onks, w here th is m a d m a n now rem em bers the O b servan ce, n o w does n o t rem em b er i t , . . now com es fo r a (formal) a c t o f th e O rd er, now does not com e for it, I a llo w you, m onks, to g iv e the agreem en t fo r a m a d m a n 4 to su ch a m a d m a n , jj 2 ]| A n d th us, m on ks, sh ouid i t be g iv en : T h e O rd er should be in form ed b y an exp erien ced , c o m p e ten t m on k, s a y in g : ' H onoured sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h e m ad m o n k G a g g a now rem em bers I he O b se rv a n c e , now does n o t rem em ber i t 5 n o w rem em bers a (form al) a ct o f th e O rder, now does n o t rem em ber i t , lie n o w com es for the Observance^ now d ocs not cornc for it ; n ow com es fo r a (formal) a c t o f the O rder, now does n o t com e fo r it. I f it seem s righ t to the O rder, th e O rder shou]d g iv e th e agreem en t for a m ad m an to th e m*id m onk G a g g a r so th a t w h e th e r th e m o n k G a g g a 6 rem em bers th e O b serva n ce or does n o t rem em ber it, w h eth er he rem em bers a (formal) a ct o f th e O rd er o r does n o t rem em ber it, w h e th e r he com es for th e O b serva n ce or does n o t com e fo r it, w h eth er he com es for a (form al) a c t of th e O rd er or does not com e for it, th e O rd er eith er w ith G a g g a or w ith o u t G a g g a can c a r ry o u t th e O b serva n ce, can c a r r y out a (form al) a c t o f th e O rder. T h is is th e m otion- |[ 3 [j 4t 1 H onoured sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to me* T h e m ad m onk G a g g a now rem em bers th e O b serva n ce _ . . now com es 1 a ith i
sanzgh&sa a A ura filyam ,
* C/, V in . ii. 80
eva. * ummait&kaso-ftitnuti,
s ,f mad M om itted here in te x t.
164
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
fo r a {forma]) a c t of th e O rder, now does n o t com e for it. T h e O rd er is g iv in g th e agreem en t for a m ad m an to th e m ad m o n k G ag g a so th a t w h eth er th e m o n k G a g g a rem em bers - . . ot does n o t com e for it, th e O rd er eith er w ith G a g g a or w ith o u t G a g g a w ill c a r ry o u t th e O b servan ce, w ill c a r ry out a (form al) a c t of th e O rder. I f th e g iv in g o f th e agreem en t for a m a d m a n t o th e m a d m o n k G a g g a sr> t h a t w h eth er he rem em bers , . . or does not com e fo r it, th e O rder eith er w ith G a g g a or w ith o u t G a g g a w ili c a rry o u t th e O bservan ce, w ill c a r ry out a (form al) a c t o f th e O rder, is p leasin g to the venerable ones, th e y sh o u ld b e silen t ; he to w hom it is n ot p le a sin g should speak. T h e agreem en t fo r a m ad m an is g iv e n b y th e O rd er to th e m a d m o n k G a g g a , so th a t w h e th e r he rem em bers . . . o r does n o t com e fo r it, th e O rder eith er w ith G a g g a o r w ith o u t G a g g a w ill c a rry o u t th e O bservan ce, w ill c a rry o u t a (formal) a ct o f th e O rder. Tt is p lea sin g to th e O rd er, therefore i t is silen t ; th u s do I u n d erstan d this V
I I4 I J25 S I [123]
N o w a t th a t tim e fo u r m o n ks w ere s ta y in g in a certain residence on an O bservan ce d a y . T h e n i t occurred to th ese m o n ks ; " I t is la id d o w n b y th e L o rd th a t th e O bservan ce sh o u ld be carried o u t, b u t w e are (only) fou r persons*1 N o w how can th e O b servan ce b e ca rrie d out b y u s ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to the L o rd . H e s a id : ,r I a llo w y o u , m onks, to re cite th e P a tim o k k h a w h en th e re are fo u r (of y o u )/ ' lh I I N o w a t th a t tim e th re e m o n k s w ere s ta y in g in a c e rta in residence on an O bservan ce d a y . T h e n it occured to these m onks : " I t is allo w ed b y th e L o rd to recite th e P a tim o k k h a when there are fo u r (of us), b u t w e are (only) three persons* N o w how ca n th e O b serva n ce he carried out b y us ? They to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord* H e said : " I allo w yo u , monks* to c a rry o u t th e O b serva n ce b y w a y of en tire pu rity* when th ere a re th ree (of you)* || 2 II w A n d th u s, m o n ks, sh o u ld it be carried o u t : T hese m o n ks sh o u ld b e in form ed b y an experienced* co m peten t m o n k . * pdrisuddkiuposaihatyt,
* S e e th< sco p e of th e p o w e rs of th e " five (kin ds of) O rd er " a t F in , L 3 19 .
* S c * n e x t t w o p ara gra p h s.
S fl-3 -7 1
M A H A V A G G A
II
sayin g : ' Iêt th e venerable ones listen to me. T o-d ay is an Observance d a y , th e fifteenth. I f it seems right to the venerable ones, let us carry out the O bservance w ith one another b y w a y of entire p u rity \ A m onk who is an elder, havin g arranged his upper robe over one shoulder, having sat down on his haunches, havin g saluted w ith joined palm s, should speak thus to these m onks : I, yo u r reverences,1 am q uite pure, understand th at I am q uite pure ; 1, your rever ences, am quite pure, understand th a t I am quite pure ; I, yo u r reverences, am quite pure, understand th a t I am quite pure \ tl 3 II t # ^ " A n ew ly ordained m onk, h avin g arranged his upper robe over one shoulder, h avin g sa t dow n on his haunches, havin g saluted w ith joined palm s should speak th u s to these m o n k s : ' Tp honoured sirs,4 am quite pure, understand th a t I am quite pure ; I , honoured sirs, am quite pure, understand th at I am quite pure ; I, honoured sirs, am quite pure, understand th a t I am quite p u r e '- jl4lt N ow at th a t time tw o monks were stayin g in a certain residence on an O bservance d ay . T hen it occurred to these monks : " It is allow ed b y the L ord to recite th e P atim okkha when there are four (persons), to carry out th e Observance b y w a y of entire p u rity when there are three, but w e are (only) tw o persons* Now how can the O bservance be carried out b y us ? T h e y told this m atter to the Lord- He s a id : " T allow you, monks, to carry out the O bservance b y w a y o f entire p u rity when there are tw o (of you). || 5 f| r* A nd thus* monks, should it be carried out : T he m onk who is an elder, having arranged his upper robe over one shoulder, having sat down on his haunches, having saluted w ith joined palm s, should speak thus to the n ew ly ordained monk : ' I, yo u r reverence, am quite pure, understand th a t I am quite pure ; I, yo u r reverence, am quite pure, understand th a t 1 am quite pure; [ 124] I, your reverence, am quite pure, understand th a t I am quite pure \ ]| 6 \ \ " T he new ly ordained m onk, havin g arranged his upper
* avu$Q I t is a p p a r e n t l y a s s u m e d t h a t t h e r e i-s o n e e ld e r a t Least a n d o n e o r t w o ju n io r s , o t h e r w is e t h e e ld e r w o u ld d o u b tle s s h a v e a d d r e s s e d t h e o t h e r s a s bkartte*
1 bhante, becau se it ap p ears t o b e a ssu m e d t h a t a t le a st one elder w a3 present*
N
BOOK
OF
D ISC IP L IN E
robe over one shoulder, havin g sat dow n on his haunches, havin g saluted w ith joined palm s, should specie thus to the m onk who is an e ld e r : 1 I, honoured sir, am quite pure, understand th at I am quite pure ; I 3 honoured sir, am quite pure, under stand th a t I am quite pure ; I, honoured sir, am quite pure, understand th at I am quite pure V* [ |7 I I N ow a t th a t tim e one m onk was stayin g in a certain residence on an O bservance day. Then it occurred to this m onk : " I t is allowed b y th e L ord to rccite the P atim okkh a when there are fou r (persons), to carry out the Observance b y w a y of entire p u rity when there are three, to carry out the O bservance b y w a y of entire p u rity when there are two, b ut I am alone* N ow how can the Observance be carried out b y m e ? T h e y told this m atter to the Lord, H e said :
IE 8 il
*' This is a case, m onks, where one m onk is staying in a
certain residence on an Observance day. T hat monk, having swept th at placc to w hich monks return an attendance hall or a pavilion or the root of a tree having p u t out drinking w ater and w ater for washing, havin g made ready a seat, having made a light, should sit down* I f other m onks arrive the Observance should be carried out together w ith them ; if th ey do not arrive, it should be determ ined1, ' T o-d ay is an Observance d a y for m e J, I f he should not (so) determine, there is an offencc of wrong-doing* \ ] 9 j| t4 Monks, there where four m onks arc staying, the Patim okkha should not be recLted b y three (persons), having conveyed the entire purity for one* If th ey should (so) recite it j there is an offence of wrong-doing- Monks, there where three monks are staying, the O bservance b y w ay of entire p u rity should not be carried out by two, having conveyed the entire p u rity for one. I f th ey should (so) carry it out, there is an offence o f wrong-doing. Monks, there where tw o m onks are staying, it should not be determ ined upon b y one havin g conveyed the entire p u rity for the other* I f he should (so) determ ine, there is an offence of w rong-doing/'
I] 1 0 jj 2 6 ]|
Now at th at tim e a certain m onk cam c to have fallen into

l arfh ittha ta bbam ; see
3 - 12 8 , ci. 3,
27.1 4]
M A H A V A G G A
I 1
167
an offence on an O bservance d ay . Then it occurred to this monk : I t is laid dow n b y the L o rd th a t th e O bservance should not be carried out b y an offender,1 b u t I have fallen into an offence. N ow w h at line of conduct should be follow ed b y m e ? " T h e y told this m a tter to th e Lord- H e said : 4 4 T his is a case, m onks, where a m onk com es to have fallen into an offence on an O bservance d ay. M onks, th a t m onk, h avin g approached one monk* havin g arranged his upper robe over one shoulder, [125] havin g sat down on his haunches, havin g saluted w ith joined palm s, should sp eak th u s to him: * I , your reverence, have fallen into such and such an offence* I confess3 it \ I t should be said b y h im 3 : f D o yo u see it ? 1 * Y e s, I see it \ f Y o u should be restrained in the future \ 1 | 1 || " This is a case, m onks, w here a m onk becom es doubtful of an offence on an Observance day* M onks, th a t m onk, having approached one m onk, havin g arranged his upper robe _ _ * havin g saluted w ith joined palm s, should speak thus to him : I, your reverence, am doubtful as to such and such an offcnce. W hen I come to be w ithout doubt, then w ill I m ake amends for th at offence * * W hen he has spoken thus, th e Observance m a y be carried out, th e P atirrtokkha m ay be heard, b u t no obstacle should be p u t in the w a y of the O bservance from such a cau se/' || 2 |[ Now at th at tim e th e group of six m onks confessed4 a co llective5 offence. T h e y to ld this m a tter to the Lord. H e s a id : "M o n k s , a co llective offence should not be con fessed- W hoever should confess it, there is an offence o f w rong-doing. A t th at tim e the group of six m onks acknow ledged a collective offence- T h e y told this m atter to the Lord, H e s a id : " Monks, a co llective oftence should not be acknowledged. W hoever should acknow ledge (such), there is an offence of w rong-doing/' U3 || N ow at th at tim e a certain m onk rem em bered an offence
1 See CV. IX , 2 .
* patideScmi. * desmti,
1 I ,e , b y t h e m onl* w h o m t h e o ffe n d e r a p p r o a c h e d . * sabhdgat s h a r e d i a. b y t h e m all* b u t w h e t h e r actin g t o g e t h e r o r s in g ly is n o t c le a r . V A . 10 6 4 in s t a n c e s e a t in g a t t h e w r o n g t im e o r e a t i n g 'w h a t has. c o t b e e n l e f t over*
i68
BO OK
O V
D IS C IP L IN E
while th e P atim ok kh a w as being recited. Then it occurred to this m onk : *r It is laid dow n b y the Lord th at the O bserv ance should not be carried out b y an offender and I have fallen in to an offence. N ow w hat line o f conduct should be followed b y me ? ** T h e y told this m atter to the Lord. H e said : This is a case* m onks, where a m onk remembers an offence w hile the P a tim o k k h a is being recited. Monks, th is m onk should speak th u s to the m onk n ext to him : r I, you r reverence, have fallen into such and such an offence. H avin g rem oved from here I w ill m ake am ends for th at offence \ W hen he has spoken thus, the Observance m a y be carried out, the P atim okkha m ay be heard, but no obstacle should b e pu t in the w a y c f the O bservance from such a cause, " This is a case, monks, where a m onk becomes doubtful as to an offence w hile the P atim okkh a is being red tcd . Monks, this monk should speak thus to the m onk n ext to him : ' I, your reverencc, am doubtful as to such and such an offence. W hen I com e to be w ithout doubt, then w ill I m ake amends for th a t offence \ W hen h e has spoken thus, the Observance m ay be carried out, the P atim ok kh a m a y bu heard, but no obstacle should be put in the w a y of the Observance from such a cause/' I! 5 1 ! N ow a t th a t tim e the whole Order in a certain residence cam e to have fallen in to a collective offcnce on an Observance day_ Then it occurred to these monks : " It is laid down b y the Lord that a collective offence should not be confessed, th a t a collective offence [126] should not be acknowledged, b ut th is whole Order has fallen into a collective offence. Now w hat line or conduct should be followed b y us ? They told th is m atter to the Lord. He said : " This is a case, m onks, where in a certain residence the whole Order comes to have fallen into a collective offcnce on an Observance d ay. Monks, one m onk should im m ediately be sent to a neighbouring residence b y these m onks, w ith the w o rd s : 'G o along, 3? our reverence, and come b ack having m ade am ends for th at offence, and we w ill m ake amends for the offence in yo u r presence \ || 6 j[ I f th ey thus m anage this, it is good. If they do not m anage it, th e Order should be informed b y an experienced.
su n . .
27.7 n ]
M A H A V A G G A
II
169
com petent m onk, sayin g : ' H onoured sirs, let the Order listen to m e. This whole Order has fallen into a collective offence. W hen it shall see another m onk, a pure one, not an offender* then it shall m ake am ends for th a t offence in his presence \ W hen he has spoken thus,the O bservance m a y be carried out, the P atim okkha m a y b e heard, b u t no obstacle should be put in the w a y of th e O bservance from such a cause, t| 7 ]| " This is a case, m onks, w here in a certain residence the w hole Order comes to be d ou b tfu l about a collective offence on an Observance day* T he O rder should be inform ed b y an experienced, com petent m onk, saying : ' H onoured sirs, let the Order listen to me* T h is w hole Order is doubtful about a collective offence. W hen it comes to be w ithou t doubt, then w ill it m ake am ends for th at offen ce'. W hen he has spoken thus, th e O bservance m a y be carried out, the P atim okkha m ay be heard, but no obstacle should b e put in the w a y of the O bservance from such a cause, \ \ 8 jj " T h is is a case, m onks, w here in a certain residence the Order, entered on the rains, has fallen into a collective offence* Monks, one m onk should im m ed iately be sent to a neighbouring residence by these m onks w ith the w ords . . . {its in j| 6* 7 ID . , . I f th e y do not m anage it, one m onk should be sent a w a y for seven days, w ith the words ; ' G o along, y o u r reverence, and come back h avin g m ade amends for that offence, and we w ill m ake am ends for th a t offence in y o u r presence \ ,J || 9 \ [ N ow at th at tim e in a certain residence the w hole Order came to have fallen into a collective offence. I t did not know th e name or the class1 o f th a t offence. A certain m onk came there ; he had heard m uch, he w as one to whom the tradition had been handed dow n3 ; he was an expert on dhamma, an expert on discipline, an expert on the sum m aries ; he w as w ise, experienced* c le v e r ; he w as conscientious, scrupulous, desirous of training.* A certain m onk approached th at m onk ; havin g approached, he spoke thus to h i m ; " W hat kind of an offence does he fall into, your reverence, who does such and such a thing ? " |[ 10 \ \ H e spoke thus : " W hoever does such an d such a thing,
1 g o tta . 1 C f , a b o v e , p . 157.
170
BO O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
your reverence, falls into this kind of offence. This is the kin d of offence th at yo u , your reverence, have fallen into ; m ake amends for this offence." H e spoke th u s: I , yo u r reverence, h a ve not fallen into this offence altogether alone ; this [127] whole Order has fallen into th is offence/' H e spoke thus ; ** W hat has it to do w ith you, your reverence, w hether another has fallen or has not fallen ? Please do you, youT reverence, rem ove1 your own offence/* |[ i i |[ Then th at m onk, havin g at th a t m onk's bidding made am ends for th a t offence, approached those monks ; havin g approached them , he spoke thus to those m onks : fi I t is said, your reverences, th a t whoever does such and such a thing falls into this kind of offence. This is the kind of offence th at yo u , youx reverences, have fallen into make amends for this offence/' B u t these m onks did n ot w ant to m ake amends for th a t offence at th at m onk's bidding. T h e y told this m atter to the lord* He said : |[ xz |j " This is a case, m onks, where in a certain residence the whole Order com es to have fallen into a collective offence. I t does not know the name or th e class of that offence. A certain rnonk comes there ; he has heard m uch , . * desirous of training. A certain m onk approaches th at m onk ; having approached, he speaks thus to th at m o n k : " W hat kind o f offence does he fall into, your reverence, who does such and such a thing ? ' |[ 13 J | " H e speaks thus : ' W hoever does such and such a thing, yo u r reverence, falls into this kind of offence. This is the kind of offence th a t yo u , your rcverence, have fallen into ; m ake amends for th is offence \ H e speaks thus : 1 L your reverence, have not lallen in to this offence altogether a lo n e ; this whole Order has fallen into th is offence \ He speaks thus : * W hat has it to do w ith you, your reverence, w hether another has fallen or has not fallen ? Please do yo-ti, you r reverence, rem ove you r own offence/ | | 14 |[ " Then if th at m onk, having at that m onk's bidding m ade amends for th at offence, approaches those m onks and havin g approached them speaks thus to those m onks: I t is said, your reverence, th a t w hoever does such and such a thing
1 vutthaha.
27.15 28.3]
MAHA V AGGA
II
fa lls in to th is k in d o f offence- T h is is th e k in d o f offence th a t y o u , youT reveren ces, h a v e fa llen i n t o ; m a k e am en d s for th is offencc 1; a n d if, m o n k s, th ese m o n ks sh ou ld m a k e am ends fo r th a t offen ce a t th a t m o n k 's bidding* th a t is good* B u t i f t h e y sh o u ld n o t m a k e am en d s fo r it, th e n , m o n ks, these m on ks n eed n o t be spoken t o b y th a t m o n k i f he is n o t w illin g 1, I! 15 1127 I I T o ld is th e P o rtio n fo r R e p e a tin g on C o d a n a v a tth u . N o w a t th a t tim e in a c e rta in residence se v e ra l resid en t m onks, fou r o r m ore, c o lle c te d to g e th e r on an O b serva n ce d a y . T h e y d id n o t k n o w t h a t th e re w ere o th e r resid en t m o n k s w h o h ad n o t a rriv ed . [ 138] T h in k in g 2 o f th e rule, th in k in g o f discipline, th in k in g th a t th e y w ere co m p lete, th e y carried out th e O b servan ce, th e y re cite d th e P a tim o k k h a w h ile th e y w ere incom plete* W h ile th e P a tim o k k h a w a s b ein g re cite d b y them , o th e r resid en t m o n ks, a la rg e r n u m b e r ,1 a rrived . T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd . || r || H e said : T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere in a c e rta in resi dence , . * (as in || r |[ above) . . - recite th e P a tim o k k h a w h ile th e y are in com plete. W h ile th e P a tim o k k h a is b e in g recited b y th e m , other resident m o n ks, a la rg e r n um ber, a rriv e. M onks, th e P a tim o k k h a sh o u ld be re cite d a g ain b y these m o n ks , 5 a n d th ere is no offence fo r th e reciters. || 3 ]| T h is is a case* m onks, w h ere in a ce rta in residence * * . {as in j| 2 |[ above) . * , W h ile th e P a tim o k k h a is bein g recited b y them , o th e r resident m o n ks, a lik e n u m b er, a rriv e . W h a t has been recited is d u ly rc c ite d , th e rest sh ou ld be heard , a n d there is no offence for th e reciters. " T h is is a case, m o n ks, . , . {as in || Z || aioz) 4 * . W h ile th e P a tim o k k h a is b ein g recited b y th em , o th e r residen t
1 i ik d tn & wc f , V i n . iii. i 36 { B . D , i, 328). I f t h e offen d in g m o n ks d o n o t w ish to m a k e am end s, th e o th er m on k need n o t sp ea k t o th e m p erh a p s m ean in g t h a t be need n o t sp e a k t o th e m in t h e w ords g iv e n a t t h e en d o f || 14 j| a b o v e . B u t c f A * ii. i i 3 P " F o r t h is is d e str u ctio n * . * w here a T m th fin d e r or his fe llo w B rah m a-farers d eem t h a t h e is one w h o sh o u ld n o t be sp-oken t o F\
* a)itK0. 9 dh-am m a,
the ruies that O b s e r v a n c e should be carried out: by a complete
assem bly*
* I.e. than those already assembled6 Presumably meaning by those already assembled together, and who have already recited part oi it ; c/. S9 , I below, where th e y incur an offence ol wrong-doing for reciting it when they know th a t they are incomplete.
173
BOOK
OF
D ISC IP L IN E
m onks, a smaller num ber, arrive, W h at has been recited is d u ly recited, the rest should be heard, and there is n o offence for the reciters. || 3 || This is a case, m onks, . - . W hen th e Patim okkha has ju st been recited b y them , other resident m onks, a larger num ber, arrive- Monks, the P atim okkha m ay be recited again b y these m onks, and there is 110 offence for the reciters, " T h is is a case, monks, * . . W hen the P atim okkha has ju st been recited b y them , other resident m onks, a like number, arrive. W h a t has been recited is d u ly rccited, the entire p u rity should be announced in their presence,1 and there is no offence for th e reciters. *' This is a case, monks, . - . a sm aller number, arrive. W h a t has been recited is du]y recited, the entire p u rity should be announced in their presence, and there is no offence for the reciters. || 4 || This is a case, m onks, - * . W hen the P atim okkha has ju st been recited b y them and th e assem bly has not risen, other resident m onks, a larger num ber, arrive. Monks, the Patim okkh a m a y be recited again b y those monks, and there is no offence for the reciters. This is a case, m onks . . . {129] * . * a like number, arrive. W hat has been recited is du l y recited, the entire p u rity should be announced in their presence, and there is no offence for the reciters " This is a case, m onks, . . . a sm aller number, arrive. W hat has been recited is d uly recited, the entire pu rity should be announced in their presence, and there is no offence for the reciters* || 5 [ | " T h i s is a case* m onks, - . * W hen the Patim okkha has ju st been recited b y them and part of the assem bly has risen, other resident monks, a larger num ber, arrive . * . (as in II 5 II afroue) * - * a like num ber . . . a sm aller num ber . * , ^ This is a case, m onks, * * . W hen th e P atim okkh a has just been recited b y them and the whole assem bly has risen, o th e r residen t m onks, a larger n um ber, arrive . * (as in
1 T h is mea-na t h a t th e m o n k s a r r iv in g la te m u s t a n n o u n c e t h e ir e n tir e p u r i t y t o th e o n e s a lr e a d y a s s e m b le d a n d w h o h& d r e c it e d t h e P a t im o k k h a .
11611
28.7 30-iJ
MAHAVAGGA
XI
*73
|| 6 \ \ above) * . . a Jike n u m b er _ * * a sm aller n um ber . . . || 7 || T o ld are th e F ifte e n C ases in w h ic h th ere is II 28 It N o O ffence,
fr T h is is a case, m onks* w here in a ce rta in resid en ce se v e ra l residen t m onks, fo u r or m ore, c o lle c t to g e th e r on a n O b serv an ce d a y . T h e y know th a t th e re a re other resid en t m o n ks w h o h ave n o t arrived- T h in k in g of th e ru le, th in k in g of d iscip lin e, th in k in g t h a t th e y are in com p lete, th e y c a r ry out th e O b servan ce and recite th e P a tim o k k h a w h ile t h e y are incom plete* W h ile th e P a tim o k k h a is b e in g re cite d b y th em , o th e r resident m onks, a larger n um ber, a rriv e . M onks, th e P a tim o k k h a sh ou ld be re cite d a g a in b y th ose m on ks, and there is a n offence o f w ron g-d oin g fo r th e reciters. j| r[[ T h is is a case, m o n ks, . . + (as in [j 1 ||} . . , a like n u m b er, a rriv e. W h at has been re cite d is d u ly recited , th e rest should be h eard , and th ere is an offence o f w ron g-d oin g fo r th e reciters. T h is is a case, m onks (^s in || 1 ||) . . . a sm aller num ber, a rriv e . W h a t h a s been recitcd is d u ly rccited , th e rest sh ould b e heard , a n d there is an offen ce o f w ro n g -d o in g tor th e reciters. T h is is a case, m o n k s _ . , W h en th e P a tim o k k h a has ju s t been recited b y them a n d th e a sse m b ly has not risen . * . p art of th e a sse m b ly has risen . * . th e w h o le [130] assem b ly has risen, and o th e r resident m o n ks, a larger num ber . . . a like n u m b er . . . a sm aller num ber, a rrive. W h a t h a s been recited is d u ly re cite d , th e e n tire p u rity sh o u ld be an n ou n ced in th e ir presen ce, a n d th ere is an offence o f wrong* d o in g fo r th e reciters. [ \3 \ \ T o ld are th e F ifte e n C ases on th in k in g th a t (an A ssem bly) is incom plete w h en it is in com p lete || 29 || " T h is is a case, m onks . . , T h e y k n o w t h a t th ere are oth er resid en t m onks w h o h a v e n o t a rriv ed . T h in k in g ; - N o w , is it allo w ab le fo r u s to c a r ry o u t th e O b se rva n ce or is it not allo w ab le ? J th e y c a r ry o u t th e O b serva n ce and recite th e P a tim o k k h a (although) t h e y a re in doubt- W h ile th e P a ti m o k k h a is being recited b y th em , o th e r resid en t m onks, a
u*n
*74
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
larger n u m b er, a rrive. M o n k sp th e P a tim o k k h a sh o u ld b e re cite d a g a in b y th o se m onks * . (cf. TL 29, 3) * - * an offence o f w ron g-d oin g fo r th e reciters, |j 1 || MT h is is a case, m onks, . . * (cf. I L 29, 2, 3) . . . an offence o f w ron g-d oin g fo r th e reciters* || 2 T o ld are th e F ifte e n C ases on b ein g in D o u b t. [| 30 ||
rt T h is is a case, m o n k s, , . * T h e y k n o w th a t th ere are o th er resid en t m o n k s w h o h a v e n o t a rrived . T h in k in g : ' In d e ed , it is a llo w ab le fo r u s to c a r r y out th e O b servan ce, it is n o t u n a llo w ab le fo r us \ th e y , a c tin g b a d ly ,1 c a rry out th e O b servan ce a n d recite th e P a tim o k k h a . W h ile the P a tim o k k h a is b ein g recited b y them , o th e r resident m onks, a la rg er n um ber, a rriv e. M onks, th e P a tim o k k h a should be recited a g a in b y th ese m on ks, a n d th ere is a n offence o f w ro n g-d o in g fo r th e reciters. \ \ 1 jf -r T h is is a case, m o n k s - * * {cf. II- 29* 2, 3) . . . an offence o f w ron g-d oin g for th e reciters, || 2 j| T o ld are th e F ifte e n C ases on A c tin g B a d ly || 31 ]|
,r T h is is a case, m o n ks, , * . T h e y kn o w th a t th ere are o th e r resident monk^ w h o h a v e n ot a rrived . S a y in g , T h ese are p erishin g, th ese a re b e in g d e stro ye d , w h a t good a re these to y o u ? J th e y c a r r y o u t th e O b serva n ce and recite th e P a tim o k k h a a im in g a t a schism , . * {as in II* 29, 2, 3 ; instead o f offence o f w ron g-d oin g read g ra v e offence), || r |[ 131 2 T o ld are xhe F ifte e n C ases on A im in g a t a Schism j| 32 ||
[ ].-.j s i i
T o ld are th e S e v e n ty -fiv e Cases*3 T h is is a case, m o n ks, . . * T h e y kn o w th a t o th e r resident m o n k s are en terin g w ith in th e b o u n d a ry. T h e y kn o w th a t o th e r residen t m onks h a v e en tered w ith in th e bound ary. T h e y see o th er resident residen t m onks en terin g w ith in th e b o u n d ary. T h e y see o th er resid en t m onks en tered w ith in th e boundary* T h e y h e a r th a t o th e r residen t m on ks are entering w ith in th e bound ary- T h e y h ear th a t o th e r resid en t monies h a v e en tered w ith in th e b o u n d ary.
1 kuMAuctapaiaJd. e x p l. a t V A . 1065 a s overcom e* d o in g as t h e y w ished, 1 F iv e tim e s fifteen cases, in C h ip s . 2 3 - 32 -
33.1 34.4]
M A H A V A G G A
I I
*75
" F r o m a hundred and se v e n ty -fiv e tria d s referrin g to resident (monks) w ith resident (m onks) ; to incom ing (m onks) w ith residen t (m onks) ; to resident (m onks) w ith incom ing (m onks) ; to incom ing (monks) w ith in com in g (m onks), there com e to be seven h u n d red tria d s b y m eans o f (these) sets,1 {! 1 || 33 I I ** T h is ls a case, m onks, w h ere th e fo u rte e n th is (the O b servan ce day) for resident m o n ks, th e fifteen th fo r in co m in g ones* I f th e resident ones are larger in n um ber, th e incom ing ones sh o u ld acco m m od ate th em selves to th e residen t ones. I f th e y a re equ al in n u m ber, th e in com in g ones should a cco m m o d a te th e m selv e s to th e resid en t ones. I f th e incom ing ones are larger in n u m b er, th e resid en t ones sh o u ld a cco m m od atc th e m selve s to th e incom ing ones. j| 1 J j T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere th e fiftee n th is (the O b se rv ance d a y) fo r resident m onks, th e fo u rte en th for in com in g ones. I f th e resident ones a re la rg e r in n u m b er, th e in co m in g ones sh o u ld acco m m od ate th em selves to th e resident ones. I f , . . {as in || 1 || above) . . . ]| 2 |[ T h is is a case, m on ks, whnre th e firM: d a y o f a lu n a r fo rt n ig h t1 is (the O b serva n ce d ay) fo r resid en t m onks, th e fiftee n th fo r in com in g ones. I f th e resident ones are la rg e r in num ber, th e residen t ones, if th e y are n ot w illin g , need n ot h o ld a m e e tin g 3 w ith th e in com in g ones. T h e O bservan ce sh ould be carried o u t b y th e in com in g ones h a v in g gone o u tsid e the b o u n d a ry. I f th e y are e q u a l in num ber* th e resid en t ones, if th e y are n ot w illin g, need n o t h o ld a m eetin g w ith the in com in g ones. T h e O bservan ce sh ould be carried out b y th e in com in g ones h a v in g g o n e o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry . I f th e in com in g ones are la rg er in n um ber, th e resident ones sh ould h o ld a m eeting w ith th e in com in g ones o r th e y sh ou ld g o o u tsid e th e bo u n d ary. j| 3 |j T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere th e fiftee n th is (the O b se rv a n ce d a y) for resident m o n ks, [132] th e first d a y o f th e lu n ar
1 peyydlamukhviay a s a t 46. P eyyala = pariydyat an d is a rran g e m en t, order, d isposition E a c h " s e t " refers t o each p a ir (resident w ith residen t . . . in co m in g w ith incom ing) of tria d s in a ll its p e r m u ta tio n s a n d c o m b in a tio n s ; th e y k n o w , th e y see, t h e y hear., a n d th.ey d o n o t k n o w , see a n d hear.
p a tipa tia , cf. B . D , LL 314* n. 1 .
* n<X d d ia b b d sd m agg l,. need n o t g i v e co m p le tio n to*
176
BOOK
OF
D ISC IP L IN E
fo rtn ig h t fo r in com in g ones. I f th e resident ones are larger in num ber, th e incom ing ones sh o u ld hold a m e e tin g w ith th e resident ones o r t h e y sh ould go outside th e bo u n d ary. I f th e y are equal in number* th e incom ing ones should h old a m ee tin g w ith th e resident ones or th e y should go outside th e b o u n d a ry . I f th e in com in g ones are la rg e r in num ber, th e in com in g ones* i f th e y are n o t w illin g, need n o t hold a m e e tin g w ith th e residen t ones. T h e O b serva n ce sh o u ld be carried o u t b y th e resident ones h a v in g gone o u tsid e th e bo u n d a ry, | | 4 || -r T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere in com in g m onks see signs o f residen ce o f resid en t m on ks, featu res of residence, m a rk s o f residence, in d icatio n s o f residence, c a re fu lly prepared couches an d chairs, m attresses a n d sq u a ttin g m ats, c a re fu lly arran ged w a te r fo r d rin k in g a n d w a te r fo r w ashing, c a re fu lly sw ep t cells ; b u t h a v in g seen (these signs) th e y com e to be d o u b tfu l, th in k in g : f N o w are there resident m o n ks, o r are th ere * o t ? J Ii 5 I I . . I f th ese, b ein g d o u b tfu l, do n o t search and, n o t h a v in g searched, c a rry o u t th e O b serva n ce, th ere is an offence o f w rong-doing. I f th ese, being doubtful* search and h a vin g search ed d o n ot see (an y m on ks), an d if n o t h a v in g seen (any) th e y c a rry out th e O b se rv a n ce , th ere is no offence. I f these, b ein g doubtful* search and h a v in g searched see (some m onks), an d if h a v in g seen (them) th e y c a rry o u t th e O bservan ce to g eth er, th ere is no offence. I f th ese, bein g d o u b tfu l, search and h a v in g searched see {some m onks), and if h a v in g seen (them) th e y c a rry out th e O b se rva n ce a p a rt, there is a n offence o f w ron g-d oin g. I f these, b ein g d o u b tfu l, search an d h a v in g search ed see (some m onks), and if h a v in g seen (them ) th e y s a y : ' Y o u are perishing, yo u are being des tro y e d , w h a t is th e go od o f these to y o u ? an d c a rry out th e O b servan ce a im in g a t a schism , there is a g ra ve offence. Jj6j| T h is is a c a se r m onks, w here in com in g m onks hear signs of residence o f resid en t m o n ks, fe a tu res o f residence, m arks o f resid en ce> in d icatio n s o f residence, th e sound o f fo otsteps as th e y are p a cin g tip an d dow n, th e so u n d o f stu d y in g , th e sound o f cough in g, th e sound o f sn eezing ; b u t h a v in g heard
1 A s ia II . 33 a b o v e .
34-7 IT]
MA H A V A G G A
I I
177
th e y com e to b e d o u b tfu l, th in k in g : ' N o w are th ere resid en t m o n k s or are th e re n o t ? ' I f th ese, being1 d o u b tfu l, do not search . , , ( = * || 6 ||) . . , th e re is a g ra v e offence, [[ 7 | J t T h is is a case, m o n k s, w h ere resid en t m onks see sign s o f in com in g of in com in g m o n ks, fe a tu res o f in com in g, m arks o f incom ing, in d icatio n s o f in com in g, u n kn o w n b o w ls, u n know n robes* unknow n pieces o f c lo th to sit upon, w a te r for w ash in g th e feet sp rinkled a b o u t ; b u t h a v in g seen {these signs), th e y com e to b e d o u b tfu l, th in k in g : f N o w arc there incom ing m on ks o r are th ere n ot ? ' I f these, b ein g d o u b tfu l, do n o t search . , . ( ]|6 ||) . * . th e re is a g ra v e o ffen ce.
IIS II
b
" T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere resident m onks hear sign s of in com in g o f in com in g m o n ks, fea tu res o f in com in g, m a rk s o f incom ing, in d ica tio n s o f in co m in g , th e so u n d o f fo o tste p s as th e y are a rrivin g , th e sound o f san d als ta p p in g , th e so u n d o f coughing, th e sound o f sn eezin g ; b e t h a v in g h eard th e y com e to be d o u b tfu l, t h in k in g : * N o w are th ere in co m in g m onks or are th e re not ? * I f these, b ein g d o u b tfu l, do n ot search , . . ( | | 6 ||) , . , fheTe is [133] a g ra v e offence. | | " T h is is a m on ks, wheTe, in com in g m onks see resident m on ks belongin g to a d ifferen t com m un ion . T h e y g e t th e (wrong) v ie w th a t th e y belong to th e sam e com m union ; h a v in g g o t th e (wrong) v ie w th a t t h e y b e lo n g to th e sam e com m union, if th e y d o not ask , and not h a v in g a sk e d c a rry o u t th e O bservan ce to g e th e r, th ere is no offence- I f th e y a s k ,a n d h a v in g asked p a y no a tte n tio n ,1 and h a v in g paid no a tte n tio n c a rry out th e O b serva n ce to g eth e r, th ere is a n offence o f w rong-doing. I f th e y ask , and hairing asked p a y no a tte n tio n , and h a v in g p a id no a tte n tio n c a r ry o u t th e O bservan ce ap art, there is no offence* || 10 1! < f T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere incom ing m onks see residen t m onks b elo n g in g to the sam e com m union* T h e y g e t th e (wrong) v ie w th a t th e y b elo n g t o a d ifferen t co m m un ion ; h a v in g g o t the (wrong) v ie w th a t th e y belong to a d ifferent com m union, if th e y do not a s k , a n d n o t h a v in g a sk ed c a rry
1 ndbkiviiarattti* V .A . to 6 6 of a differing com m u n ion j th e t h a t w rong v ie w C f. Vivt, 11 h a v in g c o m m i t t e d P , i s , D observe C .J M ), m e r e ly s a y s s a y s th e y a r e not a b le t o n e g le c t th e s ta tu s m ea n in g is : th ^ y d o n o t m a k e th e m g iv e u p iii, 73 w here abhivitaritu& app-ears t o m ean f g iv e s for abhivitarnli " t o p a y h ed P t o t o wrnic t o an end
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
o u t th e O bservan ce to g eth er, there is a n offence o f w ro n g doing- I f th e y ask , a n d h a v in g a sk e d p a y atten tio n , and h a v in g p a id a tte n tio n c a n y o u t th e O bservan ce a p a rt, th ere is a n offence o f w rong-d oing. I f th e y ask, and h a v in g asked p a y a tte n tio n , an d h a v in g p a id a tte n tio n c a rry o u t th e O b servan ce to g eth e r, there is no offence. [ |n | f *f T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere resid en t jn on ks see in com in g m o n k s b elo n g in g to a. d ifferen t com m union- T h e y g e t the (wrong) v ie w th a t t h e y b elo n g to th e sam e com m union , . . || 10 IQ - . , there is no offence, 1J12 || T h is is a case, m onks, w here resident m o n ks see incom ing m o n ks b elo n g in g to th e sam e com m union. T h e y g e t th e (wrong) v ie w th a t th e y b elo n g to a d ifferen t com m union . * * { = [| XI |[) - . * th ere is no offence. || 13 || 34 |] " M on ks, y o u sh o u ld n o t go o n an O b serva n ce d a y from a residence w h ere th e re are m onks to a residence w h ere th ere a re no m o n k s e x c e p t w ith a n O rd er,1 excep t th ere be a d a n g er.3 M onks, y o u should n o t go on an O bservan ce d a y from a residence w h ere th ere are m o n ks to w h a t is n o t a residence3 w h ere th ere are no m o n k s e x ce p t w ith an O rd er, excep t th e re b e a danger. M onks, yo u should n o t go - . * e ith e r to a residence or to w h a t is n o t a residence w h ere there are no m o n ks e x ce p t w ith an O rder, e x ce p t th e re be a danger* II I I I " M onks, y o u sh ould n o t go on an O bservance d a y from w h a t is n o t a residence w h ere there a ie m onks to a residence w h ere th e re are no m o n ks e x ce p t * . . M onks, yo n sh ould not g o on an O b servan ce d a y from w h a t is n o t a residence w here th ere are m o n k s to w h a t is n o t a residence w h ere there are no m o n ks e x ce p t . * ~ M onks, yo u should n o t go * . * from w h a t is n o t a residence w h ere there a re m o n k s eith er to a residence o r to w h a t is n ot a residence w here there are no m o n ks, e x ce p t w ith a n O rder, e x ce p t there be a danger. I^ :| V M onks, y o u sh o u ld n o t go on an O bservan ce d a y from
1 U n le ss th ere g o su fficien t m on ks t o form an O rderC f . 35 w ith C V - I*
1* 3, 4
1 See above,. I I . IB. 4 , w here ten " d an gers are enum erated. * V A . roGft s a y s t o a p la ce w here a. h a ll a n d so fo r th are u n d erg o in g repairs*.
35-3 5]
M A H A V A G G A
II
179
eith er a residen ce or from w h a t is n o t a residence w h ere th ere are m o n k s to a residence w h ere there are no m o n k s c x c c p t w ith an O rder, e x ce p t th e re b e a d anger, M onks, [134] y o u should n o t go 011 an O b serva n ce d a y from a residence or from w h a t is n o t a residence w h ere th ere a re no m o n ks t o w h a t is n o t a residence w h ere th e re are no m o n ks e x c e p t . . * a d a n g er. M onks, y o u sh o u ld n o t go * * . eith er from a residence or from w h a t is n o t a residence w h e re th ere are no m o n k s eith er to a residence o r to w h a t is n o t a residence w here there are no m o n k s, e x c e p t . . . a d anger. ]| 3 ]| " M onks, y o u sh ou ld n o t go on an O b se rv a n ce d a y from a residence w h ere there are m o n k s to a residence w h ere there are m on ks if th e m o n k s th ere sh o u ld b elon g to a d ifferen t co m m union, e x ce p t w ith an O rd er, e x c e p t th e re b e a d a n g er. M onks, yo u sh o u ld n ot go . , . from a residence w h ere th ere are m o n k s to w h a t is n o t a residence w h ere th e re a re m onks if th e m o n k s th e re sh ould b e lo n g to a d ifferen t com m union , - - a danger. M onks, y o u th o u ld n o t go . . . from a residence w h ere there are m onks e ith e r to a residence or to w h a t is n o t a residence w h ere th ere are m o n ks , . (cf, |J r . 2, 3 ||) - * * M onks, y o u sh ou ld not go . . . e ith e r from a residence or from w h a t is n o t a residence w h ere there are m o n k s eith er to a residence or to w h a t is n o t a residence w here th ere are m o n k s if th e m o n k s th ere b elo n g to a d ifferen t com m union, e x ce p t w ith an O rder, e x ce p t there be a d anger. [| 4 ]| " M onks, yo u m a y go on an O b se rv a n ce d a y from a residence w h ere there a rc m onks to a residence w h ere there a re m on ks should th e m o n k s th ere b elo n g to th e sam e com m union a n d if h e kn o w s, * I am a b le to a rriv e th is v e r y d a y M onks, yo n m a y go on a n O b servan ce d a y from a residence w h ere there are m o n k s to w h a t is n ot a residence w h ere th ere are m onks should th e m o n ks th e re b elo n g to th e sa m e com m union, and if he k n o w s, "I am able to a rriv e th is v e r y d a y \ * . to a residence o r io w h a t is n o t a residence w h ere th ere are m onks . . * from w h a t is n o t a residen ce w h ere th ere are m on ks to a residence w h ere th e re a rc m o n k s . . . to w h a t is n o t a residence w here th ere are m onks . , , to a resid en ce o r to w h a t is n ot a residence w here th e re are m o n k s . . . M onks, y o u m a y go on a n O b serva n ce d a y from w h a t is n o t a residence w here there are m o n ks to a residen ce w h ere there are m o n k s , . .
x8o
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
t o w h a t is n o t a residence w h ere th e re are m onks . ( , to a residence or to w h a t is n o t a residence w h ere th e re are m o n k s should th e m o n ks th e re b elo n g to th e sam e com m union a n d If he kn o w s, * I a m a b le to a rriv e th is v e r y d a y . 1 | 5 (|3 5 || ** M onks, th e P a tim o k k h a sh o u ld n o t b e re cite d in a seated a sse m b ly (oi m onks) b efo re a n un . W h o ever should (so) recite it, th ere is an offence o f wrong-doing* Monks* th e P a tim o k k h a sh o u ld n o t b e recited in a seated a ssem b ly {of m onks) b e fo re 'a p ro b atio n er . . . a n o vice * * * a w o m an no vice _ one w h o h a s d isavo w ed th e tra in in g , . , one w h o h as co m m itted a n e x trem e offence. W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) recite it, th ere is a n offence w rong-doing. || I | J " T h e P a tim o k k h a sh ould n o t be recited in a se a te d a ssem b ly before one su spen d ed for n o t seein g a n offence. W h o e v e r should (so) recite it sh o u ld b e d e a lt w ith a cco rd in g to th e r u le / . T h e P a tim o k k h a sh ou ld n ot b e re cite d in a sea ted a ssem b ly b efo re one suspended for n o t m a k in g am ends for a n offence . . before one suspended for n o t g iv in g u p a w ron g view - W h o e v e r sh ou ld (so) recite it sh o u ld b e d e a lt w ith acco rd in g to th e ru le .1 t| z jj " T h e P a tim o k k h a should n o t b e re cite d in a seated a ssem b ly b efore a eu n u ch .2 W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) recite it, th ere is an offence o f w ron g-d oin g. T h e P a tim o k k h a sh ou ld not be recited in a seated a ssem b ly before [135] one liv in g in co m m union as it w ere b y th e ft T . _ b efo re one w h o h a s g o n e o ver to a sect . . . before an an im al , . - before a m a tricid e . , . b efore a p arricid e , T . b efo re a sla y e r o f one p erfected , . . before, a seducer o f a nun . . . b efo re a sch ism atic * - * b efore a sh ed d er o f (a T ru th -fin d ers} blood * . - before a h erm ap h rod ite,3 W h o e v e r sh ou ld (so) recite it, th ere is an offence o f w ro n g doing. 1 | 3 || " M o n k s, O b se rv a n ce sh ou ld n o t b e carried o u t b y d eclarin g th e en tire p u r ity o f one on p ro b a tio n 4 unless th e assem bly has n o t risen. A n d , m onks, O b serva n ce sh o u ld n ot be carried
1 1 9 * P r o b a b ly referrin g t o P 5 c. L X I X . S e e iii. aS, a . 4, A s in M V . II - 2 2 . 3 a b o v e . A s in M V , I I . 2 2 . 3 ab ove* pdrivasika., R u le s lo r m o n k s u n d e r p ro b a tio n d e ta ile d in C V , XI., II I.
36-4]
M A H A V A G G A
I I
o u t on a n on -O b servan ce d a y unless th e O rd er b e u n a n im o u s/ 'J If 4 II 36 i| T h e T h trd P o rtio n fo r R e p e a tin g in the Sectio n on O bservance* In this Section are e ig h ty -s ix ite m s. T h is is its k e y :
O th e r sects a n d B im bisara* th e y a ssem b led to g e th e r in silence* on dhammat in p riv a te , on th e P a tim o k k h a , d a ily , th e n ce fo rth onceP A c c o rd in g to assem bly* fo r a ll to g e th e r, b ein g a ll to g eth e r, a n d M a d d a k u cch i, a b o u n d a ry, e x te n siv e , a b o u t a rive r, su cce ssiv e, tw o 3 an d sm all ones, N e w ly o rd ain ed (m onks), a n d th en in R a ja g a h a , a b o u n d a ry (as a p lace w h ere a m onk) is n ot a w a y from {his robes), in a g reein g first on th e b o u n d a ry , a fte rw a rd s on ab o lish in g th e boundary* W h en n o t a g reed u p o n a v illa g e boundary* th e th ro w in g of w a te r in river, sea, la k e, th e y com bin ed , an d lik e w ise th e y placed w ith in , H o w m a n y ? (form al) acts, re cita l, sa v a g e s, and if th e re is n ot, dhamma, d iscip lin e, th e y th re a te n ed , a g a in a th re a t to discip lin e. R ep ro o f, if le a v e is g iv e n , a p ro te st ag ain st w h a t is n o t [eg ally v a lid , m ore th a n fo u r or five, opinion, in te n tio n a lly , and if he w o u ld e x e rt him self, W ith la y m e n , unbidden, in C o d a n a (v a tth u ), he d id n o t know , several d id n o t kn o w , im m e d ia te ly , an d If he should n o t go, W h ic h ? h o w m a n y ? a n d to an n o u n ce a t a d ista n c e , he did n ot rem em ber, soiled, a seat* a lig h t, d is ta n t p a rts, a n o th e r w h o h as h eard m uch, Im m e d ia te ly , O bservan ce d a y an d th e rains, a n d a (form al) a c t o f en tire p u rity , relatio n s, G a g g a , fo u r and th re e , tw o a n d one, an offence, co lle ctiv e (offence), he rem em bered,
1 S ec J iV * X . L4,
182
BO O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
T h e w h ole O rd er, d o u b tfu l, t h e y d id n ot kn o w , one w h o has h eard m uch, a larger, a like, a sm aller (num ber), and w hen th e a ssem b ly h a s n o t risen. S o m e h a v e risen, a ll, a n d th e y k n o w , th e y are d o u b tfu l. T h o se (acting) b a d ly sa y , ' In d eed it is a llo w a b le kn o w in g, seein g, a n d th e y hear. L e t th e m com e i f (a m onk) is resid in g, th e four (sets of) fifteen (cases) again , th e first d a y o f a fo rtn ig h t (and) th e fifteen th , b o th com m u n io n s (by) m ark. O ne on probation, (and) a non -O bservan ce d a y , unless the O rd er be unanim ous. T h ese p a rtitio n e d k e y s are n eeded for d istin guishin g the item s. [136],
T H E G R E A T D I V I S I O N (M A H A V A G G A ) I I I A t one tim e th e a w a k e n e d on e, th e L o rd w a s s ta y in g a t R a ja g a h a in th e B a m b o o G ro v e a t th e squirrels* feed in g p lace. N o w a t th a t tim e (the use of) a rains-residence for m on ks h a d n o t com e to b e la id d o w n b y th e Lord* S o these m o n ks1 w a lk e d on to u r d u rin g th e c o ld w e a th e r a n d th e h o t w e a th e r a n d th e rains. \ \i | | P eo p le Looked dow n upon, criticise d , sp rea d it a b o u t, sa y in g : t( H o w can th ese recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s , w a lk on to u r d u rin g th e co ld w ea th er an d th e h o t w ea th e r an d th e rain s, tra m p lin g d o w n th e cro p s and grasses, in ju rin g life th a t is on e-facu ltied a n d b rin g in g m a n y sm a!l creatu res to d estruction * ? S h a ll it b e th a t th o se m em b ers o f o th e r sects, whose ru les are b a d ly k e p t, c lin g , to a n d p repare a rainsresidence, shall i t be th a t th ese birds, h a v in g m ad e their nests in th e tree-to p s, c lin g to a n d p repare a rain s-resid en ce,3 w h ile th e se recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s w a lk on a to u r d u rin g th e c o ld w e a th e r an d th e h o t w e a th e r an d th e rain s, tra m p lin g dow n th e crops a n d grasses, in ju rin g life th a t is on e-facu ltied and b rin g in g m a n y sm all c rea tu re s to d e stru c tion ? ** \\z | | M onks heard these p eo p le w h o - . . sp read it about- T hen these m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , T hen th e L o rd , on th is occasion, in th is connection* h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , ad dressed th e m o n ks, sa y in g : " I a llo w y o n , m onks, to en ter upon th e ra in s ,"4 |j 3 [j 1 [| T h en i t occurred to these m o n k s : N ow , w hen sh o u ld the rains b e en tered upon ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd .
1 te *dha b h i k k h u , V A . 10 67 -sciys thsit idh& is o n ly a Conjunction. ; th is is borne o u t b y th e several v_ !/. g iv e n a t V i n . i. 376. 1 C f. V in iv* 2^6 (B,D^ iii* 320) w h ere i t Ls m a d e a- p a d ttiy a for n un s t o w a lk on to u r d u rin g t h e rains. 1 Quoted. A A + ii* 97.
* vassa$*t ufiaganium.
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
H e s a i d : * I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, to e n te r upon th e rain s in th e ra in y season 1/ ' || i || T h e n it occu rred to th ese m o n k s : " N o w , how m a n y (periods) are th ere fo r b e g in n in g th e ra in s1 ? T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e Lord- H e sa id : M on ks, th ere a re these tw o (periods) fo r b e g in n in g th e r a in s : th e earlier and th e later. T h e earlier m a y b e en tered upon th e d a y a fte r (the fu ll m oon of) A sa lh l, th e la te r m a y b e e n tered upon a m o n th a fte r (the fu ll m o o n of) A salh l.* T h ese, m onks, are th e tw o (periods) fo r beg in n in g the r a in s ." || 2 \ \ 2 |[ [ 137] N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m onks, h a v in g entered up o n th e ra in s, w a lk e d on to u r d u rin g th e rains. People * * . spread it a b o u t, sa y in g ; " H o w ca n these recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s, w a lk on to u r d urin g th e cold w e a th e r and th e h o t w e a th e r a n d th e rain s, tra m p lin g dow n - (as in 1, 2) . . . b rin g in g m a n y sm all creatu res to d estru ctio n ? p || 1 ]] M onks heard these people w h o , * spread it a b o u t. T h o se w h o w ere m od est m o n k s . * , sp read i t a b o u t, sa y in g : " H o w ca n th is gro u p of s ix m o n ks, h a v in g en tered upon th e rains, w a lk on to u r d u rin g th e rain s ? ,J T h en these m onks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord . T h en th e L o rd , on th is occasion, in th is co n n ectio n , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , addressed the m o n ks, s a y i n g : " M o n k s , h a v in g en tered -u p o n th e rains, b u t n o t h a v in g k e p t eith er th e first th ree m o n th s o r th e last th re e m o n th s, one should n o t set o u t on tour. W h o e v e r sh o u ld (thus) set o u t, th e re is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g ." II* II 3 || N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m onks d id n o t w a n t to e n te r upon th e rains. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e s a i d : " M onks, one sh ou ld n ot n o t en ter upon th e rains. W h o e v e r sh o u ld n o t en ter upon (them ), there is an offence o f w rong-doing/* || 1 | J
1 v&ss&na* C f. V in . iv , 74, io o , 286, Vass&na,. th e r a in y season, lasts fo r f o n t m o n th s, V ossa, sls m e a n in g t h e ram s~retxeat for m on ks, h a d to b e k e p t fo r th ree o u t o f th e fo u r m o n th s o f t h e r a in y season, 1 va&svpan&yikd. S e e i 4 7, n. t t a n d V in . T exts l 299, n. 1. * C f. A . L $ 1. /4 .4 , ii. 9 7 s a y s t h a t th is w a s laid d ow n tw e n t y y e a r s after th e lord h ad a tta in e d en ligh ten m en t. 4 T h ese are tw o o u t th e th ree d ates ior a llo ttin g lod gin gs, Viw- i i 167*
4.2 5.2]
MAHAVAGGA
III
185
N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f six m o n ks, on a d a y fo r beginning: th e rains, n o t desiring to en ter upon th e rains, in te n tio n a lly passed a residence b y .1 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " Monks* on a d a y for b eg in n in g th e rains, a residence sh o u ld n o t be in te n tio n a lly passed b y b y one w h o does n o t d esire to en ter upon th e rains* W h o e ve r should pass one b y r th ere is an offence o f w r o n g d o in g / ' |[ 2 |[ N o w a t th a t tim e K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M agad h a, desiring to po stp o n e th e rain s, se n t a m essenger t o th e m o n ks, s a y i n g : ** W h a t if th e m a ste rs co u ld e n te r upon th e rain s a t th e n e x t full-m oon d a y ? "* T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord* H e s a i d : " I a llo w yo u , m o n ks, t o o b e y k in g s ," II 3 il 4 || [138] T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g s ta y e d a t R a ja g a h a fo r a s lo n g as he fo u n d su itin g a se t o u t o n to u r fo r S a v a tth l. W a lk in g on tourj in due course he a rriv e d a t S a v a tth l. T h en th e L o rd sta y e d th ere in S a v a tth l in th e J e ta G ro v e in A n a th ap irt^ ik a's m o n a stery. N o w a t th a t tim e in th e K o s a la c o u n try a la y follow er, U d e n a ,3 h a d h a d a d w ellin g -p la ce b u ilt for an O rd er-4 H e se n t a m essenger to m o n ks, sa y in g : " L e t th e re ve red sirs com e ; I w a n t to g iv e a g ift a n d to h e a r dhamma and to see th e m o n k s ." || 1 || M onks sp oke th u s : " I t is la id d o w n b y th e L o rd , sir, th a t one sh ould n ot set o u t on to u r, h a v in g entered up o n the rains and n o t h a v in g k e p t th e first th ree m o n th s o r th e la st three m onth s. L e t U d en a, th e layfoLlow er, w a it u n til th e m onks h a v e k e p t th e rain s ; w h en th e y h a v e finished th e rains th e y w ill go. B u t if th e re is som eth ing u rg en t to be d o n e ,5 le t him establish * th e d w ellin g-p lace in th e presence o f resident m onks w h o a re a lre a d y there..7'* \ \ 2 jj
1 dv a sam a tikka tn a n ti. * jutthe, e x p la in e d a t V A . r06S a s m o n th , a n d w o u ld therefore m ean a t t h e n e x t period {a m on th l&ter) fo r b e g in n in g th e rruns-retreat. T h is seem s a b e tte r in terp re ta tio n ju n h e h ere th a n does t h e .JVE.-D/s ,Jb r ig h t fo r tn ig h t o f th e m o n th *p . CJ. h&fe a n d j'xtnhe bcl-ow, p. 2 3 1 s H eard now here b u t h ere I t h in k * C /. Viff. iv . 287 (B .D * iii. 302), w h ere "'s. ce r ta in la y fo llo w e r * ' d id lik e w ise a n d w an te d to g iv e r o b e -m a te ria l t o both, t h e O rders. 1 accdyiha harG\tlyat t i.D . ii. 1 5 1 , n. 6 for xpl& n ation a n d references. 1 patHthdpeHt* A t V iit . Lv, 2S7 th e r e w as a " fe s tiv a l for th e d w ellin g -p la ce *% b u t patitthjipcti p r o b a b ly d o es n o t im p ly this* * tn tlh ' eva .
BO O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
T h e la y fo llo w e r, U d e n a , , * _ spread it about, s a y in g : " H ow can these revered sirs, w h en sent fo r b y m e, not com e, for T am ^ b e n e fa cto r, a builder*1 a su p p o rter o f the O rd er ? " M onks h eard th e la y fo llo w e r, U d en a , as he . . , sp read it a b o u t T h en th ese m o n k s to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord* || 3 || T h e n th e L o rd on th is occasion, h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , addressed th e m o n ks, sa y in g ; ,r I allow yo u , m on ks, to g o if y o u are sent for b y seven (classes o f people), and if th e business can be done in seven d a y s, b u t n ot if y o u are n ot sent for : b y a m o n k , a nun, a p ro b atio n er, a n ovice, a w om an n o vice, a la y fo llo w e r, a w om an la yfo llo w er. I a llo w yo u , m onks, to g o if y o u are se n t for b y th ese (seven classes o f people) an d If th e business can b e d one in seven d a ys, b u t not if y o u are n ot sen t for. T h e retu rn should be m ade in seven d a y s. || 4 |j T h is is a case, m onks, w here a d w ellin g-place for an O rd er oom es to h a v e been b u ilt b y a la yfo llo w er. I f he should send a m essenger to m onks, sa y in g : r L e t the revered sirs com e, I w a n t to g ive a g ift and to hear dhamwut and to see th e m onks yo u should g o , m on ks, if yo u are sent for and if th e business can be done in seven d a y s, b u t n ot If yo u are n ot sent for. T h e retu rn sh o u ld be m ade in seven day's. || 5 [} T h is is a case, m onks, w here a c u rv e d house* fo r an O rd er com es to h a v e been b u ilt b y a la y fo llo w e r , . - a lo n g ho u se2 _ _ . a m an sio n 2 . . - a cave * * a c e ll3 . * , a p orch . * . an atten d an ce h a ll4 . . . a fire-fiall . * * a h u t fo r w h a t is allowable , * * a p r iv y * , a p la ce fo r p a cin g up and dow n in* . . . a hall in th e place for p a c in g up a n d dow n in 7 . . . a w ell . . . a hall a t th e w ell . . . a bath ro o m [ 139] . . . a hall In the bath room , . . a lo tu s pond _ . _ a shed . * * a m o n a ste ry 8 * * * a site fo r a m o n a ste ry com es to h a v e been b u ilt b y a la y lo llo w er. I f he should send a m essenger to m o n k sP s a y i n g :
a w orker a n d a d oer o f good w orks. * Cf> a b o v e , p H 75* * T h is occurs a g a in a t t'm . iL 155 w ith all c x c e p t th e la s t tw o of th e fo llo w in g bu ild in gs. * upatthdnasAiS. See S . D . ii. 194, n r 4, * kappiy&kutl. C f - sam e wo-rd a t Vi n. ii. 15-9, i t i d see kappiyabh&m i a t V in - i. 239 (below , p . 328,) N o te th a t t b i s is replaced in \\9 \ \ *>7 '* k itch e n M , * caithama, m o n k 's w alk . S e e C V . V . 14 . 2, 3,.
1 h&raka* also
canhatt*anatUa+
drar?iat tra n sla te d " p a r k ** in || g f ] below .
See fl-J?. ii. 2( n r
5.69]
M A H A V A G G A
III
' L e t th e re ve red sirs com e, I w a n t to g iv e a g ift and to b e ar dhamma and to see th e m on ks ^ yo u sh ou ld g o , m on ks, if y o u are sen t fo r a n d i f th e business ca n b e done In seven days* b u t n ot if y o u are n o t se n t for. T h e re tu rn sh ou ld be m ade in seven days* | | 6 [\ T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere a d w ellin g-p lace . . . a cu rved house * . . a lo n g house . . . a site fo r a m o n a ste ry { = ]| 6 ||) . . . for several m o n ks, * . . fo r one m o n k com es to h a v e been b u ilt b y a la y fo llo w e r , . . T h e retu rn sh o u ld b e m ad e in seven d a y s. || 7 || cr T h is is a case, m o n k s w here a d w ellin g -p la ce * , , a site for a m o n a stery1 fo r an O rd er o f nuns, . . . fo r several nuns , . , fo r one nun , , . for se v e ra l p ro b atio n ers . * fo r one probation er . , . for several n o vices . . * fo r one n o vice . * * for several w om en n ovices , , - for one w o m an n o vice com es to h a v e been b u ilt b y a la y fo llo w e r. I f he sh o u ld send a m essenger to m o n k s2 sa y in g : * L e t th e re v e re d sirs com e, I w a n t t o g iv e a g ift and t o hear .dhamma and to see th e m o n ks yo u sh ould go, m onks, if yvu are sen t fo r a n d if th e business can be done in seven d a ys, b u t not if yo u are n ot sen t for. T h e retu rn should b e m ad e in seven d a y s. || 8 |] " T h is is a case* m onks, w h ere a d w ellin g com es to h ave been b u ilt b y a la y fo llo w e r fo r h im se lf . . . a sleeping-room , . a sta b le 3 . . . a w a tc h -to w e r4 . . . a q u a d ran g u lar building* . * . a shop . . . a hall fo r a shop . , . a lo n g house . - . a m ansion , . a c a v e . , . a cell . . . a porch , . . an a tte n d a n c e hall . . . a fire h a ll . a kitchen . . . a p r iv y . + . a p la ce for p a cin g up an d dow n in . . . a hall in th e p la ce fo r p a cin g up a n d dcn^n in . . . a w e l l . * _a hall a t the w e l l . . . . . . a bathroom : . . a hall in th e b a th ro o m , . * a lo tu s pond
1 S am e a s th e edifices given, in || 6 t| . e x c e p t for th e p r iv y , b a th ro o m and h a il in a bathrtxjfm, th e tw o form er of \vhich n u n s are n o t t o u se (Vm_ 11. 2S0). JEdd* V in. T e x ts [.'304, n. 3 s a y t h a t t h e y th in k th e tw o cases referring t o women, n o v ic e s should b e excep ted * * A p p a r e n tly m o n k s h a d t o a c c e p t R ifts on b e h a lf oi th e nuns. 1 -udd&stia, S e e S .L > . ii. l 6 h n. a, iJ.Z>. iii. 1 7 7 . n. 2. * a-ftfip see -Z?.L ii. 16. n. 3. M en tion ed also, w ith t h e n e x t {maia)a s a *' lo d g in g ** a t D A 209. * tnaia, see B .D , ii, j6 . n + 4. * r&s&v&tlj J p possessing fla vo u rs > p . V e r y lik e ly th e w ord occurs nowhei'e b u t b-ere. V A , 1068 c a lls it bhaitageha, food -h ou se, perh ap s '* larder "+ I t rep la ces th e kappiyakutt, h u t for w h a t is allowable^ w hich in I I I . 5 .6 a la y follow er m a y b u ild for a n O rder.
tSS
BO O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
* . . a shed . . * a p a r k 1 . * , a site for a p a r t co m es to h a v e been b u ilt b y a la y fo llo w e r for him self, or th ere com es to be his so n s m a rria g e, or th ere co m es to be his d a u g h te r's m arriage t or he becom es i llr or he sp eaks a w ell know n dis course.2 I f h e sh o u ld send a m essenger to m o n ks, sayin g ; ' L e t th e revered sirs com e, th e y w ill m a ste r this discourse before th is [140] discourse falls in to o b livio n ' ; or if he has som e business, so m eth in g to be done, a n d sh ould send a m essenger t o m o n ks, s a y i n g : - L e t th e re ve red sirs com e, I w a n t to g iv e a g ift and to heir dhamma a n d to see the m on ks ^ y o u sh ou ld g o , m onks, if yo u are sent fo r and if th e business c a n b e done in seven d a y s, b u t not If yo u are n o t sent for* T h e retu rn sh o u ld b e m ade in seven d a ys.
II 9 II _
'* T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere a d w ellin g-place fo r an O rder com es to h a v e b een b u ilt b y a w om an la yfo llo w er. I f she should send a m essenger to m onks, sa y in g : ' L e t the revered sirs com e, I w a n t to g iv e a g ift and to hear dha?nma an d to see th e m onks \ y o u sh ould go, m onks, if yo u are sen t fo r and if th e business can b e done in seven d a v s t b u t not if yo u are n ot sent for* T h e return should be m ad e in seven d a y s
II 1 0 II
" T h is is a case, m onks, w here a cu rve d house fo r an O rd er com es to h a v e been b u ilt b y a w om an la y fo llo w e r . - . { t! 6 [ ] ) . . , a f r a m o n a ste ry com es to h a v e been b u ilt fo r an O rd er b y a w o m an layfo llo w er. I f she should sen d a m essenger . * . ( = | | id ||) . . . T h e return should be m ade in seven d a y s. ]| i i ]| ,c T h is is a caser m on ks, w h ere a d w ellin g-place - . - a site for a m o n a ste ry for several m o n k s * * * fo r one m onk . . , for an O rd er o f nuns . . . fo r several nuns . . + for one nun * * * fo r several p ro b atio n ers * , * fo r one p ro b atio n er . * . fo r several n o vices , . , fo r one n o vice * . . for several w om en n ovices . . _ fo r one w om an n o vice com es to h a v e been built b y a w o m an la yfo llo w er. I f she should send a m essenger . . ( = || 8 ||) . . * T h e return should be m ade in seven d ays. " T his is a case* m onks, w here a d w ellin g-place com es to h a v e been b u ilt b y a w om an layfo llo w e r for h erself * . 1 nr am a, a.Lso m eaning1 a mon^-st^ry.
* stftianta.
5 , 12 6.2]
MA H A V A G G A
III
^ |j) + . , or if she co m es t o be ill, or if she sp eaks a w ell know n d iscourse. I f she sh o u ld send a m essen ger to m o n ks, s a y in g : ' L e t th e m a ste rs com e, a n d th e y w ill m a ste r this discourse before th is discourse fa lls in to o b livio n J, or if she h a s som e business* so m eth in g to b e done, a n d sh ould sen d a m essenger to m onks* sa y in g : * L e t th e m asters com e, F w a n t to g iv e a g ift and to h ear dkamma and to see th e m onks \ yo u should g o , m on ks, if yo n a rc sent for and if th e bu sin ess can be done in seven d a y s , but n ot if y o u are n ot sent for. T h e retu rn sh ou ld be m ad e in se ve n d a y s. |j r2 || ,J T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a d w e llin g -p la ce . . , ( =I I 8 ||} - . . a site for a m o n a ste ry fo r an O rd er , . * fo r se v e ra l m onks, , . . for one m o n k . * fo r an O rd er o f nuns . . fo r several nuns . * * fo r one n u n . * * for se v e ra l pro b atio n ers * . . fo r one p ro b a tio n e r , . . for seve ra l n o v ic e s . . . fo r one n o vice [141] . * , fo r several w o m en n o v ic e s . . . fo r on e w om an n o vice . * . for him - (ber-) s e lf is b u ilt b y a m o n k , , Ha nun , , . a p ro b a tio n er . , , a n o v ice - * * a w om an novice* I f he (she) sh ou ld sen d a m essenger to m o n ks, s a y i n g : * L e t th e revered sirs {m asters) com e, I w a n t to g iv e a g ift a n d to hear dkamma an d to see the m o n k s \ yo u should go^ m on ks, if y o u are sent fo r and if th e business can be d o n e in seven d a y s, but n o t if yo u are not sen t for. T h e return should be m ad e in se ve n d a v s / II 13 t! 5 II N o w a t th a t tim e a certain m o n k ca in e to be ill. H e sen t a m essenger to m onks, s a y in g : J( I , n o w , am ill* le t m o n ks com e, I w a n t m on ks to com e F J. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to the L o rd , H e s a i d : " I allow y o u , m o n ks, tn go e ve n if not sent fo r, all th e m ore if sen t for, a n d if th e business can be done in seven d a y s, to fiv e (classes o f people) : to a m o n k, a nun, a p robation er, a novice* a w om an n ovice. 1 allow you, m onks, to go to these five (classes o f people) even if not sent for, all th e m ore if sent for, and if the business can b e done in seven d a y s. T h e retu rn sh o u ld be m ade in seven d ays. || i j| " T h is is a case* m onks, w here a m onk com es to be ill. I f he sh o u ld send a m essenger to m onks, sa y in g : * I, now, am ill, le t m onks com e, I w a n t m onks to com e \ yo u should
190
BO O K
OF
D ISC IP L IN E
go, m o n ks, even i f not sent fo r, all the more if sent for, and if th e business can be done in seven d a ys, th in k in g : ' 1 w ill lo o k a b o u t for a m e a l for the in valid , or I w ill lo o k a b o u t for a m eal fo r th e one w h o is tending th e in valid , or 1 will look a b o u t fo r m ed icin e for th e in valid , o r I w ill a sk (after) him 1, or 1 w ill te n d him \ T h e re tu rn sh o u id b e m ade in seven days* IU B _ T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere d issatisfactio n com es to h ave arisen in a m on k. Xf he sh o u ld send a m essenger to m onk7 s a y in g : D issa tisfa ctio n has arisen in m e, let m onks com e, 1 w a n t m o n k s to co m e \ y o u should go, m on ks, even if n o t se n t for, all th e m ore if sent for, an d it th e business ca n b e done in seven d a y s, th in k in g : f I w ill a lla y his d issatisfactio n or g e t (someone) to a lla y it, or I w ill g iv e him a ta lk on dhamma T h e return sh ou ld b e m ad e in se ve n d a y s, 11311 . . 4 4 T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere rem orse coines to h a v e arisen in a m on k. I f he sh ould send a m essenger to m onks, sa y in g : * R em orse has arisen in m e . . * I w an t m onks to com e ', y o u sh o u ld go , m onks, . . . if th e business can be done in seven d a y s, th in k in g ;: * I w ill dispel his rem orse or g e t (someone) to dispel it, or I w ill g iv e him a ta lk on dktimma*^ T h e retu rn should be m ad e in seven d ays, j! 4 I t " T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a w ron g view com es to have arisen in a monk- I f he [142] should send . . * if the business can b e done in seven d a y s, th in kin g : ' I w ill dissuade him from the w ro n g v ie w or get (someone) to dissuade him . or I w ill gave him a ta lk on dh am m a \ 3 T h e return should be m ade in seven d a ys. || 5 [ ] if T h is is a c a se , m o n ks, w here a m on k com es to h a v e co m m itted an offence a g a in st an im p o rtan t rule an d to d eserve p ro b a tio n .2 I f he should send a m essenger to m onks, s a y i n g : 1 I h a v e co m m itted an offence ag ain st an im p o rta n t rule, I deserve pro batio n , le t m onks com e, t w a n t m onks to com e \ y o u sh o u ld go , m on ks, even if not sent for, a ll th e m ore if sent for, and if the business can be done in seven d a y s,
1 putchdvni, I th in k m eaning to Inquire a fte r his health here (c/, " m on ks a r c in g a fte r ill ones *l. J E 5.D* ii. 341* 399, 402), an d not to "l i s k h im (questions referring to t h e D h u n m a ) " ( a? a t T exts i> 306., a n d w hich is m ore u su a lly paripucchati. C f. M V , I , 25 . 20, ; C V . II . I-S.
6 .6io]
M A H A V A G G A
I JI
th in k in g : r 1 w ill m a k e an effort for p la cin g (him) on p ro b atio n , or I w ill m ake a p ro cla m a tio n , or I w ill b ecom e one w h o com pletes a gro u p '-1 T h e re tu rn sh ould b e m ad e in s e v e n d a y s. 1 1 6 1 1 " T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere a m o n k d e se rve s to be sen t b a c k to th e beginning, I f he sh o u ld send a m essenger to m on ks, sa y in g : f I d eserve to b e sen t b a c k to th e begin n in g, le t m onks come* I w a n t m o n k s to com e y o u sh o u ld go m on ks, even if n o t sen t for, , * , if th e business can be done m seven d a y s, th in k in g : * I w ill m ake an efio rt for sending (him) b a c k to th e b eg in n in g , or I w ill m a k e a p ro cla m a tio n , o r I w ill becom e one w h o co m p letes a g r o u p * T h e retu rn should be m ade in seven d a y s. | | 7 (j " T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a m o n k d eserves inanatta {discipline)3. I f he sh ou ld send a m essenger t o m o n ks, sayin g; * I desire mdnaUa (discipline), le t m o n ks com e, I w a n t m onks to com c y o u sh ou ld g o r m onks, even if n o t sen t for, a ll th e m ore if sent for, if th e business can be done in seven d a y s, th in kin g : J I w ill m ake an effort for in flictin g m a w tta d is ciplin e (on him ), or I w ill m a k e a p ro cla m a tio n , or I w ill becom e one w ho co m p letes a g ro u p \ T h e retu rn sh ould b e m ad e in seven d a y s. |[ 3 || " T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a m o n k d eserves re h a b ilita tio n .4 I f he should send a m essenger , . - th in k in g : T I w ill m a k e an effort for (his) re h a b ilita tio n t o r I w ill m a k e a pro cla m a tio n , o r I w ill bccom e one w h o com pletes a gro u p T h e retu rn sh ou ld be m ad e in seven d a y s. [ | g |i " T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere an O rd er b ecom es desirous o f c a rry in g o u t a (form al) a c t a g a in st a m o n k c ith e r one o f censure or one o f g u id a n ce or one o f b an ish m en t or one o f recon ciliation or one o f su spen sion ,5 I f he sh ou ld send a m essenger to m onks, s a y in g : ' T h e O rd er desires to c a n y o u t a (formal) a c t a g a in st m e, le t m onks co m e, I w a n t m onks to com e y o u sh ould go . , . if th e retu rn ca n b e m ad e in seven d a y s, th in k in g : [143] J H o w th en m a y th e O rd er n ot 1 F o r p[a.cing him on p ro b a tio n , for g r a n tin g or g iv in g it, parivasad&na. fnOidya paikassandrtthor C/* M V . I. 2 5 .-z l ; A n d Vi n. ii. 7, 34, 163, 25. n t C V . I I , 5. 25. 2 1 j C V . I I . 9, 25- 2 * .
A ri. gQ-
C f. M V . I . * C f. M V . L * C f . M V , J,
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
ca rry out a (form al) a ct or m a y chan ge i t to so m eth in g lig h te r ? 1 T h e retu rn sh o u ld be m ade in seven d a y s. j| 10 || * * O r a (form al) a c t com es to fee carried o u t again st him b y th e O rd e r e itb e r one o f censure . . . or one o f suspension. I f he sh ou ld send a m essenger to monks* sa y in g : e T h e O rd er carried o u t a (form al) a c t again st m e * * , I w a n t m onks to com e y o u sh ou ld go m o n ks, , . th in k in g : * H o w th e n in a y he co n d u ct h im self p ro p e rly , b e subd u ed , m en d his w a y s, (so th a t) th e O rd er can re v o k e t h a t (formal) a c t ? n T h e retu rn sh o u ld be m ad e in seven d ay?. | { n |] " T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere a nun com es to b e ill * * * { = I I I . 6. 2) Ii 12 !| * * . , w h ere d issa tisfa ctio n com es to h a v e arisen in a n u n - * , (III. 6. 3) II13 II . . * * * w h ere rem orse com es to h a v e arisen in a nun - + ( = 111. 6 . 4) I I 14 II < . - w h ere a w ro n g v ie w com es to h a v e arisen in a nun . . . ( = 111. 6 . 5) II 1 5 I! . . . . . w h ere a n u n co m es to h a v e co m m itted an offence again st an im p o rta n t rule and to d eserve mdnatia (discipline).2 I f she should sen d a m essenger to m o n k s, s a y in g : * I [144] h a v e co m m itted an offence a g a in st an im p o rta n t rule and d eserve mdnatta (discipline)* le t th e m asters co m e, I w a n t th e m asters to com e y o u sh o u ld go, m on ks, e ve n if n o t sent fo r, a ll th e m ore if sent fo r, a n d if th e business can be done in seven d a y s , th in k in g : ' I w ill m a k e an effort for in flictin g mdnatia (discipline) on her. ' 3. T h e retu rn should be m ad e in seven d a y s, |[ 16 [| " T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere a n u n d eserves to b e sen t b a ck to th e beginning. I f sh e should send a m essenger . - . ( = III* 6. 7) . . - th in k in g : r I w ill m a k e a n effort for sending (her) b a c k to th e b eg in n in g \ T h e return should be m ade in seven d a ys. || 17 ]| T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere a nun d eserves reh ab ilitatio n { = r i l . 6. 9) * - * th in k in g : " I w ill m ake an effort for (her) re h a b ilita tio n \ T h e return should be m ad e in seven d ays. | | 18 |f ^ C/+MV. I. 25. 22. . . .
a "Nuns d id n o t u n d ergo p ro b a tio n , parivdsa ; cf, th e ir S a n g h ^ is e s a s . 3 T h e m o n k d oes not s a y tfciat he will m a k e a p ro cla m atio n o r becom e orte
t o c o m p le t e a. g r o u p ,
6.19 25]
MAHA VA G G A
III
193
" T h is is a case, m onks, w here a n O rd e r b ecom es d esirous o f c a rry in g o u t a (formal) a c t a g ain st a n un, e ith e r one o f censure . * . o r one o f suspension . _ . { = III* 6. i o ) * , , T h e retu rn sh o u ld b e m ad e in se v e n d a y s, |[ rg || " O r a (form al) a c t co m es to b e carried o u t a g a in s t h e r b y an O rd er e ith e r one o f cen sure . . * o r one o f suspension , . . ( a H I, 6, ix ) , . - T h e re tu rn sh o u ld b e m ad e in seven days- |[ 20 || " T h is is a case, m onks* w h ere a p ro b a tio n e r com es to be ill * , . (c/. I l l , 6, 2) . - - in s e v e n d a y s, J j 21 f| " T h is is a case, m o n ks 145] w h ere d issa tisfa c tio n com es to h a v e arisen in a p ro b a tio n e r . * . w h ere rem orse com es to h a v e arisen in a p ro b a tio n er . < . w h ere a w ro n g v ie w com es t o h a v e arisen in a p ro b a tio n er . . . w h ere a p ro b a tio n e r's tra in in g com es t o b e in te rru p te d ,1 I f she sh o u ld sen d a m essenger to m onks, s a y in g : ' M y tra in in g is in terru p ted , le t th e m asters co m e, I w a n t th e m a ste rs to com e \ y o u sh o u ld g o , m onks, even if n o t sent fo r, a ll the m o re if sent for a n d i f th e business ca n be done in se v e n d a y s , t h in k in g : * I w ill m ake an effort for h er to u n d e rta k e th e tra in in g T h e re tu rn sh ould be m ad e in seven d ays. || 22 | J " T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere a p ro b a tio n e r b ecom es desirous o f b ein g o rd a in e d .1 I f she sh o u ld send a m essen ger t o m o n ks, s a y in g ; * I a m desirous of b ein g o rd ain ed . . . I w a n t th e m asters to com e \ y o u sh o u ld go, m o n ks, * . . t h in k in g : * E ith e r 1 w ill m a k e a n effort fo r her o rd in a tio n or I w ill m a k e a p ro cla m a tio n or I w ill b ecom e one w ho com pletes a gro u p **4 T h e re tu rn should be m ad e in seven d a y s, it 33 || ^ " T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a n o vice becom es iU * * . {III. 0L 2) - - - T h e retu rn sh o u ld b e m ad e in se v e n d a y s. II24 I! . . " . . . w here d issatisfactio n . * . w h ere rem orse . . . w h ere a w ro n g v ie w co m es to h a v e arisen in a n o v ic e . . . w h ere a n o v ice becom es d esirous o f a skin g ab o u t h is y e a r 's standing.
1 ku.p\t&msee liL 366. * siAkhdsamddditam.
* W ith th e upasampadg ordination. See IU>+ iii*, In tr+ p< Jtliv fif, * Nuns* wpasuntpaad ordination tak es pla.ee before an Order of moak$. * vassa. S e * above, p + 309. T h is m ust be the technical m eaning of vassarp. pvcchitotjp, which edd. V in . Texts L 310, n, s a y is unknow a to us ".
194
B O OK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
I f he should sen d a m essen ger to m o n ks, s a y in g : - I am desirous o f a sk in g a b o u t m y y e a r's sta n d in g * * * I w a n t m o n ks to co m e \ y o n sh o u ld go . . * th in k in g : * 1 w ill a sk or I w ill e x p la in \ T h e re tu rn sh o u ld be m a d e In seven d ays. j| 25 (j ^ + * . w h ere a n o vice becom es d esirous o f b ein g ordained , * , {as in I I I . 6. 23) , * . T h e retu rn should be m ad e in seven d a ys, || 26 || " T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere a w o m an n o vice co m es to b e ill , . . ( I I L 6, 2) . . . [ 146] T h e retu rn should b e m ade in seven d a y s. |[ 27 || . . * w h ere d issa tisfa ctio n * . . w h ere rem orse * , * w here a w rong v ie w com es t o h a v e arisen in a w om an n o vice * * . w h ere a w o m an n o vice becom es desirous o f a sk in g a b o u t her year's sta n d in g . . . ( I I L 6. 25) * * * T h e retu rn should be m ad e in seven d a ys. j| 28 f| 4t * * . w h ere a w o m an n o vice becom es d esirous o f und er ta k in g th e tra in in g .1 I f sh e sh ou ld sen d a m essenger to m onks, s a y i n g : - N o w I am d esirous of u n d e rta k in g the tra in in g , le t th e m asters com e, I w a n t th e m asters to com e \ yo u should go, m o n ks, e ve n H n ot sent fo r, all th e m ore if sen t for, a n d if th e business can be d on e in se ve n d a y s, th in k in g : ' I w ill m ake an effort for her to acquire th e tra in in g \ T h e retu rn sh ou ld b e m ad e in seven d a y s / 1 || 39 || 6 ][ N o w a t th a t tim e a certa in m o n k 's m o th er b ecam e ill. She sen t a m essenger to her son, s a y in g : " N o w I am ill, le t m y son co m e, I w a n t m y son t o co m e/' T h en it occurred to th a t m o n k ; I t is la id d o w n b y th e L o rd th a t, i f th e business c^n b e done in seven d a y s, one c a n go if sent for b u t n o t if not sen t for to seven (classes o f people) ; a n d , if the business can be d o n e in seven d a y s, to go even if n o t sent for, a ll th e m ore if sen t fo r to five (classes o f p eople)2 ; a n d m y ow n m o th er3 is ill, b u t she is not a la y fo llo w e r. N o w w h a t lin e of co n d u ct should be fo llo w ed b y m e ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to the L o rd . || 1 |[
1 B a la n c in g th e ,T to be ord ain ed " o f probation ers an d maJe n o vices. T h e w om an n o v ic e h a d t o b eco m e a p ro b a tio n er a n d spend tw o y e a r s in tra in in g in th e s ix rules to r p ro b a tio n ers b efo re she co u ld b eco m e ordained. * See a b o ve , p . iflg. * ayan an d i b is m y mother*
7*2. 8]
m a h
v a g g a
III
H e sa id : I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, to go e v e n if n o t sent for, a ll th e m ore i f sen t for, i f th e busin ess can b e done in seven d a y s, to seven (classes o f people) : to a m o n k , a nun, a p ro b atio n e r, a novice* a w om an n o v ic e , a m o th er, a fa th e r. 1 a llo w y o u , m on ks, to go even i f n o t sent fo r, a ll th e m ore i f sen t for, ii th e business ca n be done in se ve n d a y s, to these seven (classes o l people). T h e retu rn sh ou ld b e m a d e in se ve n d a y s. J ] 2 j| T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a m o n k 's m o th e r com es to b e ill. I f she sh o u ld sen d a m essen ger t o h er son, s a y in g : * N o w I am ill, let m y son com e, I w a n t m y son to com e \ y o u sh ou ld go, m o n ks, . * . f III- 0 . 2) , . , T h e retu rn sh o u ld be m ad e in seven days* || 3 || T h is is a case* m o n k s, [ 147} w h ere a m o n k s fa th e r com es t o be ill. I f he sh o u ld send a m essenger to his son, s a y in g f N o w I am ill* Jet m y son com e, I w a n t m y son to com e J, y o u sh ould g o * , . ( = III* 6. 2) * * * T h e retu rn should be m ade in seven d ays. j| 4 || -r T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere & m o n k 's b ro th e r com es to be ill. Tf he sh ould sen d a m essenger to his brother, sa y in g : 1 N o w I am ill, let m y b ro th er come* I w a n t m y b ro th er to c o m e J, y o u should go* m o n ks, if sent for, b u t n ot if n ot sent for, if th e business ca n b e done in seven d ays. T h e retu rn should be m ad e in seven d ays. j| 5 || ' T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere a m o n k's sister com es to be ill. I f she should send a m essenger to her b ro th er, s a y i n g : * N o w I am iii, le t m y b ro th e r com e, I w a n t m y b rother to com e \ y o u should go . . . ( = |[ 5 ||) , . * T h e return should he m ad e in seven d a ys. [ | 6 |j * * T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a m o n k 's re la tiv e com es to b e ill. I f he should sen d a m essen ger to m onks, sa y in g : ' N o w I am ill, let th e revered sir com e, I w a n t th e revered sir to co m e % y o u should go , m onks, if sent for, b u t not if n o t sent for, if th e business can b e done in se ve n days- T h e retu rn should be m ade in seven d ays. |[ 7 j| T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a person liv in g w ith m o n ks1 com es to be ill. I f he sh o u ld sen d a m essenger to m o n ks, s a y in g : ' N ow I am ill, le t m on ks com e, I w a n t m o n k s to
1 b ftik b h u ga tik a . V A r 1069 a n d C m g. edn, read hhatiha ; IM - exp lain s as " a m an (/w m a ) liv in g in on e d w ellin g -p la ce to g e th e r w ith m o n ks F \
BO OK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
com e *t y o u sh o u ld go , m onks, if se n t for, b u t n o t if n o t sen t for, i f th e business ca n b e done in se ve n d a y s. T h e retu rn sh ou ld b e m ad e in seven d a y s . | J 8 [f 7 J | N o w a t th a t tim e an O rd er's d w ellin g-p lace w a s fa llin g to pieces. A certain la y fo llo w e r h a d th e go od s1 re m o ve d in to th e ju n g le. H e sen t a m essenger to m on ks, sa y in g : " I f th e re v e re d sirs w ou ld fe tch a w a y * these goods, I w o u ld g iv e th e m b a c k these g o o d s / 1 T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : I a llo w yo u , m o n ks, to go a w a y on business con n ected w ith an O rd er. T h e retu rn should b e m ad e in seven d a y s / ' \ \ i || 8 j| T o ld is th e P o rtio n fo r R e p e a tin g on Rains-residence* N o w a t th a t tim e in th e K o s a la c o u n try m onks w h o h ad en tered upon th e rain s in a certa in residence cam e to be m o lested b y beasts o f p r e y w h o seized th em and a tta c k e d th em . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e sa id : " T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere m o n k s w h o h a v e entered upon th e ra in s com e to be m o lested b y beasts o f p re y w h o seize them a n d a t t a c k them . T h is is indeed a d an ger,3 a n d y o u sh ould d e p a rt. T h ere is no offence in c u ttin g sh o rt th e rains. T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere m o n k s w h o h a v e en tered u p o n th e rain s com e to be m o lested b y creep in g th in g s w h ich bite th e m a n d a tta c k th em . T h is is in d eed . . . in c u ttin g sh ort th e rains. || x ]| [148] " T h is is a case, m on ks, w here m on ks . , * are m olested b y th ie v e s w h o ro b th em a n d th rash them - T h is is indeed , . * in c u ttin g sh o rt th e rains. T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere m onks . , , are m o lested b y d em o n s4 w h o ta k e possession o f 5 th em a n d sa p th e ir v ita lity** T h is is indeed . . . in c u ttin g sh ort th e rains. j| 2 ||
1 bkaptfxt71 chedapitarn hoti. N o ju stifica tio n for 1 4 h ad a q u a n tity o w o o d c u t a s a t Vi n. Texts i H 3 1 2 . V A . lo& $ exp la in s b y dabbasambhdrabha^kfc*, go o d s fo rm in g a s u b s ta n tia l co llectio n . C f. b h a ^ a k a a t V in , iv , 304 referring t o th e goo d s or " th in g s ,r* p r o p e r ty t h a t som e a n u s w a n te d t o receive from ThullanandAâ b u rn in g d w ellin g. 1 O ld e u b e r g 's t e x t avahoreyyvm ; C iu g - ed n , &vah<%pcyyurj% , * S e e above* p . 148,, w h ere th is a n d som e o f th e fo llo w in g d an gers are e n u m era te d a lth o u g h n o t in q u it e t h e sam e order. 4 pis&ca. N o t a m o n g t h e 1 ten d an gers 1 dvi&anti, ex p la in e d a t V A * 1070 a s t h e y en ter in to th e b o d y *\ * ojatjt haranii, th e y c a r r y off t h e life-stren gth .
9.3 11.x]
m a h
v a g g a
III
197
" T h i s is a case, m on ks, w h e re th e v illa g e o f m o n k s w h o h a ve en tered upon th e rains com es to be b u rn t b y fire and th e m onks g o sh ort o i alm sfood- T h is is in d ee d a danger * , , in c u ttin g sh ort th e rains. T h is is a case, m on ks, w here th e lod gin gs o f m o n k s w h o h a v e en tered upon th e rain s com e to be b u rn t b y fire a n d t h e m o n k s g o short o f lodgings* T h is is in d eed , - , in c u ttin g sh ort th e rains. || 3 |[ " T his is a case, m onks, w h ere th e v illa g e o f m onks w h o h a v e en tered upon th e rains co m es to be ca rrie d a w a y b y w a te r a n d th e m o n ks go sh ort o f alm sfood. T h is is indeed - , . in c u ttin g sh o rt th e rains. T h is is a case* m o n ks, w h ere th e lod gin gs o f m o n ks w h o h a v e en tered upon th e rain s co m e to b e carried a w a y b y w a te r an d th e m o n k s go sh o rt o f lod gin gs. T h is is in d eed a d anger, and yo u sh ould d ep art. T h e re is no offen ce in c u ttin g sh o rt th e r a in s ." || 4 [| 9 [j N o w a t th a t tim e th e v illa g e o f certain m onks w h o h ad entered upon th e rains in a ce rta in residence w a s re m o v e d 1 on a cco u n t oi th ieves. T h e y told th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e said : " I allow y o u , m on ks, to go t o th a t v illa g e / ' T h e v illa g e w a s &plit in two* T h e y to ld this m a tte r to the L ord . H e said ; " I allow y o u , m o n ks, to go w h ere th ere are th e m o re (people)." T h e m a jo r ity c a m e to be o f little faith* not believing. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w yo u , m onks, to go to those w h o h a v e fa ith an d are b e lie v in g / 1 0 x |[ 10 j] N ow at th a t tim e in th e K o s a la c o u n try m o n k s w h o had entered upon th e rains in a certa in residence did n ot o b ta in a sufficiency, as m uch as th e y n eeded, o f coarse or o f sum p tu o u s food. T h e y told this m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e said T h is is a case* m on ks, w h ere m o n k s w h o h a v e en tered upon th e rains do n o t o b ta in a su fficien cy, a s m u ch as th e y need, o f coarse o r o f su m p tu o u s food. T h is is indeed a danger, and th e y should d ep a rt. T h e re is no offence in c u ttin g sh o rt th e rains. T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere m onks w h o h a v e en tered upon the rains o b ta in a sufficien cy, as m uch as th e y
1 w tfh & s i, a ro se, got a p ; th u s , went aw ay,
1 Thcs is
a " d a n g e r to life *\, the ninth d a n g e r listed a t Ttw. i h 113.

P
i gS
BOOK
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
n eed , of coarse or o f su m p tu o u s food , b u t th e y do n o t o b ta in ben eficial food s. T h is is indeed a d a n g er _ . . in cu ttin g short th e rains, |j i } \ " T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere m onks w h o h a v e entered upon th e rain s obtain a sufficien cy, as m uch as th e y need, o f co arse o r o f su m p tu o u s fo o d t th e y o b ta in beneficial [149] foods, b u t th e y do n o t ob tain beneficial m edicines. T h is is in d eed a d an ger . _ _ the rains. T h is is a case, m on ks, w here m o n ks w h o h a v e en tered upon th e rain s obtain a su fficien cy, as m u ch as th e y need, o f coarse o r of su m p tu o u s food* th e y o b ta in beneficial foods, t h e y ob tain beneficial m edicines, but th e y do n o t ob tain a suitable a tte n d a n t. T h is is indeed a d a n g er . * * . in c u ttin g sh ort th e rains* j| % ( J " T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere a w om an in vites a m onk w h o h a s en tered upon th e rains, s a y i n g : ' Com e, honoured sir, I w ill g iv e yo u go ld 1 or I w ill g ive y o u go ld orn am en ts1 o r I w ill g ive y o u a field or I w ill g iv e yo u a site* or I w ill g iv e you a b u ll3 or I w ill g iv e y o u a cow or I w ill g iv e you a sla v e or I w ill g iv e y o u a slave w om an o r I w ill g iv e yo u (m y) d a u g h te r as w ife or I w ill be y o u r w ife or 1 w ill lead an o th er w ife to y o u .1 I f it then occurs to the m onk : * T h e m in d is called q u ick ly-ch an g in g * b y th e L o rd , a n d th is m a y be a d anger to m y B ra h m a -fa rin g \ he should d ep a rt. T h ere is no offence in c u ttin g sh o rt th e rains. || 3 [] " T h i s is a case, m onks, w h ere a lo w class w om an . . . a grow n girl* * . . a eunuch in v ites a m onk w h o has entered upon th e rain s . . * w here rela tio n s in v ite , . . kings , . , th ie v e s . t . m en o f aban d on ed life in v ite a m onk w ho h as en tered upon th e ram s, s a y i n g : ' Com e, honoured sir, we w ill g iv e yo u go ld . . . or w e w ill g iv e yo u a d a u g h te r as w ife or w e w ill lead a n o th er w ife to yo u \ I f it then occurs to the m onk : * T h e m in d is c a lle d q u ick ly-ch a n g in g b y the L ord * . 1 . . . T h e re is no offencc in cu ttin g short the rains. This is a case, m onks, w h ere a m o n k w ho has en tered upon
1 hira fiiiti
S e e & . D . i. z S ( n r
* vaithxt. P r o b a b ly m ea n in g a s ite io r a. h u t o r a dwc]lin.g-place* as In Sangh. V I, V II .
* lahttparittaMa cxtta. For this sentiment, cf. S. ii. 95, Thtig. i i i i ; also tbe expression vibbAariJatifta at It. p, 9 1 ; and lahncittakata, p, i o i h above,
* thuilahum ari ; c f . a b o v e , p . 87, n. 6,
* gavutn,
11.4 8]
M A H A V A G G A
III
th e rain s sees a tre a su re 1 w ith o u t an owner* I f th en it occurs to th e m o n k : * T h e m in d is c a lle d q u ic k ly ch a n g in g . . . * - . * T n ere is no o ffen ce in c u ttin g sh ort th e rains. || 4 || T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a. m o n k w h o has en tered upon th e rains sees several m o n ks striv in g fo r a schism in th e O rd er. I f then it occurs to th e m onk : 'A schism in an O rder is cabled serious b y th e L o rd ,5 1 do n o t let th e O rd er be d iv id e d in m y presence he should d ep a rt. T h e re is no offence in c u ttin g short th e rains, " T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere a m o n k w h o h a s en tered upon th e rains hears 1 * I t is sa id th a t several m o n k s are striv in g for a schism in th e O rd er \ I f th en it occurs to th a t m o n k . . . in c u ttin g sh o rt th e rain*. || 5 | | T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a m onk w h o has e n tered upon th e rains h e a r s : " I t is said th a t several m o n k s in a ce rta in residence are striv in g for a schism in th e O r d e r J. I f it then occu rs to th e m o n k : * N ow these m on ks are m y friends. I should sp eak to them , s a y in g : In d eed , y o u r reverences, a schism in th e O rder is ca lled serious b y th e L ord, please d o not le t a schism in th e O rd er be p rom oted b y th e ven e ra b le ones and if he th in k s : ' T h e y w ill do m y bidding* th e y w i!l a tte n d , th e y w ill g iv e ear \ he should d epart. T h ere is no offence in c u ttin g short the rains* [j 6 ]| " T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere a m o n k w ho h a s entered upon the rains bears : * I t is said th a t several m o n k s in a certain residence [150] are s triv in g fo r a schism in th e O rder I f it then occurs to the m onk : * N ow these m o n k s are not friends o f m ine, b u t those w h o are frien d s o f th eirs are friends of m ine ; to these I shall sp ea k , and when I h a v e spoken to them , th e y w ill sp eak to th e m ,3 sa y in g : In d eed , y o u r re v e r ences, a schism in the O rder is called serious b y th e L o rd * . + * (= II ^ I!) * ' n c u ttin g sh ort th e rains. |j 7 [[ " T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere a m onk w h o h a s en tered upon the ra in s h e a r s : ' It is said th a t th e O rd er in a certain resi dence is d iv id e d b y several m onks \ I f it then occurs to th e m onk : 1 N ow these m on ks are friends o f m ine. J should
* nidki ; store,, hoardings, treasure a t S n a -2S.5, Dhp. 76* A'Au* YE 1 E, 2, q. A t Ja, vi. 79 explained as vdltnciraiiivdsijwt, puttin g on a b a r k dress. C / t the ruling as to picking up treasure (raffia ) a t FAc. L X X X I V .
2A
V i n m iL
J9S, in
speaking
to
D e v a d a t t a .
8 1
t o t h e s c h is m a tic m o n k s .
200
B O OK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
sp eak to th e m , sa y in g f| 6 |() . . . in c u ttin g short th e rains. |[ 8 |] *4 T h is i& a case, m onks, w h ere a m o n k w h o has entered upon th e rains hears : ' I t is said th a t an O rd er in a certain residence is d iv id e d b y several m o n ks \ I f it th en occurs to th e m o n k : ' N o w th ese m on ks are not Iriends o f m ine, b u t those w h o are friends o f th eirs are friends o f m in e ; to these I sh a ll sp ea k , and w h en I h a v e spoken to th em , th e y w ill sp eak to th em , s a y in g : In d eed , y o u r reveren ces, a schism in th e O rder is c a lle d serious b y th e L o rd * . . J ( = |[ 6 j]) . . * T h e re is no offence in c u ttin g sh o rt th e rains. || 9 | ] " T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a m o n k w h o has en tered upon th e rains h ears : I t is sa id th a t several nuns in a ce rta in resid en ce are s triv in g fo r a schism in th e O rd er \ I f it th en occurs to th e m o n k : r N o w th ese n u n s are friends o f m ine, I sh ou ld sp ea k to them , sa y in g : Sisters, a schism in th e O rder 15 called serious b y th e L o rd , please do n o t le t a schism in th e O rd er b e p ro m o ted b y th e sisters', an d if he th in k s : * T h e y w ill do rny b id d in g , th e y w ill a tte n d , th e y w ill g iv e ear \ he should d e p a rt. T h ere is n o offence in c u ttin g sh ort th e rains. || ro | | T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere a m onk w h o has en tered upon th e rain s hears : I t is said th a t several nuns in a cer ta in residence are striv in g for a schism in the O r d e r ', I f it th e n occurs to th e m onk : N o w these nuns are not friends o f m ine, b u t those w h o a re friends of th eirs are friends of m in e ; to th ese T sh a ll sp ea k , and w h en I h a v e spoken to th em , th e y w iil sp eak to them , sa y in g : Sisters, a schism in th e O rd er - + J ( = | | 10 ! ! ) * . . th ere is no offence in cu ttin g sh o rt th e rains. | [ n | | " T h is is a case, m on ks, w here a m o n k w h o has entered upon th e rain s hears : * I t is said th a t th e O rd er in a certa in resi dence is d iv id e d b y several nuns \ I f it then occurs to the m o n k : * N o w these n u n s are frien d s o f mine* I should sp eak to th em , s a y in g : Sisters, a sch ism in th e O rd er . , . ' (= | | 10 ]|) . * * in c u ttin g sh ort th e rains, H 13 f[ T h is is a case - - * hears : ' I t is said th a t the O rder in a certain residence is d ivid ed b y several nuns \ I f it then occurs to the m o n k ; ' N o w these nuns are n o t friends o f mine, b u t those w ho are friends o f th e irs are triends o f m ine ; to
11 ,1 3 12-5]
MAHAVAGGA
III
201
these I sh all sp ea k , a n d w h en I h a v e spoken to th em , th e y w ill sp ea k to th e m , sa y in g : S isters, a schism in th e O rd er * * * r ( s |j 10 |[) , . - in cu ttin g sh ort th e ra in s . [j 13 j| 1 1 |[ N o w a t th a t tim e a certa in m o n k [151] becam e desirous o f en terin g o n th e rains in a c o w -p e n ,1 T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e said : 4f I a llo w y o u , m onks, to enter on th e rains in a c o w -p e n / 1 T h e cow -pen w a s re m o v e d .2 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord* H e said : ,f I a llo w y o u , m onks, to go to th a t c o w -p e n ," || 1 [1 N o w a t th a t tim e, as th e beg in n in g o f th e rains w as a p p ro a ch ing, a certa in m o n k becam e desirous o f g o in g in a c a ra v a n . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e said ; " I allo w y o u , m onks, to e n te r on th e rains in a ca rav an /* N o w a t th a t tim e, a s th e b egin n in g o f th e rain s w a s a p p ro a ch in g , a certain m o n k b e c a m e desirous o f gotng in a b o at. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " I allo w y o u , m onks, to e n te r on th e rains in a b o a t/ ' [| 2 j| N o w a t th a t tim e m onks e n te red on th e rains in hollow trees. P eop le looked dovfti on, criticised , sp rea d it a b o u t, s a y in g ; " L ik e dcm on-w orsh ippcrs/*3 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : M onks, y o u sh o u ld n ot en ter on th e rain s m holiow trees. W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) en ter on th em , there is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g , || 3 || N o w a t th a t tim e m o n k s en tered on th e rains in fo rk s o f trees. P eop le - . . sp read i t a b o u t, sa y in g : L ik e h u n te rs. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " M onks, y o u should n o t e n te r on th e rain s in th e fo rks o f trees. W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) e n te r on th em , there is an offence o f w ro n g d o in g / ' || 4 || N o w a t th a t tim e m onks e n te red on the rain s in th e open air. W h en th e g o d s rained th e y ran u p to th e fo o t o f trees and to th e sh elter o f a nim h tr e e .4 T h e y told th is m a tte r to th e Lord* H e said : M onks, you sh o u ld n ot e n te r on th e rains in th e
1 v aja , V A . 1 0 7 1 e x p la in s a s t h e d w e ll in ." -p la c e o i c o w h e r d s * W o rd o ccu rs
a t A . iii, V i s m . 16 6, 2 7 9 in m e a n in g o f A t C o w -p e n * wtihasi : cf, above p, rg-7, n, a pis&cittska, or perh ap s ab origijiccs. S e e Vin, Texts I. 318 n ., a,n4 C V f V, , 2 V . 27 . 5, C f. pisdea a b o v e , p. 196. * tit w bakosa. K o s a c a n m ean, c a v i t y , t h u s the: h o llo w o f a tr e e , o r i t m ig h t m e a n a s h e a t h o r e n d o s n re * t h u s t lie b e l t e r , t h e c o v c r o f a tre e .
10
202.
BOOK
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
pen air. W h o e v e r should (so) e n te r on them , there is an offence o f w rong-doing/* [| 5 |[ N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks en tered on th e rain s w ith o u t lo d g ings. T h e y suffered from cold a n d th e y suffered from heat. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to the Lord- H e sa id : -l M onks, y o u sh o u ld n ot en ter 011 the ra in s w ith o u t lodgings. W h o ever sh o u ld (50 ) en ter on them , th ere is an offence o f w rong~doing/J I1 6 J ! N o w a t th a t tim e m o n k s e n te red on th e rain s in a c h a rn e l' house. P eople * . . sp read it about, sa y in g 1 J' L ik e th o se w h o b u m corpses f\ T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , He said ; t4 M onks, y o u should n ot en ter on th e rain s in a charnel-house. W h o e v e r , . . w ro n g -d o in g . [] 7 ]| N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks en tered on th e rains und er a su n sh a d e .1 P eop le . + . spread it a b o u t, s a y i n g : " L ik e cow h erd s , T h e y told th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e said : " M onks, y o u should n ot en ter on th e rains u n d er a sunshade. W h o e v e r . * . w ro n g -d o in g / ' || 3 |[ [152] N o w a t th a t tim e m o n ks en tered on th e rains in a w a te r-ja r.1 P eop le . . + sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : " L ik e follow ers o f o th er se tts T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " M onks, yo u should n o t en ter on th e rains in a w a te r-ja r. W h o e v e r . - o f w ro n g -d o in g /' jj 9 || 1 2 || N o w a t th a t tim e an agreem en t cam e to be m ade b y an O rd er in S a v a tth i th a t no one should be allo w ed to go fo rth d u rin g th e rains. A neph ew o f V isa k h a , M igara's m other, h a v in g a p p ro ach ed m onks, a sked fur the go in g fo rth . M onks sp o k e t h u s : " Sir, an agreem en t w as m ade b y th e O rd er th a t d u rin g th e rains no one sh o u ld b e allow ed to go fo rth . W a it, sir, un til the m o n k s h a v e kep t th e rains ; w hen th e y h a ve ke p t the rain s th e y w ill allow yo u to go fo rth . T h en these m onks, h a v in g k e p t th e rains, sp oke th u s to th e n ep h ew of V isa k h a, M igara's m o th e r: " C o m e n o w , sirp go fo rth / ' He sp oke th u s ; " H onoured sirs, if I could h a ve gone fo rth , I
1 thaiU a L 5 th e reg u lar word fo r sunshade* I t ca n m eaa a. ca-tlopy* 1 edit, s o m e l>lg v e s s e l ; user] fo r c o n t a in in g 1 a n d t r a n s p o r t in g w a te r a t
J d . i. QQ. l o t . P e r h a p s a t A n u ra d h ap u ra. th e lo n g b a t b -I ik e s t o n e v e s s e ls s t il l t o b e seen
1 3 .1 1 4 ,3 ]
M A H A V A G G A
III
203
sh ou ld h a v e been pleased. B u t now , I, h o n o u red sirs, w ill n o t go fo r th ." |[ 1 |[ V isa k h a , M ig a ra's m o th er T . - sp re a d it a b o u t, s a y i n g : *' H o w ca n th e m a ste rs m a k e an agreem en t to th e effect th a t no one should b e a llo w e d to g o fo rth d u rin g the rain s ? A t w h a t tim e sh ou ld dhamma n o t b e fo llo w ed ? M onks h ea rd V isa k h a , M igara's m other, a s sh e . . . spread it a b o u t. T h e n th ese m o n k s to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : M onks, a n agreem en t th a t no one sh o u ld b e allo w ed to go fo r th d u rin g th e rain s should n o t be m a d e. W h o e v e r should m a k e (one), th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / ' [j 2 |j 13 ]| N o w a t th a t tim e a rain s-resid en ce b elo n g in g to K in g P a sen a d i o f K o s a la ca m e to b e assented to fo r th e earlier p e rio d 1 b y th e v e n e ra b le U p an a n d a , th e soil o f th e S a k y a n s. A s he w a s going to th a t residen ce, he sa w on th e w a y tw o residences w ith m a n y robes. Tt o ccu rred to him : " N o w , suppose I sh o u ld sp en d th e rains in these tw o residences ? T h u s w o u ld m a n y robes a c cru e to m e / ' H e sp en t th e rain s In these tw o residences. K in g P a se n a d i o f K o sa la * . * . sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g ; " H o w ca n th is m a ste r U p an an d a, th e son o f the S a k y a n s, h a v in g assen ted to o u r ruins-residence, b reak his w o rd ? I s n o t ly in g con d em n ed in m a n y a figu re b y th e L o rd a n d restra in t fro m ly in g e x to lle d ? ** [j 1 |] M onks beard K in g P a sen ad i o f K o s a la as he . * . sp rea d it a b o u t. T hose w ho w ere m o d est m o n ks . . * sp read it a b o u t, sa y in g : " H ow c a n [ 153] th e ve n e ra b le U p an a n d a , th e son o f the S a k y a n s, h a v in g a ssen ted t o a raiias-residence b elon gin g to K in g P asen ad i o f K o s a la , b re a k his w o rd ? Is n ot ly in g condem n ed in m a n y a figu re b y th e L o rd and re stra in t from ly in g e x to lle d ? " | | 2 || T hen these m onks told this m a tte r to th e L o rd . T h en th e L o rd on th is occasion, h a v in g h a d th e O rd er o f m onks co n ven ed , question ed th e ven erab le U p a n a n d a , th e son of th e S a k y a n s, s a y in g : ,f Is i t tru e , as is said , U p an a jid a , th a t y o u , h a v in g assen ted to a rains-residence b elo n gin g to K in g P a se n a d i o f K o sa la , bro k e y o u r w ord ? ,c It is true* L o rd . T h e a w a k e n e d o n e, th e L o rd , reb u k ed him , sa y in g : 1 purimik&ya,
t h a t is,
for
th e first th ree m o D th i o i the r a in y -season.
204
BOOK
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
4 4 H ow can yo u , foolish m an, h a v in g assen ted to a rainsresidence b elo n gin g to K in g P asen ad i o f K o sa la , b re a k yo u r w ord ? F o o lish m an , is n ot ly in g cond em n ed in m an y a figure b y m e and restra in t from ly in g e x to lle d ? I t is n o t, foolish m an , for pleasing those w ho are not (yet) pleased *. / #a n d h a v in g reb u k ed h im , h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , he addressed th e m on ks, s a y in g : |{ 3 | | T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere a rains-residence com es to he a ssen ted to b y a m onk fo r th e earlier period. A s he is go in g to th a t residence he sees on th e w a y tw o residences w ith m a n y robes. I t occurs to h im : - W h a t n o w if I should spend th e rains in these tw o residences ? T h u s w o u ld m a n y robes accru e to m e / H e spen ds th e rains in these tw o residences. M onks, th e earlier period is n ot v a lid for th a t m onk, an d also th ere is a n offence o f w rcn g-d o in g in th e assent114 n , _ . _ ,r T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a rains-residence com es to be assented to b y a m o n k fo r th e earlier period. A s he is goin g to th a t residence he carries o u t O bservan ce o u tsid e it, he reaches a d w ellin g-p lace on th e d a y a fte r th e O b serva n ce d a y , he prepares a lo d gin g, he sets o u t d rin k in g -w ater a n d w a te r fo r w ashing, h e sw eeps a cell, an d , h a v in g n othing to d o , he d ep a rts th a t self-sam e d ay. M onks, th e earlier period is not va lid for th a t m o n k, a n d also th ere is an offence o f w ron g-d oin g in th e assent. T h is is a case, m on ks, * * * ( = ! [ 5 1 1 ) * - he sw eeps a c d 3 , and, h a v in g so m eth in g to do, he d e p a rts th a t self-sam e d a y . M onks . * . in the assent, jj 5 |[ " T h is is a case, m onks, . . . and, havLng n o th in g to do, he d ep arts, h a v in g spent tw o or three d ays. M onks, . . * in th e assen t. f" T h is is a case, m on ks, , - and, h a v in g som eth ing to d o , he d e p a rts, h a v in g sp en t tw o o r three d ays. M onks, * * in th e assent, T h is is a case, m on ks, . . * and , h a v in g sta y ed tw o or three d a y s, he d e p a rts on som e business th a t can be done in seven d a y s. B u t he passes those seven d a y s outside. M onks, . . in th e assen t. " T h is is a case, m o n ks, - , . a n d , h a v in g sta y ed tw o o r three d ays be d ep arts on som e business th a t can b e done in seven
14.6 i i ]
MAHA VAGGA
III
205
d a ys. [154] H e re tu rn s w ith in seven d a ys. M onks, th e earlier period is v a lid lo r th a t m o n k , a n d th ere is no offence in th e assen t, jj 6 |[ T h is is a case, m onks, * . , a n d h a v in g so m eth in g to do b efo re th e In v ita tio n .1 he d ep a rts fo r se ve n d a y s. Monks^ w h e th e r th a t m onk retu rn s o r w h eth er he d o es n o t return to th a t residence, th e earlier period is v a lid fo r th a t m o n k , and also th e re is no offence in th e assen t. || 7 |[ ** T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere a rains-resid ence com es to b e assented to b y a m onk fo r th e earlier period. H a v in g a rriv ed a t th a t residence he carries o u t th e O b se rva n ce , h e reach es a d w ellin g-p lace on th e d a y a fte r th e O b serva n ce d a y * . , * il &-10 || *f T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere a rains^residence com es to be assen ted t o b y a m o n k fo r th e la te r period . A s he is goln^ to th a t residence he carries o u t O b se rva n ce o u tsid e it . . . (the whole passage is identical with || 5-10 || j fo r earlier p erio d read la te r period ; f o r before th e In v ita tio n read before th e k om u di catum dsinP) . . , an d also th e re is no offence in th e a sse n t/' H u l l 141 | T h e T h ird S ectio n : th a t on beg in n in g th e R a in s T h is is its k e y : T o en ter on (the rains), and ju st w h en ? h o w m a n y ? and d u rin g th e rains, and th e y did n o t w a n t to , in te n tio n a lly , to p o stp o n e, a la y follow er, [155] 111, a n d a m o th er, a fa th er, a n d a b ro th e r, th e n a relatio n , a person liv in g w ith m on ks, a d w ellin g -p la ce, and also beasts
1 P a v & r a p d . a c e r e m o n y h e ld a t t h e e n d o f t h e t h ir d m o n th , o f th e r a in s . See M V . IV . '

e I I 5-7 1 1 repeat-ed, th e o n ly d ifferen ce b e in g t h a t th e re th e m o n k h e ld O b se rv a n c e o u tsid e th e residen ce t o w h ich he w as g o i n g ; here he h o ld s it w hen he has arrived.
* Cf. p . 2 3 1, b elow . T h is is th e f u ll m o o n d a y of th e m on th K a t t ik a , and m a rk s th e end o f th e la te r period fo r k eep in g th e rain s, And th u s th e end o f th e lo u rth m o n th of th e r a in y season* See Vi*t. T e x t s L 324* n* 2 a n d D i a l * i. 66, a* i . A c c o rd in g to DA . 139 th e w h ite lotu s, humuda, b lc c m s then*
306
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
o f p re y , creep in g th in g s. A n d so th ie v e s ? an d dem ons, burnt, and in regard to b o th 1, carried a w a y b y w ater, w as rem o ved , a n d the m a jo r ity , benefa cto rsa* A n d a b o u t coarse and su m p tu o u s (foods), beneficial m edicines, a n a tte n d a n t, a w om an , a lo w class w o m an , a n d a g ro w n g irl, a eu n u ch , and a b o u t a relatio n , K in g s , th ie v e s, m en o f ab a n d o n ed life, a treasure, schism s, an d b y w h a t is e ig h tfo ld 3, a cow -pen, and a c a ra v a n , and a b o at, in a hollow , and in a fork* A rains-residence in th e open a ir, an d ab o u t one w ho had no lod gin gs, a ch am el-h o u se, a n d u n d er a sunshade, and these w e n t upon {the rains} in a w a te r-ja r. A n agreem ent* h a v in g assented , a n d O bservan ce d a y s o u tsid e, th e earlier, th e la te r, one should com bin e them a fte r th e sam e fashion*, H e d e p a rts h a v in g n o th in g to d o , and lik ew ise because he has so m eth in g to do, sp en din g tw o or three d a y s 5, and on business th a t can be done in seven d a ys, A n d then g o in g a w a y for se ve n d a y s , w h e th e r he .should retu rn or sh ou ld n o t com e b a ck .
* tadubJtayena:^ W o r d is n o t in th e t e x t . R e fe r e n t* Is to M V , H i , 9 . 3^ w here th e case is tak en ol b o th a v illa g e an d m onks* lod gin gs bein g bu rn t.
daya&a. W ord not in th e tex t, but it probably refers to tlie m inority Who-! because believing, m ay be presumed to have ffivcn aim s to the monk^ M V r I I I . 10* i. Indeed these three headings : ' was removed, and th e m ajotity, benefactors " refer to one anti the same episode, and should therefore not be counted as separate items in reckoning the total of 4 i fifty-tw o items *" In tb U Chapter. * l,e. the eight w ays of making a schism which the monk bears about . M V I I I . I t . 6-t3. T h e first way, which he sees, M V , H I* 11. J , has as its key-w ord the word ,J schisms " which also iacludcs the n e x t heading 'b y w h a t is tigh tio ld
* yathantxyena r e fe r iin g to th e sim ila r perm u tation s, o f e v e n t s w h ich are rep eate d for th e la te r as for th e earlier period o f th e rains. * T h e Cing. reading o f dvihaifharn. is to be preferred to Oldenburg's dythailha ca puna, " after tw o or three days and again ' t as it corresponds
more closely to M V . III. 14* 6, T h e latter, however, m ight be justified by the three cases there mentioned of " tw o or three da ys J > ,
MAHAVAGGA
In th e k e y to th e w o v e n w a y ,2 item s th e
III
207
o rd er1 sh o u ld o b serve
th e
In this C h a p ter th ere are fifty -tw o ite m s .3 [156]
L Gtitarika, sphere, c o m p a s s ; in te r v a l, i.e . t h e in te rv a ls , b e tw e e n t h e it e m s , t h e r a n g e t h e y c o v e r , h e n c s t h e ir o rd e r,

1
tentimagga,
n u m
t h e
w ay
t h a t
is
s tr u n g
i.
o r
w o v e n to g e th e r , so
a t
t h e
sacred
t e x t
or t r a d it io n . a t Vis?n. 99.
* a s a T h is s e p a r a t e r e m
C/ D A .
is
A ! A.
b e in g
2,
a t
Tantib&ad&t
b y (1 ) o m in c lu d e d , ' a s t o
K i. i, 312, tantidJt&m
" '*
b e r
p e r h a p s
a r r iv e d
it t in g
in.
r e g a r d
t o (2 )
l> o - th
"
h e a d in g , m ^ a s
a lr e a d y
u n d e r
b u r n t J< ; {s e e I , 2 3.
t a k in g 2 0 6 ) ;
c* w a s (3 )
o v e d , lin e a n d
a jo r it y ., o n e is t h e
b c n c fa c t o r s
o n e M V ,
h e a d in g I I I ,
t a k in g
h e a d in g
r e fe r r in g '* a s
11.
(s e e t h e m t h e
n. 1 p.
; p * (4 ) 3 0 6 ) t h e
t a k in g ; (5 ) e
s c h is m s , t a k in g (a s h in n a s '*
w h a t
e ig h t f o ld la t e r , (s e e n . e
o n e
b e a d in g c o m (6 ] in b in e
n.
7.
t h e a s
e a r lie r , o n e
o n e 4 p .
s h o u ld 2 0 6 ) ;
a f t e r la & fc
s a m
h e a d in g a n d
f a k i n g M V .
lin e
h u t
o n e
r e fe r r in g
t o
o n -e
t h e
s a m
e v e n t u a lit y ,
I I I .
14.
ZOS
THE
GREAT
D IV IS IO N
IV
A t one tim e th e en lig h te n ed one, th e L o rd w as s ta y in g a t S& vatth i in th e J e ta G ro v e in A n ath ap in d ik a*s m o n a ste ry N ow a t th a t tim e se v e ra l m on ks, friends and associates, en tered on th e rain s in a ce rta in residen ce in th e K o sa la country* T h en i t o ccu rred to th ese m o n ks : " N o w b y w h a t m eans can w e, all to g e th e r on frie n d ly term s and harm onious, sp e n d -a co m fo rta b le r a in y season and n o t go sh ort o f a lm sfoo d ? || i || T h e n it occurred to th ese m onks : If w e sh ouid n eith er ad dress one an o th er n o r converse, b u t w h o ev er sh ou ld retu rn first fro m th e v illa g e fo r a lm sfoo d 1 sh ou ld m a k e re a d y a se a t, should p u t out w ater fo r (washing) th e fe e t, a fo o tsto o l, a footstand* h a v in g w ash ed a re fu se -b o w l2 should se t it out, sh o u ld se t out d rin k in g w a te r a n d w a te r fo r w ashin g ; i u i: W h o e v e r sh o u ld retu rn la s t fro m th e v illa g e for alm sfood, if th ere sh ou ld b e th e rem ains of a m eal and if he sh o u ld so desire, he m a y *at th em ; but if he does not so desire, he m a y th ro w them a w a y w h ere there is b u t little green grass3 or he m a y d rop th em in to w a te r w here there are no liv in g c re a tu re s/ he sh o u ld p u t up th e seat, he sh o u ld p u t a w a y the w a ter fo r (washing) th e feet, th e fo o ts to o l the fo o tsta n d , he sh o u ld p u t a w a y th e refuse-bow l h a v in g w ash ed it, he should p u t a w a y the d rin k in g w a te r and th e w a te r fo r w ashin g, he sh ould sw eep the re fe c to ry , | |3 I I W h o e ve r sh o u ld see a vessel fo r d rin kin g w a te r or a vessel for w ash in g w a te r or a v e ^ e l {for w ater) for rinsing a fte r e v a c u a tio n ,5 vo id a n d e m p ty , sh o u ld set out (water) ; i f it is im possible fo r h im (to do this) he sh o u ld set out (water) b y sig n allin g w ith
1 F ro m here t o M . 1. 207. near th e en d o f
||
4 j| c ft
M Y .
X.
4-
5 ; GV, V III. 5. 3 ;
x T h i s is a r e c e p t a c le for t h e le a v i n g s o i tne&Ls, 4 a p p ah arila , or i ew craps, or no .green grass,. JtlA . 1. 94 e x p la in in g b y tind.nit g r a s se s, a n d r e fe r r in g to F a c r X I .
4 T h is sentence occurs also a t M V . V I - 26 - 6 S . i. iGq. Sit. p . 15, AT. i. 13.

* C / H ;Vf- . ii. 24 2.
1 .4
B]
M A H A V A G G A
IV
209
his han d , h a v in g in v ite d a co m p an ion (to help him) b y a m ove* merit of h is h a n d 1 : b u t he sh o u ld n o t fo r su ch a reason b reak in to sp eech. T h u s m a y w e, a ll together* on frie n d ly term s a n d harm onious, spend a co m fo rta b le ra in y season a n d not go sh o rt of a lm sfo o d .Jr || 4 [ | T h e n th ese m o n ks n eith er ad d ressed one a n o th e r nor con versed , W h o ever retu rn ed first from th e v illa g e fo r alm sfood m ade re a d y a se a t, p u t o u t w a te r fo r (w ashing) th e fe e t, a fo o t stool, a fo o tsta n d , set o u t a refu se-b ow l h a v in g c a s h e d it, set o ut d rin k in g w a te r and w a te r fo r w a sh in g , || 5 | | [ 157] W h o e v e r retu rn ed la s t from th e v illa g e fo r alm sfood* if th e re w ere th e rem ains o f a mea] a te th e m if he so d esired ; if he did n o t so desire he th rew th em a w a y w h ere there w as b u t little green grass or he d ro p p ed th em in to w a te r w here there w ere no liv in g crea tu res, he p u t u p th e se a t, he p u t a w a y the w a te r fo r (washing) th e fe e t, th e fo o tsto o l, th e fo o tsta n d , he p u t a w a y th e refu se-b ow l h a v in g w ash ed i t J he p u t a w a y the d rin k in g w a te r a n d th e w a te r fo r w ashin g, he sw ep t th e re fe c to r y . | 1 6 || W h o e v e r s a w a vessel fo r d rin k in g w a te r or a v e sse l fo r w ash in g w a te r or a vessel (for w ater) fo r rin sin g a fte r e v a c u a tio n , v o id a n d e m p ty , set o u t w a te r. I f it w as im possible fo r him (to do tliis) he se t out w a te r b y s ig n a lin g w ith his han d , h a v in g b y a m o vem en t o f his han d in v ite d a com p an ion [to h e lp him) ; b u t not fo r such a reason d id he b re a k in to speech. j| 7 [ | N o w it was th e cu sto m fo r m on ks w h o h a d k e p t th e rains to go a n d see th e L o rd .2 T h en th ese m on ks, h a v in g k e p t th e rains, a t th e end of th e th re e m onths p a c k e d a w a y th e ir lod gin gs and ta k in g th eir b o w ls a n d ro b es, s e t out fo r S a v a tth L In due course th e y a p p ro ach ed S a v a tth l, the J e ta G rove,
1 At A . i i , 242 says th a t if an y of these vessels is e m p ty, havin g taken it t o a. pond ami washeil it inside and outside, h avin g filtered ^.vater (into i t ) r havin g set it down on the bank, th e y in vite another m onk (to help them j b y a movement of th e hand-. th in k th at hatthaui&arena b y a m ovem ent of the hand p < ) and hatthtiviiaiftghtikeiiii b y signalling with th e hûid ir) fire com plem entary and are used to emphasise the gesturc-langu.age needed in place of speech. T therefore think th a t there should be no cotnma, as in 014?nb$rg'i after hatthauiAareua (there is none a t A/, i. 207) since t h ii makes the passage Teat! ii it is impossible for him (to do this) b y a m ovem ent ol the hand J\ i*e. if he is not able to m ove the vessel single-handed, T h is is of course a possible reading, but it is not elegant Pali an d balance a n d emphasis are lost, * F or following passage, cf, B .D . i. 3^3 t.
210
B O OK
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
A n a th a p in tjik a 's m o n a ste ry a n d th e L o rd . H a v in g approach ed , h a v in g greeted th e Lord* th e y sa t dow n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. N ow it is th e custom for aw ak en ed ones, for L o rd s to exch an ge frie n d ly g ree tin g s w ith in-com ing m onks. |[ 8 [ | T h en th e L o rd sp ok e thus to these m o n k s ; I h o p e th a t y o u w ere w ell, m o n ks, I hope th a t yo u k e p t go in g, I hope th a t, a ll to g eth e r, on frien d ly term s and harm onious, y o u passed a c o m fo rta b le ra in y season a n d d id n o t go sh o rt o f alm sfood ? J P W e w e re w ell, L o rd , w e k e p t go in g, L ord , and w e, L o rd , a ll to g eth e r, on frien d ly term s and harm onious, passed a co m fo rta b le r a in y season a n d d id n o t go short of a lm sfo o d ." || 9 |[ N o w , T ru th fin d ers (som etim es) a sk kn o w in g , an d kn o w in g (som etim es) d o not a sk ; t h e y ask , kn o w in g th e rig h t tim e (to a sk ),^ n d th e y do n o t ask , k n o w in g th e righ t tim e (when not to ask ), T ru th fin d ers a sk a b o u t w h a t belongs to th e go al, n ot a b o u t w h a t d o es n ot b elo n g to th e go al ; th ere is b ridgeb re a k in g for T ru th fin d ers in w h a te v e r does not b e lo n g to th e goal* In tw o w a y s d o a w a k e n e d ones, L o rd s question m o n k sT e ith e r : S h ell w e tea ch dhamma ? or Sh all w e la y dow n a ru le o f tra in in g fo r d iscip les ? JJ1 T h en th e L o rd spoke th u s tn th ese m o n k s : J' B u t in w-hat w a y did yo u , m on ks, a ll to g eth e r, on frien d ly term s a n d harm onious, spend a co m fo rtab le ra in y season an d n ot go sh ort o f a lm sfo o d ? " | | 10 | | " In th a t co n n ection d id w e . L o rd , several friends and a sso cia tes, en ter on th e rains in a certa in residence in th e K o s a la c o u n try . T h en it occurred t o us, L o rd : * N o w b y w h a t m ean s can w c, a ll to g e th e r, on frien d ly term s an d harm onious, sp en d a c o m fo rta b le ra in y season and [158] not go sh o rt o f alm sfoo d ? ' T h e n it o ccu rred to us. Lord : * If w e should n eith er address one a n o th e r2 , , * T h u s co u ld w e, all to g eth er, on frie n d ly term s a n d harm onious, spend a co m fo rtab le r a in y season a n d not g o short o f alm sfood*' So w e. L o rd , n eith er a d d ressed one a n o th er nor con versed . W h o ever retu rn ed first from th e viila g e fa r alm sfoo d m ad e re a d y a seat3 - . . b u t n o t fo r such a reason did he b reak in to speech. T h u s d id w e, L o rd , a ll to g eth er, on frie n d ly term s and
1 As
* As
at
Vin.
L 5-9, 250, iiL 6, 88-89*

||-
in |!
* As
in [j 5-7 j|.
l . I I 14 ]
m a h
v a g g a
IV
211
h arm on ious, spend a co m fo rtab le r a in y season a n d n o t go sh o rt o f a lm sfo o d . || 1 1 \ \ T h e n th e L o rd addressed th e m o n ks, s a y in g : In d eed , m onks, these foolish m en, h a v in g sp en t an u n co m fo rta b le tim e, p reten d to h a v e sp en t a n e q u a lly c o m fo rta b le tim e. In d eed , m o n ks, th ese fo o lish m en, h a v in g sp en t com m union lik e beasts, p reten d t o h a v e sp en t an e q u a lly c o m fo rta b le time* In d e e d . . * lik e sheep* p re te n d to h a v e sp en t an e q u a lly c o m fo rta b le tim e. In d eed , . . h a v in g sp en t co m m u n io n in in d olen ce, preten d to h a v e sp e n t an e q u a lly c o m fo rta b le time* H o w , m o n ks, ca n these foolish m en o b serve an o b se rva n ce o f m em b ers o f (other) sects : th e p ra c tic e o f silen ce P1 \ ] 12 jj I t is n o t, m on ks, for p le a sin g those w ho are n o t (yet) pleased , . .J J H a v in g re b u k ed th em , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , he addressed th e m o n ks, s a y i n g : " M on ks, an o bservan ce o f m em b ers o f o th e r sects, th e p ra c tice o f silen ce, sh ou ld n ot b e o b served . W h o e v e r sh o u ld o b se rv e it, th ere is a n offence of w ron g-d oin g, I a llo w , m onks, m onks w h o h a ve k e p t th e rain s to f in v ite 12 in regard to th ree m a tte rs : w h a t has been seen or h eard or su sp e cted . T h a t w ill be w h a t is su ita b le for y o u in regard to one a n o th er, a re m o va l o f offences3, an a im in g a t (grasping) th e d iscip lin e .4 !! 13 II A n d th u s, m o n ks, sh o u ld one invite* T h e O rd er sh ou ld be inform ed b y an exp erien ced , c o m p e te n t m o n k , s a y in g : 1 H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T o -d a y is an In v ita tio n d a y .* I f it seem s rig h t to th e O rd er, th e O rd er m a y in v ite / A m o n k w h o is an eld er, h a v in g arran ged h is u p p er robe o v e r one sh ou ld er, h a v in g sa t d o w n on his h au n ch es, h a v in g sa lu te d w ith jo in ed palm s, sh ou ld sp ea k to it th u s : 1m
th re e th e y * o l u g & b b a ta , m o n th s. m ig h t h a v e
a
c u sto m C f. th e
o f
b e in g
d u m b sa t a m fo r
(m -u g o ). Ji k e
a c c o rd in g : s w in e , 131. ' in v it e o r
to
V A .
1073,
fo r
m o n k s
w h o d h
d u m b p . to
w h e n
b e e n
s p e a k in g
a b o v e , a m o n k o r
p a ir d r e iu tji, ra in s to a n y a n d h is
te c h n ic a l te rm t e li h im if h e I f
u se d h a s
' o th e rs a t s u s p e c te d a n is
th e to
e n d
th e
b e e n d o it,
se e n so , h e
h e & rd h e
h a v e
c o m m it te d b y s e e in g to it
o ffe n c e s . m a t t in g p la c e in o r
th e y fo r
a n d
a c k n o w le d g e s r id o i it , a n d
o ffe n c e
a m e n d s th e a
b e c o m e s
th e re fo re
p u r e 8
t a k e
O r d e r 's u p
b u s in e s s . fro m a t a n o ffe n c e 1 0 . i P a (o r o ffe n c e s ). w a s C /A p a U i
d p ^ ttx v U tth Q n ^ rtu . M V \ I I .
ris in g
u u ^ t h it S - a t * iii, * a n d
3 - 3 ,
a n d
w itih a s i
T il.
v illa g e
re m o v e d . a t e .g . V in ,
v in a y a p -u r e U k h a r a t d . 1 3 a, iv * 3 j , 277* in v it a t io n * t h is o n e
C /*
tU th a p u rfh h fia ra
d h a .m 'i n a p v t ^ h h h a r a
p a v a r a n d , p la c e s firs t
A T A + a t
i. th e
9 3 e n d
d is tin g u is h e s o i th e ra in s .
lo u r
k in d s
o f
p a v & rc tn a
h e ld
212
B O OK
OF
d i s c i p l i n e
' Y o u r reveren ces, I in v ite the O rd er in respect o f w h a t h a s been seen or h eard o r susp ected . L e t th e ven erab le ones speak to m e o u t o f com passion, a n d seein g I w ill m ake a m en d s,1 A n d a second tim e . . . A n d a th ird tim e, y o u r reverences, I in v ite th e O rd er in resp ect o f w h a t has b e en seen or heard or suspected* L e t th e v e n e ra b le ones sp ea k to m e out o f com passion, a n d seeing I w ill m ake a m en d s/ A n e w ly o rd ain ed m on k, h a v in g a n ^ n g e d his u p p er robe o ver one sh ou ld er * * , h a v in g sa lu ted w ith jo in e d p a lm s, sh ou ld spenk to it th u s : ' H o n o u red sirs, I in v ite th e O rd er [ 159] in respect of w h a t has b een êen . . A n d a second tim e . , . A n d a th ird tim e . . , an d seein g I w ill m a k e a m en d s/ ?t | | 14 \ \1 J | N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks re m a in e d 2 on seats w h ile m o n k s w ho w ere elders, sittin g dow n on th e ir haunch es, w ere th e m selv e s in v itin g . T h o se w h o w ere m odest m o n k s . * . sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : H o w can this g ro u p o f six m o n k s rem ain on seats w h ile m onks w h o a re elders, sittin g dow n on th e ir haunches, are th em selves in v itin g ? J J T h en these m o n k s to ld this m a tte r t o th e L o rd . H e said : " Is it true, as is said, m onks, th a t th e group of s ix m onks rem ain ed on seats . , . w ere th e m selv e s in v itin g ? " I t is tru e . L o r d ." T h e aw ak en ed one, th e L o rd rebuked th em , sa y in g : How* m on ks, can these foolish m en rem ain on se a ts . . are th e m selv e s in v itin g ? I t is n o t, m o n ks, for p lea sin g those w h o are n o t (yet) p lea sed . . / p A n d h a v in g reb u k ed them , h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , he addressed th e m onks, sa y in g : M onks, yo u sh o u ld n o t rem ain on se a ts w h ile m onks who are ciders, s ittin g d o w n on th e ir h au n ch es, a re th em sleves in v itin g . I allowr y o u , m o n ks, to in v ite w h ile each a n d e v e ry one is s ittin g dow n on h is h a u n ch es/' [[ 1 [ | N o w at th a t tim e a certain elder, feeble w ith a g e, th in k in g : " U n til a ll h ave in v ite d " , w h ile sittin g dow n on h is haunch es an d w a itin g, fell dow n in a faint* T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to the L o rd . H e said : " 1 a llo w y o u t m onks, {each one) to sit dow n on his h au n ch es d u rin g th e period un til he in v ites, a n d h a v in g in v ite d , to sit dow n on a s e a t/ ' |[a j] 2 ||
1 I.e. for the oflenec im puted to him and '* seen b y him, * acchjttti. V A . 1074 says they were sitting dov.'n, they did not stand up.
3-1 5]
MAHAVAGGA
IV
213
T h en it occurred to m onks : N o w , h o w m a n y In v ita tio n (days) are there ? T h e y told th is to th e Lord- H e said : " M onks, th ere are th ese tw o In v ita tio n (days), th e fo u rteen th and th e fifteen th . T h e se , m on ks, a re th e tw o In v ita tio n (d a y s)/ '1 ]| 1 |t T h en it occurred to m o n k s : N o w , h o w m a n y (form al) a cts for th e In v ita tio n are th ere ? " T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " M onks, there are these fo u r (form al) a cts for th e In v ita tio n : a {form al) a ct fo r th e In v ita tio n (carried out) n o t b y rule and w hen art a sse m b ly is in co m p lete * . * ( = 11. 14* 2 ,3 ; read act fo r th e In v ita tio n instead o f a c t for O bservance) . . - you* m on ks, sh o u ld train yo u rsetv es th u s T h en th e L o rd addressed th e m onks, sa y in g ; ** G a th e r togeth er, m onks, th e O rd er w ill invite/** W h en he h ad spoken thus a c e rta in m o n k sp ok e th u s t o th e L o rd : < f T here is, L o rd , a m o n k w h o is ill* H e h a s n ot c o m e ." H e s a i d : f< I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to g iv e th e In v ita tio n on b eh a lf o f a m onk w h o is ill. A n d thus, m onks, sh o u ld it b e g iv e n : T h a t til m o n k , [160] h a v in g a p p ro ach ed one monk,, h a v in g arran ged his u p p er robe o ve r one sh ould er, h a v in g sat dow n on his haunches, h a v in g salu ted w ith jo in e d palm s, sh ou ld sp eak thus to him : f i I w ill g iv e th e In v ita tio n , c o n v e y th e In v ita tio n for m e, in v ite on m y b e h a lf/ I f he m akes it understood b y gesture, if he m akes it u n d erstood b y v o ice, if he m akes it understood b y gestu re a n d v o ice, th e In v ita tio n co m es to be g iven . I f he does n ot m a k e it u n d erstood b y g estu re * . * b y gesture and voice, th e In v ita tio n d o es not com e to b e given* || 3 || I f he th u s m anages th is, it is good. I f he does n ot m an age it then, m onks, th a t ill m onk, h a v in g been b ro u g h t to the m idst o f th e O rder on a couch or a ch air, sh o u ld in v ite. I f t m on ks, it occurs to th e m onks w ho are te n d in g th e ill one . . ( = II. 22, 2) - . . th e ill one should not be m o v e d from (that) p l a c e ; th e O rd er h a v in g go n e th ere m a y in v ite , b u t one should n ot in v ite if an O rd er is in com p lete. W h o e v e r should so in vite, there is an offence o f w ron g-d oin g. || 4 (| " If, m o n ks, the c o n v e y o r o f th e In ^ ta tio n goes a w a y th en and there * , * ( = M V . I L 22. 3, 4 ; read In v ita tio n , a lth o u g h
1 C f . M V , IJ, 14 . 1. * Cf. M V . II . 22. I .
I I 2 I!
2X4
BO O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
the In v ita tio n , th e c o n v e y o r oi th e I n v ita tio n instead o f entire p u r ity , a lth o u g h th e e n tire p u rity , th e c o n v e y o r o f th e en tire p u rity ) - . * th e re is a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g fo r th e co n v e y e r o f th e In v ita tio n . I allow y o u P m o n k s, on an In v ita tio n d a y to g iv e th e co n se n t a lso b y g iv in g th e In v ita tio n ; th e y are the O rd er's b u s in e s s / '1 \ \ 5 II 3 !t N o w a t th a t tim e his relation s g o t h o ld o f a ce rta in m on k on a n I n v ita tio n d a y * . . (as in M V. II. 24 . 1-3 ; read In v ita tio n d a y fo r O b servan ce d a y , and gives th e In v ita tio n fo r d eclares his e n tire p u rity , and in v ite s for ca rries o ut th e O bservan ce)
- * - [ l & i ] - ^ It
II 4 E ]
N o w a t th a t tim e five m onks w ere s ta y in g in a certa in residen ce on a n In v ita tio n d ay. T h e n it o ccu rred to these m o n k s : 4f I t is la id d ow n by th e L o r d th a t a n O rd e r m a y invite, b u t w e are (only) five persons. N o w , h o w can w e in v ite ? 11 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord* H e s a id : " I a llo w y o u , m on ks, t o in vite in a n O rd er o f iive_3 [ | 1 j) N o w a t th a t tim e fo u r m onks w ere s ta y in g in a ce rta in residen ce on a n In v ita tio n d ay. T h e n it o ccu rred to th ese m o n ks : " I t is a llo w ed b y the L o rd to in v ite in a n O rd e r o f five, b u t we are (only) fo u r persons. N ow , how can w e in v ite ? J 1 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord, H e sa id : " I a llo w yo u , m o n ks, to in v ite o n e a n o th e r w h en y o u are (only) four* | |2 | | " A n d th u s, m onks, sh o u ld one i n v i t e : T hese m o n ks should b e in form ed b y an exp erien ced , co m p e ten t m onk, sa y in g : ' L e t th e v e n era b le ones liste n to m e. T o -d a y is an In v ita tio n d a y. I f it seem s rig h t to the ve n e ra b le ones, le t u s in v ite one a n o th e r.1 T h e se m o n k s should b e sp ok en to th u s b y a m onk w h o is an elder, h a v in g arran ged his u pp er robe o v e r one sh ou ld er, h a v in g sa t d ow n on his h au n ch es, h a v in g salu ted w ith jo in e d p a lm s ; ' I, y o u r reverences, in v ite th e ven erab le ones in regard to w h a t has been seen o r heard o r su sp ected .
1 CJ. M V + 11. 23 . 3.
* C f . M V . I V . 1 - 14* * T h e p ro ced u re fo r in v itin g a n O rder h a s been. R iven in M V - I V - 1 . 14 an d ia n o t re p eated here. " in v it in g one a n o th e r w h e n th ere are o n ly four, tiir-ee or t w o perso n s h a s n o t y e t been expJained,. aiu l so d ire c tio n s for th e r ig h t m e th o d are g iv e n in t h e n e x t p ara gra p h s. V a r io u s sizes o f s&mghns are p iv e n a t M V t I X . 4 . r* w ith th e form al a c ts t h e y m a y m?i c a r r y o u t. T h is 'whole p a s s a g e -should b e co m p a r e d witJi M V . I I , 26 . m o .
& 3 7]
M A H A V A G G A
IV
215
L e t th e v e n era b le ones s p e a k to m e o u t o f co m p a ssio n , a n d seeing, I w ill m a k e am end s. A n d a second tim e * . . A n d a th ird tim e * . * _ an d seeing, I w ill m a k e am en d s/ T h e se m o n k s sh o u ld be sp o k en to th u s b y a n e w ly o rd ain ed m o n k , h a v in g a rran ge d . , , * L h o n o u red sirs, in v ite th e v e n e ra b le ones in rega rd to w h a t h a s b een seen o r h e a rd or su s p e c te d . . . A n d a second tim e . . - A n d a th ird tim e - - - an d se e in g , I w ill m a k e a m e n d s/ " N o w a t t h a t tim e th re e m o n ks w e re s t a y in g in a ce rta in residen ce on an I n v ita tio n d a y. T h e n it o ccu rre d to th ese m on ks : " I t is a llo w ed b y th e L o r d t o in v ite in an O rd e r o f fiv e persons, an d t o in v ite one a n o th e r w h en th ere are four, b u t w e are (only) th ree persons. N o w h o w c a n w e in v ite ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord. H e sa id : " I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, to in v ite one a n o th e r w h en y o u a rc (only) three* A n d th u s, m on ks, sh o u ld o n e in vite : T h e se m o n k s sh o u ld be in form ed . - I I 3 II) [162] . . . I w ill m a k e a m e n d s/ || 4 \ \ N o w a t th a t tim e tw o m o n ks w ere s ta y in g in a c e rta in residence on an In v ita tio n d a y . T h e n it o ccu rre d t o th e se m on ks : " It is a llo w ed b y th e L o r d to in v ite in a il O rd er o f five (persons), to in v ite o n e an o th e r w h e n th e re are four, to in v ite one a n o th e r w h en there are th re e , b u t w e are (only) tw o persons. N o w , h o w can w e in v ite ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, to in v ite o n e an o th e r w h en y o u a rc (only) tw o . || 5 || " A n d th u s, m o n ks, sh o u ld one in v ite : T h e m o n k w h o is th e e ld e rr h a v in g a rran ge d h is u pp er ro be o v e r one sh o u ld er, h a v in g s a t dow n on h is haunches, h a v in g sa lu te d w ith jo in ed palm s, sh o u ld sp e a k th u s to the n e w ly o rd a in e d m o n k : ' 1 , y o u r reveren ce, in v ite th e v e n era b le o n e in rega rd to w h a t has been seen o r h e a rd o r su sp ected . L e t th e ve n e ra b le o n e sp ea k to m e o u t o f com p assio n , and se e in g , I w ill m a k e am ends. A n d a seco n d tim e . . . A n d a third tim e . _ . an d seein g, I w ill m a k e a m e n d s/ T h e n e w ly o rd ain ed m o n k , h a v in g arran ged h is u p p er ro b e . . . w ith join ed p a lm s, sh o u ld sp e a k th u s to th e m o n k w h o is th e e ld er : ' I , h o n o u red sir, in v ite th e ve n e ra b le one . , t A n d a th ird tim e . - . a n d seein g, E w ill m ake a m e n d s/ " | | 6 || N o w a t t h a t tim e one m o n k w as s ta y in g in a ce rta in residence on an In v ita tio n d a y . T h e n it o ccu rre d to th a t m o n k : fr I t is
Cf 3 I!
2l 6
BO O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
a llo w e d b y th e L o rd to in v ite in an O rd er o f five (persons), to in v ite one a n o th e r . * . w h e n th e re a re (only) tw o , b u t I am alon e. N o w , h o w can I in v ite ? T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . || 7 [ | H e s a id : " T h is is a case, m onks, w h e re one m o n k is s ta y in g in a ce rta in resid en ce on a n In v ita tio n day* M onks, th a t m o n k , h a v in g s w e p t the p la c e to w h ich m o n ks re tu rn an a tte n d a n c e h a ll o r a p a v ilio n o r th e ro o t o f a tre e h a v in g p u t o u t d rin k in g w a te r an d w a te r fo r w a sh in g , h a v in g m a d e re a d y a se a t, h a v in g m a d e a lig h t, sh o u ld s it d ow n. I f o th e r m o n ks a r r iv e , h e m a y in v ite to g e th e r w ith th e m ; if th e y d o n o t a rriv e , h e sh o u ld d e te r m in e : c T o -d a y is an In v ita tio n d a y fo r m e \ I f h e sh ould not (so) d eterm in e, there is a n o ffen ce of w ro n g -d o in g . im " M onks, th e re w h ere five m onks are s ta y in g , fo u r sh o u ld n o t in v ite in a n O rd er, h a v in g c o n v e y e d th e in v ita tio n for one. I f th e y sh o u ld (so) in v ite , there is an offen ce o f w rong-doing* M onks, th ere w h ere fo u r m o n ks are s ta y in g , th re e sh ould n o t in v ite one a n o th e r, h a v in g co n veyed th e in v ita tio n for one. I f th e y sh o u ld (so) in v ite , there is an offence o f wxong-dom g* M onks, th ere w h ere th re e m onks are s ta y in g , [163] tw o sh ould n o t in v ite one a n o th er, h aving' c o n v e y e d th e in v ita tio n fo r one. If th e y sh o u ld (so) in v ite , there is a n offence o f w ro n g-d o in g. M onks, th ere w h e re tw o m o n ks a re s ta y in g , one sh o u ld n o t d eterm in e, h a v in g c o n v e y e d th e in v ita tio n fo r th e other* I f h e sh o u ld (so) d eterm in e, th ere is an offence o f w ro n gd o in g ,'1 ||9 l| 5 H N o w a t th a t tim e a certain m o n k ca m e to h a v e fallen in to an o ffen ce on a n I n v ita tio n d a y .1 T h e n it o ccu rred to th is m o n k : It is la id d o w n b y the L o rd th a t an o ffen d er sh o u ld not in v ite ,* a n d I h a v e fallen ir>to a n offence. N o w w h a t line o f co n d u ct sh o u ld be fo llo w ed b y m e ? " T h e y told th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : This is a case, m o n ks, , . , (cf, II, 27. i r 2 : read In v ita tio n d a y fo r O b serva n ce d a y ). . . W h en h e h a s sp oken th u s, he m a y in v ite , b u t no o b s ta d c sh o u ld be p u t in th e w a y o f the In v ita tio n fro m such a c a u s e . j j I \ \
1 C f . C f I I . 2 7 . i. 22 3,
b e lo w , p -
6 . 2 7-3]
m a h a v a g g a
IV
217
N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k, a s he w a s h im s e lf in v itin g , re m em b ered an o ffe n ce.1 T h e n it o ccu rre d to th is m o n k ; I t is la id d o w n b y th e L o r d th a t an o ffe n d er sh o u ld n o t in v ite , a n d I h a v e fa lle n in to a n offence- N o w w h a t lin e o f co n d u ct sh o u ld b e fo llo w ed b y m e ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " T h is is a ca se , m o n k s , w h ere a m o n k , as h e is h im self in v itin g , rem em bers an offence. M onks, th is m o n k sh o u ld sp e a k th u s to th e m o n k n e x t to h im : f I, y o u r re ve ren ce , h a v e fallen in to such a n d su c h a n o ffe n ce; re m o v in g from h e r e ,2 X w ill m a k e am ends for th a t o ffe n c e / W h e n he h as sp o k en th u s, he m a y in v ite , b u t no o b s ta c le sh o u ld be p u t in th e w a y o f th e I n v ita tio n from su c h a cause* || 2 |( " T h is is a case Tm o n k s, w h ere a m o n k as he is h im se lf in v itin g , b eco m es d o u b tfu l a b o u t a n offence. M onks , . * (cf. M V , I L 27. 5 3) * . - W h e n he h as sp ok en th u s h e m a y in v ite , b u t no o b sta cle sh o u ld be p u t in th e w a y o f th e I n v ita tio n fro m su ch a t$ cause. !l 3 1 1 6 II T o ld is th e F ir s t P o rtio n fo r R e p e a tin g . N o w a t th a t tim e s e v e ra l resid en t m o n k s, five o r m ore, c o lle c te d to g e th e r in a c c rta in residen ce on an I n v ita tio n d a y .4 T h e y d id n o t k n o w th a t th e o th e r resid en t m o n k s h a d n o t a rriv e d . T h in k in g o f th e rule, th in k in g of d iscip lin e, th in k in g th a t t h e y w ere co m p le te , th e y in v ite d w h ile th e y w e re in com p lete. W h ile t h e y w e re in v itin g , o th e r resid en t m o n k s, a la rg e r n um ber, arrived - T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . ]| r | | H e s a id : " T h i s is a case, m o n k s, w h ere se\F eral resid en t m o n k s * . . [ 164] , , . (as in |[ r | | above) . . , W h ile th e y are in v itin g , o th e r resid en t m o n ks, a la rg er n u m b er, a rriv e . M o n k s, those m o n k s sh o u ld in v ite a g a in ; th e r e is n o offen ce fo r th o se w ho h a v e in v ite d .6 |[ 2 |[ " T h is is a case, m o n k s ,. . . o th er re sid e n t m on ks, a lik e n u m b er _ . . a sm alle r n u m b er, arrive* T h o se w h o h a v e in v ite d h a v e
1 C f . M V . I I , 2 7 . 4. * O r, h a v i n g r is e n u p f r o m h e r e . * B o th O ld& nborg, V in * j* 164,. an d V in , T e x is i. 336 c o m p a r e th is p a r t to M V . I I . 2 7 - 4-&f w h ic h w o u ld m ean t h a t a m tm k a lso in v ite d t h e O rd er
collectively*
< C f. M V . II. 28 , w . irtidnattt^ fo r th e ia v ite r a , co rresp o n d in g to t h e
reciters " o i M V ,
2iS
BOOK
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
d u ly in v ite d j th e re m a in d e r sh o u ld invite* an d th e re is no offence fo r th o se w h o h a v e invited* || 3 || MT h is is a case, m o n k s, w h ere se v e ra l resid en t m o n ks, five or m ore, c o lle c t to g e th e r in a certa in resid en ce o n an In v ita tio n d a y . . * W h en th e y h a v e ju s t finished in v itin g , o th e r resid en t m on ks, a la rg er n u m b e r, a rriv e. M on ks, those m o n ks sh o u ld in v ite a g a in ; th e re is no offence fo r th o se w h o h a v e in v ite d . T h is is a ca se, m o n k s, * . . a lik e n u m b e r . . . a sm aller n um ber, a rriv e . T h o se w h o h a v e in v ite d h a v e d u ly in v ite d ; th e y 1 sh o u ld in v ite in th eir p resen ce, a n d th ere is n o offence fo r th o se w ho h a v e in v ite d , |[ 4 || T h is is a case, m o n ks, . * . W h e n t h e y h a v e ju s t finished in v itin g b u t th e a ss e m b ly h as n o t risen . , , ( = H 4 ||) * * . no o ffen ce fo r th o se w ho h a v e in vited . " 'T h is is a case . . . a n d p art o f the a ss e m b ly has risen . * . (= | | 4 ||) . * * no offen ce fo r those w h o h a v e in v ite d " T h is is a case* m o n k s, w here , . . th e w h o le a ss e m b ly has risen, an d o th e r re sid e n t m onks, a la rg e r n u m b er . P . a lik e n u m b e r . * * a sm a lle r n u m b e r, a rriv e . T h o se w h o h a v e in v ite d h a v e d u ly in v ite d ; t h e y sh o u ld in v ite in th e ir presence, a n d th ere is n o o ffen ce fo r th o se who h a v e in v it e d / ' [| 5 | | T o ld are th e F ift e e n C a ses in w h ich th e re is N o O ffen ce. j| 7 || " T h is is a ca se , m o n k s, w here in a ce rta in residen ce severa l resid en t m on ks, five o r m ore, co llect to g e th e r on a n I n v ita tio n d a y .3 T h e y k n o w th a t o th e r resident m o n ks h a v e n o t a rriv ed . T h in k in g o f th e ru le , th in k in g o f d iscip lin e, th in k in g th a t th e y are in co m p le te t h e y in v ite w hile th e y are in co m p lete. W h ile th e y a r c in v itin g , o th e r resident m o n k s, a la rg e r n um ber, a rriv e . M onks, th ese m o n k s sh o u ld in v ite a g ain , a n d there is a n o ffen ce o f w ro n g -d o in g for th o se w ho h a v e in v ite d . || 1 |f ri T h is is a ca se , m o n k s, . . . [165] - . a lik e n u m b er * * . a sm aller n u m b er, a rriv e . T hose w ho h a v e in v ite d h a v e d u ly in v ite d : th e rem a in d er sh ould in v ite an d th ere is a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g fo r those w h o h a v e in v ite d . || 2 ]| " T h is is a case* m o n k s, . * W h en th e y h a v e ju s t finished in v itin g . . . an d th e a sse m b ly h as n o t risen * * . p a r t o f the a ss e m b ly has risen . . . th e w hole a ss e m b ly h as risen, a n d o ther
1 I.c* t h e resid en t m o n k s w h o arriv e 3ate* * C f. M V . I I - 29 .
8 .3 1 1 . 1]
MAHA VAGGA
IV
resid en t m o n ks, a la rg e r n u m b er , , * a lik e n u m b e r . . . a sm aller n um ber, a rriv e. T h o se w h o h a v e in v ite d h a v e d u ly in v ite d ; th e y sh o u ld in v ite in th e ir presence, a n d th e re is an offen ce o f wrong-doing* fo r th o se w h o h a v e in v ite d . \ \ 3 || T o ld are th e F ifte e n C a ses on b e in g A w a r e th a t a n A s s e m b ly is in c o m p ie te w h e n it is in co m p le te. ]| 8 || *f T h is is a case, m o n k s, w h ere se v e ra l re sid e n t m o n k s, five or m ore, c o lle c t to g e th e r on an I n v ita tio n d a y .1 T h e y kn o w th a t o th er resid en t m o n ks h a v e n o t a rriv e d . T h in k in g : ' N o w , is it a llo w a b le fo r us to in v ite o r is it n o t a llo w a b le ? ' th e y in v ite (a lth o u g h t h e y are m d o u b t). W h ile t h e y are in v itin g , o th e r residen t m o n k s, a la rg e r n u m b e r, a rriv e . M onks, th e se m o n k s sh o u ld in v ite again, an d th e re is an offen ce o f w ro n g -d o in g fox th o se w h o h a v e in v ite d | ]1 | | " T h is is a case, . . ( c f I V . 8. 2, 3} . . . th e y sh o u ld in v ite in th e ir p resen ce, a n d th ere is an offen ce o f w ro n g -d o in g fo r th o se w h o h a v e in v ite d , ]| 2 |j T o ld are th e F ifte e n C ases on B e in g in D o u b t. || 9 ||
" T h is is a c a s e p * . , . (as in || 9 ]| 1 jj) . . . T h in k in g , ' In d eed , it Is a llo w a b le for us t o in v ite , it is n ot u n a llo w a b le fo r us J, t h e y F a c tin g b a d ly , invited* W h ile th e y are in v itin g . . * o ffen ce o f w ro n g -d o in g fo r th o se w h o h a v e in v ite d . | ] 1 [| 4 1 T h is is a case*3 , . - (cf. IV- S- 2,3} . _ . th e y sh o u ld in v ite in th eir presence, an d th e re is a n offen ce o f w ro n g -d o in g fo r th o se w h o h a v e in v ite d . \ \ 2 || T o ld are th e F ifte e n C ases on A c t in g B a d ly , ]| tO ]|
* * T h is is a c a s e / - . . [16G] * . , T h e y know th a t th ere a re o th e r residen t m o n ks w ho h a v e n o t a rriv e d . S a y in g : ' T h ese are p e rish in g , th ese are b e in g d e stro ye d , wp h a t g o o d are th e s e to y o u ? ' th e y in v ite , a im in g at a sch ism . W h ile t h e y are in v itin g , o th er resid en t m o n k s, a la rg e r n u m b er, a rriv e . Monks* those m on ks sh o u ld in v ite ag ain , a n d th ere is a g r a v e offence fo r th o se w h o h a v e in vited * | | 1 j|
1 C f. * C f. c f. * Cf* M V . I I . 30 . I I . S I . T. i i ps i. '
I I . 33.
22 0
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
" T h is is a ca se , , * . {cf. IV . 8 3, 3 ; R ead g ra v e offence instead o f offen ce o f w ro n g-d o in g j in the case o f a lik e n u m b e r> a sm a lle r n u m b e r read those w ho h a v e in v ite d h a v e d u ly in v ite d , the rest sh o u ld in vite) * . , th e y sh o u ld in v ite in th e ir p resen ce, an d th ere is a g ra v e offence for th o se w h o h a v e in v ite d / ' || 2 |[ T o ld a re the F ift e e n C ases on a im in g a t a S ch ism . |] 11 [ | T o ld are th e S e v e n ty -fiv e Cases. T h is is a c a s e / * . . T h e y kn ow th a t o th e r residen t m o n k s are e n te rin g w ith in th e boundary* T h e y k n o w th a t o th e r residen t m o n ks h a v e en te red w ith in th e b o u n d a ry . T h e y see o th er resid en t m o n ks en terin g w ith in th e b o u n d a ry . T h e y see o th e r resid en t m o n k s en tered w ith in th e b o u n d a ry . T h e y h ear o th e r residen t m o n ks en te rin g w ith in th e boundary* T h e y h ear o th er re sid e n t m onks w h o h a v e en te red w ith in the b o u n d a ry, " F r o m a h u n d re d an d se v e n ty -fiv e triad s referrin g to residen t (m onks) w ith residen t (m onks) ; to in com in g (m onks) w ith resid en t (m onks) ; to residen t (monks) w ith in co m in g (m onks) ; to in com in g (monks) w ith in co m in g (m onks), th ere com e to be se v e n h u n d re d triad s b y m ean s o f (these) sets.
ii
1 ii 1 2 1 1
" T h is is a ca se , m o n ks, w here th e fo u rte e n th is (the I n v ita tion d a y ) for residen t m o n k s, the fifte e n th fo r in co m in g m onks * - - ( = IT, 34r. x - 35. 5. Read th e y sh o u ld invite* th e y in v ite , on an I n v ita tio n d a y instead o f O b se rv a n c e sh o u ld be carried o u t, th e y c a r ry out the O b serva n ce, on an O b se rv a n c e d a y ) * * > if he kn ow s, * I am abLe to a rriv e th is v e r y d a y \ f] X j| 13 [j M onks, one sh o u ld n o t in v ite in a sea ted a ss e m b ly before a nun . + / 167] . . . || 1 - 3 || _ rf M on ks, one sh o u ld not in vite b y g iv in g th e I n v ita tio n o f one on p ro b a tio n unless th e a ssem b ly h a s n o t rise n ,3 A n d P m o n ks, one sh o u ld not in v ite 011 a n o n - in v ita tio n d a y unless th e O rd er be u n a n im o u s/ ' |[4 [J1 4 ||
1 C f. 11. 33. S e e 1U 3 6 . 1-3. 1 C f. I i . 36 , 4,
15, t 4]
M A H A V A G G A
IV
221
N o w at th a t tim e in a ce rta in resid en ce in th e K o s a la c o u n tr y tfr^re cam e to b e a m en ace from s a v a g e s on an I n v it a tion d a y .1 T h e m o n k s w ere u n a b le to in v ite b y u sin g th e th re e fo ld form ula..2 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I allo w y o u , m o n k s, to in v ite b y u sin g a tw o fo ld fo r m u la ," T h e m en ace fro m th e s a v a g e s b e c a m e e v e n g re a te r. T h e m o n k s w ere u n a b le to in v ite b y u sin g the tw o -fo ld fo rm u la. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : *' I a llo w you* m o n ks, to in v ite b y u sin g a o n efo ld fo r m u la / ' T h e m e n a ce from th e s a v a g e s b e ca m e e v e n g re a te r. T h e m o n k s w ere u n a b le to in v ite b y u sin g th e onefold fo rm u la . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e said : " I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, to in v ite th o se w h o k eep th e ra in s (all) to g e th e r , |j x | ] N o w a t th a t tim e in a c e rta in resid en ce p e o p le w ere giving; g ifts on a n I n v ita tio n d a y u n til th e n ig h t w a s a lm o st end ed . T h e n it o ccu rred to th o se m o n ks : ' c P e o p le are g iv in g g ifts u n til th e n ig h t is a lm o st ended. I f th e O rd er in v ite s b y th e th re e fo ld fo rm u la , th en th e O rd er w ill n o t be in v ite d b efo re d a w n b reak s. N o w w h a t lin e of co n d u c t sh o u ld be fo llo w e d b y u s ? T h e y toJd th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . [ I2 [ | H e said : T h is is a case, m o n ks, * * . (as in |[ 2 |[) . , > b efo re d a w n b re a k s \ T h e O rd er sh ould be in fo rm ed b y a n e x p e r i en ced , co m p e te n t m o n k , s a y in g : ' H o n o u red sirs. Jet th e O rd er listen to me, P e o p le [ 168] are g iv in g g ifts u n til th e n igh t is alm o st en d ed . I f the O rd er in v ite s b y th e th re e fo ld fo rm u la , th e n the O rd er w ill not b e in v ite d b efo re d a w n b reak s. I f it seem s rig h t to the O rd er, th e O rd er m a y in v ite those w h o k e e p th e ra in s to g e th e r b y a tw o fo ld fo rm u la, b y a o n efo ld form ula,* 1 1 3H " T h is is a case, m o n k s, w h ere in a ce rta in resid en ce on an In v ita tio n d a y m o n ks are sp e a k in g dkam m a, th o se ve rse d in th e d iscou rses are c h a n tin g a discou rse, th e d iscip lin e e x p e rts are p ro p o u n d in g d iscip lin e, th e ta lk e rs on dham m a are d iscu ssin g dkam m a, m o n k s a re q u a rre llin g 3 u n til th e n ig h t is a lm o st
C f. f t , i5 , 3.
* S e c I V . 1 . 1 4- A s B v , a t , 10 7 7 &ocms to im p ly th e iHcjtiotl c o u ld bi'1 sh elv ed if th-c O rd er a p p r o v e s . T h en the in v it in g m oult h a d m e r e ly th ree tim e s t o r e p e a t b is re q u est t o in v it e th e Order* A b o v e , h-e is allo w ed t o c u r t a il t h e n u m b er d f tim e s he m a k es t h e request. C f. dvcv&tika an d tettdciha a b o v e M V . I. +. 5, I. 7 . to* a " Q u a r r e llin g *' r e a lly m e a n s a r g u in g a n d d is p u tin g a b o u t p o in ts of dhamma a.nU d iscipline.
222
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
ended. I f it th e n o c cu rs to these m o n k s : * M onks a re q u a rre l lin g u n til th e n ig h t is a lm o st en d ed . I f th e O rd er in v ite s b y th e th re e fo ld fo rm u la , th e n the O rd er w ill n o t be in v ite d before d a w n b re a k s *r th e O rd e r sh ould b e in fo rm ed b y a n e x p e rie n ced , c o m p e te n t m o n k , s a y in g : f H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. M o n k s are q u arrellin g . . . th e O rd er w ill n o t be in v ite d b e fo re d a w n b re a k s. I f it seem s rig h t to th e Order* th e O rd er m a y in v ite those w h o k eep th e ra in s to g eth e r b y a tw o fo ld fo rm u la , b y a o n e fo ld fo rm u la / J* II 4 II N o w a t th a t tim e in a c e rta in resid en ce in th e K o s a la c o u n tr y a la rg e O rd e r o f m o n ks ca m e to h a v e co lle cted to g e th e r on an I n v ita tio n d a y , a n d (only) a sm all (place) w a s sh eltered fro m th e rain a n d a g re a t clo u d h ad com e tip. T h e n it o ccurred to th e se m o n k s ; " N o w th is la rg e O rd e r o f m o n k s h as co lle c te d to g e th e r, a n d (only) a sm all (place) is sh eltered from th e rain a n d a g re a t clo u d h a s co m e up* Ii th e O rd er in v ite s b y th e th re e fo ld fo rm u la , th e n th e O rd er w ill n o t be in v ite d befo re th is c lo u d pours d o w n rain- N o w w h a t line o f co n d u c t sh o u ld be fo llo w ed b y us ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord - If 5 |[ H e sa id : T h is is a case, m onks, w here in a ce rta in residen ce a la rg e O rd e r o f m o n k s has co llected to g e th e r on a n I n v ita tio n d a y , a n d (only) a s m a ll (place) . . . a s i n || 5 [ J above) . . . I f it th e n o c cu rs to th e se m o n k s : ' N o w th is la rg e O rd er o f m o n ks . , * p o u rs d o w n ra in ', th e O rd e r sh o u ld b e in fo rm ed b y an e x p e rie n ced , c o m p e ten t m o n k, s a y in g : - H onoured sirs, le t th e O rd er liste n to m e. T h is la rg e O rd er o f m o n k s . . . p o u rs d ow n rain . I f it seem s rig h t to th e O rd er, th e O rd er m a y in v ite those w h o k e e p th e ra in s to g e th e r b y a tw o fo ld fo rm u la , b y a o n e fo ld fo rm u la / j| 6 |j ** T h is is a ca se , m o n k s, w h ere in a ce rta in resid en ce on an I n v ita tio n d a y th e re co m es to be a d a n g e r fro m k in g s , , . from th ie v e s . . . fro m fire . , , from w a te r . _ _ fro m h u m a n beings * * * fro m n o n -h u m an bein gs , . . fro m b e a sts o f p re y * * , from cree p in g th in g s T . to life . . , to th e B ra h m a -fa rin g .1 I t th e n o ccu rs t o th ese m o n k s : c N ow th is is [ 169] a d an g er to th e B ra h m a -fa rin g , I f th e O rd er in v ite s b y th e th re e fo ld fo rm u la , th e n th e O rd e r w ill n o t be in v ite d b e fo re th ere is a d a n g e r to th e B ra h m a -fa rin g / T h e O rder sh o u ld be in fo rm ed b y an
* C / + a b o v e p . 14S,
15 .7 1*-3]
M A H A V A G G A
I V
e x p e rie n ced , co m p e ten t m o n k , s a y i n g : ' H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd e r listen to m e. T h is is a d a n g e r to th e B ra h m a fa rin g. I f the O rd er in v ite s b y th e th re e fo ld fo rm u la , th en th e O rd e r w ill n o t b e in v ite d before th e re is a. d a n g e r to th e Brahm a^fajring, I f it seem s rig h t t o th e O rd er, th e O rd e r m a y in v ite th o se w h o k e ep th e rain s to g e th e r b y a tw ofoJd fo rm u la , b y a o n e fo ld fo rm u la .J \ \ 7 || IS [[ N o w a t t h a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n k s in v ite d (while th e y w ere) offenders. T h e y told th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : M on ks, an o ffen d er sh o u ld n o t in vite* W h o e v e r (such) sh o u ld in v ite , th e re is an o ffcn ce of w T ong-doing. I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, h a v in g o b ta in e d le a v e from w h a te v e r offend er is In v itin g , to re p ro v e him for the o ffe n c e ." 1 || 1 [ | N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n k s, (alth o u gh ) o b ta in * in g le a v e , d id n o t w ish to g iv e leave. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e s a i d : " I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, t o su sp en d th e in v ita tio n 3 of one n o t g iv in g le a v e . A n d th u s , m on ks, sh o u ld i t b e su sp en d ed ; I f on an I n v ita tio n d a y , w h e th e r th e fo u rte e n th o r th e fifte e n th , one should -say in th e p re se n ce o f th a t in d iv id u a l, in th e m id st o f th e O rd e r ; 1 H o n o u red sirs, le t the O rd er listen to m e. T h e in d iv id u a l so-an d -so is an o ffen d er ; I am su sp e n d in g his in v ita t io n ; one sh o u ld n o t in v ite in his p re s e n c e J, th e in v ita tio n c o m e s to be su sp e n d e d / ' iiîi . N o w a t t h a t tim e th e g ro u p of s ix m o n k s, s a y in g : B e fo re w e ll b e h a v e d m o n ks su sp en d our in v ita t io n th e m se lv e s su s p en d ed b efo reh an d , w ith o u t g ro u n d , w ith o u t reason, the in v ita tio n o f pu re m o n k s w h o w ere n o t o ffend ers, an d th e y also suspend ed th e in v ita tio n of those w h o h a d (alread y) in v ited . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e sa id : M on ks, one sh ould n o t suspen d w ith o u t gro u n d , w ith o u t reason , th e i n v it a tio n of p u re m o n k s w h o are not o ffen d ers. W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) su sp en d it, th ere is an offen ce of w ro n g -d o in g . N o r, m on ks, sh o u ld o n e su sp en d th e in v ita tio n o f th o se w h o h a v e in v ite d . W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) su sp en d it, th e re is a n o ffcn ce o f w ro n g d oin g, | |3 | |
1 C/, M V . I L 16 h r.
* - pavdtanam h-apciunt, c/.

3 C/* M V , I I +
16 - 3.
V in .
ii. 5* 22, 3^.
'
BO O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
M onks, an in v ita tio n com cs t o b e (duly) su sp en d ed th u s, n o t (duly) su sp en d ed th u s . A n d h o w , m o n ks, does an in v ita tio n c o m e to b e n o t (duly) su sp en d ed ? If, m o n k s, one su sp en d s an in v ita tio n w hen th e in v ita tio n h a s been sp oken , u tte re d an d b ro u g h t to a close b y th e th reefo ld form u la, th e in v ita tio n com es to b e not (duly) suspend ed. If, m onks, o n e su spen d s an in v ita tio n w hen th e in v ita tio n has been sp oken , u tte r e d a n d b ro u g h t t o a close b y a tw o fo ld fo rm u la . . , b y a o n e fo ld fo rm u la . . . b y th o se k e e p in g th e ra in s to g eth e r, [ 170] a n in v ita tio n com es to b e n o t (d uly) su spen d ed. It is th u s r m o n k s, th a t a n in v ita tio n com es to b e not (duly) suspended* *c A n d h o w , m o n k s, does an in v ita tio n com e to be (duly) su sp e n d e d ? If, m o n k s, one su sp en d s an in v ita tio n w h e n th e in v ita tio n h as been sp o k en , u ttered , b u t n o t b ro u g h t to a c lo se 1 b y th e th re e fo ld fo rm u la , the in v ita tio n com es to h e (duly) suspended* If, m onks* o n e suspends - - . b u t not b ro u g h t to a c lo se b y th e tw o fo ld fo rm u la * , , b y th e o n efo ld fo rm u la . * . b y th o se k e e p in g th e ra in s to g eth er, th e in v ita tio n com es to be (d uly) su spen d ed. I t is thus, m o n k s, t h a t an in v ita tio n com es to be (duly) suspended* |[ 5 | | " T h is is a case, m o n k s, w hen on a n In v ita tio n d a y a m o n k su sp en d s (another) m o n k 's in v ita tio n . I f o th er m o n ks know co n c e rn in g th is m o n k : ' T h is ve n e ra b le one is n o t p u re in th e c o n d u c t o f his b o d y , he is no: pure in the co n d u c t of his sp eech, h e is n o t p u re in his m od e of live lih o o d ; he is ig n o ra n t, in e x p e rie n c e d ; he is not co m p eten t w h en b ein g him self question ed to g iv e an e x p la n a tio n 2/ an d if h a v in g snubbed^ him , th e y s a y : T h a t 's e n o u g h , m o n k , le t th ere be no strife , let th ere be n o q u a rrel, le t th ere b e no d isp u te, le t th e re be no co n te n tio n th e O rd er m a y in v ite . || 6 j| " T h is is a case, m o n k s, . . . {as in |l 6 | | above) * . . . is pure in th e c o n d u c t of h is b o d y , bu t h e is n o t p u re in th e co n d u ct o f h is sp eech , h e is n o t p u re in his m o d e of liv e lih o o d . . . to g iv e an e x p la n a tio n \ . . . th e O rd er m a y in v ite . |j 7 [1 T h is is a ca se , m o n k s, , - . (as in || f> J j above) * . * . is p u re in L 342,, 3. 9 <inuy&gar?t datum*
1 C o rrect in th e P a li t e x t P&riy&sitaya t o a p a ri-t a s n o ted i t ciu& hed. VA* 1078 s a y s t h a t it V ia . Texts.
II 4 II
9 cm additvd, L a v in g cru sh in g ,
is h ere a v e r b a l
16,8 i s ]
M A H A V A G G A
IV
225
th e c o n d u c t of h is b o d y , he is pure in th e c o n d u c t o f his sp eech , b u t he is n o t p u re in his m o d e o f liv e lih o o d . , / . , th e O rd er m a y in v ite . | |S J | ** T h is is a ca se , m o n k s , , . (as 'in || 6 ]| above) \ , is p u re in the c o n d u c t of his b o d y , pu re in th e co n d u c t o f his sp eech , p u re in h is m o d e o f liv e lih o o d ; b u t he is ig n o ra n t, in e x p e ri en ced ; he is n o t c o m p e te n t w h e n h im s e lf b e in g q u e stio n e d . . / . . . th e O rd er m a y invite* || Q || " T h is is a case, m on ks. . . . (as in [| 6 || above) ' * + . is pu re in th e c o n d u c t o f his b o d y . , , pure in h is m ode o f liv e lih o o d ; he is lea rn ed , e x p e rie n ced ; h e is co m p e te n t w h en b ein g h im self q u e stio n ed to g iv e an e x p la n a tio n ", one sh o u ld s p e a k th u s to him : ' I f y o u , y o u r rc v e rc n c e , suspen d th is m o n k 's in v ita tio n , w h y d o y o u su sp e n d it ? D o y o u su sp e n d it on a c c o u n t of a fa llin g a w a y fro m m o ral h a b it 1 ? D o y o u su sp e n d it on a c c o u n t of a fa llin g a w a y fro m good h a b its 2 ? [171] D o you su sp e n d it on a c c o u n t of a fa llin g a w a y fro m (right) v ie w 3 ? J ii 10 H " I f h e sh o u ld sp e a k th u s : f I su sp e n d it on a c c o u n t of a fa llin g a w a y from m o ra l h a b it . . . a fa liin g a w a y from (right) view ' one sh o u ld sp e a k th u s to him : * B u t d oes y o u r reveren ce k n o w w h a t is a fa llin g a w a y fro m m oral h a b it . . . a fa llin g a w a y fro m (righ t) v ie w ? J If h e sh o u ld s p e a k th u s : 4 I k n o w , y o u r reveren ce, w h a t is a fa llin g a w a y from m o ral h a b it . + a fa llin g a w a y from (right) v ie w one sh o u ld sp e a k th u s t o h im : 1 B u t w h ich , y o u r re veren ce, is a fa llin g a w a y fro m m o ra l h a b it, w h ich is a fa llin g a w a y fro m g o o d h a b its, w h ich is a fa llin g a w a y from (right) v ie w ? ' | | 11 | | J r r I f he sh o u ld s p e a k th u s : f T h is is a fa ilin g a w a y fro m m o ral h a b it : th e fo u r offcnces in v o lv in g d e fe a t, the th irte e n offen ces e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m e e tin g o f the O rder, T h is is a fa llin g a w a y from go od h a b its : a g ra v e offence, a n offen ce o f e x p ia tio n p an offence w h ich o u g h t to be con fessed , an o ffen ce o f w ro n g -d o in g , a n o ffen ce o f w ro n g sp eech. T h is is a fa llin g a w a y fro m (right)
1 D e fin e d a t A . i* 268 a s o n s la u g h t on cre a tu re s, ta k in g w h a t is n o t g iv e n , w r o n g c o n d u c t in senae-pleasar-es, ly in g , sla n d e rin g , u s in g harsh w ords* b a b b lin g . T h e s e th re e tf fa llin g a w a y s 1 1 o r fa ilu res are m en tio n ed a b o v e p . S i f. 1 A * ip h a s eittavipatti for Q.caravipt*tii of a b o v e , * D e fin e d a t A . i, 26S in t h e term s o f A jit a K c s ik a m b ^ J m 's a n o ih ila tio n is t v ie w s {cf. i. 55).
226
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
v ie w ; a w ro n g v ie w , ta k in g u p an e x tre m e v ie w 1 \ o n e sh o u ld sp e a k th u s to him : * B u t if y o u , y o u r re veren ce, su sp e n d th is m o n k 's in v ita tio n , d o y o u suspen d it on a cco u n t o f w h a t w a s seen, d o y o u su sp en d it on a c co u n t o f w h a t w as h ea rd , d o y o u su sp en d it on a c c o u n t of w h a t w as su sp e c te d ? * (| i s || Ff he sh o u ld sp e a k th u s : f I am su sp en d in g it on a c co u n t o f w h a t w a s seen* or, I am su sp en d in g it on a c c o u n t o f w h a t w a s h e a rd , or, I am su sp en d in g it on a c co u n t o f w h a t w a s su s p e c te d \ o n e sh o u ld sp ea k to h im th u s : ' B u t, if y o u , y o u r re v e ren ce , are su sp en d in g this m o n k 's in v ita tio n on a cco u n t o f w h a t w as seen > how- h a v e y o u seen, w h en h a v e y o u seen , w h ere h a v e y o u seen ? H a v e y o u seen h im c o m m ittin g an offence in v o lv in g d e fe a t ? W a s he seen c o m m ittin g an ofTcnce e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m e e tin g of th e O rd er ? W a s h e seen co m m ittin g a g r a v e o ffen ce, a n offence o f e x p ia tio n , a n offen ce w h ich o u g h t to be co n fessed , a n o ffen ce o f w ro n g -d o in g , an offence of w ro n g sp eech ? A n d w h ere w ere y o u ? A n d w h ere w as th is m o n k ? A n d w h a t w ere y o u d o in g ? A n d w h a t w a s th is m o n k d o in g ? r || 13 |[ df I f he sh o u ld sp e a k th u s ; ' B u t I * y o u r reveren ces, am n o t su sp en d in g th is m o n k 's in vitatio n . 011 a c co u n t o f w h a t w as seen j b u t I am su sp en d in g th e in v ita tio n on a c c o u n t o f w h a t w a s h e a rd \ o n e sh o u ld sp ea k to him t h u s : f B u t, if y o u , y o u r re veren ce, su sp en d th is m o n k's in v ita tio n on a c co u n t of w h a t w a s h e a rd , w h a t h a v e y o u heard, h o w h a v e y o u h e a rd , w h en h a v e y o u h eard , w h ere h a v e y o u h e a rd ? D id y o u h ear th a t he h a d c o m m itte d a n offen ce in v o lv in g d e fea t ? D id y o u h ear th a t h e h a d c o m m itte d an offence e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m e e tin g o f th e O rd er ? D id y o u hear th a t he h ad c o m m itte d a g ra v e
1 nntaggdhiki* ditthi. S e e Morris* S .r iS 8 ^ p. 11 th e (heretical) d o c tr in e o m a in ta in in g o r hol-ding the th r e e an ias or jôaLs, w h ich , a c co rd in g to th e S-ftngitl S u t t a n t a (D , iii, aiG) a r e id kbdyCf awio, sxkkdyttsrtrtiiiddc rtMto, sakkayanirodhtj an to W it h D * iii. -2iG> cj. A . iii. 401, and see P .E .L > . w hich q u e stio n s M orris' in te rp re ta tio n o f nnta i s g o a l. A ntuggdhikd iiJ'/Ai algo o C d u it a t D . iii. 45, A . i. 154, ii * 240, iii. 130, Vbh, 367. V a r io u s such " e x tr e m e v ie w s " are m en tio n ed at S . ii+ 17, i g p 63., i. 1 5 1 ff, D A * iii. S39 e x p la in s ; ,f th is v ie w is t a ile d 4 ta k in g up a n e x tr e m e " th r o u g h U kL iig u p t h e e x tr e m e (artitt) o f th e ^(irtihila.tionists.*1 , A A . iL 254 e x p la in s ,T a v i t w estAbLishcd h a v in g ta k e n u p t h e e x tr e m e {ania} c f w h a t is fo u n d ed on the- ten. '* 4" d o c tr in e s o f t h e a n a ih iia tio n is t \ G . S +i* e 1)+ * iiL 2 7 9 e x p la in s : e sta b lish ed h a vin g ta k e n u p (tbo p o sitio n of) th e etern a l ist or th e a n n ih ila tio n is t." T e n d iv e r s v ie w s F are m en tio n ed a t 5 , iii- 25s* whiJe ten H i e x tr e m e v ie w s * ' a r e d iffe r e n tia te d fro m t e n J d w ro n g v ie w s " a t U d A . i. 162. T h e s e tw o sets o f ten are m en tio n ed a t N d . i. 1 1 3 . w ith tore-ntv sxiAkdyadiithi IN d , L T12I.
16,1417]
M A H A V A G G A
IV
offence, an offence of e x p ia tio n , an offen ce w h ich o u g h t to be c o n fe sse d > a n offen ce o f w ro n g-d o in g, a n offence o f w ro n g sp eech ? D id y o u h ear fro m a m o n k ? D id y o u h e a r fro m a n u n * . . a p ro b a tio n e r , . , a n o vice . . . a w o m a n n o v ic e * . a la y fo llo w e r . . , a w o m a n la y fo llo w e r * , . k in g s * . * k in g 's m in isters * . . fro m le a d e rs o f (other) s e c ts , . , fro m d isc ip le s of (other) s e c ts ? 1 || 14 |j I f he sh o u ld sp e a k th u s : * B u t I, y o u r re veren ces, a m not su sp e n d in g th is m o n k 's in v ita tio n on a c co u n t o f w h a t w a s h eard , b u t T am su sp e n d in g th e in v ita tio n on a c c o u n t o f w h a t w a s su sp ected ", one sh o u ld s p e a k to h im th u s ; * B u t, i f y o u , y o u r reveren ce, are su sp e n d in g th is m o n k 's in v ita tio n on a cco u n t of w h a t w a s su sp e cted , w h a t d id y o u su sp e ct, ho w d id y o u su sp ect, w h en d id y o u su sp ect, w h e re d id y o u su s p e c t ? [ t 72] D id y o u su sp ect t h a t he h a d c o m m itte d a n offence in v o lv in g d e fe a t ? D id y o u su sp ect t h a t he h a d c o m m itte d a n offence e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m e e tin g o f th e O rd er ? D id y o u su sp ect th a t he h a d co m m itte d a g ra v e offence, an o ffen ce o f ex p ia tio n , an offence w h ic h o u gh t to be co n fessed , a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g , an offence of w ron g sp cech ? D id y o u su sp e ct, h a v in g h e a rd from a m o n k . . , from d iscip les o f (other) se c ts ? * [1*5 II " I f he sh o u ld sp e a k t h u s : 1 B u t I, y o u r re ve ren ce s, am n o t su sp en d in g th is m o n k 's in v ita tio n on a c c o u n t o f w h a t w a s su sp ected , m o re o v er I d o n o t k n o w on a c c o u n t o f w h a t I am su sp en d in g th is m o n k 's in v ita tio n a n d if, m o n k s, th e re p r o v in g m o n k does not s a tis fy his in telligen t fe llo w s m th e B ra h m a fa rin g wp ith h is e x p la n a tio n , it is su fficien t to s a y th a t th e rep ro ve d m o n k is b lam eless. B u t if th e r e p ro v in g m o n k satisfies his in tellig e n t fellow s in th e B ra h m a -fa rin g w ith his e x p la n a tio n , it is su fficien t to s a y th a t th e re p ro v e d m o n k is b la m e w o rth y . || 16 [ | " I f th a t re p ro v in g m o n k , m onks, a d m its t h a t he h a s d e fa m e d {an other m onk) w ith a n u n fo u n d ed c h a rg e of a n offen ce in v o lv in g d e fea t, th e n th e O rd er, h a v in g c h a rg ed him w ith an offence e n ta ilin g a form al m eetin g o f th e O rd e r,L m a y in viteI f, m onks, th a t re p ro v in g m o n k a d m its th a t he has d e fa m ed (another m onk) w ith an u n fo u n d e d c h a rg e o f an offence e n ta ilin g
1 See For. Meet. V F II.
B O O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
a fo rm a l m e e tin g o f th e O rder, th e O rd er, h a v in g h a d h im d e a lt w ith a cco rd in g to th e ru le,3 m a y in v ite . I f, m o n ks, th a t re p ro v in g m o n k a d m its th a t he h a s d efam ed {an other m onk) w ith an u n fo u n d ed ch a rg e in v o lv in g a g ra v e offence, an offence o f e x p ia tio n , a n offence w hich o u g h t to be confessed, a n offence o f w ro n g d o in g , an o ffen ce of w ro n g sp eech, th e O rd er, h a v in g h ad h im d e a lt w ith a cco rd in g to th e ru le ,2 m a y in v ite , ff 1 7 | | " I f, m o n ks, th a t rep ro ved m o n k a d m its t h a t he h a s co m m itte d an offence in v o lv in g d e fe a t, th e O rd er, h a v in g ex p e lle d h im , m a y invite* Tf, m onks, th a t re p ro ve d m o n k a d m its th a t h e h a s co m m itte d a n offence e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m e e tin g o f the O rd er, th e O rd er, h a v in g ch arged h im w ith a n offen ce e n ta ilin g a fo rm a l m e e tin g o f th e O rder, m a y in v ite . Tf, m o n ks, th a t re p ro v e d m o n k a d m its th a t he h a s c o m m itte d a g r a v e offence * * - a n offen ce o f w ro n g speech, th e O rd er, h a v in g h a d him d e a lt w ith a c co rd in g to th e rule, m a y in v ite , ||lS J | ft T h is is a case, m o n k s, w h ere a m o n k com es to h a v e c o m ' m itte d a g ra v e offence on an I n v ita tio n d a y . Som e m o n ks v ie w it a s a g ra v e offence, o ther m o n k s v ie w it as a n offence e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m eetin g o f th e O rd er. M onks, those m o n k s w h o v ie w it a s a g ra ve offen ce, h a v in g led th a t m o n k to one side, h a v in g h a d him d e a lt w ith a c co rd in g to the rule, h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d th e O rder, sh o u ld sp e a k to it th u s : 1 Y o u r reveren ces, the m on k w ho has fallen in to th a t o ffen ce has m ade am en d s fo r it a c co rd in g to rule. I f it seem s rig h t to th e O rder, th e O rd er m a y in v it e / ]| 19 |[ T h is is a case, m o n k s, w h ere a m o n k com es to h a v e co m m itte d a g ra v e offence on an In v ita tio n d a y . Som e m on ks v ie w i t as a g ra v e offence, other m o n k s v ie w it a s an offence o f e x p ia tio n . Som e [173] m onks v ie w it as a g ra v e offen ce, o th e r m o n ks v ie w it as an offence w h ic h o u gh t to be confessed . Som e m o n ks v ie w it a s a g ra ve offence, o th e r m o n k s v ie w it as a n offen ce of w ro n g-d o in g. Som e m o n k s v ie w it a s a g ra v e offence, o th er m o n ks v ie w it as an offence o f w ro n g sp eech . M onks, th o se m o n k s w h o view it as a g ra v e offence . . . (*= J | 19 ||) * . . . th e O rd er m a y in v ite ** | | 20 |j T h is is a ca se , m o n k s, vrhere a m o n k com es to h a v e com 1 S F 3 c+ l x x v h
* C/L Sa 4 gh. I X (Vin. iii. 170). V A . 1078 says th at offences incurred in all these are those of wrong-doing.
id*3 i 25]
M A H A V A G G A
IV
229
m itte d a n offence o f e x p ia tio n on an I n v ita tio n d a y . . . an offence w h ic h o u g h t to b e co n fessed , * . an o ffen ce o f w ro n g d o in g . . . an offence o f w ro n g speech. S o m e m o n k s v ie w it a s an offen ce o f w ro n g sp eech , o th er m o n k s v ie w it as a n o ffe n ce e n ta ilin g a fo rm al m e e tin g o f th e O rd er. M onks, th o se m o n k s w h o v ie w it as a n offen ce o f w ro n g sp ee ch . _ . ( = |[ 19 |j) * . * . th e O rd er m a y in v ite || 21 || T h is is a case, m o n k s, w h ere a m o n k co m es to h a v e co m m itte d a n offen ce o f w ro n g sp eech o n a n I n v ita tio n d a y . Som e m o n k s v ie w it a s a n offence o f w ro n g sp eech , o th e r m o n k s v ie w i t a s a g r a v e offen ce ; so m e m o n ks . . . a s a n offen ce o f w ro n g speech^ o th e r m o n k s - . o f e x p ia tio n ; som e m o n k s , . . offence o f w ro n g sp eech , o th e r m o n ks . , . w h ich o u g h t to be con fessed ; som e m o n ks v ie w it as a n o ffen ce o f w ro n g sp eech , o th e r m o n k s v ie w it as a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g . M on ks, th o se m o n k s w h o v ie w i t a s a n offence o f w ro n g sp eech * - . ( - u 19 ii> * * th e O rd er m a y in v ite \ || 22 | | T h is is a case, m o n k s, w h e re if on a n I n v ita tio n d a y a m o n k sh o u ld sp ea k in th e m id st o f th e O rd er, s a y in g : * H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er liste n t o m e. T h is m a tte r is k n o w n b u t n o t th e in d iv id u a l 1 \ I i it seem s rig h t to th e O rd er, th e O rd er, h a v in g se t asid e th e m a tte r , m a y i n v it e 3 a n d h e sh o u ld be sp ok en to t h u s ; ' Y o u r re ve ren ce , I n v ita tio n is la id d o w n b y th e L o rd fo r th o se w h o are pure. I f th e m a tte r is k n o w n b u t n o t th e in d iv id u a l, s p e a k a b o u t th a t n o w a t o n c e / || 23 j| " T h is is a ca se , m o n k s, w h ere if on a n I n v ita tio n d a y a m o n k sh o u ld sp ea k in th e m id st o f th e Order* s a y i n g : HH o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd e r listen to m e. T h is in d iv id u a l is kn o w n b u t n o t th e m a tte r . I f it seem s r ig h t to th e O rd er, th e O rd er, h a v in g set a sid e th e in d iv id u a l, m a y in v ite ; a n d he sh ould be sp o k e n t o th u s : * Y o u r re v e re n c e . I n v ita tio n is la id d o w n b y th e L o rd fo r th o se w h o a re c o m p le te .1 I f th e in d iv id u a l is k n o w n b u t n o t th e m a tte r, s p e a k a b o u t th a t now a t o n ce/ |j 24 || " T h is is a case, m o n k s, . _ . ' H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is m a tte r is k n o w n a n d th e in d iv id u a l. I f
1 le .j t h e p erso n w h o c o m m itte d t h e offen ce or m a tte r vaiihu. V A . 10 78 s a y s ff When w e k n o w th e person, th e n w e w ill r e p r o v e him , b u t le t t h e O r d e r in v ite n o w M . 1 A c o m p le te O rd er.
BO O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
it seem s rig h t to th e O rd er, th e O rd er, h a v in g set asid e th e m a tte r a n d th e in d iv id u a l, m a y in v ite a n d h e sh o u ld be sp o k en to th u s : f Y o u r reveren ce. I n v ita tio n is la id d o w n b y th e L o rd lo r th e p u re a n d for th o se w h o are co m p le te . I f th e m a tte r is k n o w n a n d a lso the in d iv id u a l, sp e a k a b o u t th a t n o w a t o n c e / || 25 || " I f , m o n ks, th e m a tte r is k n o w n b e fo re a n I n v ita tio n d a y r th e in d iv id u a l a fte rw a rd s , it is rig h t to s a y so* If, m o n ks, [ 174] t h e in d iv id u a l is know n befo re a n I n v ita tio n d a y , th e m a tte r a fte rw a rd s , it is rig h t t o s a y so . I f j m o n ks, b o th th e m a tte r a n d th e in d iv id u a l are k n o w n before a n I n v ita tio n d a y , a n d {a m o n k) op en s u p (the cases) a fte r th e I n v ita tio n is fin ish ed , th e re is a n offence of e x p ia tio n for o p e n in g u p . 1 J l 26 || 16 || N o w a t t h a t tim e s e v e ra l m o n ks, frien d s a n d asso cia tes, e n te red on th e rain s in a ce rta in resid en ce in th e K o s a la c o u n try . In th e ir n eigh b o u rh o o d o th e r m o n ks, m a k e rs o f strife, m a k e rs o f q u a rrels, m akers o f d isp u te , m a k e rs of co n te n tio n , m a k e rs o f le g a l q u estion s in a n O rd er, en tered on th e rain s, s a y i n g : " W h e n th ese m o n k s h a v e k e p t th e rain s w e w ill su sp en d th e in v ita tio n on a n In v ita tio n d a y , B u t th o se m o n k s h e a rd : " I t ls sa id th a t in o u r n eig h b o u rh o o d o th e r m o n k s . . . e n te re d on th e rains, s a y in g : * W h e n th e se m o n k s - _ . on an I n v ita tio n d a y / N o w , w h a t lin e o f c o n d u c t sh o u ld be fo llo w ed b y us ? " T h e y told th is m a tte r to the Lord* H1 J ] H e s a id : T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere se ve ra l m o n ks, frien d s a n d a sso cia tes, e n te r on th e ra in s in a c e rta in residence* I n th e ir n eig h b o u rh o o d , . . (as in || 1 ||) f . * * on an I n v ita tio n d a y \ I allo w y o u , m o n k s, to c a r r y o u t tw o o r th ree O b ser v a n ce s w ith these m o n k s o n th e fo u rte e n th {day}*, t h i n k i n g : ' H o w c a n w e in v ite befo re those m o n k s (invite) ? * If, m o n k s, those m o n k s w h o are m a k e rs of strife . . . m akers o f le g a l ques tio n s in a n O rd er, a r r iv e a t a resid en ce, th e n , m o n ks, those
1 S e e F*ic, 63* w h ere i t is. an ofTence t o open u p fo r fu r th e r discussion a. m a tte r a lr e a d y settled . * V A * *0 79 say s, " here, t h e fou rth a n d fifth are t h e tw o 1 fo u rteen (days) *r b u t th e r e is u s u a lly a th ird - fo u r te e n th .J ; therefore th e th ir d a n d fourth* or t h e th ir d , fo u r th a n d fifth a r e t h e tvro or th r e e ' fo u r te e n th s ' t h a t sh ou ld be ca rrie d o u t. T h u s th e r e co m e t-o he tw o * fo u r te e n th s \ P r o c e e d in g th u s t h e th ir te e n th or fo u rteen th lo r t h e m a k e r s ai strife th e s e w ill in v ite 00 an I n v i t a t io n d a y tha.1 is a fifteen th (day)
1 7 .2 7]
MA H A V A G G A
IV
resid en t m o n ks, h a v in g g a th e re d to g e th e r q u ic k ly , m a y in v it e ; a n d h a v in g in v ite d , t h e y sh o u ld s a y (to th e o th ers) : * W e , y o u r reverences* h a v e i n v i t e d ; le t th e v e n e ra b le o n es d o w h a t seem s fittin g / ]| 2 || " ff, m o n k s, th o se m o n k s w ho are m a k e rs o f Strife . . . m a k e rs o f le g a l q u e stio n s in th e O rd er, a r r iv e u n e x p e c te d ly a t th a t resid en ce, th o se resid en t m on ks sh o u ld m a k e r e a d y a se a t, th e y sh o u ld b rin g fo rw a rd w a te r fo r w a s h in g th e fe e t, a fo o t s to o l, a fo o ts ta n d , h a v in g gon e t o m e e t th e m t h e y sh o u ld r e c e iv e th e ir b o w ls a n d ro b es, th e y sh o u ld offer th e m d rin k in g w a te r ; h a v in g lo o k e d a fte r th e m , (then) h a v in g g o n e o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry , t h e y m a y in v ite ; h a v in g in v ite d , t h e y sh o u ld s a y (to th e o th ers) : * W e , y o u r re v e re n c e s, h a v e in v ite d j le t th e v e n e ra b le ones do w h a t seem s fit t in g / 3 |[ I f t h e y sh o u ld th u s m a n a g e th is, i t is good* B u t i f t h e y d o n o t m a n a g e it , th e resid en t m o n k s sh o u ld be in fo rm e d b y a n e xp e rie n ced , co m p e ten t residen t m o n k , s a y in g : 4 L e t th e v e n e ra b le ones w h o are re sid e n ts liste n t o m e. I f it seem s rig h t to th e v e n e ra b le s ones, w e m a y now c a r r y o u t th e O b se rv a n c e , w e m a y re c ite th e P a tim o k k h a , [175] w e m a y in v ite on th e n e x t new -raoon d a y 1 \ I f, m onks, th o s e m o n k s w h o are m a k ers o f strife . . * m a k e rs o f le g a l q u e stio n s in th e O rd e r, sh o u ld s p e a k th u s to th e se m o n ks : ' A ll rig h t, y o u r re v e ren ce s, b u t le t us in v ite n o w a t on ce \ th e y sh o u ld b e sp o k e n t o th u s * B u t y o u , y o u r re veren ces, are n o t m a ste rs o f our I n v ita tio n (-d ay), w e w ill n o t in v ite y e t % j| 4 | | I f, m o n k s, these m o n k s w ho a re m a k e rs o f s tr ife . . . m a k e rs o f le g a l q u e stio n s in th e O rd er, sh o u ld s t a y o n u n til th a t n e w -m o o n d a y , th e n , m o n ks, th e resid en t m o n k s sh o u ld be in fo rm ed b y a n e x p e rie n ced , c o m p e te n t re sid e n t m o n k _ _ , f . . . le t u s in v ite on th e n e x t fu ll-m oo n day * . , . (#5 jz [( 4 ||) r * . , w e w ill n o t in v ite y e t \ | j 5 || I f, m o n k s, those m o n k s w h o a re m a k e rs o f strife . . . sh o u ld s t a y on u n til th a t fu ll-m oo n d a y , th e n m o n k s, th ese m o n ks, ea ch a n d e v e r y o n e, m u st in v ite on th e n e x t fu ll-m oo n d a y o f th e kontudi cd tu m d sin l^ (even if) t h e y a re u n w illin g . |] 6 [I ir Tf, m o n k s, w h ile th e se m o n ks are th e m se lv e s in v itin g , an * ha}*.
* fu fth e ; cfj above* p S e e a bove, p. 205, e l .
185* 3.
232
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
ill one suspend s th e in v ita tio n o f one w h o is not ill, he sh o u ld be sp o k en to th u s : J T h e ven erab le one is ill, a n d it is sa id b y the L o rd th a t one w h o is ill is n o t a b le to end ure b e in g ques tio n ed . W a it , y o u r reverence, u n til y o u are w ell, w h en yo u are w e ll y o u c a n re p ro v e him if y o u desire to do so .J Tf b ein g sp oken to th u s, he (nevertheless) rep ro ves h im , in d isrespect th ere is a n offen ce o f e x p ia tio n -1 || 7 || " I f , m o n k s, w h ile these m o n ks are th em selves in v itin g , one w h o is n o t ill su spen d s an ill o n e's in v ita tio n , he sh o u ld be sp o k en to th u s : r Y o u r reverence, th is m o n k is ill, an d it is s a id b y th e L o rd th a t one w h o is ill is n o t able to en d u re b ein g q u estio n ed . W a it, y o u r reveren ce, u n til th is m o n k is w e ll ; w h en h e is w e ll y o u c a n rep ro ve h im if y o u d esire t o do so \ I f b e in g sp o k en t o th u s , he (nevertheless) re p ro v e s h im , in d isresp ect th ere is an offence o f e x p ia tio n . |j 8 jj " If, m o n ks, w h ile th ese m onks are th e m selve s in v itin g , an ill one su sp en d s a n ill o n e's in v ita tio n , he sh o u ld be sp oken to th u s : f T h e v e n e ra b le ones are ill . - . b e in g questioned* W a it, y o u r re ve ren ce , u n til yo u are (both) w ell ; w h en h e is w e ll y o u can rep ro ve him if y o u desire to do so If, b ein g sp o k en to th u s , he (nevertheless) re p ro v e s him , in d isresp ect th ere is an offence o f exp iatio n . ]| 9 ff " If, m o n ks, w h ile th e se m onks are th e m selv e s in v itin g , one w h o is n o t ill su spen d s th e in v ita tio n o f (another) w h o is n o t ill, th e O rd er h a v in g q u estion ed b o th c lo se ly an d cross q u e stio n ed th e m , h a v in g h ad th em d e a lt w ith a cco rd in g to th e rule, m a y in v ite ." || 10 || 17 1 ] N o w a t th a t tim e s e v e ra l m on ks, friends an d co m p an ion s, [176] e n te re d on th e rains in a certa in residence in th e K o s a la c o u n try . W h ile th ese w ere sta y in g to g e th e r on frie n d ly term s a n d h a rm o n io u s, a c e rta in co m fo rt w a s a rriv ed a t. T h e n it o ccu rre d to th ese m o n ks : " W h ile w e are s ta y in g to g eth e r . . . a rriv e d a t. B u t i f w e sh ould in v ite n o w , it m a y be th a t (some) m on ks, h a v in g invited* m a y set fo rth on to u r, a n d so we will com e t o lo se 2 th is co m fo rt. N o w w h a t lin e o f co n d u ct sh ouM b e fo llo w ed b y us ? T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . || r ||
* C f. a ls o P i c . L I V , * paribdkira^ e x te r n a l to , o u tsid e ; as a n oun , outsiders*
18-2 5]
M A H A V A G G A
IV
333
H e sa id : " T h is is a c a se , m o n k s, w h ere s e v e ra l m o n k s, frien d s a n d co m p an io n s, e n te r on the rain s in a c e rta in resid en ce. W h ile th e se a re s ta y in g to g e th e r , * a r r iv e d at. I f i t th e n o ccu rs to th e se m o n ks : * W h ile w e a re s ta y in g to g e th e r * * * so w e w ill co m e to lose th is co m fo rt \ I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, to m a k e a p ro te c tio n o f a n I n v ita tio n d a y .1 | |2 | ] A n d th u s, m o n k s, sh o u ld it b e m a d e ; E a c h a n d e v e r y one sh o u ld g a th e r to g e th e r in th e sa m e p la c e ; w h en t h e y h a v e g a th e re d to g e th e r, th e O rd er sh o u ld b e in fo rm ed b y an e x p e r i e n ced co m p e te n t m on k, s a y in g : ' H o n o u red sirs, let th e O rd er listen to m e. W h ile w e w ere s ta y in g to g e th e r . . . s o w ill w e com e to lo se th is co m fo rt. I f it seem s rig h t to th e O rd e r, th e O rd er m a y m a k e a p ro te c tio n of an I n v ita tio n d a y , it m a y c a rry o ut th e O b se rv a n ce , it m a y re cite th e P a tim o k k h a n o w ; the O rd er m a y in v ite on th e n e x t k om u d l ca tu m a sin l day* T h is is th e m o tion . || 3 || " - H o n o u red sirs, let th e O rd er liste n to m e. W h ile w e w ere s ta y in g to g e th e r + . , s o w ill w e c o m e to lose th is c o m fo rt. T h e O rd er is m a k in g a p ro te c tio n o f th e I n v ita tio n d a y ; it w ill c a rry o u t th e O b se rv a n c e , it w ill re cite th e P a tim o k k h a now ; it w ill in v ite on th e n e x t kowiudi catum asint d a y . I f the m a k in g a p ro te c tio n o f th e In v ita tio n d a y (b y th e O rder) is p le a sin g to the v e n e ra b le ones (so th a t) i t w ill c a r r y o u t th e O b se rv a n c e , w ill re cite th e P a tim o k k h a n o w , a n d w ill in v ite on th e n e x t kom udt cd tum a sin l d a y , y o u sh o u ld be sile n t ; he to w h o m it is not p le a sin g sh o u ld sp e a k . A p ro te c tio n o f th e I n v ita tio n d a y is m a d e b y th e O rd er, it w ill c a r r y o u t th e O b se rv a n c e , it w ill re cite th e P a tim o k k h a n ow , a n d i t w ill in v ite on the n e x t kom udt cdtumasinT d a y . I t is p le a sin g to th e O rd er, th e re fo re it is silen t. T h u s d o I u n d e rsta n d th is / || 4 I I " If* m o n k s, w h en th ese m o n ks h a v e m a d e a p ro te c tio n o f an I n v ita tio n d a y , a n y m o n k sh o u ld sp e a k th u s : r I want., y o u r re veren ces, to set fo rth on a to u r of th e c o u n tr y , I h a v e bu sin ess to do in th e c o u n tr y \ h e sh o u ld be sp o k en to th u s ; * V e r y
A faDdraztasatpgaha. V A . 1080 s a y s t h a t " w h en th e has- been g iv e u , th e r e c o m e s t o b e a s it w ere an a v o id a n c e d u rin g t h e rain s j in co m in g monies c a n n o t t a k e th e ir (th e r esid en t o n e s ) lo d g in g s, n o r sh ou ld t h e rain s b e c u t sh o r t b y th e m , for, h a v in g in v ite d , t h e y g e t t h e ch a n ce t o s e t o u t on t o u r eve n d u rin g (th e rains} **. T h e m o a k s p r o t c c t th e ir h a r m o n y b y p o s tp o n in g t h e I n v it a t io n d a y t o t h e end o f t h e r a in y season.
234
BO OK
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
w e ll, y o u r re v e ren ce , y o u can g o w h en y o u h a v e in v ite d / A n d [ 177] if, m on ks, t h a t m o n k , w h ile he Is in v itin g , su sp e n d s a n o th e r's in vitatio n * h e sh o u ld b e sp o k en to th u s : ' Y o n , y o u r re v e re n c e , are n o t m a ste r o f m y I n v ita tio n d a y , I w ill n o t in v ite y e t \ A n d if, m on ks, a n y m o n k su sp en d s th a t m o n k 's in v ita tio n w h ile th a t m o n k is in v itin g , th e O rd er, h a v in g q u e stio n e d b o th c lo se ly a n d cros^ -questioned th em , s h o u ld h a v e th e m d e a lt w ith a c co rd in g to th e ru le , jj 5 || I f, m o n k s, th a t m o n k , h a v in g co n clu d ed h is business in th e c o u n try , re tu rn s a g a in to th a t resid en ce b efo re th e kom udt cd tu m a sin l d a y a n d if, m o n ks, w h ile th o se m o n k s are in v itin g , a n y m o n k su spen d s t h a t m o n k 's in v ita tio n , he sh o u ld be sp o k en to th u s : 1 Y o u >y o u r reveren ce, are n o t m a ste r o f m y I n v ita tio n d a y , I h a v e in v ite d (alread y) \ If, m o n k s, w h ile th o se m o n k s are in v itin g , th a t m o n k suspends a n y m o n k 's in v ita tio n , th e O rder, h a v in g q u e stio n e d b o th c lo se ly a n d h a v in g cro ss q u estio n ed th e m , a n d h a v in g h a d th e m d e a lt w ith a cco rd in g to th e rule,, m a y in v ite . [j 6 |j 18 || T h e F o u r th S e ctio n : th a t on I n v ita tio n In th is S e ctio n a re fo rty -six item s. T h is is its k e y :
H a v in g k e p t th e ra in s t h e y w e n t to see th e te a ch e r in K o sa la , co m m u n io n th a t w a s u n co m fo rta b le (and) lik e b e a sts, s u ita b le m re g a rd to one another, I n v itin g on a s e a t,1 a n d tw o , (form al) a ct, ill o n e, relatio n s, k in g sJ a n d th ie v e s, a n d m en of a b a n d o n ed life , lik e w ise m o n k s w h o are enem ies o f m onks. F iv e , fo u r, th re e , tw o , one, fallen , h e d o u b te d , he rem em b ered , th e w h o le O rd er, b e in g in d o u b t, g re a te r, lik e , sm a lle r (num ber). R e sid e n t m onks* th e fo u rteen th , th e tw o co m m u n io n s b y m a rk , sh o u ld a rriv e , n o t in a se a te d (assem b ly), g iv in g le a v e of a b se n ce , n o n -in v ita tio n , A b o u t sa v a g e s, a lm o st ended, g re a t cloud , an d a n o b sta cle , in v ita tio n , th e y d o n o t g iv e (leave), ' in case o u r \ a n d n o t (duly) suspended* fo r a m o n k ,
1 pAvdrtrttdpa&d, I fo llo w th e reading pavarenl a s s u g g e s te d b y O ld e n b e r g a t Vin* i 3 7 9 (see || 2 J). o f C in g , cd n ., a n d
M A H A V A G G A
IV
235
t f O r on w h a t ? *, a n d w h ic h in re g a rd to w h a t is seen , heard, su sp ected , re p ro v in g a n d re p ro v e d , g ra v e offence* m a tte r , strife . A n d a p ro te c tio n o f a ji I n v ita tio n d a y , n o t m a ste r, m a y in v ite . [ 178]
S3 6
THE
GREAT
D IV IS IO N
A t one tim e th e a w aken ed one, th e L o rd , w a s s ta y in g a t R a ja g a h a on M o u n t V u ltu re P e a k . N o w a t th a t tim e K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M ag ad h a ru le d w ith su p rem e a u th o r ity o v e r e ig h ty th o u sa n d villages* N o w at th a t tim e, a t C a m p a, a m e rc h a n t's so n c a lle d S o n a K o liv is a 1 w a s d e lic a te ly n u rtu red a n d d o w n ca m e to h a v e grow n on th e soles of h is feet* T h e n K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra of M agad ha, h a v in g h a d th o se e ig h t y th o u s a n d v illa g e o verseers2 co n ven ed , sen t a m essen ger to S o n a K o liv is a on som e bu sin ess, s a y in g : " L e t S o n a co m e, I w a n t S o n a t o com e/* [| i |j 1 T h e n S o n a K o liv is a s p a ren ts sp o k e th u s to S o n a K o liv is a : r' T h e k in g , d ear S o n a , w a n ts to see y o u r feet. D o n o t y o u , d e a r S a n a , stre tc h o u t y o u r fe et to w a rd s th e k in g ; s it d o w n cro ss-legged in fron t o f th e fcingj a n d as y o u are s ittin g dow n th e k in g w ill see y o u r fee*# h T h en th e y sent S o n a K o liv is a a w a y in a p a la n q u in . T h e n S o n a K o jiv is a a p p ro a ch e d K in g S e n ty a B im b is a ra o f M a gad h a, h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed , h a v in g g ree te d K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra of M a gad h a, he s a t d o w n cro ss-tegged in fron t o f th e king. So K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra of M a g a d h a saw th e d ow n th a t w a s g ro w in g on th e so les o f S o n a K o liv is a J s fe e t. || 2 | | T h e n K in g S e n iy a B in b isa ra o f M a g a d h a , h a v in g in stru c te d th o se e ig h ty th o u sa n d villa g e o verseers in m a tte rs co n cern in g th is w o rld , d ism issed them,, s a y in g : " Y o u , g o o d sirs, are n o w in s tru c te d b y m e in m a tte rs C oncerning th is w o rld ; go alo n g, p a y h o m a g e to th is L o rd , and our L o rd w ill in stru c t y o u in tra n sc e n d e n ta l m a t t e r y " T h en th o se e ig h ty th o u sa n d v illa g e o verseers a p p ro a ch e d M ount V u ltu re P e a k . J j3 | | N o w a t th a t tim e the v e n era b le S a g a t a 3 w a s th e L o rd 's a tte n d a n t. T h e n th o se e ig h ty th o u sa n d v illa g e o verseers
1 T h is Soâ ep iso d e recurs, in a shorter (arm, a t .d. iii, 3^4-9*
a t Thug* in T ha gA fo r e m o s t * VA. 634-64+. L e g e n d o f how he ca m e t o b e c a lle d Soria , [see P $ s. FirctA* p . 1 7 5 M , an d A A . i. 333 f* A t A io f th o s e w h o p u t fo rth e n e r g y ; h is c la n n am e is th eye i c S i sp e a k s o f th e s e a s sons o f (respectable) fam ilies
S o la 's verses (golden) g iv e n 24 h e is ca lle d s p e lt K ojivisa., liv in g in th ese
villages-,
C f . Vivt, iv, jd S . w h ere S a g a U J s b e h a v io u r g a v e rise t-o t h e offen ce of d r in k in g fctroag drrnk* S e e 11 3.^2, n. 6_
1.4 7]
MAHAVAGGA
*37
a p p ro a c h e d the v e n e ra b le S a g a ta ; h a v in g a p p ro a c h e d , [ 179] t h e y sp o k e th u s to th e v e n e ra b le S a g a ta : " H o n o u red sir, th e se e ig h ty th o u s a n d v illa g e o verseers are a p p ro a c h in g here to see th e L o rd . I t w ere g o o d , h o n o u red sir, if w e m ig h t h a v e a ch an ce to see th e L o r d / ' " W e ll, th e n , d o y o u , ve n e ra b le o n es, re m a in 1 h ere fo r a m om ent u n til I h a v e Jet th e L o rd k n o w / ' || 4 || T h e n th e ve n e ra b le S a g a ta , h a v in g ste p p e d d o w n a fro m th e m oonstone (step )3 in fro n t o f the e ig h ty th o u sa n d w a tc h in g v illa g e o verseers, h a v in g step p ed u p 3 in fro n t o f th e L o rd , sp o k e th u s to the L o rd : " L o rd , th ese e ig h t y th o u sa n d v illa g e overseers are a p p ro a c h in g here to see th e L o rd . L o rd , does th e L o rd th in k it is n o w th e righ t tim e fo r th is ? *r < f W e ll, th en , d o y o u , S a g a ta . m ake a se a t r e a d y in th e sh a d e o f th e d w e liin g -p la c c / J || 5 | | V e r y w el], L o r d ," an d the ve n e ra b le S a g a ta h a v in g an sw ered th e L o rd in a ssen t, h a v in g ta k e n a c h a ir, h a v in g step p ed d o w n fro m in fro n t o f the L o rd , h a v in g ste p p e d up on the m o o n sto n e (step) in fro n t o f th e e ig h ty th o u s a n d w a tc h in g v illa g e o verseers, m a d e re a d y a seat in th e sh a d e o f th e d w ellin g -p la ce. T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g issu ed from th e d w e llin g -p la ce , sat d ow n on th e sea t m a d e r e a d y in th e sh ad e o f th e d w cllin g -p ia ce. || 6 \ \ T h e n th o se e ig h ty th o u sa n d v illa g e o verseers a p p ro a ch e d th e L o rd j h a v in g a p p ro a c h e d , h a v in g g ree te d th e L o rd , th e y s a t d ow n a t a re sp e c tfu l distance- T h e n th o se e ig h ty th o u sa n d v illa g e o verseers p a id resp ect o n ly to th e ve n e ra b le S a g a ta , not lik e w ise to th e L o rd , T h en the L o rd , k n o w in g b y reaso n in g o f m ind the m in d s o f th o se e ig h ty th o u sa n d v illa g e overseers, a d d ressed th e v e n e ra b le S a g a ta , s a y i n g : W ell th e n , d o y o u , S a g a ta , a b u n d a n tly sh o w a s ta te o f fu rth e r-m e n ,4 a w ond er of p s y c h ic p o w e r/ '
1 hoiha.
1 in to an'd 1 n im u jjitva * , . utnntvjjitva> T h e s e tw o v e r t s are o fte n u se d of p i tin gin g a n d ^merging^ fro m w a te r . H e r e th e y see in t o m ead g e tt in g off one stepo n to a n other.
pa tik d , such as is (in tht old citics of CeyEon) a n architectural feature placed a t the bottom cf a. short flight of steps leadin g u p to a inhHra of & " temple f\ See AfAui. 31. 6 1 * N o w a d a y s it is called 4 1 moonstone step " , although in shape it is h a lf a drctc. It is ca.llc<3 1,1 half-m oon stone
a$$hacandapasdnat a
VA-
i o S e .
4 ttttitrifH&rtussarihamttta*
S e e B .H . i., In tr . p . x x j v fl*
33
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
" V e r y well* L o r d , an d th e v e n e ra b le S a g a ta , h a v in g a n sw e re d th e L o rd in assent, h a v in g risen a b o v e th e g ro u n d ,1 p a c e d u p a n d d ow n in th e air, in th e a tm o sp h ere, a n d h e sto o d , a n d h e s a t dowrt, a n d he la y dow n* a n d h e sm o k ed 1 a n d he b la ze d *3 an d th e n h e va n ish ed . U7 || T h e n th e v e n e ra b le Sagata* h a v in g sh o w n in th e a ir t in th e a tm o sp h e re, v a rio u s s ta te s o f fu rth e r-m e n a jid w o n d ers o f p s y c h ic p o w er, h a v in g in clin ed h is h e a d to w a rd s th e L o rd 's feet, sp o k e th u s to th e L o r d : T t L o rd , th e L o rd is m y te a ch er, I am a discipJe ; L o rd , th e L o rd is m y te a ch er, I am a d iscip le J\ T h e n th o se e ig h ty th o u s a n d v illa g e o verseers, s a y in g : ** In d e e d it is m arvellous* in d ee d , it is w o n d e rfu l, th a t e v e n a d iscip le c a n b e o f su c h g rea t p sy ch ic p o w er, o f su c h g r e a t m ig h t. W h a t m u st th e te a c h e r be ? " p a id re sp e c t o n ly to th e L o rd , n o t lik e w ise to th e v e n era b le S a g a ta . J jS \ \ T h e n th e L o rd , k n o w in g b y reaso n in g o f m in d th e m in d s o f th o se e ig h t y th o u s a n d v illa g e o verseers, ta lk e d a pro g re s siv e t a l k / th a t is to s a y ta lk o n g iv in g , ta lk on m o ra l h a b it, [ 180] t a lk on h e a v e n , he e x p la in e d th e p eril, th e van ity,, th e d e p r a v it y o f p le a su re s o f th e senses, th e a d v a n ta g e in re n o u n c in g (them ). W h e n th e L o rd k n ew th a t th e ir m ind s w e re re a d y , m a lle a b le , d evo id o f th e h in d ra n ces, u p lifte d , p le a se d , th e n h e e x p la in e d to th e m th a t te a c h in g on dhamma w h ic h th e a w a k e n e d ones h a v e th e m selve s d is c o v e r e d : ill, u p risin g, sto p p in g , th e w a y . A n d as a clean c lo th w ith o u t b la c k sp e c k s w ill e a s ily ta k e d y e , e ve n so as th o se e ig h ty th o u s a n d v illa g e o verseers w ere [sitting) on th a t v e r y seat, dhamma-wisioiit d u stless, stain less, a r o s e ; th a t, fl w h a te v e r is o f th e n a tu re to u p rise, all th a t is o f th e n a tu re to s t o p ." || g || T hese* h a v in g seen dhamma,* a tta in e d dhamma, k n o w n dhamma,, p lu n g e d in to dham m a , h a v in g cro ssed o v e r d o u b t, h a v in g p u t a w a y u n c e rta in ty , h a v in g a tta in e d w ith o u t a n o th e r's h e lp to f u ll co n fid e n ce in the te a c h e r's in stru c tio n , sp o k e th u s to th e L o r d : E x c e lle n t, L o rd , it is e x c e lle n t. L ord* J u s t as.
1 S ee B .l> . i , p + 79* a . 6.
* d h & p & ya li. A t V i n . iv , 1 0 9 La p a d h & p & sid h e b le w forth, sm oke. * H e is a ls o s a id t o h a v e b l a i t d
a
at
verb
u se d
10 9
to
d cs cr ib c
h is
a c tiv itie s
V in .
iv ,
* C f. V in . i*
* C f. V i ^ i. *2 .
l . i o 13 j
M A H A V A G G A
339
L o rd , o n e sh o u ld se t u p rig h t w h a t h a s been u p set o r sh o u ld u n c o v e r w h a t is c o v e re d o r sh o u ld p o in t o u t th e w a y t o o n e w h o is a s tr a y o r sh o u ld b rin g a la m p in to th e d a rk n e ss s o th a t th o se w ith e y e s m ig h t see form s, e v e n s o is dhamma e x p la in e d in m a n y a figure b y th e L o rd . W e , L o rd , a re th o se g o in g t o th e L o rd fo r refu ge, to dhamma a n d to th e O rd er o f m onks* M a y th e L o rd re ce ive u s as la y fo llo w e rs g o n e fo r re fu g e on th is d a y fo r as lo n g a s life l a s t s . J j 10 j| T h e n it o ccu rred to S o n a K o liv is a : " In so fa r a s I u n d e r sta n d dhamma ta u g h t b y th e L o rd it is n o t e a s y fo r th o se w h o liv e in a house to le a d th e B r a h m a -fa r in g t h a t Is w h o lly co m p le te , w h o lly p u re , a n d p olish ed lik e a co n ch -sh elL W h a t n o w if l r h a v in g c u t o ff h a ir a n d b e a rd , h a v in g d on n ed y e llo w robes, sh o u ld go fo rth from hom e in to ho m elessn ess ? Then th o se e ig h t y th o u sa n d v illa g e overseers, d e lig h te d w it h th e L o r d s sp eech , h a v in g g iv e n th a n k s fo r it* h a v in g risen fro m the se a t, h a v in g g ree te d th e L o rd , d e p a rte d k e e p in g th e ir rig h t sid es to w a rd s him_ [\ 1 1 ]| T h e n S o n a K o liv is a , soon a fte r th o se e ig h t y th o u s a n d v illa g e o verseers h ad d e p a rte d , a p p ro a c h e d th e L o r d ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed , h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , he s a t d o w n a t a re sp e c t fu l dListance. A s he w a s s ittin g d ow n a t a re sp e c tfu l distance* S o n a K o jiv is a sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : " In so fa r as I , L o rd , u n d e rsta n d dham?n& ta u g h t b y the L o r d i t is n o t e a s y fo r th o s e w h o liv e in a house to le a d th e B ra h m a -fa rin g th a t is w h o lly co m p le te , w h o lly p u re a n d p o lish ed 3 ik e a con ch -sh elL I w a n t. L o rd , h a v in g c u t o ff h a ir a n d beard, h a v in g d o n n ed y e llo w robes, to g o fo r th fro m h o m e in to hom elessness. L o rd , m a y th e L o r d le t m e g o fo r th / ' So S o n a K o liv is a r e c e iv e d th e g o in g fo r th in th e L o rd 's p resen ce, h e re c e iv e d ord in atio n * A n d soon a fte r h e w a s o rd a in e d [181] th e ve n e ra b le S o n a s ta y e d in th e C o o l G ro ve- \ \ r 2 j| B e c a u s e o f h is g re a t o u tp u t o f e n e rg y in p a c in g u p a n d d o w n his fe e t b ro k e , th e p la c e fo r p a cin g u p a n d d o w n in b e c a m e sta in e d w ith b lo o d a s th o u g h there h a d b een s la u g h te r o f cattle* T h e n a s th e ve n e ra b le S o n a w as m e d ita tin g in p r iv a te a reaso n in g arose in his m in d t h u s : " T h o se w h o a re th e L o r d 's discip les d w e ll p u ttin g fo r th e n e r g y ; I am one o f th e se, y e t m y m in d i& n o t freed fro m th e c a n k e rs w ith n o g ra sp in g , a n d m o reover th ere are m y fa m ily 's possessions. I t m ig h t be
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
p o ssib le to e n jo y th e possessions a n d to do good- Suppose th a t I , h a v in g re tu rn e d to th e lo w life , sh o u ld e n jo y th e possessions an d sh o u ld d o good ? " ]| 13 [ | T h e n th e L o rd , k n o w in g b y m in d th e v e n e ra b le S o n a 's reaso n in g o f m in d , as a stro n g m an m ig h t stre tc h o u t his b en t arm , o r m ig h t b en d b a c k hts o u tstre tc h e d arm , so d id he, v a n ish in g from M o n n t V u ltu re P e a k , a p p e a r in th e Cool G ro v e .1 T h e n th e L o rd , to u rin g th e lo d gin gs to g e th e r w ith s e v e ra l m o n k s, a p p ro a c h e d th e ve n e ra b le S o n a 's p la ce fo r p a c in g u p a n d d o w n in. T h e L o rd sa w th a t th e ve n e ra b le S o n a 's p la c e fo r p a c in g u p an d d ow n in w a s sta in e d w ith b lood , an d se e in g (th is), h e a d d ressed th e monks* s a y in g : N o w w h y , m o n ks, is th is p la ce fo r p a c in g u p a n d dow n in Stain ed w ith b lo o d a s th o u g h th ere h a s been sla u g h te r of c a ttle ? " ** L o rd , because o f th e ven era b le S o n a 's g re a t e n e rg y in p a c in g u p a n d d o w n his fe et b ro k e , a n d th is p la c e fo r p a c in g u p a n d dow n in is sta in e d w ith his b lo o d as th o u g h th e re h ad b een sla u g h te r o f c a t t le / ' H14 || T h e n th e L o rd a p p ro a ch e d th e v e n e ra b le S o n a 's d w ellin g p la ce , a n d h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d he s a t d o w n on an a p p o in te d s e a t. A n d th e v e n e ra b le Son a, h a v in g g ree te d th e Lord* sat d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n ce. T h e L o r d sp oke th u s to th e v e n e ra b le S o n a a s h e w a s sittin g a t a resp ectfu l d ista n c e : " S o n a , a s y o u w ere m e d ita tin g in p r iv a te d id not a reasonin g arise in y o u r m in d lik e t h i s : * T h o se w h o are th e L o rd 's d iscip les d w e ll p u ttin g fo rth e n e rg y + (as in [ | X3 ||) , . * S u p p o se t h a t I, h a v in g retu rn ed to th e lo w life, sh o u ld e n jo y th e possessions a n d sh o u ld d o g o o d * ? ,J " Y e s, L o rd /' " W h a t d o y o u th in k ab o u t th is, S o n a ? W ere y o u cle v e r a t th e lu te 's strin g e d m u sic w hen fo rm e rly y o u w ere a house* h o ld er ? " Y e s , L o r d .'7 " W h a t do y o u th in k a b o u t th is, S o n a ? W h en th e strin g s of y o u r lu te w ere to o ta u t, was y o u r lu te a t th a t tim e tu n e fu l a n d fit fo r p la y in g ? " l f N o , in d eed , L o r d / ' || r5 | J
* iii. 374. adds, after Cool Grove, " in front of the venerable So BA This, w ould balance end oi || 1 7 ( J below-
I . i 6 18 ]
MA H A V A G G A
241
W h a t d o y o u th in k a b o u t th is, S o n a ? W h e n th e strin g s o f y o u r lu te w ere to o s la c k , w a s y o u r lu te at th a t tim e tu n e fu l a n d fit for p la y in g ? " " N o , in d eed , L o rd /* * W h a t d o y o u th in k a b o u t this, S o n a ? W h en th e strin g s o f y o u r lu te w ere n e ith e r to o t a u t nor to o sla c k , b u t w ere k e y e d to an e v e n p itc h 1, w a s y o u r lu te a t t h a t tim e tu n e fu l a n d fit fo r p la y in g ? " Y es, L o rd /' " E v e n so, S o n a , does to o m uch o u tp u t o f e n e rg y c o n d u ce to restlessness, [182] d oes to o feeb le e n e rg y co n d u ce t o s lo th fu ln ess. [J 1 6 fj T h e re fo re d o y o u , S o n a , d eterm in e u pon e v e n n e ss2 in e n e rg y a n d p ierce th e even n ess o f th e fa c u ltie s 3 a n d reflect u p o n it.4 " Y e s , L o rd / * th e v e n e ra b le S o n a a n sw e re d th e L o rd in assent. T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g e x h o rte d th e v e n e ra b le S o n a w ith th is e x h o rta tio n ,* a s a stro n g m a n m ig h t stre tc h o u t his b en t arm o r m ig h t ben d b a c k his o u ts tre tc h e d a rm , so d id he, v a n ish in g fro m in fro n t o f th e ve n e ra b le S o n a in th e C o o l G ro v e , a p p e a r on M o u n t V u ltu re P e a k . || 1 7 \ \ A fte r th a t* th e ve n e ra b le S o n a d e term in e d u p o n even n ess in e n e rg y a n d he p ierced th e even n ess of the fa c u ltie s a n d re fle cte d u pon it. T h e n th e ve n e ra b le S o n a , d w e llin g a lo n e, a lo o f, e a rn est, a rd en t, self-reso lu te, h a v in g soon re a lised h ere a n d n o w b y his ow n su p er-k n o w led g e th a t su p rem e g o al o f th e B ra h m a -fa rin g fo r the sa k e o f w h ich y o u n g m en o f fa m ily r ig h tly go fo r th fro m h o m e in to hom elessness, a b id e d in it* a n d he u n d ersto o d ; D e s tro y e d is b irth , ]iv e d is th e B ra h m a -fa rin g ,
1 same gu^te paiitthiia. 1 O n t h e r e a d in g s samataifi (its here) an d sam athani. see G tS. tiL 267, n- 3* T h e form er is p erh a p s t h e m o re lik e ly to b e m e a n t, a n d w o u ld c a r r y o u t t h e idea o f t h e *' eve n p itc h * ittdriy&nam ca samatam ptttivijjh a. V A , s a y s : " p ie rc e th e ev e n n e ss, tti& e ven n a tu r e 0i t h e f a c u lt y of fa ith an d so on , th e even n ess of t h e fa c u ltie s t h a t are c o n n e c te d : &o fa ith w ith w isd om a n d w is d o m w ith fa ith , e n e rg y 'with c o n te m p la tio n and c o n te m p la tio n w ith en ergy-*' 4 t&ttha ca nimittarn gajzhdhi. N itniitani gan hd ii c a n m ean t o g ra sp a sign, a sa lie n t f e a t u r e ; o r t o r e fle ct on a m e n ta l o b je c t , V A - 10S1 s a y s ; m in d fu ln e ss as t o th is e v e n n e ss sh o u ld arise ; s e iz e o n t h a t c h a r a c te r is tic of (or, reflect on) t r a n q u illity , in s ig h t, th e w a y s , th e fr u its, a n d p r a c tis e these, * Referred- t o a t A A . i. -237 a s vln&vi}dat t h e e x h o r ta tio n on th e lu te ; cf. P&s. jBreth. p . 2 76 , * aparena satnaytna,,
242
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
d o n e is w h a t w a s to be done, th e re is no m ore o f b e in g su ch a n d such. A n d so th e v e n era b le S o n a b e ca m e o n e o f th e p e r fe c te d ones. |] 18 || W h e n th e v e n e ra b le S o n a h a d a tta in e d p erfe ctio n , it o ccu rred to him : S u p p o se T w ere to d e cla re p ro fo u n d k n o w le d g e 1 in th e L o r d 's p resen ce ? T h en th e ve n e ra b le S o n a a p p ro a ch e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , h e sa t d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l distance* A s he w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n ce, th e ven era b le S o n a sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : ]| X9 | | " L o rd , t h a t m o n k w h o is one p e rfe c te d , w h o h a s d e stro y e d th e c a n k e rs, liv e d th e life* done w h a t w a s to be d o n e, sh ed th e b u rd e n , w o n his o w n g o al, d e stro y e d u tte r ly th e fe tte r o f b ecom in g, an d is w h o lly freed b y p ro fo u n d k n o w led g e, he co m es to b e in te n t u p o n 2 six m a tte rs ; h e com es to b e in te n t u p o n renunciation* h e cotnes to b e in te n t u p o n aloofn ess, he com es to be in te n t u p o n n on -h arm in g, h e com es to b e in te n t u p o n th e d e stru c tio n o f gra sp in g , h e co m es to be in te n t upon th e d e stru c tio n o f cravin gs he com es to be in te n t upon n o n c o n fu sio n . || 20 [ | P e rh a p s, L o rd , o n e o f th e v e n e ra b le ones h ere m ig h t th in k ; C o u ld it b e t h a t th is v e n e ra b le one is in te n t u pon re n u n cia tio n d e p e n d in g u pon m ere fa ith alon e ? 1 B u t th is, L o rd , is n o t to be re g a rd e d th u s . L o rd , the m o n k w h o h a s d e stro y e d th e ca n k e rs, h a s liv e d th e life, done w h a t w as to b e d one, n o t seein g a u g h t in h im se lf to be d on e or to be a d d e d to w h a t h a s been d o n e, b e in g passionless com es to be in te n t on re n u n cia tio n b e cau se o f th e d e stru c tio n of passio n , b e in g w ith o u t h a tre d com es to be in te n t on ren u n ciatio n because o f th e d e stru ctio n o f h a tre d , b e in g w ith o u t confusion com es to b e in te n t on re n u n c ia tio n b ecau se o f th e d e stru c tio n o f con fu sion , j j a t || P e rh a p s, L o rd , one o f th e ve n e ra b le ones here m ig h t th in k 1 ' C o u ld it b e th a t th is ve n e ra b le one [1S 3] is in te n t on alo o fn ess w h ite h a n k e rin g a fte r g a in s, h onour, fam e ? 1 B u t th is. L o rd , is n o t to b e regard ed th u s. L o rd , th e m o n k w h o h as d e stro y e d th e ca n k e rs , o r to be a d d e d to w h a t h as been donej b e in g passion less com es to be in te n t on aloofness b ecau se 1 gnosis.
* adJHmutaf striving for.
1.22
Z5l
m a h
v a g g a
243
o f th e d e stru c tio n o f p assio n , b ein g w ith o u t h a tr e d - . b ein g w ith o u t con fu sio n co m es t o b e in te n t on a lo o fn e ss b e c a u s e o f th e d e s tru c tio n o f co n fu sio n . [| 22 || F e rh a p s, L o rd , o n e o f th e v e n e ra b le ones h ere m ig h t th in k : j 4 C o u ld it b e t h a t th is v e n e ra b le one is in te n t on n o n -h a rm in g , is b a c k s lid in g fro m th e cssen ce to th e c o n ta g io n of h a b it a n d c u sto m 1 ? ' B u t th is, L o rd , is n o t to b e re g a rd e d th u s. L o rd , th e m o n k w h o has d e stro y e d th e can kers . * o r to b e a d d e d to w h a t has been d on e, b e in g passion less co m es to be in te n t on n o n -h a rm in g because o f th e d e stru c tio n o f p a ssio n , b e in g w ith o u t h a tr e d . , - b e in g w ith o u t co n fu sio n co m es to be in te n t on n o n -h a rm in g becau se o f th e d e stru ctio n o f confusion* | | 33 \ \ B e in g passionless h e co m es to b e in te n t on th e d e stru c tio n o f g ra sp in g b ecau se o f the d e stru c tio n o f passion* b e in g w ith o u t h a tre d he com es to b e in te n t on th e d e stru c tio n o f g ra sp in g b ecau se o f th e d e stru c tio n o f h a tre d , b e in g w ith o u t con fu sio n h e com es to be in te n t on th e d e stru c tio n o f g ra sp in g b e ca u se o f th e d e stru c tio n o f co n fu sio n ; b ein g p assio n less he co m es to b e in te n t on th e d e stru ctio n -of c r a v in g b ecau se o f th e d e stru c tio n o f passion, b e in g w ith o u t h a tre d h e com es to be in te n t on th e d e stru ctio n o f c ra v in g b e c a u s e o f th e d e stru c tio n o f h a tre d , b ein g w ith o u t confusion he co m es to be in te n t on th e d e stru c tio n o f c r a v in g b ecau se o f th e d e stru c tio n o f c o n fusion ; b e in g p assio n less he com es to b e in te n t on non co n fu sio n b ecau se o f th e d e stru c tio n o f passio n , b ein g w ith o u t h a tre d h e co m es to be in te n t on n o n -co n fu sio n b e cau se o f th e d e stru c tio n o f h a tre d , b e in g w ith o u t con fu sio n he com es to be in te n t on n o n -con fu sion b ecau se o f th e d e stru ctio n o f c o n fusion. || iz4 j| " T h u s , L o rd , e v e n i f 2 sh apes c o g n isa b le b y th e e y e co m e v e r y s tr o n g ly in to th e field o f vision o f a m o n k w h ose m in d is w h o lly freed , th e y d o n o t obsess his m in d fo r h is m in d co m es to be undefiled,* firm , w o n to co m p o su re, a n d h e n o te s its 1 sllabbatapar&m*Lsa+ '
V A . 10S2 e x p la in s ; si Ia n ca v&laii ca pardm aH tvd
ru a n d c u s to m " (as t h o u g h tills w ere enough), * A s also a t A . iv* 404.
...........................................
* atnissikafA. V A * 10 8 2 e x p la in s th is t o mean, u n m b ced w ith (or, tsndefiled b y ) th e k iU sas (o b stru ctio n s).
244
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
p a ssin g h en ce,1 I f so u n d s co gn isab le b y th e e a r * * * i f scen ts co g n isab le b y th e nose * . . if ta ste s co gn isab le b y th e to n gu e * * . if to u ch e s co g n isab le b y th e b o d y P * if m e n ta l objects* co gn isab le b y th e m in d 3 com e v e r y stro n g ly in to th e field o f th o u g h t o f a m o n k w h o se m in d is w h o lly freed j t h e y d o n o t obsess h is m in d fo r h is m in d co m es to be u n d efiled , firm , w a n to co m p o su re , a n d h e n o te s its p a ssin g h en ce, |j 25 ]| ** I t is a s i f t L o rd j th e re w ere a r o c k y m o u n ta in slo p e w ith o u t a c le ft, w ith o u t a h o llo w , o f one m a ss, a n d a s i f w ild w in d an d ra in sh o u ld com e v e r y s tr o n g ly fro m th e eastern q u a rte r it w ould, n e ith e r tre m b le n o r q u a k e n o r sh ake v io le n tly ; an d a s if w ild w in d a n d ra in sh o u ld co m e v e r y s tr o n g ly from th e w e ste rn q u a rte r . * . fro m the n o rth ern q u a rte r 4 . . from th e so u th ern q u a rter i t w o u ld n eith er tre m b le n o r q u a k e n or sh a k e v io le n tly . E v e n so. L o rd , if sh ap es co gn isab le b y th e e y e com e v e r y s tr o n g ly in to th e field of visio n o f a m o n k w h ose m in d is w h o lly freed * . - if m e n ta l o b je c ts co gn isable b y th e m in d com e v e r y stro n g ly in to th e field of th o u g h t o f a m o n k w h o se m in d is w h o lly freed, t h e y d o n o t obsess his m in d , fo r h is m in d com es to b e ur. defiled* firm , w on to com p o su re, a n d h e notes, its p a ssin g h e n ce / ' || 26 || I f one is in te n t u p o n ren u n ciatio n a n d m in d 's aloofness*, I f one is in te n t u pon non -harm in g an d d estru ctio n o f g ra sp in g , [ 184] _ _ I f o n e is in te n t u p o n d e stru ctio n o f c ra v in g a n d m in d 's non-confusion, H a v in g seen sensations* rise, his m in d is w h o lly freed . F o r th a t m o n k w h o se m ind is ca lm e d a n d w h o lly freed T h e re is n o th in g to ad d to w h a t has been d o n e, there is n a u g h t to b e d one. A s a ro c k o f one mas& b y w in d is n e v e r m o v e d ,* S o sh a p es, ta ste s, so u n d s, scents, to u ch e s a n d all
* V A . 1083 s a y s th is m e a n s i- " h e sees th e a risin g a n d p a s s in g a w a y o f t h a t m in d " , ciftassa x*ppdda*n p i uayam p i passcrti.
1 matto. * T h e s e lin es, to t h e end,, fo rm th e co n clu sio n o f t h e verses ascrib ed t o S01,1a K o liv is a a t Thag, 6406-4^* T h e y a ls o o c c u r a t A * Hi. 378 f. M e tr ic a l t r a n s la tio n s are a t Pss+ fireth. 2 7 7 an d 6 ,5 . iii. 369 f. V ersio n a b o v e , a n d t h a t a t V in . T exts ii. 12 a r e r a th e r m ore lite r a l in p la ce s ; b u t n o n e o f t h e oth ers r e co g n ise s t h a t dkamma m e a n s m e n ta l o b je c ts (last lin e b a t oueJp a n d a lr e a d y referred to b y S o g a (as th e s ix th *' se n se-d a tu m J *) T h is lin e o ccu rs a t D h . -Si.
1**7 3<0
M A H A V A G G A
245
P le a sa n t an d u n p lea sa n t m e n ta l o b je c ts 1 s tir n o t a m a n lik e this* H is m in d is firm , w e ll fr e e d ,2 an d h e notes its p assin g hen ce. *27 II T h e n th e L o rd ad dressed th e m o n ks, s a y in g : T h u s , m o n k s, d o y o u n g m en o f fa m ily d eclare p ro fo u n d kn o w led ge- T h e g o a l is sp o k en o f b u t th e se lf is n o t o b tru d e d . B u t th e n it seem s to m e th a t th e re are som e fo o lish m en here w h o d e cla re p ro fo u n d k n o w led g e fo r f u n ; th e se a fte rw a rd s c o m e to d is a s te r / '3 | ] 28 || T h e n th e L o r d a d d ressed th e v e n e ra b le S o n a , s a y in g ; * * Y o u , S o n a , h a v e been d e lic a te ly nurtured* I a llo w fo r y o u , Son a, sa n d a ls w ith one lining/* " B u t I , L o rd , g a v e tip e ig h ty c a rtlo a d s o f g o ld 4 w h e n I w e n t fo r th from h o m e in to hom elessness, a n d a h e rd o f seven e le p h a n ts ,5 B e c a u s e o f th is there w ill b e sp ea k e rs a g a in s t me, s a y i n g : * S o n a K o liv is a g a v e u p e ig h t y c a rtlo a d s o f g o ld w h en he w e n t fo rth from h o m e in to h o m elessn ess, a n d a herd o f seven e le p h a n ts ; a n d n o w th is v e r y (person) is clin g in g on t o fl sa n d a ls w ith one lin in g / || 29 || ,f I f th e L o rd w ill a llo w th em to th e O rd er o f m o n k s, I too w ill m a k e u se o f them , b u t if th e L o rd w ill n o t a llo w th e m to th e O rd er of m on ks, n e ith e r w ill I m a k e use o f th e m / ' T h e n th e L o rd on th is occasio n , h a v in g g iv en reaso n ed ta lk , ad d ressed th e m o n k s , s a y in g : ** M onks, X a llo w sa n d a ls w ith one lining* M onks, d o u b ly lin e d : san d als sh o u ld n o t be w orn , t r e b ly lin e d 7 san d als sh o u ld
1 S e e n o te a t M V I, It. z (a b o v e) fo r fu r th e r references. * Thag. 644 reads vis^nnuiiaTp in ste a d o f v ip pa m u ttam (&s a b o v e a n d &t A . in* 3 j$ ) . ' * T h is p a r a g r a p h o ccu rs a t A * iii. 359. C f. A . i. -213 ; G . S . i. 19* n. * ; M i ln , 396, V A + 10S3 e x p la in s " t h e go^.1 is s p o k e n o f p t b y s a y in g " if b e is c a lle d a n a r a h a n t, t h a t is t h e g o a l sp oken of. J iu t p r o p e r ly {euo} i t should, b e ta k e n a s * th e m e a n in g o i a sutta. from t h e e x p la n a tio n o f a s u t t a n t a 1 *' (aHAa m e a n s b o th g o a l a n d m ean in g)* I t ejtp la in s H ' th e self is n o t o b tr u d e d " a s " if (th e p ro fo u n d k n o w le d g e ) is declared th u s, 1 I a m an a r a h a n t rf t h e self is n o t o b tr u d e d '* (or m en tio n ed or b r o u g h t fo rw ard , na upanttu). 4 M is p rin t a t V in + i. 1 S 5 h a s b een co r r e cte d a t Vin* T e x ts iL 13,. n, 3 t o asitisakiitiivdhz hiraiinaift. * V A . i o f l j s a y s t h a t here th is h e rd (retinu e, a r r a y , anika) is c a lle d s ix c o w -e le p h a n ts a n d o n e b u ll-elep h a n t* * saiio {w ith in stru m e n ta l), or f is en a m o u red o f \ * digufta * . * . tigunn.
246
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
n o t b e w o rn , sa n d a ls w ith m a n y lin in gs1 sh o u ld n o t b e w o rn . W h o e v e r sh o u ld w e a r (a n y of th ese), th ere is a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / ' || 30 || 1 \ \ N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n k s w o re sa n d a ls th a t w ere e n tir e ly d a rk g re e n 2 . - - th a t w ere e n tire ly y e llo w . . . th a t w e re e n tir e ly re d . * * th a t w ere e n tir e ly crim so n - , th a t w ere e n tir e ly b la c k . , , th a t w ere d y e d e n tir e ly o ra n g e 3 . * th a t w e re d y e d e n tir e ly m u lti-c o lo u rcd .4 P e o p le lo o k e d d ow n upon , c riticise d , sp read it ab o u t, s a y in g : " L ik e h o u seh o ld ers w h o e n jo y p le a su re s o f th e senses. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e sa id : r- M onks, sa n d a ls th a t are e n tire ly d a rk green a re n o t to b e w orn p - , sandaJs th a t are d yed e n tir e ly m u lti-co lo u red a re n o t to b e w o rn . W h o e v e r sh o u ld w e a r (a n y o f th ese), th ere is an offen ce o f w ro n g -d o in g / ' |j 1 | [ N o w a t t h a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n k s [185] w ore sa n d a ls w ith d a r k green stra p s 5 . . * w ith y e llo w stra p s , . . w ith red s tra p s , . . w ith crim son stra p s * . . w ith b la c k strap s _ . . w ith d y e d o ra n g e stra p s , * . w ith d yed m u lti-co lo u red stra p s. P eo p le . * * sp rea d it a b o u t, s a y in g 1 " L i k e h o u seh o ld ers w h o e n jo y p le a su re s o f th e senses *\ T h e y to ld th is m a tte r t o th e L o rd , H e sa id : M onks, sa n d a ls w ith d a rk g ree n stra p s T _ , sa n d a ls w ith d y e d m u lti-c o lo u re d stra p s are not to b e worn* W h o e v e r sh ould w e a r (a n y o f these), th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / ' j[ 2 |j N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f six m o n k s w o re san d als w ith heel^ ooverings0 - * . sa n d a ls th a t w ere k n e e -b o o ts 7 . * , sand als
1 gcrpafptganupdhana V A . 083 Say& " s a n d a l s w it h u p w a r d s o f fou r lin in g s niliba . See ii. 407, n, 2, 408, n. 2, 2. * ntahdrangaratta, V A * io & jj 4 1 the co lo u r oi a c e n tip e d e s back \ * m ahan&m araZU i . V A - 1083 says, -i i t i s w h en t h e c o l o u r s a r e m i x e d ,
p a le f o lia g e , b u t t h e J u r u iid iy & c a l l s i t t h e c o lo u r s o f t h e f l o w e r s ,J* T h e s e c o u ld b e re d o r w h ite , A fa ftd n d n ta m a y b e t h e n a m e o 1 a p la n t , h o w e v e i* th e C o lo u r s of
p a d u m a ^ o tu s
a V A , 10 84 r e a d s v a g $ h ik a t a n d e x p la in s b y * khvUakabiiddhO'. C f. 2*v A < lz y . See n o te a t V in . T e x ts iL 1 5 on d o u b tfu l m ea n in g o f th e n a tu r e of a ll the&e form s of fo o t-c o v c r m g , so c u r io u s ly called upahatta, s a n d a ls or slippers. 7 pu fabaddha. V A , J084 s a y s it 19 caUcd a G r e e k tytfnaAtf) s a n d a l; it covcrs- th e w h o le f o o t a s faT as t h e k n e e *'
2,3 3-1]
M A H A V A G G A
247
th a t w ere to p -b o o ts1 * * * sa n d a ls t h a t w e re filled w ith c o tto n 3 , , * sa n d a ls of (m a n y h u e s like) p a rtrid g e s' w in g s 3 . . . sa n d a ls p o in te d w ith ra m s' horn s * * . sa n d a ls p o in te d w ith goats* h o m s * * * sa n d a ls (ornam ented) w ith sc o rp io n s' ta ils , , sa n d a ls sew n ro u n d w ith peacocks* ta il fe a th e rs . . . em b ro id ered * sa n d a ls. P e o p le lo o k e d d o w n upon, c ritic is e d , sp rea d it a b o u t, s a y in g : L ik e h o u seh o ld ers w h o e n jo y p leasu res o f th e sen ses T h e y to ld th is m a tte r t o th e L o rd . H e s a id : " M onks, sa n d a ls w ith h e el-co v erin g s sh o u ld n ot b e w o rn * . * em b ro id ered sa n d a ls sh o u ld n o t b e worn* W h o e v e r sh o u ld w e a r (a n y o f these), th ere is a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / ' || 3 \ \ N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f six m o n k s w ore sa n d a ls d e co ra te d w ith lio n -sk in s5 , ** w ith tig e r-sk in s * . , w ith p a n th ersk in s * . . w ith b la c k a n telo p e-sk in s , . . w it h o tte r -sk in s . . . w ith ca t-sk in s , . . w ith sq u irrel-skin s . . w ith o w l-s k in s7. P e o p le . - , sp read it about* sa y in g : " L ik e h o u seh o ld ers w h o e n jo y p lea su res o f the se n s e s / 1 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d : " M onks, sa n d a ls d e co ra te d w ith lio n -sk in s * . * w ith ow l* sk in s are n o t to b e w o rn . W h o e v e r sh o u ld w e a r (a-ny of these) th e re is a n o ffen ce o f w ro n g -d o in g .'" II 4 II 2 J | T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g dressed in th e m o rn in g , ta k in g h is b o w l an d ro b e, en te red R a ja g a h a for a lm sfo o d w ith a c e rta in m o n k a s h is a tte n d a n t. T h e n th a t m o n k w e n t lim p in g a lo n g b e h in d th e L o rd - A c e rta in la y fo llo w er, h a v in g p u t on san d als w ith m a n y lin in gs, sa w th e L o rd co m in g fro m a la r ; seein g h im , h a v in g ta k e n o ff h is san d als, he a p p ro a c h e d th e L o rd ;
1 pdliguyfhima. These covered th e upper pdda* loot or leg, b u t n o t the knee, VA. 10S4. * iufapunfiika- O n th e three kinds of cotto n , taiezt see B .D . iii. 9-2., and n- s there* * tittirapattika* V A , *084 explains b y ttiiirapattasadisa vioi!tavaddha3 -which is followed in a b o v e translatioc, alth ou gh ** dyed m ulti-coloured w * hiLS already been dealt -with,
* citra ; o fte n m eans v a r io u s ly c-oloorod or gaiE y coloured . a t D . i. j . C f. cifr& pdkana
* V A , 10S4 M th e y are m ade havin g joined th e lion-akin to th e edges, as to a scam of a. robe IJ * u44&. M eanin g uncertain., see Vim, T exis ii* 16* n. 5 . B o th Ccom arasw am y, Svtne F a li Words^ H J A S t V ol. IV , no. 2, p . 133, and DPJPN art. JDabbapuppba J& takar ta k e u-dda as otter. C/. -ttddapoia a t Op. X, X* 2 1 1084 explains uiak&r owl, b y pak&hibifafa,. flyin g fox.
248
BO OK
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed , h a v in g greeted th e L o rd , he a p p ro a ch e d th a t m o n k ; h a v in g a p p ro ach ed , h a v in g g re e te d t h a t m o n k , h e sp o k e th u s : || r | | " W h y , h o n o u red sir, d o es the m a ste r lim p ? " M y fe e t are sp lit, sir/* " S ee, honoured sir, here are s a n d a ls . [186] N o , sir, sa n d a ls w ith m a n y lin in gs are o b je c te d t o 1 b y th e L o r d / ' " T a k e th e se sa n d a ls, m o n k / '3 T h e n th e L o r d in th is co n n ectio n h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , ad d ressed th e m o n k s, s a y in g : , " I a llo w y o n , m o n k s, sa n d a ls w ith m a n y lin in g s th a t h a v e b een ca st off. M onks, n ew san d als w ith m a n y lin in gs are not t o b e w orn . W h o e v e r should w ea r (these), th ere is an offen ce of w ro n g -d o in g ," |[ 2 || 3 || N o w a t th a t tim e th e L o rd w as p a c in g u p a n d d o w n w ith o u t Sandals in th e open air. M onks w h o w ere eld ers, th in k in g : ** T h e te a c h e r is p a c in g u p a n d d o w n w ith o u t sa n d a ls " , also p a ce d u p a n d d o w n w ith o u t sandals* T h e g ro u p o f s ix m o n k s, w h ile th e te a ch e r w a s p a c in g u p a n d d o w n w ith o u t sa n d a ls a n d w h ile m o n k s w h o w ere elders w e re p a c in g u p a n d d o w n w ith o u t sa n d a ls, p a c e d u p and d o w n w ith sa n d a ls on. T h o se w h o w ere m o d est m o n k s * . . sp read i t a b o u t, s y a in g : " H o w can th is g ro u p o f six m o n ks, w h ile th e te a ch e r is p a c in g u p a n d d o w n w ith o u t sa n d a ls, an d w h ile m o n k s w h o are elders are p a c in g u p a n d d o w n w ith o u t sa n d a ls, p a ce u p a n d dow n w ith san d als o n ? " || 1 |] T h e n th e se m o n k s to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord- H e s a i d : '* J s it irue^ as is said* m onks, t h a t th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n k s, w h ile th e te a ch e r . . . w ith san d als on ? " Tt is tru e . L o r d .1' T h e a w aken ed one, th e L o rd , re b u k ed them* s a y in g ; " H o w m on ks, can th ese foolish m en , w h ile th e te a c h e r w as p a c in g u p a n d d o w n w ith o u t sandals* a n d w h ile m o n ks w h o a re eld ers w ere p a c in g u p a n d d ow n w ith o u t sa n d a ls, p a ce u p
1 paîkkhittd^ N o te t h a t h e d oes not s a y n o t allow ed * A s p o in te d o u t a t V in . T exts ii n 1. t h is m u st t>e u n d ersto o d as en b y G o t a m a . A la y m a n d id n o t a d d ress a m o n k as fJ m o n k * \ b u t o ta m a is c o n s ta n t ly recorded to d o so*
4 .2 5 .3 ]
M A H A V A G G A
349
a n d d o w n w ith sa n d a ls on ? F o r , m o n k s , e v e n th e se w h ite fro c k e d h o u seh o ld ers, on a c co u n t o f p ro c u rin g a c r a ft fo r th e ir liv e lih o o d , w ill b e re sp e c tfu l, d e fere n tia l, c o u rte o u s1 to w a r d s t h e ir te a ch e rs, |f 2 H " H e rein , m o n k s, le t y o u r lig h t sh in e fo r th so th a t y o u w h o h a v e th u s g o n e fo r th in th is dhamma a n d d iscip lin e w h ic h are w e ll ta u g h t m a y be* re s p e c tfu l, d e fere n tia l, c o u rte o u s to w a rd s te a ch e rs ,3g ra d e s o f te a c h e r s ,1 p recep tors, g ra d e s o f p r e c e p to r s .5 I t is n o t, m o n k s, fo r p le a sin g th o se w h o are n o t (yet) p lea sed - . / ' a n d h a v in g reb u ked th e m , h a v in g g iv e n reaso n ed ta lk , he ad d ressed th e m o n k s, s a y in g : M o n k s, y o u sh o u ld n o t p ace u p a n d d o w n w ith sa n d a ls on w h ile te a ch e rs, g ra d e s o f te a ch ers, p re cep to rs, g ra d e s o f p re cep to rs are p a c in g u p a n d dow n w ith o u t sa n d a ls. W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) p a ce u p a n d d o w n , th e re is a n offence o f w ro n g d o in g . A n d , m o n k s, y o u sh o u ld n o t w e a r san d als w ith in a m o n a ste ry . "W hoever sh o u ld w e a r th e m (there), th e re is an o ffen ce o f w ro n g -d o in g / ' |j 3 j| 4 ? || N o w a t t h a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k c a m e to h a v e a n a fflictio n o f co rn s on h is fe e t .3 H a v in g ta k en h o ld o f th a t m o n k , th e y m a d e him g o o u t to r e lie v e him self* A s th e L o rd w a s to u rin g th e lo d g in g s h e sa w th o se m o n k s w h o , h a v in g ta k e n h o ld o f th a t m o n k, [ 187] w ere m a k in g h im go o u t to re lie v e h im self, a n d seein g (th is), he a p p ro a c h e d th o se m o n k s, h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h e sp o k e th u s to th o se m o n k s : \ { 1 |[ " W h a t, m o n ks, is th is m o n k 's d isease ? f J " L o rd , th is v e n e ra b le one h as an a fflic tio n o f co rn s on th e fe e t, a n d h a v in g ta k e n h o ld o f h im , w e are m a k in g him go
1 T h e s e ttiTee w o rd s -also a t V in . i. 45 ; A * iii* 15 ,
* C f: M V. X , 2 * 20* * The four teachers meant here, according to 10-85, those fof the going forth, for ordination, for the resources, for the recitation (oi the P^tintokkha). Cf. Vism^ 94.
* cariyatnata. V A . T0S5 t h a t o n e o f s ix y e a r s ' s ta n d in g is for one (i.e. t o t e a c h one) o f no (full) y e a r 's s ta n d in g ; so o n e o f s e v e n y e a r s ' s ta n d in g w ill b e fo r o n e o f o n e y e a r 's standing-, one o f e ig h t fo r on e of tw o , o n e o f nine for o n e o f th r e e , o n e o f t e n fo r o n e o f fou r y e a r s ' s ta n d in g .
v p a p h d y a m a tta , V A , ioS_5 : these are m onks w ho are friends and companions of a preceptor,, or of a n y who are ten years ones senior (in th e Order).
* padakhtidbadha^ KhU& m ay here mean an eruption. V A , 10&5 : tb .e= flesh comes to have stood out from (or left. niFtkhania) the foot, like a stake (reading hhilai cf* v 204 hhiid*tit v Tl khilani, meaning *f sharp stakes ")
250
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
o u t to re lie v e h im s e lf/ ' T h e n th e L o rd in th is co n n ectio n h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , a d d ressed th e m o n ks, s a y i n g : *4 I a llo w , m o n k s, h e w hose fe et a re p a in fu l o r he w h o se fe e t a re s p lit o r he w h o has an a fflictio n of co rn s on th e feet, to w e a r s a n d a ls / j| 2 | |5 [ ] N o w a t t h a t tim e m o n k s got u p on to co u ch es a n d ch airs w ith u n w a sh e d fe et, a n d robes a n d lo d g in g s w e re so ile d .1 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e sa id : r I a llo w y o n , m o n k s, w hen y o u th in k : - I w ill g e t u p now on to a couch o r a c h a ir \ to w e a r s a n d a ls / ' | ] x jj N o w a t th a t tim e , m o n k s, g o in g to a n O b se rv a n c e -h u t2 an d to a m e e tin g -p la c e a t n ig h t, in th e d a r k tr o d u p o n stu m p s o f tre es a n d on th o rn s, a n d th e ir fe et b e ca m e p a in fu l. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r t o th e L o rd . He sa id : f< I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, to use sa n d a ls w ith in a m o n a ste ry , a to rc h , a lig h t, a s ta ff.8 " ||2 |[ N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p of s ix m o n k s, g e ttin g u p in th e n ig h t to w a rd s d aw n , h a v in g p u t on w o o d en shoes,* paced u p a jid d o w n in th e open a ir ta lk in g in h ig h , lo u d , ra sp in g 5 to n e s a v a r ie t y o f w o r ld ly ta lk ,* th a t is to s a y ta lk o f kin gs, t a lk o f th ie v e s, ta lk o f g re a t m in isters, t a lk o f arm ies, t a lk o f d an gers, t a lk o f b a ttle s, t a lk o f food, ta lk o f d rin k , t a lk o f clo th es, t a lk o f b ed s, t a lk o f g a rla n d s, ta lk o f scen ts, t a lk o f rela tio n s, t a lk o f v e h icle s, t a lk o f v illa g e s, ta lk o f little to w n s, ta lk o f to w n s, t a lk of th e co u n try* ta lk o f w o m en , ta lk o f h e ro e s ,7 ta lk o f stre e ts, t a lk o f w ells, ta lk o f those d e p a rte d before* ta lk o f d iv e r s ity , sp ecu la tio n a b o u t th e w o rld , sp ecu la tio n a b o u t th e sea, ta lk o n b eco m in g a n d n o t b ecom in g th u s or th u s ; a n d t h e y b o th k ille d insects, h a v in g tro d d en on them , a n d a lso m ad e m o n k s fa ll nvay fro m c o n te m p la tio n .8 || 3 | | T h o se w h o w ere m o d e st m onks lo o k e d d o w n upon , c ritic iz e d ,
* C f, V in iL 174 , * uposathagga / c/* F in . iii* 66* T h e re is also upQsathdgdta, tra n s la te d a b o v e , e .g . I I , 9 , l a s " O b s e r v a n c e -h a il *\ * hoitsrada'nda ; c f * V in . iL 76, 2 1 7 , iii. 36 c. T h e Last p a r t o f th e rule * I I* I I3 I E a p p e a rs t o b e n ullified b y th is ru le a t 6. s . * hatthapad * kK&taithataadd&, so u n d s o f clearin g th e th r o a t, * tira ccK d n & k a tk d / c f J3 .ZX iii. S3 f o r n o te s . 7 s&rakaka h ere ; see B . D , ill. 83, n* 5* * C f, A . ir i 343, iv . 343.
6.4
m a h
v a g g a
25 *
sp re a d it a b o u t, s a y in g : " H o w c a n th is g ro u p o f s ix m o n k s, g e ttin g u p in th e n ig h t to w a rd s d a w n , h a v in g p u t on w o o d e n sh oes p p a c e u p a n d d o w n in th e open a ir ta lk in g in h ig h , lo u d , ra sp in g to n e s a v a r ie t y o f w o r ld ly ta lk . . * a n d b o th k ill insects* h a v in g tro d d e n on th e m , a n d also m a k e m o n k s fa ll a w a y fro m c o n te m p la tio n ? " T h e n th e se m o n k s to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : ** Ts it tru e , a s is said , m onies, th a t th e g ro u p o f s i x m o n k s, g e ttin g u p in th e n ig h t to w a rd s d a w n * * * a n d m a d e m o n k s fa ll a w a y fro m c o n te m p la tio n ? [ 188] " I t is tru e , L a r d .P J H a v in g re b u k e d th e m , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , h e a d d ressed the m o n k s, s a y in g : " M on ks, w o o d en sh oes are n o t to b e w o rn . W h o e v e r sh o u ld w e a r (them ), th e re is a n offence o f w r o n g -d o in g / ' (j 4 [{ 6 \ \ T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g s ta y e d a t R a ja g a h a fo r a s lo n g a s h e fo u n d su itin g , set o u t on to u r for B en a re s. In d u e co u rse, w a lk in g on to u r, h e a rriv e d a t B en ares. T h e L o rd s ta y e d th e re n e a r B e n a re s a t Is ip a ta n a in th e d e e r-p a rk . N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n ks, th in k in g , " W o o d en sh o es are o b je c te d to b y th e L o rd h a v in g h a d y o u n g p a lm y r a p a lm s1 c u t, w o re shoes o f p a lm y ra p a lm le a v e s ; th o se y o u n g p a lm y r a p a lm s w h ich w e re c u t, w ith ered - P e o p le . * , s p re a d it a b o u t, s a y in g : ** H o w c a n these reclu ses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s , h a v in g h a d y o u n g p a lm y r a p a lm s c u t, w e a r shoes o f p a lm y ra p a lm le a v e s ? T h ese y o u n g p a lm y r a p a lm s w h ic h w e re c u t, are w ith e rin g . T h e se recluses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s, are h a rm in g life th a t is o n e -fa c u ltie d a J | r || M onks h e a rd th ese p e o p le w h o lo o k e d d o w n u p o n , c ritic ise d , sp read it about* T h e n th e s e m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord* H e sa id r I s it tru e , a s is sa id , m o n k s, t h a t th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n k s, h a v in g h a d y o u n g p a lm y r a paLms cut* w e a r sh oes o f p a lm y r a p a lm le a v e s, a n d t h a t th o se y o u n g p a lm y r a p a lm s w h ic h w ere c u t are w ith e rin g ? J'
* ta la ta r u n a . possibly m eaning th e shoots oi th e p alm trees ; b u t I think not, for it was prob ab ly th e yo u n g trees them selves th a t withered once th e monks h a d iia.4 som e o i their leaves c u t off, and n o t ju st tho c u t leaves or sprouts or shoots. * C/. ii* 326, iii* 320.
252
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
" Tt is tru e . L o r d . T h e a w a k e n e d one, th e L o r d re b u k ed th e m , s a y in g : " H o w , m o n k s, c a n th e se fo o lish m e n , h a v in g h a d y o u n g p a lm y r a p a lm s c u t, w e a r shoes o f p a lm y r a palm le a v e s (so th a t) th e y o u n g p a lm y r a p alm s w ith e r ? F o r , m o n k s, p eo p le th in k t h a t th ere are liv in g th in gs in a t r e e .1 Tt is n o t, m on ks, for p le a sin g th o se w h o are n o t (yet) p le a se d . . a n d h a v in g re b u k e d th e m , h a v in g g iv e n reaso n ed ta lk , h e a d d ressed th e m o n k s , s a y in g : " M on ks, y o u sh o u ld n o t w ea r shoes o f p a lm y r a p a lm le a v e s. W h o e v e r sh o u ld w e a r (them ), th e re is a n offence o f w ro n g d o in g ." || 2 || N o w a t th a t tim e th e grou p o f s i x m o n k s, th in k in g : * Sh oes o f p a lm y r a p a lm le a v e s are o b je cted to b y th e L o rd , h a v in g h a d y o u n g b a m b o o s c u t, w o ie sh oes o f b a m b o o le a v e s ; th o se y o u n g b a m b o o s th a t w ere cu t w ith e re d * . . {as i n |[ i t 2 |j. R ead b a m b o o instead 0/ p a lm y ra p a lm ) . , * * . . M on ks, yo u sh o u ld n o t w e a r shoes o f bam b o o le a v e s. W h o e v e r sh ould w e a r (th em ), th e re is a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / 7 I S 3 II 7 II T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g sta y e d a t B e n a re s fo r a s lo n g as h e fo u n d su itin g , s e t o u t on to u r for B h a d d iy a . In d u e course, w a lk in g on to u r, he a r r iv e d a t B h a d d iy a , T h e L o rd s ta y e d th ere a t B h a d d iy a in th e J a tiy a G rove*2 [ 189] N o w a t th a t tim e th e m o n k s o f B h a d d iy a w ere a d d ic te d to th e p ra c tic e o f o rn a m e n tin g th e ir sh o es in a v a r ie t y o f w ays- T h e y m ade tiipa -grass shoes a n d h a d th em m a d e - . - m unja-gr&ss shoes a n d h a d th e m m a d e . . shoes of re e d s a n d h a d th e m m a d e * , , m a rsh y d a te -p a lm 3 shoes a n d h a d th e m m a d e . kam alagrass* sh oes a n d h a d th em m ad e, t h e y m ade w o o llen shoes a n d h a d th e m m a d e ; th e y n e g le c te d th e r e c ita tio n , th e
1 C f. B .D * ii. 223, 227 ômitted b y m istak e : foolish m en . . ,J,) P 1 M entioned a t Vin, i* 241. iii* 37 : A . iii. 36, insert before *p I t is not,
1 Mntdia. Monier Williams gives r '* the marshy date tree, a species oi palm,. Phoenix or Elate Paludosa." VA. 10S5 says they are shoes made of the leaves of khajjitri (not in P.T,D** but Childers gives ^ the wild date palm tree, Phoenix Sytvestris "), but not the leaves of the hintdia itself. 4 Aa-maJa seems not to be 4 4lotus " here. V A . 1085 says, there Is a grass (ii-pd) called kam&lavattna (Aamafa-coloured, with vJ. oi -iiptt lor therefore they call the made-up shoes khus-khus shoes. For khus-khus, usira+ see iL 228, n. 1 *
6 .1 3]
M A H A V A G G A
253
in te rro g a tio n , th e h ig h e r m o r a lity , th e h ig h e r th o u g h t, th e h ig h e r w isd o m .1 |j x || T h o se w h o w ere m o d est m o n k s Jooked d o w n u p o n , criticiscd * sp rea d it a b o u tr s a y in g : r* H o w c a n th e s e m o n k s o f B h a d d iy a be a d d ic te d to th e p ra c tic e o f o rn a m e n tin g sh o es m a v a r i e t y o f w a y s , an d m a k e tiqta-grass shoes a n d h a v e th e m m a d e .* . * a n d n c g le c t th e re c ita tio n , the in te rro g a tio n , th e h ig h e r m o ra lity , th e h ig h e r th o u g h t, th e h ig h e r w isd o m ? " T hen th e se m o n k s to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " Is it tru e , a s is sa id , m o n k s, th a t th e m o n k s o f B h a d d iy a a re a d d ic te d to th e p r a c tic e o f * , a n d n e g le c t th e re c ita tio n . . . th e h ig h e r w isd o m ? " I t is tru e , L o r d / ' T h e a w a k e n e d o n e, th e L o rd re b u k e d th em s a y in g : " How* m o n k s, can th ese fo o lish m e n b e a d d ic te d t o th e p ra c tic e o f o rn a m e n tin g shoes . * * a n d n e g le c t th e re c ita tio n . . , th e h ig h e r w isd o m ? I t is n o t, m o n k s , fo r p le a s in g th o se w h o a re n o t (yet) p le a se d , , || 2 j] H a v k ig re b u k e d th e m , h a v in g g iv e n reaso n ed t a lk , h e a d d ressed th e m o n k s, s a y in g : J- M o n k s, tin a -grass sh oes sh o u ld n o t b e w o rn , m unja-grass sh o es . . , sh o es o f reed s . * * m a r s h y d a te -p a lm sh o es t . kam ala-grass shoes _ _ _w o o lle n shoes sh o u ld n o t be w o rn , shoes m ad e w ith g o ld . . * sh oes m ad e w ith s ilv e r * , * sh o es m ad e w ith gem s* * * , sh oes m a d e w ith la p is la z u li 3 . . , sh o es m ad e w ith c r y s t a l1 * * * w ith b ro n ze * . w it h g la s s 5 . . * w ith tin * * * . w ith le a d 7 . . . sh oes m a d e w ith co p p er sh o u ld n o t b e w orn. W h o e v e r sh o u ld w e a r (a n y o f th ese), th ere is a n o ffen ce o f
1 C f. B .D ,
* A t D t p re c io u s o i a n y
ii. 94,
7 it is s a rd t h a t G o ta m a .a b s t a in s fr o m c r y s t a l. A t u s in g m a p i, u g e m s o r m a d e S o m e t im e s m a t e r ia ls b e r y l* a r e S e e a n d o n m e a n in g n o t
s to n e s .
Y in . r.
ii.
b o w ls
o f tb e s e
a llo w e d .
1 utluriya,.
u e lu r iy a . o f o l a s b a m b o o . su c h A
o r
V in +
Texts
as a n d
iii,
8 2 ,
n.
J a. i v
a is
14 1
s p e a k s th e t h e
o f
v a ^ s a r a g a ,
V b h A . 6 4 1w l u r i y a
j e w e l
c o lo u r1 o r ig in
w o r d -p la y
v e ju
(b a m b o o )
p r o b a b ly
d e fit u lio iis *
* phalika, or quart?. * See Texis iii. 83* n. i + tipu. A t ii. 112 tin and lead supports for boivls are allowed* A t S t v. 9.2 tin a n d lead are am ong th e five corruptions (alloys) of gold, jatarupa. VbAA. 63 classifies gold (suvamta as above), tin, lead, .and th e n ext, copper (iatnbuloha) under j<UiI&hat {seven) natural m-etals. It' calls tip v w h ite tip h, and sisa dark tipv.
1 jfjca.
254
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
w ro n g -d o in g . A n d a n y shoes, m o n ks, th a t ca n b e hand ed o n 1 sh o u ld n o t b e w o rn . W h o e v e r sh o u ld w e a r (a n y o f th ese), th e re is an o ffen ce o f w ro rg -d o in g , I allo w , m o n k s, th re e (kin d s of) shoes th a t are in fix ed p la c e s a n d t h a t ca n n o t be h a n d e d on :* p r iv y sh oes, u rin a l sh oes, rin sin g sh o e s .5 ]| 3 || 3 ]\ T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g s ta y e d in B h a d d iy a fo r as lo n g as h e fo u n d su itin g , se t o u t on to u r fo r S a v a tth L I n due course, w a lk in g on to u r , h e a rriv e d a t S a v a tth L T h e L o rd s ta y e d th ere in S a v a t t h i in th e J e ta G ro v e in A nathapin< JikaJ s m o n a ste ry . N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f [ 190] s ix m o n k s ca u g h t h o ld o f co w s, w h ic h w ere cro ssin g th e r iv e r A c ir a v a ti, b y th e ir ho rn s, a n d t h e y c a u g h t h o ld o f th e m b y th e ir ears, a n d t h e y c a u g h t h o ld o f th em b y th e ir d ew la p s, a n d th e y c a u g h t h o ld o f th e m b y th e ir ta ils , a n d t h e y m o u n te d on th e ir b a ck s, a n d t h e y to u c h e d th e ir p r iv y p a r ts w ith lu s tfu l th o u g h ts, a n d h a v in g d u c k e d y o u n g calves, t h e y k ille d th e m , [j 1 ]| P e o p le - . , sp rea d it a b o u t, s a y in g : " H o w c a n th e se reclu ses, sons o f th e S a k y a n s, c a tc h h o ld o f co w s, w h ic h are cro ssin g th e r iv e r A c ir a v a ti, b y th eir h o rn s * . * lik e househ old ers w h o e n jo y p leasu res o f th e s e n s e s ? '' M onks h e a rd these peo p le w h o . . * sp re a d it a b o u t. T h e n th ese m o n k s to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : I s it tru e , as is sa id , m o n k s, th a t th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n k s c a u g h t h o ld o f co w s , . , an d h a v in g d u ck ed y o u n g c a lv e s, k illed th e m ? J " I t is tru e , L o r d / 1 || z | J H a v in g re b u k ed th e m , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , he ad d ressed th e m onks,, s a y i n g : " M onks, y o u sh o u ld n o t c a tc h h o ld o f co w s b y th e ir horns, n o r sh o u ld y o u c a tc h h o ld of th em b y th e ir ears, n o r sh o u ld y o u c a tc h h old o f th e m b y th eir d e w la p s, n o r sh o u ld y o u c a tc h h o ld o f th e m b y th e ir ta ils, n o r sh o u ld y o u m o u n t on th e ir backs. W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) m o u n t, th e re is a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g . N o r sh o u ld y o u to u c h th e ir p r iv y p a rts w ith lu s tfu l th o u g h ts. W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) to u c h th e m , th ere is * had samkxmaniyd p&du&d.
* K /I. 1085 s a y s ; w e ll fix e d t o the groun d * im m o v a b le , n o t t o b e fa id ed up (or p u t a w a y , coO ectedj g a th e r e d up, asar?ih5 riy<t}. * F o r fu r th e r references* see V in . T exts ii, * 4 , iu 3.
9 .3 10.3 ]
MAHAVAGGA
255
a g ra v e offence. N o r sh o u ld y o u k i ll y o u n g c a lv e s . W h o e v e r sh o u ld k ill th e m sh o u ld b e d e a lt w ith a c c o rd in g to th e ru le .1 " II3 II + ^ ^ N o w a t th a t tim e* th e g ro u p o i s i x m o n k s w e n t in a v e h ic le , a n d th e re w a s a b u ll in th e m id d le y o k e d w ith c o w s a n d th e re w a s a c o w in th e m id d le y o k e d w ith bulls. P e o p le - . . sp rea d it a b o u t, s a y i n g : " A s a t the fe s tiv a l o f th e G a n g e s an d M a h i4 \ T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d ; " M onks, y o u sh o u ld n o t g o in a v c h ic le . W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) g o , th e re is a n offen ce o f w ro n g-d o in g*5 ,J || 4 || 9 ]| N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k , g o in g th ro u g h th e K o s a la c o u n tr y to S a v a tth i in o rd er to see th e L o rd , b e ca m e ill o n th e w a y . T h e n t h a t m o n k , ste p p in g a sid e fro m th e ro a d , s a t d o w n a t th e ro o t o f a c e rta in tre e . P e o p le , se e in g th a t m o n k , sp ok e th u s : W h ere , h o n o u re d sir, w ill th e m a s te r g o ? * ** I w ill go to S a v a tth i, sirs, in o rd e r to see th e L o r d ." || 1 || " C a m e , h o n o u red sir, w e w ill g o a lo n g * ** I am n o t a b le to , sirs, I a m i l l . fl C o m ej h o n o u red sir, g e t in to a v e h ic le / ' *4 N o , sirs, a ve h icle is o b je c te d t o b y th e L o r d , a n d b ein g scrupulous* h e d id n o t g e t in to a v e h icle . T h e n th a t m o n k , h a v in g a rriv e d at S a v a tth i, to ld th is m a tte r to th e m o n k s. T h e m o n k s to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : I allo w , m o n k s, a v e h ic le to o n e w h o is ill/* |[ 2 \ \ T h e n i t o ccu rred t o th e se m o n ks : J N o w , sh o u ld (the v e h ic le be) y o k e d w ith co w s o r y o k e d w ith b u lls* ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord - [ 191] H e s a id :
1 Pc. LXI_ * F r o m h ere t o en d o f || 10 (| 3 |[ cf. Vin* ii* 2 7 6 , w h ich refers t o t h e g r o u p o f sue n un s. * A s F i * T e x ts ii. 25, n. 2 rem ark s : R u , e x p la in s t h is p a s s a g e in a d ifferen t w a y . " H e saya, V A . 1085 ; itthiyutten& ti dhem iyutiena (y o k e d w ith m ilch co w s) ; piivisaninrAnd ti p j*ri a rah 1n & (w ith a m a le c h a r io te e r o r d rive r) ; purisayuttend ti g&rtayuttena ( y o k e d with, oxen ) j iithantarcTtd ti itthisdrathina. {w ith a fe m a le charioteer^. 4 Ganga-m akiy&ya. Y in . T e x ts ii. 15 , n. 3 s a y s t h a t b y M a h l is p i o b a b ly m e a n t " t h e v r lt - k n a w n a fflu e n t o f th e G a u g e s ' 1. V A . 1083 e x p la in s b y G & n g a -M a h ik llik a (ir.i. * A t h . iv . 339 { B .D . iii. 403) a n y n un w h o w a s n o t ill fell in to A n oFFenC* o f e x p ia tio n i f sh e w e n t in a v e h ic le . " V e h ic le ,f is d efin ed e,g . a t V in . iii.
4g* iv* 201*

1 itthiyiUtaf% n u hho purisayuttarp itv
356
BO OK
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
I a llo w y o u , m o n k s , a h a n d c a rt y o k e d w ith a b u ll.1 N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k b e ca m e e x tr e m e ly u n co m fo rta b le o w in g to th e jo ltin g of a vehicle* T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e s a id : I a llo w , m o n k s, a palanquin, a se d a n -c h a ir3/* |[ 3 || N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n k s used h ig h a n d b ro a d th in g s to reclin e upon,* th a t is to s a y : a s o fa 5, a d iv a n ,* a lo n g -h a ire d c o v e r le t ,7 a m a n y -c o lo u re d c o v e r le t8P a w h ite coverlet , a w o o l c o v e r le t besprent w ith flo w ers1 , a c o tto n q u ilt11, a w o o l c o v e r le t d e co ra te d w ith anim als* fo rm s, 14P a w o o l c o v e rin g w ith h a ir on the u p p e r s id e 13, a w o o l co v e rin g w ith h a ir a t o n e sid e 1*, a silk en sh eet stu d d e d w ith je w e ls1 a sh e et m a d e w ith s ilk th re a d s a n d stu d d e d w ith je w e ls 1*, a
1 pvrisayuttatft hatthavaffij&ntp. V A W10 S 5 s a y s : iie r e y o k e d w ith m e n {or a m a n o r b u lls or a bull* a w o m a n (itf At) or a m a n (purtsa} m a y b e t h e d r iv e r. F o r a h a n d c a r t rolls a lo n g w h e th e r ilthiyo or p u risa m o v e it, * sivikd* V A 1065 ; pitaka-siviha, b a s k e t p a la n q u in . * p d fa n k f. V A . 1085 : a w o v e n clo th (? p a ta p a $ a lib a t vJ. -paialika) m a d e u p h a v in g h u n g it o u t on b a m b o o s ; p e r h a p s w h a t in S . I n d ia is ca lle d a dooly* 4 uccdsayanatPtahasayana. L i s t recu rs a t V in * ii* 1G3, D+ i* 7* A * i. iS r 5 so m e o f th e ite m s o n ly a t JVf. i. 76 & i 4 , i, 1 37. C f. a ls o M A * ri- 39VA. xo&6 s a y s uccdsayana is a c o u c h exceed in g t h e (right) m easu re " (th e h e ig h t o f t h e leg s o f a C ou ch Is g iv e n as e ig h t fin g e r -b r e a d th s a t V i n , iv* i 63 )J a n d " makdsayawa is a sh e e t (pat-nrftfarapa) t h a t is n o t (made) a llo w a b le dsartdt, see ?.>* u L 326* n. I B Dia* i. 1 1 , n. . T h e u s e o i t h is a n d o f a divsua is fo r b id d e n t o n u n s a t F t . i v . 299 {B.D. iii_ 326 f.)_ * pedlaftka. see Z f.iX iii. 2 7 1 , n. 3, D ia l. 1. 1 I, n. 5. * gcttaha (also sp elle d go&aka), VA * 10&6 s a y s a lo n g -h a ire d w id e kojava (fleecy c o u n te r p a n e o r c o v e r w ith lo n g hair). O n kcjatw, see b-elowP p* 397 * n . 5. (iiak&r V A . 1086 s a y s a c o v e r le t {attharaka) m a d e o f w o o l o f v a r io u s co lo u rs (citta) (em bro id ered w ith ) w ild b e a s ts {vafa> v+l+ . S 6 reads vdtt&r w it h vM . ta n a , vaia). p a f iM . V A . 10S6 t a w h ite (^ fa) c o v e r le t m a d e o f wool* 16 pei&Hka* I fo llo w W o o d w a r d 's tr a n s la tio n a t G,-S* i, 16 4 . V A . 1086 g iv e s t i e m e a n in g a s " a c o v e r in g m a d e o f w o o l, a m a ss o f flo w ers and fu r th e r c a lls it a fJ c lo th o f t h e G reek s (Y o n a k a ) a n d T a m ils w ith v ,L aa a t A A . iL 2^5) y o dtnalakapattz ti p i vuctati* P e r h a p s a b e t t e r re a d in g o r &ntalaka fe m b lic m y r o b a la n ) occu rs a t & A . in 8 7 ; antil&ba ['* a w oollen c o v e r in to w h ic h a oral p a t t e r n Ls w oven ,." P . E . D . ) . 11 titiik i. V A . i o 36 s a y s ju s t a n o r d in a r y taiibd w h ile L>A . 87 a n d A A . ii* 2^3 s a y " a tuiika. stu ffed with. a c e r ta in one o f t h e th r e e k in d s of co tto n T h e s e th r e e k in d s are g iv en a t V in , ii. 150 , iv . 17 0 a s c o t t o n fr o m tree s, fr o m creepers a n d fr o m t h e p e t a k i s r a s s ; see B + D . iii. 93, n + 2. 11 vika(ik. V A * 3aS6 says* " a c c -v e iin g m a d e o f w ool, o rn a m e n te d (yiciita) w ith fo r m s o f lions, timers* e tc . . u W b , i. 1 9 2 an d V A , 10 S 6 b o th read uddha~ (upper) lom in as a g a in s t udda(bo th ) o f -D- l. 7, A . i. 3S i.
14 kztfhissa. Comys. s a y * ' a fJieet (paccaUJtara^ta) m a a e of ftdffkissa. (?j an d s ilk an d sew n ro u n d w it h je w e ls *J ** ko^cyya. I ta k e a b o v e ren d erin g Ifo m V A . 10S6.
ehaKialoTnin.
10.4 7]
m a h
v a g g a
^5 7
d a n cer's c a r p e t1 , a n e le p h a n t rug, a h o rse ru g, a c h a rio t r u g ? n ig s o f b la c k a n te lo p e s k in s , a sp le n d id sh e e tin g o f th e hide o f th e kadali- d eer,* a sh e et w ith an a w n in g a b o v e 3, a c o u c h w ith a red cu sh io n a t e ith e r end_4 P e o p le , en g ag ed in to u r in g th e d w e llin g -p la ce s, h a v in g seen (all th is), lo o k e d d o w n u p o n , c riticise d , sp rea d i t a b o u t, s a y in g : L ik e h o u seh o ld ers w h o e n jo y pleasu res o f th e se n s e s ." T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , || 4 |] H e sa id : M M o n k s, h ig h a n d b ro a d th in g s to re clin e u p o n sh o u ld n o t b e u sed , th a t is to s a y : a s o fa , , . a c o u ch w it h a re d cu sh io n a t e ith e r end. W h o e v e r s h o u ld u se (a n y o f these) th e re is a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g /* |[ 5 |[ N o w a t t h a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s i x m o n k s th in k in g , '* H ig h a n d b ro a d th in g s to re clin e u p o n are o b je c te d to b y th e L o rd u sed la r g e h id e s : a lio n 's hid e, a tig e r 's hid e, a p a n th e r s hide. T h e se w e re c u t to th e m e a su re m e n t o f a co u ch a n d th e y w e re c u t to th e m e a su re m e n t o f a ch air, a n d th e y w ere la id inside th e co u ch es a n d t h e y w ere la id o u tsid e th e co u ch es a n d t h e y w e re la id in sid e th e ch a irs a n d t h e y w e re la id o u tsid e th e chairs. P e o p le , to u rin g th e d w e llin g -p la ce s, h a v in g seen (this), lo o k e d d ow n u p o n , c riticise d , sp re a d i t a b o u t, s a y i n g : " L i k e h o u seh o ld ers w h o e n jo y pleasu res o f th e s e n s e s " . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " M o n k s, la rg e h id es s h o u ld n o t b e u se d : a lio n 's hid e, a tig e r 's hid e, a p a n th e r's hid e. W h o e v e r sh o u ld u se (an y o f th ese), th e re is a n o ffen ce o f w ro n g -d o in g / ' | | 6 |[ N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f six m o n k s , th in k in g : " L a r g e hides are o b je c te d to b y th e L o rd u se d cow-hides* T h e se w ere cu t to th e m e a su re m e n t o f a c o u c h . . . (as in || 6 \ ] above) - . * an d th e y w e re la id o u tsid e th e ch a irs. A c e rta in d e p ra v e d m o n k ca m e to be d e p en d e n t u p o n a c e rta in d e p r a v e d l a y follow er* T h e n th a t d e p ra v e d m o n k , h a v in g d ressed in th e
1 V A . io S 6 p a sh e e t m ade o f w ool s u ita b le Sot t h e dances of s ix te e n dajicm g girls " , * kadalimigapatoatapacCattharafta. V A - io 8 $ P " i t is called th e Iiide oi th e hadttfi-dttz ; a splendid sheet is made from this. I t means th e b est {uttamu} k in a of sheet. T h e y say th e y m ake i t h a v in g spread out th e deerhide and sewn it a b o ve w h ite hangings (vaithaw also m eaning clothes),
* SaU ttO raecJiadji. V A * 10 8 6 -7 e x p la in s as to g e th e r w ith a d y e d (o r r e d , r a iia ) a w n in g a t t a c h e d al>ove J\ a n d m en tio n s s h e e t (p a cc a tth a r a in a ) in t h is conciection-
t*&h&tol o h i t i } s & p a t h & V A .
108-7 explains as above.
a5&
BO OK
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
m o rn in g , ta k in g h is b o w l an d ro b e, a p p ro a c h e d th e d w e llin g o f th a t d e p ra v e d la y fo llo w e r ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , he sa t d o w n o n th e a p p o in te d seat* T h e n [192] t h a t d e p ra v e d la y fo llo w e r a p p ro a c h e d th a t d e p ra v e d m onk; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g g re e te d th a t d e p ra v e d m o n k, h e sa t d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l distance* || y || N o w a t t h a t tim e t h a t d e p ra v e d la y fo llo w e r h a d a y o u n g c a lf, b e a u tifu l, g o o d t o lo o k upon, c h a rm in g ; it w a s m a rk e d 1 lik e a p a n th e r cub- T h e n th a t d e p ra v e d m o n k g a ze d lo n g in g ly a t a n d th o u g h t about th a t c a lf. T h e n th a t d e p ra v e d la y fo llo w e r sp ok e th u s to t h a t d e p ra v ed m o n k : ' r W h y , h o n o u red sir, does th e m a ste r g a z e lo n g in g ly a t a n d th in k a b o u t th is c a lf ? " S ir, th is c a lf's h id e is o f use to m e , T h e n t h a t d e p ra v e d la y fo llo w e r, h a v in g slau g h tered th a t c a lf, h a v in g sk in n e d it, b e sto w e d th e h id e u p o n th a t d e p ra v e d m o n k . T h e n th a t d e p ra v e d m o n k , h a v in g hidden th e hid e in his o u te r clo a k , w e n t a w a y . || S || T h e n th a t c o w , lo n g in g fo r her caJf3, fo llo w ed close a fte r th a t d e p ra v e d m o n k. M o n k s spoke th u s ; ,f W h y , y o u r reveren ce, is th is c o w fo llo w in g close a fte r y o u ? " " I d o n 't k n o w , y o u r reverences, w h y th is co w is fo llo w in g close a fte r m e / N o w a t t h a t tim e th is d e p ra v e d m o n k 's o u te r c lo a k becam e sta in e d w ith b lood . M onks sp o k e th u s : ir B u t th is o u te r c lo a k o f yo u rs, y o u r reveren ce w h a t h a s h a p p en ed t o it ? ** T h e n th a t d e p ra v e d m o n k to ld th is m a tte r to th e m onks. T h e y sa id : *' B u t d id y o u , y o u r reveren ce, in c ite (som eone) to o n slaugh t on cre a tu re s ? " Y e s , y o u r re v e re n c e s / 1 T h o se w h o w ere m o d est m o n ks * . * s p re a d it a b o u t, s a y i n g : H o w can th is m o n k in cite (som eone) to o n sla u g h t on crea tu res ? Is n o t o n slau g h t on c re a tu re s co n d em n ed in m a n y a figu re b y th e L o rd , re stra in t fro m o n sla u g h t on crea tu re s e x to lle d ? " T h e n th e se m onks to ld th is m a tte r t o th e Lord^ || 9 |[ T h en th e L o rd on th is occasion, in th is co n n e ctio n , h a v in g
1
titrayvariegated, beautiful.
1 Cf.* jEMJ. ii* and 3 there. * vac^hagiddhmit cf. S , iv . 1S1*
10. ro 11,i ]
M A H A V A G G A
2-59
h a d th e O rd e r o f m o n k s co n v e n e d , q u e stio n e d t h a t d e p r a v e d m onk, s a y in g : ** Is it tr u e , a s is sa id , th a t y o u , m o n k , in c ite d (som eone) to o n sla u g h t o n c re a tu re s ? " " I t is tru e , L ord /* H o w c a n you,, fo o lish m a n , in cite {som eone) to o n sla u g h t on c re a tu re s ? F o o lis h m a n , h as n o t o n sla u g h t on c re a tu re s been c o n d em n ed b y m e in m a n y a fig u re , re s tra in t fro m on s la u g h t on c rea tu re s e x to lle d ? I t is n o t, fo o lish m a n , fo r p le a sin g th o se w h o are n o t {yet) p lea sed . . .J* H a v in g re b u k e d him , h a v in g g iv e n re a so n ed ta lk , h e a d d re sse d th e m o n k s, s a y in g ; " M onks, th e re sh o u ld b e no in c itin g (an yon e) to o n sla u g h t o n c rea tu re s. W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) in c ite , sh o u ld b e d e a lt w ith a c co rd in g to th e ru le .1 Nor* m o n k s, sh o u ld a c o w -h id e be used. W h o e v e r sh o u ld u se one, th ere is an o ffen ce o f w ron g* d oin g. N o r, m o n k s, sh o u ld a n y h id e be used* W h o e v e r sh o u ld use one, th ere is a n offen ce o f w r o n g d o in g / ' |J i o )] 10 || [193] N o w a t th a t tim e p e o p le 's co u ch es a n d c h a irs ca m e to be c o v e re d up* w it h h id e s, co ve red o v e r3 w ith h id es. M onks b e in g scru p u lo u s, d id n o t s it dow n on th e m . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r t o th e L o rd , H e sa id : " I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, to s it d o w n on w h a t is d is p la y e d b y h o u seh o ld ers3, b u t n o t t o lie d o w n on i t . " N o w at th a t tim e d w e llin g -p la ce s w ere la sh e d to g e th e r 4 w ith th o n g s o f hide. M on ks, b e in g scru p u lo u s, d id n o t s it d o w n (in th em ). T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id :
1 F a r . I , w h e re it is a s b a d t o in c ite som eon e to c a u se t h e d e a th o f a h u m a n b e in g as o n e se lf to m u rd er ones. C f . also F a c . i t , <ji, 62* ona d d h a . . vin a d tfh a * C fL V in ii. 15 0 w h e r e cn a d d h a m a H c a a n d o n a d d h a p lth a axe a llo w e d . C f. aJso V iH . ii. 3 7 0 ; a n d tiHonaddka. a t V i n . ii, 1-63*
1 e ih iu ifta ta t H <Tt> d is p la y *" is o-ne o f th-e m e a n in g s o f v ik a r tu tn g iv e n b y M o rtier-W iiliam s. S a m e p * a llo w a n c e '* m a d e a t V in . IL 163, * a g u m p h iy ttn ti. VA< 1087 ( r e a d i n g o g u p p h i^ a n tit 3 . v + l, n o t n o t i c e d in
P E D ) s a y s b h it tid a y t f a k & d ls u t h e y tie th & m J A in d o O v e t -h e t x t a t o S t b t-n d h a v if t, h a v in g A . p> t w is t e d K . t h e m (t h e th o n g s ) E u r f y s e e m ro u n d , w a ll-p o s t s * V o l. c a s e fin d m a y e tc . 3 , C o o r c ta jra s w a m y *
In d ia n
to h a v e
A r c h iif id u r e t b e e n n a t u r a l b u t w e
4S,
o f b e
N o .
z 6 6 h a n d
says
d a u b ..
"
th is w a lls
w o u ld o f th e
t h e
t h e
w a t t le p illa r s
s im p le
p a p ft as SIds ;
tX , 3
r e fe rs
a ls o
e a x ly
d e c o ra t e d
w it h .
d e s ig n s A t h a r v a
o f in t e r la c in g V e d a ,
ro p e s o r th o n g s w h ic h
v e s tig ia l
o r n a m e n t , a n d
to
th e
p a r t s
of
h o u s e
t h a t
ftre
k n o t te d
tie d
2&0
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
*4 I a llo w yoUj m o n k s, t o sit d o w n a g a in s t1 w h a t is used o n ly fo r la s h in g 2 (things to g e th e r)/ ' [ \ I || 11 ]| N o w a t t h a t tim e th e grou p o f s ix m o n k s e n te re d a v illa g e w ith th e ir sa n d a ls on . P e o p le lo o k e d d o w n u p o n , criticise d sp re a d it a b o u t, s a y in g : L ik e h ouseh old ers w h o e n jo y p le a su re s o f th e se n se s/ ' T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e s a id : " M onks, y o u sh o u ld n o t e n te r a v illa g e w ith y o u r sa n d a ls on. W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) e n te r it, th ere is a n offence o f w r o n g d o in g / ' N o w a t t h a t tim e a ce rta in m o n k b ecafn e ill ; h e w as n o t a b le t o e n te r th e v illa g e w ith o u t h is san d als. T h e y to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : I a llo w , m o n k s, a m o n k if he is ill to e n te r a v illa g e w ith his sa n d a ls o n / ' J ] i|| 12 |f N o w a t t h a t t im e 3 th e v e n era b le K a c c a n a th e G reat* w as s ta y in g a m o n g th e p e o p le o f A v a n t f s a t O sp re y 's H a u n t* on S te e p R o c k m o u n ta in slope,* N o w a t t h a t tim e th e la y fo llo w er, S o n a K u tik a n n a .fl, w as a su p p o rter o f th e ve n e ra b le K a c c a n a th e G re a t. T h e n the la y fo llo w e r, S o n a K u tik a n n a , a p p ro a c h e d th e v e n e ra b le K a c c a n a th e G re a t ; h a v in g
1 V A * 1087, to stt leaning against, * bandkanamcdta, C f L V i*r L 254* W o rd occurs also at ii. 133, b u t there se^ms to have a different m eaning. See also its use a t M V . V I I . 1, 5, only by ta ck in g " , * To- end of V . 1 3 . 10, cf. Ud, V , vi* D h A , iv . i q i ff. * A t A * i. 23 ca lle d fo r e m o s t o f tb o e x p o u n d e rs in fu ll o i w h a t w a s sp o k en in b r ie f. V e r se s a t Thug. 454-501, O n e o f th e e le v e n or t w e lv e leaditig
ike 1 \f &*4 113.
th e r a s ;
c f * V in T exts, ii. 317* 359. B .D . ii. 295, G.S~ iii. a i j -
See Gotam a
1 See N D u t t , Burly H ist. c f the Spread o f Buddhism, V o l. I p p. 18 7 F , H e p oin ts o u t th a t A v a n ti " under th e guidance of M ah^kaccayana helped b y S oija K u tik a n p a , P . . becam e an im portant centre of B u d d h ism M (p. 189}*. On A v a n ti see also B . C. Law* Geog. o f Early Buddhism, p. 3, n- a* z f lv 61,
* Kutaraghara, the name of a town (nagaro) or village where Kaccana went for alms a), P/i* 10^7^
* H e is recorded t o sta y here also a t S . iii, ^ 12, tv* 1 1 5 , A - v K4 6 , U d , 57* Our t e x t reads p&pate pabbale r the others. pavail9 (with v,^.) pabbate. A t V A * 1037, papain is aid to be th e name oi a m ountain slope. C fr how ever S A . ia* 258., which, recognises th e tw o reading's, pap&le and pftv&tte, and. says oi pap&t& pabbaU th a t M it w a s steep (or had a precipice) on one side ; it was 05 th o u g h one dank had been hewn off > J . * C h ie f o f t h o s e of c l e a r u tt e r a n c e , A . i. 24. V e r s e s a t Thag* 3 6 5 -9 . VA. t o Syr A A , I* 23 y s a y h e w o r e o r n a n e o ts w o r t h a c r o r e (koti) in b i s e a r s , a n d a ls o g i v e t h e r e a d in g kotikafL.^.ar w h ic h c a n m e a n e q u a l ly Sl C r o r e -e a r e d " or 4 1 P o in t e d - e a r e d , P r ic k - e a r e d " ; se e V in . T e x ts ii. 32* n . 3 , P s s . B rsih.
p* 20a, G+ , i. 18, n- 4*
0/ U plift* p. 6S*
1 3 .1 2]
M A H A V A G G A
a p p r o a c h e d h a v in g g re e te d th e v e n e ra b le K a c c a n a th e G re a t, he s a t d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n ce. A s he w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d is ta n c e , th e la y fo llo w e r, S o n a K u tik a n n a , sp o k e th u s to th e v e n e ra b le K a c c a n a th e G r e a t : 4t I n so fa r as I , h o n o u re d sir, u n d e rsta n d dkamma ta u g h t b y th e m a ste r, K a c c a n a t h e G re a t, it is no e a s y m a tte r fo r one liv in g in a house to le a d th e B ra h m a -fa rin g w h ic h is u t t e r ly co m p lete, u tte r ly p u re a n d p o lish ed lik e a co n ch -sh elh I w a n t, h o n o u red sir, h a v in g c u t o fl h a ir a n d b e a rd , h a v in g d o n n e d y e llo w ro b es, t o g o fo r th from h o m e in to hom elessness. H o n o u red sir, m a y th e m a s te r K a c c a n a th e G re a t le t m e go fo r th ." | [ i |S H e s a i d : " D ifficu lt, S o n a , fo r a s lo n g a s ]ife la s ts a re th e so lita r y sleep in g -p la ce1, th e one m e a l (a d a y ), th e B ra h m a faring* P le a se d o y o u , S o n a , b ein g a h o u se h o ld e r a s b e fo re ,2 p ra c tise th e in stru c tio n o f th e a w a k e n e d o n es fo r a sh o rt tim e 3 : th e s o lita r y sleep in g*?]ace, th e one m e a l (a d a y ), th e B r a h m a ' fa r in g / ' T h e n t h a t a b a te d w h ic h h a d b e e n th e la y fo llo w e r S o n a K u t ik a n n a s stro n g a sp ira tio n for th e g o in g fo r th .4 B u t a seco n d tim e d id th e l a y fo llo w er S o n a [194] K u tik a n n a . . . B u t a th ird tim e d id th e l a y fo llo w er S o n a K u tik a n n a a p p ro a c h th e ve n e ra b le K a c c a n a th e G r e a t . , - (as in || x 1 |) r* . . * H o n o u red sir, m a y th e m a s te r K a c c a n a th e G re a t le t m e g o fo r t h / ' T h e n th e ve n e ra b le K a c c a n a th e G fe a t le t th e la y fo llo w e r S o n a K u tik a n n a g o fo rth . H o w a t th a t tim e th e so u th e rn regio n o f A v a n t i 5 cam e to be sh ort o f m onks* T h en d id th e
1 ekaseyyA, e x a c t s ig n ific a n c e o b s c u r e . A t ii. a m o n k Is a llo w e d to li e d o w n in a s le e p in g p ] a c e f o r t w o o r t h r e e n ig h t s w i t h o n e w h o is n o t o r d a in e d . I t se e m s a s i f h e m i g h t a ls o do- s o w i t h a n o r d a in e d m o n k , f o r o q t h i s o c c a s io n t h e r e is n o o ffe n c e i f h e t h in k s a p e r s o n i s o r d a in e d a n d h e is. At iL -2 oi t h e r e i s a n o f fe n c e i f a. m o n k s o lie s d o w n w it h a w o m a n .
* tatih*
* h&layutta. T h i s is t o s h o w h o w d if f ic u lt t h e s e t h in g s a r e . K&layutta c a ttld a ls o s ig n if y c o n n e c t e d ^ i t h t h e r ig h t t ir a e (fo r d o in g t h in g s ] , a n d w o u ld t h e n e n r o h a s is e t h a t n o w is n o t a r ig h t t i m e f o r S o n a t o g o f o r t h , b e in g n o t s u f f ic ie n t ly r e a d y s p ir it u a lly t o d o So, * p a b b a fj& b h is n > 1h h a r a * C f . g u fn ik d b h is & lt k h a r a a t V i n . i. 3 3 3 . 1 A v a n t i d a k k h m l p a t h a , a s a t K ifl, ii, 98, J d - iii. 4 6 3 . S e e D P P N u n d e r P a i c k h m 3p a t h a p R h y s D a v id s * B u d . I n d i a , p* 30, a n d B f C* L a w , G e o g r a p h y o f E a r ly B tt d d h is m * p . 2 2 . A t t h e t i m e o f t h e C o u n c il o f Y e s a l l, a b o u t e % h t y - e i^ h t m o n k s o f A v a n t i d a k k h i ^ a p a t h a , s o m e o f t h e m fo llo w e rs , o f a s c e t ic p r a c t ic e s * d h u ta n g a , a r e sa id t o h a v e c o lle c t e d o n t h e A h o g a n g S . m o u n t a in s lo p e , F t * . ii* at*9* T
262
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
v e n e ra b le K a c c a n a th e G re a t a t th e e n d o f th ree y e a r s , w ith d iffic u lty , w ith t rou ble t h a v in g h a d co n ve n e d from here a n d th e re a n O rd er o f m o n k s c o n sistin g o f te n 1, o rd ain th e ve n e ra b le S o n a . j] 2 || Then, a s th e v e n e ra b le S o n a w a s k e e p in g th e ra in s an d m e d ita tin g in seclusion,, a reaso n in g arose in his m in d th u s ; I h a v e o n ly h e a rd t h a t th is L o rd is su ch a n d such a one, b u t I h a v e n o t seen h im fa ce to fa ce. I w o u ld g o a n d see this L o rd , th e p e rfe cte d , th e a ll-a w a k e n e d one, if a p re cep to r w o u ld a llo w m e / 1 T h e n th e ve n e ra b le Son a, e m e rg in g fro m seclu sio n to w a rd s th e e ven in g, a p p ro a c h e d th e v e n e ra b le K a c c a n a th e G r e a t ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g g re e te d th e ven era b le K a c c a n a th e G re a t, h e sa t d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d istan ce- A s h e w a s s ittin g dow n a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n ce, th e ven e rab le S o n a sp o k e th u s to th e v e n era b le K a c c a n a the G r e a t : |[3 ]| N o w , a s I , h o n o u red sir, w a s m e d ita tin g in seclu sio n , a reaso n in g arose in m y m in d th u s : ' 1 h a v e o n ly h e a rd th a t th is L o r d is su ch a n d su c h a one, b u t 1 h a v e n o t seen h im fa ce to fa ce. I w o u ld g o to see th is L o rd , th e p e rfe c te d , th e a ll-a w a k e n e d one, if a p re c e p to r w o u ld a llo w m e.' I* h on oured sir, w o u ld go to see th is L o rd , th e p e rfe cte d , th e a ll-a w a k e n e d one, if th e p re c e p to r a llo w s m e / ' " G o o d , it is g o o d , Son a- D o y o u , S o n a , g o to see th is L o rd , th e perfected* th e a il-a w a k en e d one, | J4 J | " Y o u , S o n a , w ill see th is L o rd , w h o is p le a sa n t an d inspires one to b e p le a se d ,3 w h o is calm ed in h is sense-organs, ca lm e d in m in d , w h o h a s a tta in e d the u tte rm o st ta m in g a n d p ea ce, th e hero3 tam ed* guarded* co n tro lled in h is sense-organs. W e ll th en , d o y o u , S o n a , in m y nam e sa lu te the L o rd 's feet w ith y o u r h ead , sa y in g : * L o rd , m y p re cep to r, th e ve n e ra b le K a c c a n a th e G re a t, sa lu te s th e L o r d 's fe e t w ith h is head a n d th en sp ea k th u s : ' L o rd , th e so u th ern regio n o f A v a n t i
3 Vin+ i, 319 says t h a t a n O rder m a y consist o f lour, five, te n , t w e n t y or m o re th.an t w e n t y m o n k s, a n d th a t v a r io u s m a x im u m n u m b ers are req u ired lo r ca r ry in g o u t va r io u s specific form al a c ts , ten m on ks b e in g a b le to perform th e m a ll, e x c e p t r e h a b ilita tio n ; b a t fiv e m o n k s w ere n o t a b le t o o cd a m m t b e M id d le D is tric ts , * p a sd d a M y a , i.e. to b e p lea sed w ith his teach in g* * ndgar ejtp-lained a t V A - 10 8 7 as *" e m p t y o f g u ilt (og'tt}, e m p t y o f th e o b s tr u c tio n s (At/tsa) C /. J n , 5 22 7 dgu Jsarcti . * . itdgo, a n d JV<. I I . 337* * Uddtuz versio n o m its fro m here t o end o l U 7 j| a n d th e n p r o ce e d s m u cb a& V in . version, t o c a d o f || 10 ||,
1 3
?]
M A H A V A G G A
263
is sh o rt o f m o n k s. A t th e e n d o f th ree y e a r s (he), w ith d iffic u lty , w ith tro u b le , h a v in g h a d c o n v e n e d fo r m e fro m h e re a n d th e re a n O rd er o f m o n k s c o n sistin g o f te n , I r e c e iv e d o rd in a tio n . P e rh a p s th e L o rd w o u ld a llo w o rd in a tio n b y a s m a lle r g ro u p in th e so u th ern region o f A v a n ti- || 5 || ** * L o rd , in th e so u th ern regio n o f A v a n t i th e su rfa ce-so it is d a rk , h a rd , tra m p le d b y th e h o o v e s o f c a ttle .1 P e rh a p s th e L o r d [195] w o u ld a llo w san d als w ith m a n y lin in g s in th e so u th ern regio n o f A v a n ti- L o rd , in th e so u th ern region o f A v a n t f p eo p le a tta c h im p o rta n ce to b a th ia g , to p u rific a tio n b y w a t e r .5 P e rh a p s th e L o rd w o u ld a llo w c o n s ta n t b a th in g 3 in th e so u th ern regio n o f A v a n ti. L o rd , in th e so u th e rn region o f A v a n t i h id es (are u sed as) c o v e rin g s : sheep-hirfe, g o a t-h id e , d eer-h id e. A s , L a r d , in th e m id d le d is tr ic ts ,4 eragu, tnoragu? ntajjhdru, ja n k t* (are u sed ), so, L o rd j in th e so u th e rn regio n o f A v a n t i h id es (are u sed as} c o v e rin g s. P e rh a p s th e L o rd w o u ld a llo w hides (to be u sed as) c o v e rin g s in th e so u th e rn regio n o f A v a n t i : sh eep -h id e, goat~ h id e( d eer-h id e. |[6 || ** * A t p re se n t, L o rd , p e o p le g iv e ro b e -m a te ria l t o m o n k s w h o h a v e gon e o u tsid e th e b o u n d a rie s, s a y i n g : " W e are g iv in g th is ro b e -m a te ria l fo r so a n d s o / ' W h e n th e se h a v e co m e b a c k (th e others) an n o u n ce : Y o u r re v e ren ce s, robem a te ria l w a s g iv e n fo r y o u b y th e p e o p le so a n d s o " * B u t these, b e in g scru p u lo u s, d o n o t con sen t t o it, th in k in g : *' L e t th ere n o t be an offence in v o lv in g fo rfe itu re for u s . P e r h a p s th e L o rd w o u ld e x p la in th e p ro ce d u re Tin re g a rd to ro b e -m a te ria l/ Y e s , h o n o u red sir " , an d the v e n e ra b le S o n a h a v in g sp o k en in a sse n t to th e ve n e ra b le K a c c a n a th e G r e a t, risin g fro m h is
* k h a ra goka rtta ku h a id ; c f. A * . L 136. * udakatuddhika* C f , * u i S * {K ,S. i. 7,3 1) ; also Vin. iv, 162, vrhere h o w e v e r 14 p u r if ic a t io n b y w a t e r '* is n e t a rite * b u t a n c c e s s a r y a b lu t io n . * C f . PsLc. L V I 3 , w h e r e i t is a n offence- f o r a m o n k t o b a t h e a t in t e r v a l s o i le s s t h a n a f o r t n ig h t e x c e p t ,f a t a r ig h t t im e s p e c ifie d , * N o t M a jr h im a d e s a h e r e , b u t t r t u jjh im e s v jo n a p a d e s t t * 1 V A , i o o s a y s these a re fo u r k i n d s o f g r a s s e s , tirta> f r o m w h ic h a x e m a .d e k a t& $ a ra k a (?, p a r t o f a m o n k 's lo d g in g o r b e d d in g , s e e V A . x o S & u n d e r s e n & s a n a ijt p a-n -K d p csi) a n d s t r a w n m t i. E r a g U is a ls o c a lle d e r a k a t i& a 9J id 5 c o a r s e . M o r a g u i* c o p p e r c o lo u r e d A t t h e h e a d , fin e , p li a b le a n d p le a s a n t to touch, a n d s t r a w m a ts a r e m a d e fr o m it . T h e y m a k e u p p e r c l o a k s i r o m m&jjh&ru ( V A * 108S r e a d in g majjaru], Tire c o lo u r o f jantu is l i k e p e a r ls . * C f * N is . I,* w h e r e if a m onk's h a t h ift a p r i v i le g e s h a v e b e e n r e m o v e d h e m a y u s e a n e x t r a r o b e f o r t e n day& . O n e o f t h e g ro u n d s io r rem o va l o f t h e p r i v i le g e s d e p e n d s o n a m o n k s h a v i n g a o n c o u t s id e t h e b o u n d a r y , Vin+ i. 155-
T pa*iy&pa*
264
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
se a t, h a v in g g ree te d th e ven era b le K a c c a n a th e G re a t, h a v in g k e p t h is rig h t side to w a rd s h im , h a v in g p a c k e d a w a y h is lo d g in g , ta k in g his b o w l an d ro b e, set o u t fo r S a v a tth i. [f 7 || In d u e cou rse h e a p p ro a ch e d S a v a tth i, th e J e ta G ro v e , A n a th a p in d ik a s m o n a ste ry , th e L o r d ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , h e *at d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d istan ce. T h en th e L o rd ad d ressed th e v e n e ra b le A n a n d a , s a y i n g : " A n a n d a , m a k e re a d y a lo d g in g fo r th is in co m in g m o n k T h e n th e v e n e ra b le A n a n d a th o u g h t : T h e L o r d d esires to s ta y in th e sam e d w e llin g -p la ce to g eth e r w ith th is m o n k , th e L o rd d esires to s t a y m th e sa m e d w e llin g -p la ce to g e th e r w ith th e ve n e ra b le S o n a ; i t is he in re g a rd to w h o m th e L o rd en join ed m e , s a y in g : 'A n a n d a , m a k e r e a d y a lo d g in g fo r th is in co m in g m o n k Y * a n d h e m ad e re a d y a lo d g in g fo r fh e ven erab le S o n a in th a t d w e llin g -p la ce w h ere th e L o rd w a s s ta y in g , [f 8 j| T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g sp en t a g r e a t p a rt o f t h a t n ig h t m th e o p en a ir, en te red th e dw elling-place* T h e v e n e ra b le Son a a lso , h a v in g sp en t a g r e a t p a rt o f th a t n ig h t in th e open a ir, en te red th e d w e llin g -p la ce . T h e n th e Lord* g e ttin g u p in th e n ig h t to w a rd s d a w n , req u ested th e ve n e ra b le S o n a , s a y in g : " M a y (some) dkam m a o ccu r to y o u to sp e a k , m o n k / 11 4 4 V e r y w ell, L o rd " , an d th e v e n e ra b le Sona, h a v in g rep lied in a ssen t to th e L o rd , sp o k e from m e m o ry e v e ry th in g b e lo n g in g to th e D iv is io n s in th e Eights* T h e n th e L o rd a t th e en d
1 paiibkatu- tani bhikkhu dhammo b has it tint, as at U d A . 312, A A . i. 241* W oodw ard, Kerses o f Uplift^ p. 71, ts* i t would translate th is as " let dham m a arise in youT m ind for recital " , H e notes th a t paHbh&to* 15 let it occur to you, placeat " , b u t ow ing to dhamma being in th e nom in ative th e sentence cannot mean 1 4 let it occur to you to speak d ha mma fr. V A . io sa y sP m a y there b e {or becom e, bh&vafa) an inclination {abhimu&ha.) to speak ol knowledge, of ivhat is called u n d erstan d in g". U d A _ 3 13 says "M o n k * majr dhamma to speak ariae in you, let it co m e to th e forefront of knowledge, recite dhamma as yo u h ave heard ct< as you h a v e t o u t it r\ Cf- Vin. ii. -zoo-, Ud+ , S . j. J55, 1 V.B+ T h e L ord addresses So^ta as tnonk *p and not b y his name, * Atthaka.vaggikii.ui. A tth a k a v a g p a is th e nam e of th e fourth V a g g a in th e S n , Cited a t S. iH* in , U d * 39* T h is latter (and also I lh A . iv. 101-2) h ave th e " specific am plification that So n a recited (or ' intoned *) * all the sixteen > A tt-hakavaggika S u tta s '% as Chalm ers remarks, Buddha's Teachings^ p. .xvi, 1 ; and 31 the still further am plification th a t th e sixteen S u tta s begin with the K am asu tta, A A , i- 241 read& A tthaia-vaggJyani, one M S. ad din g See / P T , 1^95^ p. 93 on Identification of T>ivyr s (p* 20) arthavadgiyani (roclted b y Sona.) with the " six tce a poems **t afthakavaggikclnij of th e A tth a k a v a g g a . T h e work is also m entioned a t Divy. 33. For references to Chinese v-ersions see A nesaki, J P T S * 1906-7, p. 50 ; and E t . L am otte, L * Trait# dv la Grande Vertu de Sagtsse, V ol. I, p, 39, n*
38
59
1 7
18.9 n ]
MA H A V A G G A
365
o f th e v e n e ra b le S o n a J s r e c ita l1 e x p re sse d his a p p ro b a tio n , s a y in g : " G o o d , it is g o o d , m o n k , th a t b y y o u , m o n k , th e D iv is io n s in th e E ig h ts are w e ll le a rn t, [ 196] w e ll a tte n d e d to , w e ll re fle cte d u p o n , a n d t h a t y o u are en d o w e d w ith lo v e ly sp e e c h , d is tin c t, w ith o u t hoarseness, so as t o m a k e th e m e a n in g clear.* O f h o w m a n y y e a rs ' s ta n d in g are y o u , m o n k ? #l " I , L o rd , am o f one y e a r 's s ta n d in g / |[ 9 j| " B u t w h a t h a v e y o u , m o n k , d o n e th u s lo n g ? " " F o r lo n g , L o rd , I h a v e seen p eril in p le a su re s of th e senses, b u t h ouseh old liv e s a re c ro w d e d ,4 th e re is m u c h to be d one, m u c h b u sin e ss/ ' T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g u n d e rsto o d th is m a tte r , a t t h a t tim e u tte re d th is u tte ra n c e : " H a v in g seen p e ril in th e world* h a v in g k n o w n dhamma w ith o u t a tta c h m e n t, / th e n o b le one d e lig h ts n o t in e v il, th e pu re o n e d e lig h ts in in s tr u c tio n / 1* || IO |[ T h e n th e ve n e ra b le S o n a , th in k in g ; " T h e L o rd is m u c h pleased w ith m e, th is is th e tim e fo r t h a t fo r w h ic h th e p re c e p to r p rep ared * m e/* risin g from his seat, h a v in g a rra n g e d h is u p p er ro b e o v e r one s h o u ld e r h a v in g in clin ed h is h e a d t o th e L o rd 's fe et, sp o k e th u s ; ** L o rd , m y p re c e p to r, th e v e n e ra b le K a c c a n a th e G re a t, salu tes th e L o r d 's fe et w it h h is h ead , a n d sp ea k s th u s : 4 T h e so u th ern regio n o f A v a n t i, L o rd * . (as i n j| 5, 6 | j ) . . . p erh a p s th e L o rd w o u ld e x p la in th e p ro ced u re in. re g a rd to ro b e-m a te ria l T h e n th e L o rd , on th is occasio n , in th is con n ectio n , h a v in g g iv e n reason ed ta lk , ad d ressed th e m o n k s, s a y in g : " M o n k s, th e so u th ern region o f A v a n t i is sh o rt o f m o n k s.
1 sarabhartna^ c a lls t h is intoning, a. p a r tic u la r m o d e o f r e c itin g C f t V in , ii. 108* w here t h e L o r d " a llo w s*' sarabha&naP b u t n o t t h e s in g in g o f dhamma in a s in g in g vo ice . O ld e o b e r g q u o te s V A . a t Vin* ii. 3 1 6 ; sarabhatltlan ii sarena bhananattt, w h ic h m ean s M sarabhafltla is c a lle d r e p e a tin g (or recitin g ) b y in to n a tio n (sara) T h e r e is p e r h a p s in t h e t e x t a p l a y u p o n th e w ord sawa^ w h ic h a lso m e a n s rem em b erin g. 1 S t o c k a s a t D * i. 1 14 , S + 1. 189, ii, aSo, ii. 51* iii- 1 1 4 * I .e . h o w m a n y y e a r s s in c e h is o rd in ation . C /, ab o ve* p , ^6f,
gharAv&so,
* satnbadhdghatduasa*
U d.
S . ii* z i g r v. 350, -D* i. 63, *50 road sambddAo
* sdsa *iff rsn uiti suci ; U d . 5$ rea d in g p a p e na rctrnot* sue i, * p arid assi, V A , jo S S , t h is sh o u ld b e t h e tim e fo r t h a t w h ic h th e p r e c e p to r m a d e k n o w n t o m e, s a y i n g ; f Y o u sh o u ld s a y th is a n d t h a t * ; com e, X w ill g iv e th e m essa g e n o w J\
266
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
I allo w , m o n k s, in a ll bo rd er d istric ts o rd in atio n b y a g ro u p 1 w ith , a s fifth , a n e x p e rt on discipline- j | r i || " F o r th is purpose*, th e se are th e b o rd e r d is tric ts3 : th e little to w n 4 ca lled K a ja r ig a la 6 is in th e eastern d ire ctio n , b e y o n d it is Mahasala, fu rth e r th a n th a t are b o rd er districts* on th is side a re th e m id d le (districts). T h e riv e r called SaU avati* is in th e so u th -ea stern d ir e c tio n fu rth e r th a n th a t are b o rd er d is tric ts , on th is side are the m id d le (districts). T h e little to w n ca lle d S e ta k a n n ik a is in th e so u th ern d irectio n , fu rth e r th a n th a t are bo rd er d is tric ts , on th is side a re th e m id d le {districts}* T h e b ra h m in v illa g e ca lle d T h u n a s is in th e w estern direction* fu r th e r th a n th a t are bo rd er d is tric ts , on th is sid e are th e m id d le (d istricts). T h e m o u n ta in slope called U sira d d h a ja * is in th e n o rth ern d ire ctio n , fu rth e r th a n th a t are b o rd e r d istricts, on th is sid e are th e m id d le (districts). I a llo w , m o n k s, in su ch b o rd er d istric ts as th ese, o rd in atio n b y a group w ith , a s fifth, an e x p e r t on d iscip lin e. || r s || In th e so u th ern re g io n of A v a n ti, m on ks, th e surface^soil is d a r k , h a r d htra m p le d b y the h o o v e s o f c a ttle . I a llo w , m o n k s, in a ll bo rd er d is tric ts , sandals w ith m a n y lin in g s. I n th e so u th ern regio n o f A v a n t i, m onks, p eo p le a tta c h im p o rta n ce to b a th in g , to p u rifica tio n b y w a te r. I allo w , m o n ks, in all b o rd er d istric ts, c o n s ta n t b a th in g . I n th e so u th ern regio n o f A v a n ti, m o n k s, h id es (are u sed as) c o v e r in g s ; sh eep-h id e.
1 U s u a lly tw o t o lo u r m o n k s. * ta in * . r * T h is p a s s a g e is q u o te d a t J d . L 4-9, D A . 1 7 3 , KHA+ 13 2 . M A , ii. 200, A A * a. 7 in order to d efin e t h e bou n d aries o f M a jjh im a tp .a jd c sa , th e M id d le C o u n tr y * i*e. t h e m id d le o f J a m b u d tp a (In dia). S ee B . C. L a w Oeog. o f K a tly B u d d h ism , p . %, for so m e o f th e p la ce -n a m e s m e n tio n e d b elo w , * see B .D . ii* 63* n* 2. * O c c u r r in g a t A _ v. 54* M . 1L1. ^98,. D A , 429^ A ls o J d iii. 2 2 6 -7 , T h e s ch o lia st te lls us (Jd+ iv . 3 1 1 ) t h a t it w a s a to w n w h ere m a teria ls w ere e a s ily g o t, da.bb&samb&dt'd suiabhd, n o t w h ere t h e y *4 w ere h a rd t o be g o t {Jd. tra-nsln. iv , X95, n, 1), * C a lle d AJffASsaia a t J d . i t 49, 9 S p e lle d S a la la v a t l a t J d . i. 49, D A * 1 7 3 , K h A . 133* S a la .la v a tl a t JITA , ii. 200 (w ith v.ft.) a n d in D . P . P . ^ . S e e v.ll. i t D A . 1 7 3 ; th e s e d o not in clu d e S & lla r a tti as a t A A * i. 9 7, * M e n tio n e d a t U d - 78. U d A , 3 7 7 as. b e lo n g in g t o t h e M aH as ; also a t J d . v i- 6 s (w ith 1\J. D h u n n a), C * C. L a w . In d ia a ^ s described in E a rly Texts o f B u d d hism and J a in ism , p . 2 1, n. 1 &&ys " C o n s u lt C u n n in g h a m , vlnewjnf Geography c f I n d i a , Jntr* x lu i, n. z as to t h e id e n tifica tio n of T h u ^ a w ith Sth^ncsv-ara p \ * A c c o r d in g t o B . C* L a v , In d iz a s described irt E a rly T& tte, p* i i , n, 2 I t m a y b e said t o t c id e n tic a l w ith U sifa g ix i, a m o u n ta in t o t h e n o rth o i K a & k h a L h A * * 2905,. 1 7 9 " ,
13 ^ 3 ]
M A H A V A G G A
267
[197] g o a t-h id e , deer-hide- ASj m o n ks, in th e m id d le d is tric ts , eragur m oragur majjhara., ja titu (are u sed ), so , m onks* in th e so u th ern re g io n o f A v a n t i h id es (are used as) c o v e r in g s : sh eep -h id e, g o a t-h id e , deer-hide*1 I a llo w , m o n k s, in a ll b o rd er d is tric ts , h id e s (to be u sed as) c o v e rin g s : sh eep -h id e, g o a t-b id e , d eer-h id e. A n d m o re o v e r, m o n k s, p e o p le g iv e ro b e-m a te ria l fo r m o n k s w h o h a v e g o n e ou tsid e th e b o u n d a ries, s a y i n g : * W e are g iv in g th is ro b e-m a te ria l fo r so a n d so \ I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to co n sen t (to It}, T h a t re ck o n in g is n o t n ecessa ry u n til i t reach es th e h an d *2 ** j| 13 || 13 j} T h e F if t h S e ctio n : t h a t on H id es In th is S e ctio n th e re a re s ix ty -th re e item s. T h is is it s k e y : T h e K in g o f M a g a d h a , S o n a , a n d e ig h ty -th o u s a n d c h ie fta in s , S a g a ta sh o w e d m u ch t h a t w a s fu rth e r on V u ltu r e P e a k , / T h e y w e re b ro k en b y h is o u tp u t (of e n e rg y ) on g o in g fo rth , th e lu te , w ith one lin in g , d a r k g re e n , y e llo w , red , crim so n , a n d in d ee d b la c k , / O ran ge, m u lti-co lo u red , a n d he o b je c te d to e d g in g s heels, k n ee -b o o ts, to p -b o o ts, co tto n , p a rtrid g e s, ra m s, g o a ts , / S co rp io n s, p e a c o c k s, a n d e m b ro id ered , d e co ra te d w ith lio n s, tig e rs a n d p a n th e rs, a n telo p es, b e a v e rs an d ca ts, sq u irrels, o w ls, / S a n d a ls fo r sp lit (feet), c o rn s, u n w ash ed , tre e-stu m p s, ra sp in g , p a lm , b a m b o o , an d in d ee d gra ss, m u n ja t babbaja, m a r s h y d a te-p a lm , / K a m a la t w o o llen , g o ld en , silv e r, g em s, la p is la z u li, c ry s ta l, b ro n ze, a n d g la ss, an d tin , le a d , co p p er, /
1 V A . 1088 here g iv e s a lis t o f s ix k in d s o f deer, a n d s a y s th e ir h id e s m a y be used.* b u t n o t t h e h id es o f o th e r k in d s o f deer, in c lu d in g th e k&dailmiga, nor (w ith a p la y on w ords) th e hides, o f b e a s ts o f p t e y , vdfam iga, w h ich it d etin es a s [ions, tig e r s, p a n th e rs, b ea rs an d h y e n a s . S k in s o f cow s, bu ffaloes, h ares a n d c a ts m a y n o t b e used eith er. 1 n& t&va tarn ganan& pagayi y&va na hatthatfi g a cth eti. T h is refers t o N is . I, w h ere a n e x t r a ro b e m a y b e w o r n for a t m o s t te ii d a y s . T h e a b o v e phrase m e a n s t h a t a m o n k need n o t b ^ g in to c o u n t th e s e te n d a y s u n t il h e h a s a c tu a lly r eceived t h e r o b e -m a te ria l. V A * io 8 g s a y s r ** S o lo n g a s h a v in g c o n v e y e d b u t n o t g iv e n , or (so lo n g as) h a v in g s e n t b u t n o t a n n o u n ce d t h a t * T h is r o b e -m a te ria l h as a c cru e d fo r yo u . h o n o u re d sirs" ; h e d o es n o t b^ gin t h e r e c k o n in g tta upeti)^ it {i-e. t h e r o b e-m a teria l) is n o t a llo tte d , one d o e s n o t be g in t o t a k e u p w h a t is n o t allo tted * B u t when* h a v in g conv-ey-ed it it fis g iv e n , o t w h en h a v in g s e n t i t i t is a n n o u n ce d , or w h en h a v in g h e a rd t h a t it h a s accru ed * from th e n o n th e r e is o cc a s io n for a t te n tio n t o t h e te n days O n upaga, see . 15. iL 7 , n . 4 ; a n d o n anadhisthita* ** n o t a llo tte d **r see ibid., ru I ,
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
C o w s, a v e h ic le a n d ill, y o k e d w ith b u lls, a p a la n q u in , th in g s to reclin e on , la rg e hides, a n d th e d e p ra v e d one w ith a co w h id e, / O n w h a t b elo n g s to h ouseh old ers, w it h th o n g s o f h id e, th e y e n te r, on o n e b e in g ill1* K a c c a y a n a th e G re a t, S o n a (recites) fro m m e m o ry w h a t belo n gs to th e D iv isio n s in th e E ig h ts , / A g ro u p o f fiv e for o rd in a tio n , m a n y lin in g s, c o n sta n t b a th in g,* he a llo w ed h id es {to b e u sed as) c o v e rin g s, re ck o n in g n o t n e c e s sa ry u n t i l : T h e le a d e r g a v e th e se fiv e boons to th e E ld e r S o n a . [198]
1 eilayctno \ Cing. ed- gildnakd. * CujU- ed n , upasatnpadatft pa&eafii gaparflgapd dhttvasittdyand*
zGg
THE
GREAT
D IV IS IO N
VI
A t t h a t tim e th e L o rd w a s s ta y in g a t S a v a t t h i in th e J e t a G ro v e in A nath ap infjteka's m o n a ste ry- N o w a t th a t tu n e m o n k s, a fflic te d b y a n affectio n occu rrin g in th e a u tu m n , b ro u g h t u p th e c o n je y t h e y h a d d ru n k a n d b ro u g h t u p th e rice t h e y h a d e a te n ; b e ca u se o f th is t h e y b e c a m e le a n , w re tc h e d , o f a b a d co lo u r, y e llo w is h , th e v e in s sta n d in g o u t on th e ir limbs* T h e L o rd sa w th e se m o n ks w h o w ere lean , . . sta n d in g o u t o n th e ir lim b s ; seeing: th e m , he a d d re sse d th e v e n e ra b le A nanda, s a y in g : N ow * h o w is i t A n a n d a , t h a t a t p re se n t m o n k s a re lean * - . s ta n d in g c u t on th e ir lim b s ? " " A t p resen t, L o rd , m o n k s, afflicted b y a n a ffe c tio n o ccu rrin g in th e a u tu m n , b rin g u p th e c o n je y t h e y h a v e d ru n k a n d b rin g u p th e rice th e y h a v e e a ten ; b e c a u se o f th is t h e y a re lean , , sta n d in g o u t on th eir lim b s ," |j i J J T h e n a s th e L o rd w a s m e d ita tin g in seclu sion , a reaso n in g arose in h is m in d th u s : " A t p resen t m o n k s, a fflic te d b y an a ffe ctio n o c cu rrin g in th e a u tu m n , b r in g u p * * * sta n d in g o u t on th e ir lim b s. W h a t n o w if I sh o u ld a llo w m ed icin e fo r m o n k s w h a te v e r is m e d icin e a s w ell a s w h a t m a y b e a g re e d u p o n as m ed icin e'-and a lth o u g h i t m a y se rv e a s n u trim e n t fo r p e o p le 1 y e t co u ld n o t b e re ck o n ed as s u b s ta n tia l fo o d ? " T h e n i t o ccu rre d to th e L o rd : T h e s e fiv e m e d icin e sJ th a t is to s a y gh ee, fresh b u tte r, o il, h o n ey, m o la sse s, a re m ed icin es* a n d are also ag reed u p o n a s m ed icin es, a n d a lth o u g h t h e y serve a s n u trim e n t fo r p e o p le y e t t h e y c a n n o t b e re ck o n e d as su b s ta n tia l food* W h a t n o w i f I s h o u ld a llo w m o n ks to m a k e use o f th ese five m e d icin e s a t th e rig h t tim e , if t h e y h a v e a c c e p te d th em a t a rig h t tim e ? || 2 || T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g em erged fro m seclu sio n to w a rd s th e e v e n in g , h a v in g g iv e n reaso n ed t a lk on th is o cca sio n , ad d ressed th e m onks* s a y i n g ; * ioA&ssa,
1 C f* N is s a g . X X I I I P w h e re 3 m on k, h a v i n g a c c e p t e d th e s e fiv e m ed icin es m a y k e e p th e m in sto re fo r a t m o s t seven d a y s . T h e y are d efin ed a t Vin* iii* 2 5 1-
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
" N o w , m o n k s, a s I w a s m e d ita tin g in seclu sion y e t co u ld n o t be re ck o n ed as su b s ta n tia l fo o d \ M onks, co n cern in g th is , i t o ccu rred to m e : * T h e se fiv e m ed icin es, t h a t is to s a y [1&9] - * . Sup pose I w ere to a llo w m o n k s to m a k e u se o f th e se five m ed icin es a t th e rig h t tim e, if t h e y h a v e a c c e p te d th e m a t a r ig h t tim e ? * I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, to m a k e u se of th e se fiv e m ed icin es a t th e rig h t tim e , if y o u h a v e a c c e p te d th e m a t a r ig h t t im e / ' || 3 || N o w a t th a t tim e m o n k s, h a v in g a c ce p te d th ese fiv e m ed icin es a t a r ig h t tim e , m a d e u se o f th em a t th e r ig h t tim e . B u t e v e n w ith th ese th e y d id n o t d igest o rd in a ry coarse m ea ls, m u ch less g re a s y ones- A n d b ecau se o f th is th e y w ere a fflic te d b y th e a ffe ctio n occu rrin g1 in the a u tu m n , a n d in consequence th e re w a s a lso a loss o f a p p e tite , a n d a s a re su lt o f b o th th ese (factors) t h e y b e c a m e in crea sin g ly le a n , w retched* o f a b a d co lo u r, y e llo w is h , w ith th e vein s sta n d in g o u t on th e ir lim bs. T h e L o r d s a w th e se m o n k s w h o w e re in c re a sin g ly le a n * - * standing: o u t on th e ir lim b s ; seein g th em , he addressed th e v e n e ra b le A n a n d a , s a y in g ; " N o w , w h y is it, A n a n d a , th a t a t p resen t m o n k s are in c re a s in g ly lea n , . . sta n d in g o u t on th e ir lim b s ? j] 4 j| A t p re se n t, L o rd , m o n ks, h a v in g a c ce p te d th o se five m ed icin es a t a rig h t tim e , m a k e use o f th em a t th e rig h t tim e , . . a n d a s a re su lt o f b o th o f th ese (factors) t h e y are in c re a sin g ly lea n * - * sta n d in g o u t on th e ir lim b s / ' T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g g iv en reaso n ed ta lk on th is o cca sio n , a d d ressed th e m o n k s, s a y in g r ** I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, h a v in g a c ce p te d these fiv e m ed icin es1, t o m a k e use o f th e m b o th a t th e rig h t tim e a n d also a t the w ro n g tim e/ *8 II 5 II 1 I I N o w a t th a t tim e ill m o n k s h a d need o f ta llo w s as m ed icin es. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : rr I a llo w yo u , m on ks, to m a k e use o f ta llo w s a s m ed icin es b y u sin g th em
* N . B . ** a t a rig h t t im e ** d o es n o t o c c u r here. * T h is m u s t refer t o th e r ig h t tim e a n d tft-e w ro n g tim e fo r e a t m g solid fo o d s and soft foods. W h e n " so lid food is d efin ed a.t Wimiv. 83 b y e x c lu d in g fo o d t h a t m a y b e e a te n d u r in g a w a tch of t h e n ig h t, d u rin g s e v e n d a y s , d u rin g life th e r e is reason to su ppose t h a t th e s e exp ressio n s refer t o m ed icin es, seo ii. 330, n. it 2, 3*
2. 1 3 . 2 ]
MAHA VAGGA
VI
w ith oil : ta llo w fro m b e a rs , ta llo w from fish, ta llo w from alligators* ta llo w from sw in e, ta llo w fro m d o n k e y s,1 (if each ) is a c ce p te d a t a rig h t tim e , co o k ed a t a rig h t tim e , m ixed a t a rig h t tim e.* |j i f| e- If, m o n k s, one sh o u M m ake use o f th a t w h ic h is a c c e p te d a t a w ro n g tim e, co o k ed a t a w ro n g tim e , m ix e d a t a w ro n g tim e , th e re is a n offence o f three w ro n g -d o in g s. I f, m o n k s, o n e sh o u ld m a k e u se o f t h a t w h ich is a c c e p te d a t a r ig h t tim e, c o o k e d a t a w ro n g tim e , m ix e d a t a w ro n g tim e , th e re is an o ffen ce o f tw o w ro n g -d o in g s. If, m o n k s, o n e sh ould m a k e use o f th a t w h ic h is a c c e p te d a t a r ig h t time* c o o k c d a t a rig h t tim e , m ix e d a t a w ro n g tim e , th ere is a n o ffen ce o f w ro n g -d o in g . If, m o n k s, one sh ould m a k e use o f th a t w h ic h is a c c e p te d a t a rig h t tim e , co o k ed a t a rig h t tim e , m ix e d a t a r ig h t tim e, th e re is no o ffe n ce/'* \ [ 2 |[ 2 J f N o w a t t h a t tim e ill m o n k s h a d n eed o f ro o ts a s m ed icin es. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : [200] " I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, ii th e re is a reason, to m a k e use o f ro o ts as m e d ic in e s : tu r m e r ic / g in g e r, o rris root* w h ite o rris ro o t, g a rlic , b la c k h ellebore, k h u s-k h u s, n u t-g ra ss, o r w h a te v e r o th e r ro o ts th ere are t h a t a re m ed icin es, if t h e y do n o t serve, a m o n g so lid fo o d s, a s a so lid fo o d , if th e y d o n o t se rv e , a m o n g so ft foods, a s a s o ft fo o d ; a n d h a v in g a c c e p te d th em , to preserve th em fo r as lo n g a s life la s ts .0 I f th e re is no reason, th e re is a n offen ce o f w ro n g -d o in g fo r one w h o m a k e s use o f (a n y o f th ese m e d icin e s}/ ' |[ 1 || N o w a t th a t tim e ill m o n k s h ad n eed , a s m ed icin es, o f w h a t w a s p o u n d ed o ff ro o ts. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd ,
1 Q u o te d a t F> 3+ 7 1 4 . T h is p a s s A g - e x p la in s t h a t ta llo w fro m th e flesh o i ail a o jm a ls w h ich i t is a llo w a b le to e a t is a llo w e d , a n d aiso, w ith t h e e x c e p tio n o f h iim a a ta llo w , t h e ta llo w o f t h e te n a n im a ls w h ic h i t is n o t a llo w a b le t o e a t. T h e s e t e n a r e p r o h ib ite d a t K in . i. rarS ff. _ Q u o te d a t V A * 7 1 4 , "which, in reierence t o U llo w p r e g a r d s P ' t h e r ig h t t im e P J as b efo re a meal* " t h e w ro n g tim e M a$ aiter< * Q u o te d a t VA+ 7 1 4* * T h is lis t o f r o o ts also g iv e n a t Vin* iv . 3 5 . F o r notes* see B .D . 1 L 337 f* C f. also V A . 833*
pariharitttm.
* P a s s a g e q u o te d a t V A * 833. S ee S . D . Li. 330^ n* 3, on th is expression , *' a s lo n g a s life lasts T h e m ed icin es m e n tio n e d in N is s a g . X X I I I m a y , u n lik e t h e r o o t m ed icin es w h ic h m a y 'be sto red for life* b e sto red fo r a t m o s t seven d ay*.
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
H e s a id : I allo w y o u , m onks, a (low er) g rin d s to n e , a (sm all) g rin d sto n e ,1 " J | 2 || 3 j| N o w a t th a t tim e ill m o n k s h a d n eed o f a strin g e n t d eco ctio n s a s m ed icin es. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : 1 a llo w y o u , m o n k s, i f there is a reason, to m a k e use o f a strin g e n t d eco ctio n s a s m ed icin es : a strin g e n t d e co ctio n s from th e m m b -tre e, a strin g e n t d eco ction s fro m th e kutaja*, a strin g e n t d e co ctio n s fro m th e fia kk a v a * a strin g e n t d e co ctio n s fro m th e nattam ala* o r w h a te v e r other a strin g e n t d e co ctio n s th e re are t h a t a re m ed icin es i f t h e y do n o t s e rv e , am o n g solid fo o d s, a s a so lid fo o d , if t h e y d o n o t s e r v e , a m o n g so ft foods* a s a s o ft f o o d ; a n d h a v in g a c ce p te d th e m , to p reserve th e m for a s lo n g a s life la sts. I f th e re is n o reason , th ere is a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g fo r a n y one w h o m a k e s use o f (a n y o f th e se m ed icin es) |[ 1 || 4 || N o w a t th a t tim e ill m o n k s h a d n eed o f le a v e s as m ed icin es. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord* H e sa id : " I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, if th ere is a reason , to m ake use o f le a v e s as m ed icin es : n im b -le a v e s, kutaja- le a v e s , cu cu m b erM eav eS j b a sil M e a ve s, c o tto n -tre e le a v e s , or w h a te v e r o th e r le a v e s th e re a re th a t are m e d icin e s i f th e y d o n o t serve . * - (a n y o f th ese m e d ic in e s )/ '7 ii1 1 1& 1 1 N o w a t th a t tim e ill m o n k s h a d n eed o f fru its a s m ed icin es. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e sa id : " I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, if th ere is a reaso n to m ake u se of fru its a s m ed icin es : vilaiiga,* pepper, b la c k p ep p er,30 y e llo w m y r o b a la n / 1 b e leric 1 n is a d d n isad a p ota .. V A . 109c says pim & anaiiitS c u pim $an<2pcta& 0 ca, a stone for grinding an d a small (thing) for grinding. T h is latter m ust be a pounder to -use in t b c hand on th e large? grindstone. 1 W rig h tia antidyscnterica. or Nericum. antidy&entericum H olaxxbcaa antidysenterica (W att's C otn m & rcia l P r o d x itts o f I n d i a ) . * A creeper, V A * 1090 (reading paggcata as a t J d . ti. 105, where it is called a creeping plant). _ < A t V A . lo go called karaUja which, according to . P ^ D ^ is th e tree Pongam ia glabra. * a kind of cucum ber, Tiict.osanthes Dioeca * suZast ; c f. Skrt. su r a s if given by B htlb agt*R o th as " basilienkraut T h e word translated as " basil " a t B .D , ii. 2S is ajjuJta. * Q u o ted a t VA - 835. * E r y c ib e panicu!ata. * p'ippala, see Vin^ Texts ii. 46, n* 6. ^ marica* J 1 ht*rit&ka 4c f . & M - iii* 24J, n* 4 (Ftn. iv . 259).
6. 1
9 .i]
M A H A V A G G A
VI
m y r o b a la n 1, e m b lic m y ro b a la n , gothar-f r u i t 3 o r w h a te v e r o th e r fru its th e re are th a t a re m ed icin es if t h e y d o n o t se rv e - * . . {a n y o f th e se m e d ic in e s)/ ' jj i |] 6 |j N o w a t th a t tim e ill m o n k s h ad n eed o f resin s a s m e d icin e s. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to the L o rd . H e s a i d ; " I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, if th ere is a reaso n , to m a k e use o f resins a s m ed icin es ; hiA gur* hingu-Tesm^ fttngu-gnm ^ g u m ,5 g u m -paiUt 0 [2Q1J g u m -pan# t,* o r w h a te v e r o th e r resin s th ere are th a t a re m ed icin es if th e y do n o t s e rv e . * * (any o f th ese m ed icin cs) ' \ 7 ii x n 7 n N o w a t th a t tim e ill m o n k s h a d n e e d o f sa lts a s m ed icin es. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r t o th e L o rd . H e s a i d : ** I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, if th e re is a reason, to m a k e use o f sa lts a s m ed icin es : sea{-salt), b la c k salt, rock-salt, c u lin a ry -sa ltj re d -sa lt10 o r w h a te v e r o th e r sa lts th e re a re th a t axe m e d icin e s i f t h e y do n o t se rv e , a m o n g so lid fo o d s, as a so lid fo o d , if t h e y d o n o t se rve , a m o n g so ft fo o d s, a s a so ft food ; a n d h a v in g a c ce p te d th e m , to p re se rv e th e m fo r a s Long a s life la sts . I f th e re is n o re aso n , th ere is an o ffen ce o f w ro n g -d o in g fo r o n e w h o m a k e s use o f (a n y o f th e se m e d ic in e s)/ ' J J i |[ 8 || N o w a t th a t tim e11 th e v e n c r a b le B e la tth a s Is a ,32 th e v e n e ra b le
1 vibhitakat also a t J s , vi. 529. W att, Commercial Products o f In d ia t under Tertninalia beleriia, says it h a s various m edicinal qualities ascribed t o it ; and the oil expressed Iroan th e seed is used b y th e N atives p \ U dder Phyllanihus crrrbiica W a t t says f< th e fresh ripe fruits are largely em ployed as astringent and la x a tiv e medicines p \ 1 gothaphala. P .E . D . say s ' mcdicinaJ seed Moxiier W ill Earns, under goiratrriksha com pares to dhaftvane.t. T his he g iv e s as tho if p la n t A lh a gi M auroram which grows in a d ry soil * A ssafoet Lda. * hing?t-$ipdfik<3+ P.E*F>. say s th a t tbFs is a sipatikd (pod pericarp) yieldin g gurn. M onier W illiam s says i t is th e same as vmftsa-pattrt. T h is he calls a " particu lar kind o i grass = natfl-'hiAgu V A . t o j o sayg th a t hiifrgu, hiiigu-jatit, hiihg-u-sip&ik< 5 are ju s t kinds o f h\ng-u, * iakar a medicinal gum , * V A - 1090 say s th a t taka ajid these tw o varieties are all of th em kinds of lac or resin, Q u o ted at V A . 835, a VA * 1090 calls th is com m on salt. T h is is w h ite in colour, V A . 1090. V A * 10 9 0 : cooked together w ith all kinds of ingrcdrertts, it is- red in colour. 11 O pening p a rt of this story = Vin.. i, 295l * See ii, 338, n. j,
274
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
A n a n d a Js p re cep to r, h a d a n afflictio n o f th ic k s c a b s ,1 B e c a u s e o f th e d isch a rg e his ro b e s stu c k to his body* M o n k s, h a v in g r e p e a te d ly m o isten ed th e se w ith w a te r , loosened th em . A s th e L o rd w a s to u rin g th e lo d g in g s h e sa w these m o n ks loosen in g th e ro b es, h a v in g 1 re p e a te d ly m o isten ed th em w ith w a te r ; a n d seein g (this) h e a p p ro a c h e d these m o n k s ; h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed , h e sp ok e th u s t o th ese m o n ks ; ** W h a t, m o n k s, is th is m o n k 's a fflictio n ? , f L o rd , th is v e n e ra b le one h a s a n a fflictio n o f th ic k s c a b s ; b e c a u se o f th e d isc h a rg e , h is ro b es s tic k to h is b o d y ; h a v in g r e p e a te d ly m o isten ed th em w ith w a te r, w e are loosen in g th e m . H i I! T h e n th e L o rd in th is co n n ectio n h a v in g g iv e n reaso n ed ta lk , a d d re sse d th e m o n k s, s a y i n g : I allow,, m o n k s, fo r one w h o h a s itch * o r a sm all boil* or a ru n n in g sore1 o r an a fflictio n o f th ic k scabs* o r fo r one w hose b o d y sm ells n a s ty , ch u n a m s a s m e d icin e s ; fo r one w h o is n o t ill d u n g , c la y , b o iled c o lo u rin g m a tte r ,3 I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, a p e stle a n d m o rta r.4 ,p [| 2 J ] 9 || N o w a t th a t tim e ill m o n ks h a d n e e d o f sifte d ch u n am s a s m ed icin es. . . . " I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, a ch u n am -sifter*B " T h e y h a d need o f v e r y fine ones, " I a llo w yoU j m onkSj a d o t h s if t e r ." |f 1 |f N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k h a d an n o n -h u m an afflictio n . T e a c h e rs a n d p re cep to rs, a lth o u g h n u rsin g him , w e re u n ab le to g e t h im w ell. H e , h a v in g gone to th e sw in e's slau g h ter-p lace, a te ra w fle^h an d d ra n k r a w blood, a n d h is n o n -h u m an afflictio n s u b s id e d .8 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , [202] H e sa id : M I a llo w , m onks* w hen one h a s a n o n -h u m an afflictio n , raw flesh a n d raw b lo o d / ' || 2 {[ 10 |j
* C f.
1 A t
x c . a.
F t i* . iv *
1 7 2 ( B . O . H i* 9 7 ) it c h - c t o t h " is d e fin e d a s : io r c o v e r i n g an yone who- has a n y o f these afflictions. * ra ja n a -n ipa h ko r. V A * 1090 says rajana-AaraJa, a c r i d colouring m atter or dye-stuffh B u t ku sa fa can also mean dregs or leavings, an d this sense ts more lik e ly here. V A 1090 explains : '* h avin g ground ordinary chunam* h a v in g moistened it with w ater, one m a y wash (or b ath e w ith it ) ." These three things were for a p p ly in g to the b o d y and not for tak in g as a medicine. * udu kkhata tnusula, different from the grinding stones oi 3
* There seems a t V A . 1090 th e idea th a t a non-hum an b r in g possessed # p th e monk. F or i t explains th a t it was net th e m onk who ate and drank th e raw things, but the non-hum an being I on its departing* his (the m on ks} noa-truman affliction is said to b#ve subsided.
i l
r 1 3 i]
m a h
v a g g a
v i
275
N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k ca m e to h a v e an illn ess a ffe c tin g h is eyes. H a v in g ta k e n h o ld o f th a t m o n k , th e y m a d e h im go o u t to ease him self. A s th e L o r d w a s to u rin g th e lo d g in g s, h e sa w th o s e m o n ks w h o , h a v in g ta k e n h o ld o f th a t m o n k , w ere m a k in g h im g o o u t to ease h im s e lf ; seein g (this) h e a p p ro a c h e d th o se m o n k s ; h a v in g a p p ro a c h e d , he sp o k e th u s to th o se m o n k s : W h a t, m o n k s, is th is m o n k 's a fflic tio n ? J * || 1 {j " L o rd , th is v e n e ra b le one h as a n illn e ss a ffe ctin g h is e y e s ; w e , h a v in g ta k e n h o ld o f h im , are m a k in g h im g o o u t to ease h im s e lf/ ' T h e n th e L o rd in th is co n n e ctio n h a v in g g iv e n reaso n ed ta lk , a d d ressed th e m o n ks, s a y in g ; " I a llo w , m o n k s , th e s e o in tm en ts1 : b la c k collyrium ^* ra sa -o in tm e n t,3 .sofa-ointm ent,4 y e llo w -o c h r e ,5 la m p - b la c k / '* T h e y h ad n e e d o f o in tm en t-p o w d e rs,* . . . " I a llo w , m o n k s , th e use o f sa n d a l-w o o d , ro se b a y , b la c k g u m ,s talisa,* n u tgrass/** if 2 1 1 | | N o w a t th a t tim e m o n k s u sed to p la c e p u lv e rise d o in tm e n ts in sm all b o w ls an d saucers- T h e y w e re litte re d w ith p o w d e re d g ra ss a n d d u st. - * * if I a llo w , m o n k s , an o in tm e n t-b o x / '11 N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n k s u sed v a rio u s k in d s o f o in tm e n t-b o x e s, m a d e o f g o ld , m a d e o f silv e r. P eo p le lo o k e d d o w n u p o n , c ritic is e d , sp rea d it a b o u t, s a y in g : 4* L ik e h o u seh o ld ers w h o e n jo y p leasu res o f th e senses J\ T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e said : " M o n k s, v a rio u s k in d s o f o in tm e n t-b o x e s sh o u ld n o t be used. W h o e v e r sh o u ld use (one)* th e re is a n ofEence o f
1 aiijana i s h e r e a g e n e r i c t e r m , a s i s c l e a r f r o m t h e f i r s t t h r e e to t e s p e c i f i e d r
kafaftja.na t a s a n ja n a s d a n ja r ta *
all
VA
- IG 9 0 a ls o
says of
a ilja n a ,
f* c o m p r is in g
* V A . loQo S&ys
one kind of anj'eMCi, Cooked w ith a ll ingredients "
s V A . 1090 s a y s m a d e fr o m a v a r ie t y o f in g r e d ie n ts J\ B O h t lin g k -R o th s a y i t is m a d e w ith v itrio l. * V A 10 90 -91 s a *' a n o i n t m e n t o r i g i n a t i n g i n r i v e r s a n d s t r e a m s " ,

B tfh tlin g k -R o th s a y i t is m a .d e w i t h a n t i m o n y . P t * D * s a y s kap&ila,
6 geruha, or red c h a lk . * kapaSia t a k e n f r o m t h t f l a t t i e o f & l a m p , V A . i c g i *

is h e re - in e r r o r f o r
Majjaia-. 9 atljatiitfiapisana, as a t Virt^ ii. aJa. S e e G .S . v , 1 7 , a . 1 . * Fl&CourtiSL cataphracta-. I * A s I n M V , V I* 3 . a n d V i n . Sv, 35. See I I an j a m . S e e B.E) i i i , S g > n . 3* A llo w e d a ls o
s it
i i , 3 3 8 , n , a. V in . ii. 13 5 *
2.J&
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
w ro n g -d o in g . I a llo w {them ), m o n k s, (to be) m a d e o f b on e,1 m a d e o f iv o r y ,1 m a d e o f h o rn ,1 m ad e o f reed , m ad e o f b a m b o o , m a d e of a p ie ce o f stic k , m a d e o f la c , m a d e o f cry sta l,* m a d e o f co p p er, m ad e o f th e cen tre o f a co n ch *sh ell/' |i X [| N o w a t th a t tim e o in tm en t-b o x e s w ere n o t co ve red . T h e y w ere litte re d w ith p o w d ered g rass a n d d u st, . . , I allo w , m o n k s, a 'lid / * 3 A lid fell o ff. . , . " I a llo w y o u , m onks, h a v in g tie d it w ith th rea d , to tie it to th e o in tm en t- b o x / 1 A n o m tm e n t-b o s sp lit o p e n .4 , * * f< I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, to Sew it ro u n d w ith th read /* || z || N o w a t th a t tim e m o n k s p u t on o in tm en t w ith (their) fingers, (Their) eye s b ecam e p a in fu l, * . . " I allow , m o n k s, an o in tm e n t* s tic k / J* N o w a t t h a t tim e th e gro u p o f s ix m onks used va rio u s k in d s o f o in tm en t-stick s, m ad e o f g o ld , m ad e o f silv er. [203] P e o p le lo o k ed dow n u p o n , criticised , sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : " L i k e h ou seh old ers w h o e n jo y pleasures o f th e sen ses/' , . . " M onks, v a rio u s k in d s o f o in tm en t-stick s Should n o t b e used.* W h o e v e r should use one, there is an o ffen ce o f w ro n g-d o in g. I a llo w (them ), m on ks, (to be) m ad e o f bone - . , m ad e o f th e cen tre o f a co n ch -sh elL " | | 3 || N o w a t th a t tim e an oin tm en t-sticky fa llin g to th e ground, b ecam e ro u gh . * , . I a llo w , m o n ks, a case fo r th e s t ic k s / '7 N o w a t th a t tim e m o n k s ca rried a b o u t o in tm cn t-b o xe s and o in tm e n t-stick s in th e ir h an d s . , * " T a llo w , m o n k s, a b a g fo r th e o in tm e n t-b o x / ' T h ere w a s no s tra p a t th e edge* , . 1 A t V in t iv* 16 7 these three materials are allowed for m aking needle-cases. '* B on e M is there deAocd as w hatever is bone* 3 ut V A - 1091 says " made of bon e ** means of every kind o bone w ith th e exception of human bone* T h is list recurs a t ii. 317. a suggests th a t phaiamaya stands in all p rob ab ility for phalikei-
maya *\
9 AUowed also a t Ftn. ii. 122 for a well. * R eading phalati 'with C m g+ eda- instead of Oldenberg's nipat&ti. * Allowed again, w ith olntm ent-box, a t Vtw. ii. 135- A t iv- 168 there is 11 n o offence '* if an. ointm ent'Stick is used as a needle-civse* C f. abo ve VT- 12. 1. 1 VA * 1091 says, " b e c a u s e th e y p u t dovro the sticks* I allow a piece of boUow wood or a b ag for them F \ * ainsa-bandhaJttz (l\ U vadkakat PVJ* loq t 5ays this is for (or, on) th e ointm cnt-bag. T h e same thing allowed at Vin. ii. rr4 for a bowl* A t M V, V I . 13 , there is a similar " allowance " f o r a b ag for tubes for stea m . T h u s th e monks had different bags for different portable articles* I t would Mem as if each b a g had a strap attached to its -edge, rather than th a t monks carried th e bags b y means of straps going over th e shoulder {also called
12.4 i - 2]
m a h
v a g g a
v i
277
' I a llo w , m o n k s, a stra p a t th e e d ge, a th re a d fo r ty in g 1/ ' II 4 II12 II
N o w a t th a t tim e th e v e n era b le P ilin d a v a c c h a * h a d a h e a d ' ache* * . - r* I a llo w , m onks* a sm all q u a n t it y o f oil fo r th e head:'* H e d id n o t g e t b e tte r . - , Jf I allo w , m onkSj (m edical) tre a tm e n t th ro u g h th e nose J\ 4 H is nose ra n , . . " I a llo w , m onks, a n o se-sp oo n . 5 N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n k s used va rio u s k in d s o f n ose-sp oon s, m a d e o f g o ld , m a d e o f silv er. P e o p le * . . sp rea d it a b o u t, s a y in g : " L ik e h ouseholders w h o e n jo y pleasures o f th e se n s e s / ' T . " M o n k s , v a rio u s k in d s o f nose-spoons sh o u ld n o t b e used. W h o e v e r should use one, th e re is a n offence o f w ron g-d oin gI a llo w (them ), m o n k s, (to be) m a d e o f bone . * . m a d e o f th e ce n tr o f a c o n ch -sh ell/ ' || x (| T h e y p o u red i t u p th e nose in u n even quantities, allo w , m o n k s, a d ouble n o se -sp o o n / '7 H e d id n o t g e t b e tte r . * * I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, to in h a le s t e a m / '8 So t h e y in h a led it a fte r t h e y h a d lit a wick. I t b u rn t th e ir th ro a ts. . . . 141 a llo w y o u P m o n k s, a tu b e fo r th e ste a m .10 N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f six m o n k s u sed a ll kind^ o f tu b e s fo r th e s te a m * . * (as in |[ I [|). fi I a llo w (them ), m o n k s, (to be) m ad e o f bone . * , m ad e o f th e c e n tre o f a c o n c h -sh e ll/ ' N o w a t- th a t tim e tu b e s fo r th e ste a m w ere n o t co v e re d , a n d sm a ll crea tu res g o t in. I a llo w , m o n k s, a li d / J N o w a t t h a t tim e
1 probably tor ty in g th e b o x to th e strap. C /. V i n * ii. 114. * See B .D . 1 . 1 i z r n. -z. J A " certain m onk 1 1 1 had this, stsdbhitapa, a t Yin* iii- 83 i. 143). * natthuhamftta* Cf* naithvtn adafnsu a t V in iii. S3 (see B.Z*. i . 343* 2), Mentioned, also a t Af- i. 511* * n^rthu-kurafit, I translate as a t Te*t$ ii* 54. -PE H , gives " p o ck e thandkerchief " F b u t n e xt sentence m akes th is unlikely. * * ia tth u * n v is a m a m a s i/ ic - a n t i. In pouring th e m edicam ent u p th e nose, monks probably pouted more up one uostril than th e other. T h e spoon, therefore,, was not to catch the discharge irom th e nose b-ut w as to hold it up so t h a t th e medicinal oil does n o t run out Texts ii. 54, n. 1) ; it was an instrum ent w ith which to pour up th e m edicinal oil itself, 7 J-*. one givin g an e q u a l stream in respect oi its tw o measures, V A . xo gi. 1 dhumatp paiumt lit. to drink steam, or smoko. Below* M V - V I . 14 , 5* cf 1 dhUtttaqt hdiu.^%. Of. *' drinking '* (not smoking) a huqqa, b y reason of th e w ater in it_ 4 C f , Vin+ Texts ii* 54, n. 3, w hich states th a t th ey smeared a w ick w ith the drug's and then burnt them, dhamamttn. Also a t JS, iv . 3 6 3 ; transld. J d . Trttvisln-^ iv* 229 as ** sm oking-pipe
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
m o n ks ca rried a b o u t tu b e s for th e steam in th eir hands* I allow* m on ks, a b a g fo r th e tu b e s fo r th e ste a m . T h e y g o t ru b b ed to g eth e r. . * . r I a llo w , m o n ks, a d o u b le bag* T h e re w a s no s tra p a t th e e d ge ,1 , * . I a llo w , m on ks, a stra p a t th e ed ge, a th re a d fo r t y in g / ' || 2 || 13 || N o w a t th a t tim e th e v e n e ra b le P ilin d a v a c c h a [204J h a d an affliction o f w in d . P h y s ic ia n s sp oke th u s : " O il m u st be boiled/* - . , " I a llo w , m o n k s, a d e co ctio n o f o il." N o w stro n g clrink h a d to b e m ix e d in th a t d eco ctio n o f o il. " T a llo w y o u , m o n ks, to m ix stro n g d rin k in a d ecoction of o il/ J N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n k s b o iled oils m ixed w ith to o m u ch stro n g d rin k. H a v in g d ru n k th ese, t h e y w ere in to x ic a te d .2 " M on ks, oil m ix e d w ith to o m u c h stro n g d rin k sh o u ld n o t b e d ru n k . W h o e v e r should (so) d rin k sh o u ld be d e a lt w ith a cco rd in g to th e ru le .3 I a llo w y o u , m on ks, if n eith er th e co lo u r n o r th e sm ell n o r th e ta ste o f stro n g d rin k 1 ap p ears in a n y d e co ctio n o f o il, to d rin k oil m ix ed w ith stro n g d rin k i f i t is lik e th is . | | 1 ]| N o w a t th a t tim e m o n k s cam e to h a v e m u ch b o iled o il m ixed w ith to o m u ch stro n g d rin k . T h e n it o ccu rred to these m o n k s : MN o w w h a t course o f co n d u ct sh o u ld be fo llo w ed w h en th ere is o il m ix e d w ith to o m u ch stro n g d rin k ? " I a llo w y o u , m on ks, tp e m p lo y it as a n u n g u e n t / N o w a t th a t tim e the v e n era b le P ilin d a v a c c h a cam e to h a v e a q u a n tity of b o iled oil, b u t there w a s no re ce p ta cle for oilI a llo w y o u , m onks, th ree k in d s o f vessels : a copper vessel* a w ood en v e s s e l a vessel (m ade of) f r u i t / r [ | 2 || N o w a t th a t tim e th e ve n e ra b le P ilin d a v a c c h a had rh e u m a tism in th e lim b s, " I a llo w , m on ks, th e sw e a tin g -tre a tm e n t/ '* H e g o t no b e tte r, , . . rj I allo w , m o n ks, sw e a tin g b y the use o f a ll k in d s o f h e r b s / '7 H e g o t no b e tte r. " I allow , monks*
1 A s in V L 13 . 4. * Ttiajjattti, or ** w ere elated. p \ 1 F a c. L I, * C f. Pftc. L I . 2 , 3. * abbhahjanat an o i l i n g C f t h e s a m e w ord in th e " k e v 'Ha t V in . iii. 79, u sed in referring t o abbhaAjtTjt&tt, t h e y oiled or ru b b ed (an ill m on k), on p, S3. * sedaâmma. 7 s&ntbk&r&sed&. oi le a v e s ,p. V A . to ^ y , " s w e a tin g b y th e u se o h e m p an d a v a r ie t y
14-3 5]
M A H A V A G GA
VI
*79
th e g re a t s w e a tin g / '1 H e g o t n o b e tte r . " I a llo w , m o n k s , {the u se of) h e m p -w a te r/ 1* H e g o t no better* I a llo w , m o n ks, (the use of) a w a t e r - v a t ." 3 || 3 |j N o w a t th a t tim e th e v e n e ra b le P ilin d a v a c c h a h a d rh eu m a tism in th e jo in ts , " I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, to le t b lo o d ." 4 H e g o t no b e tter- " I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, h a v in g le t b lo o d , t o cu p w ith a h o r n / '5 N o w a t th a t tim e th e v e n e ra b le P ilin d a v a c c h a 's fe e t c a m e to be s p lit. " I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, an u n g u e n t fo r th e f e e t / J H e g o t n o b e tte r, " I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, to p re p a re a fo o t-s a lv e / '* N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k c a m e to h a v e boils* w t I allo w , m o n k s, tre a tm e n t w ith a la n c e t / '7 T h e re w a s n eed o f a strin g e n t w a te r. **I a llo w , m o n k s, a strin g e n t w a t e r / 1 T h ere w a s n e e d o f sesam u m p a ste . /c I a llo w , m o n k s, sesam u m p a s t e / ' || 4 |[ T h e re w a s n eed o f a compress. " I a llo w , m o n ks, a co m p re ss / ' T h e re w a s n eed o f a p iece o f clo th fo r ty in g o v e r th e sore, " I a llo w , m o n k s, a p iece o f c lo th fo r ty in g o v e r th e sore/* T h e sore itch e d . " I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, to sp rin k le it w ith m u s ta rd -p o w d e r/ '& T h e sore festered . [205] I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, to m a k e a fu m ig a tio n / '10 T h e flesh o f th e sore11 sto o d u p , I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, to c u t it o ff w ith a p iece o f s a lt- c r y s ta l/ 1 T h e sore d id n o t heal. I a llo w , m o n k s, o il fo r th e s o re / ' T h e o il ran. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r t o th e L o rd , H e s a i d : I a llo w , m o n ks, a linen b a n d a g e 1* (and) e v e r y tr e a tm e n t for c u rin g a s o re / ' || 5 |]
1 mah&scda. V A . 1091 e x p la in s t h a t t h e y h e a p c h a r c o a l in to a p it th e s it e o f a m a r , co v e r rt w ith d u s t, s a n d a n d le a v e s , a n d th e p a t ie n t lie s d o w n th e r e w it h h is lim b s sm eared w ith oi) a n d sw e a ts b y ro llin g routid. 1 bha&godaka, i.e. h em p le a v e s b o ile d in w a ter. T h e p a t ie n t should, s w e a t b y r e p e a te d ly s p r in k lin g h im s e lf w ith t h is prep ara tion * V A . 10 9 1. S ee Krtt. T e x ts EL 57, n. 1* * wdahakotthaka, ** I a llo w th e a p p lic a tio n o f th e sw e a tin g - t r e a t m e n t {sedakammakarap.il)' h a v in g g o t in to a, v e s s e l or v a t filled w ith h o t w a t e r ," V A . i o q i . Kotth&ba is u s u a lly a s to c e -fo o m . 4 B y using: a k n ife (o f la n cet), V A . 10 9 1. 4 See V in . T e x ts ii. 3 7 , a. 3, w h ic h , q u o tin g W ise , says^ ** b a d b lo o d m a y b e r e m o v e d b y m ea n s o f c u p p in g , w h ic h is p erfo rm ed b y a h o rn p a jji i* cf, O ii. 240. 1 $atthaka*n*na. 1 habalika. * sasapaMtifa* C f, V in . ii. 1 5 1 sdsapakutftfa, a s a t V A * w here exp-lam ed as " groun d (pittha) m u sta r d ' r, 10 dhiltnaTfi C f * M V . V I . 1 3 . 3. t l vanama*nsat V A . to g s r e a d in g t*adghamai*tsar an d s a y i n g th a t th e u p p e t or co v e r in g (mfhifca} flesh sto o d u p lilt-e a. peg. l * vikjisika ; V A - i o g s , " a p ie c e o f c lo th for c o v e r in g ttp t h i sore
28o
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k w a s b itte n b y a snake*1 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord* H e sa id : " I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, to g iv e th e fo u r g re a t irre g u la r th in g s3 : (a d e co c tio n of) d u n g, u rin e, ashes, d a y / ' 3 T h e n i t o ccu rre d to th e m o n k s : " (M ay t h e y be used) e v e n i f t h e y a re n o t (form ally) received , or sh o u ld t h e y b e (form ally) r e c e i v e d ? " 4 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, to m a k e u se o f th e m i f som eone to m a k e th e m a llo w a b le 5 is there (form ally) to offer th em to y o u ; h a v in g ta k e n th em y o u r selves, if th e re is n o one to m a k e th e m a llo w a b le / ' N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k ca m e to h a v e d r a n k poison. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d ; " I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, t o m a k e him d rin k (a co n co ctio n of) d u n g / T h e n i t occurred to th e m onks ; " (M ay it be drunk) even if i t is n o t (form ally) re ce iv e d , or sh o u ld it be (form ally) offered ? T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord* H e s a i d : *' Z allo w , m o n k s, th a t if h e receives (fo rm ally) th a t w h ich (someone) is m a k in g a llo w a b le ,8 w h en he h a s once (form ally) received it th a t it n eed n o t be (fo rm ally) o ffered a g a in / ' || 6 || N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in m o n k h a d an a fflictio n re su ltin g from d rin kin g so m eth in g p o iso n o u s.9 Y f I a llo w y o u , m onks, to m a k e him d rin k (a d eco ctio n of) m u d tu rn ed u p b y the p lo u g h / '10 N o w a t t h a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k w a s co n stip a te d . *l I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, to m a k e h im d rin k ra w ly e / J N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in m onk h a d ja u n d ic e . ,r I allow y o u , m onks, to m a k e h im d rin k (a co m p o u n d o f c o w 's 11) urine a n d y e llo w m y r o b a la n / '1*
1 C f. K in . iv. i66> * ma&dvi&atd*ti. M en tio n ed a t Kin* iv . go, w here a m o n k m a y h im self t a k e th ese e v e n i f th e r e is no o n e t o m a k e them. 4 4 a llo w a b le J\ for t h e y do n o t c o u n t a s " n u tr im e n t A lso a t A f, i. 79, D . 1. 167. * T h e s e th in g s are, or are b y In d ia n s , regard ed a-3 g r e a t purifiers. 4 fiafiggaketiibbani. O ld c n b e r g proposes t o read paligg&hapGiabfy&m, V in , i. 3 S * . ' * * C f, ii. 34 6 , n- i P % *
paiiggahap&tum. *
7 patiggahdpetabbo / see B . U . iL 123 .
ftarcmto p&tigg&xih&ti.
* V A , 1092 ta k e s th is to m ean h e w a s su fferin g from th e resu lts o f sorcery^ i.e. from a d isease arisin g from d r in k in g u n d er th e m a s te r y o f an o th er. 10 e x p la in e d a t V A . I0Q2 as '* I a llo w y o u t o m a k e Tttm d rin k, m ix e d w ith w ater, th e c l a y c lin g in g t o th e plou gh sh are w hen tillin g w itb a p lo u g h * l S o V A , 1092, 14 C f. V in . i. 3 7 6 w here J J v a k a g a v e ghee as a cu re io t ja u n d ice.
1 4 ,7 15*2]
M A H A V A G G A
VI
N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in m o n k h a d a sk in d isease, " I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, to m a k e a p e rfu m e -p a ste / ' N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in m o n k 's b o d y ca m e to b e fu ll o f (bad) h u m o u rs.1 I a llo w h im , m o n k s, to d rin k a p u rg a t i v e / ' T h e re w a s n eed o f c la rifie d c o n je y . " I a llo w , m o n k s, cla rified c o n je y / ' T h e re w a s n e e d o f u n p rep a red broth. ' r I a llo w , m o n ks, u n p rep a red b r o th . T h e re w a s n eed o f p re p a re d a n d u n p re p a re d ,3 " I a llo w , m o n k s, p re p a re d a n d u n p re p a re d / ' T h e re w a s n eed o f m e a t-b r o th .4 " I a llo w , m o n ks, m e a tb r o t h / ' || 7 i l l * II N o w a t th a t tim e th e v e n e ra b le P ilin d a v a c c h a ,5 d e sirin g to m ake a cave* h a d a (m ountain) slop e clea red n e a r R a ja g a h a . T h e n K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M a g a d h a a p p ro a c h e d th e ven erab le P ilin d a v a c c h a ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , [206] h a v in g g re e te d th e v e n e ra b le P ilin d a v a c c h a , he sa t d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l distance* A s he w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce. K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M a g a d h a sp o k e th u s to th e v e n e ra b le P ilin d a v a c c h a : " W h a t, h o n o u re d sir, is th e eld er h a v in g m ad e ? J' * ** S ire, desiring t o m a k e a c a v e , I am h a v in g a (m ountain) slop e c le a re d / ' ** H o n o u red sir, d o es th e m a ste r req u ire an a tte n d a n t for a m o n a ste ry ? J' ** S ire, an a tte n d a n t for a m o n a ste ry is n o t a llo w ed b y th e L o rd /' *4 W e ll, h on oured sir, h a v in g in q u ire d o f th e L o rd , y o u sh o u ld tell h im o f m e-" 4 4 V e r y w e ll, s ir e / ' th e v e n e ra b le P ilin d a v a c c h a an sw ered K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M a g a d h a in assen t. f| i ]| T h e n th e ve n e ra b le P ilin d a v a c c h a g la d d en ed , roused , rejo iced , d e lig h ted K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M a g a d h a w ith ta lk o n dhamma. T h e n K in g S e n iy a B im b is a r a o f M a g a d h a ,
* abhisann-akaya. C f , V in ii. t r g , a l s o M V . V I I I ., 1 * 30, haya 1 akafay&sa, V A . 1092 s a y s " a b e v e r a g e c o o k c d w ith b e a n s b u t n o t o ily " , * kaidka}ia* V A . 1092 read s so w va {v ,L dhota) siniddho* th is 15 o n ly a litt le o ily . * paiizvhadnniya. C f * b e lo w , M Y - V I , 2 3 . 3. VA. 1092 e x p la in s b y matn$anzsa+ fla vo u r o f m ea t, * F r o m here to w a rd s en d o f 1 5 . 10 t t V in . iii. 24-8231* S ee LL 126 fF. lo r n otes.
282
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
g la d d en e d . . . d e lig h te d b y th e ve n e ra b le P ilin d a v a c c h a 's ta lk on dhamma, risin g fro m h is se a t, h a v in g g re e te d the ven erable P ilin d a v a c c h a , d e p a rted k e ep in g h is rig h t side to w a rd s h im . T h e n th e v e n e ra b le P ilin d a v a c c h a sen t a m essenger to th e L o rd to s a y : " L o rd , K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M a g a d h a d esires to p resen t a n a tte n d a n t fo r a m o n a ste ry . N o w , L o rd , w h a t lin e o f co n d u ct is t o be follow ed ? " T h e n th e L o rd on th is occasion h a v in g g iv e n reason ed ta lk , ad dressed th e m onks s a y in g : " I a llo w , m o n k s, a m o n a ste ry a tte n d a n t/ ' || 2 || A n d a secon d tim e d id K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M a g a d h a a p p ro a c h th e v e n e ra b le P ilin d a v a c c h a ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed , h a v in g g reeted th e v e n era b le P ilin d a v a c c h a , he s a t d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n ce. A s h e w a s s ittin g d ow n a t a re sp e ctfu l d istan ce K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M a g a d h a spoke th u s to the ve n e ra b le P ilin d a v a c c h a : " H o n o u red sir, h as th e L o rd a llo w ed a m o n a ste ry a tte n d a n t? ,J -- Y e s , s ir e ." " W e ll th e n , honoured sir, I w ill g iv e th e m a ste r a m o n a ste ry a tte n d a n t/ ' T h e n K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M a g a d h a , h a v in g prom ised th e v e n e ra b le P ilra d a v a c c h a a m o n a ste ry a t t e n d a n t fbut) h a v in g fo rg o tte n , h a v in g re ca lled it a fte r a tim e , a d d ressed a c h ie f m in ister w h o w a s co n cern ed w ith a ll th e affairs, sa y in g : " M y g o o d sir, h a s th a t m o n a ste ry -a tte n d a n t w h o m I prom ised to th e m a ste r been g iv e n ? " ** Y o u r m a je s ty , a m o n a ste ry a tte n d a n t h a s not been g iv e n to th e m aster/* " M y good sir, h o w lo n g is it since it w a s considered ? || 3 j| T h e n th a t c h ie f m in ister, h a v in g co u n ted u p the d a y s , sp ok e thus to K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M agad h a : " I t is five h u n d re d d a y s, y o u r m a je s ty / ** W e ll th e n , g iv e fiv e h u n d re d m o n a ste ry a tte n d a n ts to th e m a s te r / ' ** Y e s , y o u r m a je s t y ," a n d th e c h ie f m in ister h a v in g an sw ered K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M a g a d h a in assen t, b esto w ed fiv e h un dred m o n a s te ry a tte n d a n ts on th e ven e ra b le P ilin d a v a c c h a , an d a d is tin c t v illa g e esta b lish ed itself. T h e y ca lled i t ** T h e V illa g e o f th e M o n a ste ry A tte n d a n ts " [207] a n d t h e y also c a lled it " P ilin d a V illa g e N o w a t th a t tim e th e ve n e ra b le
15*4 ^3
m a h
v a g g a
v i
P ilin d a v a c c h a fre q u e n te d fa m ilie s in th a t v illa g e . T h e n th e ven e ra b le P ilin d a va cch a * h a v in g dressed in th e m orning* ta k in g h is b o w l a n d robe, en tered P ilin d a V illa g e fo r alm sfood. ||4 ff N o w a t th a t tim e th e re cam e to be a fe s tiv a l in th is v i l l a g e ; y o u n g girls w e a rin g o rn am en ts, a d o rn ed w ith g a rla n d s, w ere c e le b ra tin g it. T h e n th e v e n e ra b le P ilin d a v a c c h a as h e w as w a lk in g for alm sfo o d o n u n b ro k e n round1 in P ilin d a V illa g e , approach ed th e d w e llin g o f a c e rta in m o n a ste ry a t t e n d a n t ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , he sa t d o w n on th e a p p o in te d se a t. N o w a t t h a t tim e th e d a u g h te r o f th e jn o n a s te ry a tte n d a n t's w ife , h a v in g seen o th e r little g irls w e a rin g ornam ents* a d o rn ed w ith garlan d s, cried a n d said : " G iv e m e a g a rla n d , g iv e m e an o rn a m e n t/ ' T h e n th e v e n e ra b le P ilin d a v a c c h a s a id to th a t m o n a s te ry a tte n d a n t's w ife : " W h y is th is little girl c r y in g ? r* H o n o u red sir, th is little g irl is c r y in g b ecau se, h a v in g seen o th e r little g irls w e a rin g o rn a m e n ts, ad orn ed w ith g a rla n d s, she s a y s : * G iv e m e a garland* g iv e m e an o rn a m e n t/ W h en ce is th e re a g a rla n d fo r us w h o are p o o r, w h e n ce an o rn a m en t ? " II 5 II , T h e n th e ven erab le P ilin d a v a c c h a , h a v in g ta k e n a r o ll o f g rass, sp o k e thus to th a t m o n a ste ry a tte n d a n t's w ile : " N o w set th is roil o f g ra ss on th is lit tie g irl's h e a d / ' T h e n th a t m o n a ste ry a tte n d a n t's wife* h a v in g ta k e n th a t ro ll o f g ra ss, set it on th a t little g irl's h e a d . I t b ecam e a go ld en c h a p le t, b e a u tifu l, g o o d to lo o k u p o n , ch a rm in g ; th e re w a s no g o ld en c h a p le t lik e it e v e n in th e k in g s w o m e n 's q u a rters. P e o p le spoke th u s to K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M a g a d h a : " Y o u r m a je sty , in th e house o f a ce rta in m o n a ste ry a tte n d a n t th e re is a g o ld en c h a p le t, b eau tifu l* g o o d to lo o k u p o n , ch arm in g ; th ere is n o go ld en c h a p le t lik e it e v e n in y o u r m a je s t y s w o m e n 's q u a rters. A s he is p o o r, w h ere (co u ld he h ave g o t it) from ? U n d o u b te d ly it w a s ta k e n b y t h e f t / ' T h e n K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M a g a d h a h a d th a t m o n a ste ry a tte n d a n t's fa m ily im p riso n ed . (1 6 jj
1 sapad&tt&m, d e r iv a tio n u n c e r ta in . E n jo in e d a t S e k h iy a 33. E x p la n a t io n s given a t V A . 35 3 {cited i\L 1 * 9 , n* 3 ) : i* i o 5 : th e houses reach ed , one w a lk in g t o th em s u cce s s iv e ly (in su ccession , in order) ; S ttA . 1 1S : o n e w h o w a lk s su cce ssiv e ly , n o t h a v in g r e je c te d (d ep arted iroiu ) th e order (succession) o f th e houses, e n te rin g a r ic h h ou seh old a n d a p o o r h ou seh old w ith o u t in terru p tio n (w ith o u t a b rea k , 11 ju s t a s Lt co m e s " ) p for alm sfood-
3 S4
BOOK
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
A n d a second tim e d id th e v e n era b le P ilin d a v a c c h a , h a v in g d ressed in th e m orning, ta k in g his b o w l a n d robe, en ter P ilin d a V illa g e fo r alm sfoo d . A s he w a s w a lk in g in P ilin d a V illa g e on u n b ro ken ro u n d for a lm sfo o d h e a p p ro a ch ed th e d w e llin g o f th a t m o n a s te ry a t t e n d a n t ; h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed , he a sk e d th e neigh bo u rs : ** W h e re h a s th is m o n a ste ry a tte n d a n t's fa m ily gone ? ** H o n o u red sir, th e y h a v e been im p riso n ed b y th e k in g on a c c o u n t o f th a t golden c h a p le t." T h e n th e ven e ra b le P ilin d a v a c c h a a p p ro a ch e d th e residence o f K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M a g a d h a ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed h e sa t d o w n o n th e a p p o in te d seat. T h e n K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M a g a d h a a p p ro a ch e d th e ve n e ra b le P ilin d a v a c c h a ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g g re e te d th e ve n e ra b le P ilin d a v a c c h a h e sa t d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d istan ce, [ 208] T h e v e n era b le P ilin d a v a c c h a spoke th u s to K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M a g a d h a a s h e w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d istan ce : |[ 7 || H o w is it, sire, th a t th e m o n a ste ry a tte n d a n ts fa m ily is im p riso n ed ? J 3 h H o n o u red sir, in th a t m o n a s te ry a tte n d a n t's house there w a s a go ld en c h a p le t, b e a u tifu l, good to lo o k u p o n , ch a rm in g ; th ere is no golden ch a p le t lik e it even in o u r w o m e n 's quarters. W h ere (could h e h a v e g o t it} from , as he is p o o r ? U n d o u b te d ly it w a s o b ta in e d b y t h e ft ." T h e n th e ven e ra b le P ilin d a v a c c h a exercised v o litio n a l force, a n d said : " T h e p a la ce of K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M a g a d h a is g o ld e n / ' a n d it b ecam e m ad e all o f go ld . H e sa id : " N o w , sire, from w h ere h a v e y o u g o t so m u ch go ld ? S a y in g : r< I u n d e rsta n d , h on oured sir, th is is th e m a ste r's m a je s ty o f p s y c h ic p o w e r," h e set free th e m o n a ste ry a tte n d a n t's fa m ily . || 8 || P e o p le , d e lig h ted , fu li o f sa tisfa c tio n becau se t h e y h eard th a t a sta te o f fu rth e r m en , a w o n d e r o f p sy c h ic p o w er h a d been show n b y m a ste r P ilin d a v a c c h a to th e k in g a n d his retin u e, p resen ted th e five (kinds of} m ed icin e to th e v e n e ra b le P ilin davaccha^ th a t is to sa y g h e e , fresh b u tte r, oil, h o n e y a n d m olasses. N o w th e v e n e ra b le P ilin d a v a c c h a w a s c u sto m a rily a receiver, so w h en ev er he received th e five (binds of) m edicine he g a v e them a w a y a m o n g h is co m p an y- A n d his co m p a n y cam e to liv e in a b u n d a n ce ; w h a te v e r th e y received , fillin g p o ts
M A H A V A G G A
VI
285
and p itc h e rs, t h e y p u t th e m a w a y , a n d fillin g w a te r stra in e rs a n d b a g s, th e y h u n g th em u p in th e w in d o w s. T h e se {pots, e tc .) le a k e d , a n d th e d w e llin g -p la ce s b e ca m e b e se t a n d o v e rru n b y ra ts. P eo p le, h a v in g seen (this) as t h e y w ere to u rin g th e d w ellin g -p la ces, loolced d o w n u p o n , c ritic ise d , sp rea d i t a b o u t, s a y in g : ** T h ese reclu ses, son s o f th e S a k y a n s , a re sto rin g u p good s indoors, lik e K in g S e n iy a B im b is a r a o f M a g a d h a / ' 1 1 9 1 1 _ M o n k s h eard th e se p eo p le w h o w ere , - * sp rea d in g it a b o u t. T h o se w h o w ere m o d est m o n k s . . . sp rea d i t a b o u t, s a y in g : " H o w can th ese m o n k s s tr iv e a fte r a b u n d a n c e lik e th is ? " T h e n th ese m o n k s to ld th is m a tte r to th e I>ord- H e sa id : " Is it tru e , a s is sa id , m o n ks, t h a t m o n k s are s tr iv in g a fte r ab u n d an ce such as th is ? " " I t is true, L o rd /* H a v in g re b u k e d th e m / h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , h e a d d re sse d th e m o n ks, s a y in g : " T h o se m ed icin es w h ic h m a y be p a rta k e n o f b y ill m o n k s, t h a t is to s a y ghee* fresh b u tte r , o il, h o n e y , m olasses-h a v in g a c c e p te d th e se, t h e y m a y be u sed a s a sto re fo r a t m o st se ve n d ays. H e w h o e x ce e d s th a t (period) sh o u ld be d e a lt w ith ] a c c o rd in g to th e ru lc/*a ]J l& [115 | T h e F ir s t P o r tio n for R e p e a tin g : th a t on M ed icines t h a t a re A llo w e d . T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g s ta y e d found su itin g , [209] set o u t on th e w a y th e v e n e ra b le K e v a t a th e h a v in g step p ed a sid e, (he sa w th e a t S a v a tth l fo r a s long a s he to u r fo r R a ja g a h a . A n d on D o u b te r 3 s a w a su g a r-fa cto ry ; m en) p u ttin g flo u r a n d s y ru p 4
1 Vin. iii. 251 (5 ,1). iL J 31 ) reads ; Th& lord rebuked them, sayin g ; " , _ * this rale of training should be set forth.. _ . .M * Nissag. X X I I I . * K ankharevata* A t A * i, .24 called " chief oi musers M ; verses a t Thug. 3, Ap> ii- 491. M entioned a t Ud. V . 7 . M . i. 212* 463. H e was scrupulous a b o u t and doubted w h a t was allowable, kappiya* C f. ThagA, 37, TJdA- 314* A A . i, 430, AT/i ii. 247, G.S. i. 18, n. . * chdnkatn cannot here be ashes, w hich is its m ost usual meaning. B u t cf. SJcrt. k$arar treacle, molasses. Perhaps some confused reference b a c k to th e "'fou r irregular th in g s of , fi is intended here. T h e a llo w a b ility -of the first tw o has been emphasised in specific cases (in 1 4 . 6 and y)3 and " irtud turned u p b y the plough " (of , 7) is p ro b ab ly intended as an exam ple o( the fourth irregular thing*, nam ely clay* Here occur* th e same word as is used foi th e third irregular thing, cMn'fra, there translated " ashes " where syrup or treacle would h ard ly fit ; b u t here translated ,r syrup as people would not p u t ashes in to sugar to stiffen it,, nor would ashes be called 4 r food amts-fl.
14
14
286
BOOK
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
in to th e su g a r ; seein g th is a n d th in k in g r S u g a r w it h fo o d 1 is u n a llo w ab le ; it is n o t a llo w a b le to m a k e use o f su g a r at a wrong" time,** b ein g scru p u lo u s,3 he a n d h is c o m p a n y d id n o t m a k e use o f th e su g a r, n e ith e r d id those m a k e u se a f th e su g a r w h o d eem ed th a t h e sh o u ld b e listen ed to . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d : W h y , m o n k s, d id t h e y p u t flo u r an d sy ru p in to th e su g a r ? " So a s to m a k e i t firm , L o r d / ' ** I f, m on ks, t h e y p u t flo u r a n d sy ru p in to th e sugar so a s to m a k e i t firm , a n d if it is s till ca lle d ' su g a r I a llo w yo u , m o n ks, to m a k e use o f a s m u ch sugar a s y o u lik e .*'3 !| r || T h e n on th e w a y th e v en era b le R e v a t a th e D o u b te r sa w a k id n e y -b e a n g ro w in g on a d u n g h ill; h a v in g seen it a n d th in k in g : ** K id n e y -b e a n s a re n o t a llo w a b le , fo r rip e k id n e y b ean s are also g ro w in g /*4 b e in g scru p u lo u s he a n d his c o m p a n y d id n o t m a k e use o f th e k id n ey -b ea n , n eith er did th o se w h o d eem ed th a t h e sh ou ld b e listen ed to m a k e use o f th e k id n e y bean . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " M on ks, e v e n if ripe k id n ey -b ea n s are g ro w in g , I a llo w y o u to m a k e use o f kid n ey -b ea n s a s m u c h as y o u lik e / ' || 2 || N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k h a d a n affliction o f w in d in th e sto m a ch . H e d ra n k sa lte d sour gruel.'6 B eca u se o f th is h is a fflictio n o f w in d in th e sto m a ch subsided* T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e sa id : ** I a llo w , m onks, sa lte d so u r g ru e l fo r on e w h o is ill ; w h e n one is not ill to m a k e u se o f it b y u sin g it a s a b e v e ra g e m ix e d w ith w a te r / ' j| 3 \ \ 16 | J T h e n th e L o rd , w a lk in g on to u r, in d u e course a rriv ed a t R a ja g a h a . T h e L o rd sta y e d th ere in R a ja g a h a in th e B a m b o o G ro v e a t th e squ irrels' feed in g p lace. N o w a t th a t tim e th e L o rd ca m e to h a v e an affliction o f w in d in th e stom ach. T h e n th e ven erab le A n a n d a , th in k in g : " O n a form er occasion th e L o rd 's affliction o f w in d in th e sto m a ch w a s eased b y c o n je y
1 sdtnisa ; cf. Fifl. iv . 198.
J kukbuccSyaKta. A A . i. a j o , in ex p la n a tio n o f K a ftk h a r e v a ta s n am e, says d o u b tin g m ean s, h a v in g scru ples ; th e m ea n in g is b ein g scru p u lou s yath&sukhaift, * M e&m ttg o f th is p a s s a g e is n o t clear. V A . 1092 sa y s, i f rip e k id n e y -b e a n s are also g r o w in g t h e y m a y be used as m u ch a s y o u lik e, foe th ese are A llow able ju s t b ecau se t h e y a r e ripe O n m ugga see & -D . i. S3, n. 4* * Icmascviratia, A t v in . iii. 86 i t is caJled suviraka^ S ee 13.1 }. L 149, n . 3 *
17 . t 4]
M A H A V A G G A
VI
co n ta in in g th e th re e p u n g e n t in g re d ie n ts / '1 h a v in g h im self p re p a re d sesam u m a n d rice -g ra in a n d k id n e y -b e a n , h a v in g cu red 5 1 th e m in d oo rs, h a v in g h im s e lf c o o k e d th e m in d oo rs, b ro u g h t th em to th e L o rd , s a y in g : " L o rd , d rin k th e c o n je y c o n ta in in g th e th ree p u n g e n t in g r e d ie n ts / ' |j i ]| N o w T ru th -fm d e rs (som etim es) a s k k n o w in g ,3 a n d k n o w in g (som etim es) d o n o t a s k ; t h e y a s k k n o w in g th e rig h t tim e (to a sk ), a n d t h e y d o n o t a s k k n o w in g th e r ig h t tim e (w hen n o t to ask)* T ru th -fin d e rs a s k a b o u t w h a t b elo n gs to th e goal* n o t a b o u t w h a t d oes n o t belong: to th e g o a l ; b rid g e -b re a k in g fo r T ru th -fin d ers is a m o n g w h a t d o es n o t b elo n g to th e goal* A w a k e n e d ones, L o rd s q u e stio n m o n k s co n cern in g tw o m a tte r s : e ith er, S h a ll w e te a c h dhamma ? " o r " S h a ll w e la y d o w n a ru le o f tra in in g fo r d iscip les ? " T h e n th e L o r d [210] ad d ressed th e v e n e ra b le A n a n d a , s a y i n g : ** W h ere d o es th is c o n je y com e from , A n a n d a ? " T h e n th e v e n e ra b le A n a n d a to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . || 2 || T h e aw a k en ed one, th e L o rd re b u k e d h im , sa y in g : " I t is n o t b eco m in g , A n a n d a , it is n o t fittin g , it is n o t su ita b le 3 it is n o t w o r th y o f a re clu se , it is n o t a llo w a b le , it is n o t to b e done. A n d h o w ca n y o u , A n a n d a , stra in a fte r a b u n d a n ce su ch as th is ? M oreover, A n a n d a , t h a t w h ich is cu red in d oo rs is u n a llo w a b le, a n d t h a t w h ic h is c o o k e d in d o o rs is also u n a llo w ' a b le , a n d th a t w h ic h is co o k e d b y o n eself is also u n a llo w a b le. I t is n o t, A n a n d a , fo r p le a sin g th o se w h o a re n o t (yet) pleased . - , A n d h a v in g re b u k ed h im , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , h e ad d ressed th e m o n k s, s a y in g : " M on ks, o n e sh o u ld n o t m a k e u se o f w h a t is cu red in d oors, c o o k e d in d oo rs, co o k ed b y oneself- W h o e v e r sh o u ld m a k e use (of a n y o f th e se th in g s), th e re is a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g . ti 3 if . I f , m o n k s, i t is cu red in d o o rs, co o k ed in d o o rs, c o o k e d b y o n eself, a n d one sh o u ld m a k e use o f it, th e re is an offen ce o f th re e -wrong-doings. I f , m o n k s, it is c a r e d in d oo rs, co o k e d in d oors, (but) c o o k e d b y o th ers, a n d one sh o u ld m a k e u&e o l it, th ere is a n o ffen ce o f tw o w ro n g -d o in g s. I f, m o n k s, it is
1 tthajulaydgu. S e a B . D . i. n r , n. i . * vasetvd* I fo llo w P.Jj.IX (un der vd-retf ) ra th e r t h a n th e " k e p t " o f V in . T e xts ii* 63 . M o n k s a r e a llo w e d to cu r c (or p u r ify ) c l a y a t V in . ii. 120* * C f. B .D . i. t 2 , a n d see th e re n* 3 fo r iu r th e t r e fe r e n c e s
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
cu red in d oo rs, co o k ed o u t o f doors, co o k ed b y oneself, an d one sh o u ld m a k e u se o f it, th ere is an o ffen ce o f tw o w ro n g doings. || 4 || I f , m o n k s, i t is cu red ou t o f doors, co o k ed in d oors, cooked b y oneself, an d one sh o u ld m a k e use o f it, th ere is an offence o f tw o w ro n g-d o in gs. If, m o n k s, it is cu re d indoors, cooked o u t o f doors, co o k ed b y o th ers, a n d one sh o u ld m a k e use o f it, th e re is a n offence o f w ron g-d oin g. If, m o n k s, i t is cu red o u t o f d oors, co o k ed o u t o f d o o rs, (but) co o k ed b y oneself, a n d one sh o u ld m a k e u se o f it , th ere is an o ffen ce o f w ro n g-d o in g. I f, m o n k s, it is c u r e d 'o u t o f doors, c o o k e d o u t Jo f doors, co ok ed b y o th ers, a n d o n e sh o u ld m a k e use o f it, th e re is n o o ffe n c e / '
II 5 II
N o w a t th a t tim e , m o n k s, th in k in g : C o o k in g fo r on eself1 is o b je c te d to b y th e L o r d / ' w ere d o u b tfu l a b o u t2 a second co o k in g -3 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, to co ok a secon d c o o k in g / ' || 6 |f N o w a t th a t tim e R a ja g a h a b ecam e sh ort o f food. P e o p le c o n v e y e d s a lt a n d oil a n d h u sk ed rice a n d so lid fo o d 4 to th e m o n a ste ry . T h e m o n k s cu re d these o u t o f doors* b u t verm in * a te th e m and also th ie v e s c a rrie d them o ff.0 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e sa id : I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, to cure in d o o r s / '7 W h en th e y h a d c u re d (the th in gs) in d oors, th e y co o k ed th em o u t o f doors, (but) th o se w h o liv e on th e rem ain s o f fo o d * cro w d ed round. T h e m o n k s, n o t tru s tin g th e m , m ad e u se o f {the fo o d ). T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord- H e sa id : " I allo w y o u > m o n ks, to co ok in d o o rs / ' W h en food w a s sh o rt th ose w h o m a d e it a llo w a b le ca rried a w a y th e larger (portion) a n d g a v e th e m o n k s th e lesser (portion), [211] T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e said : " I a llo w yo u , m o n k s, y o u rs e lv e s to cook* I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, w h a t is cured 1 sa.r*iampciha*
1 kukkuccdyanti. punapaka* i.e, a r e h e a tin g o f fo o d a lre a d y co o k e d once. * T h e s e four item s a t e m o t i o n e d also a t V in . i. 2-zOi 238, 243, H49.
* ukkapiptfaka. V A .
1093 explains as cats, mice,
lizards,
m ocgeese
(?
mangusd). 1 A s a t V in . i. Z39. * T h is , a n d s u b s e q u e n t aH ow ances, refer o n ly t o tim es o f s c a r c ity , an d w ere all rescin d ed fo r tim e s o f p len ty* see M V , V I . 3 2 . 2. * H e r e ca lle d dam&fri* V A . 1093 e x p la in s b y vigha5dtl34 a w o rd w h ich o ccu rs a t e.g* M V , V I* 2 4 . 1 belorw, an d Ptw. iv . 9 1* S e e B+D* ii. I n t r . x iiii a n d p , 3 4 7, n . 3.
17 7
-
18.13
M A H A V A G G A
VI
indoors, w h a t is co o k ed ind oors, w h a t is c o o k e d b y y o u r s e lv e s / '

fl 7 II ,
N o w a t th a t tim e several m o n k s, h a v in g sp en t th e ra in s in K a sij g o in g t o R a ja g a h a to see th e Lord* d id n o t o b ta in on th e w a y su fficien t m ed io cre or fine m eals, as m u ch as t h e y needed- Y e t th e re w a s m u c h so lid fo o d t h a t w a s fr u it,1 b u t th ere w a s no one to m a k e i t allowable. S o th ese m o n ks, w e a ry in b o d y , a p p ro a ch e d R a ja g a h a , th e B a m b o o G ro v e , th e squ irrels' feed in g p la ce , th e L o r d ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g g re e te d th e L o r d r t h e y sa t d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n c e . N o w it is th e cu sto m fo r a w a k e n e d ones, fo r L o rd s, to e x ch a n g e frie n d ly g re e tin g s w ith in co m in g m o n k s. S o th e L o rd sp o k e th u s to th ese m o n k s : " I hope> m o n ks, th in g s are g o in g w ell w ith y o u , I hope y o u are k e e p in g g o in g , I hope y o u h a v e co m e, h ere w ith b u t little fa tig u e o n th e jo u r n e y ? A n d where* m o n k s, d o y o u co m e from ? J * f| 8 ]| " T h in g s are g o in g w ell w ith us, L o rd , b u t w e, L o rd , h a v in g sp en t th e ra in s in K a s i, c o m in g t o R a ja g a h a to see th e L o rd , * , n o on e t o m a k e it a llo w a b le ; th u s w e h a v e co m e on the jo u rn e y w e a r y in b o d y / 1 T h e n th e L o rd on th is occasion h a v in g g iv e n reaso n ed talk* ad dressed th e m o n k s, s a y in g : ** I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, if one a n y w h e re sees solid fo o d th a t is fru it, b u t i f th e re is n o one to m a k e i t a llo w a b le, h a v in g ta k e n * i t oneself, h a v in g ca rried it a w a y , h a v in g seen som eone to m a k e i t a llo w a b le , h a v in g la id it d o w n on th e g ro u n d , to m a k e use o f it, (he) h a v in g (form ally) offered* it to y o u . I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, t o re ce iv e (fo rm ally) w h a t y o u h a v e p ic k e d up/** !I 9 JI1 7 | | N o w a t th a t tim e fresh sesam u m a n d fresh h o n e y h a d accru ed to a c e rta in brahm in* T h e n i t o ccurred to th a t b ra h m in : ** Su p p o se I w ere to g iv e th e fresh sesam u m a n d fresh h o n e y to th e O rd e r o f m o n k s w ith th e a w a k e n e d one a t it s h ea d ? M
L phalakhadaniya^
See Bote ot\ piitkaJtkadaniya at M V . V I, 86. 6 below,
* kapptyaftar(tka<
These m ake things allowable by offering them.
See
p , z 8q.
M V . V I- 31. z ; 38. I * gahetvH, * p&figgah&pctvd. C f. n* on patto-g&h&paka a t
tL 122, an d above,
1 uggahita w*. This is an " allowance only for a time of scarcity. the much simpler " a lb w a a c J l at V I . 21. for more normal times.
See
2go
BO O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
T h e n th a t b ra h m in a p p ro a c h e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed , h e e x ch a n g e d frie n d ly g re e tin g s w ith th e L o rd . H a v in g e x ch a n g e d g ree tin g s o f frien d lin ess an d c o u r te s y h e stood a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n ce ; a n d sta n d in g a t a resp ectfu l d is ta n c e , th a t brah m in sp o k e th u s to th e L o r d : L o rd , m a y th e re v e red 1 G o ta m a to g e th e r w ith th e O rd er o f m o n k s co n sen t t o a m eal w ith m e to -m o rro w / T h e L o rd co n sen ted [212] b y b eco m in g silen t. T h e n th a t b rah m in departed,, h a v in g u n d ersto o d th e L o r d 's con sen t. J ] i |f T h e n th a t b ra h m in h a v in g had , to w a rd s th e end o f th a t n ig h t, su m p tu o u s so lid fo o d a n d so ft fo o d p rep ared , h a d the tim e a n n o u n ced t o th e L o rd J sa y in g : I t is tim e , g o o d G o ta m a , th e m e a l is r e a d y T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g dressed in th e m o rn in g, ta k in g h is b o w l a n d ro b e, a p p ro a ch e d th a t b ra h m in 's d w e llin g ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h e sa t d o w n to g e th e r w ith the O rd er o f m o n k s on th e a p p o in te d seat* T h e n t h a t b ra h m in , h a v in g w ith hi& o w n h a n d se rv e d a n d sa tisfied w ith su m p tu o u s solid fo o d a n d s o ft fo o d th e O rd e r o f m o n k s w ith th e a w a k e n e d one a t its h e a d , sa t d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce w hen th e L o rd h a d e a te n a n d h a d w ith d ra w n h is h a n d from h is b o w l. W h ile th a t b ra h m in w a s s ittin g d ow n a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n c e th e L o rd , h a v in g g la d d en ed , rejo iced , roused, d e lig h te d him w ith ta lk o n dhamma, risin g fro m h is seat, departed T h e n i t o ccu rred to th a t b ra h m in soon a fte r th e L o rd h ad d e p a rted : " I fo rg o t to g iv e th o se th in g s fo r th e s a k e of w h ich I in v ite d th e O rd er o f m o n k s w ith th e a w a k e n e d one at its h ead , t h in k in g : ' I w ill g iv e fresh sesam u m a n d fresh h o n e y / Sup p o se I w ere to h a v e th e fresh sesam um and th e fresh h o n ey co n v e y e d to th e m o n a ste ry in p o ts and p itc h e rs ? " T h e n th a t b ra h m in , h a v in g h a d th e fresh sesam u m a n d th e fresh h o n ey c o n v e y e d to th e m o n a ste ry in p o ts a n d p itch ers, a p p ro a ch e d th e L o r d ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h e sto o d a t a resp ectfu l d ista n ce ; a n d a s he w a s sta n d in g a t a resp ectfu l d ista n ce th is b ra h m in sp ok e th u s t o th e L o rd : || 3 I I " I fo rg o t to g iv e th o se th in g s, g o o d G o ta m a , for th e sa k e o f w h ich I in v ite d th e O rd er o f m o n k s w ith th e a w a k e n e d one a t its h ead , th in k in g : ' I w ill g iv e fresh sesam u m a n d fresh
* bkattaipr a s a t V in . iii. 2-
I I2 I f
18,4 19-2]
m a h
v a g g a
v i
h o n e y '- M a y th e re v e red G o ta m a a c c e p t from m e fresh se sa m u m a n d fresh h o n e y ? " W e ll, th en , brahm in* g iv e th e m to th e m o n k s ." N o w a t th a t tim e b e ca u se fo o d w a s scarce1 a n d t h e y o ffe re d th e m o n ly a little , m o n k s c o n s id e ra te ly refu sed . B u t a w h o le O rd e r w a s offered (food) ; th e m o n k s, b e in g sc ru p u lo u s, d id n o t a c ce p t it** (T h e L o rd said :) < fA c c e p t (the food)* m o n ks, m a k e use o f it . I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, h a v in g e a ten a n d b e in g sa tisfie d ,3 to m a k e u se o f food th a t is n o t le ft o ver,* i f i t w a s ta k e n b a c k fro m t h e r e " . 5
It 4 II IS ||
N o w a t th a t tim e th e fa m ily w h o su p p o rted th e v e n e ra b le U p a n a n d a , th e son o f th e S a k y a n s , sen t so lid fo o d fo r th e Order** s a y i n g : " H a v in g p o in te d it o u t as for m a ste r U p a n a n d a , i t sh o u ld b e g iv e n to th e O r d e r ." N o w a t th a t tim e th e v e n e ra b le U p a n a n d a , [213] th e so n o f th e S a k y a n s , h ad en tered th e v illa g e fo r a lm sfo o d . T h e n th ese p eo p le, h a v in g g o n e t o th e m o n a ste ry , a sk e d th e m o n k s : " W h e re , h onoured sirs, is m a ste r U p a n a n d a ? ** 14 S irs, th is ve n e ra b le U p a n a n d a , th e son o f th e S a k y a n s , h a s e n te red th e v illa g e fo r a lm s fo o d ,1' " H o n o u red sirs, h a v in g p o in te d o u t th is so lid fo o d a s for m a ste r U p a n a n d a , i t sh o u ld be g iv e n to th e O r d e r / ' T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd - 7 H e sa id : ** W e ll, th en , m o n k s, h a v in g a cce p te d it , p u t i t asid e u n til U p a n a n d a co m es b a c k / ' || i || T h e n th e v e n e ra b le U p a n a n d a , th e son o f th e S a k y a n s, h a v in g v is ite d th e fa m ilie s b e fo re th e m eal, ca m e b a c k d u rin g
1 dubbhikhhd m e a n s s c a r c ity o f food a n d o f (in con seq u en ce) alm sfood* 1 See P 5 c. y i a n d its d efin itio n o f " g r e a t s c a r c ity a n d its s a y in g t h a t a t su ch a tim e a g r o u p - m e a l m a y b e e a te n ii. 3 12 ). * See B+O. ti, 326, ^ a n d d e fin itio n s a t B .D + it, 32S* 4 S e c P a c . 35* to w h ich th e a b o v e a llo w a n c e is an e x c e p tio n m a d e in a tim e o f s c a r c ity . See ii* 3 2 83 n. 4., a n d d efin itio n o f fl w h a t is n o t le ft o v e r M a t 5 . D t ii. 339* taio nthatatti, i.e, h a v in g t a k e n th e food to t h e m o n a s te r y from th e p la c e w here i t w a s received , C f. taio niharitv& a t V in . iv* S o a n d it s H d efin itio n p t a t V in * iv . S i , * A s a t Vi*t* iv* ^ S -g g (E .Lt. ii. 36 3 t/)h T H e r e Vin+ iv . 9 9 in serts ' T h e n th e L o r d on t h a t o ccasio n , in t h a t c o n n e c tio n , h a v in g g iv e n reason ed talk,, ad d re sse d th e m o n ks, s a y in g : " W e l l th e n . . . . " j &
BOOK
OF
DISCIPLINE.
th e d a y ,1 N o w a t t h a t tim e b ecau se fo o d w as scarce a n d th e y offered th e m o n ly a little , m o n k s c o n sid e ra te ly re fu sed ; b u t a w h ole O rd e r w a s o ffered (food) ; th e m o n ks, b ein g scru p u lo u s, d id n o t a c ce p t. (T he L o rd said :) " A c c e p t (the fo o d ), m o n k s, m a k e use o f it- I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, h a v in g e a ten a n d b e in g satisfied, to m a k e use o f (food) t h a t is n o t le ft o v e r if it w a s a c ce p te d b efo re a m ea l- J j 2 || 19 jj T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g s ta y e d a t R a ja g a h a for as long as h e fo u n d su itin g , se t o u t on a to u r fo r S a v a tth l. In d u e course, w a lk in g on to u r, h e a rriv e d a t S a v a tth l, T h e n t h e L o rd s ta y e d th e re a t S a v a t t h l in th e J e ta G ro v e in A n a th a p in d ik a s m onastery* N o w a t t h a t tim e th e v e n e ra b le S a r ip u tta h a d fe v e r. T h e n th e v e n e ra b le M o g g a lla n a th e G re a t a p p ro a ch e d th e v e n e ra b le S a r i p u t t a ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , he sp o k e th u s to t h e v e n e ra b le S a r ip u tta : ** W h e n y o u , re ve ren d S a r ip u tta , p re v io u s ly h a d fever, b y w h a t m ean s w a s it eased ? " ** I h a d lo tu s fibres a n d sta lk s, y o u r re v e re n c e / ' T h e n th e v e n e ra b le M o g g a lla n a th e G re a t, a s a stro n g m an m ig h t stre tc h o u t his b e n t a rm or m ig h t bend b a c k h is o u t stre tch e d a rm , e v e n so did h e, v a n ish in g from th e J e ta G ro v e a p p e a r on th e b a n k s o f th e M a jid a k m i l o t u s ^ t a n k * * ]| 1 jj A ce rta in e le p h a n t3 sa w th e v e n e ra b le M o g g a lla n a th e G reat c o m in g in th e d istan ce ; seein g h im he sp ok e th u s to the ve n e ra b le M o g g a lla n a th e G re a t : " H on o u red sir, le t m a ste r M oggallan a th e G re a t com e ; th ere is a w elcom e, h o n o u re d sir, fo r m a ste r M oggallan a the G reat- W h a t, h on oured sir, does th e m a ste r need ? W h a t c a n I g iv e him ? " " I n eed lo tu s fibres a n d sta lk s, frie n d / 1 T h e n th a t e le p h a n t co m m an d ed a n o th e r e le p h a n t, sa y in g :
1 A t Fifft- iv . 09 U p a a a n d a aa rep resen ted 33 th in k in g i t t o b e forbid den b y th e L ord t o ca ll u p o n fa m ilies before a m eal, so having; v is ite d th em a fte r a m e a l h e retu rn ed during- t h e d a y Before a m eaJ," " after a m e a l ,r are defined a t V in . iv - 100, a n d d iffe r e n tly a t V in , tv . 4 7** 273. N un s' P i c , X V , X V I seem t o t a k e it for g r a n te d t h a t n u n s a p p ro a ch la mi lies before an d a fte r meals* * O n e o f th e se ve n g rea t lakes o f th e H im a la y a s , p a r t o f i t b ein g co v ered w ith w h ite lotuses* S ee D+JP+J?*N, * n J gaY e lep h a n t, r a th er th a n serpen t h e r e ; th e trunks is m en tio n ed a li t t le la te r .
30 3
.
21 1
.
m a h
v a g g a
v i
" W e ll n o w , g o o d fello w , g iv e th e m a s te r a s m a n y lo tu s fib res a n d s ta lk s as h e n e e d s . T h e n t h a t e le p h a n t, h a v in g p lu n g e d in to th e M a n d a k in l lo tu s -ta n k , h a v in g w ith h is tr u n k p u lle d lo tu s fib res a n d sta lk s, [214] h a v in g w a s h e d th e m c le a n ,1 h a v in g tie d th e m in to a b u n d le , a p p ro a c h e d th e v e n e ra b le M o g g a lla n a th e G re a t. j| 2 || T h e n th e v e n e ra b le M o g g a lla n a th e G r e a t, as a stro n g roan m ig h t stre tc h o u t h is b e n t a rm o r m ig h t b e n d b a c k h is o u t s tre tc h e d a rm , e v e n so d id he, v a n is h in g fro m th e b a n k o f th e M ajidaJdnl lo tu s -ta n k , a p p e a r in th e J e t a G ro v e . A n d th a t e le p h a n t to o , v a n ish in g fro m th e b a n k o f th e M a n d a k in l lo tu s -ta n k , a p p e a re d in th e J e t a G ro v e . T h e n th a t e le p h a n t, h a v in g offered th e v e n e ra b le M o g g a lla n a th e G r e a t th e lo tu s fibres a n d sta lk s, v a n ish in g fro m th e J e ta G ro v e , a p p e a re d on th e b a n k o f th e M a n d a k in l lo tu s -ta n k . T h e n th e v e n e ra b le M o g g a lla n a th e G r e a t b ro u g h t th e lo tu s fib res a n d s ta lk s to th e v e n e ra b le S a rip u tta . T h e n a s th e v e n e ra b le S a r ip u tta w a s m a k in g u se o f th e lo tu s fib res a n d s ta lk s , h is fe v e r a b a te d . M a n y lo tu s fib res a n d s ta lk s c a m e to b e le ft o v e r. |[ 3 || N o w a t th a t tim e b e ca u se fo o d w a s sca rce a n d +h e y o ffe re d th e m o n ly a little, m o n k s c o n s id e r a te ly re fu se d ; b u t a w h o le O rd e r w a s offered (food). T h e m o n ks, b e in g scru p u lo u s, d id n o t a c ce p t. (T he L o r d sa id :) " A c c e p t (the fo o d ), m o n k s, m a k e u s e o f it . I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, h a v in g e a ten a n d b e in g satisfied , to m a k e u se o f (food) th a t is n o t le ft o v e r i f i t g ro w s in a w o o d , i f i t g ro w s in a lo tu s -ta n k . * ]|4 l[2 0 )l N o w a t t h a t tim e th e re w a s a g re a t q u a n t it y o f so lid fo o d th a t w a s fru it* a t S a v a tth i, b u t th e re w a s no one to m a k e it a llo w a b le. T h e m o n ks, b e in g scru p u lo u s, d id n o t m a k e use o f th e fru it. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : " I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, to m a k e u se o f fru it t h a t is w ith o u t
1 C/. ii- 2 0 1, S . IL 269. * A s a b o v e , v r . 18. 4 a n d V I . 19. 2 . * T h is therefore seem s a n exception , t o P 3.c, X I , -which m a k e s th e d e s tr u ctio n o i v e g e ta b le g r o w th a n offen ce. * C f, aJtave Y E , 17 . S ; t>eIow V I* 38. 1, a n d n o te o n Aittfrakteidattiya a t
vi, ad. e.
294
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
seed (or) w h o se seed is d isch a rg ed ,1 (even if) it is n o t m ad e a llo w a b le / 7 jj I | | 21 || T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g s ta y e d a t S a v a t t h l fo r a s lo n g a s h e fo u n d su itin g , s e t o u t on to u r fo r R a ja g a h a . In d ue course, w a lk in g on to u r, he a rriv e d a t R a ja g a h a . A n d th e L o rd s ta y e d th e re a t R a ja g a h a in th e B a m b o o G ro v e a t th e sq u irre ls' feed in g p la c e . N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in m o n k w a s afflicted b y a n u lc e r,a T h e surgeon, A k a s a g o tta ,3 la n ce d it* T h e n th e L o rd , a s h e w a s to u rin g th e lo d g in g s, a p p ro a ch e d th is m o n k 's dw elling-place* jj r || T h e surgeon, A k a sa g o tta * sa w th e L o rd co in in g in th e d ista n ce ; seein g him , h e sp ok e th u s to th e L o r d : " L e t th e re v e re d G o ta m a com e, le t h im see th is m o n k 's o rifice ; i t is lik e a liz a rd s [215] m o u th ." T h e n th e L o rd , th in k in g , " T h is foolish m a n is m a k in g fu n o f m e " , b ecom in g silent, h a v in g tu rn e d b a c k , h a v in g h a d th e O rd er o f m o n k s co n ven ed , on th is occasion, in th is co n n ectio n , q u estio n ed th e m on ks, sa y in g ; '* I s th e re , as -is said , m on ks, an ill m o n k in su ch a n d su ch a d w ellin g -p la ce ? " T h e re is* L o r d / ' W h a t, m o n k s, is th is m o n k 's afflictio n ? *J " L o rd , th e v e n e ra b le o n e 's a fflictio n is an ulcer. T he surgeon, A k a s a g o tta , lan ced i t / J J j2 J J T h e a w a k en ed one, th e L o rd reb u k ed th e m , sa y in g : " I t is n o t b ecom in g, m on ks, in th is fo o lish m an , i t is not su ita b le , it is n o t fittin g , it is n o t w o r th y of a reclu se, it is n o t a llo w ab le, it sh ould not b e done. H o w , m o n ks, can th is fo o lish m an le t a la n c in g b e d one on th e p riv a te p a r ts ? T h e sk in , m o n ks, is te n d er a t th e p r iv a te p a rts, a w o u n d is hard to h e a l, a k n ife h ard to g u id e. I t is n o t, m on ks, for p lea sin g th ose w h o are n o t (yet) pleased* , - / ' H a v in g reb u k ed them , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned talk* h e ad dressed th e m onks, sa y in g : " M o n k s, one sh o u ld not le t a la n cin g b e done o n th e p riv a te p a rts. W h o e v e r sh o u ld let it be done (there), there is a g ra ve o ffe n c e ." | |3 \ ]
1 nibbaitalrija, V A * 1 0 9 3 s a y s b ijA tn n ib b tiJ d v d { u ,L nippaitetvd) a f*a n eiv 3t h a v in g g o t rid o f th e seed, h a v in g d isch arged it- T h e idea, seem s to b e th a t m o n k s m u st n o t e a t th e seeds o f fru its. A t V I , 3 8 . 1 all solid food t h a t is fru it i* allo w ed .
1 C/* Vin, i.'aji,
8 M en tio n ed , I th in k* n ow h ere b u t here.
22 .
2 5. 2]
M A H A V A G G A
V I
295
N o w a t th a t tim e th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n k s, th in k in g : " L a n c in g is o b je c te d t o b y th e L o rd " , le t a c ly s te r b e used . T h o se w h o w ere m o d e st m o n k s lo o k e d d o w n u p o n , c riticise d , sp rea d it a b o u t, s a y in g : H o w c a n th is g ro u p o f s ix m o n k s le t a c ly s te r b e u se d ? T h e n th e se m o n k s to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e sa id : " I s i t tru e , a s is said, m o n k s, t h a t th e g ro u p o f s ix m o n k s le t a c ly s te r b e used ? " " I t is true* L o r d ." H a v in g re b u k e d th e m , h a v in g g iv e n reason ed ta lk , h e a d d re sse d th e m o n k s, s a y in g ; " M o n k s, one sh o u ld n o t h a v e la n c in g d on e w ith in a d is ta n c e o f tw o fin g er-b read th s o f th e p riv a te p a rts n o r a c ly s te rtre a tm e n t. W h o e v e r sh o u ld h a v e (eith er o f th e se th in g s) d o n e, th e re is a g r a v e offence.'* jf 4 J j 22 | ] T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g s t a y e d a t R a ja g a h a fo r a s lo n g as he fo u n d su itin g , set out on to u r fo r B en a re s. In d ue co u rse, w a lk in g on tour, h e a rriv e d a t B e n a re s. T h e L o rd s ta y e d th ere n e a r B e n a re s at Is ip a ta n a in th e d e er-p a rk . N o w a t th a t tim e in B e n a re s th e la y fo llo w e r, S u p p iy a , a n d th e w o m a n la y fo llo w e i, S u p p iy a ,1 w ere b o th p le a se d 2 ; t h e y w ere b e n e facto rs, se rv ito rs,3 su p p o rters o f th e O rd e r. T h e n th e w o m an Jayfo llo w er, S u p p iy a , h a v in g g o n e to th e m o n a ste ry , h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d d w ellin g -p la ce a fte r d w e llin g -p la ce , ce ll a fte r cell, a sk ed th e m o n k s : " W h o , h o n o u red sirs, is ill ? W h a t m a y be co n v e y e d for w h o m ? " || 1 j| N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k [216] h a d d ru n k a p u rg a tiv e . T h e n th a t m o n k sp o k e to th e w o m a n la y fo llo w e r, S u p p iy a , th u s; " I h a v e d r a n k a p u rg a tiv e , sister. I n eed m e a t-b r o th / '4 S h e said : " V e r y w ell, m a ste r, it sh all be c o n v e y e d (to y o u ) ," a n d h a v in g go n e to h er house, sh e en jo in ed a s e r v a n t,6 s a y in g :
1 S u p p iy a is at A . L 26 ca lle d c h ie i o f th e la y w o m en d iscip les who te n d th e sic k , a p o s itio n sh e h a d reso lved t o a c h ie v e d u rin g a life in t h e tim e o f P a d u m u tta r a B u d d h a , A A . i 4 5 3 '4 . H e r n a m e occu rs in a lis t of em in en t w o m e n a t A , iv, 348. A t M iJn* 1 1 5 she is m en tio n ed w ith seven o th e r p e r sons a s e x p e r ie n c in g ease (juAAa} h ere a n d novr. w ith th e te a ch in g .
1 ftgrakur lit. doers*
- A llo w e d a t V I , 14 , 7. * antcv&sin' C f. P a c . L X X . X I V ( f e iv , (6 1) e n jo in s h is avttev&sin t o p rep a re ric-e for th e m oults.
w h ere
A n J U h a p i^ d J ta
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
" G o , g o o d fe llo w , find m e a t th a t is to h a n d . 1 " Y e s , l a d y / J b u t th a t m a n , h a v in g a n sw e re d th e w o m a n la y fo llo w e r S u p p iy a in assen t, to u rin g th e w h o le o f B e n a re s, s a w n o m e a t t h a t w a s to h a n d . T h e n th a t m a n a p p ro a c h e d th e w o m a n la yfo U o w e r S u p p i y a ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d th e w o m a n la y fo llo w e r Su p p iya* he sp ok e t h u s : " T h e re is no m e a t, la d y , th a t is r e a d y to h a n d ; to -d a y is a n o n -slau g h ter (d a y )."* jj2|| T h e n i t o ccu rre d to th e w o m a n la y fo llo w e r, S u p p iy a : " I f t h a t ill m o n k is u n a b le to o b ta in m e a t-b ro th h is a fflic tio n w ill g r e a t ly in crease or he w ill p a ss a w a y . I t is n o t fittin g in m e, th a t I, h a v in g a n sw e re d h im in assen t, sh o u ld not h a v e m eat* b ro th c o n v e y e d " , a n d h a v in g ta k e n a b u tc h e r's k n ife ,3 h a v in g c u t flesh fro m h er th ig h , she g a v e it to a sla v e-w o m a n , s a y in g ; C om e n o w , h a v in g p re p a re d 4 th is m e a t in su ch a n d su ch a d w e llin g -p la c e th ere is a n ill m o n k , y o u m a y g iv e it to h im , a n d if a n y o n e a s k s fo r m e, le t it b e k n o w n th a t I a m ill, a n d h a v in g w ra p p e d h e r u p p e r ro b e ro u n d h e r th ig h , h a v in g e n te re d an in n e r room , sh e l a y d o w n on a conch* || 3 || T h e n th e la y fo llo w e r, S u p p iy a , h a v in g go n e to th e house, a sk e d th e slav e-w o m an , s a y in g : " W h e re is S u p p iy a ? " Sh e, m a ster, is ly in g d o w n in an in n e r ro o m ," T h e n th e la y fo llo w e r S u p p iy a , a p p ro a ch e d th e w o m a n la y fo llo w e r S u p p iy a , a n d h a v in g a p p ro a c h e d he sp o k e th u s t o th e w o m a n la y fo llo w e r S u p p i y a : " W h y are y o u ly in g d ow n ? I a m ill/* sh e said . W h a t is y o u r a fflictio n ? ** T h en th e w o m an la y fo llo w e r S u p p iy a to ld th is m a tte r to th e la y fo llo w e r S u p p iy a . T h e n th e la y fo llo w e r S u p p iy a , th in k in g : " In d eed , it is m a rv e llo u s, in d eed , i t is w o n d e rfu l, th a t th is S u p p iy a is so fa ith fu l a n d b e lie v in g th a t she g iv e s u p e v e n h e r o w n flesh* W h a t o th e r
1 p(zvattamantsa> Le. aLready k illed , a n d n o t t o b e kiU ed on p u rp o se for th e m onk. F o r m o n ks m ig h t e a t n o fish o r m e a t w h ich t h e y s a w , heard or su sp ected h a d b een s p e c ia lly k illed for them * V in . iii, 172,. * magJiata. C f. J d . ixL 428* 434 ; also A s o k a 's P illa r E d ic t V t w h ere " oti fif ty -s ix d a y s in th e y e a r t h e c a p tu r e a n d sale o f fish w a s p r o h ib ite d , a n d on th e sa m e d a y s , e v e n in gam e-preserves* an im als m ig h t n o t be d estro y ed ^ V in cen t S m ith , A so k a , 3rd edn^ p . 37). V A . 1094 s a y s on th is d a y it is n o t p o ssib le fo r a n y o n e to d ep riv e a n y th in g of life p \ potthanika. A t V A , 1094 it is ca lled ** a k n ife for c u t tin g m e a t * sam pudctva, as a t ui.
23,4 7 ]
MAHAVAGGA
VI
297
th in g co u ld th ere b e th a t she w o u ld n o t g iv e ? a n d jo y fu l, e la te d , h e a p p ro a c h e d th e L o rd j h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , h e sa t d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n ce, jj 4 \ \ A s h e w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d is ta n c e th e la y fo llo w e r S u p p iy a sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : ** L o rd , m a y th e lo rd co n sen t to a m e a l w ith m e on th e m o rro w to g e th e r w ith th e O rd er of m onks T h e L o rd co n se n te d b y b e co m in g silen t. T h e n th e la y fo llo w e r S u p p iy a , h a v in g u n d e rsto o d th e L o r d 's con sen t, risin g from h is se a t, h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , d e p a rte d k e ep in g h is r ig h t sid e to w a rd s h im . T h e n th e la y fo llo w e r S u p p iy a , to w a rd s th e en d o f th a t n ig h t, h a v in g h a d su m p tu o u s so lid foods, so ft foods, p rep a red , h a d th e tim e a n n o u n ce d to th e L o rd , s a y in g ; I t is tijn e , L o rd , th e m eal is r e a d y J\ T h e n th e L o rd , d ressin g in th e m o rn in g , ta k in g h is b o w l a n d robe, [217] a p p ro a ch e d th e d w e llin g o f th e la y fo llo w e r S u p p iy a ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h e sa t d o w n to g e th e r w ith th e O rd er o f m o n k s on th e a p p o in te d se a t. || 5 [| T h e n th e la y fo llo w e r S u p p iy a a p p ro a c h e d th e l o r d ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , h e sto o d a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n ce. A s th e la y fo llo w e r S u p p iy a w a s sta n d in g a t a re sp e ctfu l d is ta n c e , th e L o r d sp o k e th u s to h im : " H o w is S u p p iy a ? " S h e is ill, L o r d ." " W e ll th e n , le t h e r c o m e ." * * S h e is n o t a b le to d o so. L o r d . W e ll th e n , h a v in g ta k e n h o ld o f her, b rin g h e r a lo n g / T h e n th e la y fo llo w e r S u p p iy a , h a v in g takien h o ld o f th e w o m a n la y fo llo w e r S u p p iy a , b ro u g h t h e r along- W h e n th e L o rd sa w her, e v e n th a t g re a t w o u n d b e c a m e h e a led , th e sk in w a s (m ade) good w it h (sm all) h a irs g ro w in g on it . [ j 6 || T h e n th e la y fo llo w e r S u p p iy a a n d th e w o m a n la y fo llo w e r S u p p iy a , s a y in g : " W o n d e rfu l in d eed , m a rv e llo u s in d eed a re th e g re a t p s y c h ic p o w e r a n d th e g rea t p o te n c y o f th e T ru th finder, in asm uch as w h e n th e L o rd sees (som eone) e v e n a g re a t w o u n d w ill b e h ealed , th e s k in (m ade) g o o d w ith (sm all) h airs g ro w in g on it/* a n d jo y fu l, e la te d , h a v in g w ith th e ir o w n h a n d s served a n d satisfied th e O rd e r o f m o n k s w ith th e en lig h te n ed one a t its h e a d w it h su m p tu o u s foods, so lid a n d so ft, w h en th e L o rd h a d e a te n a n d h a d w ith d ra w n his h a n d from th e b o w l, th e y s a t d a w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce. T h e n th e L o rd h a v in g
BO O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
g la d d en ed , rejo iced , ro u sed , d e lig h te d th e la y fo llo w e r S u p p iy a a n d th e w o m an la y fo llo w e r S u p p iy a w ith t a lk on dhamma* risin g from his se a t, d e p a rte d , || 7 If T h e n th e L o r d o n th is occasion , in th is con n ection , having* h a d th e O rd er o f m o n k s co n ven ed , q u estio n ed th e m o n ks, sa y in g : W h o , m o n ks, a sk e d th e w o m a n la y fo llo w e r S u p p iy a for m e a t ? W h en h e h a d sp ok en th u s, th a t m o n k sp o k e th u s to th e L o r d : ** I , L o rd , a sk e d th e w o m a n la y fo llo w e r S u p p iy a for m e a t," " H a s it been c o n v e y e d (to y o n ), m o n k ? " ** I t h a s been c o n v e y e d . L o r d / ' D id y o u , m o n k, m a k e use o f i t ? " ** I , L o rd , m ad e use o f i t . " D id y o u , m o n k , in q u ire a b o u t1 it ? " ** I , L o rd , d id n o t inquire a b o u t i t / J | ] 8 ]| T h e en lig h ten ed one, th e L o rd re b u k e d him , s a y in g : M H o w a n y o u , foolish m an , m a k e use o f m e a t w ith o u t h a v in g inquired a b o u t i t ? F o o lish m an , h u m an flesh h a s been m ad e use o f b y you* I t is n o t, fo o lish m a n , fo r p leasin g those w ho are n o t (yet) p leased , . . / A n d h a v in g re b u k ed him* h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , h e ad dressed th e m o n ks, sa y in g : ** T h e re a re, m o n k s, p eo p le w h o are fa ith fu l a n d b e liev in g : e v e n th e ir ow n flesh is g iv e n u p b y these, M onks, y o u sh o u ld n o t m a k e use o f h u m an flesh. W h o e v e r sh o u ld m a k e use o f it, th ere is a g r a v e offence. N o r, m onks, sh ou ld y o u m a k e use o f flesh w ith o u t in q u irin g a b o u t it. W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) m a k e use o f it , th e re is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g . | | 9 ]| N o w a t th a t tim e a k in g 's e lep h a n t d ied , [218] B ecau se fo o d w a s scarce p eo p le m a d e use o f eleph an t-flesh ; t h e y g a v e elephant-flesh to m o n ks w h o w ere w a lk in g fo r alm sfood , a n d th e m o n k s m ad e use o f th e elephan t-flesh . T h e people looked d o w n upon,* criticised , sp rea d it a b o u t, s a y in g :
1 pafivekkhi, w h ich V A > 1094 e x p la in s b y virrtarti-si* exa m in ed , con sid ered , a n d b y paîpuccki, q u estio n ed , I t e x p la in s appativxkkhitva b y appa$ipt*vehitv& n o t b a v in g q u estio n ed , 1 F ro m th is p a s s a g e it w ou ld a p p e a r t h a t th e p eo p le did n ot a s a rule e a t elep h an ts* flesh ; an d it is t o m y m ind n o t d e a r w hether a n y d id so e v e n in a. tim e o f sca rc ity , b u t m erely u sed it for offerin g to monks* T h o s e w h o criticised m o n k s co u ld h a r d ly h a v e ea te n it th em selves. T h e sam e ap p lies to t h e cases fo llow in g. A b o v e 23 . Oj a raook is blam ed for a c c e p tin g u n c r itic a lly w h a t w a s offered h im . In th e ca se o f robes, on th e co n tra r y , m o n k s m ig h t p u t forw ard no su g g e stio n s (see -Nisjsas V I I I , I X * X X V I I ) .
23.10 13 ]
m a h
v a g g a
v i
399
" H o w can th ese recluses, son s o f th e S a k y a n s m a k e use o f elep h an t-flesh ? E le p h a n ts are a k in g 's em b lem ; if th e k in g sh o u ld find o u t, n o t fo r these w o u ld b e h is fa vo u r*" T h e y to ld th is m a tte r t o th e L o rd . H e sa id : M o n k s, y o u sh o u ld n o t m a k e use o f elep h an t-flesh , W h o e v e r sh o u ld m a k e u se o f it, th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / ' [| 10 || N o w a t th a t tim e a k in g 's h orses d ie d . - . (same as J j 10 j| reading h orses, horse-flesh f o r e le p h a n ts, elep h an t-flesh ) . offence o f w ro n g-d o in g/* j| i r || N o w a t th a t tim e , b ecau se fo o d w a s sca rce p eo p le m ad e use o f dog-flesh ; t h e y g a v e d og-flesh to m o n k s w h o w ere w a lk in g fo r a lm sfo o d , a n d th e m o n k s m ad e u se o f th e d og-flesh. T h e p e o p le lo o k e d d o w n u p o n , c ritic ise d , sp rea d it a b o u t, s a y in g : H o w can these recluses, so n s o f th e S a k y a n s m a k e use o f dog-fiesh ? A d o g is lo a th so m e, d is g u s tin g ." T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord* H e sa id : M M onks, d o g-flesh sh o u ld n o t b e m ad e u se o f.1 W h o e v e r sh o u ld m a k e u se o f it, th e re is an o ffcn ce o f w ro n g -d o in g / ' II X2 || N o w at th a t tim e , b e ca u se fo o d w a s sca rce p eo p le m a d e use o f sn ak e-fiesh ; th e y g a v e sn ake-ilesh to m o n k s w h o w ere w a lk in g for a lm sfoo d , a n d th e m o n k s m a d e use o f th e sn ak eflesh. T h e p e o p le . . . sp read it a b o u t, s a y in g : " H o w can these recluses, son s o f th e S a k y a n s m a k e use o f sn ak e-flesh ? A sn ak e is lo a th so m e , d is g u stin g . T h e n S up assa, th e serp en t-k in g , a p p ro a ch e d th e L o r d ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , he sto o d a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce. A s he w a s sta n d in g a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce S u p assa, th e serp en t-k in g , sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : " T h e r e are, L o rd , serpen ts w h o a re w ith o u t fa ith , u n b eliev in g , a n d th e se m ig h t do h a rm to m o n k s even fo r a trifle. I t w ere good , L o rd , if th e m a ste rs d id not m a k e use o f sn ak efle sh / ' T h e n th e L o rd gladdened* re jo ice d , roused, d e lig h te d S u p a ssa , th e serp en t-kin g, w ith t a lk on dhamma ; a n d S u p assa, th e serp en t-k in g , g la d d en e d , . . d e lig h te d b y th e L o rd w ith ta lk on dham m at h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , d e p a rte d k e e p in g h is
1 V A - 1094 s a y s th e flesh o i jungL& w olves, m a y b e u sed ; o f t h e offsp rin g o f a w o lf an d v illa g e d o g m a y n o t b e u sed . b u t t h e flesh
3oo
BO O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
rig h t sid e to w a rd s h im . T h e n th e L o rd on th is o ccasio n [219] h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , ad dressed th e m o n k s, s a y in g : 4 4 M onks, snake^flesh sh o u ld n o t he m ad e use of. W h o e v e r sh o u ld m a k e use o f it, th e re is a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g /' I I * 3 II b N o w a t th a t tim e h u n ters, h a v in g k ille d a lion, m a d e use o f it s flesh ; t h e y g a v e th e lio n 's flesh t o m o n k s w h o w ere w a lk in g for a lm sfo o d . T h e m on ks, h a v in g m ad e use o f th e lio n 's flesh* s ta y e d in a ju n g le (but) lions a tta c k e d th e m o n k s b ecau se th e y sm elt o f lio n 's flesh. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : M o n k s, lio n 's flesh sh o u ld n o t be m a d e use of. W h o e v e r sh o u ld m a k e u se o f it, th e re is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / ' fl 14 1 1 . . . N o w a t th a t tim e h u n ters, h a v in g k ille d a tig e r - - . h a v in g k ille d a p a n th e r . . h a v in g k ille d a b e a r * , * h a v in g k ille d a h y e n a ,1 m a d e use o f its flesh ; t h e y g a v e th e h y e n a 's flesh to jn o n k s w h o w e re w a lk in g for alm sfoo d . T h e m onks, h a v in g m a d e use o f th e h y e n a 's flesh , s ta y e d in a ju n g le (but) h yen as a tta c k e d th e m o n k s becau se th e y sm elt o f h y e n a 's flesh. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " M onks, h y e n a 's flesh sh o u ld n o t be m ad e use of. W h o e v e r sh o u ld m a k e use of it, th e re is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / '
II ^ 5 II 3 3 |f
T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g s ta y e d in B e n a re s for as lon g as he fo u n d su itin g , se t o u t on to u r fo r A n d h a k a v in d a * to g eth e r w ith th e la rg e O rd e r o f monks* w ith th e tw e lv e h u n d red and fift y m onks. N o w a t th a t tim e th e c o u n tr y peopie, h a v in g le a d e d m u ch sa lt a n d oil a n d h u sked rice and solid food in to w ago n s, fo llo w ed close a fte r th e O rd er o f m on ks w ith th e a w a k e n e d on e a t its h ead , sa y in g : C I W h en w e g e t ou r tu rn , then w e w ill m ake a m e a l (for th e m ), 3 a n d th e re w ere a t le a st five h u n d red o f those w h o e a t th e rem ain s o f food. T h e n th e L o rd , w a lk in g on tour, in d u e course a rriv e d a t A n d h a k a v in d a , || I | J
1 N suries o f w ild a n im a ls o c c u t in t h is o r d e r a t V in . iii, 1 5 1 , A* iii* iii. 58 w h e r e b ears d r o p o u t a n d ' w o lv e s f o llo w h y e n a s . T h e r e is a lo n g e r l i s t a t Hfiln. 2 6 7 J a , v r 4 1 6 1 A v illa g e in t h o Ma-ga-tiha c o u n t r y . 1 C/. M V . V I . 33 . 1.
Cf+
04.2 4 ]
m a h
v a g g a
v i
301
T h e n it o ccu rred to a ce rta in b ra h m in w h o did n o t receive his tu rn : " Kox th e la s t tw o m o n th s I h a v e been fo llo w in g th e O rd e r o f m o n k s w ith th e a w a k e n e d on e a t it s head* th in k in g : * W h en I g e t m y tu rn , I w ill m a k e a m e a l (for th e m )/ b u t I d o n o t g e t m y tu rn , I a m a lo n e, a n d m a n y o f m y h o u seh o ld a ffa irs are g o in g to ruin. S u p p o se I w ere to lo o k in to th e re fe c to ry 1 a n d p re p a re t h a t w h ich I do n o t see in th e r e fe c to r y ? " T h e n t h a t b ra h m in , lo o k in g in to th e re fe c to ry , d id n o t see tw o th in g s : c o n je y a n d h o n e y -lu m p s.3 Hall T h e n th a t b ra h m in a p p ro a c h e d th e v e n e ra b le A n a n d a ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h e sp o k e th u s to th e v e n e ra b le A n an d a : " N o w , it o ccu rred t o m e, g o o d A n a n d a , a s I d id n o t g e t a t u r n : F o r [220J th e la s t tw o m o n th s. . . . Su p p o se I w ere to lo o k in to th e r e fe c to r y a n d p re p a re t h a t w h ic h I d o n o t see in th e re fe c to ry ? * S o I, g o o d A n a n d a , lo o k in g in to th e re fecto ry , d id n o t see tw o th in g s : c o n je y a n d honey^lum ps* I f I , g o o d A n a n d a , w ere t o p re p a re c o n je y a n d h o n ey-lu m p s, w o u ld th e re ve red G o ta m a a c ce p t th e m fro m m e ? ** " W e ll th en , brah m in , I w ill a s k th e L o r d . |[ 3 || T h e n th e v e n e ra b le A n a n d a to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e said : " W e ll th en , A n a n d a , le t him p re p a re th e m (A nanda) said : " W e ll th en , b rah m in , p re p a re th em **. T h e n th a t b ra h m in to w a rd s th e en d o f th a t n ig h t, h a v in g h a d a q u a n tity o f c o n je y a n d h o n e y -lu m p s p rep a red , b ro u g h t th e m to th e L o rd s a y in g : " M a y th e re v e red G o ta m a a c c e p t c o n je y and h o n ey-lu m p s fro m m e / " W e ll th e n , b ra h m in , g iv e th em to th e m o n k s / 1 T h e m on ks, b e in g scrupulous* d id n o t a c c e p t th em , (T he L o rd said :) A c c e p t th e m , m o n k s, m a k e use o f th e m ." T h e n th a t b rah m in , h a v in g w ith his ow n h a n d se rv e d a n d satisfied th e O rd er o f m onks w ith th e a w a k e n e d one a t its h e a d w ith a q u a n tity o f c o n jc y a n d h o n e y -lu m p s, w h en th e L o rd h a d w ash ed his h a n d 3 a n d had w ith d ra w n his h a n d from h is bo w l, s a t d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d ista n ce, II 4 II
1 C f. M V . V I . Sft. G-S1 p e r h a p s h o n e y-ca m b a . A t M k v s + 22. 42 ; 34* 53 w e find madkitgaptfa, tra n s la te d b y G e ig e r a s h o n c y -c o m b s * dhotahattha, a n u n u su a l expression o ccu rrin g a t M V , V I - 3 5 . 4 ; 3 6 , 8. U se d in e x p la n a tio n o i allapani a t P v A + 116 . T e c h n ic a lly hattha is th e fo rea rm fro m e lb o w to fin g er-tip , see iu I n t i\ IL P e r h a p s p d & i is th e h a n d itself.
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
T h e n as th is brah m in w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d ista n ce, th e L o r d sp ok e th u s to h im : " B rah m in j th e re a re th e se ten a d v a n ta g e s from conjey* W h a t ten ? I n g iv in g c o n je y one g iv e s life , one g iv e s b e a u ty , one g iv e s ease, one g iv e s stre n g th , one g iv e s in telligen ce ; c o n je y w h e n it is d ru n k ch e ck s h u n ger, k e ep s off th irs t, re g u la tes w in d , cleanses th e b la d d er, d ig ests ra w rem n an ts o f food .1 T h ese, b rah m in , a re th e ten a d v a n ta g e s o f co n jey/* [] 5 |j " T o th e d iscern in g w h oso g iv e s c o n je y d u ly A t th e righ t tim e to one w h o liv e s on o th ers' food , I t con fers te n th in g s on h im : L ife a n d b e a u ty , ease a n d stre n g th ;a F o r h im in telligen ce arises fro m it, I t dispels h un ger, th irst a n d w ind , I t cleanses th e b la d d er, i t d ig ests fo o d ; T h is m ed icin e is p ra ise d b y th e w ell-fa rer. T h erefo re c o n je y sh o u ld b e g iv e n c o n sta n tly B y a m an lo n g in g for ease, B y th o se a sp irin g to d e w -lik e jo y s O r w a n tin g h u m an p r o s p e r ity ." j[ 6 fj [221] T h e n th e L o rd h a v in g g iv e n th a n k s to th a t b rah m in in these verses, risin g fro m h is se a t, d ep arted - T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g on th is o cca sio n g iv e n reason ed ta lk , ad d ressed th e m onks, s a y in g : ,f T allow* m o n k s, c o n je y a n d h o n e y -lu m p s/ ' J ]7 \ \ 24 |] T h e p eo p le h e a rd : Tt is said th a t c o n je y is a llo w e d b y th e L o rd a n d h o n e y -lu m p s/ # T h e se p rep a red eatin g-co n jey* a n d h o n e y -lu m p s e a r ly in th e m orning. T h e m onks, (each) sa tisfie d 4 in th e e a r ly m o rn in g w ith e a tin g -c o n je y and a
a T h e la s t fiv e a d v a n ta g e s occu r also a t A , iii. 50* ^ * O f. A , ii, G4p w h ere a sim ilar ve rse occurs, b u t r e a d in g bhojatta, food , in s te a d o f y agut c o n je y , an d " four th in g s " i.nst<?ad o f te a , * bhoyjayagu, a p p a r e n tly as o pposed to th e more o rd in a ry , a n d p r e s u m a b ly m ore liq u id , c o n je y w h ic h w a s drunk* B h o jja therefore bere m u st b e m e a n t t o s ta n d for stiff, set, firm, * dASt&t in th e sense o h a v in g e a te n th eir fill, r a th er th a n in th e sense o i h a v in g been offered, a n d therefore satisfied, a s is th e m ea n in g c o n v e y e d b y pav&tita*
25*1 4]
MAH A V A G G A
VI
303
h o n ey-lu m p , d id n o t e a t as m u c h as e x p e c te d in th e refecto ry* N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in c h ie f m in iste r, y o u n g in faith* c a m c to h a v e in v ite d th e O rd er o f m o n k s w ith th e a w a k e n e d one a t its head fo r th e m o rro w . T h e n it o ccu rre d to th a t ch ief m in ister, y o u n g in fa ith : " S u p p o se I w ere to p rep a re tw e lv e h u n d red a n d fifty b o w ls o f m e a t fo r th e tw e lv e h u n d re d a n d f i f t y m on ks, a n d sh o u ld ta k e o n e b o w l o f m e a t u p to each m o n k ? || 1 || T h e n th a t ch ief jn in iste r, y o u n g in fa ith , to w a rd s th e end o f t h a t n ig h t, having* h a d su m p tu o u s so lid fo o d , so ft fo o d , p rep a red a n d tw e lv e h u n d re d a n d fif t y b o w ls o f m e a t, h a d th e tim e an n o u n ced to th e L o rd , sa y in g : L o rd , it is tim e , th e m eal is r e a d y . T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g dressed in th e m orn in g, ta k in g h is b o w l a n d robe, a p p ro a c h e d th e d w e llin g o f th a t g re a t m in iste r, y o u n g in th e fa ith ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed , he sa t d o w n on th e a p p o in te d se a t to g e th e r w ith th e O rd er o f m o n ks, || 2 | f T h e n th a t c h ie f m in ister, y o u n g in fa ith , a tte n d e d on th e m o n k s in th e re fe c to ry . T h e m o n k s sp ok e t h u s : *' G iv e a little ,1 sir, g iv e a little , s ir / ' (H e said) " D o n o t y o u , ho n o u red sirs, a c ce p t &o v e r y little th in k in g : *T h is c h ie f m in iste r is y o u n g in f a it h / M uch so lid fo o d , so ft fo o d , a n d tw e lv e h u n d re d a n d fifty b o w ls o f m e a t h a v e b een p re p a re d b y m e , th in k in g : f I w ill ta k e one b o w l o f m e a t u p to each m o n k \ A c c e p t, ho n o u red sirs, a s m u c h as y o u w a n t," " S ir, i t is n o t fo r th is reaso n th a t w e a re a c c e p tin g so v e r y little , b u t w e w ere (each) satisfied in th e e a r ly m o rn in g w ith e a tin g -c o n je y a n d a h o n e y -lu m p ; th a t is w h y w e a re a c ce p tin g so v e r y lit t le / ' || 3 f| T h e n th a t ch ief m in ister, y o u n g in fa ith , lo o k e d d ow n u p o n , criticised , sp rea d i t a b o u t, sa y in g : " H o w can these revered sirs m a k e use o f som eone e lse 's3 e a tin g -c o n je y ? I t is n o t th a t I am n o t co m p e te n t to g iv e as m u ch as th e y w a n t J' 3 and a n g r y , d ispleased , lo n g in g t o insult th e m on ks, h e w e n t ro u n d fillin g th e ir b o w ls a n d s a y in g : E a t it or ta k e it a w a y '\ T h e n th a t c h ie f m in ister, y o u n g in fa ith , h a v in g [222] w ith his o w n h a n d
1 C f, V in . iii. 66, i v * 7 6- S l *
* H e r e aHnasa, n o t anjiatra, e ls e w h e r e as
lh
t lie ca se s c ite d
in th e
p r e v io u s n o te. * R e a d in g here na c&ham nu paibaio ; see B.D + i i T 3 1 7 , n . 2*
3*4
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
se rve d a n d sa tisfied th e O rd er o f m o n k s w ith th e a w a k e n e d o n e a t its head w ith su m p tu o u s fo o d s, so lid a n d so it, s a t d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce w h e n th e L o rd h a d e a te n a n d h a d w ith d ra w n h is h a n d from th e bowl* A s th is c h ie f m in ister, y o u n g in fa ith , w a s s ittin g d o w n &t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce, th e L o rd , h a v in g g la d d en ed , rejo iced , roused , d e lig h te d h im w ith t a lk on dham m a , risin g from h is se a t, d eparted - || 4 |j B u t soon a fte r th e L o rd h a d d ep a rted , th a t c h ie f m in ister, y o u n g in fa ith , b e cam e rem o rsefu l a n d co n scien ce-stricken an d t h o u g h t : '* F o r m e i t is u n p ro fita b le , fo r m e i t is n o t p ro fita b le, fo r m e it is ill-g o tte n , fo r m e it is n o t w e ll-g o tte n , th a t I , a n g ry, displeased* lo n g in g to in su lt th e m o n k s, w e n t ro u n d fillin g th eir b o w ls a n d s a y in g : 4 E a t i t o r ta k e it a w a y \ N o w , is m u ch m e rit p ro d u ced fo r m e o r d e m erit ? ,J T h e n t h a t ch ie f m in ister, y o u n g in fa ith , ap p ro ach ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , h e s a t d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n ce. A s h e w a s sittin g d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce, t h a t c h ie f m in ister, y o u n g in faith* sp o k e th u s t o th e L o rd : *4 N o w X, L o rd , soon a fte r th e L o rd h a d d e p a rted , b ecam e rem orsefu l a n d co n scien ce-stricken , th in k in g : ' F o r m e it is u n p ro fita b le. . . , N o w , L o rd , is m u ch m erit p ro d u ced fo r m e or d e m erit ? M [[ 5 ft F r o m th e tim e w h en , sir, th e O rd er o f m o n k s w ith th e a w a k e n e d one a t its h e a d w a s in v ite d b y y o u fo r th e m o rro w m u ch m e rit w a s p ro d u ced fo r y o u ; from th e tim e w h en one o f y o u r lu m p s o f b o iled rice1 w a s a c ce p te d b y each m o n k m u c h m e rit w a s p ro d u c e d fo r y o u . H e a v en w o rld s a re a ssu red for y o u . ^ T h e n th a t c h ie f m in ister, y o u n g in fa ith , t h in k in g : " I t is said th a t it w a s p ro fita b le fo r m e, it is sa id th a t it w a s w ellg o tte n b y m e, it is sa id th a t m u c h m e rit w a s p ro d u ced fo r m e, it is sa id th a t h e a v e n w o rld s a re a ssu red fo r m e ," jo y fu l, ela ted , risin g u p from h is seat, h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , d e p a rted keep in g his rig h t sid e to w a rd s him . |[ 6 | | T h e n th e L o rd , on th is o cca sio n , in th is con n ection , h a v in g h a d th e O rd e r o f m o n k s c o n ve n e d , q u estio n ed th e m o n k s, sa y in g 1: < c I s it tru e , as is said , m o n k s, th a t m o n ks, (although )
1 sitlha, in s te a d of, as before* matyi&ap&ti, C f. s-ttthani a t ii. 165* a n d Stf-Jittha-ka a t V in . ii, 2 i 4 P a i d sitfkdva&ara&a a t V in , ii. 214* iv . 196.
25.7 20.2]
m a h
v a g g a
v i
305
in v ite d elsew h ere,1 m a d e u se o f so m eon e else's e a tin g -c o n je y ? " ** I t is tru e , L o rd /* T h e a w a k e n e d one, th e L o r d re b u k e d th e m , s a y in g : " H o w , m o n k s, ca n these fo o lish m en, in v ite d elsew h ere, m a k e u se o f som eone elseJ s e a tin g -c o n je y ? I t is n o t, m o n k s, fo r p le a sin g th o se w h o a re n o t (yet) p le a se d . + , / ' A n d h a v in g re b u k ed th em , h a v in g g iv e n re a so n ed ta lk , h e a d d ressed th e m o n k s, s a y in g ; [223] " M onks* if one is in v ite d elsew h ere, som eone e lse 's e a tin g c o n je y sh o u ld n o t b e m a d e use of- W h o e v e r sh o u ld (so) m a k e u se o f i t sh o u ld be d e a lt w ith a c c o rd in g to th e r u le / 1* j| 7 || 25 j[ T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g s ta y e d a t A n d h a k a v in d a fo r a s lo n g a s h e fo u n d su itin g , set o u t on to u r fo r R a ja g a h a to g e th e r w ith th e la rg e o rd er o f m o n ks, w ith tw e lv e h u n d re d a n d fift y m o n ks. N o w a t th a t tim e B e la tth a K a c c a n a 3 w a s go in g a lo n g th e h ig h ro a d from R a ja g a h a to A n d h a k a v in d a w ith five h u n d re d w ag o n s a ll filled w ith ja r s o f su g a r. T h e n th e L o rd saw B e la tth a K a c c a n a from a fa r, a n d se e in g h im , he ste p p e d a sid e from th e ro a d a n d sa t d o w n a t th e ro o t o f a ce rta in tree. im i T h e n B e la tth a K a c c a n a a p p ro a c h e d th e L o rd , h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed , h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , h e sto o d a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n c e . A s h e w a s sta n d in g a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n ce, B e la tt h a K a c c a n a sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : ** I , L o rd , w a n t to g iv e o n e ja r o f su g a r to each m o n k ." " W e ll th en , d o you* K a cc a n a * b rin g ju s t one ja r o f sugar/* Y e s , L o r d / ' a n d B e la tth a K a c c a n a , h a v in g an sw ered th e L o rd in assen t, b rin g in g ju s t one ja r o f su g a r a p p ro a ch e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , he sp o k e th u s to th e L o r d : *r T h e ja r o f su g a r is b ro u g h t, L o rd . W h a t lin e o f c o n d u c t d o I fo llo w , L o rd ? " W e ll th en , d o y o u , K a c c a n a , g iv e th e s u g a r to th e m o n k s / ' _ i m i _____________________________________________ 1 aA&atra here.
* Y A + 109^ s a y 3 " h e sh ou ld b e -deajt w it h for t h e ofiervce o f p&r&tftparabhojtxrta/* an ocjt ^ f-t u i'n i,e* n o t t a k in g th e in v ita tio n s in th e order in w h ich t h e y w ere issued ; m a d e a a, offen ce in P a c . X X X I I I . S ee ii. 3 1 7 , n . 3, J M e n tio n ed , I t h in k P n o w h ere b u t here. B n . h a s n o n o te. T h e a b s e n c e o f a. d e s c r ip tiv e e p ith e t is u n u sn a L ZJ.jP .P .A i L calls h im 4 1 a su ga r-d ea ler , w h ic h seem s lik e iy .
306
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
Y e s , L o rd * " a n d B e la tt h a K a c c a n a h a v in g an sw ered th e L o r d in assen t, h a v in g g iv e n th e su g a r t o th e m o n ks, sp o k e th u s to th e L o r d : " L o rd , th e su g a r is g iv e n t o th e m o n ks, a n d I h a v e m uch s u g a r o v e r. W h a t lin e o f co n d u ct d o I follow , L o rd ? tJ W e ll th e n , K a c c a n a , g iv e th e m o n k s as m u c h su g a r as t h e y w a n t ." " Y e s , L o r d , a n d B e la tt h a K a c c a n a h a v in g an sw ered th e L o rd in assen t, h a v in g g iv e n th e m o n k s as m u c h su g a r as t h e y w a n te d , sp ok e th u s to th e L o rd ; " L o rd j a s m u c h s u g a r as t h e y w a n te d h a s been g iv e n to th e m on ks, a n d I h a v e m u c h su g a r o v e r. W h a t lin e o f co n d u ct d o I fo llo w , L o r d ? " " W e ll th e n , d o y o u , K a c c a n a , se rv e th e m on ks w ith su g a r-" 4* Y e s , L ord /* and B e la tth a K a c c a n a h a v in g an sw ered th e L o rd in assen t, se rve d th e m o n k s w ith sugar. Som e m onks filled b o w ls a n d th e y filled w a te r-stra in ers a n d b a g s. |[ 3 |[ T h e n B e la tth a K a c c a n a , h a v in g served th e m o n ks wr ith sugar, sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : ** L o rd , th e m o n k s a re se rv e d w ith su g a r, a n d I h a v e m u c h su g a r over- W h a t lin e o f co n d u ct d o I fo llo w , L o rd ? [224] ** W e ll th en , d o y o u , K a c c a n a , g iv e su g a r to th o se w h o e at th e rem ain s o f food.'*1 " Y e s , L o r d / ' a n d B e la tth a K a c c a n a h a v in g an sw ered th e L o rd in assen t, h a v in g g iv e n su g a r to th o se w h o e a t th e rem ain s o f fo o d , sp ok e th u s to th e L o rd : 4t L o rd , su g a r h as been g iv e n t o th ose w h o e a t th e rem ain s o f food, a n d X h a v e m u ch su g a r over- W h a t line o f c o n d u c t d o I fo llo w , L o rd ? " W e ll th e n , K a c c a n a , g iv e th ose w h o e a t th e rem ain s of fo o d a s m u c h su g a r a s th e y w a n t,-* | ] 4 ]\ Y e s , L o r d ," a n d B e la tth a K a c c a n a , h a v in g an sw ered the L o rd in a sse n t, h a v in g g iv e n th o se w h o e a t th e rem ains o f food as m u c h sugar a s th e y w a n te d , sp ok e th u s to th e L o r d : " L o rd , as in u c h Sugar as th e y w a n te d h a s been g iv e n to th o se w h o e a t th e rem ain s of fo o d , a n d I h a v e m u ch su g a r over. W h a t lin e of co n d u ct d o I follow* L o rd ? J >
1 Mentioned abo ve in V I* 34. 1 . I t seems as if they had attached themselves to th e com pany o f mpnka, doing the journeys from Benares to Andh&kavinda an d from there to R ajagah a.
26.55]
M A H A V A G G A
VI
3<>7
4t W e ll th e n t K a c c a n a , d o y o u se rv e w ith su g a r th o se w h o e a t th e rem ain s o f fo o d / ' Y e s* L o r d / J a n d B e la tt h a K a c c a n a h a v in g an sw ered th e L o rd in assent, se rv e d w ith su g a r th o se w h o e a t th e re m a in s o f fo o d . Som e o f th o se w h o e a t th e re m a in s o f food filled p o ts an d p itch e rs a n d t h e y filled b a sk e ts a n d (their) clo th e s,1 jj 5 |[ T h e n B e la tth a K a c c a n a , h a v in g se rv e d w ith s u g a r th ose w h o e a t th e re m a in s o f fo o d , sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : ** L o rd , th o se w h o e a t th e re m a in s o f fo o d h a v e been se rv e d w ith su g a r, a n d I h a v e m u c h su g a r o v e r. W h a t lin e o f co n d u ct do I fo llo w . L o rd ? " I d o n o t see a n y o n e ,4 K a c c a n a , in th e w o rld w ith its devas , M aras, a n d B ra h m a s , n o r in th e ra c e o f re clu se s a n d b ra h m in s, devas a n d m e n w h o h a v in g m ad e use o f th a t su g a r co u ld d ig e st it p ro p e rly e x c e p t a T ru th -fin d e r o r a T ru th -fu id e r's disciple*3 W e ll th en , K a c c a n a , th ro w a w a y t h a t su g a r w h ere th e re is b u t little green g ra ss or d ro p it in to w a te r w h ere th e re a re no liv in g c re a tu re s / '4 " Y e s , lo rd " , a n d B e la tt h a K a c c a n a h a v in g an sw ered th e L o rd in assen t, d ro p p ed th a t su g a r in to w a te r w h ere th e re w ere n o liv in g crea tu res. || 6 || T h e n th a t sugar, th u s p la c e d in th e w a te r, siz z le d a n d hissed a n d sen t fo rth ste a m a n d sm oke* A s a p lo u g h sh a re h e a te d th e liv e -lo n g d a y if p la c e d in w a te r sizzles a n d hisses a n d sends fo rth ste a m a n d sm o k e, so d id th is su g a r w h en p la c e d in th e w a te r sizzle a n d hiss a n d sen d fo r th stea m a n d sm oke. T h e n B e la tth a K a c c a n a , a la rm e d a n d w ith his h a ir sta n d in g on en d , a p p ro a ch e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , h e sa t d ow n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce. || 7 j| A s B e la tth a K a c c a n a w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce, th e L o rd ta lk e d a p ro g ressiv e ta lk to h im ,6 th a t is to s a y , ta lk on g iv in g , t a lk on m oral habtt* t a lk on h e a v e n ; h e e x p la in e d the peril, th e v a n it y , th e d e p r a v ity o f p leasu res o f th e senses, th e a d v a n ta g e in ren o u n cin g (them ). W h en th e
1 ttcch&ibgat la p or h ip . H ere p r o b a b ly m ea n in g t h a t t h e y kno-ttod th e su ga r in to t h e c lo th s t h e y w ere w earin g . T h is is stilt a c u s to m a r y w a y o ca r ry in g p a c k a g e s in In d ia . A t Af* i. 3 6 6 th e w ord ap p ears to h a v e -th e sam e m ea n in g a s a b o v e . * F o r fo llo w in g p assage, cf* S . i. 168 -3, S n . p, 15, * F o r e x p la n a tio n o f th is 11 cu riou s r e p ly *' see t. 2 1 1 , n. * C f. M V . I V . 1 . 3* w h e r e thLs s e n t e n c e also t o c u t s . * F t o m here t o en d o f || S |] cf. a b o v e a b o v e , e.fj. M W J. 7 , 5-0.
BOOK
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
L o r d k n e w t h a t th e m in d o f B e la tth a K a c c a n a w a s re a d y , p lia b le , d e v o id o f th e h in d ra n ces, u p lifte d , p leased , th e n h e e x p la in e d to h im th a t te a ch in g o n dhamma, w h ich th e aw a k en ed on es h a v e th e m selv e s d is c o v e r e d : ill, u p risin g , sto p p in g, th e W a y , A n d as a d e a n d o t h w ith o u t b la c k sp ecks w ill e a s ily ta k e d y e , e v e n so [225] as h e w a s (sitting) on th a t v e r y se a t dhamrfui-vision, d u stless, stain less, arose t o B e la tth a K a c c a n a , th a t M w h a te v e r is o f th e n a tu re t o u p rise, a ll th a t is o f th e n a tu re to sto p || 8 || T h e n B e la tt h a K a c c a n a , a s on e w h o h a d seen dham m a* a tta in e d dham m a , k n o w n dhamma, p lu n g ed in to dhamma, w h o h a d crossed o v e r d o u b t, p u t a w a y u n c e rta in ty , w h o h a d a tta in e d w ith o u t a n o th e r's help to fu ll confidence in th e te a ch e r's in stru ctio n , sp oke th u s to th e L o r d : M E x c e lle n t, L o rd ! E x c e lle n t, L o rd ! E v e n , L o rd , a s o n e m ig h t set u p rig h t w h a t h a d b e e n u p set * * . even so is dham m a e x p la in e d b y th e L o rd in m a n y a figu re. I m y se lf, L o rd , a m g o in g to th e L o rd for re fu g e, to dkam m a a n d to th e O rd er o f m o n k s. M a y th e L o rd a c c e p t m e as a la y fo llo w e r g o in g fo r re fu g e fro m th is d a y fo r th fo r as lo n g a s life la s ts / ' II 9 II 26 If T h e n th e L o rd , w a lk in g o n to u r, in d u e co u rse a rriv e d a t R a ja g a h a - T h e L o rd s ta y e d th e re a t R a ja g a h a in th e B a m b o o G ro v e a t th e sq u irre ls fe ed in g p lace. A t th a t tim e th ere w as a b u n d a n t su g a r in R a ja g a h a . M on ks, th in k in g , " S u g a r is a llo w ed b y th e L o rd o n ly t o on e w h o is ill, n o t to on e w h o is n o t ill " , b e in g scru p u lo u s, d id n o t p a r ta k e o f sugar. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e s a i d ; " I a llo w , m on ks, su g a r fo r one w h o is ill, su g a r-w a te r fo r one w h o is n o t i l l / '1 || r || 27 || T h e n th e L o rd ,* h a v in g s ta y e d a t R a ja g a h a fo r as lo n g a s 1 ~For
th is passage see M h v. I. 6. 32, etc.
* N o te t h a t a b o v e , w h e n th e m o n k s received a q u a n t i t y o f su g a r fro m B e la tt h a , t h e v e r b u sed w a s p a rib h u # ja tit (to m a k e u se OI). I n th e s to r y o f 2 7 * it is said t h a t t h e y d id n o t p a r ta k e of, {na bhufijartfi,) a n y su gar. * ** C h a p te r s 2850 are> with, a few u n im p o r ta n t v a r ia tio n s , w o M for vrord t h e sam e as th e M ah & parim bb& n a S u tt a I , i g - I I , 3 ; I I - 16-24* S ee R h .D / a In tr o d u c tio n t o h is tr a n s la tio n o f th e M a h ^ a r tJ iiV b & o a S n tta , p p . x scx iv se q .r a n d h ia n o te th ere a t I I . 1 6 " , th u s V in . T e x ts iL 9 7, n* A ls o fro m h e r e t o en d o f 23 is* w it h a fe w m in o r va riatio n s, th e sam e t/rf. 85-90.
2 8 .1 3]
M A H A V A G G A
VI
309
he fo u n d su itin g , set ou t o n to u r fo r P a ta lig a m a 1 to g e th e r w ith th e la rg e O rd er o f m on ks, w ith th e tw e lv e h u n d re d a n d f if t y m onks. T h e n th e L o rd , w a lk in g on to u r, in d u e co u rse a rriv e d a t P a ta lig a m a . L a y fo llo w e rs a t P a ta lig a m a h e a rd : " I t is said th a t th e L o rd h a s re a ch ed P a ta lig a m a . T h e n th e la y fo llo w e rs o f P a ta lig a m a a p p ro a ch e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed , h a v in g g ree te d th e L o rd , th e y sa t d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d istan ce. T h e L o r d g la d d en ed , rejo iced , ro u sed , d e lig h te d th e la y fo llo w e rs o f P a ta lig a m a w ith ta lk on dhamma as t h e y w ere s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce. || 1 [ | T h e n th e la y fo llo w e rs o f P a ta lig a m a , g la d d en e d . . . d e lig h te d b y th e L o rd w ith t a lk on dham m a, sp ok e th u s to th e L o rd 3 : L o rd , m a y th e L o rd co n sen t (to com e) to o u r re st-h o u se 3 to g e th e r w ith th e O rd er o f m o n k s / ' T h e L o rd co n sen ted b y b ecom in g silen t. T h e n th e la y fo llo w e rs o f P a ta lig a m a , h a v in g u n d ersto o d th e L o rd 's co n se n t,4 risin g from th e ir seats, h a v in g greeted th e L o rd , [326] h a v in g k e p t th eiT rig h t sides to w a rd s h im J a p p ro a ch e d th a t rest-h ou se ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g sp read th a t rest-h ou se so th a t a sp rea d in g w a s sp rea d e v e r y w h e re ^ h a v in g m ad e re a d y se a ts,* h a v in g h a d a w a te r-ja x set u p ?* h a v in g p re p a re d an oil laxnp, * a p p ro a ch e d th e L o r d ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , t h e y sto o d a t a re sp e ctfu l distance* [J 2 || A s t h e y w ere sta n d in g a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce, th e la y follow ers o f P a ta lig a m a sp ok e th u s to th e L o rd : T h e re sthouse is sp rea d w ith a sp re a d in g everyw h ere* L o rd , se a ts are m a d e re a d y , a w a te r-ja r is se t u p , a n oil la m p is p rep a red ; L o rd , th e L o r d does th a t for w h ic h it is n ow th e rig h t tim e / 1 T h en th e L o rd , d ressing in th e m o rn in g , ta k in g h is b o w l an d robe, a p p ro a ch e d th a t rest-h o u se to g e th e r w ith th e O rd e r o f m o n k s ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g w a sh e d his feet, h a v in g e n te re d th e rest-h o u se, h e sa t d o w n le a n in g a g a in st a ce n tra l p illa r fa c in g th e e a st. T h e O rd e r o f m o n k s to o , h a v in g w a sh ed th eir fe e t, h a v in g en tered th e rest-h o u se, s a t d o w n le a n in g
1 T h e m o d e m P a tn a * O n patati, see b e lo w , p* 312* n 4. 9 T h is p a s s a g e occurs also a t D . ii. 64 ff. * dvasathdgarawa s a t Vtrtt iv , 1 7 - see ii. 198 for B u J s in te r p re ta tio n . * F o r p re a m b le t o t h e d iscou rse see also AT. i. 354, 5 . iv . iS-3. sabb<Z$&*ithixririi santhatain dvasath&gdratn sanlhariil'd. O n saniharati a n d sanihaia see B .D . ii. Intr.< x x i i ff, U d r 86 o m its satUhatatn. A ll th e s e processes are d escribed a t M A . iii. i S f . + U & A * 409 f Y
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
a g a in st th e w e stern w a ll fa c in g th e e a s t w ith th e L o rd in v ie w . T h e la y fo llo w e rs o f F a ta lig a m a to o , h a v in g w a sh ed th e ir feet, h a v in g c a te r e d th e rest-h o u se, s a t d o w n le a n in g a g a in st th e e a ste rn w a il, fa c in g th e w e s t w ith th e L o r d in view * | | 3 ]| T h e n th e L o r d a d d re sse d th e la y fa llo w e rs o f P a ta lig a m a , s a y i n g : " T h e re a re th ese fiv e d is a d v a n ta g e s ,1 hou seh old ers, to o n e o f w ro n g m o ra l h a b it, fa llin g a w a y from m o ra l h a b it. W h a t five ? N o w , h o u seh o ld ers, one o f w ro n g m oral h a b it, fa llin g a w a y fro m m o ra l liabit* su ffers g re a t d im in u tio n o f w e a lth o w in g to s lo th ; th is is th e first d is a d v a n ta g e to one o f w ro n g m o ra l h a b it, fa llin g a w a y fro m m o ral h a b it. T h e n a g a in , h o u seh o ld ers, a n e v il re p u ta tio n is n o ised a b ro a d o f o n e o f w ro n g m o ra l h a b it, fa llin g a w a y from m o ra l h a b i t ; th is is th e seco n d d is a d v a n ta g e . , * . T h e n a g a in , h o u seh o ld ers, i f o n e o f w ro n g m o ra l h a b it, fa llin g a w a y fro m m o ra l h a b it, a p p ro a ch es a n y c o m p a n y , w h e th e r a c o m p a n y o f n o b les, a c o m p a n y o f b ra h m in s, a com p a n y o f h o u seh o ld ers, a c o m p a n y o f reclu ses, h e a p p ro a ch e s it d iffid e n tly , b e in g a sh a m e d ; th is is th e th ird d is a d v a n ta g e , , , " T h e n a g a in , h o u seh o ld ers, o n e o f w ro n g m o ra l h a b it, fa llin g a w a y fro m m o ra l h a b it, p a sse s a w a y b e w ild e r e d ; th is is th e fo u rth d is a d v a n ta g e . , . . 4 4 T h e n a g a in , h o u seh o ld ers, one o f w ro n g m oral h a b it, fa llin g a w a y fro m m o ra l h abit* a t th e b re a k in g u p o f th e b o d y a fte r d y in g arises in th e w a s te , th e B a d -b o u m , th e D o w n fa ll, N ir a y a H e l l ; th is is th e fifth d is a d v a n ta g e to o n e o f w ro n g m o ra l h a b it, fa llin g a w a y fro m m o ra l h a b it. T h ese, house h o ld ers, are th e fiv e d is a d v a n ta g e s to o n e of w ro n g m oral h a b it, fa llin g a w a y fro m m o ra l h a b it. \ \ 4 |J ,J T h e re axe th e se five a d v a n ta g e s , ho u seh o ld ers, to one o f m o ra l h a b it, a cco m p lish e d in m o ra l h a b it. [ 227] W h a t fiv e ? N o w , h o u seh o ld ers, one o f m o ra l h a b it, a cco m p lish e d in m o ra l h a b it, a c q u ire s a g re a t m a ss o f w e a lth o w in g to zea l th is is th e first a d v a n ta g e to one o f m o ra l h a b it, a cco m p lish e d in m oral h a b it. ** T h e n a g a in , h o u seh o ld ers, a lo v e ly re p u ta tio n is n oised a b ro a d o f one o f m o ra l h a b it, a cco m p lish e d in m o ra l h a b it ; th is is th e se co n d a d v a n ta g e . . . ,
1 As at A . Hi. i*3 D . ti. 5-6, iii> 236* U d . 86. N o tic e d a t V i$ s. 54.
38*5 7]
M A H A V A G G A
VI
" T h e n a g a in , h o u seh o ld ers, if one of m o ral h a b it, a c c o m p lish ed in m o ra l h a b it, a p p ro a c h e s a n y c o m p a n y , w h e th e r a c o m p a n y o f n o b les, a c o m p a n y o f brahm ins^ a c o m p a n y o f h o u seh o ld ers, a c o m p a n y o f reclu ses, h e a p p ro a c h e s it co n fi d e n tly , n o t b e in g a s h a m e d ; th is is th e th ir d a d v a n ta g e . . . * " T h e n a g a in , h o u seh o ld ers, o n e o f m o ra l h a b it, a cco m p lish e d in m o ra l h a b it, p asses a w a y u n b e w ild e re d ; th is is th e fo u rth a d va n ta g e* , . * " T h e n a g a in , h o u seh o ld ers, o n e o f m o ra l h a b it, a cco m p lish e d in m o ra l h a b it, a t th e b r e a k in g u p o f th e b o d y a fte r d y in g a rises in th e H a p p y -b o u m , in a h e a v e n -w o rld ; th is is th e fifth a d v a n ta g e to one o f m o ra l h a b it, a c co m p lish e d in m o ral h a b it. T h ese, h o u s e h o ld e r a re th e fiv e a d v a n ta g e s t o on e o f m o ra l h a b it, a cco m p lish e d in m o ra l h a b it .J > |l 5 || W h e n th e L o rd h a d g la d d e n e d , re jo ice d , ro u sed , d e lig h te d th e la y fo llo w e rs o f P a ta lig a m a fa r in to th e n ig h t w ith t a lk o n dham m at he d ism issed th e m , s a y in g : ^ T h e n ig h t is n o w fa r sp en t, h o u seh o ld ers ; n o w d o t h a t fo r w h a te v e r i t is th e rig h t tim e . Y e s , L o r d , a n d th e la y fo llo w e rs o f P a ta lig a m a , h a v in g a n sw e re d th e L o rd in assen t, risin g from th e ir seats, h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , d e p a rte d k e e p in g th e ir rig h t sid es to w a rd s him . 1 | 6 || T h e n th e L o r d , soon a ft e r th e la y fo llo w e rs o f P a ta lig a m a h a d d e p a rted , en tered in to so litu d e .1 N o w a t th a t tim e Sun id ha* a n d V assaicara, ch ief m in iste rs in M a g a d h a , w ere b u ild in g a (fortified) to w n 3 a t P a ta lig a m a fo r rep e llin g th e V a jjis , T h e n th e L o rd , g e ttin g u p a t th e en d o f th a t n ig h t to w a rd s d a w n , saw w ith fifeva-sight, p u re a n d su rp a ssin g th a t o f m en, m a n y 4 devatas o c c u p y in g th e site s a t P a ta lig a m a - N o w in w h a te v e r regio n p o w e rfu l devatas o c c u p y sites, th e y ben d th e m in d s o f p o w e rfu l k in g s a n d th e k in g s ' c h ie f m in iste rs to b u ild d w e llin g s th ere ; in w h a te v e r regio n devat&s o f m id d lin g (power) o c c u p y sites, th e y b e n d th e m in d s o f k in g s o f m id d lin g (pow er), an d th e k in g s ' c h ie f m in iste rs to b u ild d w ellin g s
1 &u*lfidgdra, see above, p. J25, n. 5, and M in o r AttthaL ii, p* 107, nH 1.
Sunldha at J2., ii. 86 and U d, S7,
iragara>
see
ii* 3, n.
it.
1 sambahttla, often in Vin. w hen used of monks bein g equivalen t to a. group of from tw o to four m onks. D . ii. 37, /< . SS sa y sambahuld diJtvtJayo s&hass&ssa, m a n y d e va ta s (in compaines) of a thousand-
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
th ere ; in w h a te v e r region devatas o f lo w ly (power) o c c u p y sites, th e y b e n d th e m in d s o f kings o f lo w ly (power) a n d th e k in g s' c h ie f m in isters t o b u ild d w ellin gs there, \ \7 \ \ T h e n th e L o rd a d d ressed th e v e n e ra b le A nanda,. s a y i n g : " N o w , w h o , A n a n d a , are these w h o a re b u ild in g a (fortified) to w n a t P a ta lig a m a ? " S u n id h a a n d [228] V a ssa k a ra , L o rd , c h ie f m in isters in M agad h a, , . . fo r rep ellin g the V a jjis ." " A s th o u g h , A n a n d a , h a v in g co n su lted to g e th e r w ith th e D evas o f th e T h ir ty , even so, A n a n d a , d o S u n id h a a n d V a ssa k a ra , c h ie f m in isters in M agad h a, b u ild a (fortified) to w n a t P a ta lig a m a fo r repelling th e Y a jjis . N o w I , A n a n d a , g e ttin g u p a t th e en d o f th is n ig h t to w a rd s d a w n , sa w w ith deua-sig h t * * . in w h a te v e r region devai&s o f io w ly (power) o c c u p y sites, t h e y b e n d th e m in d s o f k in g s o f lo w ly (power) a n d th e k in g s' c h ie f m in isters to b u ild d w e llin g s there* A n a n d a , a s fa r as th e a r iy a n region1 (extends), as fa r as th e re is tra d in g ,5 1 th is w ill b e a le a d in g to w n , P a ta lip u tta ,3 (w here th e re w as) th e b re a k in g o f th e seed -boxes.4 B u t , A n a n d a , there w ill be th re e d an gers to P a ta lip u tta .: from fire or fro m w a te r o r from in te rn a l d issen sion . || 8 [ J T h en S u n id h a a n d V a ssa k a ra , chief m in isters in M agad h a, ap p ro ach ed th e L o r d ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed th e y e x ch a n g ed frie n d ly g ree tin g s w ith th e L o rd \ h a v in g e x ch a n g e d greetin gs o f friendliness a n d co u rte sy , th e y sto o d a t a resp ectfu l d ista n ce.
1 Griyet dyaiana. C/ A * iii. 441. ^ h ere a riya n p eo p le g o to V A t 1095 s a y s " a s far as t h e p la ce
* vayippatha*
T h e n a m e is o m it te d a t U d . BS. * I follow F .E + D W (uoder pupa) m t b i n i m g t h a t th e tra n sla tio n o f putabhedana a t D ia IM ii, 94 as w ron g : '* cen tre for in terch a n g e o f all k in d s o f w ares P J , a lth o u g h P a t a lip u t t a had a rep u ta tio n a s si tr a d in g cen tre, o a w h ich m oreover th e C orn y s. la y s tr e s s V A . 2096 read in g bhantfapvttibhedan^ afthdnam, bAapdagap<fikdna?jt wwt cmatfhana*p, a p la c e for u n d o in g go o d s an d m erch an dise, a p la ce io r open in g good s an d w a r e s : D A . ii. 5 4 1, U d A . 423 s a y m u ch t h e sa m e a n d a d d : '* ii p eo p le d o n o t g e t go o d s in alJ J a m brnUpa. t h e y wil] g e t th e m h ere." B u t P a ta lig a m a w as so ca lle d " because on t h e d a y o f its in u n d a tio n several ^ d ictt-sh o o ts sprouted fo rth from the g ron n d (D . P . P . N .). A c co rd in g t o W a d d e ll [>R>E-r art : P a tn a ] th e p& taii -tree is th e tm a ip e t-fio w e r tree ( B ig n o s ls suaveolens). P a ta lip u tta . 13 also ca lle d th e c i t y of flow ers P u p p h a p u r a {M hvs. iv . 3 1, D p v s. x i. 23)* an d ICusum apura p. 153). T exts iL 10-2 d oes n o t a t t e m p t a tra n sla tio n . JWtnor A n ihol, ii, 108 h a s ,f th e p la c e w h ere m en sh a ll open tip th eir b a le s o f m e r c h a n d is e /F
* th e O n th e e v e n t p ro p h e s ie d th e h ere* P & t a l i p u t t a 's o f 102 th e n< b e c o m i n g o f th e it * th e c a p it a ] la t e 3. o f in M a g a d h a in to e m p L ife , a n d th o te x t, se e p o s s ib ilit y n o tic e a n d e v e n t* 9 3 , n .
* T h e m o d e rn P a t n a .
s e r t io n
Vin.
T exts
ti.
D ia l*
28*9
M A H A V A G G A
VI
313
A s t h e y w ere s ta n d in g a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce, S u n id h a a n d V a s sa k a ra , c h ie f m in iste rs in M a g a d h a , sp ok e th u s to th e L o rd : M M a y th e re ve red G o ta m a to g e th e r w ith th e O rd e r o f m o n k s co n sen t to a m e a l w ith us to - d a y .,F T h e L o rd co n sen ted b y b e c o m in g sile n t. T h e n S u n id h a a n d V a s s a k a r a , c h ie f m in isters in M a g a d h a , d e p a rte d 1 h a v in g u n d ersto o d th e L o r d 's co n sen t, 11911 . . . . T h e n S u n id h a a n d V a s sk k a ra , c h ie f m in isters in M agad h a, h a v in g h a d su m p tu o u s so lid food a n d so ft fo o d p re p a re d , h a d th e tim e a n n o u n ced t o th e L o rd , s a y in g : I t is tim e, go od G o ta m a , th e m e a l is r e a d y . T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g dressed in th e m o rn in g , ta k in g h is b o w l a n d ro b e , a p p ro a c h e d th e food d istrib u tio n 1 o f S u n id h a a n d V a s sa k a ra , ch ief m in isters in M a g a d h a ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , he sa t d o w n to g e th e r w ith th e O rd er o f m o n k s on th e a p p o in te d se a t. T h e n S u n id h a a n d Y a s s a k a r a , ch ief m in isters in M a g a d h a , h a v in g w ith th e ir o w n h a n d s se rv e d a n d satisfied w ith su m p tu o u s fo o d , so lid a n d so ft, th e O rd er o f m o n k s w ith th e aw a k en ed on e a t its h e a d , w h en th e L a r d h a d eaten a n d h a d w ith d ra w n h is h a n d fro m h is b o w l, s a t d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d istan ce ; a n d a s S u n id h a a n d V a s s a k a ra , c h ie f m in isters in M agad h a, w ere s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n c e , th e L o rd g a v e th a n k s in th ese v e rse s : 1 1i h p " W h e re v e r th e p ru d e n t m a n sh all ta k e u p his abode, H a v in g offered fo o d to th ose here o f m o ra l h a b it, good B ra h m a-farers, I f h e m a k e s a n offerin g t o th o se3 devatas w h o m a y b e th e re T h ese re ve red , d o re ve re, h on oured , do h o n o u r him . [229] H en ce t h e y sy m p a th ise w ith h im , as a m o th e r w ith her ow n child . T h e m an w ith w h o m devatas s y m p a th ise, e v e r sees go od lu c k ." T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g in these verses g iv e n th a n k s to S u n id h a a n d V a s sa k a ra , c h ie f m in isters in M a g a d h a , rising from h is seat, d e p a rte d . |] 1 1 j| T h e n S u n id h a a n d V a ssa k a ra , c h ie f m in isters in M agadha*
1 JX ii. 8Sj U d , Sg s a y th.ey w en t to thtetr ow n residence, dvasatha.
m porivesaTid ; > _ . 8-Sj Ud+ S9 read dvasaiha,

1 C/+ T h ig . 307, a n ; Afi/w . 29+.
C ft Sn p . 13, 5 . i. 174.
3*4
B O O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
fo llo w in g close b e h in d th e L o rd , t h o u g h t : " B y w h ic h e v e r g a te th e recluse G o ta m a go es o u t to -d a y t th a t sh a ll b e c a lle d G o ta m a 's G a t e ; b y w h ic h e v e r fo rd he crosses th e riv e r G an g es, th a t sh all b e c a lle d G o ta m a s F o r d / 1 A c c o r d in g ly th e g a te b y w h ich th e L o rd d e p a rte d cam e to b e c a lle d G o ta m a 's G a te , T h e n th e L o rd a p p ro a c h e d th e riv e r G an ges. N o w a t th a t tim e th e riv e r G a n g es w a s full, le v e l w ith th e b a n k s, so th a t a cro w c o u ld d rin k 1 (from it). Since th e y w ere d esirous o f g o in g fro m th e h ith e r to the fu rth e r (b a n k ),3 som e p eo p le lo o k ed a b o u t fo r a b o a t, som e lo o k e d a b o u t fo r a flo at,* o th e rs p u t to g e th e r a r a f t ,4 |] 12 | J T h e L o rd sa w th e se people, o f w h o m som e w ere lo o k in g a b o u t for a b o a t, som e w ere lo o k in g a b o u t fo r a flo a t, o th ers w ere p u ttin g to g e th e r a ra ft since t h e y w ere desirous o f go in g from th e h ith e r t o th e fu rth er (bank). S eein g th e m , as a stron g m a n m ig h t stre tc h o u t his b e n t a rm o r m ig h t b en d b a c k his o u ts tre tc h e d a rm , e v e n so d id he, v a n ish in g from th e h ith e r b a n k 5 o f th e riv e r G a n g es, reap p ear* on th e fu rth e r b a n k to g e th e r w ith th e O rd e r o f m onks. T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g u n d ersto o d th is m a tte r, a t th a t tim e u tte re d th is solem n u tte ra n c e : ** T h o se cross th e deeps, th e riv e rs ,7 m a k in g a b rid g e, sp an n in g the sw am ps. S ee ! people tie th e ir ra fts b u t crossed over a re th e
wfce.M B ii 13 II 28 if
T h e n th e L o r d a p p ro ach ed K o tig a m a - T h e L o rd sta y e d th ere a t K o tig a m a / T h e n the L o r d a d d ressed th e m onks, sa y in g : ** M o n k s, i t is b y n o t u n d e rsta n d in g , n o t p e n e tra tin g
* p & r a m ;a p a r d p a r a m ; U d , a p drd par& snt which. W o o d w a rd { M in . A nth. ii. 1 091 n , 4) p rop oses to c o rr e c t to & reacting. * ulumpa. This m ay be a wooden or a bam boo raft, V A . 1 ogO says th at At is made, havin g knocked in pegs* * huJZa* V A * 1096 says tha.t it is m a d e , havin g p u t together reeds and so on,
* crim alire. 1 A s at
A T.
i* 435 ;
ii*
i-
24 4 ! A.
Iii.
* pac-ciitthAît instead of th e mere usual paturahosi. P here a river, V A . 1096. ^ a technical term frequent in th e Sutta.s? m eaning " crossed over" th e four-fold flood o i sense-plea&ure&j becoming, false v ie w and ignorance, or over some other undesirable state, and so 4 t Crossed o v e r M aras stream., a river of death* See m y M a n Perf&c.t&dt Ch. V I I I . * T o here, from beginning of 28, i F th e same as Ud+ 83-90, w ith a few
m inor va riation s*
29.1 30.2}
m a h
v a g g a
v i
315
th e fo u r a riy a n tr u th s th a t th ere is th is lo n g lo n g run n in g-o n a n d farin g-o n b o th fo r m e a n d fo r y o u . W h a t fo u r ? M on ks, it is th ro u g h n o t u n d e rsta n d in g , n o t p e n e tra tin g th e a riy a n tru th o f ill t h a t th e re is th is lo n g lo n g run n in g-o n a n d farin g-o n b o th fo r m e a n d fo r y o u . M onks, i t is th ro u g h n o t u n d e r' sta n d in g , n o t p e n e tr a tin g th e a riy a n tru th o f th e u p risin g o f ill, th e a r iy a n tr u th o f th e sto p p in g o f ill, th e a riy a n tr u th o f th e co u rse le a d in g to th e ste p p in g o f ill t h a t th ere is th is long lo n g r un n in g-on a n d faxing-on b o th fo r m e a n d fo r yo u . II * II . T h erefo re, m o n k s, if th e a r iy a n tr u th o f ill [230] is u n d e rsto o d , is p e n e tra ted , if th e a riy a n tru th o f th e u p risin g o f ill . . * if th e a riy a n tru th o f th e sto p p in g o f ill . . . if th e a r iy a n tru th o f th e course le a d in g t o th e sto p p in g o f ill is u n d e rsto o d a n d p e n e tra ted , th en c u t o ff is th e c ra v in g fo r b e c o m in g ,1 d e s tro y e d is th e co n d u it fo r b e c o m in g ,2 there is n o t n ow a g a in -b e co m in g . N o t seein g th e fo u r a riy a n tru th s a s t h e y r e a lly are L o n g is th e jo u rn e y fared -o n in b ir th a fte r b ir th ; W h en th ese are seen, re m o v e d is th e co n d u it fo r b ecom in g. T h e ro o t o f ill c u t o ff, th ere is n o t n o w a g ain -b eco m in g .* II 2 [j 29 || T h e n th e co u rtesa n A m b a p a ll1 h e a r d 6 : " T h e y s a y th a t th e L o r d h a s reach ed K o tig a m a " . T h e n th e co u rtesa n A m b a p a ll, h a v in g h a d v e r y m a g n ifice n t ve h icle s h arn essed , h a v in g m o u n ted a m a g n ifice n t v e h ic le , w ent o ff w ith th e v e r y m a g n ifi c e n t ve h icle s from V e s a ll to see th e L o rd . H a v in g gone b y ve h icle a s fa r as th e g ro u n d w as (suitable) for a v e h ic le , she a lig h te d from th e v e h ic le a n d a p p ro a ch e d th e L o rd on fo o t ; h a v in g a p p ro ach ed , h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , sh e sa t d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d ista n ce. || x |[ T h e L o rd g la d d en e d , rejo iced , roused , d e lig h te d th e co u rtesa n A m b a p a ll w ith t a lk on dkamma a s she w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a 1 hhavafanhd. * bahvanetti*
h e r e f r o m 28- i = )- i i . S + - 9 1 . * H e r v e r s e s a r e a t T h lg * 252-270* S e c a ls o T h f g A . 306-7* 2 *3 ; - d p ii* 613. fif, S h e w a s t h e m o t h e r o f "V im ali-K o r^ d arS fia. w h ile B i i n b i s i r a is said, to h a v e b e e n h is f a t h e r , T h a g A * 15 6 . M e n t io n e d b e lo w , p . 3 7 9 . * From here to 30. G ~ -D. iL 95-58- See ii. io 2 f n. for some remarks on th e discrepancies shown b y th e tw o versions in their localisation of the incidents narrated. 8 T o
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
re sp e ctfu l d ista n c e . T h e courtesan A m b a p a li h a v in g been , g la d d en ed * . * d e lig h te d w ith t a lk on dhamma b y th e L o rd , sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : " L o rd , m a y t h e L o rd consent to a m e a l w ith m e on th e m orrow to g e th e r w ith th e O rd er o f m o n k s ." T h e L o rd consented b y b e co m in g silent- T h e co u rtesa n A m b a p a li, h a v in g u n d e rsto o d th e L o rd 's consent, risin g from h e r seat* h a v in g greeted th e L o rd , d e p a rted keep in g h e r rig h t side to w a rd s him , || 2 \ \ T h e n th e L ic c h a v is o f V esa li h e a r d : " T h e y s a y th a t th e L o rd h a s re ach ed K o tig a m a T h en th e L ic c h a v is of V e sa ll, h a v in g h a d v e r y m a gn ificen t v e h icle s h a in essed , h a v in g (each) m o u n ted a m a g n ifice n t v e h icle , w e n t off w ith th e v e i y m a gn ifi ce n t v e h ic le s from V e s a li to see th e L ord* Som e L ic c h a v is w ere d a rk g re e n ,1 d a rk green in co lo u r, th e ir c lo th c s w ere d a rk green* th e ir o rn am en ts w ere d a rk green . Som e L ic c h a v is w ere y e llo w , y e llo w in co lo u r , . , th e ir o rn a m e n ts w ere yellow* So m e L ic c h a v is w ere re d , red in co lo u r - . . th e ir o rn am en ts w ere red. S o m e L ic c h a v is w ere w h ite , w h ite in co lo u r, th e ir clo th e s w ere w h ite , th e ir o rn am en ts w ere w h ite- T h e n th e co u rtesan A m b a p a li d ro v e up a g a in s t th e m a n y y o u n g L ic c h a v is, p o le t o p o le , y o k e to y o k e , w h eel to w h eel, a x le to a x le , II3 1 ! [231] ^ ^ T h e n th ese L ic c h a v is spoke th u s to th e co u rtesa n A m b a p a li : N o w th en ,* w h y do y o u , A m b a p a li, d riv e u p a g a in st th e m a n y y o u n g L ic c h a v is pole to p o le , y o k e to y o k e , w h eel to w h eel, a x le to a x le ? ** ** Indeedj y o u n g g en tlem en ,3 it is b ecause th e O rd er o f m o n k s w ith th e a w a k e n e d one a t its h e a d is in v ite d b y m e fo r th e m o rro w / 1 " N o w th en , A m b a p a li, g iv e u p th is m e a l to u s fo r a h u n d red th o u s a n d / '4 " B u t if, y o u n g gentlem en, y o u w ere to g iv e u p VesalT w ith its p ro d u c e ,* I w o u ld not g iv e u p th is m e a l.
1 n l i a is d e fin e d a t Vin. iv . r-20. VA. 1 0 9 6 s a y s t h a t th e s e c o lo u r s a r e
lor t h e s a k e o f d i s t i n g u i s h i n g t h e L i c c h a v i s , T h e y are n o t ** d a r k g r e e n *J a n d s o o n b y n a t u r e , b u t a r e c o lo u r e d w i t h a < 5 ark green c o s m e tic as some

o f t h e fa c e s c f t h e -A ian ta. fr e s c o e s a r e m e a n t t o be*
*} <
sdh&ra = $a-dkarat with its food. V A 109?, T>A+ 545 explain by sa-janapada. No justification foi ,c with its subjcct territory ** 0/ V in m T ex ts iit 107, DtaS. ii. 103.
* ayyaputtu. c Probably kahapatyas are to be understood.
30.4 6]
M A H A V A G G A
VI
3*7
T h e n th ese L ic c h a v is sn a p p e d th e ir fin g e rs/ s a y in g : ** T r u ly w e are b e a ten b y th is m a n g o -girl,1 t r u ly w e a re d e fe a te d b y th is m a n g o -g irt." ]| 4 || T h e n these L ic c h a v is ap p ro ach ed th e L o rd . T h e L o r d sa w these L ic c h a v is co m in g from afar, a n d seeing them ,, he a d d ressed th e m o n k s, s a y i n g : " B y w h a te v e r m o n k s, m onks, th e D evas o f th e T h ir t y h a v e n o t b een seen b e fo re , lo o k , m onks, a t th e L ic c h a v i co m p a n y , lo o k a g a in , m o n k s, a t th e L ic c h a v i c o m p a n y , c o m p a re, m o n k s, th e L ic c h a v i c o m p a n y to th e c o m p a n y o f th e D cvas o f th e T h i r t y / ' T h e n th e se L ic c h a v is, h a v in g g o n e b y v e h ic le as fa r a s th e g ro u n d - * . {as i n |[ 1 , 2 \ \ down io :) -f L o rd , m a y th e L o rd co n sen t to a m e a l w ith u s on th e m o rro w ? " I h a v e p ro m ised , L ic c h a v is , (to ta k e ) a m e a l w it h th e co u r te sa n A m b a p a ll to -m o rro w / ' T h e n th ese L ic c h a v is sn ap p ed th e ir Sn gers, s a y in g : ** T r u ly w e are b e a te n b y th is m a n g o g i r l ; tr u ly w e are d e fe a te d b y th is m a n g o -g irl/ J T h e n th e se L ic c h a v is , h a v in g a p p ro v e d o f w h a t th e L o rd h a d sa id a n d h a v in g g iv e n th a n k s fo r it, risin g from th e ir sea ts, h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , d e p a rted k e e p in g th e ir rig h t sides to w a rd s him* || 5 || T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g sta y e d in K o tig a m a for as lo n g as he fo u n d su itin g , a p p ro a ch e d N a tik a . T h e L o r d s ta y e d th ere a t K 'a tik a in th e B r ic k Residence* T h e n th e co u rtesan A m b a p a ll, h a v in g h a d su m p tu o u s fo o d , so lid a n d so ft, p re p a re d to w a rd s th e en d o f th a t n ig h t in h e r o w n p a rk , h a d th e tim e an n o u n ced to th e L o rd , s a y in g : * , . (as i n 28. xo down to : ) [232] - * , sa t d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce- A s she w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce, th e co u rtesa n A m b a p a ll sp ok e th u s to th e L o rd : " I , LoTd, w o u ld g iv e th is A m b a p a ll G ro v e to th e O rd er o f m o n k s w ith th e a w a k e n e d one a t its h e a d ." T h e L o r d a c c e p te d th e p a rk . T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g g la d d en ed , rejo ice d , ro u sed , d e lig h ted th e c o u rtesa n A m b a p a ll
* a fig u li p o th esu + ft, V A . 1097 exp la in s b y cd tesu m * t o m o v e , t o sh ak e, * a m baka, vrith p r o b a b ly in te n d e d & p la y on her n am e, it s e lf co n n e cte d w ith
th e m a r * g o -g r o v e sh e o w n e d . S e c U ia L ii. 10 3, n . 1 ; T e x ts ii* n .
1 R ep lace Sunidha and Vasss.ka.ra.* ch ief ininisters o f M a g a d h a P J by " th e courtesan A m b a p a ll/ 1 an d fl good G otam a " b y " Lord
3^8
B O O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
w ith ta lk on dhamma, rising from his se a t,1 a p p ro a ch e d th e G re a t G ro ve. T h e L o rd sta y ed th e re a t V e sa li in th e G re a t G ro v e in th e H a ll w ith th e P e a k ed G a b le . || 6 || 30 J [ T o ld is th e P o rtio n for R e p e a tin g on th e L ic c h a v is N o w a t th a t tim e* m a n y d istin g u ish ed L ic c h a v is , s ittin g to g e th e r assem b led in a m ote-hall, w ere in m a n y a figure sp ea k in g p raise o f th e a w aken ed one, praise o f dhamma, praise o f th e O rd er. N o w a t th a t tim e th e general S S ia ,a a disciple o f th e J a in s ,4 ca m e to be sittin g in th a t co m p an y. T h e n it occurred to th e gen eral S l h a : ^ U n d o u b te d ly th is w ill be a L o rd , a p e rfe c te d one, a w h o lly a w a k e n e d one, since these d istin gu ish ed L ic c h a v is , sittin g to g e th e r assem bled in th e m o te-h a ll, a re in m a n y a figure sp ea k in g praise of th e a w aken ed one, p ra ise o f dJiamina, praise o f th e O rder, Suppose I were to g o u p to see th is L o rd , p e rfe cte d one, w h o lly a w aken ed one ? *' J ji H _ _ T h e n th e gen eral S ih a ap p ro ach ed N a ta p u tta th e J a i n * ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h e spoke th u s to N a ta p u tta th e J a in : " I w a n t, h o n o u red sir,* to go a lo n g to see th e reclu se G o tam a/" ** B u t h o w ca n y o n , Sih a, b ein g one w h o asserts an o u gh tto -b e-d o n e,7 g o a lo n g to see th e recluse G o ta m a w h o asserts an o u g h t-n o t-to -b e -d o n e e ? F o r, S lh a , th e recluse G o ta m a asserts an o u g h t-n o t-to -b e-d an e, h e te a ch es a d o ctrin e o f an o u gh t-n o t-to -b e-d o n e a n d in th a t h e trains d iscip les/' T h en
1 T o h ere fro m 3 0 - i ui a}l materia.] respects th e sam e a s -ZX ii, 9 5 ^ 8 . T h e jD. version s a y s th e L o rd w e n t to B e lu va *
1 From there to nearly the end o f 31 . 14 = A . i v . 179-133. * C f . A . iii, 3 S i iv* 79* H is in te r e s t in g iv in g g i f t s m a y h a v e b e e a

d u e t o G o t a m a s. t a l i . t o h im (b e lo w 31 . i t } j u s t a ft e r h e b e c a m e a la y f o llo w e r . * îga^ tbas* L iteral meaning " without bonds See G .S . iv . J24, n~ s.
* T h e leader o f th e N ig an th as, identified b y BGfrler an d J a co b i w ith M a h 3 v[ra { V in , Texts iL 109., n_ i ) + H is v ie w s are g iv e n a t D . i* 57^
T h is and akiriyavcida *ach had its ow n adherents. G otam a p u t his ow n interpretation on each theory, see below 31 - G and Vin_ iiL 3, T h u s he is able to say, as. a t A* i+ 6af k ir iy a v d d t c'ahanx a h ir iy a v d d i c a . A t
* kirtyavda*
Aatntnav&dtno,
concession.
i. 7 1 he is re p u te d to s a y o f th e j a t i f a s t h a t t h e y are Airiyavddiw a n d a n d at is- a p p a r e n tly for th is reason t h a t he g ra n ts th etn a A* K* C oom arasw am y, S&rm P a li W ords,
akiriyavadat S e e
H JAS*
vol. I V p N o . a, July 1939* P - *<9 vineti, to lead a w a y * and so to pervert, divert, avert. C f. below M V* V L 34* 12, where in the same tetma leaders of other sects tr y to dissuade
from goin g to see the Lord-
3 1 .2 4 ]
m a h
v a g g a
v i
319
t h a t w h icb h a d b een th e stro n g a sp ira tio n o f gen eral S ih a for g o in g 1 to see th e L o rd a b a te d . [ | 2 f| T h e n a second tim e d id th e d istin g u ish e d L ic c h a v is , s ittin g to g eth e r a ssem b led in. th e "mote-halh . - * A n d a seco n d tim e d id i t o ccu r to th e g e n e ra l S i h a : " U n d o u b te d ly th is w ill be a L o rd , a p e rfe cte d one* . . * Sup p o se I w ere to g o u p t o see th is L o rd , p e rfe cte d one, w h o lly a w a k e n e d o n e ? And a secon d tim e d id th e gen eral S ih a [333] a p p ro a ch N a ta p u tta th e J a in **, . , a n d in th a t tra in s d iscip les *\ A n d a secon d tim e d id th a t a b a te w h ich h a d been th e stro n g a sp ira tio n o f th e gen eral S ih a fo r g o in g t o see th e L o rd , A n d a th ird tim e it, o ccu rred to th e g e n era l S ih a : " U n d o u b te d ly th is w ill be a L o rd , p e rfe cte d o n e, w h o lly a w a k e n e d o n e , sin ce these d istin g u ish ed L ic c h a v is , s ittin g to g e th e r a ssem b led in the m ote-hall, are in m a n y a figu re sp ea k in g p raise o f th e a w a k e n e d o n ef praise o f dham m a , p ra ise o f th e O rder. W h a t c a n th ese J a in s do to m e w h e th e r I h a v e a sk e d fo r p erm issio n or h a v e n o t a sk e d for p erm issio n ? Sup p o se th a t I , a lth o u g h I h a v e n o t a sk e d fo r perm ission fro m th e J a in s, w ere to go a lo n g to see th is L o rd , p e rfe c te d one, w h o lly a w a k e n e d on e ? If 3 1 1 ^ T h e n th e g e n era l S ih a w ith som e five h u n d red ch a rio ts d e p a rted from V e s a li in b ro a d d a y lig h t to see th e Lord* H a v in g g o n e b y v e h ic le as fa r as th e g ro u n d w a s (suitable) for a vehicle* h a v in g a lig h te d fro m th e veh icle, h e a p p ro a ch e d th e L o r d on f o o t ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , h e sa t d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce. A s h e w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d ista n c e , general S ih a sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : ** L o rd , I h a v e h e a rd th is : - T h e reclu se G o ta m a affirm s an o u g h t-n o t-to -b e-d o n e, h e teach es a d o ctrin e o f an o u g h tn o t-to -b e-d o n e, a n d in th a t tra m s d iscip les.' I assum e th a t th ese, L o rd , w h o sa y : ' T h e recluse G o ta m a affirm s an o u g h tn o t-to-be-d on e * . . a n d in th a t tra in s d iscip les/ a re. L o rd , assertin g (fairly) w h a t th e L o rd affirm s,2 a n d are n o t m is rep resen tin g th e L o rd b y w h a t i s n o t fa c t, b u t are p u ttin g
* gamtJidbhisamkhara< p* 261). C f, pa.bbaj}4 bhia*nhkdra at V in , i. 194 (ab o v e,
* bhqgavato vuttetvadf.
320
B O O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
fo r th a d o ctrin e w h ich conform s to 1 h is doctrine* I assum e th a t n o one w h o is h is fellow dhantt.wd-man, a h o ld e r o f h is view s* co m es to a. p o sitio n incurring b lam e. In d eed , w e , L o rd , d o n o t w a n t to m isrepresen t th e Lord-?'* II 4 II T h e re is, S ih a , a w a y in w h ich one sp ea k in g t r u ly o f m e c o u ld s a y a : ' T h e recluse G o ta m a asserts a n o u g h t-n o t-to -b ed o n e , h e te a ch e s a d o ctrin e o f an o u g h t-n o t-to -b e-d o n e, a n d in th is h e tra in s d iscip les/ T h e re is, S ih a , a w a y in w h ich one sp ea k in g t r u ly o f m e co u ld s a y : ' T h e recluse G o ta m a asserts a n o u g h t-to -b e-d o n e4 . . . tra in s d iscip les/ T h e re is, S ih a , a w a y in w h ic h one sp ea k in g t r u ly o f m e co u ld s a y : T h e reclu se G o ta m a asserts a n n ih ila tio n . . , tra in s d iscip les/ T h e re is, S ih a , a w a y in w h ich on e sp ea k in g t r u ly o f m e co u ld s a y : ' T h e reclu se G o ta m a is on e w h o d e tests, h e te a ch es a d o ctrin e o f d e testa tio n , a n d in th is h e tra in s d iscip les/ T h ere is, Siha., a w a y in w h ic h on e sp ea k in g t r u ly o f m e co u ld s a y : ' T h e reclu se G o ta m a is a lea d er a w a y , h e te a ch es a d o ctrin e o f le a d in g a w a y , a n d in th is h e tra in s d iscip les/ T here is, Siha, a w a y in w h ic h onfe sp eakin g tr u ly o f m e co u ld s a y ; T h e recluse G o ta m a is a " bu rn er u p , h e te a ch es a d o ctrin e o f " b u r n in g u p , a n d in th is he tra in s d iscip les/ T h e re is, Sih a, a w a y in w h ich one sp eakin g t r u ly o f m e could s a y : * T h e reclu se G o ta m a is n o t d e stin ed t o a n o th e r (kind of) b e co m in g , h e te a ch e s a d o ctrin e o f no o th e r k in d o f becom ing, an d in th is h e tra in s disciples- T h e re is, S ih a , a w a y in w h ich on e sp ea k in g tr u ly o f m e could s a y : * T h e reclu se G o ta m a is co n fid e n t,5 h e te a ch es a d octrine o f co n fid e n ce ,* a n d in th is he tra in s d iscip les/ ]| 5 || A n d w h a t, S ih a , is th e w a y in w h ich one sp eakin g tr u ly o f m e co u ld s a y : ' T h e recluse G o ta m a is one w h o asserts a n o u g h t-n o t-to -b e-d o n e, h e te a ch es a d o ctrin e o f a n o u gh tn o t-to -b e-d o n e [234J a n d in th is h e tra in s d iscip les J ? In d eed
1 onudham m a, e x p la in e d b y anuhdrapâf perhaps m ea n in g m in or i e n e t ,p, at VA. 1097, I>A- 349, M A - iii. +6. * Stock, e.g% at D i. 261, iai. 115 ; M. 1. 568,. 48^ J A, i. 1G1 ; S. it* 33, iii, < 5 , iv_ 340 \ yin. iip 297. * C f.
* N o t included a t FtA. iii, 2. " Confident is P ali assattba, rendered at G .S. iv. 117 1 4 found con solation ", 1 ass Asa. C f. one w h o h as a$$a$a in dham m avinaya a t S . ii* 50 ; translated at K+S. ii, 38 as 4 < co m fo rt*'.
* N o t included at V in . iii,
fiL 2 -3 fa r t m s p assage, and. for n otes see B+U. L 4-6, Cf. A* i. 6a+
31-6 8J
m a h
v a g g a
v i
321
I, Siha, a ssert o f m isco n d u ct in body* sp eech a n d th o u g h ! th a t i t o u g h t n o t to b e d o n e ; I assert o f m a n ifo ld e v il a n d w ron g sta te s (of m ind) th a t th e y o u g h t n o t to b e d o n e. T h is is th e w a y , S ih a , in w h ich one sp ea k in g t r u ly o f m e co u ld s a y : ' T h e recluse G o ta m a asserts w h a t o u gh t-n o t-to -b e-d o n e, he te a ch es a d o ctrin e o f w h a t o u g h t-n o t-to -b e-d o n e a n d in th is he tra in s d iscip les/ " A n d w h a t, S ih a , is th e w a y in w h ic h on e . . * c o u ld s a y : 'T h e recluse G o ta m a asserts w h a t o u gh t-to -b e-d o n e . . tra in s d is c ip le s 1 ? In d e e d I , S ih a , assert o f g o o d c o n d u c t in b o d y , speech a n d th o u g h t th a t it o u g h t to b e d o n e ; o f m a n ifo ld righ t sta te s (of m ind} th a t th e y o u g h t t o b e done. T h is is th e w a y , S ih a . . . (| 6 || " A n d w h a t, S ih a , is th e w a y in w h ic h on e * , . c o u ld s a y : T h e reclu se G o ta m a a sserts a n n ih ila tio n . , , tra in s d iscip les'? In d e ed I , S ih a , assert th e a n n ih ilatio n o f passion , h a tre d , s tu p id ity ; I assert th e a n n ih ila tio n o f m a n ifo ld e v il a n d w ro n g s ta te s (of mind)* T h is is th e w a y , S ih a - . * " A n d w h a t, S ih a , is th e w a y in w h ich one . , . co u ld s a y : * T h e reclu se G o ta m a is one w h o d e te sts, he te a ch es a d o ctrin e o f d e te sta tio n a n d in th is h e train s d iscip les * ? In d e ed , S ih a, I d e test m isco n d u ct in b o d y , speech a n d th o u g h t ; I te a c h a d octrin e o f d e testa tio n fo r en te rin g u p o n m a n ifo ld e v il w ro n g s ta te s (of m ind). T h is is th e w a y , S ih a , . , II 7 I I A n d w h a t, SLha, is th e w a y in w h ich on e , * . co u ld s a y : ' T h e recluse G o ta m a is one w ho is a le a d er a w a y , h e te a ch es a d o ctrin e o f le a d in g a w a y a n d in th is he tra in s d iscip les * ? In d eed I, S ih a , te a c h a d o ctrin e of th e le a d in g a w a y o f passion, h a tre d , s tu p id ity ; I te a c h a d o ctrin e o f th e le a d in g a w a y o f m an ifold e v il w ro n g sta te s (of m ind). T h is is th e w a y , S ih a " A n d w h a ti S ih a , is th e w a y in w h ich one * . * co u ld s a y : * T h e recluse G o ta m a is on e w h o is a " b u m e r-u p " , h e tea ch es a d o ctrin e o f b u rn in g u p a n d in th is h e tra in s d iscip les * ? In d eed I , S ih a , sp e a k o f e v il w rong sta te s w h ic h a re searin g : m isco n d u ct in b o d y , speech a n d thought* H e for w h o m , S ih a, e v il w ro n g sta te s th a t are searin g are d e stro ye d , c u t o ff a t th e ro o t, m a d e like a p a lm -tre e , so u tte r ly d o n e a w a y w ith t h a t th e y c a n co m e to n o fu tu re existen ce him I c a ll one w h o is a r b u m e r-u p \ F o r a T ru th -fin d er, S ih a, e v il w ro n g sta te s
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
th a t a re searin g - * - existen ce. T h is is th e w a y , S ih a , in w h ic h on e . - , co u ld s a y : * T h e reclu se G o ta m a is on e w h o is a " b u m e r-u p " , [235] h e teach es a d o ctrin e o f b u m in g -u p , and in th is h e tra in s d iscip les/ || 8 || " A n d w h a t, S ih a, is th e w a y in w h ic h o n e * * , could s a y ; ' T h e reclu se G o ta m a is one w h o is n o t d estin ed to a n o th e r (kind of) b e co m in g , he teach es a d o ctrin e o f no o th er (kin d of) b ecom in g a n d in th is h e tram s d iscip les > ? H e for w h om , S ih a , fu tu re co n cep tio n in a w om b, b eco m in g again an d re b irth are d e stro y e d , c u t o ff a t the ro o t, m a d e lik e a p alm -tree, so u tte r ly done a w a y w ith th a t t h e y ca n co m e to no fu tu re existen ce h im I call one n o t d estin ed to a n o th e r (kind of) becom in g. F o r a T ru th -fin d er, S ih a , fu tu re co n cep tio n . . * can com e t o n o fu tu re existence- T h is is th e w a y , S ih a _ . . " A n d w h a t, Sih a, is th e wa.y in w h ich one sp ea k in g tr u ly o f m e co u ld s a y : * T h e recluse G o ta m a is one w h o is con fid en t, he te a ch es a d o ctrin e o f confidence a n d in th is h e tra in s disciples * ? In d e ed I , Siha, a m co n fid en t w ith th e h igh est con fid en ce,1 I te a c h a d octrin e o f confidence a n d in th is I tra in disciples* T h is is th e w a y , Sih a, in w h ich o n e sp ea k in g tr u ly o f m e co u ld s a y : * T h e recluse G o ta m a is con fid en t, he te a ch es a d o ctrin e o f con fid en ce and in th is h e tra in s disciples
I! 9 I I A n d w h en he had spoken th u s,3 S ih a , th e general, spoke th u s to th e L o r d : ''E x c e lle n t , L o r d ! E x c e lle n t, L o rd L - . -4 M a y the L o rd a c ce p t m e as a la y fo llo w e r g o in g fo r refu g e from th is d a y fo rth fo r as lo n g a s life la sts-" 14 N o w , S ih a , m a k e a proper in v e stig a tio n . P ro p er in vestig a* tion is good in th e case o f w ell-know n m en lik e y o u r s e lf/ 0 " I, L o rd , am even ex ce e d in g ly pleased, satisfied w ith th a t w hich th e L o rd said to m e : 'N o w , S ih a , m ake a p ro p er in v e stig a tio n * . . lik e yo u rsetf/ F o r i f ( L o rd j m em bers o f
1 A A * Ev. 93 sa ys ** w ith th e h igh est con fiden ce in th e four w a y s a & d t h e fo u r fru its 1 C f. ii*. 3 g w h ere w an derers sue recorded to ask G o ta m a th e n a m e o f th e d o ctr in e in w b ic h he tra in s d isciples an d in w h ic h th ey * tra in e d a n d a tta in e d to con fid en ce, assdsa^ ackn ow led ge a desire for (or a su p p ort iu ) th e B rah m a-taxin g , D A . iii* 83,5 e x p la in s tt&sasa b y tutthi, Joy, a n d som aftatfd, happin ess. * F ro m here t o m id d le o f 3 1 . t z = jtf. L 3 7 6 in con n ection w ith U p a li th e householder* * S to c k 1 ls a t M V , I* 7^ 10. 1 A s a t M . 1. J79 , A . iv , 1S5,
31.10
12 ]
MAHAVAGGA
VI
323
o th e r sects h a d secu red m e a s a d iscip le, t h e y w o u ld h a v e p a ra d ed a b a n n e r alL ro u n d V esali, s a y in g : 1 S ih a , th e gen eral, h a s jo in ed o u r d iscip leh o o d / B u t th en th e L o rd sp o k e to m e t h u s : ' N ow , S ih a , jn a k e a proper in v e s tig a tio n * . _ lik e y o u rs e lf.' S o I , L o rd , go fo r a second tim e to th e L o rd for refu ge a n d to dhamma a n d to th e O rder o f m o n ks, M a y th e L o rd a c ce p t m e as a la y fo llo w e r g o in g fo r refu ge from th is d a y fo rth fo r as lo n g a s life lasts.'* || t o j| " F o r a lon g tim e, Siha* y o u r fa m ily 1 h a s been a w e ll-sp rin g 2 to th e Niganhas_ Y o u w ill b e th in k y o u to g iv e alm s to those w h o a p p ro a ch y o u ? I* L o rd , am even e x ce e d in g ly pleased , sa tisfied w ith th a t w h ich the L o rd said to m e : ' F o r a lo n g tim e, S ih a , y o u r fa m ily . . * th ose w h o a p p ro a ch y o u ? * I h a v e h ea rd . L o rd : T h e recluse G o ta m a sp ea k s th u s : G ifts sh o u ld b e g iv c iv to m e o n ly , n o t to o th ers sh o u ld g ifts be g iv en ; g ifts should be g iv e n to m y d iscip les on ly, n o t to th e d iscip les o f o th ers sh o u ld g ifts b e g iv e n , [236] W h a t is g iv e n to m e is alone o f g re a t fr u it, w h a t is g iv e n to o th e rs is n o t of g rea t fru it ; w h a t is g iv e n to m y d iscip les is a lo n e of g re a t fru it, w h a t is g iv e n to th e d iscip les o f o th e rs is n o t o f g re a t fr u it. B u t then th e L o rd u rged upon m e g iv in g to th e N ig a n th a s to o . Ind eed , L o rd , w e sh all kn o w th e rig h t tim e for th a t. S o I, L o rd , go fo r a th ird tim e to th e L o rd fo r refu g e a n d to dhamma an d to th e O rd er o f m onks. M a y th e L o rd a c c e p t m e a s a la y fo llo w e r g o in g for refuge from th is d a y fo rth fo r a s lo n g a s life lasts* T h e n th e L o rd ta lk e d a p rogressive t a lk 3 to Siha, th e gen eral, th a t is to s a y ta lk 011 g iv in g , ta lk on moraJ h a b it, ta lk on h ea ven ; h e exp la in ed the peril, th e v a n ity , th e d e p r a v ity of pleasu res of th e senses, th e a d v a n ta g e in ren o u n cin g (them ). W h en th e L o rd k n e w th a t th e m ind o f S ih a , th e g en eral, w as read y , m alleable, d e v o id o f th e h in d ran ces, u p lifte d , pleased , then h e e x p la in ed to him th a t tea ch in g on dhamma w h ich the a w a k en ed ones h a v e th em selves d is c o v e r e d : ill, u prisin g, sto p p in g, th e W a y A n d as a clean c lo th w ith o u t b la c k sp eck s w ill e a sily ta k e d ye , e v e n so as h e w a s (sitting) on th a t v e r y seat,
1 kulat explained b y nivasanat a dwelling, a t V A . 1* 97, M A . iii, Sg. * opanabhhta. Sec Died, i, 177, n* .3 for iurther reference?*
* A s a t M V. I, 7.
Ii n
II
3^4
BO OK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
dham m a-v ision, d u stless, stainless, arose to Siha., th e gen eral, th a t 4 4 w h a te v e r is o f th e n a tu re to u p rise a ll th a t is o f th e n a tu re to s to p T h e n Siha, th e g e n e ra l, a s one w h o1 h a d seen dhamma, a tta in e d dhamma, k n o w n dhamma., p lu n g ed in to dkam m at w h o h a d crossed o v e r d o u b t, p u t a w a y u n c e rta in ty , w h o h a d a tta in e d w ith o u t a n o th e r's h e lp to fu ll confidence in th e te a c h e r's in stru ctio n , sp ok e th u s to th e L o rd 1 : " L o rd , m a y th e L o rd consent to a m eal w ith m e on th e m o rro w to g eth e r w ith th e O rd er o f m o n k s / 1 T h e L o rd co n sen ted b y becom in g silent* T h en Sih a, th e g e n e ra l, h a v in g un d ersto o d th e L o r d 's co n sen t, risin g from h is seat, d e p a rted k e ep in g his r ig h t sid e to w a rd s him . T h e n Siha* th e g en eral, enjoined a c e rta in m an , s a y in g : " Go, go od fe llo w , fin d o u t if th ere is m eat to h a n d / '3 T h en SHja, th e g en eral, to w a rd s the en d o f th a t n ig h t h a v in g h a d su m p tu o u s food , solid and so ft, p rep a red , h a d th e tim e an n o u n ced to th e L o rd , sa y in g ; ff I t is tim e. Lord* the m e a l is r e a d y / 1 T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g dressed in th e m orn in g, ta k in g his b o w l a n d ro b e, a p p ro ach ed th e d w ellin g o f Sih a, th e g e n e r a l; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d he sa t d o w n on th e a p p o in te d se a t to g e th e r w ith th e O rder o f m on ks. j| 12 |[ N o w a t th a t tim e m a n y N ig a n th a s, w a v in g th e ir arm s, w ere m o a n in g 4 from ca rria g e r o a d 1 to ca rria g e ro ad , from cross ro ad * to cross road in V e s a l l : " T o -d a y a fa t beast, killed b y Siha, th e gen eral, is m a d e in to a m eal for th e recluse G o ta m a , the recluse G o ta m a m a k e s use of th is m e a t, k n o w in g th a t it w a s k ille d on p u rp o se (for h im } ,7 th a t th e d eed w as (done) for his s a k e / '3 T h en a ce rta in m an a p p ro a ch ed Siha, th e gen eral ; h a v in g a p p ro a c h e d he w hispered in to S ih a , th e g en era l's ear : f< P leasej h o n o u red sir, y o n should k n o w th a t m a n y o f these N ig a n th a s, w a v in g th e ir arm s, are m o a n in g from ca rria g e road to ca rria g e ro a d , from cross ro ad to cross ro a d in V e s a ll;
1 A s a t M Y . I* 0 , 32, T q here irom V I. SI. 10 = W. in 3?3-33oH
* A s a.t V in . i. 2 1 7 (above* p. 196).
1 handanti*
Defined a t V in * iv , 271 iii. 268). * pasu, meaning uncertain, b u t not necessarily an anim al of th e cowtribe. A A , iv . 102 says : " a fa t beast w ith a large b od y such as an eEk or buffalo o f p ig "* VA* 363 $ay3 of pasuha th a t all four-footed animals beginning with, th e elephant should b e called paxaka. * Cf. Jd. i t 262 : th e Tek>v&daj.&talca was spoken concerning Siha.
* paiccaktmm&.
3 1.13 32.1]
MAHAVAGGA
VI
' T o -d a y a fa t b e a s t * . . th e deed w a s (done) fo r h is sake " E n o u g h , m a ste r, fo r a lo n g tim e n o w th e se v e n era b le ones h a v e been d esirin g d isp raise o f th e a w a k e n e d one, h a v e been d esiring dispraise o f dhamma> h a v e been d e sirin g dispraise o f th e O rder, B u t th ese ven e ra b le ones, b a d , v a in , ly in g , d o not h a rm th is L o rd b e ca u se th e y are m isrep resen tin g h im b y w h a t is n o t fa c t w h y , e v e n w e , fo r the sake o f onr liv e lih o o d , w o u ld n o t in te n tio n a lly d e p riv e a liv in g th in g o f life , 1 [ | 13 [ | T h e n Sih a, th e gen eral, h a v in g w ith h is o w n h a n d served a n d sa tisfied th e O rd er o f m o n k s w ith th e en lig h ten ed one a t its h ea d w ith su m p tu o u s food, so lid a n d so ft, [237] w h en th e L o rd h a d e a te n a n d h a d w ith d ra w n h is h a n d fro m his b o w l, sa t d ow n a t a re sp e c tfu l d istan ce. T h e n th e L o rd h a v in g gla d d en ed , rejo ice d , roused, d e lig h ted S ih a , th e general, w ith ta lk on dhamma a s he w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n ce, risin g from h is se a t, departed** T h e n th e L o rd on th is occasion h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , ad dressed th e m o n ks, s a y in g : " M onks, one sh o u ld n o t k n o w in g ly m a k e use o f m e a t k ille d on purpose {for one). W h o e v e r sh o u ld m a k e use o f it, th ere is an offence o f w rong-doing- I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, fish a n d m e a t th a t are q u ite p u re in th ree r e s p e c t s : if t h e y are n o t seen* h ea rd , su sp e cted (to h a v e b een k ille d o n p u rp o se for a m o n k )/ '3 || *4 j| 3 1 1 | N o w a t th a t tim e VesalT w a s w e ll o ff fo r fo o d , cro p s w ere good , a lm sfo o d w a s e a s y to o b ta in , a n d it w a s e a s y to keep o n e se lf g o in g b y g le a n in g a n d b y favour* T h e n as th e L o rd w a s m e d ita tin g in seclusion a reaso n in g arose in h is m in d th u s r " T h o se th in g s w h ic h were a llo w e d b y m e to m o n ks w h en fo o d w a s sca rc e , cro p s b ad , a n d a lm sfo o d d iffic u lt to ob tain : w h a t w a s c u re d indoors, c o o k e d ind oors, cook ed b y o n eself4 ; re ce ivin g (form ally) w h a t w a s p ic k e d u p 5 ; w h a t
* T o here from 31. z = A . iv* 179-18 8 . * C f. V i n . i i i . 172 i . 29S) where D
t o m a k e th e h im L o r d t h a t s a y fis h t h a t a n d m o n k s m e a t a b o v e * n . 1 } h u t w it h s h o u ld " a n s w e rs w h ic h o f fis h t o th is a r e
C f. P a c . L X L
e v a d a t t a , e a t n o if fis h th e y is I . w a n t in g o r m e a t. th e a s c h is m , B u t tr ie s
G o t a m a p o in ts fle s h tip
p u re
h a v e th in k T h e
th re e
a r e " (a s
a ls o
m e n t io n e d iv . is 130,
M a e c h a m a tfis a fl fis h m a n d
n o t s to ry
' F th e
a t G .S .
m e a t
lo a d in g s h o w
a llo w a n c e a t e th is
c o n c e rn e d
e a t ; o r
a n d
m a n y
in s t a n c e s
t h a t
m o n k s
* vi, 17. 7
w it h o u t
in c u r rin g
c r itic is m
b la m e ,
1 V I. 17. 9 *
326
BO O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
w as ta k e n b a c k from th e re 1 ; w h a t w a s a c ce p te d before a m eal* ; w h a t g ro w s in a w ood , w h a t gro w s in a lo tu s-ta n k * - d o th e m o n k s still m a k e use o f th ese th in g s to -d a y ? " T h en th e L o rd , a risin g from his m e d ita tio n to w a rd s evenin g, ad dressed th e v e n e ra b le A n a n d a , s a y i n g : T h o se th in g s w h ich w ere a llo w e d b y jn e to m o n k s w h en fo o d w a s scarce . . . d o th e m on ks s till m a k e use o f these th in g s to -d a y ? T h e y m a k e u se o f th em , L o r d ." ]| i || T h e n th e L o r d o n th is occasion, in th is c o n n e c tio n h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , addressed th e m o n k s, s a y in g : T h o se th in g s, m o n ks, a llo w ed b y m e to m on ks w h en fo o d w a s scarce, cro p s b a d a n d a lm sfo o d d ifficult to o b ta in : w h a t w a s cu red indoors . - , w h a t gro w s in a lo tu s-ta n k th e se th in g s I o b ject to from th is d a y fo rth . M onks y o u sh o u ld n o t m ake use o f w h a t is cu red in d oo rs, cook ed indoors, co o k ed b y y o u r s e lv e s ; o f (form ally) re c e iv in g w h a t is p ic k e d u p {b y yo u ). W h o e v e r sh ou ld m a k e use o f {a n y o f th ese th in g s), th ere is a n offence o f w rong-doing- N o r sh ould y o u , m o n ks, h a v in g eaten , b ein g satisfied, m a k e u se o f fo o d th a t is n o t le ft o v e r if it is b ro u g h t b a c k from th e re ; if it is accep ted before a m e a l ; if it gro w s in a w o o d , gro w s in a lo tu s-ta n k . W h o e v e r sh o u ld m a k e use o f (a n y o f th ese thin gs) sh ou ld be d e a lt w ith a cco rd in g to th e r u le / 4 ft a 1 | 32 jf N o w a t th a t tim e c o u n tr y p eo p le, h a v in g lo ad ed m u ch salt and oil, a n d h u sk e d rice and so lid fo o d in to w a g o n s / h a v in g m a d e a n en clo su re fo r th e w ag o n s in a p o rch o u tsid e a m o n a ste ry , w a ite d , th in k in g : *r W h en o u r tu rn comes* then w e w ill m a k e a jn e a ] ," B bu t a g rea t [238] clo u d cam e up. T h en these p eo p le a p p ro a ch e d th e ven e ra b le A n a n d a ; h a v in g a p p ro ach ed , t h e y sp ok e th u s to th e ve n e ra b le A n a n d a ; " N o w , h o n o u red A n a n d a , h a v in g lo a d ed m uch sa lt , . * solid fo o d in to w ago n s, t h e y are sta n d in g (there), b u t a g re a t clo u d h a s com e up. W h a t line o f c o n d u ct, h on oured A n a n d a , sh ou ld be fo llo w ed b y u s ? T h en th e ve n e ra b le A n a n d a to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . [\ I ]|
1 1
vi, is, 4.
V I . V I , 2. 2 0 . 4*
* Aa at VI. 2 4 . i ; 3 4 . 17.
xxxv,
33.2
41
M A H A V A G G A
VI
327
t f<W e ll th e n , A n a n d a , th e O rd er h a v in g a g re e d u p o n a p la ce for w h a t is a llo w a b le 1 n e a r3 a d w ellin g -p la ce : a d w e llin g -p la ce o r a c u rv e d house or a lo n g house or a m an sio n or a ca ve,* le t th ere b e k e p t4 th e re w h a te v e r th e O rd e r desires. A n d th u s, m o n k s, sh ould i t be a greed u p o n : T h e O rd er sh o u ld be in fo rm ed b y a n e x p e rie n ced , c o m p e ten t m o n k , s a y i n g : * H on o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to me- I f it seem s rig h t to th e O rd er, th e O rd e r m a y agree upon su ch a n d such a d w ellin g -p lace 33 a p la c e fo r w h a t is a llo w ab le. T h is 15 the m o tio n . H on o u red sirs, le t th e O rder liste n to m e. T h e O rd er is ag reein g upon su c li a n d su ch a d w e llin g -p la ce as a p la ce fo r w h a t is a llo w ab le. I f th e ag reem en t on su ch a n d su ch a d w ellin g -p la ce as a p la c e fo r w h a t is a llo w a b le is p le a sin g to th e v e n e ra b le ones, t h e y sh ou ld b e silen t ; h e to w h om it is n o t p lea sin g sh o u ld speak* Such a n d su ch a d w e llin g -p la ce is a g ree d u p o n b y th e O rd er as a p la ce fo r w h a t is allo w ab le. T h erefo re th e y are silent- T h u s do I u n d e rsta n d th is V* N o w a t th a t tim e th e people b o iled c o n je y s, b o ile d rice, p rep ared soups* c u t u p m ea ts, ch o p p ed w o o d , ]ust th ere a t a p lace for w h a t w a s a llo w a b le a n d w h ich h a d b een a g reed u pon. A s th e L o rd w a s g e ttin g tip a t th e e n d o f th e n ig h t to w a rd s d a w n h e h ea rd a lo u d noise, a great noise, a noise (like) th e c a w in g o f c ro w s ,5 a n d h e a rin g it, h e ad d ressed th e v e n e ra b le A n a n d a , sa y in g : * * W h a t, A n a n d a , is th is lo u d noise, th is g rea t noise, th is n oise (like) th e ca w in g o f cro w s ? ,J F || 3 || A t p resen t, L o rd , people b o il c o n je y s . . . ch o p stic k s ju s t there a t a p la ce fo r w h a t is allo w ab le a n d w h ic h h a s been
1 kappiyabh&m i* V A T d o es n o t e x p la in th is w ord , b u t in c o m m e n tin g on t h e th re e k in d s o f p la ce s a llo w ed a t th e en d o f \ \ 4 |L B u . a t V A , 1098 uses th e w ord kappiyakufi^ h u t for w h a t is a llo w a b le . I t seem s probable* t h a t th e happiynbhQmi w a s a p la c e lo r doin g ce rta in o p era tio n s som e o f w h ich w ere a llo w a b le o n ly in tim e s o f s c a r c ity : c o o k in g for on eself, c o o k in g in doors and coifing indoorsB u , a t V A . 1099-irQ O ap p ears t o c o n n e c t th e se w ith a k a p p i y a h h I t sh ou ld h o w e v e r b e n oticed t h a t a t I I I . &, g th e " k it c h e n " 1 w h ich a la y fo llow er m a y b u ild for him self te p la c e s t h e kafipiya kuff w h ich h e m a y b u ild io r a n O rd er o r a m em b er of i t a t l l l , 6 , 6. F o r ic n o rm a l tim es m o n k s did n o t cook, a n d hen ce a p la ce for d o in g a llo w a b le o p era tio n s (oi th is n ature) w o u ld be superfluous. A . K . C o o m A ta sw ^ m y, Architectural Term s, J . A * Q 'S . t V o l. 48. N o . 3, p. 260 calls fcappiyabhum i art '* o u th o u se site 1 paceantim a. V A . io q S s a y s t h is Is o n ly an exp ression . * F o r these five " ab o d es " cf, a b o v e , p . 7 5 an d notes*
II 2 II
* Vdtetu.
* s= V in , i v k
3^8
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
agreed upon- I t is th is Loud noise, g r e a t noise, noise (like) th e c a w in g o f cro w s th a t th e L o rd (h ears)/'1 T h e n th e L o rd , on th is occasio n , h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , addressed th e m o n ks, s a y in g : rt M o n k s, one sh o u ld n o t m ake use o f a p la ce fo r w h a t is a llo w ab le th a t has been agreed u p o n .2 W h o e v e r sh o u ld m a k e use o f it, th e re is an offence of w ron g-d oin g, I a llo w y o u , m onks, th re e p la ce s for w h a t is a llo w ab le : th a t depen ding upon a p ro c la m a tio n ,4 th a t connected w ith w h a t is fo rtu ito u s,* th a t (given b y ) a h o u seh o ld er. 5 f] 4 } \ N o w a t th a t tim e th e ven e ra b le Y a s o ja * ca m e to b e ill,
1 so bkogavzl uct&saddo 4 . 4 hxhoravasadda. O n e w ou ld h a v e ex p e c te d bhantff h ere in ste ad o f bhagavd t an 4 th e sen ten ce th e n t o b e tr a n s la te d : it is th is, L o r d , t h a t is th e lo u d noise. . - *
* o f P r e s u m a b ly t h e r e b y is t h e t h e r is k erf b e in g m a k e . in t h e Ia y - p e o p le * s w a y a n d a ls o b e in g d is t u r b e d n o is e t h e y
** f o
s it
* ussdvanantiha, Ussdvana is not a p r o cla m a tio n in a te c h n ic a l sense a n d ha~5 n o th in g t o d o w ith proceedings a t fo rm al a c ts o f t h e Order* But 6 u : exp la in s, V A * 1098, t h a t h a v in g m a d e a ll p rep ara tio n s w ith pillars* w a lls a n d stones* t h e p eo p le u tte r th e p h ra se {vacant niccharertti) ** w e axe m a k in g a kafipiyahutt T h e tw o C o m m en taries w h ich ho q u o tes also m e n tio n a happiyakttfi a s b ein g spoken a b o u t or resolved u p on . A ntiha is used in t h e sa m e sense a s a b o v e a t M V . V I I . 1 . ?. *- ganisddika. C f. gvnisadi a t Vin+ i i i , 4 6 * w h e r e a v i l l a g e a r r a n g e d
r t u i t o u s l y (F t t t . h e r e
o x - s t a ll d o w n a n d
3 " com Texts
e s ii_
in t o 1 a t ) .
t h e
d e f in it io n 2 9 S
o i
v illa g e . t h a t a s
G < r a * .s t w o
VA.
t h a t a r e
5 e
o r
is
n o t
a n
e x p la in s t w o o r
t h r e e a r e
c o w s
a n d
t h e r e , T h e
s o , h a v in g is
b u ilt s o m t w
t h r e e is l e f t o f
h o u s e s * t o a
t h e y
a r r a n g e d e le m o f e n t . t h e
h e r e
t h e r e .
id e a t h a t o f
e t h in g o
h a p h a z a r d o n e m o f in
VA.
m it s e lf
1 0 9 9
e x p la in s ( t y p e ) , in W
t h e r e
k in d s W is t h e
gonisddtka z
n e it h e r t h e o n a s t e r y - t y p e a r e in f e n c e d * b o t h s a y
o n a s t e r y is
o n e
t h e t h e
d w e llio g - p la c e lo d g in g s ,, t h is e o l
h e r e v e r m
o n a s t e r y w h a t b u t Ls
fe n c e d
n o r
t h e
*h f o r t u it o u s t h e m o n a s t e r y , in o f
h e r e v e r is m
a ll t h e
o r
s o m
lo d g in g s t y p e .
n o t t h e k in d
t h is t h e ;
d w e llin g - p la c e Is a c r it e r io n *
S o d o e s
k in d s w h ic h
c o n - f e n c in g is in t e n d e d
o n a s t e r y b o t h
VA.
n o t
h e r e
p e r h a p s
a r e *
1 gahapati, V A . 1099 sa y s, 4 1 p-eople h a v in g b u ilt a residen ce say* * w e are g iv in g a happiyahut\t m a k e use oi it F th is is ca lle d gahapaii. I t m eans th is to o ii t h e y say, * W e a r c g iv in g (som ething) to build a JtappivaAutt ww \ V A * on t h is w h o le p a s s a g e u ses happ\yakut% a n d n ever M bhiim-i. Cf. kap piya ktfHyo w h ich , a m o n g o th e r th in gs, A n a th a p in d ik a cau sed to be b u itt in th e J e t a G r o v e , a t Vi**, ii. *59, an d th e happiyaftuti w h ic h a la y d iscip le m ig h t ca u se t o b e b u ilt for a n O rder, a t V in . 1 39 (ab o v e, p . 1S6)* w it h a V e r s e s Y a s o j a a t a t ;
Thag.
t h e ir t h e y ;
2 4 3 -5 + a t
T h e r e
is
s t o r y T h e lo r d
a b o u t d is m
f i v e is s e d
h u n d r e d t h e m a n d f o r
m m
o n k s a k in g t h e a s t h e f i v e f i v e
h e a d
Ud.
t h e t h e h e *\
2 4 -2 7 . in
g r e a t
n o is e
s p e n t t h e y
r a in s t h e n
-e a r n e s t t o
e n d e a v o u r s p e n d a
r e a lis e d n ig h t in t
t h r e e
k n o w le d g e s m
w e r e a s
a b le h im
w h o le 1 0 5 8
C o n c e n t r a t e d c o n c lu s io n h u n d r e d h u n d r e d o f
e d it a t io n
L o r d
s e lf, w a s t h e
VA. DhA *
fT .
s a y s o f
JJA
t h e h a d
K a p ila s u t t a g o n e e n ^ o f f o r t h s o n s p'. w h ic h
(Y a s o ja )
c h i e f iv .
p e r s o n 4 5 c a t l
t h e
w h o '*
SnA.
S e e a b o u t s t a n c e s t o a a t f o r
i,
3 ^ 2 , iv . 3 7
t h e s e
f is h e r m
Z if iA .
(K a p ila m fis h ,
a c c h a v a t t h u ^
SttA. L 3 0 5 f f . I*ss. Bretk.t p

t o Y a s o ja * K a p ila s u t t a i. is 3 1 -3 )
(b o t h 1 6 6 l o r
t e ll
t h e in .
g o ld e n t h e a s
K a p iJ a ),
UdA.
'iv a s t h e
1 7 9 ,
t h e is
c ir c u m r e fe r r e d p . a s 4 9 )
w h ic h . iv , 4 2 m
K a p il& s u t t a b e in g in t h e
s p o k e n
T h is
S u t t a
Swttanipitta.
C o r n y ,
t h e r e r e fe r s
( * ., t o i t
v.L
D h a m
a c a r iy a s u t t a ^
b u t
K a p lla s u t t a .
3 3 .5 3 4 *1 ]
M A H A V A G G A
VI
329
M edicines w ere c o n v e y e d fo r him* M onks p u t these ou tsid e, b u t v e rm in a te th em a n d a lso th ie v e s c a rrie d th e m off.1 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord- H e s a id : I a llo w yo u , m o n ks, t o m a k e use o f a p la c e fo r w h a t is a llo w ab le* a n d w h ich h as been a g reed up o n , [239] I a llo w fo u r p la ce s fo r w h a t is a llo w a b le ; th a t d e p en d in g u p o n a p r o c la m a tio n th a t co n n e cted w ith w h a t is fo rtu ito u s , th a t g iv e n b y a h ouseh old er, th a t w h ich is a g re e d u p o n ." )| 5 |] 33 || T o ld is th e T w e n ty -fo u rth P o rtio n fo r R e p e a tin gN o w a t th a t tim e th e h o u seh o ld er M en ^ a k a 3 liv e d in th e to w n o f B h a d d iy a ,1 H e ca m e to h a v e th is k in d o f em in en ce in p s y c h ic p o w e r ; h a v in g w ash ed h is h e a d , h a v in g h a d a g r a n a ry sw ep t, he s a t d o w n ju s t outside th e d o o r, a n d a sh o w er o f grain* h a v in g fa lle n d o w n th ro u g h th e a ir, fille d th e g ra jia ry . H is w ife 6 ca m e to h a v e th is k in d o f em in en ce in p s y c h ic p o w e r : h a v in g sa t d ow n b esid e o n ly one h o w l o f th e c a p a c ity o f an dthaka* a n d on e h e lp in g o f c u rry a n d co n d im en ts, sh e served fo o d 7 t o slav es, w o rk m en a n d s e rv a n ts 8 ; n o t u n til sh e g o t up w a s it exh a u sted . H is son cam e to h a v e th is k in d o f em in en ce
1 A s a t V I . 17 * 7. * T h is p a ra gra p h p r o b a b ly refers t o a llo w a b le m edicines* w h ich refers t o s a p p it gh ee, w h ic h w a s a m ed icin e, S ee to o V A . 1 101
* Father of Dnananjaya, who was Visakhr& father* A t t ) h A w i. 384 Mendaka is called " householder ", at D h A . i. 385. V ism . 3S3 *' merchant setthi, and he and his wife* son* daughter-in-law and slave are said to be five people of great merit. H is story is told in detail at U h A * iii. 363 ff. Cf* D h A , iv- 203, 217. According to O&A iii. 363 the Dhp. verse (^5^) was spoken by the Lord while he w as staying tn the J&tiyS. Grove at Bhaddiya concerning Me^daka.
4 I n th e A n g a k in gd o m . * H e r nam e w a s C a n d a p a d u m A {because sh e c a m e t o h a v e t h e m oon a n d th e lo tu s represented on t h e p a lm s of her h a n d s a n d t h e so les o f h e r fe e t), U h A , j, 385, iii, 363 ; or C an d apad u m asirT a t P ism . 3S3. H e r m erito rio u s a c t is n o tice d a t D h A * iii* 369.
1 tifhaJtalhalika,
Soe B.D. i. 103, ru I.
* ca n also m ea n rice, th e sta p le d is h p b u t h ere in all lik elih o o d m ean in g fo o d , for p r o b a b ly n o jm pijc& tfon t h a t sh e se r v e d rice w ith o u t th e cu r r y a n d c o n d im e n ts is in ten d ed . 1 d d s a . S a m e co m p o u n d a t A . i. 14 5 , 2 o6 r it. 78,. iii. 4 5 (puitaddrddasa-), 260. A A * ii* 2 4 1 e x p la in s as " s la v e s a s w e ll a s w o rk m en e a rn in g a d a ily w a g e o i food,, an d peop le liv in g in d e p en d en ce o n (one) See d efin itio n s of sla v e p * an d w o r k m a n Jl a t B .D . iii* iS o .
* CalledDhananjayathe merchant* seitJrij, at i* 3S6ff., 113*363, Vism . 383,. and Mep.daka's eldest son. at D h A * i. 385* H is psychic power is referred to at D h A . 'iii+ 370, He was lent by BLmbis&ra to Pasenadi; and the latter built S&keta to house Dhartaxijaya's retinue during the night's halt on the w ay to SSvatthj*. JDhA* i r 3S6 f. Dhanafijaya -was the father of VisakhJl and of her youngest sister, SujatA, in respect oi whom the Suj&ta-Jitaka (No, 269) was told.
33<>
B O O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
in p s y c h ic p o w e r : h a v in g ta k e n h o ld o f o n ly one purse co n ta in in g a th o u s a n d ,1 h e g a v e six m o n th s' w a g es to (each) sla v e , w o rk m a n a n d s e r v a n t ; n o t u n til h e rem o ved h is hand w a s it* e x h a u ste d . \ \ r || H is d a u g h te r-in -la w 3 cam e to h a v e th is k in d o f em inence in p s y c h ic p o w e r ; h a v in g sa t d o w n beside o n ly one b a sk e t o f th e c a p a c ity o f fo u r dovias* sh e g a v e s ix m o n th s' fo o d 5 to (each) s la v e , w o rk m a n a n d se rv a n t j n o t u n til she g o t u p w as it exhausted* H i5 s la v e 6 cam e to h a v e th is k in d o f em inence in p s y c h ic p o w er : w h en he p lo u g h ed w ith one plo u gh sh are seven fu rro w s c a m e from (it ),7 |[ 2 \ \ T h en K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M a g a d h a h ea rd : " T h e y s a y th a t th e h o u seh o ld er Meruâka is liv in g in o u r kin gd om in th e to w n o f B h a d d iy a . H e h a s th is k in d o f em in ence in p s y c h ic p o w er . . * {as in || 1, 2 |J ) , * * w h en h e plo u gh s w ith one p lo u g h sh a re se ve n furrow s com e from (it).,J || 3, 4 j| T h e n K in g S e n iy a B im b isara of M a g a d h a addressed a certain ch ief m in ister w h o w a s concerned w ith all th e a ffa irs ,a sa y in g : I t is said, m y g o o d m an ,* th a t th e hou seh old er M en^ aka is liv in g in o u r k in g d o m in th e to w n o f B h a d d iy a ; h e h as th is k in d o f p sy c h ic p o w er : [240] h a v in g w ash ed his head * * . se ve n fu rro w s com e from (it). G o along* m y g o o d m an, a n d find o u t. W h en y o u h a v e seen, it w ill b e th e sam e as if I m y se lf saw * So be it, y o u r m a je s ty ", an d th a t c h ie f m in ister, h a v in g an sw ered K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M a g a d h a in assen t, m arch ed fo rth 10 fo r B h a d d iy a w ith a four-w inged a rm y ,11 ]| 5 ||
1 T h e w ord kaha.p&&n su pplied a t D h A . iii. 370-. 1 T.e.t th e c o n te n ts o f t h e purse, * C a lled S u tn a n ^ d e v i a t D h A . i. 3 8 ^ S u m a n a d e v l a t D h A , iii. 363, Vi-Sm, 3S3. S h e w a s D h acL an jaya's chLcf wife, aggatnahesi, D h A - i* 3S4, a n d V is& khLsm other* 5 A , i* 14. H e r a c t o f p s y c h ic p o w er referred t o a t >hA. iii. 370, * A m easu re o f c a p a c it y , g en era lly e q u iv a le n t t o four ujhakas, see B.D+ i. 103, n. s bfi&tta, see n- 7 a b o v e , p. 319. * C a lled P vfiTna a t D h A . i. 3S5, Sit. 363* FtJm , 3S3* H is p s y c h ic g i f t referred t o a t D h A * lii_ 370, 7 A c c o r d in g to D h A . iii, 370 one in th e m id d le a n d three a t e a c h side, * Sabbatfhafia mahamatta a s a t Vin. iii. 249. 1 b h a ^ i a s a t Vitt+ iii, 2 4 9 wbere B iin tis S r a ls again, recorded t o be addressing a ch ief m inister concerned w ith all th e affairs* is a c g m ic o n m o d e of address from a superior to an inferior. 14 fiayasi. C f. payata a t V in . iv . 105. l t E le p h a n ts , horses, ch a rio ts a n d in fan try* See d efin ition o f a r m y a t i v . 105 ; a n d B . D , ii- 375* n. 3,
34.6 9]
MAHAVAGGA
VI
331
Tji d u e course h e a p p ro a ch e d B h a d d iy a. a n d M en d aka th e h o u s e h o ld e r; h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed he sp ok e th u s to M e n d a k a th e househ old er ; ** N o w I, h ouseh old er, h a v e b een en jo in ed b y th e K in g , s a y in g : ' I t is said / m y g o o d m an, t h a t th e ho u seh o ld er M en d aka is liv in g in our k in g d o m . * , , W h e n y o u h a v e seen, it w ill b e th e sam e a s if I m y s e lf sa w .' L e t u s see, h ouseh older, y o u r em in ence in p s y c h ic p o w e r / ' T h e n th e ho u seh o ld er M en d aka, h a v in g w ash ed his h e a d , h a v in g h a d a g r a n a ry sw e p t, s a t d o w n outside th e d o o r, a n d a sh ow er o f g ra in , h a v in g fa llen d o w n th ro u g h th e a ir, fille d th e g ra n a ry , Y o u r em in ence in p s y c h ic p o w er h a s been seen, househ old er. W e w ill see y o u r w ife 's em inence in p s y c h ic p o w e r/ ' |J 6 |[ T h e n th e h o u seh o ld er M en d aka en jo in ed h is w ife , s a y i n g : -f W e ll n o w , serve th is fou r-w in ged a r m y w ith fo o d . T h e n th e w ife o f M en d aka th e householder* h a v in g sa t d o w n besid e o n ly one b o w l of th e c a p a c ity o f a n dthaka a n d one h elp in g o f c u n y a n d con d im en ts, se rv e d fo o d to th e fo u r-w in g ed a r m y ; not u n til sh e g o t u p w a s it exh au sted - " Y o u r w ife 's em inence in p s y c h ic p ow er h a s been seen, h ouseh old er. W e w ill see y o u r so n 's em inence in p s y c h ic p ow er/" | J 7 |f T h e n th e h ouseh old er M end aka en jo in ed h is son, s a y in g : W e ll n o w , m y d ear, g iv e th is fou r-w in ged a r m y s ix m o n th s' w a g e s / r T h e n th e son o f M en d a k a th e h o u seh o ld er, h a v in g ta k en h o ld o f o n ly o n e p u rse co n ta in in g a thousand* g a v e th e fo u r-w in ged a rm y s ix m o n th s' v a g e s ; not u n til h e rem o ved h is h a n d w a s it e x h a u ste d . " Y o u r so n 's em in en ce in p s y c h ic p ow er h as been seen, householder. W e w ill see y o u r d a u g h te rin -la w 's em in ence in p s y c h ic p o w e r/ 1 j| 8 || T h e n M en d aka th e househ old er e n jo in ed his d a u g h te r-in -la w , sa y in g : W e ll n ow , g iv e th is fou r-w in ged a rm y six m o n th s' food/* T h e n th e d a u g h ter-in -la w o f M en d a k a th e householder, h a v in g sat d o w n b esid e o n ly one b a s k e t of th e c a p a c ity o f fo u r donas, g a v e s ix m onths* food to th e fo u r-w in g ed a r m y ; n o t u n til she g o t u p w a s it exh a u sted . Y o u r daughter-in~ la w 's em in en ce in p s y c h ic p o w er h a s b een seen, h ouseh older. W e w ill see y o u r s la v e 's em in ence in p s y c h ic p o w er/" " O u r s la v e 's em in en ce in p s j'd iic p o w er, sir,1 can b e seen in th e fie ld / ' 1 mi.
BOOK
OF
DISCIPLINE
E n o u g h , h ouseh old er, y o u r s la v e s em in ence in p sy c h ic p ow er has b een se e n , T h e n th a t c h ie f m in ister w en t b a c k a g a in to R a ja g a h a w ith th e fo u r-w in ged a rm y , a n d approach ed K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M a g a d h a ; h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed , he to ld this m a tte r to K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M agad h a, |j 9 [ | [241] T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g sta y ed in V e sa li for as lo n g a s he fo u n d su itin g , se t o u t on tour for B h a d d iy a w ith th e large O rd er o f m o n ks, to g e th e r w ith th e tw e lv e h un dred and fifty m onks. T h e n th e L o rd , w a lk in g on to u r, in due course a rriv e d a t B h a d d iy a . T h e L o rd sta y ed th ere in B h a d d iy a in th e J a t iy a G ro v e .1 i| 10 |[ T h e n th e h o u seh o ld er M en d aka h ea rd ; V e r ily ,2 th e recluse G o tam aj th e son o f th e S a k y a n s, w h o h a s gone fo rth from a S a k y a n fa m ily , h a s reached B h a d d iy a a n d is sta y in g a t B h a d d iy a iu th e J a t iy a G ro ve, A lo v e ly re p u ta tio n has go n e fo rth con cern in g th e L o rd G o tam a, th u s : h e is in d eed L o rd , p e rfe cte d o n e, fu lly aw aken ed one, endow ed w ith kn o w led ge a n d co n d u ct, w ell-farer, kn ow er o f th e w o rld s, u n riv a lle d ch a rio te e r o f m en to be ta m e d , te a ch er o f devas and m an k in d , th e aw a k en ed one, th e Lord- H a v in g realised b y his own su p cr-kn ow led ges, h e m a k e s kn o w n th is w o rld w ith its devas, w ith its M aras, w ith its B rah m as, a ra ce w ith recluses an d brahm ins, w ith dsvas a n d m en. H e te a ch es dhamma, lo v e ly a t the b e g in n in g , lo v e ly in the m iddle and lo v e ly a t th e ending. H e ex p la in s w ith th e spirit a n d th e le tte r th e B rah m a -life co m p le te ly fulfilled and w h o lly pure. G o o d indeed it w ere to see p e rfe cte d ones lik e th is , |[ i r | | T h en th e h ouseh old er M endaka, h a v in g had m a n y m a gn ifi cent v e h icle s harnessed,* h a v in g m o u n ted a m a gn ificen t vehicle, w ent o ff w ith th e m agn ificen t vehicles from B h a d d iy a to see th e L ord - B u t m a n y m em bers o f (other) s e c ts 4 sa w th e h ou se holder M entfaka co m in g in the d ista n ce, a n d seeing him th e y spoke th u s to th e householder M end aka ; " W h ere are yo u going, househ old er ?
1 M en tio n ed a.t V in . 1, 1S9 1 * Hi. 37 : iii. 3& 1 T o end o f [|ii || is stock an d rccurs a t V in . i, 35* 245* iii. j t D , i. 87* F o r n otes on. a b o v e passage, see B . D , j. 1 f, * A s in V I , 30 . i, 3. 1 A h ig h ly com p ressed v ersio n of th e fo llo w in g ia c id e n ts occurs a t )hA* iii. 374 f.
3 4 -.I 3 i s ]
MAHAVAGGA
VI
333
" I am going, h o n o u red sirs* to see th e L o rd , th e recluse G q ta m a *" ,f B u t h o w can y o u , householder, b e in g o n e w h o asserts an o u gh t-to -b e-d o n e,1 g o a lo n g to see th e recluse G o ta m a w h o asserts an o u g h t-n o t-to -b e-d o n e ? F o r, h o u seh o ld er, th e recluse G o ta m a a sserts an o u g h t-n o t-to -b e-d o n e, h e te a ch e s a d o ctrin e o f an o u g h t-n o t-to -b e-d o n e a n d in th is he tra in s d is c ip le s ." ][ 12 || T h en it occu rred to th e h ouseh old er M en d a k a : U n d o u b t e d ly th is w ill be a L o rd , a p erfected one, a f u lly a w a k e n e d one* in asm u ch as these m e m b ers o f (other) se c ts arc je a lo u s o f h im / J a n d h a v in g go n e b y veh icle as fa r as th e g ro u n d w a s (suitable) fo r a v e h ic le , h a v in g a ligh ted fro m th e vehicle* he ap p ro ach ed th e L o rd on foot ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , h e sa t d ow n a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n c e . A s M en d aka th e h o u seh o ld er w a s sittin g d ow n a t a resp ectfu l distance* th e L o rd ta lk e d a p ro gressive t a lk 1 t o him , th a t is to s a y ta lk on g iv in g , t a lk on m oral h a b it, t a lk on h e a ve n , , , , T h e n th e h o u seh o ld er M en d aka, a s one w h o h a d * . * a tta in e d w ith o u t a n o th e r's h elp to fu ll con fid en ce in th e te a ch e r's instruction* sp ok e th u s t o th e L o rd : E x c e lle n t, L o rd ! E x c e lle n t, L o rd ? 4 . * . M a y th e L o rd a c ce p t m e as a la y fo llo w e r g o in g for refu ge from th is d a y fo rth for as lo n g as life la s ts ; [ 242] L o rd , m a y th e L o rd con sen t to a m eal w ith m e on th e m orrow to g e th e r w ith th e O rd er o f m o n k s .p ' T h e L o rd co n sen ted b y b eco m in g silen t. ]| 13 || T h e n th e h o u seh o ld er M en d aka, h a v in g u n d ersto o d th e L o rd 's con sen t, risin g from h is seat, h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , d e p a rted k eep in g h is rig h t sid e to w a rd s him . T h en M e n d a k a th e h o u se h o ld er to w a rd s th e e n d o f th a t n ig h t h a v in g h a d su m p tu o u s food, solid an d s o ft, p repared, had th e tim e a n n o u n ced to th e L o rd , s a y in g : " I t is tim e, L o rd , th e m e a l is r e a d y ." T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g d ressed in th e m orn in g, ta k in g h is b o w l a n d robe, a p p ro a ch ed th e d w e llin g o f th e h ouseh old er M cn ^ a k a ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , he sa t d ow n on th e a p p o in te d se a t to g e th e r w ith th e O rd er o f m o n ks. || X4 |] T h e n th e w ife a n d son a n d d a u g h te r-in -la w a n d slav e o f th e h ouseh old er M e n d a k a a p p ro a ch ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g
1 A s in V I , 31 , 1 A s in V I . 314 is * * A s in V I . 31 . i. * S to c k , as a.t M V . I. 7 . i o ; V I . ft*, t o .
334
BOOK
OF D I S C I P L I N E
a p p ro ach ed , h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , th e y sa t d ow n a t a resp ectfu l distance* T h e L o rd ta lk e d a p ro gressive ta lk to th ese, th a t is to s a y ta lk on g iv in g , * . . T h e n these as ones w ho h a d , , * a tta in e d w ith o u t a n o th e r's h elp to fu ll confidence in th e te a ch e r's in s tr u c tio n spoke th u s to th e L o rd : " E x c e l le n t, L o r d ! E x c e lle n t, L o rd ! . . W e, L o rd , are g o in g to th e L o rd fo r refu g e a n d to dhamma a n d to th e O rd er o f monks* M a y th e L o rd a c c e p t u s as la y fo llo w e is g o in g for refu ge from th is d a y fo rth fo r as lo n g as life la s ts ," ]| i g || T h e n th e h o u seh o ld er MenqLaka, h a v in g w ith his o w n h a n d served a n d satisfied w ith sum p tu o u s food, so lid a n d soft* th e O rd er o f m o n k s w ith th e aw aken ed one a t its h ead , w hen th e L o rd h a d e a ten a n d h a d w ith d ra w n h is h an d ' from h is b o w l, sa t d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. A s he w a s sittin g d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d ista n ce, M en d aka th e househ old er sp ok e th u s to th e L o rd : ** L o rd , fo r as lo n g a s th e L ord s ta y s a t B h a d d iy a , fo r so lo n g w ill I (supply) w ith p e rp etu a l fo o d th e O rd er of m o n k s w ith th e a w a k e n e d one a t its h e a d ." T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g g la d d en ed , rejo iced , roused , d e lig h ted th e h ouseh old er M en d aka w ith ta lk on dhammd, risin g from h is seat, d e p a rted . |( 16 j| T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g s ta y e d a t B h a d d iy a for a s ,lo n g as he fo u n d su itin g , w ith o u t asking th e househ old er M end aka {for perm ission)1 set o u t on to u r for A n g u tta ra p d a to g eth e r w ith th e large O rd er o f m o n k s, w ith th e tw e lv e h un dred a n d fifty m o n ks. T h en M en d a k a th e househ old er h e a r d : " T h e y s a y th a t th e L o rd is se ttin g o u t on to u r for A n g u tta ra p a to g e th e r w ith a la rg e O rd er o f m o n ks, w ith tw e lv e hundred a n d fifty m o n k s / 1 T h e n Mendaka. th e househ old er enjoined sla v es a n d w o rkm en s a y in g : W e ll now* m y good m en, h a v in g lo ad ed m u ch sa lt an d oil an d h u sk ed rice an d solid food in to w a g o n s ,s com e along, and le t th e re com e alon g tw elv e hu n d red an d fifty co w h erd s brin gin g tw e lv e h un dred a n d fifty m ilch cow s. W h e re v e r w e see th e L o rd th ere w ill w e offer him fresh m ilk ." j| 1 7 { |
1 an&pucchd, n o t a sk in g (for permission) is defined, a t F i . lv . 343.* b y anapalokttva, n o t h a v in g o b tain ed perm ission, whale th is is defined a t Vin* i v . 336 , 333, 316 b y anSpucc Aa* * A n Anga. c o u n tr y N o r th oi the r iv e r MahT (AM .. iii. 34, Sw A . 437)* M en tio n ed a t S u .t p . 102, M+ i* 359 . 447 . D h A . iii. 363. * A s a t V I . 24 . 1 ; &3 . 1.
34,iS 20]
MAHAVAGGA
VI
335
T h en M en d a k a [243] th e househ old er m e t th e L o rd on a w ild ern ess road. T h e n M end aka th e h o u seh o ld er a p p ro a ch e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd j he sto o d a t a resp ectfu l d ista n ce. A s h e w a s sta n d in g a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce, M en d a k a th e h o u seh o ld er sp ok e th u s to th e L o rd : " L o rd , m a y th e L o rd c o n se n t to a m e a l w ith m e on th e m o rro w to g e th e r w ith th e O rd er o f m o n k s / 1 T h e L o rd co n sen ted b y b eco m in g s ile n t. T h e n M en d a k a th e househ old er, h a v in g u n d ersto o d th e L a r d s consent, h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , d e p a rted keep in g h is rig h t side to w a rd s him . T h e n M e n d a k a th e householder, to w a rd s th e end o f th a t n ig h t h a v in g h a d sum p tu o u s food , solid a n d soft, p rep ared , h a d th e tim e an n o u n ced to th e L o rd , sa y in g : I t is tim e, L o rd , th e m eal is r e a d y ,1' || rS |] T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g dressed in th e m orn in g, ta k in g his b o w l a n d robe, ap p ro ach ed th e food d is trib u tio n o f M erid aka th e h o u s e h o ld e r; h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed h e sa t d o w n on the a p p o in te d se a t to g e th e r w ith the O rd er o f m o n k s. T h e n M end aka th e h o u seh o ld er en jo in ed th e tw e lv e h u n d red an d fifty co w h erd s, s a y in g : " W e ll n o w , m y g o o d m en, le t e a ch one (of you) h a v in g e a ch ta k e n a m ilc h co w , lo o k a fte r a m o n k, a n d w e w ill o ffer th em fresh m ilk ." T h e n M e n d a k a th e h o u se h o ld er w ith his ow n h a n d served a n d satisfied th e O rd er o f m o n k s w ith th e a w a k e n e d one a t its h e a d w ith su m p tu o u s food , so lid a n d soft* a n d (offered1 them ) fresh m ilk* T h e m o n k s, b ein g scru p u lo u s, d id n o t a c ce p t th e m ilk . (T he L o rd said :) " A c c e p t it, m o n k s, m ake use o f i t / ' J | i g || T h e n M en d aka th e h ouseh older, h a v in g w ith his o w n h a n d se rv e d a n d sa tisfied th e O rd er of m o n k s w ith th e en lig h ten ed o n e a t its h e a d w ith su m p tu o u s fo o d , solid and soft a n d w ith fresh m ilk , w h en th e L o rd h a d e a ten an d h a d w ith d ra w n h is h a n d from h is b o w l, sa t d o w n at a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce. A s he w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce M en d a k a th e h ou se h o ld er sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : " T h e re are. L o rd , w ild ern ess ro ad s w ith lit t le w a te r, w ith
1 I th in k th is v e r b , bhojeti (lit* t o m ake to ea t, t o feed* 50 t o orffer* t o regale, to en te r ta in w ith)* w hich. M e n d a k a h a s alrea d y used, s h o u ld be in serted here. F o r th e m on ks refused, t h e m ilk u n til told, a s record ed , t o a c c e p t it. S o lo n g a s t h e y refused It* it c a n n o t be sa id t h a t th e y w e r e 11 se r v e d a n d satisfied w ith ,p it,
33&
BOOK
OF
DISCIPLINE
little fo o d 1 ; it is n o t e a s y to go a lo n g th e m w ith o u t p ro visio n s fo r th e journey. I t w e re good, L o rd , if th e L o r d a llo w ed m o n k s p ro v isio n s fo r th e jo u rn e y .' T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g gla d d en ed , rejo iced , roused , d elig h ted th e h ouseh old er M e n d a k a w ith ta lk on dham m a, risin g from h is se a t, d e p a rted . ]| 20 | | T h a n th e L o rd o n th is o ccasion , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , a d d ressed th e m o n ks, s a y in g : " I a llo w y o u , m onks, fiv e p ro d u cts o f th e c o w ; m ilk , cu rd s, b u tte r-m ilk , b u tte r, ghee. T h e re a re, m o n k s, w ild ern ess roads w ith little w a te r, w ith little f o o d ; i t is n o t e a s y to g o alon g th e m w ith o u t p ro visio n s lo r th e jo u rn e y . I a llo w y o u , m onks, to lo o k a b o u t fo r p ro visio n s fo r a jo u r n e y : h u sk e d rice for h im w ho h a s n e e d o f h u sk ed rice ; k id n e y -b e a n s fo r h im . w h o h a s n e e d o f k id n ey -b ea n s ; b ean s fo r h iiii w h o h a s n eed o f b e a n s ; s a lt for h im w h o has n eed o f sa lt ; [244] su g a r fo r h im w h o h as n eed o f s u g a r ; o il fo r him w h o h a s n eed o f o i l ; g h e e fo r h im w h o h a s n eed o f ghee. T h e re axe, m o n ks, people w h o h a v e fa ith a n d a re b e lie v in g j th ese d ep o sit gold (coins)* in th e h an d s o f th o se w h o m a k e th in g s a llo w a b le,* sa y in g : ' B y m ea n s o f th is g iv e th e m a ste r th a t w h ich is a llo w a b le .' I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, th e re u p o n 5 to con sen t to th a t w h ich is a llo w ab le. B u t th is, m o n k s, I d o n o t s a y : th a t b y a n y m eth o d " m a y gold a n d s ilv e r 7 b e co n se n te d to , m a y be lo o k e d a b o u t fo r ." ]| 21 |f 34 j| T h e n th e L o rd , w a lk in g on to u r ,8 in d u e course a rriv e d a t A p a n a . * T h e m a tte d h a ir a sce tic K e n iy a 10 h e a rd : 11 V e r ily t
1 T o th o se k in d s o f w ilds, kaniarat three o th e r s are a d d e d a t J d . i- 99 (w h ich g iv e a a sh ort e x p la n a tio n o f each], iu 103 ; para0,
See U.-D. i. 147, n* 1*

* A s a t F*+f. i. C f. V-in. iv . 79 f, * AiVfltftfa, see B .D * i. iS * u * happiyak&raka, see V I . 17 * &* * tato. * partydya, p e rh a p s h ere " in a n y circu m sta n ces 7 j&lar&parajaia. S e e fl.-D. i. s 8 P n- ; ii* io o # n_ a, 102, a . t r I f a m o n k ta k e g g o ld a n d silver or g e ts an oth er t o d o so for h im or co n sen ts t o its b ein g k e p t in d ep o sit fo r h im , h e in cu rs a N issa g E iy a offence <No. X V I I I ) , F ro m n ere t o en d of || 5 || cf. Sn, 102 n. = it/, ii* 146 ff. 1 T h is is ca lle d a m a r k e t to w n , nigama, o f A n g a a t 5 . v , 2 25 ; a m a rk e t to w n o f A n g u tta r & p a a t S n . 103, M . i. 359, 4 4 7, A p a n a w a s so named, becau se it h a d a q u a n tity o f shops, S n A . Ii. 440j A f A . iii. 37. 1 * S p e lt K e p f r a a t S n m >p. 1 03^ M A , iii. 399, H e is m en tion ed a t A p , L p- 31S. A c c o r d in g to S n A , 440, S f A . iii. 399 he w a s a v e r y w e a lth y brah m in w h o b ecam e (m atted hair) a scetic so a s to p r o te c t h is w e a lth , a n d h e w a s also th e p ro tecto r o f fiv e th o u s a n d fam ilies ; h u t a lth o u g h h e w ore th e yello w robes b y d a y * b y n ig h t he In d u lged in pleasu res o f th e senses. A t & A + i. * 7 h e is g iv e n a s a n e x a m p le , a m o n g eight t y p e s o f ascetics-* o f th e t y p e w ho su p p o rts w ife a n d ch ild ren See a lso >hA. u 323, U d A .2 4 1 .
35-1 3]
MAHAVAGGA
VI
337
th e reclu se G otam a* th e son o f th e Sakyan s,, w h o h a s gone fo rth fro m a S a k y a n fa m ily , h a s re a c h e d A p a n a a n d is s ta y in g in A p a n a . A lo v e ly re p u ta tio n 1 h a s g o n e fo r th co n cern in g th e L o rd G o ta m a , th u s : . , , H e e x p la in s w ith th e sp irit a n d th e le tte r th e B ra h m a -fa rin g c o m p le te ly fu lfille d a n d w h o lly pure. G o o d in d eed it w e re to see p e rfe cte d ones lik e t h i s ," T h e n it o ccu rre d to K e n iy a th e m a tte d h a ir a s c e tic : " N o w , w h a t c o u ld I g e t c o n v e y e d to th e recluse G o ta m a ? ** j| i |] T h e n it o ccu rred to K e n iy a the m a tte d h a ir a sc e tic : ** N o w , those w h o w e re 2 fo rm e rly seers o f th e b ra h m in s, m a k e rs o f m a n tra s,3 p re se rve rs o f m a n tra s, w h o se a n c ie n t m a n tra s as su n g , ta u g h t,4 a n d co m p o sed th e b ra h m in s o f to - d a y s till sing* s till sp eak ; t h e y s till sp ea k w h a t w a s sp o k en , t h e y s till te a c h w h a t w a s ta u g h t, th a t is to s a y (by) A ^ th a k a ,* Vam aka, V a m a d e v a / V e s s a m itta , Y a m a ta g g i,* A n g ir a s a , B h a r a d v a ja , V a s e tth a , K a s s a p a ,0 B h a g u these a b s ta in in g fro m fo o d a t n ig h t, restra in ed fro m e a tin g a t th e w ro n g tim e ,10 (yet) con se n te d to su ch th in g s as d rin k s. || 2 || if T h e recluse G o ta m a a lso a b sta in s fro m fo o d a t n ig h t a n d is restra in ed from e a tin g a t th e w ro n g tim e 1 1 ; th e recluse G o ta m a also is w o r th y 11 t o consent to su c h th in g s a s d rin ks/* a n d h a v in g h a d a b u n d a n t d rin ks p re p a re d , h a v in g h a d th em ta k e n on c a rry in g -p o le s ,13 h e a p p ro a ch e d th e L o r d ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , he e x c h a n g e d g reetin g s w it h th e L o rd ; h a v in g e x ch a n g e d g re e tin g s o f friendliness a n d c o u rte s y w ith th e L o rd , he sto o d a t a re sp e c tfu l d istan ce. A s h e w a s sta n d in g a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce, K e n iy a th e m a tte d h a ir a s c e tic sp o k e th u s
* A s a b o ve , p* 333. * D o w n t o t h e n a m e B h a g u = D . i. 104, a 3&i =*42 ; -4 - iii. 223. 2 2 9 ; M , Ii, i6 g * zoo. * I.e. th e V ed as* pavu4tar e x p la in e d a t D A * 25*3 a s 1 1 s p o k e n io r o th er's/! t a u g h t (i*dciia, m a d e to speak). O n th e n am es o f th e s e r$i& or seers, see K tn. T e x ts ii., 130,. t i , A tth a k a is u s u a lly id en tified w ith A $ ta k a , m en tion ed as a u th o r o f R V . X . 104. * C f. R V X . 99 * C f. R V mTV. 26. * U n d e r J a m a d a g n i in Vedic In d e x ho 5 c o n n e c te d w it h R V . T il* 62* i S * V U I , l o i * S ; I X . & zt 34 j 65. 25. * C f, R V . I X , 1 1 4 , 2. 19 " W r o n g tim e " fo r e a tin g defined a t V in . iv* SG as ,p a fte r n oon h a s p assed u n til sunrise '*> 11 C f. 5. 11 arahaii sam ano p i Cotamo. T h e m ea n in g Is t h a t h e is w o r th y e n o u g h to conifer a b o o n on th e g iv e r -of t h e th in g s w h ich h e co n s e n ts t o a c ce p t. 11 bajat cf* M . iii, 148.
338
BOOK
OF
DISCIPLINE
to th e L o rd : " L e t th e revered G o ta m a a c ce p t d rin k from m e, " W e ll th en , K e n iy a , g iv e it to th e m o n k s ." T h e m on ks, b ein g scru p u lo u s, d id n o t a cce p t it. (T he L o rd sa id :) '"A cce p t it, m onks, m a k e use o f i t / |j 3 ]| T h e n K e n iy a th e m a tte d hair ascetic, h a v in g w ith h is ow n h a n d served a n d satisfied th e O rd er o f m onks w ith th e e n lig h ten ed on e a t its h e a d w ith a b u n d a n t d rin ks sa t dow n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce w hen th e L o rd h a d w ash ed his h a n d 1 a n d h a d w ith d ra w n his h a n d from his b o w l. T h en as K e n iy a th e m a tte d h a ir a sc e tic w a s sittin g d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d istan ce, th e L o rd glad d en ed , rejoiced , roused , d e lig h te d him w ith ta lk on dkam m a . T h e n [245] K e n iy a th e m a tte d h air a scetic, g la d d en ed * , . d e lig h te d b y th e L o rd w ith ta lk on dhamma , sp o k e th u s t o th e L o rd : M a y th e re v e red G o ta m a to g eth e r w ith th e O rd er o f m o n k s consent to a m e a l w ith m e on th e m orrow *1' [j 4 f| B u t, K e n iy a , th e O rd e r of m o n k s is la r g e , tw e lv e h u n d red a n d fifty m o n k s, a n d y o u are in fa v o u r o f th e b ra h m in s/ ' T h en K e n iy a th e m a tte d hair a scetic sp ok e a second tim e to th e L o rd th u s : **A lth o u g h , good G o ta m a , th e O rd er o f m o n k s is large, tw e lv e h u n d red a n d fifty m on ks, a n d I am m fa v o u r o f th e b rah m in s, (yet) m a y th e re ve red G o ta m a to g e th e r w ith th e O rder o f m o n k s consent to a m eal w ith m e on th e m o rro w , *4 B u t, K e n iy a , th e O rd er of m o n k s is 3 a rge, tw e lv e hun dred a n d fifty m o n k s, a n d y o u are in fa v o u r o f th e b ra h m in s." T hen K e n iy a .t h e m a tte d h air a sce tic sp o k e a th ird tim e to th e L o rd t h u s ; ''A lth o u g h , g o o d G o ta m a , th e O rd er o f m on ks is la rg e, tw e lv e h un dred a n d fifty m onks, a n d I am in fa v o u r o f th e brahmins^ (yet) m a y th e revered G o ta m a to g eth e r w ith the O rd er o f m o n k s co n sen t to a m eal w ith m e on th e m o rro w , T h e L o rd co n sen ted b y becom ing silen t. T h e n K e n iy a the m a tte d h a ir a sc e tic , h a v in g u n d ersto o d th e L o rd 's consent, rising from his se a t d ep a rted . J ]5 \ \ T h en th e L o rd , on th is occasion h a v in g g iv en reason ed ta lk , a d dressed th e m onks, sa y in g :
1 Aa a t M V . V I . 24, 4 ; 36 * 8.
35.6 7 ]
MAHAVAGGA
VI
339
" T a llo w y o u , m onks* eig h t (kinds of) d rin k s1 : m a n g o drin k*1 rose-ap ple d rin k , plantain d rin k , b a n a n a 1 drinks h o n e y d rin k , g ra p e d rin k , ed ib le lo tu s root d rink,,5 p kd ru sa k a fl d iink* I a llo w y o n , m o n k s, th e ju ic e o f a ll fru its e x c e p t th e ju ic e o f th e fru it o f c o m ,7 I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, th e ju ic e o f a ll le a v e s e x c e p t v e g e ta b le 8 ju ice. I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, th e ju ic e o f a ll flow ers e x c e p t liq u o rice * ju ice . I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, su gar can e ju ice /"1 * | | 6 |[ T h e n K e n iy a th e m a tte d h a ir a sce tic, to w a rd s th e en d o f th a t n ig h t h a v in g h a d su m p tu o u s fo o d , so lid a n d so ft, p re p a re d in his o w n h e rm ita g e ,11 h a d the tim e a n n o u n ced to th e L o rd sa y in g : " I t is tim e , g o o d G o ta m a > th e m e a l i s neady_fJ T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g d ressed in th e m orning, ta k in g h is b o w l an d robe, a p p ro a ch e d th e h e rm ita g e o f K e n iy a th e m a tte d h a ir a scetic ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h e s a t d o w n on th e a p p o in te d seat to g eth e r w ith th e O rd e r o f m o n k s. T h e n K e n iy a th e m a tte d h a ir ascetic, h a v in g w ith h is ow n h a n d served an d satisfied th e O rd er o f m o n k s w ith th e a w a k e n e d one a t its head w ith su m p tu o u s food* so lid a n d so ft, sa t d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l
1 A t N d , i. 3 7 2 tw o lists of e ig h t d rin ks e&ch are g iv e n , th e fir s t b e in g t-be sam e a s th is V in , list. T h e s e d rin ks occu r in a c o n tr o v e r te d p o in t a t
Kvtf. 552.
1 M a d e from r a w o r co o k e d m a n go es, V A * n o r * caca3 w h ic h m a y h o w e v e r b e co c o n u t or cin n a m o n . But VA. n o z N d A . ii. 396 d eclare th is t o be a d rin k m a d e fro m th e fr u it o l b a n a n a s (or p la n ta in s , fradali) w h ich h a v e kernels. aHkiha (stone o r k e rn el o i a ir u it). T h e m e a n in g therefo re is n o t clear, a n d is fu rth er co n fu s e d b y th e n e x t d rin k , moca, w h ich V A * i r o z = N d A . ii* 396- s a y is- m a d e o f p la n ta in f m i t s v?(thout kern els, awatthiha. See T e x ts ii. 132, n* * moca, Musa, sapientu m * * sftluMa-pana. V A . 1 1 0 2 = N d A . ii. 3.96 s a y it is a d r in k t h a t is m a d e h a v in g cru sh ed th e ed ib le ro o ts o f th e fe d a n d th e b lu e lo tu ses a n d so on* V 4n* T e x t* iL 3 33* n* 2 s a y s " t h h Is G r e w ia A s ia t i c s o f L in n a e u s " , M o o ie r W illia m s (under a d d in g fi fro m t h e berries o f w h ich a co o lin g b e v e r a g e is p re p a re d Pharusaka o ccu rs a lso a t D h A , Hi. 316* 1 V A . U Q 2 refers to th e seven k in d s o i g rain or co rn , dhaflfia, w h ich p r o b a b ly are th o s e e n u m era te d a t V**k W. 264. N d A . iL 396* S ee B .D * it &3, n. 4. T o d d y a n d a r r a c k are pzepared fro m grain* T h e u se o f t o d d y w a s o n e of th e te n p o in ts n o t allo w ed b y t h e C o u n c il o f V e s a llj V in . ii. 30 1. * f = S k rt. z<zka\, v e g e ta b le , herb* p o th e r b . V A , 110 2 e x p la in s a s co ok ed S e e b e lo w , V I . ZS, 8 where- a lt k in d s of v e g e t a b le s are allow ed . * tnadhuktf. T h is is th e tr e e B a s s ia la tifo lia . la V A , 110 3 s a y s " i n a llo w in g these d rin k s {m a n g a d r in k an d so on), th ese fo u r (kin d s of) ju ic e s are a llo w ed as w ell 11 S k h j p. 104 here b r e a k s o ff t h e a c co u n t, a lth o u g h i t ad d s* b efo re g o in g on t o t h e S ela s to r y , t h a t K e n iy a 's frien ds, s e rv a n ts an d r ela tio n s h e lp e d him in a ll k in d s o f w a y s in t h e p rep ara tio n of t h e m ea l. 5 . p . 1 10 th e n ta k e s n p th e a c c o u n t a g a in , a s V-in. a b o v e , a n d th u s in clu d e s th e t w o verses a p p e a r in g below The v ersio n n a tu r a lly d o es n o t in clu d e th e allo w an ces ' o f ||6||+
34<>
BOOK
OF
DISCIPLINE
d ista n ce w h en th e L o rd h ad eaten a n d h a d w ith d ra w n h is h a n d fro m his bow l- j|7jj A s K e n iy a th e m a tte d hair a sc e tic w a s sittin g d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce, th e L o rd th a n k ed h im in these verses : " S a c rific e s1 a re c h ie f in fire-w orship,* S a v i t i i 3 ch ief o f (VedicJ m etres* A king1 is c h ie f o f m en , th e ocean c h ie f o f w a te rs. T h e m o o n is c h ie f o f th e la m p s o f n ig h t / th e su n chief o f lu m in a r ie s / F o r th o se g iv in g alm s, desiring1m e rit, th e O rd e r is in d eed th e c h ie f/ ' T h en th e L o rd , h a v in g th a n k ed K e n iy a th e m a tte d h a ir a scetic in th ese verges, risin g from his se a t, d e p a rted , || 8 || 35 [| [246] T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g sta y e d in A p a n a fo r as lon g as he fo u n d suiting-, set o u t on to u r for K u sin a ra * w ith th e large O rd er o f m o n k s, w ith th e tw e lv e h u n d re d an d fifty m on ks. T h e M a llas o f K usinara. heard : " I t is said th a t th e L o rd is co m in g to K u s in a ra to g eth e r w ith a la rg e O rd er o f m on ks, w ith tw e lv e h u n d red a n d fifty m o n k s J\ T h e se m ad e a co m p a ct th a t, fl W h o e v e r d oes n o t g o o u t to m eet th e L o rd is fined five h u n d re d '7N o w a t th a t tim e R o ja th e M alla w a s a friend o f th e ven e ra b le A n a n d a .8 T h e n th e L o rd , w a lk in g on to u r, in due co u rse a rriv e d a t K u sin a ra . { | i j| T h e n th e M a llas o f K u sin a ra w e n t o u t to m eet th e L o rd .
* T h e s e t w o verses = S n , 568-9, 1 The w ere firc-w orsh ipp bt1 5* Ya-BAa,. sacrifice, b ecam e u n d e r B u d d h is t u s a g e a n a lm s -g ilt t o a n O rd er or to m on ks, a deyyadha.mma, g if t o f fa ith , N d t ii. 523. * A V e d ic m etre* C f. S n . <*57, " t h r e e Lines tw e n ty -fo u r syllab les^ * Sit A , ii. 403. s ta te s t h a t S-Svitrf in th e d iscip lin e o f t h e n o b les w o u ld b e l bitddhatft $aranar?% gacchdm i f dhammam sara&atyt gacchdmi / samgham sarapani
gacch&mi.
* nakfihatte, u s u a lly m ea n in g a co n stellatio n or lu n ar m ansion* S n A . ii, 456 says* " A c c o r d in g t o th e co n ju n ctio n o f th e m oon, so t h a t from a sign, fro m i t s b r igh tn e ss (afrftd karapa) an fro m it s gen tlen ess one c a n say* * T o -d a y is K a ttik jL t o -d a y is R oh in r * (nam e of two- m o n th s or lu n a r m ansions) it Is said " T h e m oon is c h ie f o i th e nafikhattas J * tapataifr = taparJdnam , o f s h in in g o f b r ig h t, o f ra d ia n t (things). * O n e o f th e tw o c a p ita ls o f tlic M a lla c o u n tr y , th e o th er b ein g P v a . T h e L o rd d ied a t Itusin& ra, a n d th-e P i v e y y a k a M a lla s sen t t o cla im th e ir share o i h is relics (IX ii, 165), show in g t h a t th e M a lla c o a n t r y w a s d iv id e d in to t w o sep ara te p a r t s (see B . P . P . N . ) . T D o u b tle s s kahdpanas, * A s a t V in . i, 296. T h e V acch a.n ak h a-j 5.ta k a (N o. 235) is said to h a v e b een sp o ken co n cern in g R o ja .
ae+ 2
4]
MAHAVAGGA
VI
341
T hen R o ja th e M alla, h a v in g g o n e o u t to m e e t th e L o rd , a p p ro a ch cd th e v e n e ra b le A n a n d a ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g g reeted th e v en era b le A n a n d a , he sto o d a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n ce. A s R o ja th e M a lla w a s sta n d in g a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n ce, th e ven e ra b le A n a n d a sp ok e th u s to h im : ** T h is is sp len d id o f y o u , frien d R o ja , th a t y o u h a v e com e o u t to m eet th e L o rd .* 1 -r I p h o n o u red A n a n d a , am n o t m u c h im p ressed b y 1 th e a w a k en ed one o r dhamma o r th e O rd er, b u t a c o m p a c t w a s m ad e am o n g th e k in sfo lk th a t w h o e v e r d oes n o t g o o u t to m eet th e L o rd is fin ed five h u n d red . I t w a s o n ly from fe a r o f th e k in sfo lk 's co m p a ct th a t I, h o n o u re d A n a n d a , w e n t o u t to m eet th e L o r d / ' T h e n th e v e n e ra b le A n a n d a w a s d is a p p o in te d a n d th o u g h t ; '* H o w ca n th is R o ja th e M alla sp ea k th u s ? " || 2 1 | T h e n th e v e n e ra b le A n a n d a ap p ro ach ed th e L o r d ; h a v in g a p p ro ach ed , h a v in g g re e te d the L o rd , he s a t d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce. A s h e w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d istan ce, th e ve n e ra b le A n a n d a sp ok e th u s to th e L o rd : " L o rd , th is R o ja th e M alla is a d istin gu ish ed , ^yell-know n m a n . S u re ly th e fa ith 1 in th is dhamma a n d d iscip lin e o f w ell-k n o w n m en like th is is v e r y efficaciou s.3 I t w ere w e ll. L o rd , if th e L o rd a cted in such a w a y th a t R o ja th e M alla co u ld h a v e fa ith in th is dhamma and d isc ip lin e / ' " B u t , A n a n d a , it is n o t d ifficu lt fa r a T ru th fin d e r (to do) th a t b y w h ich R o ja th e M a lla could h a v e fa ith in th is dhamma a n d d iscip lin e." || 3 || T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g suffused R o ja th e M a lla w ith a m in d o f lo v e ,4 rising from his s e a tr en tered a d w e llin g -p la ce . T h en R o ja th e M alla, su ffu sed b y th e L o rd w ith a m in d of lo v e , e v e n as y o u n g c a lv e s (follow) kine, so h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed d w ellin g -p la ce a fte r d w ellin g-p lace, ce ll a fte r cell, h e a sk e d th e m onks : * * W here* h o n o u red sirs, is th is L o rd s ta y in g a t presen t,
1 bah-ukata. V A . 170-3 s a y s th is m eans, " I h a v e n o t co m e here o u t of resp ect fo r an d belief in th e a w a k e n e d o a e ^nd. t h e rest " (i.e. dhamma a n d th e Order). * pasdda. T h is p h rase is th e s a m e && t h a t p u t in to t h e m o u th o l Afiathapi^cjtika co n cern in g P r in ce Jeta* C V . V I , 4 , 10 . * m ahiddhiya. H ere h a v in g n o con n ection w ith p s y c h ic pow ers. G fid d k a r e ffe c tiv e , a t V in . iv . 50, 54 > 3 13 . * S e e M rs. R h y s D a v id s , W hat was the O riginal G osp el in B u d d h ism ? p. q2 fT., S&kyHi p* 2 22 U.t Outlines.,, p. 30. A m it y , metta, i i t h e first o f th e brahmavihar&s.
2A
34*
BOOK
OF
DISCIPLINE
th e p e rfe cte d o n e, th e fu lly a w aken ed on e ? F o r I lo n g to see th is L a rd , p e rfe cte d one, all a w a k e n e d o n e / '1 " T h is ,3 frien d R o ja , [347] is h is d w ellin g -p la ce, th e d o o r is clo sed ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed q u ie tly , h a v in g en tered th e v e ra n d a h 3 (but) w ith o u t crossing it, h a v in g coughed, ta p on th e d oor-h olt.* T h e L o rd w ill open th e d o o r to y o u / J |[ 4 || T h en R o ja th e M alla, h a v in g q u ie tly ap p ro ach ed th a t d w ellin g -p lace w ith its closed door, h a v in g entered th e v e ra n d a h (but) n o t crossing it , h a v in g cou gh ed , ta p p e d on th e bo lt. T h e L o rd opened th e door. T h e n R o ja th e M alla, h a v in g en tered th e d w ellin g -p la ce, h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , sa t d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d ista n ce. T h e L o rd ta lk e d a progressive talk tq R o ja th e M alla as he w as sittin g d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d istan ce, th a t is to s a y t a lk o n g iv in g , ta lk on m o ral h a b it, ta lk on h eaven , he e x p la in e d th e peril* th e v a n ity , th e d e p r a v ity o f pleasures o f th e senses, th e a d v a n ta g e in ren o u n cin g (them ). W h en th e L o rd k n e w th a t th e m in d o f R o ja th e M alla w a s re a d y , m alleable* d e v o id o f th e hindrances, u p lifte d , pleased, th e n he e xp la in ed to him th a t te a ch in g on dkamma w h ich th e aw a k en ed ones h a v e th e m selv e s d isco vered : iii, up risin g, sto p p in g, th e W a y . A n d a s a clean cloth w ith o u t b la c k sp ecks w ill e a s ily ta k e d y e , eve n so as h e w as (sitting) on th a t v e r y se a t dkam m a-vision, d u stless, stainless, arose to R o ja th e M alla, th a t " w h a te v e r is o f th e n a tu re to u prise, all th a t is o f th e n a tu re t o sto p " , T h e n R o ja th e M alla, as one w h o h a d seen dhammat a tta in e d dhamma, kn o w n dJuxmmay p lu n ged in to dkamma , w h o h a d crossed o ver d o u b t, p u t a w a y u n ce rta in ty j w h o h a d a tta in e d w ith o u t a n o th er's h e lp to fu ll confidence in th e te a ch e r's in stru ction , spoke th u s to th e L o rd :
1 A s a t M . iL j jQ j A . v . -65 ; cf. J>- 1* 89. J A s a t X)* i* 89. sp o k en b y m on ks t o A m b a t t h a t i>- l A . V- 65 b y m o n k s t o P a se n ad i. * dUnda, terra ce or v e r a n d a h in fron t o f th e d o o r of a d w e llin g -p la ce. C o o m a r a s w a m y q u estio n s th is m ean in g (Ind* Architectural V o l. 48, N o. 3. p . 252) as used b y G e ig e r in Alah&vajjisa transit!*, p . 24G, G eiger c ite s Z?, i. ftg ( = a b o v e passage) a s ev id e n c e t h a t iHindu " ls th e terrace before th e h o u se-d o o r T h e r e is also th e w ord pa-mukha m ea n in g v e r a n d a h as a t Vito. iv . 45. B u t D A * 2 52 = M A . iii* 351 e x p la in Afrtufc fcy patmdhho.^ A iin d a a llo w e d a t V in . ii. 153., w h ile a t V in. ii* j 6 g Vis&kha. w a n te d t o bu ild a p a la ce w ith a n atinda supported on pillart* w ith e le p h a n t c a p ita ls {haithinakha) ; in th is p a s s a g e therefore alin d a m a y h a v e th e m eaning of a g a lle r y or b a lco n y . b o lt or crossbar^ b u t exp lain ed a t & A * 353 M A . iii, 351 b y i-e, th e dootf itself, t h a t w hich closes t h e apertu re.
* A s at Vin. i. 1^5.
36-5 7]
MAHAVAGGA
VI
343
" I t w e re w e ll, L o rd , if th e m asters m ig h t re c e iv e th e re q u is ites o f robes, a lm sfo o d , lo d gin gs, m ed icin es fo r th e sick o n ly from m e, n o t from o th e rs . " B u t those, R o ja , w h o w ith th e k n o w led g e o f a learn er, w ith th e visio n o f a learn er h a v e seen dhamma* a s y o n h a v e done* w o u ld also th in k : " N ow in d eed th e m a ste rs sh ou ld receive th e re q u isite s o f robes, alm sfood , lo d g in g s, m ed icin es for th e sic k o n ly fro m us, n o t from o th e rs \ W e ll th e n , R o ja , th e y sh all re ce iv e th e m from y o u a s w e ll as from o th e r s / ' || 5 || N o w a t th a t tim e in K u sin a ra a su ccessio n o f m e a ls o f su m p tu o u s fo o d s cam e to b e a rran ged .1 T h e n b ecau se R o ja th e M alla d id n o t o b ta in a tu rn ,* he th o u g h t : S u p p o se I w ere to lo o k in to th e re fe c to ry a n d p rep are th a t w h ic h f d o n o t see in th e re fe c to ry ? " 3 T h e n R o ja th e M a lla, lo o k in g in to th e re fecto ry , d id n o t see tw o th in g s : v e g e ta b le s 4 a n d solid food (made) w ith flo u r.6 T h e n R o ja th e M alla a p p ro a ch e d th e v en era b le A n a n d a ; h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed , h e sp o k e th u s to th e ven erab le A n a n d a j " N o w , h o n o u red A n a n d a , it o ccu rred to m e b ecau se I d id n o t o b ta in a tu rn ; ' S u p p o se I w ere to lo o k in to th e re fe c to ry a n d p rep are th a t w h ich I d o n o t see in th e r e fe c to r y ? r So I, honoured A n a n d a , lo o k in g in to th e re fe c to ry , d id n o t see tw o th in g s : v e g e ta b le s a n d solid fo o d (made) w ith flou r. I f I, honoured A n a n d a , w ere to prepare v e g e ta b le s a n d so lid food (made) w ith flour, w o u ld th e L o rd a c c e p t th em from m e ? *J " W e ll then* R o ja , I w ill inquire o f th e L o r d ." || 6 j| T h en th e v e n e ra b le A n a n d a to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord* H e said " W ell th ejij A n a n d a , le t h im p re p a re th e m / J (A n an d a said :) " W e ll th e n , R o ja , p re p a re th e m ," T h e n R o ja
1 As at i. 5 7 (at R s ja g a h a )* V in * ii- 1 1 9 , iv, 7 5 (a t V e s a li), " S u ccessio n o f jrteals *' is bhatta-patipdii. P a tip d ti is su ccession , ord er ; b u t ** tu r n ** (-place in th e succession) is t h e b e tte r E n g lis h rend ering m t h e n e x t s e n ten ce a b o v e an d a t V in , i. 220 (above, p . 300). C f. p&tipaliya,. o n e alter th e other, successively,, in order, a t V ia . i v . 9 1. 1 patipdti^ 1 Cf._ V I . 24 , -1*4* a s a b o v e in V I* 2 5 . 6* piifha-khddaniytt. g iv e s " * fio u r -e a ta b le s \ Le- p a s tr y But w e ca n n o t assum e t h a t th e o n ly th in g m2.do w it h flour is p a s t r y . K h& daniya has tw o meanings., th e te c h n ic a l on e o i " solid food " , a n d t h e u n te c h n ic a l one o-f w h a t m a y be e a te n r ed ib le. T h e d efin ition o f solid, food , kkd<aniyar a t V in . iv . 83 b y th e e x c lu sio n o f s o ft foods a n d c e r ta in m ed icin es raises th e q u estion W hether in m a n y caaes w here Mhatianiya o ccu rs it sh ou ld n o t be tra n s la te d a s " s o l i d 1' fo o d Ln p reference t o " e d i b l e T h u s a t V in* i. 215 w e s h o u ld g e t *' solid food t h a t is fru it " (or ^ fru it t h a t is solid food M ) and n o t 14 ed ib le fru -it", V A . 1 1 9 3 e x p la in s pitthahhddahiya a s pitthaniaya khHdaniyat *' solid io o d (or something* edible) m a d e w ith flour
344
BOOK
OF
DISCIPLINE
th e M a lla to w a rd s th e en d o f th a t night h a v in g h a d a q u a n tity o f v e g e ta b le s a n d solid food (made) w ith flo u r prepared* b ro u gh t th em to th e L o rd , sa y in g : L o rd , m a y th e L o rd a c ce p t from m e v e g e ta b les a n d solid fo o d (made) w ith flo u r / J W e ll th e n , R o ja , g iv e th em to th e m o n k s / ' T h e m on ks, b ein g scru p u lo u s, [248] d id not a cce p t them* (The L o rd said :) wA c c e p t them * m o n k s, m ake use o f them_J* f| 7 |j T h e n R o ja th e M alla, h a v in g w ith h is o w n h an d se rv e d an d satisfied th e O rd er of m o n ks w ith th e a w a k en ed one a t its h e a d w ith a q u a n tity o f v e g e ta b le s a n d solid fo o d (made) w ith flour, sa t d o w n a t a resp ectfu l distance w hen th e L o rd h a d w ash ed h is h a n d 1 a n d h a d w ith d ra w n h is h a n d from h is bow l. T h e L o rd , risin g from his seat, departed* h a v in g glad d en ed , rejo iced , roused, d e lig h ted R o ja th e M alla w ith ta lk on dhamma as he w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d ista n ce. T h e n th e L o rd on th is o ccasion , h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , ad dressed th e m on ks, sa y in g : " I a llo w you* m on ks, a il (kinds of) vegetab les* an d a ll (kinds of) so lid fo o d (made) -with flo u r." | J 8 || 30 || T h e n th e L o rd h a v in g sta y ed in K u sin a ra for as lo n g as he fo u n d su itin g , set o u t on to u r fo r A tu m a 3 to g eth e r w ith the larg e O rd e r o f m onks, w ith the tw e lv e h u n d re d and fifty m onks. N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in (person), fo rm e rly a b a rb er,4 who h a d g o n e fo rth w h en old, w as liv in g in A tu m a . H e had tw o bo ys, s w e e t-v o ic e d ,5 in te llig e n t/ sk illed , accom p lished in th eir
1 dkafakattka, as above, e.g. M V. V I.
35,
1 See V I* 35 , 6 w h ere th e ju ic e oi v e g e ta b le s fo rm s a n e x c e p tio n to an " allo w an ce V A , 110 3 s a y s '* w h atever is a v e g e ta b le , w h eth er i t is cooked or n o t w ith ghee 3 M en tio n ed also a t D . iL 13 1. 4 vUefdh&pabbajito nahapitaptt&bo. id en tified b y B u . at >A< 599 w ith th e S u b h a d d a m en tion ed a t L>. ii- ifr* w h o fe lt relief a t t h e L o r d 's d eath . I n n e ith er th e D . p a s s a g e nor a b o v e is- he ca lled ctya$mat th e ven erab le, an d Z ? ,/\ P J V . s a y s t h a t a t th e t im e of th e B u d d h a 's v i s it to Atm m 3, h e had been a sdmajicrd, D A , 599 f. refers to the a b o v e V in , ep iso d e a t som e len gth . * r+tailjuka, I see n o reason t o o b ject, a s d o e* V in . T tx ts iL 140 n a), to B u 's exeg esis as tnadJturava&xna, sw eet-vo iced . paiibhdneyyaha, e x p la in e d a t V A . 1 103 as " en d o w ed w ith p ^ ib h d n a in th eir ow n c r a ft H ere again. V in . Texts ii. 140, n, 3 o b je c ts t o B u Js exegesis, and tra n sla te s as lf skilled in discourse M . C f. A . 1. ^5P p&ti'hnsyy-ak&natjt fof R a d h a ), tra n sla ted a t G ,S . t. 2 1 a s J * o f im p ro m p tu speak ers Jr, Childers* besides g iv in g " u n d erstan d in g, in telligen ce, w is d o m : readiness o r co n fid en ce of speech* p ro m p titu d e , w it refers t o i. 60 and tra n sla te s patibh&na a s F skill " , a rend ering follow ed b y R h y s D a v id s in B u d, B irth Stories, p , 7Q. T h e w h o le V in . c o n te x t a b o v e su gg ests th e m ean in g o f ,T p e rsu a sive
3 7 . 1 43
M A H A V A G G A
VI
345
c ra ft,1 in th e b a rb e r's profession (as le a rn t from ) th e ir ow n teachers-* || x | | T h en th a t (m an) w h o h a d gone fo rth w hen o ld 5 h e a r d : " T h e y s a y th a t th e L o rd is co m in g to A tu m a to g e th e r w ith a large O rd e r o f m o n k s, w ith tw e lv e h u n d re d a n d fifty m o n k s J\ T h e n th a t (man) w h o h a d gone fo rth w hen o ld sp o k e th u s to his b o y s : " I t is sa id , m y d e a r s / th a t th e L o rd is co m in g to A tu m a to g e th e r w ith a larg e O rd er o f m o n k s, w ith tw e lv e h u n d red a n d fifty m o n ks. D o y o u g o P m y d ears, a n d ta k in g a b a rb e r's e q u ip m e n t/ to u r fro m house to house for ndfi m easures o f o ffe r in g s / a n d collect sa lt a n d o il a n d h u sk e d rice an d so lid fo o d , a n d w h en th e L o rd co m es w e w ill m a k e him a c o n je y d r in k ." ]| s J j " V e r y w ell, fa th e r ," a n d these b o y s , h a v in g an sw ered him w ho h a d go n e fo rth w hen old in assen t, ta k in g a b a rb e r's eq u ip m en t to u re d from house to house for nd/i m easures o f offerings, co lle c tin g sa lt a n d oil and h u sk e d ricc a n d so lid food. T hose people w h o , h a v in g seen these sw e et-v o iced , in te llig e n t b o y s , b u t h a d n o t w a n te d to h ave (offerings) m a d e, even th e y h a d th e m m ad e, a n d h a v in g h a d th e m m a d e , also g a v e m u ch . So th e se b o y s co llected m u ch sa lt a n d oil a n d h u sk e d rice a n d so lid fo o d , |[ 3 |i T h en th e L o rd , w a lk in g on to u r, in d u e co u rse a rriv e d a t A tu m a . T h e L o rd s ta y e d th ere in A tu m a in th e H o u se w ith
1 At iv. 6 th e b a r b e r 's is pLaced *rnotig: th e lo w c r a fts * sake acariyake. C f. sahatn daiviyakam uggahetva a t j>, ii. 104. D A . U. 55 6 e x p la in s as th e speech o f th e ir ow n te a c h e r s " aiiarto dcariyavudaip. * T&xis ii. 140 n o w a ild h en ceforth c a lls h im " d o ta r d " o n th e g ro u n d s th a t r p i t is im p o ssib le to r e p e a t t h is lon g p h rase (tran slated a t V in . T exts ii. 140 m th e first in s ta n c e a s " a Certain m a n w ho h a d en tered th e Q rd er in h is old ag e * * ), an d t h a t vwf$hapabbafita " co n n o tes c o n te m p t, and even. Censure th u s ju s t if y in g th e tra.rtsla.tion d o ta rd ' p . A t A iii, 7S th e r e are tw o n o t e n tir e ly d is p a r a te lists o f th in g s h a r d t o a tta in b y o n e g o n e fo rth in old ag e . B u t it w o u ld b e a g a in st t h e w h ole s p ir it o l B u d d h is m to c e c s u r e or pen alise a n y o n e for n o t h a v in g entered th e O rd e r w h e n y o ^ n g . 4 tdta t c o t tdidt a lth o u g h m o te th a n -one person is b e in g a d d i eased, as p o in te d o u t a t Vivt* T exts 11* 141* o . 1 . B u t t&td a t O A , 5 9 9 w here t h is passage l s q u o te d . 1 khurabha&ga,. T h a t th is is n o t 4 1 a b a rb ers' Jad J (W t*. T e x is ii. 141) is m a d e c le a r a t F tti. ii. 13 4 ; ir 1 a l lo w a razo r (A&wr#)*. a w h etsto n e a razor-case {khura$ipdtikd)r a p iece o f ie lt (nantaia&a), a w h o le b a rb er's e q u ip m e n t {sabba kkurtbh(*n$a)+'* I t is a sh ad in g set, th e o u tfit io r a razo^/ * Md/iydvdpabena* V A . 1 103 s a y s nafiyd ca dvapaksna ca, a n d a d d s t h a t dvdpaka is also w herever t h e y offer [dvstpmtUi^ d e p o s it w h a t is receivedO n ndfi see B .D , i. i i , n, 2 ; 103, n. 1*
346
BOOK
OF
DISCIPLINE
th e th resh in g -flo o r.1 T h e n he w h o h a d g o n e fo rth w h en old h a v in g h a d a q u a n tity of co n je y p rep a red to w a rd s th e en d o f th a t n igh tj b ro u g h t it to th e L o rd , s a y i n g : *' L o rd , m a y th e L o r d a c ce p t c o n je y from m e / 1 [249] N o w T ru th -fin d ers (som etim es) a s k k n o w in g ,2 a n d k n o w in g (som etim es) d o not a sk ; th e y a s k 7 k n o w in g th e rig h t tim e (to ask), a n d th e y d o n o t a sk, k n o w in g th e r ig h t tim e {when n o t to ask). T ru th finders a sk a b o u t w h a t belongs t o th e g o a l, n o t a b o u t w h a t d o es n o t b elo n g to th e goal ; th ere is b rid g e -b rea k in g for T ru th -fin d ers in w h a te v e r does n o t b e lo n g to th e goal* A w a k e n e d ones. L o rd s, question m o n k s con cern in g tw o m a tte rs, e ith e r : " S h a ll w e preach dhamma ? '* or, -f S h all w e la y d ow n a- ru le o f tra in in g for disciples ? J' T h en th e L o rd sp o k e th u s to h im w h o h a d gone fo rth w hen o ld : " W h ere is th is c o n je y from , m o n k ? " T h e n h e w h o h ad gone fo rth w h en o ld to ld th is m a tte r t o th e Lord* ]| 4 j| T h e a w a k e n e d one, th e L o rd reb u k ed h im , s a y i n g : I t is n o t su ita b le , foolish m an, it is n o t fittin g , it is n o t becom ing, it is n o t w o r th y o f a recluse, i t is n o t allow able* it is n o t to b e done. F o r h o w can yo u , foolish m an , one w h o h a s gone fo rth , cause (others) to ta k e w h a t is n o t a llo w ab le ? I t is n o t, foolish m an, for p lea sin g those w h o a re n o t (yet) pleased- /' And h a v in g reb u k ed him , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , h e ad dressed th e m o n ks, s a y in g ; 14 M onks, on e w h o h a s gone fo rth sh o u ld n o t m a k e (others) ta k e w h a t is n o t a llo w ab le. W h o e ve r sh o u ld m a k e (others) ta k e (these th in gs), th ere is an offence o f w rong-doing- N o r, m onks, sh o u ld one w h o w as fo rm e rly a b arb er c a r ry a b o u t a b a rb er's eq u ip m en t. W h o ever should c a r ry it a b o u t, th ere is an offence o f w rong-d oing/* |j 5 || 87 ]\ T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g sta y ed a t A tu m a for as lo n g as he fo u n d su itin g , se t o u t on to u r fo r S a v a tth i* In d u e course, w a lk in g on to u r, h e a rriv ed a t S a v a tth i- T h e L o rd sta y e d th e re a t S a v a tth i m the J e t a G ro ve in A n a th a p iru jik a 's
1 R e a d in g here a n d in Siam. edn. Bhus&gSxa.. Smh. ed n , an d >. ii, 131 ten d BhuE-lgSra, as a lso U . P . P . N . u n d er Bhu&dgSja , b u t B hu sA gSra u nder Atum S. ; cf* bhus&gara i t A * i* 241* D A , ii* 569, A A . ii. 355 e x p la in b y h h a la - s d ia , h a ll w ith a thTtshiD f-floor* w h ic h I follow . B hu s& gara w ou ld m ean th e H o u se w ith t h e O rn a m en ts. 1 A s a t V in . i. 59, 15S* Lii. G, etc.
38.1 M . i)
MAHAVAGGA
VI
347
m on astery- N o w a t th a t tim e th ere w a s a g r e a t q u a n tity o f solid fo o d th a t w a s fr u it1 a t S a v a tth l. T h e n it o ccu rre d to m o n k s ; " Now* w h a t solid fo o d th a t is fru it is allo w ed b y th e L o rd , w h a t is n o t allo w ed ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e s a i d : I a llo w , m o n k s, all so lid food th a t is fr u it / '
II 1 I! 3 8 II
N o w a t th a t tim e seeds b elo n gin g to an O rd e r w ere sow n on ground b elo n gin g to an in d iv id u a l, a n d seeds b e lo n g in g to an in d iv id u a l w ere sow n on g ro u n d b e lo n g in g to an O rd er. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e said ; W h e n , m o n ks, seeds b e lo n g in g to a n O rd er are sow n on g ro u n d b e lo n g in g to an in d iv id u a l, h a v in g g iv en b a c k a p o rtio n ,3 (the rest) m a y be m ade use of. W h en seeds belo n gin g to a n in d iv id u a l a re sow n on gro u n d b elo n g in g t o an O rder, h a v in g g iv en b a c k a p o rtion , (the rest) m a y b e m a d e u se of/* || i || 39 |[ N o w a t th a t tim e scruples arose in th e m o n k s as to th is a n d th a t occasion , th in k in g : " NoWj w h a t is p e rm itte d b y th e L o rd ? W h a t is n o t p e rm itte d ? *' T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord* H e s a id : W h a te v e r, m o n k s, h a s n o t been o b je c te d to b y m e, s a y i n g : ' T h is is n o t a llo w a b le F , if it fits in w ith w h a t is n o t a llo w a b le, if it goes a g a in st w h a t is a llo w able, th a t is n o t a llo w ab le to yo u . W h a te v e r, m o n k s, h a s n o t been o b je c te d to b y m e , s a y in g : - T h is is n o t a llo w a b le \ [250] if it fits in w ith w h a t is a llo w ab le, if i t go es a g a in s t w h a t is n o t a llo w ab le, th a t is allo w ab le to y o u . A n d w h a te v e r, m o n ks, h a s not b een p e rm itte d b y m e , s a y in g : ' T h is is a llo w a b le ', if it fits in w ith w h a t is n o t a llo w ab le, i f it g o es a g a in st w h a t is a llo w ab le, th a t is n o t a llo w ab le to y o u . W h a te v e r , m o n ks, h a s n o t been p e rm itte d b y m e, s a y in g : 4 T h is is a llo w ab le if it fits in w ith w h a t is a llo w ab le, if it go es a g a in s t w h a t is not a llo w ab le, th a t is a llo w ab le to y o u / ' || i |j
1 phalakhddaniya. C f . a b o v e , V I . 17 * 3 j ; V i , 2 1 . Ij a n d cf, pitfhakkqdaniya n o te a t a b o v e V I . 3 6 . 6. 9 bhagatp datvd. T h e r e is n o ju stifica tio n for V in . T e x ts ii. 14 3 ** h a lf th e produce* O th ifc k h u s , y o u m ay- h a v e V A . 110 3 s a p " h a v in g g iv e n a p o rtio n t h a t is a te n th . T h is r t h e y sa y , is a n old p r a c tice in In d ia , th erefore h a v in g m a d e te n shares, one sh are should be g iv e n t o t h e ow ners o f th e ground tr. S o p r e s u m a b ly if th e O rd er k th e ow n er i t g e ts one share*
348
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
T h en it o ccu rred to m on ks : N o w , is (food th a t m a y be eaten) d u rin g a w a tc h o f th e n ig h t1 a llo w a b le w ith (food th a t m a y be eaten) d u rin g a sh ort p e rio d ,2 or it is n o t allo w ab le ? N o w , is (food th a t m a y be eaten) d u rin g seven d a y s 3 a llo w ab le w ith (food th a t m a y be eaten) d u rin g a sh ort p eriod o r is it n o t a llo w a b le ? N o w , is (food th a t m a y b e eaten) d u rin g life* a llo w ab le w ith (food t h a t m a y b e eaten ) d urin g a sh ort period or is i t n o t a llo w a b le ? N o w , is {food th a t m a y be eaten) d urin g seven d a y s a llo w a b le w ith (food th a t m a y be eaten) d urin g a w a tc h of th e n ig h t o r is it n o t a llo w ab le ? N ow , is (food th a t m a y be eaten) d u rin g life a llo w a b le w ith (food th a t m a y b e eaten) d u rin g a w a tc h o f th e n ig h t o r is it n o t allo w ab le ? N o w , is (food th a t m a y b e eaten) d urin g life a llo w ab le w ith (food th a t m a y be eaten) d u rin g se v e n d a y s o r is i t not a llo w ab le ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord- |j 3 jj H e said : ** M onks, (food th a t m a y be eaten) d u rin g a w a tc h o f th e n ig h t w ith (food th a t m a y be eaten) d u rin g a sh o rt period is a llo w a b le a t th e rig h t tim e 5 on th e d a y i t is a c ce p te d ; it is not allo w ab le a t th e w ro n g tim e .6 M onks, (food th a t m a y be eaten) d u rin g seven d a y s w ith (food th a t m a y be eaten) d u rin g a sh o rt p erio d is a llo w ab le at th e rig h t tim e on th e d a y it is a c c e p t e d ; it is n o t allo w ab le a t th e w ron g tim e. M onks, (food th a t m a y be eaten) durin g life w ith (food th a t m a y be eaten) d u rin g a sh ort period is a llo w ab le a t th e rig h t tim e on th e d a y it is a c ce p te d it is n o t a llo w ab le a t th e wTong time* Monks* (food th a t m a y b e eaten) d u iin g seven d a y s w ith (food th a t m a y b e eaten) d u rin g a w a tc h o f th e n ig h t is allo w able in a w a tc h o f th e n ig h t on the d a y it is a c c e p t e d ; it is n o t a llo w ab le a fte r th e w a tc h of th e n igh t is ended- M onks, (food th a t m a y b e eaten ) d u rin g life w ith (food th a t m a y be eaten) d u rin g a w a tch o f th e n igh t is a llo w ab le in a w a tc h o f the n ig h t on th e d a y it is accep ted ; it is n o t allo w able a fte r the w a tc h o f th e n ig h t is en d ed . M onks, {food th a t m a y be eaten) d u rin g life w ith (food th a t m a y b e eaten) d u rin g seven d a y s
1 yatttak&li&a, see ii^ 330, a. 1* These " foods Jl really refer to medicines. 1 ydvtzAdliJtar see -B.-D. iL 330, n, 1, 1 SitftdhfrhdU/ta, see B.&. ii. 330, ik. 3 . y&vajivi&a, see B..D* iL 330. 0- 3. * Before noon from sunrise, * A lte r soo n until sunrise, V im . iv* 86* 16G,
40.3]
m a h
v a g g a
v i
349
is a llo w ab le fo r (the le n g th of) seven d a y s ; i t is n o t a llo w ab le a fte r th e se ve n d a y s are e n d e d / ' |[ 3 || 40 |[ T h e S e c tio n on M edicines : th e S ix th In th is S e ctio n th e ite m s are one h u n d red a n d s ix items* T h is is its k e y : In th e a u tu m n , also a t th e w ro n g tu n e , tallow * ro o ts, {th ey h a d n e e d of) w h a t w a s p o u n d e d off, o f a strin g e n t d ecoction s, le a v e s, fru its, resin , sa lt, a n d d u n g , / C h u n a m , sifte r,1 a n d flesh, o in tm en t, p o w d e r, o in tm en t b o x, all kinds,* n o t c o v e re d ,2 stic k s, case fo r stick s, / A b ag, s tra p a t th e ed ge, th re a d , oil fo r th e h e a d , and th e n o se, nose-spoon, a n d ste a m , a p ip e , a n d a lid , a b a g ,3 / D eco ctio n of oil, and stro n g d rin k, to o m u ch , a n o in tm e n t, a vessel, sw eatin g, a n d all k in d s o f herbs, th e re u p o n th e g re a t (sw eating), h e m p -w a ter, j W a te r-v a t, a n d b lo o d , a h o rn , fo o t-u n g u en t, fo o t-salve, la n c e t, a n d a strin g en t (w ater)J sesam u m p a ste , a com press, / [251] P iece o f cloth, a n d m u stard -p o w d er, fu m ig a tio n , a n d c ry s ta l, oil for th e sore, lin en b a n d a g e , a n d th e irre g u la r th in g s, a n d w h a t is (fo rm ally) received , / A (decoction of) d u n g , is m a kin g, a n d m u d tu rn e d u p b y the p lo u g h , ly e , urine a n d yellow m y ro b a la n , perfum es, a n d a p u rg a tiv e , clarified , u n p rep a red , p rep a red u n p rep ared , / M ea t-b ro th , (m ountain-) slope, m o n a ste ry a tte n d a n t, a n d for seven d a y s ,4 su g a r, k id n e y -b e a n , sour g ru e l, co o k in g fo r o n eself, one m a y co o k a g a in ,5 / H e a llo w ed it h o w e v e r,* sh o rt o f alm sfoo d , a n d fr u it, sesam um , solid food, b efo re a m e a l, fe v e rp a n d d isch arged , a n u lce r, /
* R eading here ab o ve cd la n i.
* Heading here ucca-p& tuid* R eading &avi+ Cing. edn, reads y a m aJkatthavi, dou ble b ag (13. 2), Cing* edn. drdmd sa l p afteaki, referring to th e five hundred monastery
atten dants of
15-< 4.
* pU7 tdmiUiihsi,
1 p u n d pace, replacing the puvtapakd o i V I .
17.
6,
350
BOOK
OF
DISCIPLINE
A n d c ly s te r-tre a tm e n t a n d S u p p ify a ),1 a n d in d eed h u m a n flesh, elep h an ts, horses, a n d a d o g , a sn ak e, lio n , tig e r, leo p a rd , / A n d th e flesh o f b e a rs (and) h yen as, a n d a tu rn , a n d c o n je y , a c e rta in one w h o w a s y o u n g , sugar, S u n id h a , rest-house, / A n d A m b a p a li, th e L ic c h a v is, th e G an ges, th e K o ti(g a m a ) ta lk o n tru th s, k ille d o n p u rp o se, h e o b je cted w h en (th e y were) w ell off a g ain fo r fo o d , / A clo u d , Y a s o ja , a n d M endaka, p ro d u cts o f th e cow , an d p ro visio n s fo r a jo u rn e y , K e n i(y a ), m an go , rose-ap p le, p la n ta in , b a n a n a , h o n e y , grape, e d ib le lo tu s ro o t, / Pharusakas, v e g e ta b le s, flour, th e b a rb e r a t A tu m a , fru it a n d seed a t S a v a tth l, and O n w h a t occasion ?, as to th e righ t tim e. [252]
1 R e a d in g S u p p i, a s below K o t i an d K e n L
35^
THE
GREAT
D IV IS IO N
{M A H A V A G G A )
V II
A t th a t tim e th e a w a k en ed one, th e L o rd w a s s ta y in g a t S a v a tth l in th e J e ta G ro v e in A n a th a p in d ik a s m o n a ste ry. N o w a t th a t tim e as m a n y as th ir ty m o n k s of P a v a ,1 a ll fo restd w ellers, a ll a lm sm en , a ll w earers o f ra g -ro b e s,2 a ll w earers o f th e th re e ro b es,3 g o in g to S a v a tth l so a s to see th e L o rd w hen th e b e g in n in g o f th e rain s w a s a p p ro a ch in g , w ere u n a b le to re a ch S a v a tth l fo r th e b eg in n in g o f th e ra in s ; th e y e n tered upon th e rain s on th e w a y , a t S a k eta . T h e y sp en t th e rains in a sta te of lo n g in g ,4 th in k in g : T h e L o rd is s ta y in g c lo s e 5 to us, six yojanas fro m h ere, b a t w e are n o t g e ttin g a ch an ce to see th e L o rd . T h e n these m o n ks h a v in g , a fte r th e lap se o f three m o n th s, k ep t th e ta in s, a ft e r th e In v ita tio n * h a d been ca rrie d out* w h ile th e g o d w a s raining* w h ile w a te rs w ere g a th e rin g , w hile sw a m p s
1 tiifisanwiitd P&theyyaka bhihhkH, m en tion ed also a t S . jj. t 8 7 > w h ere ca lled P a v e y y a t a , an d also d escrib ed s sobbe sasaipyojartd, all (still) w ith t h e fe tte r s ; it is said t h a t t h e y a il b e c a m e freed ir o m th e dsauas (cankers) w it h no s u b s tr a te rem ain in g a fte r th e L o rd had g iv e n th em a d iscou rse -on th e incalcuL& bility o i th e b e g in n in g oi th is farin g-o n , anamataggdyain samsaro, w h ich i$ p a r t o f th e Anamataggastztpiyiitta. T h is e v e n t is referred t o a t V A . 110 6 ; an d a lso a t DbA+ ii. 3 ? (called aHamataggadfiamrttacUsana), fr o tc w hich it ap p ears t h a t D hp* 65 w a s u tte r e d in c o n n e ctio n w ith these m o n k s. See also a b o v e , p. 3 1, n. t io r th eir id en tification w ith th e tiTfisamatta bk&dd&uaggiyd sahdyaka ~ D .P .P + N - ta k e s P S lv e y y a k a (also a v a r ia n t read in g a t L 253I as th e rig h t one a n d s a y s t h a t it is th e " nam e g iv e n t o th e in h a b ita n ts o i P a v a '\ F 5rV2 L is m en tio n ed a t e+g. J>* ii* Ji6a, A t J>. iii. 207 it is. called a c i t y o f th e M allas, th e p e o p le bein ^ referred t o as F A v e yy a k S l M a lla . A c c o r d in g t o V A . 110 5 P & tbeyyfc is a k in g d o m s itu a te d t o th e w est o i th e K o s a la c o u n tr y . S ee Viti- 'Texts ii. 146. n* * C f. Fif*. i i i 230 fT.p w h efe it specifically s ta te d in a n " a llo w a n ce '* ascribed to G o ta m a t h a t th e first throe -of th e s e ty p e s o f m o n k s m a y, i f th e y so w ish, com e up t o see th e Iôrd. C f. a lso Jlf, iii. 40 fT. T h ese three, co m b in ed w ith the m o n k w h o is te&variko, w earer o i th e three robes* occur a t A/, \t 2 14 ; an d cf. A * 1. 3&* T h ese four p r a c tice s (anga) are ex p la in e d in m uch d etail a t V ism * ff. A t A . iL 2 6 i t is said t h a t a m o n g robes, rag-robes are trifling, e a s y t o g e tF blam eless -quoted a t P'uim. 64. * P rescrib ed a t K is sa g . I, T h e th ree robes w ou ld b e m a d e o f rags. See also MV_ V I I I * 13. 4 uMkanlhHnrupd. r ig h t near, * P a vafan d ; see K V . I V ; a lso JELiX i. 283* q , 5 ; 0 . 5 + iv* 18 3 , n . 3*
353
BOOK
OF
DISCIPLINE
w ere fo rm in g ,1 w ith d ren ch ed ro bes a n d in a sta te o f w eariness a p p ro a ch e d S a v a tth i, th e J e ta G ro v e , A n a th a p in ^ ik a 's m o n as te r y , th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , t h e y sa t d ow n a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n ce. || x || N o w it is th e cu sto m * for a w a k e n e d ones, fo r L o rd s to e x ch a n g e frie n d ly g ree tin g s w ith in -co m in g m onks. So th e L o rd sp ok e th u s to th e s e m onks : " I hope* m o n k s, t h a t th in gs wênt w e ll w ith y o u , I hope y o u h a d enough t o su p p o rt life, I h ope th a t, in u n ity , being on frie n d ly te rm s a n d harm onious, y o u sp en t a co m fo rtab le r a in y season a n d d id n o t g o sh o rt o f alm sfo o d ? J > " T h in g s d id g o w e ll w ith us, L o rd , w e h a d enough to su p p o rt life, Lord* a n d in u n ity w e. L o rd , b e in g on frie n d ly term s and h arm o n io u s, sp en t th e ra in y season3 a n d d id n o t go sh ort o f alm sfoo d . H ere are w e, L o rd , as m a n y as th ir ty m onks o f P a v a , co m in g to S a v a tth i so as to see th e L o rd , (but) w h en th e b e g in n in g o f th e ra in s w as a p p ro a ch in g , w e w ere un ab le to reach S a v a tth i for th e beginning o f th e ra in s ; w e en tered on th e ra in s on th e w a y , a t Saketa* W e sp en t th e rain s. L o rd , in a s ta te o f lo n g in g fo r you, [ 253] th in k in g ; 1 T h e L o rd is s ta y in g close to us, six yojonas from here, b u t w e are n o t g e ttin g a ch a n ce t o see th e L o rd / T h e n w e. L o rd , h a v in g , a fte r th e lapse o f th re e m onth s, k ep t th e rain s, a n d a fte r th e In v ita tio n h a d b een ca rrie d o u t, w h ile th e god w a s rain in g, w h ile w a te rs w ere g a th e rin g , w hile sw am p s w ere fo rm in g, w ith d ren ch ed ro bes a n d in a state of w earin ess cam e alon g on th e jo u r n e y ," | |2 [ | T h e n th e L o rd , o n th is occasion, h a v in g g iv en dfuzmma-talk * ad d ressed th e m o n k s, s a y in g : " I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, to m ake u p k a th in a -cloth 5 w h en m o n k s h a v e co m p le te d th e rains. F iv e (things) w ill be a llo w a b le to y o u , m o n k s, w h e n th e ?wi~cloths h a v e been m ad e u p : goin g
1 udaAatififihaJis. * Cf< V in . iii. S 3 [ B .D . i, 154 ). * V A . 1 10 6 s a y s t h a t on acco u n t of th eir lo n g in p t o see th e L o rd , t h e y d id Tiot s a y t h a t t h e y h a d sp en t a " co m fo rta b le " r a in y season* * A cco rd in g to V A . 110 6 th is wns th e t a lk on th e in c a te u la b ility <?f th e b e g in n in g o f th is faring-on , see ab o ve, p. 35 s, n 1* * kaihinam atthariturji. i,e. th e form a) or cerem on ial m aleiag of th e AqÂmd^cloth, g iv e n b y "the la ity , into robes. See B . D . ii. 5, n, 1 : 26, n. 3.
1^3 4]
MAHAVAGGA
VII
353
(to fa m ilie s fa r afrns) w ith o u t h a v in g a sk ed fo r p e rm issio n ,1 w a lk in g (for alms) n o t ta k in g the th re e ro b es,3 a g ro u p -m e a l,3 as m a n y robes as y o u re q u ire / a n d w h a te v e r ro b e-m a teria l accrues* there* th a t w ill b e fo r them, T h e se fiv e (things) w ill b e a llo w ab le to you* m on ks, w hen th e tfftiw#-cloths h a v e b een m ad e. A n d th u s, m o n ks, sh o u ld Aad/wia-cloth b e m ad e : || 3 || f' T h e O rd er sh o u ld b e in form ed b y a n experienced* co m p e ten t m o n k , s a y i n g : c H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er lis te n to m e. T h is m a te ria l for kathina- c lo th 7 h a s a ccru ed to th e O rder. I f it seem s rig h t to th e O rd er, th e O rd er sh o u ld g iv e th is m a te ria l for kathina-clot'h to th e m o n k so a n d so fo r m a k in g katkinaclo th .* T h is is th e m o tio n . H on o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h is m a te ria l fo r kathinaclo th h a s a ccru e d to the O rder, T h e O rd er is g iv in g th is m a te ria l fo r A#^m *t-cloth to th e m o n k so a n d so fo r m a k in g foi/Aina-cloth- I f th e g iv in g
1 andmantacdra. V A . 1 10G s a y a t h a t 4* so lo n g as th e ft&ihina p riv ileg es are n o t rem oved,, it is a llo w a b le t o g o (to ia m ih es for alm s) anamantAtvd " , i.e. n o t h a v in g a sk e d for perm ission* " a n d it w ill be no o ffen ce in regard t o th e C & r itta s ik k h ip a d a > rt i.e. P 5c, 46* l u th is P S c it t iy a , i i a m o n k , a lth o u g h in v ite d , nitnanXiia, b u t n o t h a v in g a s k e d (for perm ission, anapucchd) if a m on k b e there, should ca ll u pon fam ilies, e x c e p t a t a r ig h t tim e , th e r e is a, p i c i t t i y a offence* O n e o i th e r ig h t tim e s is tb e tim e of m a k in g robes* a lth o u g h th e m a k in g up o f th e AolAiPur-cloth Ss n o t sp ecifically m en tio n ed in th is F a c it t iy a rule. Vitt, Taxts ii, 150, n. 1 s a y s t h a t sm antefi m u st b e eq u a l to upucchatt ; w h ile C P D * u n d er aKamarttacdra, refers to V in . iv . io o , sa M em bhihhhwn andpucohd. T h e 5 k. D ic tio n a rie s g iv e < p in v ita tio n lp a n d in te r ro g a tio n " a m o n g th e m ea n in g s o i amartJ rana. T tie w ord o ccu rs a t A . iii. 2 59 ; A A ^ iii. 330 q u o te s V in . iv . 100, 1 asamaddnacara. VA . 1 10 7 sa y s -< w a lk in g n o t t a k in g w ith o n e th e th re e robes, ficiira.rW#t &samad&y&, th e m ea n in g is t h a t i t w ill be a llo w a b le to b e a w a y , sep ara ted from a robe T h is th erefo re is a r e la x a tio n o f N is s a n II, At L 98 i t is also said t h a t an o u ter c lo a k m a y b e laid asid e w h en th e halhina c lo th has b een m ade. a ; th u s a rela x a tio n o f P i c . X X X I I , a lth o u g h as. t h e fo rm u latio n oi th is ru le d evelop ed* one of th e e x c e p tio n s t o its gen era l te rm s ca m e to b e th e le g a lity o f e a tin g a g fo a p -m e a l a t th e tim e of m a k in g robes, * VA* . 1 1 0 7 s a y s t h a t a s m a n y robes a s are required w ill be a llo w a b le a s lon g as t h e y are n o t a llo tte d , n o t a ssig n ed . C f. N is s a g . I w here it is said t h a t a n e x tr a robe m a y b e w orn for a t m o s t te n d a y s w h e n th e hathifta privileges h a v e been rem oved a n d th e robes settled , '* T ill t h a t h a s ta k en p lace, a B h ik k h a m a y u se (tem p ora rity, a n d w ith o u t a c tu a lly a p p ro p r ia tin g them ) as m a n y robes Ds be lik es M {V in . T exts ii~ 1 51, n, 3, A c c o r d in g to Vism* 64 f* th e s tr ic t w earer o f t h e th re e robes, t&ctv&rik-at shou ld n o t a c c e p t a fo u rth robe, w h ich , to less a s c e tic m o n k s , w o u ld b e o f use w hen w a sh in g a n d d y e in g th e s e t of three robes. 6 ctvarupfta&a. nesattt b&a-uissati m V A . t i o j s a y s th a t th is m a y b e th e ro b e o f a d ea d mookp or a g i f t t o th e O rder, or a robe th a t accru es to t h e O rd er in a n y w a y * 9 kathinadus&a. * V A . n o g s a y s t h a t neither a sarftghaJ O rder, n o r a gan&t group, m akes th e ftafhina c lo th , b n t a n in d iv id u a l.
354
B O O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
o f th is m a te ria l fo r to th e m o n k so a n d so for m a k in g &2ft<2-cloth is pleasin g to th e ve n e ra b le ones, le t them be silen t. H e to w h om it is n o t p leasin g sh o u ld sp ea k . T h is m a te ria l fo r ftaiA jw i-cloth is g iv e n b y th e O rd er t o th e m o n k so a n d so fo r m a k in g I t is p le a sin g to th e O rd er, th e re fo re th e y a re sile n t. T h u s d o I u n d e rsta n d th is / | ]4 [ | ** M o n k s, katftina-cloth. becom es m a d e th u s , n o t m ad e thus* A n d h o w 3 m o n k s, d o es kafhina-cloth. b e co m e n o t m ad e ? ifa/As'ntf-cloth d o es n o t becom e m ad e o n ly b y m a rk in g i t ,1 b a ik ifw -d o ih d o es n o t becom e m ad e o n ly b y w a sh in g i t ; foa#AV?wj-cloth d o es n o t becom e m ad e o n ly b y c a lc u la tin g {the n u m b e r of) ro bes (th a t i t w ill m a k e )2 ; kathifu i-c lo th does not b ecom e m a d e o n ly b y c u ttin g it ; kathina -<,loth d oes n o t becom e m ad e o n ly b y ta c k in g it* ; k a tk in a ^ o iix d o es n o t becom e m ad e o n ly b y m a k in g th e le n g th s 4 ; d oes n o t becom e m ad e o n ly b y m a rk in g w ith a p iece o f c lo th 5 ; ActtftVras-cloth does n o t b e co m e m a d e o n ly b y stre n g th e n in g th e w o r k * ; kathina-cloth d oes n o t becom e m a d e o n ly b y m a k in g s, b ra iding * ; k a ih in a -cloth d oes n o t becom e m ad e o n ly b y m a k in g a b in d in g 8;
1 uJlihhitamatiana, ac co rd in g t o V A . m o for t h e pu rp ose o f m ea su rem en t le n g th w ise -and across. T h e m o n k d a r k s ft, uItikhati, w ith his nails, show in g th e m ea su rem en t o f each strip , p o d tsa t so t h a t h e ca n recogn ise i t * ctvarGvicdrapamatiena, V A . 111 0 s a y in g , 4 9 le t i t be fo r fiv e o r seven n in e o r e leven *\ * bandkanamatfen 4 ti mogkasuttakdropartamatteMif so V A , m o , iê. b y p u t t in g false threads, in (th e m aterial). Wt** T e x ts ii* 15 3 rea d in g *p w hen i t h a 5 o n ly been p ie ced to g e th e r '% takes- i t t h a t th e th rea d s are ** p u t in th e c lo th t o sh o w w h e re i t is t o b e c u t or sew n J\ B u t in th e series o l ac tio n s n ecessary fo r co m p le tin g th e m a k in g o f kathina-clotii " c u t tin g or c u ttin g out* h as been d o n e a lre a d y . Mogh&tuttaJta, a llo w e d a t V in . ii* j j 6, is defined b y B u h in an ex e g e sis on Cu javagga. V . 11. 3 , see V A . 1206. C f. bandhanamatia a b o ve , p ,a& o. n. 2 ; and also a t Fi*tTii* 13 5 alth o u g h here it seems to h a v e a d ifferen t m ea n in g . 1 ovaUikakcurarL&nuiiUnd t i mcghaswtta&dnusarena dlghasibbttamattsna^ so V A . 11 ib j iH e. o n ly b y sew in g a lon g (strip) b y foU ow in g th e ia ls e th r e a d s **_ O vaftika a llo w ed a t V in . 290, 1 han&sahurantirn&t&itd ft ntiddhiyapatabattdkananuUt&nst4 so V A . 1 1 1 0 , i.o, o n ly b y p u t t in g on. a p ie ce o f clo th a s a sign. K a llo w e d a t Vin+ L 290, on w h ic h V A . u i - S says Aaptf&sakntf vueeali muddik&> a m a r k (or sign) (the d isfigu rem en t) is ca lled k-aîfUsaha. 1 daihikammakaruriiPmalUna. T h is is a p p a r e n tly d o n e b y sow in g th e clo th s, cim-ifikfi, t o g e t h e r V A , i n o V in . T e x is n. 1 5 3 rea d in g w * w h en it h a s o n ly been m a d e stro n g (in th e seam s) DaihiJtamma a llo w e d a t i_ 290. 7 anwvdfabarapamattena. I t ap p ears fro m V A . I l i o t h a t th e anuvata w a s p u t a lo n g t h e b a c k (of th e cloth )See Vin* iv * r z i ( = B,L>. ii. 4o $ q .v . n, 7<) w here th e Corny, on th e ru le fo r disfigu rin g a n e w robe s a y s th e re is no offence i t is on a b ra id in g , aituuaia^ Anuv&ta allo w ed a t V in . ii. ir 6 . k paribhayi$a&ar<ip.amatima T h e p aribha ptfa ap p ears t o h a ve b een p u t in side t h e clo th A g a in see Vin* iv, t a r , an d B , b , iL 49p 8. A llow ed a t Vin. ti. 116 .
1.51
MAHAVAGGA
V El
355
katkina^clath does n o t b eco m e m ad e o n ly b y p a tc h in g 1 ; kathin&c lo th d ocs n o t becom e m a d e o n ly b y d y e in g th e g a r m e n t* ; Aatfwtt*^-c]oth d oes n o t becom e m ade b y insinuation ; kathinaclo th does n o t b e co m e m ad e b y ro u n d a b o u t t a lk in g 4 ; kathina^ clo th d oes n o t becom e m ad e b y its b e in g te m p o r a r y 5 J kathinad o t h does n o t becom e m a d e b y p o s t p o n e m e n t ; &i/Am #-cloth
1 ovaddheyyakarapamatiena. V A . n u sa y s , '* o n ly b y p u ttin g i t on th e Mi-coming c lo th . O r t a k in g c lo th from a &c#hitta-rob<zr o n ly b y p u tt in g th e clo th on a n o th er -oAiij-robe T h e v*. i* for th is la^ t is &k&$hitt{Lcivarat w h a t is n o t frftJAiwo-cloth* T h e w h o le m ea n in g is obscure. I t p e r h a p s refers to t h e sanghdti, th e o u te r c lo a k , w h ich h a d t o be m a d e o f d o u b le cloth* On th e o th e r h a n d ovaddheyya m a y m e a n p a tc h in g * kambfUarnadd&ftamatteiUl. Iambal&wu su a lly a g a r m e n t or b la n k e t m a d e o f w ool, is a llo w e d a t V in , i, aS-i* B u t t h e k aih in a m a te r ia l w a s o f co tto n clo th , M a d d an a to o u s u a lly m ea n s cru sh in g or k n e a d in g . B yt VA, t i f f sa y s iJ th r o w in g it o n ce in to th e d y e , rajetnae , fo r th e co lo u r o f iv o r y , for th e colo u r o f w ith ered le a v e s "* M on ks' robes axe o f t h e co lo u r o old iv o r y , an d russets, y e llo w s, b ro w n s a n d reds. 1 nimiltahatena, P+E.D+ g iv e s fo r nimtttam karoti, t o p ick o u t t h e aim * to m a rk o u t " , a n d C h ild ers t o d ro p a h in t " , T h e r e is n o th in g in th e C o rn y, to s u p p o rt th e ren d erin g g iv e n a t T exts ii. 154 , a n d th e a lte r n a tiv e su gg estio n p u t fo rw ard , toe* cit< n* 3 1$ more p e r t in e n t 11 O r p e r h a p s a c co r d in g to som e co m m en ta to rs, w h en it h a s been d e cid e d t o a c c e p t th e g ift a s a kathin a, th a t is, w hen it has been d e cid e d t h a t th e c lo th is o f a su ita b le k in d to m a k e robes o u t o f ." F o r V A . I I I i , d efin in g nimittahate1tat s a y s M ' I w ill m alce a kafhirta (-robe) w ith th is c lo th (dussena) \ th is is ca lle d nim iftakatena. F o r i t is ca lle d ju s t th is in th e Pa.riySra. " (see K in, v + 1 7 3 w h ich defines nitnttiakamnta a s karoti im ind dussena hafhin&tfi atthariss&mi *i). B u t " V A mm i c o n tin u e s , in som e co m m en ta ries i t i& said t h a t h e (i.e. th e m o n k) s a y s , " th is c lo th (or c lo a k , s&taka) is e x c e lle n t, i t is p ossib le to m a k e a ha^hina (-robe) w ith t h is " ; t h is m e a n s ; havin g: th u s in s in u a te d (dropped a. t i n t , or m a d e a sig n , i rai tt ah a *nm am a s to g e t t i n g i t - " C .P * D . g iv e s for a-nim iittikaia, fa o f w h ich no decision, has been m a d e J . V ism . 23 ss Vbh, 35 3 asks* l( W h a t here is nGtnittakafa P " i.e. in sin u atio n . T h e an sw er is (fo llo w in g tra n s. a t -P. P u rity , i* 27) ** W h a t t o o th ers is a sign , nim itta, m a k in g a sign, nim itiakattim a, a hint, obhSsu, g iv in g a h in t, r o u n d a b o u t ta lk , w in d in g speech, p arikaih d {see n e x t te r m in 7 i , t e x t a n d n e x t n ote) art th e p a r t o f one o f e v il desires etc* F irm , aS e x p la in s n im itia a n d nimittakamrna so a s t o le a v e n o d o u b t t h a t b y t h e m " h in tin g rj o r ' in sin u a tin g " is m e a n t, C f also V b h A . 4S3* * purikatkakatem*, V A , 1111 says J 1 h e o u g h t t o g iv e bafkina c lo th , th e b e n efa cto r g iv in g Aa(fcta-c)oth prod uces m u ch m e r it " , th u s is m e a n t M b y m a k in g parikathd J F , r o u n d a b o u t t a lk . At K w m . 23 = F M . 333 patiknthA is in clud ed in definition, of m&mittiktita, see p r e v io u s note. I t is defined a t V ism s g = 1 ?bhA+ 484 as " s p e a k in g rou n d a n d rou n d u n til one g e ts w h a t is w a i t e d ' \ V in. v r 172. s a y s T < paribathfi m e a n s th a t h e m a k es ro u n d a b o u t talk,, s a y in g , * I w ill b rin g fo rth kaphina -c lo th b y th is r o u n d a b o u t t a l k p ". C . P . O r g iv e s fo r a-parikath&katai n u t o b ta in e d b y S p eak in g o f Its w o rth ,1\. * .hukkukat&Tid ti tdvah&lihmaj V A . 1 1 1 1 V in . v. 2 72 s a y s t h a t it is -called a g i f t t h a t b n o t a p p ro p r ia te d . sctnnidktkaim # J sa V in . Tejrts ii. 154 a n d P . E . D . V-irt. v , 372 = V A 1 i n s a y s t h a t there are tw o " p o stp o n e m e n ts " or s to r in g s up " , santLtdhi^ t h a t o f &4rEfip doin g or m a k in g , a n d t h a t of n ica y a p possessions. VA* evil fu rth e r e x p la in s ,c- p o s tp o n e m e n t o f d o in g (or m a k in g ) is n o t d o in g (or m akin g] it to -d a y ) p u tt in g th e d o in g (or m a k in g ) t o o n e sid e : p o s tp o n e m e n t of possessions m ean s th a t th e O rder, r ^ e i v p g A tffM a < lo th t o -d a v , g iv es-it {to th e m onks) th e nesct d a y *\ Sa n n id h ik a ia o c c u i s a t V in . iL 2 70 in reference t o food.
35^
BOOK
OF
DISCIPLINE
does n o t b e c o m e m ad e i f it h a s to be a b a n d o n e d 1 ; kathinac io th does n o t becom e m ad e i f i t is n o t m ad e a llo w a b le * ; fo*/A*rat-cloth d o es n o t b ecom e m a d e i f it is (made) e x c e p t fo r th e o u te r c lo a k 3 ; [ 254?] Aatftttta-cloth d o es n o t becom e m ade if i t is (m ade) e x c e p t fo r th e u p p er robe ; kathina -cioth does n o t becom e m ad e i f i t is (made) e x c e p t fo r th e in n e r r o b e ; kaihina- clo th d o es n o t becom e m a d e u n less fiv e p a r ts 4 o r m ore th a n five p a r t s 6 (of Aathina-c lo th ) are c u t o u t, are hem m ed together on th a t sam e d a y ; &zfA*<z-cloth does n o t becom e m a d e u n less th e m a k in g is b y a n in d iv id u a l,7 A n d even if fo*/Ama~cloth co m es to be quite p ro p e rly m ad e, b u t if no one g iv e s th a n k s fo r it sta n d in g o u tsid e th e boundary, th u s aiso hathinu- clo th com es to b e not m ad e. A n d thus, m onks, d oes kathina-c lo th com e to be not m ad e. || 5 || " A n d h o w , m o n k s, does kathina-cloth co m e to be m ad e ? K a fh in a - clo th co m es to be m ad e w h e n it is u n s o ile d * ; katkina1 nisxaggiyetta, V in , v . 172. = V A , m i s a y in g w h ile i t is b ein g ma.de th e d a w n b rea k s A ll t h e va rio u s processes in t h e making* o f t h e ha^hina robes b a d t o b e ca rried o u t on o n e an d th e sam e d a y , 1 ahappahtitena , C f. P& c, L V I I I , w here a n ew r o b e h a s t o be disfigured so t h a t t h e otfmer c a n id e n tify it* T h e th r e e m odes o f d isfigu rem en t con sisted in a p p ly in g so m e k in d of sm u d ge [bindu) t o th e robe, Cf+ U .I? , jj4 409. u< 5, an d V ,A _ t it r 1 aftddinnakappubifidMiid, b y n o t g iv in g th e sm u d ge ( th a t m akes th e robe) allo w able* * ailtiatra sa*kgkiiyat if t h e outer clo&k is la ck in g , n o t finished. 4 C f. Vin. L 2 8 7 w h ere each o i t h e -three robes of a m o n k w as allo w ed to b e w o r e chim uika, Cut tip in to pieces t o resem b le th e d iv is io n s of a p a d d y field ; a n d Vin+ u 497 w here i t is said t h a t o n e o f th e th r e e robes m ig h t be w orn aceh-tnnaka, n o t c u t u p . V A * 1 1 ? 1 says t h a t fiv e or m ore p a r ts are to b e m a d e b y t a k in g pieces, show in g i.e. e ith e r c h c u la r or se m i-c ifc u U r seam s (see C .P .D . under aîham nndnid) ca f< th e greater circles a n d t h e lesser c ir cle s " [sec Vin^ T tx ls ii+ 203- an d V A . 1 1 2 7 ) , or " th e seam s an d th e sh ort s e a m s " {cf* V i * , i. 2$7). V A * m i continues., th u s it (tho robe) oo'mes t o b e m a d e w ith seam s (or circles) ; s e ttin g t h a t t o on e side th ere o u gh t not t o b e a n o th e r t h a t is n ot c u t u p or t h a t isin (only) tw o , th ree or fo u r pieces * atirekapaUcaka M C * P .D . g iv e s m ore th a n on e o i th e fiv e p a rts * SQTnQ-n&iIi&ai&nii, see la s t n o te bu t one7 aftHatra puggaiassa atihdra. VA* 1 1 1 1 s a y s *' s e ttin g t o one side th e m a k in g b y a n in d iv id u a l, it does not b ecom e m a d e becau se of an other m a k in g b y eith e r a n O rd er or a g ro u p P \ I t seem s t h a t each m on k m u s t m a k e up th e kafhina c lo th d is tr ib u te d t o M m b y th e Order* a n d not r e ly u pon t h e O rder or a g ro u p t o d o so for h im ; see a b o v e || 4 ]J an d V A . 1 iog, * nissimattho attum-odaii. V A . I I I I m e r e ly says,. f ' if he {or,, one) g i v e s th a n k s s ta n d in g , /Aifo, o u tsid e, bahuY th e b o u n d a r y o l th e p r e c i n c t s " (Leof th e residence w here th e w ork is b ein g done}A n u m od a ii m ore lik e ly refers t o a m on k th a n k in g th e O rder t h a n to an O rd er th a n k in g t h e donors of th e AafAin<r-cloth, for sec jj 4 || where th e O rder g iv e s th e mounts th e m a terial fo r m a k in g in to A o ^ H o -cL u th * akatenaM w h ich V A . n i l exp la in s b y aparibhvttitiG* ao-t used.
K 6-7]
a h
v a g g a
v i i
357
clo th com es to b e m a d e w h e n w h a t is a llo w a b le is im so ile d 1 ; #j!&ffui-cioth com es to be m ad e w h en i t is (made) o u t o f pieces o f c lo t h * ; As/At ffd-cLoth co m es to be m a d e w h en it is (m ade) o u t o f rag-robes* ; AffiA*'wi-cloth com es to be m a d e w h e n i t is (m ade) o u t o f (bits p ick ed u p near) a sh o p 4 ; a.fAfa-cloth com es to be m ad e i f th ere is no in sin u a tio n #A*>uit-cloth com es to b e m a d e if th ere is no ro u n d a b o u t ta lk in g ; kathinac lo th com es to be m ad e if it is n o t te m p o r a r y ; Aathina-oloth co m es to b e m a d e if th e re is n o p o stp o n em en t ; &zlA*-fta-cloth com es to b e m ad e if it has n o t t o be a b a n d o n ed ; kathina -clo th com es to b e m ad e if it is m a d e a llo w a b le ; AafAtmz-cloth com es to be m ad e if th ere is th e o u te r c lo a k ; A aiM n a-cloth com es to be m ad e i f th ere is th e u p p er robe ; kathina -cloth com es to be m ad e if th ere is th e in n er robe ; AaAbma-cloth com es to b e m a d e i f five p a rts or m ore th a n fiv e p a r ts a re c u t o u t, a re h em m ed to g e th e r on th a t sam e d a y ; kaikina -clo th com es to be m ad e if th e m a k in g is b y a n in d iv id u a l. A n d i f kafhintzclo th com es to be q u ite p ro p e rly m ad e, a n d if o n e g iv e s th a n k s for it sta n d in g on th e b o u n d a ry , A ^ A in a -d o th th u s also com es to b e m a d e. A n d th u s , m onks, d o es kathina -clo th co m e to be m ad e, || 6 jj * A n d h o w , m o n ks, d o th e kafhina (privileges) b ecom e rem oved* ? M onks, th e re are these eig h t g ro u n d se fo r th e
1 nhtUakappena. VA+ r m sa y s *' b y w a sh in g i t o n ce or tw ic e (so a s m ake it) as th o u g h u n soiled , * pitcfikayHj w h ich V A . u i i exp la in s b y haiavaiikakaiaf(2AtHAt c u t o f a c lo a k o r g a rm e n t w h ich are soiled : v.L tavaithtikasaf&kena. * V A . m i says 4 1 w h en rag-xobes h a v e a ccru ed in tw e n ty -th r e e fields ; th e ide& beia^ t h a t a m o n k m u st w an d er a b o u t in order t o a c q u ire h is rags. VA. y q u o tin g a n o th er c o m m e n ta r y , say? t h a t th e m ean in g iheire is th a t w h en a tncmk w ho is a rag-ro b e w earer is to u rin g for a lm s a n d raps, colaha. th en (Aafftitta-clath com es to be m ade) Tvhem th e robe is m a d e up fro m th e rags received. 4 papapihena. V A . 1 1 1 2 s a y m g " i f ta k in g p ieces o i c lo th , pifotifoz, d rop p ed a t th e door o f a shop, h e g iv e s them, for kathin & ^loth , th e m ea n in g is b e ca u se of th is C f, V A , i r s S , papay-ike ti antarapa&ate patitapilotifta' civare, robes o f p ile s c f c lo th ta k e n a m id st a shop. A t Visnt^ 62, pfipanika, " Shop-rag " is in clud ed u n d e r p&rp$uki*!at rag-robes, * kaihinatn. See .Nissag. I, I I , II I* a n d B . D , ii. p . 5, n. 3 ; P* 6. n> 5 : p. 13* d . a. m iikat ch an nels, h e a d in g s. See Vin. T exts JL 1 5 7 for th ese e ig h t g r o u n d s fo r th e rem o va l of th e fiv e in a p riv ileg es b e in g " c lo s e ly c o n n e cte d '* w ith th e d escrip tio n in M V . V I I . 13 of t h e tw o so -ca lled polibodhas. " P a lib o d h a seem s t o mean, th e c o n tin u e d e x is te n c e of a claim on th e B h ik k h u 's side t o a sh are in th e d is tr ib u tio n o l th e k a ^ h in a /' T h ere are in th is co n n ectio n tw o paHbodhaSt t h a t con cern ed -with the m o n k 's residence, av&$a, a n d t h a t con cern ed w ith h is robes, cfvsxra* T h e mdtika ? re e x e m p lifie d in t h e follow in g stories. See also V in , v . * 7 7 an d B+J5 . ii, p . 5, n, 3 ; p . 6P n . 5. to
2B
358
BOOK
OF
DISCIPLINE
re m o v a l o f th e kaihina (p riv ile g e s): th a t depen ding on (a m on k) go in g a w a y ; th a t d epen din g on (his robe) b ein g s e ttle d 1 ; th a t d e p en d in g o n h is resolves* (not to h a v e i t m ad e u p a n d n o t to co m e b a c k ) ; th a t d epen din g on (the robe) b e in g lo st ; t h a t d e p en d in g on h is hearin g (of th e g e n era l rem o va l o f th e p riv ile g e s in th e resid en ce to w h ich he h a s gone) ; (th at d ep en d in g on) th e d isa p p o in tm e n t of h is e x p e cta tio n * (th a t a special g ift o f a ro b e w o u ld b e m ad e to him ) ; th a t d ep en d in g o n his h a v in g crossed th e b o u n d a r y * ; (th a t d ep en d in g on) th e rem o val (of th e kaihina p rivileges) to g eth e r w ith (those o f th e o th e r m onks) [j 7 II H I ' A m o n k , a fte r AaM m tf-cloth h a s been m ad e, ta k in g a robe th a t is m ad e u p / goes a w a y , t h in k in g ; I w ill n o t com e b a c k \ T h a t m o n k 's kaihina (privileges) a re rem o ved because o f his go in g a w a y .7 A m o n k, a fte r fta/Ai*wt-cloth h a s been made* ta k in g robem a te ria l 8goes a w a y . W h en he h as gone o u tsid e th e b o u n d a r y ,* i t occu rs to h im ,10 ** I w ill get th is ro b e-m a teria l m ade u p here* T w ill n o t co m e b a c k , a n d he g e ts th a t ro b e-m a te ria l m ade up. T h a t m o n k 's katkina (privileges) are re m o ve d because o f (his robes) b ein g se ttle d .
1 fiitth&na. C f. nitlhita, settled B . D iL p- 6. s W o r d occurs A t J a . i 18 7 , iv . 1 6 7 -f- hatva* * a&dvactk&dikd, -Cf* ii. p, 6P n. ^ 4 I.e . o f t h e resid en ce t o i,vhich â.fAina-cioth h a d been g iv e n , a n d w here be sh ou ld h a v e m a d e Tip his portion. 5 E tj. Vift. T t x t s ii, 256, n . 4 th in k s t h a t th is section should h a ve b eg u n *' th e n ew c h a p te r p \ I h old i t to be co rrect as i t is, for w ith it cea se th e w o d s ascrib ed t o G o ta m a , T h e stories th a t follow , V I I _ &-13 inclusive., are D o t supposed to h a ve b e en to ld b y hi m, b u t are eK ettiplifications o f th e groun ds for re m o v in g th e kafhina p rivileges, and w hich som e Liter person or persons a p p a r e n tly th o u g h t w ise t o in corporate in th e " t e x t r\ * Aatactvara, a ro b e th a t is finished, read y t o w ear. C f. B . D , i i p. 6, n. 2. V A . 1 1 1 2 s a y s t h a t in th is rem oval ol p riv ileg es on th e grou n d of h is g o in g a w a y , first th e robes-im p ed im en t, tlvtirapnHb&dha, is c u t off. afterw ard s t h e resid en ce-im ped im en t, dv&snpalibodka. F o r b y g o in g th u s, th e ro b es-im p ed im en t is c u t inside t h e bou n d ary* th e resid efice-im ped i m e n t w h en lie ha*s d o s s e d th e bo u n d ary. See also v . 177* * V A * i t 12 ca lls t hi s n k a ia clw m , a robe, or ro b e-m a terial, th a t is n ot m ade up, n o t re ad y t o wear. 1 V A . m a , " w hen h e h a s g o n e t o a n o th er n eig h b o u rin g residence lv Ibid., " i t o ccu rs t o h im seeing co m fo rta b le lo d g in g s or th e h a p p in ess o f friends. In th is rem o va l of th e Jtafhi-na p r iv ile g e s on th e groun d o l {the robes} b ein g settled,, first th e resid en ce-im ped im en t is cu t off, fo i h e th in k s, * I w ill n o t c o m c b a c k ; w h en no m o re th a n th e th o u g h t ba-s arisea, it is c u t off *** Cf* V in , v 1 7 8 cfvate niitfiile civara-paiib&dfta chijjati, when th e robes aj-e se ttle d th e im p ed im en t t o robes is c u t otL
2*1 3 ]
M A H A V A G G A
v i i
359
A m o n k , a fte r diJmitf-cloth h as b een m a d e , ta k in g robem aterial* g o es a w a y . W h en h e h a s g o n e o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry it o ccu rs t o him : " I w ill n o t g e t th is ro b e-m a te ria l m a d e up n o r w ill I co m e b a c k JJ. T h a t m o n k 's ka ihina (privileges) are re m o v e d b e ca u se o f h is reso lves.1 A m o n k , a fte r ftÂtVwz-cJoth h a s b een m a d e , ta k in g robem a te ria l, g o es a w a y . W h en h e has gone o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry i t o ccu rs to h im : I w ill g e t th is ro b e -m a te ria l m a d e u p h ere, I w ill n o t com e b a c k **, and h e g e ts th a t ro b e -m a te ria l m a d e u p , b u t w h ile th a t ro b e-m a te ria l is b e in g m a d e u p , i t is lo st. T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) a te re m o v e d b e cau se o f (the ro be-m aterial) b e in g lost*4 || i | | A m o n k , a fte r A^/Awa-cloth h as b een m a d e, ta k in g robem a te ria l, go es a w a y , th in k in g , < f I w ill co m c b a c k W h en h e h a s g o n e o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry h e g e ts t h a t ro b e-m a te ria l m ad e u p ; w h en t h a t ro b e h a s been m ad e u p ,3 he h ears ; [255] T h e kaihina (privileges) a re re m o v e d in th is r e s id e n c e . T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) a re re m o v e d b cca u se o f h is h ea rin g (this new s}.4 A m o n k , a fte r kaphina-c lo th h a s b een m a d e , ta k in g ro b e m a te ria l, go es a w a y , th in k in g , " I w ill com e b a c k W h en h e h a s gone o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry he g e ts th a t ro b e-m a te ria l m a d e u p ; w h en th a t ro b e has b een m a d e u p , h e, th in k in g a g a in a n d a g a in , " I w ill com e b a ck " , sp en d s th e tim e o u tsid e (the b o u n d a ry) u n til th e katkina (p rivileges) a re rem o ved . T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) a re re m o ve d b ecau se o f h is h a v in g crossed th e b o u n d a ry . A m o n k , a fte r fer/A tnacloth h a s b een m a d e , ta k in g robem a te ria l, goes aw ay* th in k in g , " I w ill com e b a c k " . W h e n h e h a s g o n e o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry he g e ts t h a t ro b e-m a teria l m a d e u p ; w h en t h a t robe is m ad e u p , h e , th in k in g a g a in a n d again* I w ill cam e b a c k (his retu rn ) co in cid es w it h 5 the
1 V A . 1 1 1 3 saya b eca u se o f th e resolves, ianniffh& natitike, ** I w ill n ot h a v e th is r o b e -m a te ria l m ad ft and 11 I w ill n o t c o m e b a c k th e tw o im p e d im e n ts are b o th c u t off w h e n no m ore t h a n these th o u g h ts h a v e arisen. M . Vin+ v* 1 7 S s a y s t h a t t h e y a r e c u t oft s im u lta n e o u sly. * V A . 1 1 13 s a y s o f t h is t h a t first th e r cs id e n ce -im p e d im cn t is c u t o S ; th e ro b es-im p ed im en t is c u t of w hen th e r o b e is lost* C/. V in . v * 178.. * k aiadvara. * V A * n r 3 ays t h a t first th e robes-im ped in ten t is c u t off ; th e residenceim p e d im e n t i-s c u t ofif w ith h is h e a rin g {the new s). C /. V in . v . 178.
* sambhutfdti.
3&>
BOOK
OF
DISCIPLINE
re m o va l o f th e kathina (privileges). T h a t m o n k 's hathina (privileges) a re re m o v e d to g e th e r w ith (those o f th e other) m o n ks,* [| 3 || 2 |] T o ld a re th e seven cases o n T a k in g *1 A m o n k , a fte r kathina-cloth h a s b een m ad e, ta k in g w ith h im 3 a ro b e th a t is m ad e u p 3 g o es aw ay* th in k in g , " I w ill n o t com e b a c k " , T h a t m o n k 's kalhina (privileges) are re m o v e d because o f h is g o in g a w a y . , || 2 [| 3 || T o ld a re th e seven cases on T a k in g w ith h im . [250]
A m o n k , a fte r faiA*<z-cloth h a s b een m ade* ta k in g a ro b e th a t is im p e rfe c tly execu te d , * goes aw ay- W h en he h a s gone o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry it o ccu rs to h im : T w ill g e t th is robem a te ria l m ad e u p here, I w ill n o t com e b a c k J > , a n d he g ets th a t ro b e-m a te ria l m a d e up* T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) a re re m o v e d b e ca u se o f (his robe) b ein g se ttle d , - . ( = C h a p , 2 ; read ta k in g a robe th a t is im p e rfe c tly e x e c u te d instead o f ta k in g a robe), . * . T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) a re re m o ve d to g e th e r w it h (those o f th e other) m o n k s, [[ r || 4? | | T o ld a re th e six cases o n T a k in g * A m o n k , a fte r &?#HMf?-doth has been m ad e, ta k in g w ith h im a robe th a t is im p e rfe c tly e x ecu te d , goes a w a y . W h en h e has go n e o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry it o ccu rs to him : " I w ill g e t th is ro b e-m a te ria l m a d e u p here, I w ill n o t com e b a c k a n d he g e ts th a t ro b e-m a teria l m ade u p . T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) are re m o ve d bccause o f (his robe) b ein g settled . , . ( = Ck&p. 3 ; read ta k in g w ith him a robe th a t is im p e r fe c tly e x e c u te d instead o f ta k in g w ith h im a ro b e). . . . boundary.
1 T h is m u s t m ea n a general rem o va l io t &11 m o n k s resid en t w ith in on e $itnat
1 addyosattakatrt itiifkii&tn,
1 sawddaya. * Vin* T<sxist ii. i6 o , n* i says* " T h is ch ap ter is w ord for w ord id en tica l w ith C h a p . % \ o n ly in stead o f * ta k e s 1 (ddaya) Tead ' t a i e s w ith h i m ' {Siztndddya}, W e c a n n o t s a y w h at d ifferen t m ea n in g s th ese t w o w ords are in ten d ed to c o n v e y * C f. vippakata a t Vin+ [ii+ 155* 225, 2 27, 229. * " S ix of th e se v e n ca ses specific*} Ln C h a p . 2 [with t h e e x c e p tio n of. th e first of t h e seven ). . * * T h e first ca se is n e c e s s a iily o m itte d r becau se it is essential to t h a t case, t h a t t h e U hifckhu goin g a w a y ta k e s w ith h im a ro b e r e a d y for w ear N < * so V in * Ttx$r ii+ r6ot d. 3*
5 .1 6*31
M A H A V A G G A
VI I
361
T h a t m o n k s hothina (privileges) are re m o v e d to g e th e r w ith (those o f th e other) m o n k s.1 || 1 j| 5 || T h e s ix cases o n T a k in g w ith h im A m onk,, a fte r kathina- c lo th h a s b e e n m a d e , ta k in g robem a te ria l, go es a w a y . W h en h e h a s g o n e o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry it o c c m s to him : " I w ill g e t th is ro b e -m a te ria l m a d e u p here, I w ill n o t com e b a c k a n d h e g e ts t h a t ro b e -m a te ria l m ad e up. T h a t m o n k 's ka$htna (privileges) axe re m o v e d b e ca u se o f {his robe) b ein g se ttle d . . . | ] 1 |f A m o n k , a fte r Aa/fttnfZ-cloth h a s b e en m a d e , ta k in g robem a te ria l, goes a w a y , th in k in g , " I w ill n o t co m e b a c k *\ W h en h e h a s gone o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry i t o ccu rs to him : 4t I w ill g e t th is ro b e-m a te ria l m a d e u p here " , a n d h e g e ts th a t robem a te ria l m ad e u p . T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) are re m o ve d b ecause o f (his robe) bein g se ttle d . A m onk* a fte r kathina -cloih h a s b een m a d e, ta k in g robem aterial* goes a w a y , t h in k in g ** I w ill n o t co m e b a c k W h en h e h a s g o n e o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry i t o ccu rs to h im , ** I w ill n o t g e t th is ro b e-m a te ria l m ad e u p T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) a re re m o ve d b ecau se o f h is reso lves. A m o n k , a fte r fea/ftMza-cloth h a s been m a d e, ta k in g robem a te ria l, goes a w a y , th in k in g , " I w iil n o t com e b a c k W h en he h a s gone o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry i t o ccu rs to him , ftf I w ill g e t th is ro b e-m a teria l m a d e u p h ere , [ 257] a n d h e g e ts th a t ro b e-m a teria l m ad e u p , b u t w h ile th a t ro b e-m a te ria l is b e in g m ad e u p ? it is lost. T h a t m o n k 's katkinft (privileges) are rem o ved b ecau se o f (the robe) bein g lo s t,3 [j a || A m o n k , a fte r ta^feVus-cloth h a s been m ade* ta k in g robem a te ria l, go es a w a y w ith o u t h a v in g d e te r m in e d / fo r it n eith er
1 Again th e first case is omitted* If there is* o p th e m o n V s part* n o Roing aw ay with a robe read y to wear, there is no ground for removing the Aof hi Ha privileges depending on ,J going a w a y *p + These can only be removed if th e m o n t has gone a w a y taking, oi taking- w ith him, a. robe th a t is (already) m ade up* ready to wesur* + * "T
A ft e r t o in so p rin t o rd e r h is
ca.se
is
w o rd th ird in a
fo r a n d
w o rd
id e n t ic a l < a se T h e
w it h
th e
s e c o n d
c a s e it is
in is
C h a p .
2. i.
h e re
rt fo llo w h e r e t o
th e a g a in
io u rth
o f C h & p + 2 ^ j , w h ic h t r ia d o f th e s e a re C ases to
u n n e c e s s a ry
fu ll b a s is n -
e x te n t. fo r th e
re p e a te d in
s e rv e it.
a s
v a r ia t io n s
w h ic h
fo llo w
it,
3 / '
V in . Texts
t6i,
1.
In these clauses, th e m odk, before he has g o t to th e b o im d aiy and n o t after, as in || 1 [|, thinks th a t he will not return*
*
a n a d h ifjh ite n a *
362
BOOK
OF
DISCIPLINE
occu rs t o h im th a t " I w ill com e b a c k , n o r does i t occur to h im th a t " I w ill n o t co m e b a c k ' r. W h en he h a s g o n e o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry i t o ccu rs to h im , ** I w ill g e t th is ro b e-m a teria l m a d e u p here, I w ill n o t com e b a c k *\ a n d h e g e ts th a t robem a te ria l m a d e u p . T h a t m o n k 's kafhina (privileges) a re rem o ved b e ca u se o f (bis robe) b e in g se ttle d . A m o n k , a lte r kathina-cloth h a s b een m ad e, ta k in g robem a te ria l, go es a w a y w ith o u t h a v in g d e term in e d , fo r it n e ith e r o ccu rs to h im th a t '* I w ill com e b a c k " , n o r d o es it o c cu r to h im th a t " I w ill n o t co m e b a c k " , W h en h e h a s go n e o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry, i t occurs to him : I w ill n o t g e t th is robem a te ria l m a d e u p , n o r w ill I com e b a c k J\ T h a t m o n k s katkina (privileges) a re re m o ve d because o f his resolves. A m o n k , a fte r k&tki-no-cloth h a s been m a d e , ta k in g robem a te ria l, g o es a w a y w ith o u t h a v in g d eterm in ed , fo r it n eith er occurs to h im th a t fr I w ill com e b a c k " , n o r does i t o ccu r to him t h a t ,f I w ill n o t com e b a c k *\ W h en he h a s gone o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry it o ccu rs to h im ; " I w ill g e t th is ro b e-m a teria l m ad e u p here, I w ill n o t com e b a c k " , a n d he g e ts th a t robem a te ria l m a d e u p ; b u t w h ile th a t ro b e -m a te ria l is b ein g m ade u p , it is lo st. T h a t m o n k 's katkina (p rivileges) are rem o ved b ecau se o f (his robe) b e in g lost*1 ]| 3 ]| A m onk* a fte r ka th in a -d oth h a s been m ad e, ta k in g robem a te ria l, go es a w a y , th in k in g , " I w ill com e b a c k " . W hen he h a s gone o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry it o ccu rs t o h im , M I w ill g et th is ro b e-m a te ria l m ad e u p here, I w ill n o t com e b a c k " , an d he g e ts th a t ro b e-m a te ria l m ad e up* T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) a re re m o v e d because o f (his robes) b ein g se ttle d , A m o n k , a fte r kahtna-c lo th has been m a d e, ta k in g robem a te ria l, g o es a w a y , th in k in g , 441 w ill com e b a c k * W hen h e h a s gone o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry it occurs to h im , *' I w ill n o t g e t th is ro b e-m a teria l m ad e up, n o r w ill I com e b a c k That m o n k 's kaihina (privileges) are re m o v e d b ecau se o f h is resolves. A m o n k, a fte r kathina-clotii has been m a d e, ta k in g robem a te ria l, goes a w a y , th in k in g , " I w ill com e b a c k / ' W h en he h as go n e o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry it occurs to him* " I w ill g et th is ro b e-m aterial m ad e up here, I w ill n o t com e b a c k / ' and
1 T h e sam e as D 1 I I e x c e p t for t h e woTds ad d ed in each ease in H3 |) " ^ritbout h a v in g d eterm in ed * * * " 1 w ill n o t co m e b a c k V *
6. 4
7 .1 ]
a h
v a g g a
v i i
3*3
h e g e ts th a t ro b e-m a te ria l m a d e up, b u t w h ile t h a t ro b e-m a te ria l is b ein g m ad e up* i t is lost* T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) are rem o ved b ecau se o f {his robe) b e in g lost* A m o n k , a fte r kathina-doth. h a s b een m a d e, ta k in g robem a te ria l, go es a w a y , th in k in g , " I w ill co m e b a c k . W h en h e h as gone o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry h e g e ts t h a t ro b e-m a te ria l m ad e u p . W h en th a t robe is m ad e u p h e h e a r s ,r< T h e kathina (privileges) are re m o v e d in th is residence*"' T h a t m o n k 's kapkina (privileges) are rem o ved becau se o f h is h e a rin g th is new s),1 A m o n k, a fte r &a/A*Vw3-doth h a s b een m a d e , ta k in g robem a te iia l, goes a w a y , th in k in g , ** I w ill com e b a c k W h en h e h a s g o n e o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry h e g e ts th a t ro b e-m a te ria l m a d e up. W h en th a t robe is m a d e up* h e , th in k in g a g a in a n d again* " I w ill com e b a c k / ' sp en d s th e tim e o u tsid e (the boun d ary) u n til th e kathina (privileges) a re rem oved* T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) a re rem o ved b e cau se o f his h a v in g crossed th e b o u n d a ry-3 A m o n k , a fte r katkina~dLot\i h a s been m a d e , ta k in g robem a te ria l, g o es a w a y , th in k in g , " I w ill com e b a c k " W h en he h a s g o n e o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry he g e ts th a t ro b e-m a te ria l m ad e up. W h en th a t robe is m ad e u p , he, th in k in g a g a in a n d a g a in , ' I w ill com e b a c k , [258] (his retu rn ) coin cid es w ith th e re m o va l o f th e kathina (privileges). T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) are rem o ved to g eth e r w ith (those o f th e other) m o n k s. |[ 4 || 6 ]| A m o n k , a fte r kathina-cloth has been m ad e, ta k in g w ith him ro b e-m aterial, goes a w a y . * . it sh o u ld be g iv e n in fu ll th u s, lik e th e p o rtion on g o in g a w a y , t a k i n g " . . , A m o n k , a fte r AaÂrmi-cloth is m ad e, ta k in g a ro b e th a t is im p e rfe c tly e x e c u te d , goes a w a y . . . it sh ould b e g iv e n in fu ll th u s, lik e th e p o rtio n on *f g o in g a w a y , ta k in g w ith h im P . . A m o n k , a fte r k a th in a -d o th is m ade, ta k in g w ith h im a robe th a t is im p e rfe c tly execu te d , g o es a w a y . . + ( = C h a p , 6 ; read ta k in g w ith him a robe t h a t is im p e rfe c tly e x e c u te d instead o f ta k in g
1 = 1 = V I L 2 . a above, V I I . 2. 2 a b o v e .
3&4
BOOK
OF
DISCIPLINE
robe-m aterial) __. T h a t m on k's kathina (privileges) are rem o ved to g eth e r w ith (those o f th e other) m o n k s .1 || i ||7 J | T o ld is th e P o rtio n for R e p e a tin g on T a k in g A m o n k , a fte r Atftf/ti'tttf-cloth h a s been m ad e, goes a w a y w ith th e e x p e cta tio n o f a ro b e.3 n W hen h e h a s g o n e outside the b o u n d a ry he a tte n d s t o 3 th a t e x p e cta tio n o f a robe ; h e o b tain s one c o n tra ry to his e x p e cta tio n , he does n o t o b ta in one in acco rd a n ce w ith his exp ecta tio n . It o ccu rs to h im , " I w ill get th is ro b e-m a teria l m ad e u p here, T w ill n o t com e b a c k , a n d h e g e ts th a t robe-m aterial m a d e up. T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) are re m o ve d because o f (his robe) b ein g settled . A m o n k , a fte r Aa/Ama-cloth has been m a d e, goes a w a y w ith th e e x p e cta tio n o f a robe. , - . It occurs to h im , " I w ill not g e t th is ro b e-m aterial m ad e up, n o r w ill I com e b a c k J\ T h a t m o n k 's kafhina (privileges) are rem o ved b ecau se o f h is resolves. A m o n k, a fte r kaihina-clath h a s been m ade* . * . I t occurs to h im , " I w iil g e t th is robe-m aterial m ad e u p here, I w ill n o t com e b a c k " , a n d h e gets th a t ro b e-m a te ria l m ad e u p , b u t w h ile th a t ro b e-m a te ria l is being m ad e u p , it is lo st. T h a t m o n k's kathina. (privileges) are rem o ved because o f (the robe) b ein g lo st. A m o n k , a fte r kathina- cloth has been m ad e, goes a w a y w ith th e e x p e cta tio n o f a ro b e. W h e n h e h as gone o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry, it o ccu rs to him , I w iil a tte n d to th is e x p e cta tio n o f a robe here, I w ill n o t come b a c k , a n d h e a tte n d s to th a t e x p e cta tio n o f a robe, b u t th a t e x p e cta tio n o f a robe is d is a p p o in ted for h im .4 T h a t m o n k's kathina (privileges) a re re m o ve d b ecau se o f th e disappoin tm en t o f his e x p e c ta tio n .6
Mil
1 ** T h e w hole C h a p te r -6 Ls repeated here three tim es, th e tfrst tim e rep la c in g th e w o id a 1 ta k e s a robe * b y 1 tak es a robe w ith him r (cf. C h ap , 3) ; th e second t i me rep la cin g ' ta k e s a roke J b y ' ta k e s a lo b e not r e a d y * (im per fe ctly exe cu te d ) {cf. C h a p , 4) ; an d th-e th ird tim e w ith these tw o m odifies.' tions- co m bin ed { t f C h a p . 5} " so V itt. T exts, ii. 1&2, iv, 2* * see Niss&g1 . I l l , B . D . iL p. 26, an d p. 27, d efin itio n o f e x p e c ta tio n ,P. * payirupasaii. tassa sa cittardsd u p acch ijjati * * ds&vacchcdifiil' V A . 1 1 1 3 says t h a t first th e re^ d e n ce -im p e d im e n t is c u t off ; th e ro b e s-im p ed im en t is c u t off w hen th e e x p e c ta tio a oi a robe is d isa p p o in te d . C f. a b o v e , p . 35#, n- 3.
8.2 3]
M A H A V A G G A
VII
3^5
A m o n k , a fte r k athina -cloth has b een m ad e, goes a w a y w ith th e e x p e cta tio n o f a robe, th in k in g , r* I w ill n o t com e b a c k h M . W h en he h a s go n e o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry h e a tte n d s to th a t e x p e cta tio n o f a robe ; h e o b ta in s o n e c o n tr a ry to his e x p e c ta tio n , he does n o t o b ta in o n e in acco rd an ce w ith h is exp ectatio n * It occurs to h im , ** I w ill g e t th is ro b e-m a te ria l m ad e u p here ,J, and h e gets th a t ro b e-m a te ria l m ad e up. T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) are re m o v e d because o f (his robes) bein g settled , A m o n k , a fte r ActfAi -clo th has been made* . * . I t occurs to him , I wiU n o t g e t th is ro b e-m a te ria l m ad e u p That m o n k's kathina (privileges) a re re m o ve d b ecause o f his resolves. A m o n k , a fte r k athina -cloth has been m ad e, . . * I t occurs to him , ** I w ill get th is ro b e-m a teria l m ad e u p here , a n d he g e ts th a t ro b e-m a te ria l m ade up, b u t w h ile th a t ro b e-m a teria l is bein g m a d e up, it is lo st. T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) a re rem oved b ecau se o f (the robe) b ein g lost, A m o n k , a fte r AtfMirea-cloth has been m a d e, go es a w a y w ith th e e x p e cta tio n o f a robe, th in k in g , " I w ill n o t co m e b a c k W h en [259] h e h a s go n e o u tsid e the b o u n d a ry , it o ccu rs to him , I w ill a tte n d to th is e x p e cta tio n o f a robe here an d he a tte n d s to th a t e x p e c ta tio n o f a robe, b u t th a t e x p e c ta tio n o f a robe is d isa p p o in ted for him . T h a t m o n k 's katkina (privileges) are re m o v e d because o f th e d isa p p o in tm e n t o f his e x p e cta tio n . | | 2 || A m onk, a fte r k a fhin a -cloth has been m a d e, goes a w a y w ith th e e x p e cta tio n o f a robe, (but) w ith o u t h a v in g d eterm in ed , for it n eith er occu rs to him , " I w ill com e b a c k " , n o r d o es it o ccu r to him , " I w ill n o t com e b a c k J\ W h en he h a s gone o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry he a tte n d s t o th a t e x p e c ta tio n o f a robe ; h e o b ta in s one c o n tr a r y to his e x p e cta tio n , h e does n o t o b ta in o n e in acco rd a n ce w ith his e x p e cta tio n . I t o ccu rs to him , * * I w ill g e t th is ro b e-m a teria l m ad e u p here, I w ill n o t com e back and he g e ts th a t ro b e-m a teria l m ad e up* T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) a re rem o ved b ecau se o f (his robe) bein g settled . A m o n k , a fte r kathina-clQ th has been m ade- . . . I t occurs to him , r* I w ill n o t g e t th is ro b e-m aterial m ad e up* nor w ill I com e b a c k " , T h a t m o n k 's kathina. (privileges) are rem o ved b ecau se o f his resolves.
366
BOOK
OF
DISCIPLINE
A m o n k , a ft e r kaihint i-clo th h a s been made* * * . I t o c cu rs to h im , ** I w ill g e t th is ro b e-m aterial m ad e u p here, I w ill n o t com e b a c k " , a n d h e g e ts t h a t ro b e-m a teria l m a d e u p , b u t w h ile t h a t ro b e-m a te ria l is b e in g m ad e up* it is lo st. T h a t m o n k 's kathina- (privileges) are re m o ve d becau se o f (the robe) b e in g lost* A m o n k , a fte r kathina-cioth h a s b e en m ad e, goes a w a y w ith th e e x p e c ta tio n o f a ro b e, (but) w ith o u t h a v in g d eterm in ed , for it n e ith e r o ccu rs t o h im , " I w ill com e b a c k n o r does it o c c u r to hiirij 4 4 I w ill n o t com e b a c k W h en h e h a s go n e outside th e b o u n d a ry , it occurs to h im , " I w ill a tte n d to th is e x p e c ta tio n o f a robe here, I w ill n o t co m e b a c k " , a n d h e a tte n d s to th a t e x p e c ta tio n of a robe, b u t th a t e x p e cta tio n o f a robe is d isa p p o in ted for him . T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) are re m o v e d because o f th e d isa p p o in tm e n t o f his e x p e c ta tio n , || 3 |j 8 |j T o ld a re th e tw e lv e cases an C o n tra ry to E x p e c ta tio n -1 A m o n k, a fte r kathinaclo th has been m a d e, go es a w a y w ith th e e x p e c ta tio n o f a robe, th in k in g , I w ill co m e b a c k W hen h e h a s g o n e o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry h e a tte n d s to th a t e x p e c ta tio n o f a robe ; h e o b ta in s one in accord an ce w ith h is e x p e cta tio n , h e d o es n o t o b ta in one c o n tra ry to h is e x p e cta tio n . It occurs to him , " I w ill g e t th is ro b e-m aterial m ade u p here, I w ill n o t com e b a c k a n d h e g e ts th a t ro b e-m a teria l m ad e up. T h a t m o n k 's kaftttna (privileges) are rem o ved b ecause o f (his robes) b e in g settled , A m onk- - * * I t occurs to h im , " I w ill not h a v e th is robem a te ria l m a d e u p , n o r w ill I com e b a c k J\ T h a t m o n k 's kathina (p rivileges) are rem o ved b ecause o f his resolves. A m o n k. t . I t occu rs to him , I w ill g e t th is ro be-m aterial m ade u p here, I w ill not com e b a c k *\ and he g e ts th a t robem a te ria l m ad e u p , b u t w h ile th a t ro b e-m aterial is b ein g m ad e u p, i t is lost* T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) are rem o ved b ecau se o f (his robe) b e in g lost. A m o n k , a fte r kathina -cloth h a s been m ad e, goes a w a y w ith th e e x p e cta tio n o f a robe, th in kin g, ** I w ill co m e b a ck W h en h e has gone o u tsid e the b o u n d a ry i t occurs to him , " I
1 a n a s& d o fd sa k a tn
S. i 33
M A H A V A G G A
VII
3&7
w ill a tte n d to th is e x p e c ta tio n of a robe h ere, I w ill not com e b a c k " , a n d h e a tte n d s to th a t e x p e cta tio n o f a robe, b u t th a t e x p e cta tio n o f a ro b e is d isa p p o in ted fo r him* T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) a re re m o ve d b e ca u se o f th e d isa p p o in tm e n t o f h is e x p e cta tio n . || x j[ A m o n k , a fte r katkin a-cloth has b een m a d e, goes a w a y w ith th e e x p e cta tio n o f a robe, th in k in g , ** I w ill co m e b a c k W h en he h a s g o n e o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry he h ears th a t [260] " In th is residence th e kathina (privileges) are re m o ve d " , I t o ccu rs to him , ** In a sm u c h as in th is resid en ce th e kathina (privileges) a re rem o ved , I w ill a tte n d to th is e x p e c ta tio n o f a robe here " , a n d h e a tte n d s to th a t e x p e c ta tio n o f a robe ; h e o b ta in s one in a cco rd a n ce w ith h is e x p e c ta tio n , h e d o es n o t o b ta in one c o n tra ry to his e x p e cta tio n . I t o ccu rs to h im , -f I w ill g e t th is ro b e-m a te ria l m ade u p here, I w ill n o t com e b a c k " , a n d h e g e ts th a t ro b e-m a teria l m a d e up. T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) are rem o ved b ecau se o f (his robes) b e in g se ttle d . A m o n k , * , . I t o ccu rs to him , " I w ill n o t g e t th is robem aterial m ade up, n o r w ill I com e back That m o n k's kathina (privileges) are re m o v e d b ecau se o f his resolves. A m onk. . . . I t o ccu rs to him , " I w ill g e t th is ro b e-m a teria l m ad e u p here, I w ill n o t com e b a c k a n d h e g e ts th a t robem a te ria l m ad e u p , b u t w h ile th a t ro b e-m a te ria l is b e in g m ad e upj it is lo st. T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) are rem o ved because o f (his robe) bein g lostA m on k, a fte r ka tkin a -cloth has been m a d e, go es a w a y w ith th e e x p e cta tio n o f a robe, th in k in g , " I w ill co m e b a c k , I t occu rs to h im , 4 * I w ill a tte n d to th is e x p e cta tio n o f a robe here, I w ill n o t com e b a c k and he a tte n d s to th a t e x p e c ta tio n o f a robe, b u t th a t e x p e cta tio n of a robe is d isa p p o in ted fo r him . T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) are re m o v e d becau se o f th e d isa p p o in tm e n t o f h is e x p e cta tio n . || s j| A m on k, a fte r aÂi*f-cloth has been m a d e, goes a w a y w ith th e e x p e cta tio n o f a robe, th in k in g , I w ill co m e b a c k " , W h en he h a s gone o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry h e a tte n d s to th a t e x p e cta tio n o f a robe ; h e o b ta in s one in a c co rd a n ce w ith his e x p e cta tio n , he d o es n o t o b ta in one c o n tr a ry to h is expectatio n * H e g e ts th a t ro b e-m a teria l m ade u p ; w hen th a t robe is m ad e
36S
B O O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
u p , h e h ears, " T h e kathina (privileges) a re rem o ved In th is r e s i d e n c e T h a t m o n k s kathina (privileges) are rem o ved becau se o f h is h e a rin g (this new s), A m o n k , a fte r Aa/A-EVwz-cloth h as been m ad e, goes a w a y w ith th e e x p e c ta tio n o f a ro b e, th in k in g , " I w ill com e b a c k W h e n he h a s g o n e outside th e b o u n d a ry , i t o ccu rs t o him , " I w ill a tte n d to th is e x p e cta tio n o f a robe, I w ill n o t com e b a c k J\ a n d h e a tte n d s to th a t e x p e cta tio n o f a robe, b u t th a t e x p e c ta tio n o f a robe is d isa p p o in ted fo r h im . T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) are rem o ved because o f th e d isap p o in tm en t o f h is e x p e cta tio n . A m o n k , a fte r fezf&i'raz-cloth h a s been m a d e, goes a w a y w ith th e e x p e c ta tio n o f a robe, th in k in g , " I w ill com e b a c k *\ W h en h e has gone outside th e b o u n d a ry, h e a tte n d s to th a t e x p e c ta tio n o f a robe ; h e o b ta in s one in a cco rd a n ce w ith his e x p e cta tio n , h e does n o t o b tain one c o n tra ry to his e x p e cta tio n . H e g e ts th a t ro b e-m a te ria l m ad e up ; w h en th a t robe is m ad e up, he, th in k in g again an d again, " I w ill com e b a c k spends th e tim e o u tsid e (the boundary) u n til th e kathina (privileges) a re rem o ved . T h a t m o n k s kathina (privileges) are rem oved becau se o f his h a v in g crossed th e boundary* A m o n k , a fte r katkina-cloth. h as been m ad e, goes a w a y w ith th e e x p e c ta tio n o f a robe, th in k in g , " I w ill com e b ack W h en he h a s go n e o u tsid e the b o u n d a ry he a tte n d s t o th a t e x p e cta tio n o f a r o b e ; h e o b tain s one in acco rd a n ce w ith h is e x p e cta tio n , he does n o t o b ta in one c o n tr a r y to his e x p e cta tio n . H e g e ts th a t ro b e-m a teria l m ade u p ; w hen th a t robe is m ad e up , he, th in k in g a g a in a n d a g a in , " I w ill com e b a c k *\ (his return) co in cid es w ith th e rem o val o f th e kathina (privileges). T h a t m o n k s kathina (privileges) are rem o ved to g eth er w ith (those o f th e other) m on ks. || 3 |j 9 || T o ld are th e tw e lv e cases on In acco rd a n ce w ith E x p e c ta tio n [261] A m o n k , a fte r kafhina-cloib. h a s been m ad e, goes a w a y on so m e business. W h en he has gone o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry there arises1 th e e x p e c ta tio n o f a robe. H e a tte n d s t o th a t e x p e c ta tion o f a Tobe ; h e o b ta in s one c o n tra ry to h is e x p e cta tio n .
1 uppajjati*
10. 1 2]
MAHAVAGGA
VII
369
h e does n o t o b ta in on e in a cco rd a n ce w ith his expectatio n * I t o ccu rs to h im , 141 w ill g e t this ro b e-m a te ria l m ad e u p here, I w ill n o t com e b a c k , a n d h e g e ts th a t ro b e-m a te ria l m a d e up* T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) a re re m o ve d b ecau se o f (his robe) b ein g se ttle d . A m o n k . . * . It o ccu rs to him , " I w ill n o t g e t th is ro b em a te ria l m ade u p , n o r w ill I co m e back That m o n k 's kathina (privileges) are re m o ve d b e ca u se o f h is resolves. A m on k. . . . I t o ccu rs to h i m ,,r I w ill g e t th is ro b e-m a teria l m ad e u p here, I w ill n o t com e b a c k a n d he g e ts th a t robem a te ria l m a d e up, b u t w h ile th a t ro b e-m a te ria l is b e in g m ad e u p , it is lo st. T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) are re m o v e d becau se o f (his robe) b ein g lo st. A m o n k , a fte r kathina^ doth h a s been m a d e, g o es a w a y on som e business. W h en h e h a s gone o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry th ere arises th e e x p e c ta tio n o f a robe. I t o ccu rs t o him , " I w ill a tte n d to th is e x p e c ta tio n o f a robe here, I wiD n o t c a m e b a c k JJ, a n d h e a tte n d s to t h a t e x p e c ta tio n o f a ro b e, b u t th a t e x p e c ta tion o t a ro b e is d isa p p o in ted for him . T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) are re m o ve d because o f th e d isa p p o in tm e n t o f h is e x p e cta tio n . \ ] 1 || A m o n k , a fte r o/A*'ntf-cloth has b een m ad e, goes a w a y on som e business, th in k in g , " I w ill n o t co m e b a c k W h en he has gone o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry there arises th e e x p e c ta tio n o f a robe. H e a tte n d s to th a t e x p e c ta tio n o f a robe ; he o b ta in s one c o n tra ry to his e x p e cta tio n , h e d oes n o t o b ta in one in acco rd a n ce w ith h is e x p e cta tio n . I t o ccu rs t o him , M T w ill g e t this ro b e-m a te ria l m ad e u p h ere **, a n d h e g e ts th a t ro be-m aterial m ad e up. T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) are rem o ved b ecau se o f (his robes) being settled . A m o n k . , , . It o ccu rs to him , I w ill n o t g e t th is robem aterial m ad e u p T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) are rem o ved b ecau se o f h is resolve. A monk* . * - I t o ccu rs to him , I w ill g e t th is ro b e-m a teria l m ad e u p h ere *rt a n d h e g e ts th a t ro b e-m a te ria l m ad e u p , b u t w h ile th a t ro b e-m a te ria l is b ein g m a d e u p , it is lo st. T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) axe rem o ved b e ca u se o f (his robe) b ein g lo st. A m o n k , a fte r kathina-cloth has b e en m ad e, goes a w a y on
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
som e bu sin ess, th in k in g , " I w ill n o t com e b a c k W h en he h a s go n e o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry th e re a rises th e e x p e cta tio n o f a robe_ I t o ccu rs to h im , I w ill a tte n d to th is e x p e cta tio n o f a robe h ere " , a n d h e a tte n d s to th a t e x p e c ta tio n o f a ro b e, b u t th a t e x p e c ta tio n o f a robe is d isa p p o in ted fo r h im . T h a t m o n k 's kafkina (privileges) are re m o ve d b ecau se o f th e dis a p p o in tm e n t o f h is e x p e cta tio n , || 3 \ \ A m o n k , a fte r AaÂt?z-cloth has been m ad e, go es a w a y o n som e business, (but) w ith o u t h a v in g d eterm in ed , fo r it n e ith e r o ccu rs to him , ** I w ill com e b a ck " , n o r d o es it o ccu r to h im , " I w ill n o t com e b a c k " , W h en h e h a s g o n e o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry there arises th e e x p e cta tio n o f a robe. H e a tte n d s to th a t e x p e c ta tio n o f a robe ; h e o b ta in s one c o n tra ry to h is e x p e cta tio n , h e does n o t o b ta in one in acco rd a n ce w ith his e x p e cta tio n . It o ccu rs to him , '* I w ill g e t th is ro be-m aterial m ad e u p here, I w ill n o t com e b a c k " , a n d he g e ts th a t ro b em a te ria l m ad e up. T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) are rem o ved b ecause o f (his robes) bein g se ttle d . A monk* - . * I t o ccu rs to h im , I w ill n o t g e t this robem a te ria l m ade up, n o r . w ill I com e b a c k " , That m o n k 's [262] k a ikin a (privileges) are rem o ved b ecau se of h is resolves. A monk* , t . I t occu rs to hin% " I w ill g e t th is ro b e-m a teria l m ad e u p here, I w ill n o t com e b a c k " , a n d h e g e ts th a t robem a te ria l m a d e u p , b u t w h ile th a t ro b e-m aterial is b ein g m ad e u p f it Is lo st. T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) axe rem o ved because o f (his robe) b ein g lost, A m o n k , a fte r katkina-cioth h a s been m ad e, goes a w a y on som e business, (but) w ith o u t h a v in g d eterm in ed , for it n e ith e r o ccu rs to h im , I w ill com e back " , n o r d oes it o ccu r to him , I w ill n o t com e b a c k W hen h e has go n e b a c k o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry th ere arises th e e x p e cta tio n o f a robe* I t occurs to h im , " I w ill a tte n d to this e x p e cta tio n o f a robe here, I w ill n o t co m e b a c k an d he a tte n d s to th a t e x p e c ta tio n of a robe, b u t th a t e x p e c ta tio n c f a ro b e is d isa p p o in ted fo r him . T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) are re m o ve d because o f th e d isa p p o in tm en t o f his exp ectatio n - || 3 |[ 10 [ | T o ld a re th e tw elv e cases on B u sin ess. A m o n k, a fte r kafkina-cloih h a s been m a d e , goes a w a y ,
1 1 .1 2]
MAHAVAGGA
VII
3?i
tra v e llin g to d is ta n t p a rts ,1 w ith o u t c o lle c tin g 3 h is sh are of th e ro b e-m a te ria l. W h ile h e is th u s tr a v e llin g to d ista n t p a rts, m o n ks ask him , " W h ere have you, your reveren ce, sp en t th e ra in s, and w h ere is y o u r sh are o f th e ro b e-m a te ria l ? ** H e sp ea k s th u s, " I sp en t th e ra in s in su ch a n d su ch a r e s id e n c y an d m y sh are o f th e ro b e-m a te ria l is th e re , T h e se sp ea k th u s , ** G o , y o u r re ve ren ce , fe tc h th a t ro b em a te ria l, W e w ill m a k e u p th a t ro b e -m a te ria l fo r y o u h e r e ." H e , go in g to t h a t resid en ce, a sk s th e m o n k s : M W h ere , y o u r reveren ces,* is m y sh are o f th e ro b e-m a te ria l ? ** T h e se sp ea k th u s : T h is , y o u r re ve ren ce , is y o u r sh are o f th e ro b e-m aterial. W h ere a re y o u g o in g ? " H e sp ea k s th u s : " I a m g o in g to su ch a n d su ch a residenceT h e m o n ks w ill m ake u p th e ro b e-m a te ria l fo r m e th e re -" T h ese s p e a k th u s : r No* y o u r re ve ren ce , do n o t g o ; w e w ill m ake u p th e ro b e-m a te ria l Iqt y o u here*'1 Tt o ccu rs to h im : I w ill get th is ro b e -m a te ria l m a d e u p h eret I w ill not co m e b a c k / J a n d h e g e ts t h a t ro b e-m a teria l m a d e up. T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) a re rem o ved because o f (his robes) b ein g settled , A m o n k. * . - T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) are rem o ved becau se o f h is resolves* A m o n k . * * T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) are rem o ved becau se o f (his robe) b ein g lo st, || 1 ]| A m o n k , a fte r kaihin a-cloth h a s been m ad e, go es a w a y , tra v e llin g to d ista n t p a rts w ith o u t c o lle c tin g his sh are o f th e robe^m ateriaL * * T h is, y o u r reve ren ce , is y o u r sh are o f th e ro b e -m a te ria l/ H e, ta k in g th a t robe-m aterial, go es to t h a t residence* O n
^ apacinayamdnQ.
,J g u a r d i n g t h e t o has o f c la im n e g a tiv e th e
1 disaihgamiba,
C/
p
Vin* i* n g . FtM,
a s
Texts
w o u ld h e
ti.
T h e
166
m
all
suggest
t o b e a c c o r d in g w it h o u t in g o in g
p a c in a ti, le a v e s a n d h fs
* * to
it
fro m
a p a d f ia t i.
I t
s e e m
h o w e v e r o n i,
t a k e
up,
h im . to
to
c o lle c t
c o n t e x t,, it u p
ro b e -m a te ria l w it h
b e h in d , I t h is is
th e n
g o e s
a w a y t h a t
g a t h e r in g a w a y h e
ta k in g
t r u e o f
h o w e v e r th e
d o e s
n o t
re n o u n c e
h is
c la im
s h a r e
r o b e -m a t e r ia l.
T h is seem s th e only tim e t h a t this- m o n k u ses a fo r m of a d d ress, in sp ea k in g to o th er m on ks.
dwso +
37*
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
th e w a y (some) m onks a s k him : " Y o u r reveren ce, w h ere are y o u g o in g ? H e sp ea k s t h u s : " I am g o in g to such and such a residence* T h e m o n k s w ill m ake tip th e ro b e-m aterial fo r m e th e re / ' T h ese sp ea k th u s : N o , yo u r reveren ce, d o n o t go ; w e w ill m ake u p th e ro b e-m a teria l for y o u here* I t occurs to h im : " I w ill g e t th is ro b e-m a te ria l m a d e u p here, T w ill n o t com e b a c k / ' and h e g e ts th a t ro be-m aterial m ad e up. [ 263} T h a t m o n k's kathina (privileges) are rem o ved b ecause o f (his robes) bein g settled . A m o n k . . . * I t occurs to h i m : " I w ill n o t g e t th is ro b e-m a te ria l m ad e u p , nor w ill T com e b a c k / ' That m o n k 's kathina (privileges) are rem o ved b ecau se o f h is resolves. A m o n k . * * I t occurs to h im : " I w ill g e t th is robem a te ria l m ad e u p here, I w ill not com e b a c k / ' a n d h e g ets th a t ro b e-m a te ria l m ade up, b u t w h ile th a t ro b e-m a te ria l is b e in g m a d e up, it is lo st. T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) are rem o ved b ecau se o f (his robe) b ein g lost* || 2 [ J , A m o n k , a fte r kapiina-cloth has been m ad e, goes a w a y , tra v e llin g to d ista n t p a rts w ith ou t co llectin g his share o f th e ro b e-m aterial. . , T h is, y o u r reveren ce, is y o u r share o f th e ro b e -m a te ria l/ ' H e, ta k in g th e ro b e-m aterial, goes t o th a t residence ; w h ile h e is go in g to th a t residence, it o ccu rs to him : " I w ill g et th is ro b e-m a te ria l m ade up here, I w ill n o t co m e b a ck J\ a n d he g e ts th a t ro b e-m a te ria l m ad e up. T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) are re m o ve d because o f (his robes) b ein g settled , A m o n k . . . , I t o ccu rs to him : " I w ill n o t g e t th is robem a te ria l m a d e up, n o r w ill 1 com e b a c k / 1 T h a t monk*s kathina (privileges) are rem oved because o f his resolves, A m onk, . . . I t occurs to him ; Jf I w ill g e t th is robem a teria l m ad e u p here, I w ill n o t com e h a c k J\ an d he g ets th a t ro b e-m a teria l m ad e u p N b u t w h ile th a t robe-m aterial is bein g m ad e up, it is lost* T h a t m o n k 's h zfhin a {privileges) are re m o ve d b ecau se o f (his robe) b ein g lo st. ]| 3 |[ 1 1 jj T o ld are th e nine cases on W ith o u t collecting*
MAHAVAGGA
VI I
373
A m on k, one w h o liv e s in co m fo rt,1 a fte r Afi/Ama-cloth h a s been m ad e, ta k in g ro b e-m a te ria l, goes a w a y , th in k in g , I w ill g o to such a n d su ch a re&idence ; i f th e re com es to be c o m fo rt for me th ere, I w ill s ta y , b u t i f there does n o t co m e t o be co m fo rt for m e, I w ill g o to su c h a n d su ch a resid en ce i if th ere com es to be co m fo rt fo r m e th ere, I w ill s t a y , b u t if th ere does n o t com e to be c o m fo rt fo r m e, I w ill go to such a n d such a residence; if there com es to be co m fo rt fo r m e th e re , I w ill sta y , b u t if th ere does n o t com e to b e co m fo rt for m e, I w ill com e b a c k J\ W h en he has gone o u tsid e th e "boundary, i t o ccu rs to him : " I w ill g e t th is ro b e-m a te ria l m ade u p h e re , I w ill n o t com e b a c k / a n d he g ets th a t ro b e-m a teria l in ad e up. T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) are re m o ve d b ecau se o f (his robes) bein g se ttle d . A monk- , , . W h en he h a s gone outsid e th e b o u n d a ry , it occurs to him* -f I w ill n o t g e t th is ro b e-m a te ria l m ad e up, n o r w ill I com e b a c k T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) are rem o ved because o f his reso lves, A m onk. . . . W h e n he has gone o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry , it occurs to him : I w ill g e t th is ro b e-m a te ria l m ad e u p here, I w ill not com e b a c k / 1 a n d he gets th a t ro b e-m a teria l m a d e up, b u t w h ile th a t ro b e-m a te ria l is bein g m ade up, it is lo st. T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) a re re m o ve d b ecau se o f {his robe) b e in g lost. A m onk. . . , W h en h e h a s gone o u trid e th e b o u n d a ry, he h a s th a t ro b e-m aterial m ad e up ; w h en th a t ro b e-m a teria l is m ad e u p , he, th in k in g ag ain a n d a g ain , " I w ill com e b a c k , sp en ds th e tim e o u tsid e (the b o u n d ary) u n til th e kathina (privileges) are rem o ved . T h a t m o n k ' s [ 2 6 4 ] r kathina, (privi leges) are rem o ved because of h is h a v in g crossed th e b o u n d a ry . A m o n k. * , . W h en he has gone o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry , he h a s th a t ro b e-m a teria l m ad e u p ; w h en th a t ro b e-m a te ria l is m a d e u p , h e P th in k in g a g a in a n d a g a in , * * I w ill com e b a c k " , (his return) coin cid es w ith the re m o v a l o f th e kathina
1 p h a su v th & rik a . ** In ten t on finding a com fortable p lace (to liv e in) '* of Vin. r ^ s ii. 168, although justified b y th e co n test, ascribes both more and less to th e com pound, p k d s u v ih d n k u , th an it actuaily contains. Cf* th e jnn^le-dweller who, it he was thinking a b o u t p h a s u u ik a ta , m ight live independently of guidance, a t M V . 1 . 73. 4 (above p , iiS ) ,
2C
374
B O O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
(privileges)* T h a t m o n k 's kathina (privileges) are rem oved to g eth e r w ith (those o f th e other) m onks. Hi j| 12 H T o ld a re th e five cases on L iv in g in com fort. M onks, th e re are these tw o im p ed im en ts,1 th ese tw o non im p ed im en ts to (the rem o va l of) th e kathina (privileges). A n d w h a t, m onks, are th e tw o im ped im ents to (the re m o va l of) th e kathina (privileges) ? T he residence-im p ed im ent a n d th e robes-im pedim ent* A n d how , m o n ks, does th e resid en teim pedim exit com e to be ? Monks,, in th is case a m o n k w h o is e ith e r s ta y in g in o r w h o is lo n gin g for th a t residence, goes a w a y , th in k in g , * I w ill com e b a c k T h u s, m onks, does th e resid en ce-im p ed im en t com e to be. A n d ho w , m o n ks, does th e robes-im p ed im eiit com e to be f M onks, in th is case, a m o n k's ro b e-m a teria l com es to be n o t m ad e u p o r it is im p e rfe c tly e x e c u te d or the e x p e c ta tio n o f a robe is n o t fu lfilled . Thus* m o n ks, does th e robes-hnped im en t com e to be* M onks, th e se are th e tw o im p e d im e n ts to (the re m o v a l of) th e kathina (privileges). || x || A n d w h a t, m on ks, are the tw o n o n -im pedim en ts to (the re m o v a l of) th e kathina (privileges) ? T h e residence-nonim p ed im en t a n d th e robes-non-im pedlm ent. A n d how, m onks,
* patibodha, obstruction, hindrance, obstacle, im pedim ent, drawback* T e u J p a iiW fe ii sfft enumerated a t K h A . 39* and explained in detail at Fmbi. 90 ft. B u t in its explanation of vdsap~, the fiist on th e list* the Vism. makes no reference to h&thina ; civarap- does not occur here or in fCkA. T h e id e a o f th e palibodhas an d apatibodhas is so m e w h a t difficult to follow . A fte r ketthina-cl<jth Es five p rivileges are a llo w a b le t o m o n k s fM V*
V I L 1 - 3>, a n d th ere are e ig h t grounds for th e rem o va l o f th e s e p riv ile g e s (M V . V I I . 1 , 7). B u t th e n , i t seems-, these e ig h t g ro u n d s are in tu r n s u b je c t to th e tw o im p e d im e n ts an d th e tw o noH im peclim en ts. T h a t is t o s a y , th e kathina p r iv ile g e s ca n n o t t e rem oved if th ere is p resen t a a im p e d i m en t to th e g ro u n d s for rem o vin g them,. t u t o n ly if there is n o im p ed im en t t o th ese groun ds. V A . 1 1 1 4 says, 1i H a v in g sh o w n th e r e m o v a l o f th e kathina (privileges), n o w w h a te v e r are im p ed im en ts are said t o be c u t off in regard t o these kathina (p rivileg es)/' See Vin. Texts ii. 149, n. an d 157,
a. 2, * * T he first -of th e grounds for removing- th e kathina privileges Is th a t depending 00 a m onk havin g gone aw ay. B u t here, although he yoes away,, he intends to come back* T hus the ground for removing the privilege meets
w ith a tx o b stru ctio n .
T e x t here reads, idha bhi&&have bhikhhit vassati tdtdsmiip avas* sapek&ho v& pakkamati (w ith v. . reroit) which has led translator a t Vin. Teats 11. 169 to render,. " A B bikkhu, O Bhikkh&s. goes aw ay (for a . tim e), when tt is rainiojf or storming* w ith th e intention of returning to th at tesideD.ee/* B u t Cing. edn. 1033, vol. ii, 322 and Siam, edn* b oth read, idha bhikkhavt bhikhhu vassdii vd iasmint av&se sapehhQ f pakkamati, which I follow as making* more sense.
13.2]
M A H A V A G G A
VII
375
does th e residen ce-n on -im p ed im en t com e to b e ? In th is case, m on ks, a m o n k goes a w a y from th a t resid en ce b e cau se o f g iv in g up, b ecau se o f ren u n ciatio n , because o f sa crifice, b ecau se o f indifference, th in k in g , * I w ill n o t com e b a c k '/ T h u s, m on ks, does th e residen ce-n on -im p ed im en t co m e to be* A n d how , m onks, does th e ro bes-n on -im p ed im en t co m e to b e ? In th is case, m o n k s, a m o n k 's ro b e-m aterial co m es t o b e m a d e u p or i t is lo st or d e stro y e d o r burnt o r th e e x p e c ta tio n o f a robe is disappointed. T h u s, m o n k s, does th e robes-n on -im p ed im en t com e to be* T h ese, m o n ks, a re th e tw o n o n -im p ed im en ts to (the rem o val of) th e kathina (p rivile g e s)/- j| z [ | 13 \ \ T h e Sectio n on K a th in a 3 : th e S e ve n th . In th is S ectio n are tw e lv e item s, th e w ords* o f a b rid g m en t are one h un dred an d e ig h tee n . T h is is its k e y : T h ir ty m on ks o f P a v a s ta y e d lo n g in g in S a k e ta , a t the en d o f th e rains t h e y w ent w it h d ren ch ed (robes) to see th e C onqueror. J T h is item o f foftfAtMdt-cloth, a n d the five th in g s ca lle d a llo w ab le : 5 W ith o u t a sk in g p erm ission , nor ta k in g th ree robes, a jo in t-m e a l likew ise, / A s m u ch as is required , a n d one th a t a ccru es w ill be for th e m akers. T h e m o tion , a n d ju st w h a t is m ade a n d ju s t w h a t is n o t m ad e, / M arking, w ash in g, a n d c a lcu la tin g , a n d c u ttin g , ta c k in g , m a k in g len gth s, using a piece o f clo th , a n d stre n g th e n ing, b ra id in g , / [265] B in d in g , p a tch in g , d y e in g , ta lk w ith h in ts ,6 te m p o ra ry , p o stp o n em en t, a b an d on m en t, n o t (m ade) if it is n o t a llo w a b le, b u t for th ese th ree, /
1 A s lie d o e s n o t in t e n d t o r e t u r n th e r e is n o re a s o n w h y h is kalhiym p r iv ile g e s s h o u ld n o t b e r e m o v e d . H is in te n t io n p r o v id e s t h e n o n im p e d iz n e n t.
* T h e s e a i e n o im m p e d im b e e n t s r e m h e t o o v e d , t h e a s n o t g r o u n d s w e t o h a v e h a v e is f o r r e m o v in g t h e a.
kathina
m o n k 's i t is I ,
p r iv ile g e s . r o b e lo s t , is o r m
T h e y a d e u p ,
a y
s e e n , i t m
b e c a u s c u p ,
b e c a u s e h is
r e s o lv e s o f a
a d e
b e c a u s e
b e c a u s e
e x p e c t a t io n
r o b e
d is a p p o in t e d .
CJ.
. 6 *
X is s a g . 1
d e f in it io n
o f " w h e n t h e r o b e s a r e s e t t l e d , F , a n d s e e 23* 1 } , i i + p p 1 Kathinakkhandhaka. C f * KatAinavagga, V in . iii. 295^23,.

th e m o u th , s o w h a t is s u e s fr o m it .
5.
Aapfiiyan U r - C in g . c d n , Aapptssanti, w ill b e a llo w a b le . * nimitUt-ftaihd here* I t m ay be a composite 'woi'd for nimittahafa and parihath&haia 7 otherwise th e latter is not included in this part of th e < J k e y " , although it mentioned lower down*
37^
BO O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
U n less fiv e p a rts o r m ore w hen t h e y a ra c u t o u t a re hem m ed to g eth er, n o t (m ade) unless b y an in d iv id u a l, if p ro p e rly (made) he g iv e s th a n k s sta n d in g o u tsid e the b o u n d a r y : / JCaiAm a-cIoth com es to be not m a d e, th u s it is ta u g h t b y th e a w a k e n e d one. U n so iled , w h en w h a t U allow able (is unsoiled ), pieces o i c lo th , rags, a n d b its n ear a shop, / N o t in sin u a tio n , n o r ro u n d ab o u t ta lk in g , n o t te m p o ra ry a n d no p o stp o n em en t, n o t ab a n d o n ed , m a d e allow able, an d in a sm u ch a s i t is for (a set of) th ree robes, / I f five p a r ts o r m o re are cu t ou t a n d h e m m ed to g eth e r, if th e m a k in g is b y an in d iv id u a l, if p ro p e rly (m ade) h e g iv e s th a n k s sta n d in g on th e b o u n d a ry : / T h u s th e m a k in g o f ftatfftiMa-cloth* E ig h t g ro u n d s fo r re m o va l : th a t d ep en d in g o n g o in g a w a y , on b e in g se ttle d , on resolve a n d on loss, / O n h ea rin g, on d isap p o in tm en t o f an e x p e cta tio n , o v e r th e b o u n d a ry , a n d the e ig h th is w ith th e re m o v a l (of o th er m o n k s'). T a k in g a robe th a t is m ad e up, he g o es a w a y , th in k in g , " I w ill n o t ccm e b a c k " , / H is kathina (privileges) becom e rem o ved b ecau se o f his going aw ay. T a k in g ro b e-m a te ria l he goes a w a y ,1 w h en he is o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry , h e th in k s, / I w ill h a v e it m ad e u p here, I w ill n o t com e b a c k J > ; h is kathina (privileges) are rem o ved b ecau se o f (his robes) b e in g se ttle d . T a k in g it, w h en h e is outsid e th e b o u n d a ry, h e inten ds, th in k in g , '* N e ith e r t h a t nor w ill I com e b a c k JJ, / H is kafhina (privileges) becom e re m o ve d d ep en d in g on th a t* o f reso lve. T a k in g ro b e -m a te ria l he goes a w a y , w h en he is o u tsid e the b o u n d a ry , h e th in k s, / " I w ill h a v e it m ad e u p here, I w ill n o t com e b ack/* b u t w h ile i t is b ein g m a d e up, it is Lost;
1 yaSi. * tam> d o u b t k s s " g r o u n d ,J is t o b e u n d e r s to o d .
m a h a v a g g a
vii
377
his kathina (p rivileges) b ecom e re m o v e d d e p en d in g o n th a t o f loss. / T a k in g it, h e go es a w a y , th in k in g , " I w ill com e b a c k " , a n d h a s th e ro b e-m a te ria l m ad e u p o u tsid e , w h en th e robe h a s b een m a d e up, h e h e a rs th a t th e kathina (privileges) are re m o ve d th ere ; / H is hathina (privileges) becom e re m o v e d d e p en d in g on th a t o f hearing* T a k in g it, h e goes a w a y , th in k in g , " I w ill com e b a c k M f and h a s th e ro b e-m a te ria l m ad e u p o u tsid e, / W h en th e robe has been m a d e tip, (stayin g) o u tsid e he does n o t go b a c k 1 u n til th e rem o va l of th e kathina (privileges) ; his kathina (privileges) becom e re m o ve d d ep en d in g on th a t o f h a v in g crossed th e b o u n d a ry . / T a k in g it, h e goes a w a y , th in k in g , " I w ill com e b a c k Jf, a n d h a s th e ro b e -m a te ria l m ad e u p outside, w h en th e robe h a s been m a d e u p , th in k in g , I w ill co m e b a c k , (his return) co in cid es2 w ith th e re m o v a l o f th e kathina (privileges) ; / T h e rem o va l o f his kathina (privileges) is becau se it o ccu rs1 w ith (that of) th e o th e r m onks. T a k in g an d ta k in g w ith him , the go in g a w a y 4 is se v e n tim es seven fo ld . / T here is n o s ix fo ld 5 g o in g a w a y , {the robes) im p e rfe c tly e x e c u te d d ep en d in g on " g o in g a w a y J*. T a k in g it, this arises, I w ill h a v e i t m a d e u p w h en I am o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry 5 1- / S e ttle d a n d resolves a n d loss, these three* T a k in g it, th in k in g , " I w ill n o t com e b a c k J\ 11 I a m m a k in g it u p o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry " ; / S e ttle d , th e n reso lve s, th e n loss, th is is th ree (fold). W ith o u t h a v in g d eterm in ed , for i t d o es n o t (occur) t o him , the th reefo ld m e a n in g below -* / [266]
1 ndm eti , cf, S n , 1 1 4 3 , n & p sn ti with v . I* tidm&nti,
* sambhotK
* jayati* * g*ti. 1 cfco&rf , Sinh. edo* ch&lthe.
* Pali has below ", referring to the leaves of the palm-leaf MSS.* wlierewe say " above ",
B O O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
T a k in g it, h e goes a w a y , th in k in g , " I w ill com e b a c k " , " I am m a k in g it u p o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry th in k in g , " I w ill n o t com e b ack , h e g e ts it m a d e u p ; his kathina (privileges) are re m o v e d becau se o f (his robes) b ein g se ttle d . / R e so lv es a n d loss, h earin g, h a v in g crossed th e b o u n d ary, i t m a y arise w it h (those o f the other) m o n k s ; th u s there is go in g a w a y fifteen tim es. / T a k in g w ith h im , im p e rfe c tly e x e c u te d , ta k in g it w ith him likew ise a g ain , th ese are fo u r tu r n s 1 w here all is fifteen-fold* / A n d c o n tra ry t o e x p e cta tio n , in a cco rd a n ce w ith e x p e cta tio n , a n d business, these three. One sh o u ld u n d e rsta n d th is from w h a t h a s been said :a th ere are three th a t are each tw e lv e (-fold). / H ere are nine on iJ w ith o u t co lle ctin g " , th e re is a se t o f five on co m fo rt ; im p ed im en ts, non-im pedim ents ; th e k e y is m ade from w h a t h a s been sa id .2 [267]
1 vara, i.e. for re cita tio n . a NayatOt p erh ap s 1 4 from th e T n eth o d "*
379
THE
GREAT
D IV IS IO N
V III
A t one tim e th e a w a k e n e d one, th e L o rd w a s s ta y in g a t R a ja g a h a in the B a m b o o G ro v e at th e squirrels* fecd in g -p la ce. N o w a t th a t tim e V e sa ll w a s prosperous a n d flourishing, fu ll o f fo lk , th ro n g ed w ith people,,1 an d it w a s w ell o ff fo r fo o d ; and th ere w ere se ve n th o u sa n d seven h u n d re d a n d se ve n long houses, a n d se ve n th o u sa n d seven h u n d re d a n d se v e n g a b led b u ild in gs, a n d se v e n th o u sa n d seven h u n d re d a n d se v e n parks,* a n d seven th ou san d seven h u n d red a n d seven lo tu s-ta n k s. T h ere w a s th e co u rtesan A m b a p a ll,4 b e a u tifu l, g o o d t o lo o k u pon, ch arm in g, she w a s possessed o f th e u tm o st b e a u ty o f co m p lexio n , w a s c le v e r a t d a n c in g a n d sin g in g a n d lu te -p la y in g , m u ch visite d b y d esiro u s p eo p le and she w e n t fo r a n ig h t for f ift y ,6 and th ro u g h h e r V e s a ll shone fo rth all th e more* [ |1 I I T h e n th e u rb a n co u n cil* o f R a ja g a h a w e n t to V e sa ll on som e business. T h e u rb a n co u n cil o f R a ja g a h a sa w th a t V e s a li w a s prosperous and flourishing* fu ll of fo lk , th ro n g e d w ith people, and w ell off for fo o d ; a n d (th ey saw) th e seven th o u sa n d seven h u n d red and se ve n lo n g h ouses . . . seven th o u s a n d seven h u n d red a n d seven lotus^tanks, a n d A m b a p a ll, th e co u rtesan , b e a u tifu l, go od to lo o k u pon, c h a rm in g , . * a n d (th e y saw) t h a t th ro u gh her V e s a ll shone forth a ll th e m o re. T h e n th e u rb an coun cil o f R a ja g a h a , h a v in g tra n sa c te d th a t business in V esa ll, cam e b a c k again t o R a ja g a h a ; t h e y a p p ro a ch e d K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M agad h a ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d th e y sp o k e th u s to K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M a g a d h a : " S ire, V e sa ll is pro sp ero u s a n d flo u rish in g . - * a n d th ro u g h h e r V e s a ll shines fo rth all th e m ore. I t w ere good , sire, if w e to o m ig h t esta b lish a c o u rte s a n / '
1 C f. D . i _ 2 i i # D. iL 146* M . i. 377> A.* iii. 2 15 , ffr a w a , not 0 6 m on asteries > p here. S ee 5 .JD. il. 2, n. 2* H ere ca lle d A m b a p 3JikS, M en tio n ed a b o v e , p* 3*5* V A , 1 1 1 4 says* ** ta k in g fifty kabapaîast sh e g o e s n ig h t b y n ig h t* " fttg&tna. V A . 1 1 1 4 c a lls th is a kwfumb\haga,n&, a g ro u p o f lea.dm g m en, C f negama a t Vin* iii, 220, * * * *
* fi&s&da t
c f B > D + ii. i&, n. 5.
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
W e ll n o w , g o o d sirs,1 do find su ch a g irl a s y o u m igh t esta b lish as a c o u rte s a n ." jj z |j N o w a t th a t tim e th ere w a s in R a ja g a h a a g irl c a lle d S a la v a ti, w ho w a s b e a u tifu l, good to lo o k u p o n , ch arm in g , she w as possessed o f th e u tm o st b e a u ty o f co m p lexion . T h e n th e u rb a n co u n cil o f R a ja g a h a estab lish ed th e girl, S a la v a ti,3 [268] as co u rtesa n . A n d th e courtesan S a la v a ti soon ca m e t o b e c le v e r a t d a n cin g a n d sin g in g an d lu te -p la y in g ; sh e w a s m u ch visite d b y d esiro u s p eo p le, a n d she w en t for a n ig h t fo r th e fee o f a h u n d red .* T h e n th e co u rtesa n S a la v a ti soon b ecam e p re g n a n t. T h e n it o ccu rred to th e co u rtesa n S a la v a ti : ** M en d o n o t like a p re g n a n t w o m a n . I f a n yo n e sh o u ld find o u t co n cern in g m e th a t * T h e co u rtesa n S a la v a ti is p re g n a n t % a ll re sp e ct fo r m e w o u ld d w in d le. W h a t n o w if I sh o u ld m a k e it k n o w n th a t I a m i ll ? Jf T h e n th e co u rtesa n S a la v a ti en jo in ed th e d oor-keeper, sa yin g : " G o o d d o or-keep er, d o n o t let a n y m a n com e in , a n d i f a n yo n e a sk s for m e, m a k e it k n o w n th a t I am ill/* " V e r y w ell, I a d y p M th a t door-keeper an sw ered th e co u rtesa n S a la v a t i in assen t. || 3 || T h e n th e co u rtesa n S a la v a ti w h en (the ch ild of) h er w om b w a s m ature* g a v e b ir th to a son* T h en th e co u rtesa n S a la v a ti en jo in ed a slav e-w o m an , sa y in g : <(N o w th e n , com e a lo n g , h a v in g p u t th is b o y in to a w iim o w m g -b a sk e t,4 h a v in g ta k e n h im out^. th ro w h im a w a y on a ru b b ish -h ea p / '* " V e r y w ell, la d y , a n d th a t slav e-w o m an h a v in g a n sw ered th e co u rtesan S a la v a ti in assent, h a v in g p u t th a t b o y in to a w irn io w in g-basket, h a v in g ta k e n h im ou t, th re w him a w a y o n a ru b b ish -h eap . N o w a t th a t tim e th e k in g 's son, A b h a y a * b y n am e, goin g in th e m o rn in g to th e r o y a l aud ien ce, sa w th a t b o y surround ed
1
bharie, a form
Cf.
Sh/
4-
o i a d d ress som etim es
u sed
by
k in g s t o thcLr s u b je c ts .
i.
244.
* p&fisatena. T exts ii. 172 ta k e s th is t o m ea n t h a t sh e aslced for a. hu ndred kdhdpavias a n ig h t w h ich u n d o u b te d ly b a la n ces A m b a p a ll's p rice o f f ifty kahd-panas, see V A . 1 1 1 4 , V A , in it s ex e g e sis of patis&lsna does n o t m e n tio n c o in a g e or cu rren cy. JPafisaisita h o w e v e r p r o b a b ly m e a n 3 ,J for a. h u n d red in retu rn J\ f a g a in st a h u n d red * V A , H 1 4 -calls th is ji^ n a su p p a Y a n old w in n o w in g -b a sk e t* C f. >hA. i. 174. S ee D .P .P .N .
1*4 6 ]
m a h
v a g g a
v i i i
3SI
b y cro w s ; seein g th is, h e a sk e d th e p eo p le : " G o o d sirs, w h a t is th is th a t is su rro u n d e d b y cro w s ? ,J ^ I t is a b o y , s ir e / ' " I s h e a liv e , good, sirs ? " ** H e is a liv e , sire/* f W e ll n o w , g o o d sirs, h a v in g b ro u g h t th a t b o y to o u r w o m en 's q u a rters, g iv e him to fo ster-m o th ers to care fo r / ' *f V e r y w e ll, s ir e / ' a n d th ese people h a v in g an sw ered A b h a y a , th e k in g 's son, in a ssen t, h a v in g b ro u g h t th a t b o y to th e w o m e n 's q u a rte rs o f A b h a y a , th e k in g 's son, g a v e h im to fo ster-m o th ers sa y in g , c* C a re for h im 91, B e c a u se it w a s s a id o f h im , " H e is a liv e J\ x th e y g a v e h im th e n a m e o f J iv a k a ; b ecau se the p rin cc* c a u sc d him to be c a red for, t h e y g a v e h im th e n am e o f K o m a r a b h a c c a .3 || 4 |] A n d before lo n g J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a a tta in e d to y e a rs o f discretion. T h en J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a a p p ro a c h e d A b h a y a , th e k in g 's son, and h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d he sp ok e th u s to A b h a y a , th e k in g 's son : c* W h o , sire, is m y m o th e r ? W h o m y fa th e r ? " " N o t even 1, g o o d J iv a k a , k n o w y o u r m o th e r, b u t I a m y o u r fa th e r, fo r I h a d y o u ca red fo r / ' T h e n i t o ccu rre d t o J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a : W ith o u t a c r a ft, it is not e a s y to d e p en d upon these r o y a l fam ilies. Sup pose I w ere to learn a c ra ft ?4 " N o w a t th a t tim e th e re liv e d a w o rld -fa m e d 5 d o cto r a t T a x ila . ]| 5 (| T h en J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a , w ith o u t h a v in g a sk e d (perm is sion) o f A b h a y a , th e k in g 's son, set o u t for T a x ila ; [269] in course o f tim e h e a rriv e d a t T a x ila a n d th a t d o cto r ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h e sp ok e th u s to th a t d o c to r :
1 jiv a ti,
* kumdra.
3 M ea n in g p e rh ap s Mt h e P r ^ c e - f e d M (so G *S . L 2.4). S e e n o te a t F i * . Texts ii, xy^j a t en d o f w h ich it is said, " W e b e lie v e therefore* t h a t th is su rn am e K o m a r a b h a c c a r e a lly m ea n s * oi a ster ef t h e science* M , i e, a p a r t o f th e xncdical scien ce w h ich co m p rise s t h e tr e a tm e n t o l in fa n ts . S h o r t a c c o u n t o f h is h is to r y g iv e n a t A A . i. 3 9 8 !. A t D A . 133, w h ere b rief s yn o p sis o f h is s to r y ap p ears, h e is ca lled K o m ir a b h a n d a , a n d a t Ltivy. 50& tf. K u m lrabhu ta. A t A . i 26 ho is ca lle d c h ie f o f la y follow ers w h o arc ]ik-ed b y people* AT. Sta+ 55 is ad d ressed t o h im . * V A . 1 1 1 4 says th a t he t h o u g h t o f th e d o c to r 's c r a ft for th is is o n th e side o( a m i t y tow ards naen and th e ir w elfa re, w h e re a s cle p h a n t-lo r e a n d horsem an sh ip are c o n n e c te d w it h th e in ju r y o f others* e disapdm okkha. W o r d o ccu rs a t / J * i. 166.
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
rt I w a n t, te a c h e r,1 t o tra in in th e c r a f t / -f W e ll th en , go od J iv a k a , tra in in it - " T h e n J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a le a rn t m u ch a n d le a rn t it q u ic k ly , a n d he re fle cte d u p o n it w ell, a n d h e d id n o t fo rg et w h a t he h a d learn t. T h e n a t th e end o f se v e n y e a rs, it o ccu rred to J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a : I am lea rn in g m u ch a n d lea rn in g it q u ic k ly , an d I am re fle ctin g upon it well* a n d I do n o t forget w h a t I h a v e le a m t, b u t a fte r s tu d y in g fo r se v e n y ea rs th e end o f th is c ra ft is n o t v is ib le t o m e. W h en w ill th e end o f th is c r a ft b e visib le ? ** |[ 6 It T h en J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a ap p ro ach ed th a t d o cto r ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d h e sp ok e th u s to th a t d o cto r ; " I, tc a ch e r, am learn in g m uch and lea rn in g i t q u ic k ly , a n d I am re fle ctin g u p o n it w e ll, and I do n o t fo rg et w h a t I h a v e le a m t, b u t a fte r stu d y in g fo r se ve n years th e end o f th is c ra ft is n o t visib le to m e. W h e n w ill th e en d o f th is c ra ft be v isib le ? " W e ll n o w , g o o d J iv a k a , ta k in g a sp ad e, to u rin g a yojana ail round T a x ila , b rin g w h a te v e r y o u sh o u ld see th a t is not m edicinal.'* V e r y w ell, te a c h e r/ ' an d J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a h a v in g an sw ered th a t d o c to r in assent, ta k in g a spade, to u rin g a yojana ail ro u n d T a x ila , d id n o t see a n y th in g th a t w a s not m ed icin al. T h e n J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cc a ap p ro ach ed th a t d o cto r ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed he sp ok e th u s to th a t d o cto r : T ea ch e r, w h ile I w a s to u rin g fo r a.yajana all ro u n d T a x ila , I did not see a n y th in g th a t w a s n o t m e d icin a l/' '* Y o u arc tra in e d , good J iv a k a , th is m u c h is enough fo r a live lih o o d fo r y o u / ' a n d he g a v e h im triflin g p ro visio n s for th e jo u rn e y . 7! 1 T h en J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cca , ta k in g those triflin g provisions for th e jo u rn e y , se t o u t fo r R a ja g a h a . T h e n J iv a k a K o m a r a b h a c c a 's triflin g p ro visio n s for th e jo u rn e y b ecam e used u p cn th e w a y , a t S a k e ta , T h e n it o ccu rred t o J iv a k a K o m a ra bhacca : " T h e se w ild ern ess ro ad s h a v e little w a te r, little f o o d ; it is n o t e a s y to go a lo n g th em w ith o u t p ro v isio n s fo r th e jo u rn e y .1 Suppose 1 w ere to lo o k a b o u t for p ro visio n s fo r th e jo u rn e y ? * N o w a t th a t tim e in S ak eta a m e rc h a n t's w ife h a d h a d a
1 acariy& . * Cf- Vin. i* 344, above, p. 335-0.
1 .8
iq ]
M A H A V A GG A V I I I
3S3
d isease o f th e h e a d fo r seven years. M a n y v e r y g re a t, w orld fa m e d d o cto rs w h o had co m e had n o t been a b le to cu re h e r ; ta k in g m u c h g o ld ,1 th e y w en t a w a y . T h e n J iv a k a K om ara^ b h a c c a , e n te rin g S a k e ta , a sk ed the people : " W h o , g o o d sirs, is iii ? W h o m sh all I a tte n d ? M T ea ch e r, th is m e rc h a n t's w ife [270] has h a d a d isease o f th e h e a d for se ve n y e a r s j go, tea ch er, a tte n d th is m e rc h a n t's w ife / ' || 8 |1 T h en J iv a k a K o m a r a b h a c c a w e n t u p to th e d w e llin g o f th a t househ old er, th e m erch a n t, a n d h a v in g gone up, he e n jo in ed th e d o or-keep er, s a y in g ; ** G o , g o o d d o o r-k eep er, s a y to the m e r c h a n ts w ife , ' L a d y , a d o cto r is co m e w h o w a n ts to see you * ", -f V e r y w ell, te a c h e r , a n d th a t d o o r-k e e p e r h a v in g an sw ered J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a in assent, approach ed th a t m e rc h a n t's w ife ; h a v in g a p p ro ach ed , h e sp oke th u s to th a t m e rc h a n t's w ife : ** L a d y , a d o cto r is com e w h o w a n ts to see y o u , W h a t so rt o f a d o cto r is h e, g o o d d o o r-k e e p e r ? ** tf H e is y o u n g , la d y / * " T h a t 's en ou gh , g o o d d oor-keeper. W h a t co u ld a y o u n g d o cto r d o for m e ? M a n y v e r y g re a t, w o rld -la m e d d o cto rs w h o h a v e com e h a v e n o t been a b le to cu re m e ; th e y h a v e go n e a w a y ta k in g m u ch g o ld / J || 9 || T h en th a t d oor-keep er w e n t u p to J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a ; h a v in g gone up* h e sp ok e thus to J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a : " T ea ch e r, th e m e rc h a n t's w ife sp eak s t h u s : ' T h a t'S en ou gh , g o o d d o or-keep er . * . ta k in g m u ch g o ld V G o, g o o d d oor-keep er, s a y to the m e rc h a n t's w ife : ' L a d y , th e d o cto r sp eaks t h u s : D o not, la d y , g iv e a n y th in g b efo re h an d ; w h en y o u becom e w ell, then y o u m a y g iv e w h a t y o u lik e V ** V e r y w ell, te a c h e r / ' a n d th a t d o o r-k eep er h a v in g an sw ered J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a in assent, w en t u p to th a t m e rc h a n t's w ife ; h a v in g gone u p , h e sp o k e thus to th a t m e rc h a n t's w ife : " L a d y , th e d o cto r sp ea k s th u s . * * ' * * * th en y o u m a y g iv e w h a t y o u lik e '/* W e ll th e n , good d oor-keeper, le t th e d o c to r com e/"
1 hiranna,
* iikxechati, to trât medically, to cure,
384
BO O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
4 4 V e r y w ell, la d y / J a n d th a t d o or-keep er h a v in g an sw ered th e m e rc h a n t's w ife in a ssen t, w en t u p to J iv a k a K o m a r a b h a c c a ; h a v in g gone u p , h e sp ok e th u s to J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a : T h e m e rc h a n t's w ife , teach er, su m m o n s y o u ," If 10 jj T h en J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a w e n t u p to th a t m e rc h a n t's w ife ; h a v in g g o n e u p , h a v in g o b se rv e d h e r uneasiness,1 he sp ok e th u s to th e m e rc h a n t's w ife : " L a d y , a h an d fu l* o f ghee is w a n te d ." T h e n t h a t m e rc h a n t's w ife h a d a handful, o f ghee g iv e n to J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a , Then J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a , co o k in g u p th a t h a n d fu l o f ghee w ith va rio u s m edicines, m ad e th a t m e rc h a n t's w ife lie d o w n on h e r b a c k o n a co u ch and g a v e it (to her) th ro u g h th e nose* T h e n th a t ghee, g iv e n th ro u g h th e nose, ca m e o u t th ro u g h the m o u th . T h e n th a t m erch a n t's w ife, s p ittin g it into a recep ta cle, en jo in ed a slave-w o m an , s a y in g 1 " C om e, n o w , ta k e u p th is ghee w ith c o t t o n / '3 |[ 1 1 | J T h e n it o ccu rred to J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a ; " I t is asto n ish ing h o w s tin g y th is h o u sew ife4 is, in th a t sh e has th is gh ee, w h ich o u g h t to be th ro w n a w a y , ta k e n u p w ith co tto n ; [271] m a n y o f m y v e r y p recio u s m ed icines w e n t in to it, a n d w h a t k in d o f a fee* w ill sh e g iv e m e ? " T h e n th a t m e rc h a n t's w ife , h a v in g o b se rv e d J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a 's uneasiness, sp ok e th u s to J iv a k a K o m a r a b h a c c a ; T e a c h e r, w h y a re y o u p ertu rb ed ? " " I t o ccu rre d t o m e in th is case : it is a sto n ish in g . - * w ill she g iv e m e ? " B u t, te a c h e r, w e househ olders kn o w a b o u t th is e c o n o m y * ; th is ghee is e x c e lle n t for th e s e rv a n ts o r w o rk m en fo r ru b b in g th eir fe e t, or p o u re d o u t in to a lam p . D o n o t y o u , te a ch er, be p e rtu rb e d , y o u r fee w ill not be la c k in g . 7 | | 12 j| T h e n J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a re m o ve d th e m erchant*s w ife 's seven y e a r o ld d isease o f th e h ea d b y ju s t th e one tre a tm e n t
1 vikara, * pasaia, a sm all m easu re o f c a p a c ity ; e x p la in e d a t V A . r n 6 a s tkahaiihap x lla , w h a t is c o n ta in e d in on e nand. S ee n, a t T e x .fs ii. 17S . 1 p ic u , which V A . 1 1 1 6 explains by kapp&sapaiala, a cotton covering*
* gharapi ,
*
4 samyarna.
deyyadkamma.
see E M . ii, ^03, n. I.
T h a y a t i t o w a s te a w a y , t o disappear,. dim inish* d w in d le.
i - i 3 14 ]
m a h a v a g g a
v i i i
385
th ro u g h th e n o se.1 T h e n th a t m e rch a n t's w ife , b e in g w ell, g a v e fo u r th o u s a n d 2 to J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a ; h er son, th in k in g , M y m o th e r is w e ll , g a v e fo u r th o u sa n d ; h er d au gh ter-in -law , th in k in g , " M y m o th e r-in -la w is w e ll , g a v e fo u r th o u sa n d ; th e househ old er, th e m e rc h a n t, th in k in g , M y w ife is w ell , g a v e four th o u san d a n d a s la v e a n d a sla v ew om an an d a horse-chariot* T h e n J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a , ta k in g th ese six te e n th o u sa n d and th e s la v e a n d th e sla v e w om an a n d th e h o rse-ch a rio t, se t o u t fo r R a ja g a h a ; in d u e course h e a p p ro a ch e d A b h a y a , th e k in g 's s o n p a t R a ja g a h a ; h a v in g a p p ro ach ed h e sp ok e thus to A b h a y a , the k in g 's son : M Sire, th is is fo r m y first w o rk ; six te e n th o u sa n d a n d a slav e a n d a slav e-w o m an a n d a h o rse-ch a rio t. M a y y o u r highness* a cce p t it a s a tr ib u te fo r h a v in g h a d m e ca red fo r. 4 tf< N o , g o o d J iv a k a * let i t b e for y o u y o u rs e lf ; b u t d o b u ild a d w ellin g in o u r p a la c e 5.'* " V e r y w ell, sire , an d J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a h a v in g an sw ered A b h a y a , th e k in g s son, in a ssen t, b u ilt a d w ellin g in th e p a la ce of A b h a y a , th e k in g 's son. || 13 || N o w a t th a t tim e K in g Seniya. B im b is a ra o f M a g a d h a cam e to su ffer fro m a fistu la ; his o u ter g a rm e n ts w ere sta in e d w ith blood . T h e queens, seein g th is, m a d e tu n o f him , s a y in g : 11 N o w th e k in g is in his courses, th e k in g is h a v in g a p erio d , soon th e k in g w ill g iv e b irth /* O n a c co u n t o f th is th e k in g becam e asham ed- T h en K in g S e n iy a B im b is a r a o f M agad h a spoke th u s to A b h a y a , th e k in g 's so n : M G o o d A b h a y a , I h a v e su ch a d isease t h a t m y o u te r g a rm e n ts are stain ed w ith blood. T h e queens, se e in g th is, m a k e fu n o f m e, saying* J - * * th e k in g w ill g iv e b irth \ P le a se , good A b h a y a , d o find a d o c to r su ch as c o u ld a tte n d me/* f* Sire, th e re is th is JT vaka o f ours, a y o u n g d o cto r of h ig h repute ; he w ill a tte n d y o u r m a je sty/* " V e r y w ell, g o o d A b h a y a , [272] co m m a n d th e d o cto r, J iv a k a , so th a t h e sh a ll a tte n d m e / ' |j 1 4 ||
Allowed to monks a t Vi*t. i. 204. C f. Vin~ iii. S3 and A t ZX i. 12 called b y some reciuses and brahmans a Jow or w orldly lore from which G otam a abstains. * p r o b a b ly hahdpazias* * d&vnr ma.SC, aing. h e ie .
B .D . L 143* ft. 2 p 1 pos&vaniha. * aftt$fiura> n o t w o m en 's q u a rte rs he_
1 natthukamma.
386
B O O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
T h e n A b h a y a , th e k in g 's son, co m m an d ed J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cca , s a y in g : G o , good J iv a k a , a tte n d th e k in g / 1 " V e r y w ell, s ir e ," a n d J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a h a v in g an sw ered A b h a y a , th e k in g s son, in assent* ta k in g m ed icin e un d er his n a il, a p p ro a ch e d K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M a g a d h a ; h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed , h e sp ok e th u s to K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra of M a g a d h a : " S ire, le t m e see th e d ise a se/ ' T h e n J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a rem o ved K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M a g a d h a 's fis tu la w ith ju st th e on e o in tm en t. T h en K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M agad h a, b e in g w e ll, h a v in g h a d five h un dred w om en ad orn ed w ith a ll kin d s o f orn am en ts, h a v in g m ad e th e m ta k e (these) oft, h a v in g h a d th em m ad e in to a p ile, sp o k e th u s to J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cc a : L e t a ll these orn am en ts o f th e five h u n d re d w om en be yo u rs, g o o d J i v a k a / ,wN o , sire, m a y y o u r m a je s ty rem em b er m y ofice.,J " W e ll th e n , g o o d J iv a k a , m a y y o n te n d m e a n d th e w om en1 a n d th e O rd er o f m o n ks w ith th e a w aken ed one a t its h e a d / ' MV e r y w e ll, sire ," J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a an sw ered K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M a g a d h a in assent. |j i$ |[ N o w a t th a t tim e a m erch an t o f R a ja g a h a h a d h a d a disease o f th e h e a d for se ve n yea rs. M a n y v e r y g rea t, w o rld -fam ed d o cto rs w h o h a d com e h a d not been a b le to cu re h im . T a k in g m u ch go ld , t h e y w e n t aw ay* M o reo ver h e ca m e t o b e g iv e n u p b y th e d o cto rs. Som e d o ctors sp ok e th u s : T h e house holder* th e m e rch a n t w ill pass a w a y 2 o n th e fifth d a y/* Som e d o cto rs sp ok e th u s : T h e householder, th e m e rch a n t w ill pass a w a y on th e se v e n th d ay/* T h en it o ccu rred to th e u rb a n co u n cil o f R a ja g a h a ; ** T h is househ old er, th e m e rch a n t is v e r y u sefu l to th e k in g a s w ell as to th e u rb a n c o u n c il, b u t y e t he h a s been g iv e n u p b y th e doctors. Som e d o cto rs s p e a k thu*5 : 1 T h e househ old er, th e m erchant w ill pass a w a y on th e fifth d a y / Som e d o cto rs sp ea k t h u s : * T h e householder, the m erch an t w ill pass a w a y on th e se ve n th d a y / N o w , th is J iv a k a , th e k in g 's d o cto r, is yo u n g a n d o f g o o d repu te. S u p p o se w e sh ould a sk J iv a k a , th e k in g 's d o cto r, to a tte n d th e house holder, th e m e rch a n t ? || r6 ]|
1 illhdgdra* kdlam harissati,
w ill c o m p le te h is tim e (here, in th is birth}* w ill die.
1 *17 iS]
MAHAVAGGA
VIII
3^7
T h e n th e u rb a n c o u n c il o f R a ja g a h a a p p ro a c h e d K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M agad lm ; h a v in g a p p ro a c h e d t h e y sp o k e th u s to K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M agad h a : ** Sire, th is h ouseh old er, the m erch a n t is v e r y u sefu l t o y o u r m a je s ty as w ell a s to th e c itiz e n s ; b u t th en h e is g iv e n u p b y th e d o cto rs w ill die o n th e se v e n th d a y \ I t w ere g o o d if y o u r m a je s ty w ere to co m m a n d J iv a k a , th e d o cto r, to a tte n d th e h ouseh old er, th e m e rc h a n t/ 1 [273] T h e n K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M a g a d h a c o m m a n d ed J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cc a , s a y in g : *G o , go od J iv a k a , a tte n d th e h ouse h older, th e m e rc h a n t/ ' '* V e r y w ell, s ir e / ' a n d J iv a k a K o m a r a b h a c c a h a v in g a n sw ered K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M a g a d h a in assen t, a p p ro a c h e d th a t h o u seh o ld er, th e m e rc h a n t ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g o b se rv e d th e uneasiness o f th e ho u seh o ld er, th e m erch an t, h e sp o k e th u s t o th e h o u seh o ld er, th e m e rc h a n t : " I f I, h o u s e h o ld e r sh o u ld m ake y o u w ell, w h a t w o u ld be m y fee ? " " A ll m y p ro p e rty sh all becom e yo u rs, te a ch e r, a n d I w ill be y o u r s la v e / ' || 1 7 || " N o w , h ouseh old er, are y o u able to lie d o w n on on e side fo r se ve n m o n th s ? " . *' I am able, te a ch er, to lie d o w n o n on e sid e fo r seven m o n th s / ' " N o w , h ouseh old er, a re yo u able to lie d o w n o n th e o th e r side for seven m o n th s ? " " I am ab le, te a ch er, to lie d o w n on th e o th e r sid e fo r se v e n m o n th s/ ' ** N o w , h ouseh older, are y o u a b le t o lie d ow n on y o u r b a c k fo r se ve n m o n th s ? M " I am able, te a ch er, to lie d o w n on m y b a c k fo r seven m o n th s/" T h en J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a , h a v in g m ad e th e h o u seh o ld er, th e m e rch a n t lie d o w n on a couch , h a v in g s tra p p e d h im to th e co u ch , h a v in g c u t o p en th e sk in o f h is head* h a v in g o p en ed 1 a su tu re in th e s k u ll,2 h a v in g d ra w n o u t tw o liv in g c re a tu re s,3 show ed them to th e p eo p le, s a y i n g : " D o y o u see, m a ste rs, th ese tw o liv in g c re a tu re s, th e one sm all, th e o th e r la rg e ? T h is large liv in g c re a tu re w a s seen
1 vmdynttivd , V A 1 1 1 7 e x p la in s b y ifivaritva* 2 stbltinf . cf. f a . v i. 3 3 9 r sibbdni (plural),
* pdnaka*
BO OK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
b y those te a ch ers w h o spoke th u s : ' T h e h ouseh old er, the m e rc h a n t w ill pass a w a y on th e fifth d a y * ; on th e fifth d a y it w o u ld h a v e d e stro y e d the brain o f th e householder* th e m erch a n t, a n d w h en th e brain had been d e stro ye d th e h ouse h older, th e m e rc h a n t w o u ld h a v e p assed a w a y . I t w a s r ig h tly seen b y those tea ch ers. T h is sm all liv in g c re a tu re w a s seen b y th o se te a ch e rs w h o spoke t h u s : - T h e householder, th e m erch a n t w ill p a ss a w a y on the se v e n th d a y ' ; on th e se v e n th d a y i t w o u ld h a v e d e stro y e d th e b ra in o f th e h ouseh old er, th e m e rc h a n t, a n d w h en th e b ra in h a d been d e stro ye d th e house h old er, th e m e rc h a n t w o u ld h a v e passed aw ay* I t w a s r ig h tly seen b y those te a c h e r s / ' A n d h a v in g clo se d th e su tu re o f the sk u ll, h a v in g sew n u p th e skin o f th e h e a d , h e a p p lie d an o in tm en t. |{ 18 || T h e n th e ho u seh o ld er, the m erch a n t, w h e n se ve n d a y s h ad passed, sp ok e th u s to J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a : " I a m n o t a b le , te a ch er, to lie d ow n on one side fo r seven m o n th s/ ' ** B u t d id y o u n o t, householder, an sw er m e in assent, s a y in g : * I am able, te a ch e r, to lie dow n on one side for seven m o n th s' " I t is tru e, te a ch e r, th a t I an sw ered th u s , b u t I w ill die, I am n o t a b le t o lie d o w n on one sid e fo r se v e n m o n th s/ ' i W e ll th en , h ouseh old er, y o u lie d o w n o n th e o th e r side for se ve n m o n th s / ' T h e n th e househ old er, th e m erch an t, w h en se v e n d a y s h a d p assed, sp o k e th u s t o J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a : [274] " I am n o t a b le , te a ch er, to lie d ow n on th e o th e r side for seven m o n th s/ ' tr B u t did y o u n o t, h ouseh older, an sw er m e in assen t, s a y in g : I a m a b le r te a ch e r, to lie dow n on th e o th e r side fo r seven m o n th s * ? " 4t I t is tru e, tea ch er, th a t I an sw ered th u s, b u t I w ill die, I am n o t a b le to lie dow n on the o th e r sid e fo r seven m o n th s/ ' " W e ll th e n , h ouseh older, y o u lie d o w n on y o u r b a c k fo r s e v e n m o n th s." T h e n th e hou seh old er, the m erch a n t, w h e n se v e n d a y s h a d passed, spoke th u s to J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a : " I a m n o t a b le r te a ch e r, to lie d ow n on m y b a ck fo r seven m o n th s / " B u t did yo u n o t, householder, a n sw er m e in assent, s a y in g :
1*19
31]
m a h
v a g g a
v i i i
389
' I a m ab le, tea ch er, to lie d o w n on m y b a c k fo r s e v e n m o n th s ? I t is tru e , te a ch er, th a t' I a n sw ered th u s , b u t I w ill d ie, I am n o t able to lie d ow n on m y b a c k fo r se v e n m o n th s/ ' II *9 II I f I , h ouseh old er, h a d n o t sp ok en to y o u th u s , y o u w o u ld not h a v e la in d ow n so lo n g (as this) ; b u t I k n e w b efo reh an d th a t th e h ouseh old er, th e m e rch a n t w o u ld b e co m e w e ll in th ree tim es se ve n d a y s. R ise u p , h ouseh old er, y o u a re w e ll ; find w h a t is m y fe e / J " A ll m y p ro p e rty sh a ll becom e y o u rs , te a c h e r, a n d I w ill be y o u r s la v e / ' 0 N o , householder* d o n o t g iv e m e a ll y o u r p r o p e r ty a n d d o n o t be m y sla v e ; g iv e a h u n d red th o u sa n d to th e k in g a n d a h u n d red th o u sa n d to m e / ' T h en th e h ouseh older, th e m erch a n t, b e in g w e ll, g a v e a h u n d re d th o u san d t o th e k in g a n d a h u n d re d th o u sa n d to J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cc a , ]\ 20 || N o w a t th a t tim e th e son o f a m e rc h a n t o f B en a re s,1 w h ile p la y in g a t tu rn in g so m ersau lts cajn e to su ffer fro m a tw is t in th e bow els, so th a t he d id n o t p ro p e rly d ig e st th e c o n je y th a t h e d ra n k n o r d id he p ro p e rly d ig e st th e food th a t he a te or re lie v e h im self re g u la rly . B eca u se o f th is he b ecam e th in , w retch ed , his co lo u r b a d , ye llo w ish , th e v e in s sh o w in g a ll o v e r his b o d y .5 T h e n it o ccu rre d t o th e m e rc h a n t o f B en a re s : T * N o w w h a t k in d o f a fflictio n h a s m y son ? H e does n o t p ro p e rly d ig e st th e c o n je y th a t h e d rin k s a n d h e does n o t p ro p erly d igest th e fo o d th a t h e e a ts a n d h e d oes not relieve h im self re g u la rly. B eca u se o f th is h e is th in , w re tch e d , o f a bad colou r, yello w ish , th e v e in s sh o w in g a ll o v e r his b o d y . W h a t now if I , h a v in g gone to R a ja g a h a , sh o u ld a s k th e k in g for J tv a k a , th e d o cto r, to a tte n d m y son ? " T h en th e m e rch a n t o f B en ares, h a v in g go n e to R a ja g a h a , ap p ro a ch ed K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M a g a d h a ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , he sp ok e th u s t o K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M agad ha : 4 1 Sire, m y son h a s th is k in d o f a fflic t io n : h e d oes n o t
1 B a r iL n a s e y y a k a , are inhabitant of B e n a r e s , B a r a n a s I * on, the a n a lo g y of Pivcyyaka, an inhabitant of P&va, see above, p, 31* n, i. * tn oh k h a cih & y a . k i la n t a s s a ,
1 stock-phraieH
C f*
i. 3 1 6 , n . r, 1-2,
2D
39^
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
p ro p e rly d ig e st * * * th e vein s sh ow in g a ll o v e r his b o d y. I t w ere g o o d i f y o u r m a je s ty [275] w ere to co m m an d J iv a k a , th e d o cto r, to a tte n d m y so n / ' || 21 | | T h e n K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M a g a d h a co m m an d ed J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a , s a y in g : " Go, g o o d J iv a k a , h a v in g gone t o B en a re s, a tte n d th e son o f the m erch a n t o f B e n a re s/ ' " V e r y w ell, sire / ' a n d J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a h a v in g an sw ered K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M agad h a in assent, h a v in g gone to B en ares, a p p ro ach ed th e son o f th e m erch an t o f B e n a re s ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g o b served th e uneasiness o f th e son o f th e m e rch a n t of B en ares, h a v in g cau sed the people to b e tu rn e d a w a y r having* surroun d ed him w ith a curtain*1 h a v in g tie d h im to a post, h a v in g p laced his w ife in fro n t {of him ), h a v in g c u t o p en th e sk in o f his sto m a ch , h a v in g d ra w n o u t th e tw is te d bow el, sh ow ed it to h is w ife, sa y in g : " See, th is w a s y o u r h u sb an d 's a fflictio n ; b ecause o f th is he did n o t p ro p e rly d ig e st th e c o n je y th a t h e d ra n k a n d d id n o t p ro p erty d igest th e fo o d th a t h e a te an d d id n o t relieve h im self re g u la rly ; b e ca u se o f th is he is thin, w retch ed , h is co lo u r bad , yello w ish , th e v e in s show ing all o v e r his b o d y ." H a v in g stra ig h te n e d o u t th e tw is te d bow el, h a v in g p u t b a c k th e bow el a g a in , h a v in g sew n u p th e sk in o f the sto m a ch , he a p p lied an o in tm en t. T h e n th e son o f th e m e rc h a n t o f B en ares soon b ecam e w ell. T h e n th e m e rch a n t o f B en ares, s a y i n g : My so n is w ell/* g a v e six te e n th o u san d to J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cc a . T h e n J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cca , ta k in g those six te e n th o u sa n d , w ent b a c k a g a in to R a ja g a h a . ]| 22 | ] N o w a t th a t tim e K in g P a jjo ta 3 cam e to be su fferin g from ja u n d ic e .5 M a n y v e r y great* wôrld-famed d octors, w ho had co m e had n o t been a b le to cure him ; ta k in g m u ch gold* th e y w e n t a w a y . T h e n K in g P a jjo ta sent a m essenger to K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M agad h a, sa y in g : " I h a v e th is kind o f disease ; it w o u ld b e good if y o u r m a je s ty w ere to com m an d J iv a k a , th e d o cto r, so th a t he sh ould a tte n d m e/" T h e n K in g B im b is a ra o f M a g a d h a com m an d ed J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cc a , s a y in g : " G o , g o o d Jivaka* h a v in g gone to U jje n i, a tte n d K in g P a jjo t a / '
1 ttroharapt, a& a t ii* 152- * Kmjj? 0/ A v a n t i, c a p ita l U j j e n l ; c/*JDhA _ L 192, * paftdurogdb&dha. C f, V in . 1, 206 w h e r t a m o c k h a d th is disease. The cu re " allo w ed " h im w a s differen t fto m t h e one ad m in istered t o P a jjo ta .
1.33 35]
M A H A V A G G A
V III
391
" V e r y w ell, s ir e / ' a n d J iv a k a K o m a r a b h a c c a h a v in g an sw ered K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M a g a d h a in assent, h a v in g gone to U jje n l, a p p ro a ch e d K in g P a jjo ta , a n d h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed , h a v in g o b se rve d his u n easin ess, h e sp ok e th u s to K in g P a jjo ta : \ \ 23 [| " S ire, I w ill c o o k u p som e ghee, a n d y o u r m a je s t y w ill d rin k i t ." " N o , g o o d J iv a k a , d o w h a t y o u ca n to m a k e (me) w e ll w ith o u t ghee ; ghee is a b h o rren t to m e, lo a th s o m e / ' T h en it o ccu rred to J iv a k a K o m a r a b h a c c a : [276] T h e k in g 's disease is o f such a k in d th a t it is n o t possible to m a k e him w ell w ith o u t ghee. S u p p o se I should c o o k u p th e ghee (so th a t it has) th e colour o f a n a strin g en t d e co ctio n , th e sm ell o f an a strin g en t d eco ction * th e ta s te o f a n a strin g en t d eco ctio n 1 ? " T h e n J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a cooked u p th e g h e e w ith v a rio u s m edicines (so th a t i t had) th e colour o f a n a strin g e n t decoction* th e sm ell o f a n a strin g en t d ecoction , th e ta s te o f a n a strin g e n t decoction* T h en it occu rred to J iv a k a K o m a r a b h a c c a ; " W h en th e k in g h a s d n m k an d d ig e ste d th e gh ee, i t w ill m ake him sick. T h is k in g is violent, h e m ig h t h a v e m e killed . Sup p o se I sh o u ld a s k (for perm ission to g o a w a y ) b e fo re h a n d ? T h e n J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a a p p ro a ch e d K in g P a jjo ta ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d he sp ok e th u s to K in g P a jjo ta : jj 24 || *' Sire, w e d o cto rs a t such a m o m e n t3 as th is are p u llin g up roots, g a th e rin g m edicines. Tt w e re g o o d if y o u r m a je s ty w ere to co m m an d a t th e sta b le s4 an d at th e g a te w a y s , s a y in g : ' L e t J iv a k a go o u t b y m eans o f w h a te v e r c o n ve ya n ce * he desires, le t h im go o u t b y w h a te v e r g a te w a y he desires, le t
1 kas&visvaitnatrt kasdvagartdfeijff Ktit* Texts ii, 1 S 7 reads " so t h a t it ta k e s th e colour, t h e sm ell a n d t h e t a s t e of a n a s tr in g e n t d eco ctio n > # . P . E . & , su g g e s ts o f r e d d ish -y ello w colour, h a v in g a. p u n g e n t sm ell, h a v in g a n a s tr in g e n t t a s t e / ' F o u r k in d s o f kasdva, a s tr in g e n t d e co c tio n s, to be used as cfiedicine in fla vo u rin g food , are a llo w ed a t j, 2 o r r a n d kas&voda&a, a w a t e r y a s tr in g e n t d eco ctio n , a t V in . 1. 305. A t V in . iL 15 1 th e hasava allo w ed w a s a n astrin g e n t liq u id t o b e a p p lie d t o th e colour in g m a tte r g iv e n t o w a lls so a s t o m ake th e co lo u rin g s tic k on. * capga. F a j jo t a J s fu ll n am e w a s C a n d a p a jj o ta. * *uhuita is a sh o rt p eriod o f time* it s u se h ere p r e s u m a b ly im p ly in g t h a t it w a s u r g e n t Jor h im t o g e t a ^ y on h is business* * v&handgara. th e 100m fo r th e c o n v e y a n ce s , m o u n ts, ve h icle s or b e a sts of bu rd en , so stabhcs, c o a ch 'h o u s e . * vahanat m ou n t.
392
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
h im g o o u t a t w h a te v e r tim e h e desires, le t h im com e in a t w h a te v e r tim e he desires V T h e n K in g P a jjo t a co m m an d ed a t th e sta b le s a n d a t th e g a te w a y s, s a y i n g : " L e t J iv a k a go o u t b y m ean s o f w h a te v e r c o n v e y a n c e h e desires, le t him g o o u t b y w h a te v e r g a te w a y he desires, le t h im go o u t a t w h a te v e r tim e h e desires, le t him com e in a t w h a te v e r tim e h e d esire s." N o w a t t h a t tim e K in g P a jjo ta h a d a sheêlephant, ca lled B h a d d a v a tik a , w h o co u ld d o fift y yojanas*- T h e n J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a o ffered th e g h e e to K in g P a jjo ta , s a y i n g : r 4 L e t y o u r m a je s ty d rin k a n a strin g e n t d e c o c tio n / ' T h e n J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a h a v in g m ad e K in g P a jjo ta d rin k th e g h e e , h a v in g g o n e to th e e lep h a n t sta b le , h a sten ed o u t o f th e c i t y on th e sh e-elep h an t, B h a d d a v a tik a . || 25 [j T h e n K in g P a jjo ta , w h en he h a d d ru n k a n d d ig e ste d th e gheej w a s sic k . T h e n K in g P a jjo ta sp o k e th u s t o the people : " G o o d sirs, th e w ic k e d J iv a k a h a s m a d e m e d rin k gh ee. W e ll n o w , go od sirs, lo o k for th e d o cto r, J iv a k a / * " Sire, h e h a s h a sten ed out o f th e c ity on th e sh e-elep h an t, B h a d d a v a tik a / J N o w a t th a t tim e K in g P a jjo ta cam e t o h a v e a s la v e ca lled K a k a ,* w h o co u ld d o s ix t y y ojan a s a n d w h o w a s b o m o f a non -hum an bein g. T h e n K in g P a jjo ta co m m a n d ed th e sla v e , K a k a , s a y in g : " G o , g o o d K a k a , m a k e J iv a k a , th e d o ctor, retu rn , sa y in g , ' T h e k in g , teach er, orders y o u to co m e b a c k NoWj g o o d K a k a , th ese d o cto rs are fu ll o f cun n in g, so d o not a c ce p t a n y th in g fro m h im / ' (j 26 |[ A n d th e sla v e , K a k a , c a u g h t u p J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cc a on th e ro a d to K o sa m b i as h e w a s h a v in g b re a k fa s t. T h e n K a k a , th e slav ej sp ok e th u s to JTvaka K o m a r a b h a c c a : [277] " T h e kin g, tea ch er, o rd ers y o u to com e b a c k / *4 W a itj g o o d K a k a , u n til we h ave e a ten ; com e, g o o d K a k a , y o u eat/* N o , te a ch er, X am com m an d ed b y the k in g , sa y in g : ' N o w g o o d K a k a , th ese d o cto rs are fu ll o f cun n in g, so d o n o t accept a n y th in g from h im V* N o w a t th a t tim e J rv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a , h a v in g strip p ed
1 Vi+t T e xts ii, 18S a d d s " (in one d a y } " : th is in fo rm a tio n is g iv e n a t D h A * i. 1 9 6 ; tk&divasam pafiA&sa yojandtti gacchati. A b o v e sh e is d escrib ed as paHfiasayopanika. , * M en tio n ed a t i. 196. * TtivaUipetif " is h a v in g y o u s e ct b a c k
1.37 *9}
M A H A V A G G A
VIII
393
off1 th e m ed icin al (part) w ith his n a il, w a s e a tin g a n e m b lic m y ro b a la n 2 a n d d rin k in g w a te r. T h e n J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a sp ok e th u s to K a k a , th e s la v e : H ere, g o o d K a k a , e a t th e em blic m y ro b a la n a n d d rin k th e w a t e r / ' j| 27 || T h e n K a k a , th e sla v e , th in k in g : " T h is d o c to r is e a tin g th e em blic tn y ro b a la n a n d d rin k in g th e w a te r, th e re sh o u ld n o t be a n y th in g h a rm fu l/ '* a te h a lf th e e m b lic m y ro b a la n a n d d ra n k th e w a te r. B u t h e e je c te d th a t h a lf e m b lic m y ro b a la n t h a t h e w a s e a tin g , o n th e sp ot. T h e n K a k a , th e sla v e , sp oke th u s to J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a : r< I s th e re life fo r m e, te a ch e r ? D o n o t be a fra id , g o o d K a k a t fo r y o u w ill g e t w ell ; b u t th e k in g is v io le n t, th a t k in g m ig h t h a v e m e k ille d , so I am n o t co m in g b a c k / ' a n d g iv in g th e sh e -e le p h a n t, B h a d d a v a tik a , in to K a k a 's ch a rg e, h e set o u t for R a ja g a h a ; in due co u rse h e a p p ro a ch ed R a ja g a h a , a n d K in g S e n iy a B im b is a ra o f M agad h a ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d h e to ld th is m a tte r t o K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M agad ha. Y o u did w e ll, g o o d J iv a k a , in n o t g o in g b a c k , th a t k in g is v io le n t, h e m ig h t h a v e y o u k ille d / ' || 28 || T hen K in g P a jjo ta , b ein g w ell, sen t a m essen ger to J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cc a , s a y in g : " L e t J tv a k a co m e, I w ill g ra n t him a boon/' N o , m a ster, le t h is m a je s ty rem em ber m y o ffic e / ' N o w a t th a t tim e there accrued to K in g P a jjo t a a p a ir o f S iv e y y a k a c lo th s4 w h ich w ere the c h ie f an d b e st a n d fo rem ost and m o st e x ce lle n t a n d lo v e lie st o f m a n y clo th s, o f m a n y p a irs
1 otumpetud' w ith (see V in . L 390) uhwnpetvd, odametvd. ofurnfietvS* V A . I I I ? e x p la in s b y odahitva pahkhipitvd, h a v in g p u t in , h a v in g in se tte d . * atmiliihiZi phyllam th 11s e m b lic a , T h e fr u it a llo w ed a s a m e d icin e a t V in . i, 12.01. * n a arahati kitici pUfiakam Jtofum. 4 Siveyyaka dussayuga. V A , M 1 7 g iv e s tw o e x p la n a tio n s o f S iv e y y a k a : e ith e r it m ea n s th e c2oths used in t h e U tt& rak uru c o u u t r y for c o v e r in g th e d e a d bo d ies b r o u g h t t o t h e cem eteries, slvatthi&a, in w h ic h ca se a ce rta in kind of b ir d t a k in g a p iece of fiesh to H im a la y a s , eats it a n d throw s a sid e th e clo th ; th e n a forest-w and erer seein g th e c lo t h b rin g s i t t o th e kin g ; t h is c lo th w a s o b ta in e d b y P a jjo ta . In t h is w a y . Or* Siw y y a & a m eans t h a t t h e good w o m en o f th e S tv i k in g d o m think,. 1 th r e a d is sputL from th e s e filicuLea J a n d t h e y sp ea k of a c lo th w o v e n of th is th r e a d b y th is nam e. " B e ca u sc o f th is siveyyaka m ea n s cem etery -clo th . ld th e U tta r a k u r u co u n tr y , a n d clo th p r o d u c t in th e S iv i k in g d o m *\ 'Texts iL 1 go s a y s C i N o d o u b t th e la tte r e x p lic a tio n is th e r ig h t c u e C f. P a v a , F i v e y y a k a , a b o v e , p. ,3.1, o . 2. a n d B&rSiâsI, B a x a :n a se y y a k a pa b o v e , p. 339 a. D u isa y u g a m ean s t h e t w o clo th s , the io in -c lo th ox djioti, a n d t h e u p p er clo th * w h ich are u s u a lly w orn b y Laymen,
394
BO O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
o f cloth s, o f m a n y h u n d red pairs o f clo th s, of m a n y th o u sa n d p a irs o f clo th s, o f m a n y h un dred th o u sa n d p a irs o f cloths* T h en K in g P a jjo t a sen t th is pair o f S iv e y y a k a c lo th s to J iv a k a K o in a ra b h a c c a . T h e n it occurred to JTvaka K o m a ra b h a c c a : " T h is p a ir o f S iv e y y a k a clo th s, sen t m e b y K in g P a jjo ta , is th e m o st e x ce llen t a n d lo v e lie st o f m a n y clo th s . . ; no one else is w o r th y o f it b u t th e L o id , th e p erfected one, th e w h o lly a w a k e n e d one, or K in g S e n iy a B im b isa ra o f M aga d h a / ' || 29 ]| N o w a t th a t tim e th e L o rd cam e to h a v e a d istu rb a n ce o f th e hum ours o f his b o d y ,1 T h e n th e L o rd addressed th e ven e ra b le A n a n d a , s a y i n g : [278] " A n a i d a , th e T ru th -fm d er h a s a d istu rb a n ce o f th e hum ours o f h is b o d y ; th e T ru th fin d er d esires t o take* a p u r g a tiv e / '3 T h e n th e v e n e ra b le A nand a a p p ro a ch e d J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cc a ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed he sp ok e th u s to J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cc a : " J T v a k a , air, th e T ru th -fin d er has a d istu rb an ce o f th e hum ours o f his b o d y ; the T ru th -fin d e r d esires to ta k e a p u r g a tiv e . *' W e ll n o w , re v e red A n a n d a , lu b ric a te 4 th e T ru th -fm d e r's b o d y fo r a fe w d a y s / ' T h en th e ve n e ra b le A n a n d a , h a v in g lu b ric a te d th e T ru th -fin d erJs b o d y for a fe w d a ys, ap p ro ach ed J iv a k a K o in a ra b h a c c a ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d h e sp oke th u s to J iv a k a K o m a r a b h a c c a : " J iv a k a , sir, th e T ru th -fin d cr's b o d y h a s been lu b rica te d ; w h a t d o yo u th in k is rig h t for h im n ow ? " H3 I E T h en it o ccu rred to J iv a k a K o m a r a b h a c c a : " Tt is n o t su ita b le th a t I sh ou ld g iv e a stro n g p u rg a tiv e to th e L o rd ,J > and h a v in g h a d th ree han d fu ls o f lo tu ses5 m ix e d * w ith va rio u s
1 kayo dosdhhisanno. C f. V in . a. 206 w here a ce rta in m on k w a s abhisannaz kdya, h a d a s u p e rflu ity of humours, in h is b o d y * " ; va rio u s p u r g a tiv e , w ere allo w ed A t Y in * Li, * 1 9 som e mortks aJso b e c a m e abhi$awnak&y&~ Vin. T e xts iL 60, rt. 6 s a y s th a t dosa** is a d istu rb a n ce of th e so-called hu m ou rs in t h e b o d y ." iJosa is used in sense o f Some kin d o i sickness a t Mtfrt* 43. A t M iln * 1 7 2 w e g e t tikicch&ko abhisannc k&ye kupite doss sinfhan iyfini bh&sfrjj&vi tfefi* d o es a p h y s ic ia n g iv e so fte n in g m ed icin es w h en th e b o d y is fu ll o f h u m o u rs a n d afflicted, b y them ? p * 1 paiutnt lit, t o d r ia k r cf. sam e phrase a t V in , j* s o 6, w here p u rgin g d rin k s are allow ed* * mrutajwi. T h is a n d th ree other k in d s are h eld (at JJ. i. 12) b y som e recluses a n d b ra h m a n s to b e w o rld ly lore a b s ta in e d fro m b y G o ta m a . * stnehciha. C f. sinehanty&ni bhesajj&ni a t M *in+ 172+ * uppalahatthdni. * paribhdueivfi., or su pplied with* tr e a te d w ith*
1 -31
33]
M A H A V A G G A
v i i i
395
medicines* he a p p ro ach ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed he o ffered th e L o rd o n e h a n d fu l o f lo tu ses, s a y in g : L o rd , m a y th e L o rd sn iff u p 1 (the sce n t of) th is first h a n d fu l o f lo tu ses ; th is w ill p u rg e the L o rd te n tim e s. T h e n h e offered th e L o rd the second h a n d fu l o f lotuses, s a y i n g : *4 L o rd , m a y th e L o rd sn iff u p (the sc e n t of) th is secon d h a n d fu l o i lo tu ses ; th is w ill purge th e L o rd ten tim e s / ' T h e n h e offered th e L o rd th e th ird h a n d fu l o f lo tu ses, sa y in g : " L o rd , m a y th e L o rd sn iff u p (the scen t of) th is th ird h an d fu l o f lo tu ses ; th is w ill p u rg e th e L o rd te n tim es ** ; th u s , he th o u g h t th a t th e L o r d w o u ld be p u rg ed a ll to g e th e r t h ir t y tim es,* T h en J iv a k a K o m a ra b h acca. h a v in g g iv en th e L o rd a p u rg a tiv e for t h ir t y tim es all to g eth er, h a v in g g reeted the Lord* d e p a rte d keep in g h is rig h t sid e to w a rd s him , | ] 3 1 || T h en it occu rred t o J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a w h en he h a d gone ou tsid e the porch r f*A p u rg a tiv e h a s been g iv e n b y me to th e L o rd for all to g eth e r t h ir t y tim es. T h e L o rd has a d is tu rb an ce of th e hu m ou rs o f h is b o d y ; it w ill n o t p u rg e th e L o rd all to g eth e r th ir ty tim es, it w ill pu rge th e L o rd tw en ty -n in e tim es, b u t th en th e L o rd , being p urged , w ill b a th e ; w h en he has b ath ed , th e L o rd w ill purge once, th u s th e L o rd w ill be p u rg ed ail to g eth e r t h ir t y tim e s / ' T h e n the L o rd , k n o w in g b y m in d th e reaso n in g in th e m in d 3 o f j i v a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a , addressed th e ven erable A n a n d a , s a y in g ^ < f N o w , A n an d a, it occu rred to J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a w h en he h a d gone o u tsid e th e p o rch : fA p u rg a tiv e h a s b een g iv en b y m e to th e L o rd * . >th u s th e L o rd w ill be p u rged a ll to g e th e r th ir ty tim e s / W e ll now , A n a n d a , prepare (some) h o t w a te r / ' 'V e r y w e ll, L o r d / 1 and the ven erab le A n a n d a h a v in g a n sw ered th e L o rd in assen t, [279] p repared (some) h ot w ater, || 32 || T h en J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cc a a p p ro ach ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g a p p ro ach ed , h a v in g g reeted the L o rd , he sa t d ow n a t a re sp e ct ful d istan ce. A s h e w a s sittin g d ow n a t a re sp e c tfu l d istan ce, J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cc a sp ok e th u s to th e L o rd : 11 L o rd , is th e L o rd p u rg e d ? " I am purged* J iv a k a / ' N o w , L o rd , it o ccu rred to me a fte r I h a d gone o u tsid e times*
1 upasifrghattt cf. S . i. 304. * passive construction lit. : ttius -will thetfe be for th e Lord a purge th irty cefrift? c e t & p a r i v i t a k k a m a f i n d y a t sto ck ;
c f* S . 1. 103, 173*
3 0
B O O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
th e p o rch : A p u rg a tiv e has been g iv e n b y m e to th e L o rd , * . th u s th e L o rd w ill be p u rg e d a ll to g e th e r th ir ty tim es/ L o rd , le t th e L o rd bathe* le t th e w e ll-fa re r b a th e / ' T h e n th e L o rd b a th e d in th e h o t w a te r ; w h en he h a d b a th e d th e L o rd p u rg ed once ; th u s th e L o rd p u rg e d a ll to g e th e r t h ir t y tim es. 4 L o rd , T h e n J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : r u n til th e L o rd 's b o d y com es to b e n o rm al, a lm sfo o d o f ju ice s w ill be e n o u g h / l A n d th e L o rd 's b o d y soon b ecam e n o rm a l, ]| 33 [\ T h e n J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a , ta k in g t h a t p a ir o f S iv e y y a k a clo th s, a p p ro a ch e d th e L o r d ; h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed , h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , he s a t d ow n a t a re sp e ctfu l d istan ce. A s he w a s s ittin g dow n a t a reS p ectiu l d istan ce, J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : ,r L o rd , I a s k on e boon o f th e L o rd /* " J iv a k a , T ru th -fin d e rs are b e y o n d (grantin g) b o o n s.1 L o rd , i t is w h a t is allo w ab le a n d w h a t is blam eless/* *4 S p e a k o n , J iv a k a / ' L o rd , th e L o rd a n d th e O rd er o f m o n k s are w earers of ra g -ro b es.3 L o rd , th is p a ir o f S iv e y y a k a clo th s w a s sen t m e b y K in g P a jjo t a ; o f m a n y clo th s, o f m a n y p a irs o f clo th s, o f m a n y h u n d red p a irs o f clo th s, o f m a n y th o u sa n d pairs o f clo th s, o f m a n y h u n d red th o u san d p a irs o f clo th s, it is th e c h ie f an d b e st a n d fo rem ost a n d m o st e x c e lle n t and lo v e lie st. L o rd , m a y th e L o rd a cce p t m y p a ir o f S iv e y y a k a clo th s, a n d m a y he a llo w h o u seh o ld ers' ro b e s1 to th e O rd er o f m o n k s / ' T h e L o rd a c ce p te d th e p a ir o f S iv e y y a k a clo th s. T h en the L o rd g la d d en ed , rejoiced* roused, d e lig h ted J iv a k a K o m a ra bh acca w ith dhttmma-t a lk .& A n d w hen J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a h a d been g la d d en ed . , * d e lig h ted b y th e L o rd w ith dhammata lk , risin g fro m his se a t, g re e tin g th e L o rd , h e d e p a rted k e e p in g his rig h t side to w a rd s h im . || 34 || T h en th e L o rd , o n th is occasion, h a v in g g iv e n dfiamma~talkr a d d ressed th e m o n k s, s a y in g : 1 olam yusapipgapattna.
a b s ta in K tn . lV
Texts
ii.
19 3
tr a n s la te s a k a ta y v s a ,
"
y o u a re
h a d
b e t te r a t
Vin.
fr o m 2 0 6 a s
liq u id a
fo o d
N a t u r a l
ju ic e s ,
a llo w e d
i>
p u r g a t iv e .
* aHkkartJxvard.
VA. VA *
b y
Cf.
th a t
V i n . i. 8 =p 29^n e ith e r th e u a t iL a il L o r d th is
S ee a b o v e , p. 104,
d u rin g e v e n t th e tw e n ty n o r y e a rs a n y s in c e m o n k , h a p p e n e d , r a g -r o b e w e re w e a re rs . (o r r o b e -m a t e r ia l)
1 1 1 9
s a y s o f
h ia h a d
*
a t ta in m e n t a c c e p te d
1 1 1 9
e n lig h te n m e n t
h o u s e h o ld e r s ' m a k e s th e
r o b e s ; p o in t
w e re th e s e
th a t
ro b e s
g iv e n
h o u s e h o l-d e r s ,
1 1 IQ -
VA*
s a y *
w it h
t a lk
c o n n e c te d
w it h
th e
a d v a n t a g e
o i
g iv in g
c lo t h e s ."
1.35 2.1]
M A H A V A G G A
V III
397
" I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, h o u seh o ld ers' robes. W h o e v e r w ish es m a y be a ra g -ro b e w e a r e r ; w h o e v e r w ish es m a y co n sen t to (accept) h o u seh o ld ers' ro b es.1 A n d T, m o n k s, co m m en d sa tisfa c tio n w ith th e one o r th e o th e r."* P e o p le in R a ja g a h a h e a rd : [ 280] H o u seh o ld ers' robes a re allo w ed to m o n k s b y th e L o r d ," a n d th e se p e o p le b e cam e jo y fu l* ela te d , th in k in g : " N o w w e w ill g iv e g ifts, w e w ill w o rk m e rit,8 in a sm u ch as ho u seh o ld ers' ro bes are a llo w e d to m o n k s b y th e L o r d . A n d in ju s t o n e d a y m a n y th o u s a n d ro b es w ere p ro d u c e d in R a ja g a h a . C o u n try-p eo p le h eard : H o u seh o ld ers' ro b es are a llo w ed to m o n k s b y th e L o r d ," a n d these p eo p le b ecam e jo y fu l a n d ela te d , th in k in g : N o w w e w ill g iv e g ifts, w e w ill w o rk m erit, in a sm u ch as h o u seh o ld ers' ro bes are a llo w e d to m o n k s b y th e L o rd . A n d in ju s t one d a y m a n y th o u s a n d ro b es w ere p ro d u ced in th e c o u n try . || 35 || N o w a t t h a t tim e a m a n tle* a c cru e d to th e O rd er. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, a m a n tle .'' A silk m a n tle accru ed . " I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, a silk m a n tle ," he said. A fle e cy coverlet accru ed . " I a llo w y o u , m on ks, a fle e c y c o v e r le t," he said . U36 || 1 || T o ld is th e F ir s t P o rtio n fo r R e p e a tin g . N o w a t th a t tim e th e k in g o f Kasi sen t w o o llen s t u ff7 th a t
1 C f. V in . iain 172 i* 29S). 1 iiar it arena. C f. H V . V I I I , 3 * 2. V A . m g says 1 1 w ith o n e o f litt le v a lu e p w ith one of g r e a t v a lu e , w ith w h a te v e r i t is T h u s C h ild e r s 15, I th in k , r ig h t in u n d e r s ta n d in g t h e p h rase as ^ w h e th e r th e robes are g o o d or b a d see V in . T e x ts iL 194, n. 2. 1 punila>n fiariss&r*ux. T h is lite r a l tra n sla tio n b est p re se rve s t h e In d ia n n o tio n o f karma, katttma, d eed s, actio n s, or w o r k in g w h o se resu lt is hetd to b e e ith e r g o o d or b a d , m eritoriou s or lacking: in m e rit. * pav&ra, or c lo a k . W o rd o ccu rs a t / 4 , v , 409, V A - m g s a y s salontako happdsikapavaro , s. c o tto n pav&ra w ith s o m e th in g w o o lly iotna b e in g th w o o l o r h a ir o f an a n im a l. * hojava. _P.iT.ZX g iv e s a r u g or co v e r w ith lo n g h air, a fle e c y co u n te r pane F F * a n d C h ild ers " a g o a t 's h a ir co v e r le t o f fine w o rk m a n sh p , (c f , Abhidhdrtapp. 3 12 }. V A . 1 1 19 d istin g u ish es b e tw e e n t h e o r d in a r y kojava,. m e a n t here, a n d kojuva- w h ich is mah&pitthiya* la r g e a t t h e b a t k (?), an<l sa y s t h a t lik e a pdvdra i t is m a d e o f w ool. W o r d o ccu rs a g a in a t L>hA. j. 17 7 , tra n sld , Burlinâm e^ Hud, Leg^ndst L 259. c o v e r le t o f g o a t 's h a ir iJ ; an d a t D h A . iii. 297, as pHv^rakojaua, tra n sld l B u d . Legends iii. 96, *' c lo a k a n d g o a ts ' hair co v e r le t \ K^jctva occu rs in d efin ition o f gem aka,, a w o o llen co v e r w ith lo n g e e c e P a t V A * 1Q&&, B A . 86, T h ig A , 2 5 3 , S A * ii. 3 1 5 . * K A s i w a s a maJtdj a nap a t c a p ita l H en a ies. V A . 1 1 1 9 s a y s t h a t th e k in g w a s b r o th e r to P a s e n a d i b y th e sam e father* 7 Aambala, or a w oollen b la n k e t or g a r m e n t.
398
B O O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
w a s w o rth h a lf a k d si, b e in g v a lu e d a t h a lf a k d si,1 to J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a . T h en J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cc a , ta k in g th a t w oollen stu ff th a t w a s w o rth h a lf a kdsi, a p p ro a ch ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g - greeted th e L o rd , h e sa t d ow n at a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce. A s he w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce, J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cc a sp ok e th u s to the L o rd : -f L o rd , th is w o o llen s tu if th a t is w o rth ha]f a kdsi, b e in g v a lu e d a t h a lf a k d sit w a s sen t to m e b y th e k in g o f K a si. Lord* m a y th e L o rd a c ce p t th e w oollen stu ff from m e th a t it m a y be fo r m e a b lessin g a n d a happ iness for a lo n g tim e*p > T h e L o rd a ccep ted th e w oollen stu fL T hen th e L o rd g la d d en ed , re jo ice d , roused , d e lig h ted J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a cc a w ith tiAflmma-talk* J iv a k a K o m a ra b h a c c a , glad d en ed , * , w ith d/ttim m a-talkr h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , d ep a rted k e ep in g his rig h t side to w a rd s h im . T h en th e L o rd , on th is occasion , h a v in g given reasoned ta lk , a d d ressed th e m on ks, s a y in g : *4 I a llo w y o u , m on ks, w oollen s t u ff." \ \ i j| 2 || A t t h a t tim e va rio u s k in d s3 o f ro b e-m a teria l a ccru ed to th e O rder. T h en it o ccu rred to th e m o n k s : ** N o w , w h a t (kind of) ro b e-m a teria ls are allow ed b y th e L o rd , w h a t are n o t a llo w e d ? * ' T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e s a id : M onks, I allo w s ix (kinds oi) ro b e-m a te ria ls3 : linen, cotto n , silk , w ool, coarse h em p en c lo th , c a n v a s . |[ I ||
L ad4hahdsikayn hambalam pxhii uptt4tfhak5sinant Vin. Texts i% . 195 has N a wootlen jjarm int mado hall of Benares cloth , . . with n. th a t our translation of addhakasikaxp ka.mba.Iam is merely con* jectu ral." V A * 3339 says ** here kdsi means a. thousand, a thing worth th at is but th is is worth five hundred. therefore it is called half ; for th is same reason it is said apaddhakdsinatp kkamatnaitam *\ T h e whole passage is obscure. Benares was famous for its silks and mailitis, taut th e stuff sent b y the king w is of wool- I am therefore following the Cotny's lca < 3 in ta k in g 451, kasifta and ha si Ham as representing worth, coat or valu e in the ab o ve passage. C P . D . undei says th at it 11 seems orig. to mean a sort of ' half-musLin 1 {cf, haiika), but here taken in th e sense of * piece of stuff sufficient for half the people oi K dsi " , See . under Addh&kSsT the courtesan, ior suggestions th at she deiived her nam e from th e fart th at she charged her patrons " five hundred F J (i.e. probably >*mj4 + 315 gives the value of brand ncw t neither new nor old. and worn KAsi cloths. Ja. v i + 151, 45^ says th a t a garment of KS&i cloth is worth a hundred thousand, ttccAvotatti. V A . ri rtj says " nice and n a s ty /' * A t Firt. i. 58, 56 these six are called benefits e xtra to ra^-robes. A t A - iv . 394 th e firet four ar-e mentioned as forming p a r t of a n c h gift- See Li. 143 for notes. T h e y are, naturally, identical with the six kinds o i thread 01 yarn, W + iii- 356.
3.2 4.3]
M A H A V A G G A
VIII
399
N o w a t th a t tim e th ese m o n ks {281] co n sen ted to h o u se h o ld ers' ro bes ; (but) b e in g scrupulous* t h e y d id n o t co n sen t to rag-ro b es, t h i n k i n g : " O n ly on e (kind of) robe is a llo w ed b y th e L o rd , n o t tw o (kinds)/* T h e y to ld th is m a tte r t o th e irord . H e said : * * M onks, I a llo w h im who co n sen ts to householders" robes to c o n se n t a lso to rag-robes, A n d I, m onks, co m m en d s a tis fa c tio n w ith b o t h / '1 II II 3 H N o w a t th a t tim e several m on ks ca m e to be g o in g a lo n g a h ig h -ro a d in th e K o s a la country* S o m e m o n k s w e n t in to a c e m e te ry fo r ra g -ro b e s,3 o th e r m o n k s d id n o t wait* T h o se m o n k s w h o w e n t in to th e c e m e te ry for rag -ro b es o b ta in e d rag-robes ; those m o n k s w h o d id n o t w a it sp ok e th u s : Your reveren ces, g iv e us also a p o rtio n / ' T h ese spoke th u s ; " Y o u r reveren ces, w e w ill n o t g iv e y o u a p o rtio n j w h y did y o u n o t w a it ? # J T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to the L o rd . H e s a id : *r I allo w , y o u , m o n ks, n o t t o g iv e a p o rtion , if y o u a re n o t w illin g , to those w ho d o n o t w a i t / ' \ } i |[ N o w a t th a t tim e se v e ra l m on ks cam e to b e g o in g a lo n g a high -ro ad in th e K o s a la co u n try . Som e m o n k s w e n t in to a ce m e te ry fo r rag-ro bes, o th e r m o n k s w a ite d , T h o se m o n k s w h o w e n t in to th e c e m e te r y fo r rag -ro b es o b ta in e d rag -ro b es ; th o se m o n k s w ho w a ite d spoke th u s : Y o u r reveren ces, g iv e us also a p o r tio n / 1 T hese sp oke th u s : Y o u r reverences* w e w ill n o t g iv e y o u a p o rtio n j w h y did y o u n o t g o in ? T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id ; " T a llo w yo u , m on ks, to g iv e a p o rtio n , (even) if y o u are n o t w illin g , to those w h o w a it/ ' || a || N o w a t th a t tim e se v e ra l m on ks cam e to be g o in g along a h igh -ro ad in th e K o s a la co u n try . Som e m o n k s w e n t in to a c e m e te ry for rag -ro b es first, o th e r m o n k s w e n t in a fte rw a rd s . T hose m on ks w h o w e n t in to the c e m e te ry fo r ra g -ro b es first, o b ta in ed rag-robes. T h o se m on ks w h o w e n t in a fte rw a rd s
1 Cf M V . v iii. 1 . 35.
* A t V ism . 6 z c c m e te r y -iu g a , sosanikah h ea d th e list o f rags from w h ich ra g -r o b e s c a n b e ma.de.
* sambahttla,
400
BO OK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
d id n o t o b ta in th e m ; these sp o k e th u s : " Y o u r reveren ces, g iv e us also a p o rtio n ." T h ese spoke t h u s : " Y o u r reveren ces, w e w ill n o t g iv e y o u a p o rtio n ; w h y d id y o u g o in a fte rw a rd s ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r t o th e Lord* H e sa id : I aE ow y o u , m o n ks, n o t t o g iv e a portion , i f y o u are n o t w illin g , to those w h o go in a fte rw a rd s / ' || 3 | | N o w a t th a t tim e se v e ra l m o n k s cam e to be go in g alo n g a h ig h -ro a d in th e K o s a la country* T hese w e n t into a ce m ete ry to g e th e r1 fo r rag-robes ; some m o n k s o b ta in e d rag-robes, o th e r m o n k s d id n o t [282] o b ta in them* T h o se m onks w h o d id n o t o b ta in th em sp o k e th u s : Y o u r reveren ces, g iv e u s also a p o rtio n / ' T h e se sp ok e th u s : er Y o u r reveren ces, w e w ill n o t g iv e y o u a p o rtio n ; w h y d id n o t y o u o b ta in (any) ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to the L o rd . H e sa id : " I allo w y o u , m o n k s, to g iv e a p o rtio n , (even) if y o u are n o t w illin g , to those w h o go in to g e th e r w ith (y o u )/ ' |[ 4 |j N o w a t th a t tim e s e v e ra l m on ks cam e to b e go in g a lo n g a h igh -road in th e K o s a la co u n try . T h e se , h a v in g m ad e an a g ree m e n t,3 w e n t in to a c e m e te ry fo r ra g -ro b es ; som e m o n k s o b ta in e d rag-ro bes, o th e r m on ks d id n o t o b ta in them . T hose m o n ks w h o d id n o t o b ta in them , sp ok e th u s : " Y o u r re v e r ences, g iv e us also a p o rtio n / ' T h ese sp ok e th u s : " Y o u r reveren ces, w e 'w ill n o t g iv e yo u a p o rtio n ; w h y d id y o u n o t ob tain (any) ? J J T h e y to ld th is m a tte r t o the L o rd . H e said : I allo w y o u , m on ks, h a v in g m ad e an a g reem en t, to g iv e a portion* (even) if y o u are n o t w ilJing, to those w h o g o i n / ' J |5 \ \ 4 || N o w a t th a t tim e p eo p le, ta k in g ro b e-m a te ria l, cam e to a m o n a ste ry ; th ese, n o t fin d in g an a c ce p te r,3 c o n v e y e d it b a c k ; little ro b e-m a te ria l accru ed . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w yo u , m o n ks, to agree upon a m o n k en d o w ed w ith
1 S a d is a oAham iffiSV j V A . 112 0 g iv e s tw o e x p la n a tio n s ; e ith e r th e y all* s&bbet w en t in, or. t h e y w en t in a t one p a r t (or q u a rter), ek a d isd y a . * V A . 1120 s a y s t h a t " t h e rag-robes o b ta in ed h a v in g been d istrib u te d t o aU, th e y s a y , 1 W e v iU t a i e th em * * p&figf&ha&a* o r d istrib u to r.
5. X-6 # 2]
M A H A V A G G A
VIII
401
five q u a litie s as a c ce p te r o f ro b e -m a te ria l1 : on e w h o w o u ld n o t fo llo w a w ro n g co u rse th ro u g h p a r tia lity on e w h o w o u ld n o t fo llo w a w ro n g co u rse th ro u g h h a tre d , one w h o w o u ld n o t fo llo w a w ro n g co u rse th ro u g h s tu p id ity , one w h o w o u ld n o t fo llo w a w ro n g course th ro u g h fea r, a n d one w h o w o u ld k n o w w h a t is ta k e n an d w h a t is n o t ta k e n .1 j| 1 |[ A n d th u s, m o n ks, sh o u ld h e be a g ree d upon.. F ir s t, a m o n k is to be requested- H a v in g re q u ested (him ), th e O rd er sh o u ld b e in fo rm ed b y a n e xp e rie n ced , co m p e te n t m o n k , s a y i n g : * H on o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. I f it seem s rig h t to th e O rder, th e O rd er sh o u ld agree u p o n th e m o n k so a n d so a s a cce p te r o f ro b e -m a te ria l. T h is is th e m o tio n . H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h e O rd er is a g ree in g up o n th e m o n k so a n d so a s a c ce p te r o f ro b e -m a te ria l. I f th e a g ree m en t u p o n th e m o n k s o a n d so a s a c ce p te r o f ro b e-m a te ria l is p le a sin g to th e v e n e ra b le ones, le t th em be sile n t ; he to w h om it is n o t p le a sin g sh o u ld speak- T h e m o n k so a n d so is a g ree d u p o n b y th e O rd e r a s a cce p te r o f ro b e -m a te ria l. I t is p le a sin g t o th e O rd er ; th erefo re t h e y a re sile n t. T h u s d o I u n d ersta n d th is V ' [ J z || 5 || N o w a t th a t tim e th e m o n k s w h o w e re a c ce p te rs o f ro b em a te ria l, h a v in g a c c e p te d ro b e-m a te ria l, le a v in g it ju s t th ere, w e n t a w a y ; th e ro b e-m a te ria l w a s lost* T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d : M T a llo w y o u [283], m o n ks, to agree upon a m o n k en d o w ed w ith five q u a litie s as k e ep er o f ro b em aterial* : on e w h o w o u ld n o t fo llo w a w ro n g co u rse th ro u g h p a r tia lity . . * one w h o w o u ld n o t fo llo w a w ro n g course th ro u g h fe a r, a n d on e w h o w o u ld k n o w w h a t is la id b y an d w h a t is n o t la id b y .4 || 1 |[ " A n d th u s, m onks, sh o u ld he be a g ree d u p on , . . J* {as in
1 A t V in . ii. 176 it is sa id t h a t a t t h a t tim e th e re w a s n o a c c e p te r o f ro b em ateriaU jrlvarapafiggdha/ta, O n e is t o b e a g r e e d u p o n b y th e m o n k s in P recise ly t h e sa m e w a y as alcove, w hich ivas in d eed t h e r e g u la r m a n n er Jar a p p o in tin g all th e fu n c tio n a r ie s o i th e O ld e r , V A . 112 0 s a y s t h a t t h e eivarapafiggahaka ta k e s t h e ro b e-m a terial -which is b ein g g iv e n to th e O rder b y t h e householders. C f. A . iii. 2 74 . * F o r gahitdgahiti1 cf, Vim, ii. 1 6 7 , 176. iii. 246, clvaraniddhtLka, t h e o n e w h o l a y s aside or p u ts a w a y t h e r o b e -m a te ria l, u n til i t is w a n te d , 4 nihitd-nihita.
402
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
5. 2 reading k e ep er o f ro b e-m a teria l instead o f a ccep ter o f ro be-m aterial). |j 2 J | 6 j| N o w a t th a t tim e th e m onks w h o w ere keep ers o f robem a te ria l k e p t th e ro be-m aterial in a shed1 an d a t th e ro o t o f a tree a n d in th e hollow o f a n im b -tree3 ; it w a s e a ten b y r a ts a n d w h ite ants- T h e y to ld th is m a tte r t o th e L o rd . H e sa id : MI allow you* m onks, to agree upon a sto re-roo m th a t th e O rd er d e s ir e s : a d w ellin g-p lace or a c u rv e d house* or a lo n g h o u se 4 o r a. m a n sio n 5 o r a cave. (| i J | " A n d thus* m o n k s, should it be a g reed upon. T h e O rd er sh o u ld b e in fo rm ed b y an exp e rie n ced , co m p e ten t m o n k, s a y i n g : * H o n o u red sirs, let th e O rd er liste n to m e. I f it seem s rig h t to th e O rder, th e O rd er sh o u ld agree upon such a n d su ch a d w ellin g -p lace as a store-room . T h is is th e m o tion . H on o u red sirs, le t th e O rder listen to me* T h e O rd er is ag reein g u p on su c h a n d such a d w ellin g -p la ce as a store-room . I f th e a g reem en t u p o n such a n d such a d w ellin g-p lace as a store-room is p le a sin g to th e ven erab le ones le t th em be silen t ; he to w h o m i t is n o t pleasin g sh ould speak- Such a n d such a d w ellin g -p lace is a g ree d upon b y th e O rd er as a store-room . I t is p lea sin g to th e O rd er ; th erefo re it is silen t. T h u s do I u n d e rsta n d th is V * f| 2 || 7 || N o w a t th a t tim e an O rd er's ro b e-m a teria l cam e to be u n g u a rd e d 7 in th e store-room * T h e y to ld this m a tte r t o the Lord* H e said : " I a llo w y o u , manks> to agree npon a m o n k en d o w ed w ith five q u a litie s as g u a rd ia n o f the store-room " : one w h o w ou ld n o t fo llo w a w ro n g course th ro u gh p a r tia lity * . , one w h o w o u ld n o t fo llo w a w ro n g course th ro u g h fear, and one w h o 1 m&ntfapa,
a i tnbak<>$<i. O f. V in . L
iL
152-
a adghayoga-
Bee above, p. 75, n, 4.

16* n* 5*
* pfisttdn, s e e B .D <
* hamtniyGt see B.D. ii* 16* n. 6 *

* g u k a t O n th e s e five, see a b o v e , p . 75* T V A . 1 1 2 1 s a y s fr o m rain, m ice, w h ite a.ntsr cru m b lin g w alls. 1 bhar}z4dgaTikji. C f. A iiL 274, A t V in Li, 1 7 6 it is said t h a t there w a s n o hhantfdgtiriba a t t h a t tim e. T h e L-ord allo w ed one t o b e a p p o in te d 4 as above.,
S .i9,1 ]
MAHAVAGGA
VIII
403
w o u ld kn o w w h a t is g u a rd ed and w h a t is n o t g u a rd e d ,1 A n d th u s, m on ks, sh o u ld h e be a g ree d upon . . * * . * * T h e m o n k so and so is agreed upon b y the O rd er as g u a rd ia n of th e store-room . [284] It is p leasin g to th e O rd er ; th e re fo re it is sile n t. T h u s d o I u n d e rsta n d th is V r || 1 |] N o w a t th a t tim e th e gro u p o f s ix m on ks tu rn e d a w a y 4 the g u a rd ia n of a store-room , TTiey to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd H e s a id : " M onks, a g u a rd ia n o f a store-room is n o t to be tu rn e d a w a y .s W h o e v e r sh o u ld tu r n h im a w a y , there is an offence o f w rong-d oing/* || 2 || 8 || N o w a t th a t tim e ro b e-m a te ria l ca m e to be h e a p e d tip in a n O rd er's store-room * T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : * * I allo w yo u , m o n ks, to d is trib u te it b y m ean s o f th e O rder th a t is p r e s e n t/ '1 T h e n th e w h o le O rd er, d istrib u tin g the robe^ m aterial, m ade a tu m u lt.-5 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e said : ** I allo w y o u , m o n k s, to agree upon a m o n k en d o w ed w ith five q u a lities as d is trib u to r o f rob e-m aterial* : one w h o w o u ld n o t fo llo w a w ron g co u rse th ro u gh p a r tia lity . . * one w h o w o u ld n o t fo llo w a w ro n g course th ro u g h fea r, a n d one w h o w o u ld kn o w w h a t is d is trib u te d a n d w h a t is n o t d istrib u ted . A n d th u s, m onks, sh o u ld he be a g ree d upon The m onk so a n d so is agreed upon b y th e O rd er as d is trib u to r o f ro b e-m aterial. It is p leasin g to th e O rd er th erefo re it is silen t. T h u s do I u n d ersta n d th is V ' [| I | J
1 A c c o r d in g to V A . 1 1 2 2 h e sh ou ld guoi'd a g a in s t th e p ests (note before th e la st a b c v e ), shou ld close t h e doors ajid w in d o w -h o le s in th e co ld w eath er a n d open then> in th e h o t w eath er to let th e w in d co m e in. T h e a c ce p te r of r o b e -m a te ria l-w h e th e r a c c e p te d a t th e r ig h t tim e or th e w ron g tim e , w h eth er g iv e n for undent lea so n s, w h eth er rou es for t h e rains,, rugs, sh eets or to w e ls shou ld g iv a th e se th in g s to th e k e ep er of robe-m ateriaJ, w h o should g iv e th e m to t h e g u a r d ia n of th e storeroom . T h u s , p u t b y in th e storcrocmij w hen th e tim e c o q ^ . th e y -can tin g iv e n to a m oni; a s a set of th ree robes, o r as tw o robes o f as. pne, * m tth < ip e n tit n v id e g e t u p , r e m o v e d ; cf. V in * i v . 4 2 . 9 V A . 1 12 2 sa y s t h a t th ere are fo u r k in d s o f person s not to be tu rn ed a w a y : an old er in o n k (older th a n the on e w ho w ou ld tu r n him out)* a g u a rd ian o f a storeroom , a n ill m on k, one w h o h a s received lo d g in g s fro m th e O rder. * scimmii&htbUuia. V A . l 123 s a y s *' t>cing w ith in th e precintb- a n d b o u n d a r y ." * V A . T123 s a y s t h a t t h e y m a d e a g r e a t noise* s a y in g , J G iv e (or our teach or, g iv e for our p recep to r.' * civ&rabhdjia&&~ (Jf. V in * ii. 1 7 6 w here it ia said t h a t a t t h a t tim e th ere w a s no d istrib u to r oi robe~ m ateri*l I one w as allo w ed to be ap p oin ted * a s ab o ve.
4*4
BOOK
OF
DISCIPLINE
T h e n it o ccu rre d t o th e m onks w h o w ere th e d istrib u to rs o f ro b e-m a te ria l : ^ N o w , how sh o u ld w e d istrib u te th e robem a te ria l ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e s a i d : " I allo w y o u , m o n k s, h a v in g first e x a m in e d 1 it, h a v in g e stim a ted 3 it, h a v in g equalised 3 it, h a v in g co u n te d th e m o n ks, h a v in g form ed th e m in to section s ,4 to a rra n g e 5 a sh are o f th e ro b e-m a teria l {for e a c h se ctio n )/' T h e n i t o ccu rred to th e m onks w h o w e re th e d istrib u to rs o f r o b e - m a te r ia l: ** N o w , h o w sh o u ld a share o f th e robem a te ria l be g iv e n to n o vices ? T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord - H e sa id : " I allo w y o u , m onks* to g iv e h a lf a sh are to n ovices/* || 2 |j N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in m o n k b ecam e desirous o f crossin g o v e r* w ith h is o w n p o rtio n . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . He s a id : I a llo w y o u , m onks, to g iv e h is o w n p o rtio n to on e w h o is cro ssin g o v e r ," N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k becam e d esiro u s o f crossin g o v e r w ith m ore th a n one portion* T h e y to ld th is m a tte r t o the L o rd , H e sa id : I a llo w y o u , m o n k, to g iv e m o re th a n one p o rtio n i f h e g iv e s a co m p en sa tio n / '* [j 3 !! _ T h e n i t o ccu rred to th e m onks w h o w e re th e d istrib u to rs
x uceinitva, V A . 112 3 s a y in g : e x a m in in g t h e c lo th e s thus* s a y i n g ** T h is is th ic k , th is is fine, th is is m a ssiv e , th is is sm all, th is is used, th is is n o t u sed, th is is s o m u ch in len gth, th is is s o m u ch across ,J. * tulayit&a, w e ig h e d or m easu red j e s tim a te d or assessed. V A . 1 12.3 saysr " th in k in g , * th is is w o r th so jn u th , this, so much. % th u s d eterm in in g b y v a lu e / ' * vattftdvanpam h afvdt h a v in g m ade i t fair. V/L. 11 23 sa y s , " if e a c h (m onk) o b ta in s one (robe tyt piece o f m a terial) w o r th ten (kah&panas ?)r t h a t is r i g h t : b u t if h e does n o t o b ta in it, th e n t a k in g w h a t cs worth, n in e o r e ig h t to g e th e r w ith a n o th er (piece) worth, one or tw o , th u s th e m e a n in g is : m t h is w a y a r r a n g in g (or establish in g) e q u a l s h a r e s /' * bandhitva. V A , 1 1 2 3 sa y s t h a t in ca se t h e r o b e -m a te ria l c a n n o t b e g iv e n t o e a c h o n e on one d a y , th e n co u n tin g t h e *tionk& b y ten s, th e p o rtio n s o f r o b e -m a te ria l b y te n s , h a v in g fo rm ed a sectio n o n e b y on e, h a v in g m a d e one c o lle ctio n (or heap of t h e m aterial), h e sa y s, " I a llo w y o u t o a r r a n g e one p o r tio n o t ro b e-m a terial , 'When th e p o r tio n o t robem a te ria l is arran g ed th u s, lo & shou ld b e cast,, a n d w h en t h is is d on e th e p o rtio n sh ou ld b e d is tr ib u te d am o n g th ose m o n k s w h o w in th e c a s tin g o f th e lots. * t&apetutp., or to s e t aside* * uffatitukZma* V A . 1 1 2 4 s a y s 1 liv e r or th e w ild s. T aftuhhhspa* W o r d a p p a r e n tly o n ly o ccu rs here* 112 5 says it m-eanSj. * w h a te v e r g o o d s are a llo w a b le m a y b e d elivered in retutfn* m a y be h a n d e d o v e r Le- b y t h e m o n k r e ce iv in g m ore th a n on e portionIt seem s lik e a s y s te m o i ba rter.
8-4 10.3]
M A H A V A G G A
v i i i
405
o f ro b e-m a te ria l : " N o w , h o w sh o u ld a sh are o f th e ro b em a te ria l b e g iv e n : in th e o rd er in w h ic h t h e y c a m e in ,1 o r acco rd in g to se n io rity ? T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d : " I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, h a v in g m a d e g o o d a n y th in g lack in g ,* to ca st lo ts w ith kw-sa-grass.'3 ]| 4 [| 9 || N o w a t th a t tim e m o n k s [285] d y e d ro b e -m a te ria l w ith d u n g 4 a n d w ith y e llo w c l a y 5 ; th e ro b e-m a te ria l cam e to b e a b a d colou r. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, s ix (kin d s of) d y e s : d y e fro m ro o ts, d y e from stems, d y e fro m b a rk , d y e fro m le a v e s, d y e from flow ers, d y e from fru its . || 1 ]| N o w a t th a t tim e m o n k s d y e d ro b e-m a te ria l w ith c o ld w a te r ;7 th e ro b e-m a te ria l ca m e to sm ell n a sty . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L a rd , H e said : " I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, a lit t le d y e -p o t in w h ich to boil th e d y e . 8 The d y e w a s sp ilt.* T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e !Lord,10 H e sa id : " I a llo w , y o u , m onks, to arran ge a basin (to p re v e n t th e d y e from ) s p illin g . 11
1
agat&paiip&l iya.
I vikal&he to$tv$< V A > 1 1 2 5 m en tion s two- k in d s o f deficient;LeSj t h a t o f robes a n d t h a t o f in d iv id u a ls . D e fic ie n c y o f robes is m et b y c u t t i n g u p th e robes t h a t are le ft a v e r in t o strips, so t h a t t h e in s u ffic ie n cy is rem edied, D e fic ie n c y o f in d iv id u a ls is w h e n m on ks h a v e b e e n c o u n te d ten b y te n in to sections* vagga, a n d o n e vagga is n o t co m p lete, co n s is tin g of o n ly e ig h t or n in e m o n ks. K u s a Cots sh ou ld th e n be ca s t. * Aurapdicztp k&ium+ I f th e d eficien cy o f robes c a n n o t be satisfied , lo ts m a y be c a s t for a n o th er requisite* V A . 1 1 2 5 . T h is 'would h a r d ly g e t o v e r th e d iffic u lty o f in a d e q u a te clo th in g . * chahanend fi gom ayoia, V A . 1126* Cha&ana a llo w e d a t V in + i. 20a t o m on ks v b o are n o t ill for use o n th e b o d y . * pan^wmaAtiha, V A - 1 1 2 6 ex p la in s b y tatnbajnatitka,. co p p er-co lo u red cJay. m&fa a n d khan&ha w it h bija a t V in . iv . 34 f t 7 sltunnakaya . see V in . T exts ii. 390 fo r v. It, also C ing* edn. v o l. iL 343 V A . i i a 6 s a y s sifudaAa ft apakkarajanaiji vuc-cati, cold w a te r m ean s t h a t it is ca lled u nboiled d y o .
rajanant -paGilmn cuUarajan^humbfdn t i *

* U tiarati is t o flow o v e r (oi -water), t o b o il over* 10 O m itte d in t e x t , in serted in C in g , edn. II uUardlumpa-rfi foandhitutn , v. II. uttaralum pakam , uttaralavam uttardluvam . P a ss a g e is so m e w h a t obscure, V in t T e x ts ii, 205 h a s " I p rescrib e t h a f y c r a p u t b a sin s (under th e d ye-p o ta ) t o c a tc h th e s p ilt (d y e )" . V A r 112 6 reads uttardfuvan ti vattfidharakam rajanaiium bhiyd majjh& Shapetva ittTft adhiira-kam parikkKipitva rajattaifi pahhhipitic-m. anujaiulm i ti atihOi evam h i haU rajanatft net uttarati> i.e* " uilarafowa m ea n s a rou n d basin. T h e m ea n in g Is, ' I a llo w y o n to p u t in th e d y e , h a v in g p la ce d i t in th e m id d le o f t h e d y e -p o t, h a v in g enclosed t h a t b a sin ; h a v in g d o n e this, th e d y e d o es n o t sp ill \ ,p 2E
406
BOOK
OF
DISCIPLINE
N o w at th a t tim e th e m o n ks d id n o t kn o w w h eth er th e d y e h a d boiled o r had n o t (fully) bo iled . They to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e s a i d ; I a llo w y o u , m onks, to p u t a d r o p 1 into w a te r o r on to th e b a c k o f y o u r n a il/ ' || 2 ]| N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks, p o u rin g o u t th e d y e , u p se t th e p o t ; th e p o t w a s b ro k en . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r t o th e L o rd , H e s a i d : ** I a llo w y o u , m on ks, a la d le fo r th e d y e , a scoop w ith a h a n d le , N o w at th a t tim e th e m o n k s d id not h a v e a dye-vesseh They to ld this m a tte r to th e L o rd , He said ** I a llo w y o u , monks* a p itc h e r for th e d y e ,3 a b o w ! fo r th e d y e / '4 N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks ste e p e d ro b e -m a te ria l in a d ish 5 a n d also in a b o w l, the ro b e-m a te ria l w as sp lit. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e ^ d : " I allo w y o u , m onks* a tro u g h for th e d y e / '* ||3 lH 0 |[ N o w a t th a t tim e m o n te sp read o u t ro b e-m a te ria l on th e g r o u n d ; th e ro b e-m a teria l becam e d u sty . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id : I a llo w y o u , m on ks, a g ra ss m a t t i n g / '5 T h e g rass m a ttin g w a s e a ten b y w h ite an ts. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : M I a llo w y o u , m onks, a b a m b o o (for h anging up) ro b e-m a teria l, a cord for (h an gin g up) ro b e -m a te ria l/ ' T h e y h u n g it up b y th e m id d le ; th e d y e d rip p e d d o w n on bo th sides. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r t o th e L o rd . H e said : " I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to fasten it a t a c o m e r / '10 T h e c o m e r w ore o u t. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d : " I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, a co m er1 theva&am daivtp. * rajanabkAjana.
* rajona&olamba* * rajan&ghata*
a pdti.
* rajairadortika. A t V in . ii. 120 mnttiAad&nikd are a llo w ed ; cf. vda hod<^tihd a t V in . ii. aao, T tirtrt-s&nlharaka ; also allow ed a t ii. T 13 t o p r o te c t bow ls a c t d o w n on th e gro u n d . * cf* ii. 130, n- 5. g a la ti; cf~ B . D . i l _ n * 6 . 10 hatfna. S ee Vtrt. I. 51,. where t h e w a y In w h ich one w h o sb&ies a cell i i t o h a n g tip h is p re cep to r's robe is b riefly d escrib ed *
11. i
12.1]
M A H A V A G G A
VIII
407
th r e a d / '1 T h e d y e d rip p e d d ow n on on e side. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d : ^ I a llo w y o u , m onks, to d y e it, tu rn in g i t a n d tu rn in g it, a n d n o t to go a w a y if th e d rip s h a v e n o t c e a se d ."* |} 1 [| N o w a t th a t tim e ro b e-m a te ria l b e cam e stiff.3 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a i d : " I a llo w y o u j m o n k s, to p u t it in to w a te r / ' N o w a t th a t tim e ro b e -m a te ria l b e ca m e harsh. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord* H e s a id : " I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to b eat it w ith th e h a n d s / J [ 286] N o w a t th a t tim e m on ks w ore y e llo w robes, (the colour) o f ivory*4 not c u t u p -5 P eo p le lo o ked d o w n , criticise d , sp re a d it a b o u t, sa y in g : " 'L i k e th e househ olders w h o e n jo y p leasu res o i th e senses/* T h e y to ld th is m a tte r t o th e L o rd . H e said : " M onks, ro bes th a t are n o t c u t u p are n o t to b e w orn. W h o ever sh o u ld w e a r one, th ere is a n offence o f w ro n g d o in g. || z | | 1 1 || Then th e L o rd , h a v in g s ta y e d in R a ja g a h a fo r a s lon g as he fo u n d su ita b le , se t o u t on to u r for D a k k h in a g iri*e T h e L o rd saw th e field o f M a g a d h a ,7 laid
1 kxnnasuttaka, a th read or line, 'a strin g from c o m e r t o corner, a clo th es Line " , so P rF D r T h is m u st differ therefore fro m r a jju t a rope *' a b o ve, so t h a t p o s s ib ly ra jju th e re is in sense o i " iv ick er " , th u s in s u b stan ce n o t d ifferin g g r e a t ly from varntay b a m b o o . B u t m ore lik e ly h an n a suitaka m ean s a th read p u t in a t the corn er o f th e robe to p r e v e n t th e corner from w earing o u t : p r e v io u s ly th e m o n k s h a d h u n g up th e robem a te ria l a t th e mid-die. Le. t h e y had h u n g i t o v e r th e r&jju a n d larrum* so t h a t th e d y e d ripped d ow n a t b o th sides oJ th ese. I f ka&nasuttaka were re a lly a c' c 3othes lin e ," s u re ly th e d y e w ou ld s till run d o w n a t b o th s i a c s ; b u t h a n g in g so m e th in g up b y it s corner w o u ld ca u se ejye t o ru n d o w n a t one sid e o n ly . T h e s e a llo w a n ce s seem to- b e fram ed so as t o p r e v e n t d ro p s a n d splashes o f d y e s p o ilin g th e a p p ea ra n ce o i th e p la c e * na ca acchinne ihtve paftkantituin. V A , 1 1 2 6 says- t h a t h e is n o t t o go elsew here u n til th e d r ip p in g d ro p s o f d y e h a v e been c u t o if {ceased), C f. th e sam e expression a t V in . L 50, 53, ii. 2 2 7 , 230. 1 patthiKn# , V A . 1 1 2 6 r a y s t h a t it w a s h a rd Jrom to o m u ch d y e , to o fu ll [of d y e). * d inlak&s&vani, V A . 1 1 2 7 s a y s " d y e in g th e m on ce or tw ic e , t h e y w o re th em th e co lo u r ccf iv o r y {dmlGvapipani].*' e azchinnakHnit or im toriK S ee above* p. 356 , a* 4, an d nejct par. b elo w . * D tP *P .N > s a y s ** a ja n a p a d a ^district) in In d ia , t h e c a p it a l o f w h ich w m U jje n i _ . . D a k k h i^ a g ir i l a y t o t h e s o u th o f R a ja g a h a ^ b e y o n d th e h ills t h a t su rrou nded th e c i t y hen ce its tia m e " , See A IA iii* 429, SttA* i, 136, i. 242* ii. 176 . * ATagadhak&eita. See l > . P . P tU , for s u g g e stio n t h a t t h is w a s M p r o b a b ly an e x te n s iv e rice-field w h ich a t o a c e c a u g h t th e e y e on a c c o u n t o f its te rr a c e s /' a n d size, o n e m ig h t a d d ; see J&+ iii* 293.
408
BOOK
OF
DISCIPLINE
o u t in strip s,1 la id o u t in lines,3 la id o u t in e m b a n k m e n ts,3 la id ou t in sq u a re s,4 and seein g this,, he ad dressed the ven erab le A n a n d a , s a y i n g : " N o w , d o y o n A n a n d a , see th e field o f M agad h a la id o u t in strip s . . . Laid o u t in squares ?
" Yes, Lord"

" A r e yo n ab le, A n a n d a , to provid e* ro bes lik e th is fo r th e m onks ? " " I am a b le , L o r d . 1 T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g sta y e d a t D a k k h in a g iri fo r as lo n g as h e fo u n d su ita b le , w e n t b a c k ag ain to R a ja g a h a . T h en th e ven e ra b le A n a n d a , h a v in g p ro v id e d ro bes for several m onks, a p p ro a ch ed th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed he sp ok e th u s to th e L o rd : ** L o rd , le t th e L o rd see the robes p ro v id e d b y m e / ' ]\ i j| T h en the L o rd , on th a t occasion, h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , ad dressed th e m onks, s a y in g : 4 4 M onks, c le v e r is A n a n d a ; m onks, o f g rea t in telligen ce is A n a n d a , in asm u ch as h e c a n u n d ersta n d in d e tail the m ean in g o f th a t w h ich w a s spoken of b y me in brief, a n d can m a k e a cross-seam * a n d ca n m ake a sh o rt cro ss-seam 7 a n d can m ake a circu la r se a m & a n d c a n m ake a sh o rt c ircu la r seam and can
* accibandftar as Siam. edn. Cine;. edn reads accibaddha, V A . i t s ? acchibaddha. A cci is u su ally a " r a y " , but do^s not mân th a t here, see Ktn* Taxis iir 207, n* 3* say3 ' w e should prefer th e conjecture atchibaddha^ r in th e shape of cubes or dice J. Le. w ith square fields VA. n ay says acahibaddhan ti catttrtissaJied&rakabaddhant, which means " divided {or, set out)- in square-shaped irrigated fields " , Bandha is much more " set crut> placed, formed, arranged. united or p a t togethei *' than the "d ivid ed " of V%nr Texts ii. 307. T h e analogy is th at the pieces- of a m onks robe are to be arranged or p-ut to-gether (not "d ivid e d ) like the ^yajts of the field* 1 p&iiba-rtdhn. V A . 1 127 says arranged (or linked, baddha) b y boun daries th a t are long in length and breadth * mariy&dabandha ; perhaps terraces. T h e knowledge o i terraced irriga tion is very old. Vin. Texts ii, 2o 3 .gives (divided) by outside boundaries {or ridges) V A . 1T27 $ays tnariyddabaddka is so called because of ashort mariyada a t Intervals. * singhdfaAabnttdha. V A - 11 3 7 says th at this is having- pieroed an em bankm ent, tnariydda, w ith an em bankm ent at the place where th e y meet, gacaffhamna ; the m eaning is, th e form o i a square, catukkasapthan&+ * samradoAtJuiH, V A . 112 7 gives datum ; Vin. Texts it. 2oSp n. quoting Hu. reads kdU^tn, * kv&i* T h is and the following words recur at C V . vi. 21- 3* 7 d4$haku$i. C ,P .D . gives " an interm ediate cross-seam ' following Ki. Texts iL * o g H 9 VA* 11 C7 says tnxngatan ti px&cakbantfikacivarassa ekskasmint fthattde muhdmandaiam,. a means there is a large *na-naJa (seam) to each pteê o f a robe o f five pieces. Cf* above, p. 356, n. 4*
* {T$ham.an$a!an ti b h t t d d a k a i V A . 112 7.
12.2 i a. i]
M A H A V A G G A
V III
49
m a k e a c e n tra l p ie ce 1 a n d c a n m ake side pieces* a n d ca n m a k e a neck-piece* a n d ca n m a k e a kn ee-p iece* a n d ca n m a k e an elbow -piece ; 5 a n d w h a t is cu t u p m u st b e ro u g h ly d arn ed to g e th e r / su ita b le fo r reclu ses and n o t c o v e te d b y oppon en ts, I a llo w y o u , m on ks h an o u te r c lo a k th a t is c u t u p , a n u p p er robe th a t is c u t u p , an in n e r robe t h a t is c u t u p / ' || z || 12 |] T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g s ta y e d a t R a ja g a h a fo r a s lon g as h e fo u n d su ita b le , set o u t on tour fo r V esall* A s th e L o rd w a s go in g a lo n g th e h igh -ro ad b e tw e e n R a ja g a h a a n d V e s a li h e s a w se v e ra l m o n k s co m in g a lo n g sm o th e re d u p in robes, h a v in g p u t a m a ttre ss o f ro b e s7 on th e ir h e a d s a n d a m a ttre ss o f ro bes on th e ir b a c k s a n d a m a ttress o f ro b es on th e ir hips,
* vivaitan ti m antfaian ca ckato baiv& Sibbitaip m ajjhittuthfian4timt th e Jtiiddle p ie ce is sew n p u ttin g to g e th e r t h e circu lar sea m an d t h e s h o r t circu la r seam * F/tf. 1 1 2 7 . * anuvivatta* V A . 1 1 2 7 s a y s tassa ubhcsu passes** dvc khapdHni * * , athavd 1 ivaUaSSa cJtap&^sato dvinnarji ekapassato tipnavn p i catunnatjt p i khan4&n&m tatn th is is t h e nam e o f th e two- or fou r p ieces a t each sid e o f th e vivatf&f t b e cen tra l p iece C .P .D . adds, a n o th e r e x p la n a tio n : ti&AcJSt* pa$ 5$u ekap&ssato dvinnatfi &kapas$ato dviniuin t i catunnatfi p i khaptfanafti natnam, w it h regard t o b o th sides, if th ere Are tw o a t c u e side, tw o a t th e o th e r side, it i 9 ca lled 1 o f four p ieces*. C .P ,D * s a y s o f anvvivatta t h a t a c co r d in g to S-p, d esig n a tio n o f th e (tw o or) fo u r sid e-pieces o f clo th in a m o n k 's cow ] (cf vara), (one or) tw o on e a c h sid e o i th e tw o c e n tra l pieces {viw tfa* L e. m ap4&i* an d a4<fhatna#4aia) *\ O n e m u s t u n d ersta n d t h a t the c e n tra l piece, vtvaUa, co m es w hole* or in tw o p ieces a t th e b a ck , an d t h a t on each side are th e tw o side-pieces,. anttvivafta. an d t h a t t h e pieces are a l l jo in ed to g e th e r b y th e and O n th e s e la s t see a b o v e , p. 408, n , 8r g, * flv&yy&ka.n t i givavth&nattkan& dafHâta*uiiihiiî suttesamsibbia*n agantukapatanit a gTveyyaka m eans a n ad d ed {piece of) c lo th sew n to geth er w ith a n o th e r th read far th e sak e o f stren g th en in g in t h e p la c e g o in g round th e n eck, V A . 1 1 2 7 . 4 jangkeyyakan ii j a Ugh ap dp u n 3//Aarte tatheva satnsibhitam patam , it m ean s a p iece o f clo th sew n to g e th e r ju s t in t b e p la c e t o w h ich th e kn ee reaches, V A . I T 1 7 . * * bdkaitiart ti anuviv&tidnam bahi ekehqfp khapdam , iti paHca&hai15ftka&vctr&n * &tam vic&ritan li+ * a bahattfa m eans a p iece o u tsid e e a c h o f th e si depiece s. I t is th o u g h t o f th u s in regard t o th e robe o f five p ieces.", so V A + 1 1 2 7 , to w h ich it a a d s. bdhanlan t i suppatKa-pactvararfi parupantfitia satnharitva odhdya upart tkapitii ubho onto, bahimttkbd tifthanii tesam tesafn namam, a bahnnta m eans, if o n e p u ts o n a robe o f g o o d m easure, fo ld in g it to g e th e r a n d h o ld in g u p th e armSj b o th en d s s ta n d o u tsid e th e fa ce ; it is th e n am e o f th ese feuds). 1 T e x t read s sattal&kha ; Sinh. a n d S iam , etJns, saithalukha, ro u gh knife* p o ssib ly referring t o i t as th e in stru m en t w ith w h ich m o n k s c u t u p th e robes j w hile V in . T exts ii. 209, on a n a lo g y o f suttof-fthka in J | 21 . 1 || below , a d o p ts " t h a t read in g h e r e '* {see V i n t T cx ls il. n . io), an d tra n sla te s " ro u g h ly serwn to ge th e r J\ 7 civarabhisu F o r bhisi see "EJD. ii. 4 7, n. t. -M a ttresses m a d e o f five kin d s o i m a te r ia l aj*e m en tion ed in P i c . x iv . B h is i is n either roll, b o lster o.or m a t, see V in . T exts il. 210, n. J t.
4IQ
B O O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
a n d seein g (them) it occurred to th e L o rd : ** T hese fo o lish m en are tu rn e d too q u ic k ly to ab u n d an ce o f ro bes i1 [287] suppose T w ere to set a lim it, were to esta b lish b o u n d s2 as to robes fo r th e m o n k s ? M || t ]| T h e n th e L o rd , w a lk in g on tour, in d u e course a rriv ed a t V esali- T h e L o rd s ta y e d there in V e sa li iji th e G o ta m a k a sh rin e.3 N o w a t th a t tim e on th e co ld w in te r n ig h ts betw een th e e ig h ts m a tim e of sn ow fall, th e L o rd sa t d ow n in th e open a ir a t n ig h t w ith {only) one robe ; th e L o rd w as n o t cold_ A s th e first w a tc h o f the n ig h t w a s ending th e L o rd becam e cold. T h e L o rd p u t on a second robe ; th e L o rd w a s n o t co ld . A s th e m iddle w a tch of th e n ig h t w a s ending the L o rd b ecam e co ld . T h e L o rd p u t on a th ird robe ; th e L o rd w a s n o t cold. A s th e la s t w a tc h o f th e n ig h t w as end ing, as th e su n w a s risin g, in the flush o f daw n*0 th e L o rd becam e co ld . T h e L o rd p u t on a fo u rth robe ; th e L o rd w a s n o t cold. T h en it o ccu rred to th e L o r d : <fE v e n those w ho in th is dhamma and discipline are sons o f re sp ecta b le fa m ilie s,7 suscep tible to co ld , a fraid of co ld , even these are a b le to keep th em selves g o in g w ith three robes* Su p p o se I w ere to set a lim it, w ere to estab lish bounds as to robes fo r m o n ks w ere to a llo w three robes ? " Then th e L o rd , on th is occasion, h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , addressed th e m o n k s t sa y in g : E l3 1 1 " N o w as I , m o n ks, w a s going alon g th e h igh -ro ad betw een R a ja g a h a and V esali. I saw se v e ra l m on ks com ing along sm o th ered up in robes, h a v in g p u t a m a ttre ss o f robes on
1 C f. Vin* ir 59 (ab o v e, p* 77). * stma*n bhandeyyatn mariyddayi tkapeyyatp. * C f. B.D + ii. i t n / i . * antarafthakdsu.C f. V in , i. 31, a n d see a b o v e , p. 4 1, n + 3* * tt&ndi-mu&hiyd N a nd im tfkhi is lit. jo y -fa c e d '; ci. H o m er's ** fo sy-ftn g ere d d a w n JJ. S am e expression occurs a t Vi n r ii. 23.6* Vi ft. Tfixts iii. 299, n. 1 q u o te s Bti,. a s s ^ y ia g nandim uhhiyd rattiya ti arufiadhatak&l* pttim iikhd viya ratti AMdyati U t t ' aha nandimtt&hiyA ti, 1 1w hen th e n ig h t is jo y -fa c e d m eans, a t th e tim e o l sunrise th e n ip h t app ears lik e a ia c e o f d eligh t* b ecau se o i th is it is ca lled : w h en th e n ig h t is jo y -fa c e d r*. See also V in , T zx ts iL 2 1 1 , n, 3, * V in . 1. 391 s a y s th a t *' a fter dhatnmavinaytf B inserts pabbajiid '% gone forth, a s d o es th e Cing* edn* (B i$. o i course a M S.) 1 y e p i kho te buFaptittd* Vin+ T t x t s ii. 2 1 1 , n. 3 s a y s *'in th e t e x t read y e p i kho fculapuild ", b u t t h is is n o t born e Out b y eith er th e d a g * or th e S U m . edns.
ii3
1 3 .4 - 7 ]
m a h
v a g g
VIII
411
th e ir h ead s a n d a m a ttre ss of ro bes on th e ir b a c k s and a m a ttre ss o f ro b es on th e ir h ip s ; seeing th em , it o ccu rred to m e ; ' T h ese fo o lish m en h a v e tu rn ed too q u ic k ly to abu n d an ce o f ro bes ; suppose I w ere t o set a lim it, w ere to estab lish bo u n d s as to robes fo r m o n k s ? * [| 4 \ \ " T h e n I, monks* on th e cold w in te r n ig h ts betw een th e f eig h ts \ in a tim e o f snowfall^ sa t d o w n in th e o p en a ir a t n ig h t w ith (only) one robe ; I w as n o t co ld . A s th e first w a tc h o f th e n ig h t w a s ending I becam e co ld , I p u t on a second robe ; I w a s not cold* A s the m id d le w a tc h o f th e n ig h t w a s en d in g I b ecam e cold. I p u t on a th ir d robe ; I w as n o t co ld . A s the la s t w a tc h of th e n ig h t w a s en d in g, as th e sun w as rising, in th e flush o f d aw n, I b ecam e cold. I p u t on a fo u rth r o b e ; I w as n o t cold- T h en , m o n ks, it occurred to m e ; ' E v e n th o se w h o in th is dhamma a n d discipline are sons o f resp ectab le fam ilies, suscep tible to co ld , a fr a id o f co ld , even these are able to k e e p th em selves go in g w ith three robes. Suppose T w ere to set a lim it, were to e sta b lish boun d s as to ro bes for m o n ks [283] an d were to a llo w th ree robes ? * I a llo w y o u , m onks, th ree ro bes : a d o u b le o u te r c lo a k , a single u p p er robe, a single in n er r o b e / * || 5 || N o w a t th a t tim e* th e gro u p of six m o n k s, s a y in g : T h re e robes are a llo w ed b y th e L o r d ," en tered a v illa g e in one set o f th ree robes, rem ain ed in the m o n a ste ry in an o th er set o f th ree robes, w e n t d o w n to b a th e in a n o th e r set o f th re e robes. T hose w ho w ere m o d est m on ks lo o k e d d ow n upon, criticise d , sp rea d it a b o u t, sa y in g : H o w ca n th e g ro u p o f s ix m on ks w e a r an e x tr a ro b e ? " T h en th ese m o n ks to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . T h e n th e L o rd , on th is occasion , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , ad dressed th e m onks, s a y in g : " M onks, an e x tr a robe sh ould n o t b e w orn ; w h o e v e r should w e a r {one) sh ould be d e a lt w ith acco rd in g to th e r u le / '3 ]| 6|| N o w a t th a t tim e 4 an e x tr a robe a ccru ed to th e ven erable
1 S ee 3 .D. ii. I. p.. 2. V A - 1138 s a y s t h a t as th e L o rd k e p t h im self g o in g w ith four robes, h e allow ed t h e o u ter c lo th t o be donb]e> t h e o th ers sin gle ; th u s th e r e co m e t o b e fo u r robes. 1 = JJissag, I r w h ere also t h e rule a g a in s t -wearing a n e x tr a r o t e a n d th e p e n a lty for d o in g so are la id down. 4 i.e. N issag, I t s u g g e s tin g t h a t this, or a t le a s t t h e fir s t d r a ft o f th e rule* h a d been fo rm u lated b y th e t im e th a t th is M \ r. p o r tio n o f th e F it*., w as co m p ile d , * T h is par* a p o rtio n o f N is s a g . I liL ig 5 ) .
BO OK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
A n a n d a ; a n d th e ven erab le A n a n d a w a n te d to g iv e th is robe to th e v e n e ra b le S a rip u tta , b u t th e ven erab le S a rip u tta w as s ta y in g a t S a k e ta , T h en it occurred to th e ve n e ra b le A n a n d a : " I t is la id d o w n 1 b y th e L o rd th a t a n e x tr a robe sh o u ld n o t b e w olii . A n d th is e x tra robe has a ccru ed to m e, and I w a n t to g iv e th is ro b e to th e ven erab le S a rip u tta , b u t th e ven erable S a rip u tta is s ta y in g a t Saketa* N o w w h a t lin e o f co n d uct sh ou ld be fo llo w ed b y m e ? " T h en th e ven erab le A n a n d a to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord. H e said : " B u t h o w lo n g , A n a n d a , before S a r ip u tta w ill com e (here) ? ** 4* L o rd , on th e n in th or ten th d a y / ' he said. T h e n th e L o rd , on th is occasion, h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , ad d ressed th e m o n ks, sa y in g : I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to w e a r an e x tr a robe for a t m ost te n d a y s ." 3 [| J ]| N o w a t th a t tim e an e x tra robe a c cru e d to m onks. T h en i t ocourred t o th e se m onks : N o w w h a t line o f cond uct sh o u ld b e fo llo w ed in regard to an e x tra robe ? " T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , He said : < J I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to assign an e x tr a r o b e / 3 ]] 8 || 13 } ( T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g s ta y e d a t VesaJi for as lon g as he fo u n d su ita b le , set o u t on to u r for B en ares. W a lk in g on tour, in due course he a rriv ed a t B en ares. T h e L o rd s ta y e d th ere n ear B en ares in th e d eer-park a t Isipatana_ N o w a t th a t tim e a certa in m o n k 's inner robe cam e to .b e to m . T h e n it o ccurred to th a t m o n k : 4 <T h ree robes are allo w ed b y th e L o rd : th e d ouble o u te r cloak* th e single [389] u p p er robe, th e single inner robe* B u t m y inner robe is to rn . Su p p o se I w ere to insert a p a t c h / so th a t i t 5 w ill be d ouble clo th all round, single in th e m id dle ? " || i [j T h e n th a t m o n k inserted a patch* A s the L o rd w a s to u rin g th e lo d gin gs h e sa w th a t m onk in sertin g th e p a tc h ; seeing
1 V in . iii. 19 5 in serts sifrkh&padajyt (a rule lo r train in g) before pariflattam (laid dow n). * C /. second d r a ft o i ru le in K issag I, V in , iii. 196. A t V in . Iii. 1 9 6 a n e x tr a rohe ia d en n ed as " on e t h a t is n ot a llo tte d , n o t assign ed Presum a.b 3 y if it is cith e r a llo tte d , or assigned., i t . ceases to b e a n exU a. robe. A t V in. i, 397 th e three robes (exclu d in g a n y e x tr a one) are a llo w e d to be a llo tte d h u t n e t assigned. 4 atchvptyyaifi. O n aggaja see B tD * ii. 409, c . 6. 1 Le. th e robe.
14.2 15.1]
m a h
v a g g a
v i i i
(him) he a p p ro a ch e d th a t m o n k, h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h e sp ok e th u s to th a t m o n k : W h a t are y o u d o in g , m o n k ? *4 I am in sertin g a p a tc h . L o r d / ' " I t is v e r y g o o d , m o n k , i t is good th a t y o u , m o n k , in sert a p a tc h / ' T h en th e L o rd , on th is occasion, h a v in g g iv e n reaso n ed ta lk , ad dressed the m on ks, s a y in g ; '* T allo w y o u , m onks, w h en clo th es1 are u n so ile d ,2 w h en w h a t is a llo w a b le is u n so ile d ,2 a double o u te r c lo a k , a sin g le up p er robe, a sin gle in n e r robe ; w h en g a rm e n ts a re th in fro m u se 3 a fo u rfo ld o u te r c lo a k , a d o u b le u p p e r robe, a d o u b le inner robe. A s fa r a s possible an e ffo rt4 is to b e m ad e (to g e t p a tch e s) from a rag-ro b e, fro m (bits p ick ed u p near) a sh o p .5 I allo w , m onks, a p a tc h , a m ean s o f fa s te n in g / a le n g th ,7 a m a rk in g (w ith a piece o f c lo th ),T a stre n g th e n in g / 17 || 2 || 14 \ \ T h en th e L o rd , h a v in g sta y e d a t B en a re s fo r as lo n g as he fo u n d suitable* se t o u t on to u r io r S a v a tth l. W a lk in g on tour* in due course h e a rriv e d a t S a v a tth l, T h e L o rd s ta y e d there a t S a v a tth l in th e J e ta G ro v e in Anathapin*Jika/s m o n a ste ry. T h e n V isa k h a , M igara's m oth er, a p p ro a ch e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed , h a v in g g reeted th e L o r d J she sa t d o w n a t a re sp e ct ful d ista n ce. A s she w a s sittin g d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d istan ce, th e L o rd glad d en ed , , , d elig h ted V isa k h a , M ig a ra's m other, w ith cf/iamma-talk. T h en V isa k h a , M ig a ra's m o th er, w hen she h ad been g la d d en ed * * . d eligh ted b y th e L o rd w ith dham m ata lk , sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : L o rd , m a y th e L o rd consent (to a ccep t) from m e a m e a l on th e m o rro w to g e th e r w ith the O rd er o f m o n k s / ' T h e L o rd co n sen ted b y becom ing silen t. T h e n V isa k h a , M ig a ra 's m o th er, h a v in g u n d ersto o d th e L o r d 's con sen t, rising
1 duss&nam. D A . ii* +03, c itin g th is passage, read s vallJidnatjt (garm ents). 1 ah&ta an d ahaiakappa, see a b o ve, p . 356 , n. 9, 3 5 7. u. 1* * uuddhafat Jit, drawTi o u t b y th e seasons* * ussdhat e x p la in e d a t V A . 1 1 2 S b y pariyesandtsearch* * pap&ntka ; sm a b o v e , p- 357 * n - 4 * tunna. VA* 112 3 s a y s xuttatiina sarft&ibbantrm tunnam , " sew in g to geth er w ith thread s is tunna , r ; it is a tnc ans o f fa s te n in g , hen ce perh ap s ii needte, a lth o u g h sfict is th e m ore u sual w ord. CJ. h o w e v e r tunn-avdya^ " n ced le-w eaver " , tailor, a t Vttt, ii. 15 9 . T F o r th ese expression s g /* a b o v e p. 354, an d n otes.
414
BO OK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
from h e r seatj g ree tin g th e L o rd , d e p a rted k e ep in g h er rig h t side to w a rd s h im . J j i j| T h e n to w a rd s th e en d o f th a t n ig h t a g re a t clo u d rained d o w n in th e fo u r c o n tin e n ts,1 T h en th e L o rd ad dressed the m on ks, s a y i n g : " M onks, even as i t is ra in in g in th e J e ta G ro ve, so it is rain in g in th e fo u r contin ents. L e t y o u r bod ies g e t w e t w ith th e ra in ,2 m o n k s, th is is the la s t g re a t clo u d o v e r th e fo u r c o n tin e n ts / 1 V e r y w ell. L o r d / ' a n d these m onks h a v in g a n sw ered th e L o rd [290] in assen t, w ith th eir ro bes la id aside le t th eir bodies g e t w e t w ith th e ra in . \ \ 2 || T h en V isa k h a , M ig a ra's m oth er, h a v in g h a d su m p tu o u s food, so lid and so ft, p rep ared , com m anded a w o m a n -sla ve, s a y in g : ** G o n o w / h a v in g gone to the m o n a ste ry , announce th e tim e, sa y in g , 4 L o rd ,4 it is tim e, the m eal is r e a d y V ' " V e r y w ell, la d y / ' a n d th is slav e-w o m an , h a v in g an sw ered V isa k h a , M ig a ra 's m o th e r in assent, h a v in g gone to th e m o n a s te r y , sa w th e m o n ks, th e ir robes la id aside, le ttin g th e ir bodies g e t w e t w ith th e rain. Seeing th em , she th o u g h t: " T h e r e are no m o n k s in the m o n astery, n a k e d ascetics are le ttin g th e ir bodies g e t w e t w ith th e r a in / ' She a p p ro a ch cd V isa k h a , M ig ara's m o t h e r ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , she spoke th u s to V isa k h a , M igara's m o th er : " L a d y , th ere are no m onks in th e m o n a ste ry , n a k e d a scetics are le ttin g th e ir b o d ies g e t wet w ith th e r a in / ' T h en it o ccurred to V isa k h a , M ig a ra 's m o th er she bein g cle ve r, e xp erien ced , w ise : T < B u t u n d o u b te d ly it is th e m asters, th eir robes la id aside, w h o are le ttin g th eir bodies g e t w e t w ith th e ra in ; th is foolish w o m a n th in k s th a t th ere are no m on ks in th e m o n a ste ry, (but) th a t n aked a scetics are ]ettin g th e ir bodies g e t w e t w ith th e r a in / 1 She co m m a n d ed the w o m an -slave, s a y i n g : ** G o n ow , h a v in g gone to th e m o n a ste ry , a n n o u n ce th e tim e, s a y in g r ' L o r d r it is tim e , the m eal is re a d y '.J 1 || 3 |]
1 cdtuddipiko. A s a t th is tirne cloth s Joe the rains h a d n o t been allo w ed m on ks cou ld n o t in cu r th e o ffen ce o f w ro n g-d o in g m en tion ed a t V i n . iiu 253, for le ttin g th eir n a k e d bod ies g e t w e t w ith the rain a lth o u g h t h e y h a d clo th s for th e rains. * j s r o ite ti used in s p e a k in g to .female slaves. * bhantet or p erh ap s h ere honoured air Ir
15.46]
m a h a v a g g a
v i i i
415
T h e n th ese m o n ks, h a v in g co o led th e ir lim b s, b e in g refresh ed in b o d y , h a v in g ta k e n u p th e ir robes, e n te re d (each) his o w n d w e llin g -p la ce ,1 T h e n th a t w o m a n -sla v e , h a v in g go n e to th e m o n a ste ry , n o t seein g th e m o n k s, th in k in g : ,f T h ere are no m o n k s in th e m o n a ste ry , th e m o n a ste ry is e m p t y ," a p p ro a c h e d V isa k h a , M ig a ra's m o th e r ; h a v in g a p p ro a c h e d , she spoke th u s to V isa k h a , M ig a ra 's m o th e r : ** L a d y , th ere a re no m o n k s in th e m o n a ste ry , th e m o n a ste ry is e m p ty , T h en it o ccu rred to V is a k h a , M ig a ra 's m o th e r sh e b e in g cle ve r, e xp e rie n ced , w ise : ** B u t u n d o u b te d ly the m asters, h a v in g c o o le d th e ir lim b s, b e in g refresh ed in b o d y , h a v in g ta k e n u p th e ir robes, h a v e (each) e n te re d his o w n d w ellin g -p la ce ; th is foolish w o m a n th in k s th a t there a re n o m o n k s in th e m o n a ste ry , t h a t th e m o n a s te ry is e m p ty * " Sh e co m m an d ed th e w o m a n -sla v e , sa y in g : G o n o w , h a v in g gon e to th e m on astery* an n ou n ce th e tim e, sa y in g , * L o rd , i t is tim e, th e m eal is re a d y V * ||4 || T h e n the L o rd a d d re sse d the m o n k s, s a y in g : " M onks, a rran ge y o u r bow ls a n d robes, it is tim e fo r th e m e a l, " V e r y w ell, L o r d / ' th e se m o n ks a n sw ered th e L o rd in assent* T h e n th e L o rd , d ressin g in th e m o rn in g, ta k in g his b o w l a n d robe, h a v in g v a n ish ed from th e J e ta G ro v e , ju s t as a stro n g m an m ig h t stre tch o u t his bent a rm , o r m ig h t b e n d b a c k his o u tstre tc h e d arm , b ecam e v isib le in th e p o rch b elo n g in g to V isa k h a , M ig a ra's m other* T h en th e L o rd sa t d o w n on a n a p p o in te d seat to g e th e r w ith the O rd e r o f m o n k s. || 5 ]| T h e n V isa k h a , M ig a ra Js m o th er, s a y in g : ** W o n d e rfu l, good sirs, m a rvello u s, g o o d sirs, is the g re a t p s y c h ic p o w er, th e g re a t m a je s ty o f th e T ru th -fin d e r, in th a t a lth o u g h th e floods are ro llin g on kn ee-d eep , an d a lth o u g h th e floods are rollin g on w aist-d eep , y e t n eith er [291] the feet n o r th e robes o f a single m o n k h a v e becom e w e t ," a n d jo y fu l, e x u lta n t, h a v in g w ith h er ow n h an d s e rv e d and sa tisfied th e O rd er o f m o n k s w ith th e a w a k e n e d one a t th e ir head w ith su m p tu o u s solid a n d soft fo o d , she sa t d ow n a t a resp cctfu l d ista n ce a fte r th e L o rd h ad eaten and h a d re m o v e d his hand fro m th e b o w l. A s she w as sittin g d ow n a t a rc sp e c tfu l d istan ce, V is a k h a , M ig a ra 's m o th er, sp ok e th u s t o th e L o rd :
1 yaih&viharu, as a t V in . iv . 15.
4 16
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
w t L o rd , I a s k e ig h t boons o f th e L o rd . " VisaJcha, T ru th -fin d ers are b e y o n d (granting) b o o n s."1 '* L o rd , t h e y are th o se w h ich are a llo w a b le a n d th o se w h ic h are b la m e le ss, S p e a k on, V is a k h a ." || 6 || " I , L o rd , w a n t to g iv e for life t o th e O rd e r c lo th s fo r th e rain s,* to g iv e fo o d fo r th o se co m in g i n / to g iv e fo o d fo r th o se g o in g out* to g iv e fo o d fo r th e s i c k / to g iv e fo o d fo r those w h o te n d th e s i c k / to g iv e m ed icin e fo r th e sick , t o g iv e a c o n s ta n t s u p p ly o f c o n je y , to g iv e b a th in g -clo th s fo r th e O rder o f n u n s/*8 *B u t h a v in g w h a t sp ecia l reason in m in d / d o y o u , V isa k h a , a sk th e T ru th -fin d e r fo r e ig h t boons ? r* N o w I* L o rd , co m m an d ed a sla v e-w o m a n , sa y in g , * G o n ow , h a v in g go n e t o th e m o n a ste ry , a n n o u n ce th e tim e, s a y in g : L o rd , it is tim e , th e m e a l is r e a d y ; b u t th e n . L o rd , t h a t sla v e-w o m a n , h a v in g gone to th e m o n a ste ry , s a w th e m o n ks, th e ir ro b es la id asid e, le ttin g th e ir b o d ies g e t w e t w ith th e rain ; seein g th e m , she th o u g h t, 4 T h e re are no m o n k s in the m o n a ste ry , n a k e d a sc e tic s are le ttin g th e ir b o d ies g e t w e t w ith th e ra in J* She a p p ro a c h e d m e, h a v in g ap p ro a ch ed , she sp ok e th u s to m e , f L a d y , th e re are n o m o n k s in th e m o n a ste ry , n a k e d a sc e tic s are le ttin g th e ir b o d ies g e t w e t w ith th e ra in \
1 C f. a b o v e , p . 104, 396, *N issag . x x iv , a n d P S c. xci* arc b o th b ased o n th e assu m p tio n t h a t an " a llo w a n ce '* t o u se c lo th s for th e rain s b a d a lre a d y been g iv e n . The ru le in N iS sag. x x jv * i& a g a in s t p u ttin g on clo th s for th e rain s d u rin g all b u t th e la s t p a r t o f th e h o t w e e t te r , iov these clo th s h a d becom e w orn o u t a n d m o n k s h a d gon e n ak ed du ring th e rains. Sec B.L>. il. 134, n , 1. F c, jtci. is co n cern ed w ith th e r ig h t m easu rem en ts for th e rain -clcth s, * C f. V in . ii. 16 w h ere th e hou seholder C i t t a in v ite d in-cotaiuj? m on ks w h o w ere e ld e rs t o a c c e p t a m eal w ith h im . A t V in . ii. 209 tff* certain regu latio n s a r c la id d o w n for th e b eh avio u r t o be o b s e r v e d b y an d to w a rd s in -c o m in g m o n k s. 4 A t V in , L 142 m o n k s w e re allow ed in th e rains, as Ion# a s th e business t o o l mo m ore t h a n se v e n d a y s , t o v is it ill m o n k s ; an d t h e y m ig h t look a b o u t for fo o d for th e tic k , for food for those term ing t h e sick, an d fo r m ed icin e for th e sick , * A t V in , i, 303 ff_ q u a litie s necessary in those w h o ten d th e iic k are en u m era ted . M o re o v e r t h e y w e " allow ed ,J to re ce iv e th e b o w l an d robes o f il m o n k s w h o h a v e died. * I n th e in s tru ctio n s g iv e n a t Vin. ii. 272 for te a c h in g w om en w h o w ish to re ce iv e the upa$ajnpztdat i t is said th a t th e b a th in g -c lo th , to g e th e r w ith th e bo w l, th ree robes an d vest, shou ld be p oin ted o u t to th e m . A t Vin. iv . 3 7 9 t h e rig h t m ea su rem en ts for n a n s' b a th in g -c lo th s are p rescrib ed . * attfwvasaiji sampassameln&+
15.7 9]
M A H A V A G G A
V I I I
417
Im p u re, L o rd , is n a k e d n e s s ,1 it is o b jectio n a b le* I, L o rd , h a v in g th is sp ecial reason in m ind , w a n t t o g iv e fo r life to th e O rd er c lo th s fo r th e ra in s. || 7 \ \ " A n d a gain . L o rd , a n in -co m in g m o n k , n o t a c cu sto m e d to* the ro ad s, n o t a c cu sto m e d to th e reso rts fo r a lm s3 is (still) w a lk in g fo r a lm s {when h e is} tired . B u t h a v in g e a te n m y food fo r th o se co m in g in , (then w hen) h e is a c cu sto m e d to th e roads, a c cu sto m e d t o th e reso rts fo r alm s, h e w ill w a lk fo r alm s w ith o u t g e ttin g tired . Xt L o rd , h a v in g th is sp e c ia l reason in m ind , w a n t to g iv e fo r life to th e O rd e r fo o d fo r th o se c o m in g in. " A n d a g a in , L o rd , a n o u t-g o in g m o n k , w h ile lookin g' a b o u t fo r fo o d for h im self, m a y be le ft b e h in d b y th e c a r a v a n , or if h e set o u t tire d o n a jo u r n e y he m a y a rriv e a t th e w ro n g tim e* a t th e h a b ita tio n to w h ic h h e w ishes t o go. B u t h a v in g e a te n m y fo o d fo r th o se g o in g o u t, he w ill n o t b e le ft behin d b y th e caravan,, n o r w ill he s e t out tire d on a jo u r n e y (and so} h e w ill a rriv e a t th e rig h t tim e a t th e h a b ita tio n to w h ich h e w ishes to go. I , L o rd , h a v in g th is sp e c ia l re a so n in m in d , w a n t to g iv e for life to th e O rder fo o d fo r th o se g o in g o u t. || 8 || *'A nd again* Lord* if a m o n k w h o is ill does n o t o b ta in su ita b le m eals, e ith e r h is disease w ill g ro w v e r y m u c h w orse, or h e w ill pass a w a y .6 W h en he h a s ea ten m y fo o d fo r th e s ic k [ 292], th e disease w ill n o t g ro w v e r y m u c h w o rse, h e w ill not pass a w a y . I, L o rd , h a v in g th is sp ecial reaso n in m in d , w a n t to g iv e fo r life to th e O rd e r food fo r th e sick . " A n d a gain , L o rd , a m o n k w ho ten d s th e sick , lo o k in g a b o u t fo r fo o d fo r him self, w ill b rin g back fo o d fo r th e sic k a fte r th e su n is rig h t u p 7 (and) h e w ill m iss his m eaL * B u t h a v in g
1 N alted n ess w a s d isp a ra ged ; see below , p* 4 18 , an d Viii* iii. 3 t a p 352 f., iv . 378. * net kitsalxj n o t e x p e r t tti, cle v e r , skilled* * gocarar lit. a co w 's g r a zin g , a p astu ra g e, th u s a p la ce w h ere a. m o n k can o b ta in fo o d P t h e b o u ses a t w h ich food is p u t in to hja bow l. 4 CJ. P a c . lx x x ^ * w h ere m o n k s arc fo rb id d en t o e n te r a v illa g e a t th e w ro n g tim e. * A s a b o v e , V in , t_ 120.
* i,e + to t h e m on astery*
T a fte r su n-tu rn * m id -d a y . In P a c . x x x v i i . e a tin g a t t b e "w r o n g t im e " , ue. ** a fte r n o o n haft parsed u n til s u n r is e (V i n . iv . 8G 166} is an off-ence. Cf. a t A . iiL 260 th e five d is a d v a n ta g e s t o a fa m ily uss&robhxtte, w h o e a t w h en th e sun 13 r ig h t wp, * hhaltacchedam karissati, lit. he w ill m a k e a ' c u t ' in b is food . For,, sin ce e a tin g a t th e w r o n g tim e w a s a n ofle*sceP a m o n k w h o co u ld n o t t a k e hi& m eal during th e r ig h t tim e, w o u ld h a v e t o m iss i t a lto g e th e r . C f, J d , i* 156, bkatlaccheaaijf halva.
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
e a ten m y fo o d fo r th o se w h o ten d th e sick , h e w ill b rin g b a c k fo o d fo r th e sic k d u rin g th e righ t tim e (and) he w ill n o t m iss h is m ea l. I , L o rd , h a v in g th is sp ecia l reaso n in m ind, w a n t to g iv e for life to th e O rd e r food for th o se w h o te n d th e sick . II9 II . . *rA n d a gain . L o rd , if a m onk w h o is ill does n o t o b ta in su ita b le m ed icin es, e ith e r his d isease w ill g ro w v e r y m u ch w orse o r he w ill pass a w a y . W h en he h a s ma.de use o f m y m ed icin es fo r th e sick , th e disease w ill n o t g ro w v e r y m u ch w orse, h e w ill n o t pass aw ay* I, L o rd , h a v in g th is sp ecial reaso n in m in d , w a n t to g iv e fo r life to th e O rd er m ed icin es fo r th e sick. A n d a g a in , L o rd , c o n je y w a s a llo w ed b y th e L o rd a t A n d h a k a v in d a w h en h e had its te n a d v a n ta g e s in m in d .1 I, L o rd , h a v in g th is sp ecial reason in m in d , w a n t to g iv e fo r life to the O rd er a c o n sta n t s u p p ly o f c o n je y . j| 1 0 [} , " TTiere w a s a case1 6 (where nun s b a th ed ) n a k ed to g e th e r w ith p ro stitu te s a t th e sam e fo rd of th e r iv e r A c ira v a tL * L o rd , th ese p ro s titu te s m a d e fu n o f th e n u n s, s a y in g : t f W h y in th e w o rld , lad ies, is th e B rah m a -farin g le d b y y o u w h ile y o u are y o u n g ? S u re ly th e p lea su res o f th e senses sh o u ld be e n jo y e d ? W h en y o u b e co m e o ld , th en yo u can fare th e B ra h m a -fa rin g ; th u s w ill b o th e x tre m e s b e exp erien ced b y y o u / 4 L o rd , these nuns, b ein g m ad e fu n o f b y these p ro stitu te s, b ecam e asham ed. Im p u re , L o rd , is n a k e d n ess for w om en , it is a b h o rre n t, it is o b je c tio n a b le . I , L o rd , h a v in g th is sp ecia l reason in m ind, w a n t to g iv e fo r life b a th in g -clo th s fo r th e O rd er o f n u n s/ 1 [ 1 i i II . _ _ " B u t h a v in g w h a t a d v a n ta g e in m in d d o y o u , Vasakha, a sk th e T ru th -fin d e r fo r e ig h t boons ? * 4* N o w , L o rd , m o n k s w h o h a v e p assed th e rain s in (various) p la c e s 6 w ill com e to S a v a tth i so as to see th e L o rd ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d th e L o rd , th e y w ill a s k : f L o rd , su ch a n d su ch a m o n k has passed a w a y ; w h a t is his bourn, w h a t h is fu tu re
1 E n u m e ra te d a t
V in . i. m
c o n je y allo w ed a t
K in , i, 222,
* A s in N u n s ' P S c . Ii. x x i . * T h is p assage occurs a g a in tn N u n s ' P&c- x x i p w h ere it is m a d e a n offence o i e x p ia tio n for n un s to b a th e n aked.
* d is& su .
15 . 12 15 ]
M A H A V A G G A
VIII
419
s ta te ? 11 T h e L o rd w ill e x p la in th is s a y in g : ' I t is in th e fr u it o f stre a m -a tta in in g o r i t is in th e fru it o f o n ce-re tu rn in g or it is in th e fru it o f n o t-re tu m in g o r it is in th e fru it o f p e rfe ctio n / I , h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed th ese, w ill a sk : 4 H o n o u red sirs, w a s S a v a tth l p r e v io u s ly v isite d 2 b y th is m a ste r ? ' [| 13 ]| ** I f t h e y s a y t o m e : ' S a v a tth l w a s p r e v io u s ly v is ite d b y th is m o n k / [293] I sh all com e to th e c o n clu sio n th a t u n d o u b te d ly c lo th s fo r th e rains o r fo o d fo r th o se c o m in g in or fo o d fo r th o se g o in g o u t o r food fo r th e s ic k or fo o d fo r th o se w h o te n d th e sic k o r m ed icin es for th e sic k or a c o n s ta n t s u p p ly of c o n je y w a s e n jo y e d b y th is m a ste r. O n m y c a llin g t h a t t o m ind , d e lig h t w ill b e b o m ; from d e lig h t, jo y w ill be b o n a ; b ecau se m y m in d is jo y fu l m y b o d y w ill b e c a lm ; w ith th e b o d y ca lm I w ill e x p e rie n ce ease ; b e c a u s e I am a t ease m y m in d w ill b e c o n te m p la tiv e ; th is w ill be fo r m e g ro w th as to th e sense-organs, g ro w th a s t o th e p o w ers, g r o w th as to the fa c to rs o f e n lig h te n m e n t. I , L o rd , h a v in g th is a d v a n ta g e in m in d , a m a sk in g th e T ru th -fin d er fo r th e e ig h t b o o n s / 1 f| 13 \ \ 4 4 I t is v e r y g o o d , V is a k h a , i t is go od t h a t y o u , V is a k h a , h a v in g th is a d v a n ta g e in m in d , are a s k in g th e T ru th -fin d e r fo r th e eig h t boons, I a llo w y o u , V is a k h a , th e eig h t b o o n s / ' T h e n th e L o rd b lessed V isa k h a , M igara*s m o th er, w ith th e se verses; W h a te v e r (w om an), m u c h d elig h ted , e n d o w e d w ith virtue* a d iscip le o f th e w ell-fa re r, fo o d a n d d rin k G iv e s h a v in g o v e rco m e a v a ric e th e g if t is h e a v e n ly ,3 d isp ellin g so rro w , b rin g in g h a p p in ess ; (and) ** She g a in s a deva -like sp an 4 o w in g to th e sp otless, stain less w ay, ** Sh e, d esirin g m e rit, a t ease, h e a lth y , d e lig h ts lo n g in a h e a v e n ly c o m p a n y / * 6 T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g blessed V is a k h a , M ig a ra 's m o th e r, w ith th e se v e rse s? risin g from his se a t, d e p a rte d . |[ 1 4 } \ T h e n th e L o rd , o n th is occasion, h a v in g g iv e n reaso n ed ta lk , addressed th e m o n k s, s a y in g :
* A Conversation a t N adika.
od
these lines is recorded a t

1 12 S s a y s
iL 91
to have taken place
* dq&iapubba.
+ dibba ayu.
8 sovoggiham*
VA.
" m a d e for th e
sake o i h e a v e n " ,
* saggamhi kayamhi.
430
o k
o f
d i s c i p l i n e
** I a llo w , m o n ks, c lo th s fo r th e ra in s, fo o d for th o se co m in g in, food fo r th o se g o in g o u t, fo o d fo r th e s ic k , food fo r th o se w h o te n d th e s ic k , m edicines fo r th e sick* a c o n sta n t s u p p ly o f c o n je y , b a th in g -c lo th s for the O rd er o f n u n s ," || 15 ]| 15]| T h e P o rtio n fo r R e p e a tin g on V is a k h a , N o w a t th a t tim e 1 m o n k s, h a v in g e a ten a b u n d a n t fo o d , fe ll asleep , th o u g h tle ss, careless. W h ile t h e y w ere sleeping, th o u g h tle ss, careless, im p u r ity w a s e m itte d as th e resu lt o f a d rea m ; th e lo d g in g w a s sta in e d b y th e im p u rity . T h e n th e L o rd , a s h e w a s to u rin g th e lo d gin gs w ith th e v e n era b le A n a n d a as h is a tte n d a n t,2 sa w th e lo d g in g sta in ed b y im p u r ity ; seein g it, he ad d ressed th e ven erable A n a n d a , s a y in g W h y, A nanda, is th is lo d g in g sta in e d b y im p u r ity ? '* 4t N o w , L o rd , m o n k s [294? ] h a v in g eaten a b u n d a n t fo o d fe ll asleep, th o u g h tle ss, careless . . . as th e re su lt o f a d rea m ; th a t is w h y , L o rd , th e lo d g in g is sta in e d b y im p u rity / * j| r j| T h u s i t is, A n a n d a , th u s it is, A nanda* th a t w h en t h e y fe ll a sleep , th o u g h tle ss, careless, im p u r ity w a s e m itte d as th e re su lt o f a d rea m . Ananda* th o se m o n k s w h o fa ll a sleep ca llin g u p m in d fu ln ess, ca refu l, b y th ese im p u r ity is n o t em itte d ; a n d , A n a n d a , those w h o a re o r d in a r y p eo p le, passionless in re g a rd to pleasures o f th e senses, b y these im p u r ity is n o t e m itte d . I t is im possible, i t c a n n o t co m e to pass, A n a n d a , th a t im p u r ity sh ould be e m itte d b y on e p e r fe c te d ." T h e n th e L o rd , o n th is occasion , h a v in g g iv e n reason ed ta lk , ad d ressed th e m o n k s, s a y in g : rt N o w as r, m o n k s, w a s to u rin g th e lo d g in g s w ith A n a n d a as m y a tte n d a n t, I sa w a lo d g in g sta in e d b y im p u rity , a n d se e in g th is I a d d re sse d A n a n d a , s a y i n g : ' W h y , A n a n d a , * . . { = IB, 1 , 3) . * . b y one p e rfe c te d / |f 2 | | 4t M onks,* th e re are th e se five d isa d v a n ta g e s to on e w h o fa lls asleep, though tless* careless : b a d ly he sleeps, b a d ly h e w a k e s, h e sees a n e v il d ream , devatas g u a rd h im n o t, im p u r ity is e m itte d . M onks, th e se a re the fiv e d is a d v a n ta g e s to one w h o fa lls asleep , th o u g h tle ss, careless. A n d , m on ks, th ere a re these
* T h is in tr o d u c to r y sen ten ce = V in . iii. * pacch&sam azut ; th is w a s A a aad a . Also a t V in* iii, i o t iv . 78, a n d below*
10,3 18]
M A HA V AG G A
VTII
421
fiv e a d v a n ta g e s to on e w h o fa lls a sle e p c a llin g u p m in d fu ln ess, c a r e f u l: w e ll h e sleep s,1 w e ll he w a k e s, h e d o e s n o t see a n e v il d rea m , dcvatds g u a rd h im , im p u r ity is n o t e m itte d . M on ks, th ese a re th e fiv e a d v a n ta g e s to one w h o fa lls a sleep , c a llin g u p m in d fu ln ess, c a re fu l. I a llo w you* m o n k s, a (piece o f clo th ) to s it upon* fo r p ro te c tin g th e b o d y , fo r p r o te c tin g th e ro b es, fo r p ro te c tin g th e lo d g in g s / ' || 3 |( N o w a t th a t tim e a (piece o f clo th ) t o s it u p o n w a s to o sm a ll,1 it d id n o t p ro te c t th e w h o le lodging- T h e y t o ld th is m a tte r t o th e L ord - H e s a id : " I a llo w y o u , m on ks, t o m a k e a s h e e t4 as la rg e a s on e d e sire s / ' || 4 || 16 || N o w a t th a t tim e * th e ve n e ra b le B e la tth a s is a , th e v e n e ra b le A n a n d a s p re c e p to r, cam e to h a v e a d isease o f t h ic k scabs* B eca u se o f its d isch a rg e his robes s tu c k to h is b o d y ; m o n k s h a v in g m o isten ed th e s e a g a in a n d a g a in w ith w a te r, loosened th em . T h e L o rd , as h e w a s to u rin g th e lo d g in g s, sa w th e se m o n k s lo o se n in g th e se robes, h a v in g m o isten ed th e m a g ain a n d a g a in w ith w a te r ; seeing th e m , he a p p ro a c h e d these m o n k s ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h e sp ok e th u s t o th e se m o n k s : * * M onks, w h a t d isease h a s th is m o n k ? ** " L o rd , th is [295] v e n e ra b le one h a s a d isease o f t h ic k sca b s ; because o f it s d isch a rg e h is ro bes s tic k to h is b o d y , a n d w e , h a v in g m oisten ed th e s e again a n d a g a in w ith w a te r, loosened th e m / 1 T h e n th e L o rd , on th is occasion , h a v in g g iv e n reaso n ed ta lk , ad d ressed th e m o n ks, sa y in g : I a llo w , m o n k s, an itch -clo th * t o one w h o has an itc h o r a sm a ll b o il o r a ru n n in g sore o r a th ic k sc a b disease* 7 I! 1 II 17 I! N o w a t th a t tim e Y is a k h a , M ig a ra 's m o th er, ta k in g a c lo th fo r w ip in g th e fa c e , a p p ro a c h e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g ap p ro ach ed , h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , she sa t d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n ce.
A C f t A . iv . 1 5 0 ; v . 3 + 2 ; ii. 6 1. * nisidtina. D efin ed a t V in . iii. 233, iv , 1 * 3 , See ii. 8 7, n< a. 1 F O c, lx x x i x . la y s d o w n a p i escribed size. * pacCaU/uirana. S ee B.U. ii, 34, u. I, B = V i n . L 202 w here ch tm a m w as a llo w ed *3 a. m ed icin e, * R i g h t m easure p rescrib ed in F ile, x c , 1 B u 's e x p la n a tio n s o f th ese w o r d s [ VA* 384) are g iv e n a t iii. 98, notes.
422
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
A s she w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce, V isa k h a , M ig a ra 's m o th e r, sp ok e th u s t o th e L o rd r " L o rd , m a y th e L o rd a cce p t from m e a d o t h fo r w ip in g th e fa c e , th a t i t m a y b e fo r a b lessin g, a h ap p in ess fo r a lo n g tim e ." T h e L o rd a c c e p te d th e clo th fo r w ip in g th e face* T h e n th e L o rd g la d d en ed , re jo ice d , roused, d e lig h te d V isa k h a , M ig a ra's m o th er, w ith dham m a-talk* T h e n V is a k h a , M ig a ra's m o th e r, h a v in g b een g la d d en e d . , d e lig h te d w ith by th e L o rd , risin g u p fro m her sea t, h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , d e p a rted k e e p in g h er rig h t side to w a rd s h im . T h e n th e L o rd , on th is occasio n , h a v in g g iv en reasoned ta lk , ad dressed th e m on ks, s a y i n g : " I allo w , m o n k s , a c lo th fo r w ip in g th e fa c e / ' [| i || I S H N o w a t th a t tim e R o ja , th e M alian, w a s a friend o f th e v e n e ra b le A n a n d a .1 A linen c lo th belonging to K o ja , th e M alian, w a s p la c e d in th e ven erab le A n a n d a 's h a n d , a n d th e ve n e ra b le A n a n d a h a d n eed o f a Jinen c lo th . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord* H e said : " I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, to ta k e so m e th in g on tru s t w hen it belo n gs to on e e n d o w e d w ith five q u a litie s : if h e is an a c q u a in t a n ce a n d if he is a com p an ion a n d if he h a s spoken about it a n d i f he is a liv e a n d if h e kn ow s, ' W h en it is ta k e n h e w ill b e p lea sed w ith m e ** I allow y o u , m onks, t o ta k e so m eth in g on tru st w h en it belon gs to one en d o w ed w ith th ese five q u a litie s / ' ]| i || 19 || N o w a t th a t tim e m o n k s had co m p lete se ts o f th e th ree robes b u t t h e y had need b o th o f w a ter-strain ers* a n d b ag s. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e Lord* H e said : " I a llo w y o u , m onks, a c lo th for th e req u isites.'*4 ]j i ]] T h en it o ccu rre d to th e m onks : " T h o se th in g s th a t are a llo w ed b y th e L o rd th e three robes or th e c lo th s fo r th e rains o r th e piece o f clo th t o sit upon o r th e sh eet or th e [396] itch clo th o r th e c lo th for w ip in g th e fa ce o r the clo th fo r th e
1 M en tio n ed as a ricnd o l A n a n d a 's a lso a t V in . i* * 47 < dlapita. V A . t t^g sa y s , " l i he has said th is, ' w h a te v e r p r o p e r ty of m in e y o u m a y w ish for. t h a t y o u ^ y t a k e J " , 1 parissavann. A llo w e d a t v i n 4 tL 118 * ^ * purikkkdratolaka, Cf\ V in , ii. n f l , w h e r e th e eoiaka d id n o t suffice.
21, i J
M A H A V A G G A
VIII
423
req u isite s (of w a te r-stra in ers and b a g s) a re a ll these th in g s to b e a llo tte d 1 or a re t h e y to be assig n ed ? T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, to a llo t th e th ree robes, n o t to a ssign th e m ;a t o a llo t th e c lo th s fo r th e rain s d u rin g th e fo u r m o n th s o f th e rain s, a fte r th a t (tim e) to a ssig n th e m ; to a llo t a p iece o f c lo th to sit u p o n , n o t to assign it ; to a llo t a sh e e t, n o t to assign i t ; to a llo t an itch -clo th w h ile th e d isease la sts, a fte r th a t {time) t o a ssig n it ; t o a llo t a c lo th fo r w ip in g th e fa c e , n o t to assign it ; to a llo t a clo th fo r th e re q u isite s {of w a te rstra in e rs a n d b ow ls), not to assign i t / ' [| 2 |] 20 |[ T h e n it o ccu rred to th e m o n k s : N o w w h a t is th e le a s t ro b e t o be assign ed ? 1 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id ; ' r I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, to assign as th e le a st ro b e one th a t is e ig h t fin g er-b read th s in len g th a n d fo u r fin g er-b re a d th s w id e a c co rd in g to th e a c c e p te d fin g e r-b re a d th / ' N o w a t th a t tim e th e m ad e-u p ra g -ro b e s o f th e v e n e ra b le K a s s a p a th e G re a t becam e h e a v y .5 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r t o th e L o rd . H e said : " I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, to m ake a ro u g h d a m , * I t becam e m issh ap en a t th e c o rn e r.7 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : I a llo w y o u , m onks, to p u ll o ff th e m issh ap en co m er* * T h e th rea d s w ere fra y e d o u t ,9 T h e y told th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : I a llo w y o u , m o n ks, to in sert
1 adhilth&tabbani. See n o tes on an-adJiitfhita a t B.I>+ ii* 7, 1 2 1 . 9 vikappetabb&ni* S ee n o te o n a-vikappia a t B+D+ ii. 7. V ikappana* assig n m en t, is defined a t V in r iv , 1 2 1 , * C f. Vi*t. Lii. 19 6 w h ere a n e x t r a robe is defined a s on e t h a t is *' n o t a llo tte d , n o t .assigned 4 See d efin itio n o f ro b e (^material) a t V in . iii. ig 6 f l, D , ii. 7, * A c c o r d in g to V A * 1 1 2 9 b eca u se of t h e p a tch e s se w n o n to t h e w orn p laces. K a s sa p a th e G r e a t a lw a y s wore rag-robes. * sxittalu&ham k&turfr^ V A * 1 12-9 sidisn ' ?va aggaârgt katun t i atthet* *' to m a k e a p a tc h o n ly o f th r e a d " so perhap s svtiat&Aha is a rough d a m : cf. M V . V I I I . 12 . 5. 7 vikanna. VA+ 1 1 2 9 sa y s t h a t w hen t h e y had c u t of! th e th read as t h e y 'were sew in g, o n e c o m e r o f t h e c u te r c lo a k b ecam e lon g, A t Vi n. ii. 1 1 6 cfvaw nt vibaptiain &&tir th e robe-m aterial b e c a m e m issh apen . S ee V i it. T e x ts iLL 92, ti. y r * tfiAappam uddhariixtm, V A . 1 1 2 9 s a y s th a t th is m eans t o c u t off th e lo n g corner* * ohiriyanti^ V 1 1 2 9 m en tio n s th a t th e ro b e fell d o w n , or h u n g d ow n , a t t h e c u t co m e r.
4*4
BOOK
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
a b ra id in g ,z a b in d in g ,1 N o w a t th a t tim e th e c o tto n c lo th o f th e o u te r c lo a k s g a v e w a y.* T h e y to ld th is m a tte r t o th e L o rd , H e said : " I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, to m a k e a n e t- w o r k / * lU II N o w a t th a t tim e w h en a set o f th re e ro bes w a s b ein g m ad e b y a c e rta in m o n k , th e re w as n o t en ou gh fo r a ll (three) to be c u t u p (into p ieces). " T a llo w y o u , m on ks, tw o {robes th a t are) c u t u p , one th a t is n o t c u t u p / p T h e re w a s n o t en ou gh fo r tw o t o b e c u t u p a n d on e n o t c u t up. " I a llo w yo u , m o n k s, tw o (robes th a t are) n o t c u t u p , one th a t is c u t u p /* T h e re w a s n o t en o u gh fo r tw o to be n o t c u t u p and on e c u t u p . " I a llo w y o u , m onks, to in sert a n e x tr a su p p ly*4 B u t, m o n k s, th e w h o le (set o f three robes) sh o u ld n o t be w orn not c u t up* W h o e v e r should so w e a r it, th e re is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g /*5 \ \2 jj 2 1 ]| N o w a t th a t tim e m u c h ro b e-m aterial accru ed to a c e rta in m o n k, a n d h e w a s d esiro u s o f g iv in g t h a t ro b e -m a te ria l to his p a re n ts. T h e y to ld th is m a tte r t o th e L o rd , H e said : ** B e c a u se he is h im self giv in g to his p a re n ts, m onks, w h a t c a n w e s a y ? I a llo w [297] y o u , m o n k s, to g iv e to p a r e n ts ,7 B u t, m o n ks, a g ift o f fa ith sh ould n o t b e b ro u g h t to ruin**
1 S ee B .D . ii* 409, rt. 7> 3 ; an d a b o ve , p , 354. 1 As a t C V . V . 2 3 . 2* T h e >vord tra n s la te d as 11 cottr d o t h " is patt+ V in . T exts iL 23 rf a , 3 s a y s w e p ro b a b ly o u g h t to read pvtta* n o t p attd ," and tf, V in. T e xts iii. 1 4 1 . n. 6, are p erh ap s strips o f c lo th used as bra id in gs and bindings* V A . i r z g say's paitu lu jfa n ti m eans t h a t th e threads p u t in fro n t o i th e la rg e pnttd fa ll out, a n d th u s th e pattS g iv e w a y , 1 aithapadaka, p erh ap s a " p a tc h " , PEI>+ '* N e t-w o r k ** te n t a t iv e ly su g g e ste d in C l* D . V A . s im p ly s a y s t h a t atthapadakant Matum m eans to sew th e f lo a t o f a p ie c e o f c lo th w ith a n atjhapadaka-cavetiug (atfhapada* kocth&nn^na). T h e w ord o ccu rs a t Vin, ii. 150 w ith velum , a n d is tra n s la te d a t F ift+ T e x ts iii, 1 6 7 a s *r to w e a v e th e s tr in g across and across ,J ; see few. d t . u. I. * anvadhikam p i ar&patum, V A . r i2 sa y s " to g iv e a n a d d e d (or e x tr a , figQtttuka) piecc o f c lo th . T h is m a y be p u t in if th e r e is n o t en ou gh ; if there is en o u gh th e re m u st n o t b e a n a d d e d piece cef clo th , (for th en , ^vbat there is) sh o u ld b e c u t u p *\ 6 S ee a b o ve, M V . V I I I . 11. C f. Vin. iv . Z86. w here i t is *r n o offen ce F i io t a n u n to g iv e recluses* ro b e-m a terial t o h er paren ts. * vimpdteUibbarri V A , 1 129, if th e paren ts sta n d b e g g in g In th e d u st it should be g iv e n T h e p o in t is t h a t th e ro b e-m a teria l h a d been g iv e n t o th e monlc, an d sh ou ld therefore, u nless th ere is str o n g reason t o th e c o n tra r y , be r e ta in e d b y him . A t all e v e n ts it w a s n o t t o b e w asted .
22.1 23.3]
m a h
v a g g a
v i i i
425
W h o e v e r sh o u ld b rin g (one) to ru in , th e re is an offence o f w rong-doing* j| 1 ]\ 22 |j N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k , la y in g a sid e a ro b e 1 in th e B lin d M en 's G ro v e ,3 e n te re d a v illa g e fo r alm sfo o d w ith (only) h is u p p e r a n d in n e r ro b e s .3 T h ie v e s ca rried o ff th a t robe. T h a t m o n k b ecam e b a d ly dressed, w e a rin g s h a b b y robes. M o n k s sp ok e t h u s ; ** W h y are you^ y o u r reveren ce, b a d ly dressed, w e a rin g sh a b b y ro b es ? " N o w I , y o u r reveren ces, la y in g asid e a ro b e in th e B lin d M en's G ro v e , e n te re d a v illa g e fo r alm sfo o d w ith (only) th e u p p er a n d in n er robes. T h ie v e s c a rrie d o ff t h a t robe ; t h a t is w h y I am b a d ly dressed, w e a rin g s h a b b y ro b e s ." T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " M onks, a v illa g e sh o u ld n o t he e n te red b y {a m o n k w ea rin g o n ly) th e u p p e r a n d in n e r ro bes ; w h o e v e r sh o u ld so en ter (one), there is a n o ffen ce o f w ro n g-d o in g.'"4 || r || N o w a t th a t tim e th e ve n e ra b le A n a n d a , th ro u g h u n m in d fu l ness, e n te re d a v illa g e fo r a lm sfo o d w ith (only) his u p p er a n d inner robes* M onks sp o k e th u s to th e v e n e ra b le A nanda: R e v e re n d A n a n d a , h a s i t not b een la id d o w n b y th e L o rd th a t a v illa g e sh o u ld n o t be en tered (b y a m o n k w e a rin g o n ly) th e u p p er a n d in n er robes ? W hy do you, your reveren ce, e n te r a v illa g e w ith (only) y o u r u p p e r a n d in n er ro bes ? " It is tru e , y o u r reveren ces, th a t it w a s la id d o w n b y th e L o rd th a t a v illa g e sh o u ld n o t b e e n te re d (b y a m o n k w e a rin g only) th e u p p e r a n d in n er robes, b u t I en tered th ro u g h u n m in d f u in ess.1* T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . j| 2 jj H e said : M o n k s, there a re fiv e reason s fo r la y in g asid e
1 11 c l va t a (robe) m u s t here b e used fo r s a m g k a li. See . , s e c t i o n beloWj w h ere satnghafi o ccu rs " , V i n . T e x ts iu 232* ft- 3* S ee N is sag. x xix* on th e la y in g a sid e o f robes*
1 C f . & .& . ii, 36,. n. 3.

* a. s a y tta n rtta ra . to b e S e e -B .-D . i i 1^, th re e n . I , A t N is s a g . fo r ii. o n e it is a n o ffe n c e u n le s s fo r m o a k a w a y o i fr o m th e b is ro b e s , e v e n n ig h t, th e re
is th e
*
a g re e m e n t S e k h iy a s , is
m o n k s . A t o f M V . V I I . fo r 1 . 3* a b o v e , w it h o u t a m o n g w e a r in g th e th e fiv e k a fh in a ro b e s .
C f+
1 *4 ,
p r iv ile g e s
in c lu d e d
t h a t
g o in g
a lm s
th re e
4^6
B O O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
th e o u te r c l o a k : if on e becom es ill,1 o r if he co m es to be sp en d in g th e ra in s ,2 o r i f he com es to g o to th e o th e r side o f a riv e r, or if th e d w ellin g-p lace coracs to be secured w ith a bolt*a or i f th e Atf/Aina-cloth h a s been m a d e.4 T h ese, m onks, a re th e fiv e reaso n s fo r la y in g a sid e th e o u te r clo a k . A n d , m o n k s, there are five reasons fo r la y in g aside th e u p p er robe, th e iruLer robe : if one becom es ill . . * o r if th e &aJmu~clotJi h a s been made* T h ese, monks* are th e five reasons fo r la y in g aside th e u p p er ro b e, th e inner robe. A n d , m o n k s, th ere are five reason s for la y in g asid e a clo th fo r th e rains : if one becom es ill, or i f h e co m es t o g o o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry , * or if h e com es to g o to th e o th e r sid e o f a river, or if th e d w ellin g -p la ce com es to b e secured w ith a b o lt, or if a c lo th fo r th e ra in s com es to be n o t m ad e o r im p e rfe c tly executed. T h e se r m onks, are th e five reasons fo r la y in g aside a c lo th fo r th e r a in s .'F [j 3 J J 23 |[ N o w a t th a t tim e a certa in m o n k sp en t th e rain s alone. P eop le th e re , sa y in g , W e are g iv in g fo r an O rd e r/ ' g a v e robes. T h e n it o ccu rred to th a t m o n k : *f I t is la id d o w n b y th e L o rd th a t th e le a st O rd er is fourfold ,* b u t I a m so lita ry , and these [298] people, s a y in g , * W e are g iv in g fo r an O rd e r g a v e robes. W h a t n o w it I sh o u ld c o n v e y these ro bes b elo n g in g to an O rd er to S a v a tth l ? T h e n th a t m o n k , ta k in g th o se robes, h a v in g gone to S a v a tth l, to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord - H e s a i d ; " T h ese robes, m o n k , are for y o u yo u rself* u n til th e rem o va l
1 Then, a c co rd in g to Kisss-g, I I {Vin. in. 199) he has t o g e t th e a gree m e n t o f th e m o n k s t o be regarded as n o t a w a yJ separated from h is three robes* a lth o u g h h e is in a c tu a l ia c t sep ara ted from th e m , since he does n o t feel w e ll en ough to g o on a jo u r n e y ta k in g all of th e m y n lh him , 1 v&$sik&sarhh<stat a t th e rend ezvou s for th e raias+ D u rin g t h e rains m on ks are allow ed t o w ear clo th s frjr t h e rains in stead o f th eir ususd th ree robes, in order t o s a v e th ese from th e d a m p a n d w e t. * here in sense o f " b o lt r' oot ,r p a t c h P r _ * See K issa g . I I a n d a b o v e , M V , V I I . 1 , 3. * W h e n , p r e s u m a b ly h e m u st p u t on his s e t of th r e e robes. T r a v e llin g in t h e rain * w as allow ed o n ly if the busin ess w as u r g e n t an d i f th e m o n k w as n o t a b s e n t fro m th e ram s-residence for m ore th a n seven d a y s . See
CJ. K t . l i t . 1 5 5 , 2 2 5 , 2 2 9 . e tc,, for v ip p a k a ta , im p e r fe c tly e x e c u te d . C lo th s fo r t h e rains a llo w ed At M V . V l I I . 15 , 15. TA t V in , i. 3 1 9 five k in d s o i sathghas, classified b y th e n u m b er o i their members, a re given to g e th e r w ith the o fficia l a c ts t h a t each m ig h t p erform . tuyh' evar ju s t for y o u .
MV. 111.
24,1 5]
M A H A V A G G A
VIII
o f th e kathina (privileges),1 ]\ x |[ " T h is is a case, m o n ks,* w here a m o n k is sp en d in g th e ra in s a lo n e. P e o p le th e re , saying:, f W e are g iv in g for a n O rd er \ g iv e robes, I allo w , m o n k s, th ose ro b es {to be) fo r h im h im self u n til th e re m o v a l o f th e kafkina (p riv ile g e s )/ ' |j 2 |j N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k sp en t a fa v o u ra b le tim e o f y e a r* a lo n e. P eop le th e re , sa y in g : W e are g iv in g fo r a n O r d e r / J g a v e robes. T h e n i t o ccu rre d t o th a t m o n k : " I t is la id d o w n b y th e Iôrd th a t th e le a s t O rd e r is fo u rfo ld , b u t I am s o lita r y , a n d th ese people, s a y in g , ' W e are g iv in g fo r a n O rd e r \ g a v e robes. W h a t p o w i f I sh o u ld c o n v e y th ese ro bes belo n g in g to an O rd er t o S a v a tth i ? > J T h e n th a t m o n k , ta k in g th o se robes, h a v in g g o n e to S a v a tth i, to ld th is m a tte r to th e m onks. T h e m o n k s t o ld th is m a tte r t o th e Lord* H e said : r4 1 a llo w y o u , m o n k s, to d is trib u te (thepe robes) to th e O rd er th a t is p re se n t. | ]3 I I M T h is is a case, m o n k s, where a m o n k is sp en d in g a fa v o u r able tim e (of ye a r) a lo n e. P eop le th e re , sa y in g , ' W e are g iv in g for an O rd er \ g iv e robes. I a llo w , m o n k s, th a t m o n k to a llo t4 those robes* s a y in g : 'T h e s e ro bes a re fo r m e / If, m onks, th a t m o n k d oes n o t allot th a t ro b e -m a te ria l5 (and) a n o th e r m o n k com es, a n e q u a l p o rtio n sh o u ld b e g iv e n {to him)* I f, m onks* th e Aws^-lot w as n o t c a st w h ile th a t robem a te ria l w as b ein g d is trib u te d b y th o se m o n k s (and) a n o th e r m o n k contes, an e q u a l p o rtion sh o u ld b e g iv e n (to h im ). I f m on ks, th e kusaA ot w a s c a s t w h ile th a t ro b e-m a te ria l w a s b ein g d is trib u te d b y th o se m o n k s (and) a n o th er m onk co m es, a p o rtio n need n o t be g iv en (to him ) if t h e y are n o t w illin g * "1 1 N o w a t th a t tim e tw o b ro th ers w h o w ere eld ers, th e v e n e ra b le I s id a s a 7 a n d th e ve n e ra b le Is ib h a tta 7, h a v in g spen t th e rain s
1 See Naasag, I p I I , I I I . * A lthou gh the preceding sentence ertds w ith iii, it appears iroxn th e vocative bhikkhave, no less than from the anttjdnami, ju st belovr, th a t G otam a is regarded as still addressing the monks, * utuk&la. VAr 1130 says *' another tim e than th e rains A t V inr iL 167 utttkcUa stands in opposition to the three months oi the rains p "m A . iv . 138 discriminates between three seas&ns : gimha, th e h o t weather, the rains, and hemantat the cold weather. UtukdJn abo ve doubtless means a tim e of year th at was not th e rains, thus balancing the preceding paragraphs,
1 1 4 I!
* See above, M V. V I I I . 20 . 5.
4 Sing* here ; plural above* * Cf. C V . V I, 11 . 3. * M entioned apparently nowhere b t t here,, see Z ? , K P ^ (
4^8
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
a t S a v a tth l, w e n t to a certa in village-resid en ce. P eople, s a y in g : I t is lo n g sin ce the eld ers ca m e (h ere)," g a v e food w ith robes* T h e re sid e n t m on ks a sk ed th e eld ers : ** H on o u red sirs, th a n k s to th e elders, these ro b es b elon gin g to th e O rd er, h a v e a ccru ed . L e t th e e ld ers con sen t (to accept) a p o r tio n ," T h e eld ers sp oke th u s ; " I n so fa r as w e, y o u r reveren ces, u n d e rsta n d dhamma as ta u g h t b y th e L o rd , th ese robes are fo r y o u y o u rs e lv e s u n til the re m o va l o f th e kathina (p rivile g e s)/' || 5 j| N o w a t th a t tim e th ree m o n k s w ere sp en d in g th e rains in R a ja g a h a . P e o p le th e re , s a y in g ; " W e are g iv in g fo r an O r d e r / ' g a v e ro bes. T h e n it o ccu rred to th ese m o n k s : [ 299] 4* I t is la id d o w n b y th e L o rd th a t th e le a s t O rd er is fo u rfo ld , b u t w e are th re e persons, and these p eo p le, sa y in g , ' W e are g iv in g for a n O rd e r \ g a v e robes. N o w w h a t lin e o f co n d u ct sh o u ld be fo llo w e d b y u s ? J* N o w a t th a t tim e se v e ra l eld ers, th e ven e ra b le N ila v a s in 1 a n d th e ve n e ra b le Sanavasin a n d th e v e n era b le G o p a k a 1 a n d th e v e n e r a b l e B h a g u * a n d th e v en era b le P h a lik a sa n d a n a ,1 w ere s ta y in g a t P a ta lip u tta 4 in th e C o c k 's m o n a ste ry.* T h e n th e se m onks, h a v in g go n e t o PaaJiputta, a sk e d the eld ers. T h e elders sp oke th u s : " Tp so fa r as w e u n d ersta n d dham m a as ta u g h t b y th e Lord* i t is th a t th ese ro bes a re fo r y o u y o u rse lv e s u n til th e rem o va l o f th e kafhina (p riv ile g e s )/ ' || 6 |[ 24 |[ N o w a t th a t tim e th e ven erable Upananda, th e son o f th e S a k y a n s, h a v in g sp en t th e rains a t S a v a tth l, w e n t to a ce rta in villa g e -re sid cn ce. A n d there th e m o n k s assem b led , w ish in g t o
1 M e n tio n e d a p p a r e n t l y n o w h e re b u t h e re , see D > P . P . N .
J 2 3 ^ n .
e
s a y s t h in k s h o is
a n
e p it h e t t h e
o f s a m
S a m e a s
b h u t a T h e r a , p r. t h e S a $ a v & s l
K iw . w h o
Texts
p a r t
ii, in
p r o b a b ly
t o o k
th e Council of Ves&ll. * D .P .P + N , in its account of a Bhagu Thera thinks t h a t this one " i s p robably a different person '* frorc the B hagu of Vin. i. 350, etc, * Or Patn a, th e capital of M agadha before A sak a's time* See above, p, 3 1 2 : D d ii. 87 ; Buddh. India* p. 363 ; B. C. Law , Geog. of Early B*tddhismt pp. i Qt i i ; C.HT. i, i & 9 ^ * K ukkuttama-+ Referred to at S< v. 15 ff.* 1 7 1 ; A . Iii. 57 j v* 342 = jVf. i. 34$. There was another drama- o i the same name a t K osam bl, built b y a setfhi. I t would have been an odd coincidence if th e PSIt&liputta odc had also been b u ilt t>v a setthi, as Bu. says- at MA+ iii. 13 and also in Corny, on A . 343. fsee v* j i o , n* z). L iS g observes th a t A sok a is said to have built a m onastery on the site of the KukkatArama. ; cf, C.H.T* L 501, 5Efl.
*
S e e
B .D .
ii,
4 2 ,
n ,
i .
25*1 2]
M A H A V A G G A
VIIT
d istrib u te ro b e-m a te ria l. T h e se sp o k e th u s : C tf T h e se robes* y o u r reveren ce, b e lo n g in g t o th e O rd er, w ill be d istrib u te d . W ill y o u co n sen t (to a cce p t) a p o rtio n ? " Y e s , y o u r reveren ces, I w ill c o n s e n t/ 1 a n d ta k in g u p a p o rtio n o f th e ro b e-m a te ria l from th e re , he w en t t o a n o th e r residence* T h e m o n k s th e re also assem bled* w ish in g to d istrib u te robe-m aterial* T h ese also sp ok e th u s : 4t T h e se robes, your re ve ren ce , b elo n gin g to th e O rd er, w ill be d istrib u ted . W ill y o u c o n se n t (to a ccep t) a p o rtio n ? " ** Y e s , y o u r re ve ren ce s, I w ill c o n s e n t/ ' a n d ta k in g u p a p o rtio n o f th e ro b e-m a te ria l from th e re to o , h e w e n t t o a n o th e r residence- T h e m o n k s th ere also a ssem b led , w ish in g to d istrib u te robe-m ate rial- T h ese a lso sp o k e t h u s : " T h e se robes, yo u r reveren ce, b elo n gin g to th e O rd er, w ill b e d is trib u ted . W ill y o u co n sen t (to a ccep t) a p o rtio n ? 4 * Y e s , y o u r reveren ces, I w ill consent,'* a n d ta k in g u p a p o rtio n o f th e ro b e -m a te ria l from th e re to o , ta k in g a g re a t b u n d le o f ro b e-m aterial, h e cam e b a c k ag ain to S a v a tth L || r jj M onks sp ok e th u s : " Y o u , reveren d U p a n a n d a , are o f g re a t m erit m u ch robe^ m aterial has a c cru e d to yo u /* " W h en ce, y o u r reveren ces, is th e re m e rit fo r m e ? N o w I, y o u r reveren ces, h a v in g sp en t th e ra in s a t S a v a tth i, w e n t to a certa in village-resid en ce. T h e m o n k s w ere th ere assem bled , w ish in g t o d istrib u te ro b e-m a te ria l. T h e y sp o k e th u s to m e : * T h ese robes, y o u r revcrence* b elo n g in g to th e O rder, w ill be d is trib u te d . W ill y o u co n se n t (to a ccep t) a p o rtio n ? ' * Y e s , y o u r reveren ces, I w ill c o n se n t,' a n d ta k in g u p a p o rtio n oi th e ro b e-m a te ria l from there, I w e n t t o a n o th e r residence. T h e m o n k s th e re also assem b led , w ish in g to d is trib u te ro b e-m a te ria l. T h ese also sp oke th u s to m e : f T h ese robes, y o u r re ve ren ce , b e lo n g in g t o th e O rd er, w ill be d is trib u te d - W ill y o u c o n sc n t (to a ccep t) a p o rtio n ? * * Y e s , y o u r reveren ces, I w ill con sen t / a n d ta k in g u p a p o rtio n o f the ro b e-m aterial from th ere to o [300], I w e n t to a n o th e r residen ce. T h e m o n k s th ere also assem bled , w ish in g t o d is trib u te ro b em a te ria l, T h e se also sp oke th u s t o m e : ' T h ese ro b es * . . a p o rtio n ? * * Y e s , y o u r reveren ces, I w ill c o n se n t,' a n d I
1 Sam e th in g said to- him a t V in . iii. 21.5.
43< >
B O O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
to o k u p a p o rtio n o f ro b e-m a teria l fro m th ere to o . T h u s m u ch ro b e -m a te ria l a c cru e d t o m e / ' || 2 || -r B u t is it t h a t y o u , reveren d U p a n a n d a , h a v in g sp en t the ra in s som ew here else, w ill consent (to a ccep t) a p o rtio n o f ro b e -m a te ria l elsew h ere ? Y e s , y o u r reveren ces/* he sa id . T h o se w h o w e re m odest m o n k s lo o k ed d o w n upon, criticised , sp re a d it a b o u t, sa y in g : H o w c a n th e v en era b le U p an an d a, th e son o f th e S a k y a n s , h a v in g sp en t th e ra in s som ew here else, con sen t (to accep t) ro b e-m aterial elsew here ? T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : " Xs it tru e , a s is sa id , th a t y o u , U p a n a n d a , h a v in g sp en t th e ra in s som ew here else, co n sen ted (to a ccep t) a p o rtio n of ro b e-m aterial elsew h ere ? J > " I t is tru e . L o r d / ' T h e aw a k e n e d o n e, th e L o rd reb u k ed h im s a y in g r ** H o w ca n y o u , fo o lish m an , h a v in g sp e n t th e ra in s so m e w h ere else, c o n se n t (to accept) a p o rtio n o f ro b e-m a teria l elsew here ? It is n o t, foolish m an , fo r p le a sin g those w h o are n o t (yet) p leased , n o r fo r increasing (the n u m b er of) those w h o are p le a s e d / ' H a v in g re b u k ed h im , h a v in g g iv en reason ed ta lk , he ad d ressed th e m o n k s, s a y in g : " M onks, a p o rtio n o f ro b e-m aterial is n o t to be co n sen ted to elsew here b y one w h o has sp en t th e ra in s som ew here else. W h o e v e r sh o u ld co n sen t (to a cce p t), th ere is a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g ,M jj 3 j| N o w a t th a t tim e th e venerable U p a n a n d a , th e son o f the S a k y a n s, spen t th e ra in s alone in tw o residen ces, t h in k in g ; T h u s w ill m u c h robe-m aterial a ccru e to m e / ' T h en it o ccu rred to these m on ks : rt N ow , ho w sh o u ld a share o f robem a te ria l b e g iv e n to th e venerable U p a n a n d a , th e son o f th e S akyan s? T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e s a id ; " M onks, g iv e one sh a re1 to th e fo o lish m an. F o r th is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere a m o n k is sp en d in g th e rain s alone in tw o residences, th in k in g , * T h u s w ill m uch ro b e-m aterial a ccru e m e \ I f h e s ta y s h a lf (the tim e) a t one, h a lf (the tim e) a t th e
1 C f. V in . iii. 56 , iv . 76 f . P S i f. * ekAdhippdya. o i w h ich V A . 1 1 3 * share.
says e&apvggatapativiqtsa,. one man's
25,4 26-3]
a h
v a g g a
v i i i
43r
other* h a lf a sh are o f ro b e-m a teria l sh o u ld be g iv e n (to him ) a t th e on e, h a lf a t th e o t h e r ; or w h e re h e sp en d s th e m ore (time)* fro m th e re is th e sh a re o f th e ro b e -m a te ria l to b e g iv e n {to h im } / ' 1 | 41I 2 5 || N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k w a s su fferin g from d y s e n t e r y ; h e la y fa lle n in h is ow n e x cre m e n ts. T h e n th e L o rd , as he w a s to u rin g th e lo d g in g s w ith th e v e n e ra b le A n a n d a a s his a tte n d a n t,1 a p p ro a c h e d th a t m o n k 's d w e llin g -p la ce . T h e L o rd sa w th a t m o n k ly in g fa lle n in his o w n e x c re m e n ts ; seein g him h e a p p ro a c h e d th a t m o n k, a n d h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d he sp o k e th u s to th a t m o n k : rJ W h a t is y o u r d isease, m o n k ? ** " L o rd , I h a v e d y s e n te r y ." r< B u t , m o n k , h a v e y o u a n y o n e w h o te n d s y o u ? # J " I h a v e n o t, L o r d / ' [301] h e said, " W h y do not th e m o n ks te n d y o u ? J J f4 I , L o rd , am o f n o u se to the m o n k s, th e re fo re th e m o n ks do n o t te n d m e " HI || T hen th e L o rd ad d ressed th e v e n e ra b le A nanda, s a y i n g : ** G o , A n a n d a , b rin g w a te r, w e w ill b a th e th is m o n k ." V e r y w e il, L o rd /* a n d th e v en era b le A n a n d a , h a v in g answ ered th e L o rd in assen t, w h en h e h a d b r o u g h t th e w a te r, th e L o rd sp rin k led on th e w a te r, the v e n e ra b le A n a n d a w ash ed him o v e r ; th e L o rd to o k h im b y th e h ead , th e ven erab le A n a n d a b y th e feet, a n d h a v in g ra ised him up, th e y la id him d o w n on a couch|[ a || T h en th e L o rd , on th a t occasion , in th a t co n n e ctio n , h a v in g h ad th e O rd er of m o n k s co n ven ed , a sk ed th e m o n k s ; " I s th ere, m onks, in su ch a n d su ch a d w e llin g -p la ce a m o n k w h o is ill ? " T h ere is, L o r d / 1 W h a t, m onks, is th a t m o n k 's d isease ? ** f* L o rd , th e v e n e ra b le one h a s d y s e n te r y / ' < r B u t, m on ks, is th ere a n y o n e w ho is te n d in g th a t m o n k ? M " T h e re is n o t, L o r d ." " W h y d o n o t th e m o n k s ten d him ? **
1 C f, above, p* 430,
BO O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
" L o r d r th is m o n k is o f no use to th e m o n k s, th erefo re th e m o n k s d o n o t te n d th a t m o n k . " M onks, y o u h a v e n o t a m o th er, y o u h a v e n o t a fa th e r w h o m ig h t te n d y o u . I f y o u , m on ks, d o n o t te n d one an o th er, th en w h o is th e re w h o w ill ten d y o u ? W h o e v e r, m o n ks, w o u ld te n d m e, h e sh o u ld ten d th e sick* f| 3 f| I f h e h a s a p re c e p to r h e sh o u ld be te n d ed fo r life b y the p recep to r, w h o sh o u ld w a it fo r his re c o v e ry ,1 I f he h as a te a ch er h e should b e te n d e d for life b y th e teacher* w h o sh o u ld w a it fo r his recovery* I f h e has one w h o sh ares a d w ellin g -p lace . . . I f h e h a s a p u p il. . . . I f he has a fello w -p recep to r. , . , I f h e h a s a fe llo w -te a ch e r he sh o u ld be te n d ed for life b y th e fello w -tea ch er, w h o should w a it fo r h is re c o v e ry . I f he h a s n e ith e r a p re c e p to r n o r a te a ch e r n o r one w h o sh ares a d w ellin g -p lace n o r a p u p il n o r a fello w -p recep to r n o r a fello w -te a ch e r, h e sh o u ld be ten d ed b y th e O rd er. I f it sh ou ld n o t te n d h im , th e re is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g . |[ 4 | | " E n d o w e d w ith five qualities,* m onks, d oes one w h o is ill becom e d ifficu lt to ten d : he b ecom es one w ho d o es n o t do w h a t is b en eficial ;3 he does n o t k n o w m o d eratio n in w h a t is b en eficial ; he becom es one w h o d oes n o t ta k e m edicine ;* he b eco m es one w h o d o es not m ake c le a r th e disease ju s t as it com es to b e to one w h o ten d s th e sic k a n d w h o w ishes him w e ll, s a y in g as it is g e ttin g w orse, ' It is g e ttin g w orse \ or as i t is g e ttin g b e tte r , * It is g e ttin g b e tte r % or as it is s ta tio n a ry , f It is s ta tio n a r y ' ; h e becom es n o t th e k in d (of m an) w h o en d u res b o d ily feelin g s w h ich , arising, are p a in fu l, a cu te, sh arp, sh ootin g, d isagreeab le, m iserable, d e a d ly .5 E n d o w e d w ith
1 A t Y in . i. 5 c i t is said t h a t a. p recep to r sh ou ld be tend ed b y th e one w ho shares h is cell j oue w h o shares th e cell b y his p recep tor { V in . 1. 53) ; a . teach er b y h is p u p il an d a p u p il b y his teach er ( V in . i. G i). 1 I ^ r o m h ere t o en d o f ( ] 26 ]| = A . iii, 143, T h e five q u a lities, a^tgd here, are called dhamntd there. asappdyakarint a doer o f w h a t is n o t b en eficial, P .E JD * g iv e s for M itn , * 1 5 , s appaya A -1riyd, *' g iv in g a d ru g G ,S . iii. i io tra n sla tes " h e tre a ts n o t h im se lf w ith p h y s ic *** and d ou btless t h a t "which is beneficial h as co m e t o h a v e t h e sense of m edicine, drug. B u t a t V in . i. 292 $appdy&ni bh&jan&nt m u s t m e a n s u ita b le or beneficial m eals, a n d n o t m eals t h a t are m edicin es, fo r it com es u n d er VisSlkh&s boon ca lled ** food for th e s ic k T h e r e is also sa p pa ya ni bhesajj&ni, su itable, ben eficial medicines,, w hen sh e is a sk in g to g iv e m ed icin es for th e sick* 4 bf&sajjaffi na pofisevita hoti. * S to c k . F o r references see B , D iii. 12, n. 2*
SG-5 8]
MAHAVACGA
v i i i
433
these five q u a litie s, m o n k s, d o es one w h o is ill b ecom e d ifficu lt to ten d . j| 5 II [302] E n d o w e d w ith fiv e q u a lities, m o n k s, d o e s on e w h o is ill becom e e a s y to te n d : h e becom es one w h o d o es w h a t is ben eficial * he k n o w s m o d era tio n in w h a t is b en eficial ; h e becom es one w h o ta k e s m edicine ; h e m a k e s c le a r th e disease ju s t as it co m es to be t o on e w h o ten d s th e s ic k a n d w h o w ish e s him w ell, s a y in g a s it is g e ttin g - w o rse , I t is g e ttin g w o rse \ o r a s it is g e ttin g b e tte r, * I t is g e ttin g b e tte r \ o r as It is s ta tio n a ry , * I t is s ta tio n a r y ' ; he b eco m es th e k in d (of m an) w h o en d u res b o d ily fe elin g s w h ich , a risin g , a re p a in fu l, a c u te , sh a rp , sh o o tin g , d isa g re e a b le , m iserable, d e a d ly . E n d o w e d w ith these five q u a litie s, m onks, d oes on e w h o is ill becom e e a s y to ten d . || 6 | ] E n d o w e d w ith fiv e q u a litie s, m o n k s, is on e w h o te n d s th e sick n o t fit to te n d th e s i c k : he co m es to b e n o t co m p e te n t to p ro v id e th e m ed icin e ; h e does n o t k n o w w h a t i s b en eficial an d w h a t is n o t ben eficial ; h e b rin g s fo rw a rd w h a t is n o t beneficial, h e ta k e s a w a y w h a t is b en eficial ; h e te n d s th e sick in th e hope o f g a in ,1 n o t (from ) a m ity o f m in d ;z h e b ecom es one w h o lo a th e s to rem o ve excrem en t or urin e o r s w e a t o r v o m it ; he does n o t co m e t o be co m p eten t t o g la d d e n , rejo ice, rouse, d e lig h t th e sic k from tim e to tim e w ith <jAa*ttma~talk. E n d o w e d w ith these five qualities, m o n k s, on e w h o te n d s the sick is n o t fit to te n d th e sic k . | |y [ ] " E n d o w e d w it h five q u a litie s, m o n ks, is one w h o ten d s the sick fit to te n d th e sic k : h e com es to be c o m p e te n t to p ro v id e th e m td ic in e ; he k n o w s w h a t is ben eficial a n d w h a t is n o t beneficial ; h e ta k e s a w a y w h at is n o t b en eficial, h e b rin g s fo rw a rd w h a t is b cn eficial ; he te n d s th e sick (from) a m ity o f m ind, n o t in th e hope o f g a in ; h e d oes n o t b eco m e one w h o lo a th es to re m o ve c x crem e n t o r urine o r s w e a t o r v o m it ; h e com es to be c o m p e te n t to glad d en . . - d e lig h t th e s ic k from tim e to tim e w ith fi/stwrnw-talk. E n d o w e d w ith th ese
1 Corny, o n A . iii_ 144 s a y s " c x p e c tin ^ (gifts of) rob es, e t c / ' V A . i t 33 m en tio n s t h a t an tara m eans &drapat a n d t h a t dtnisantara m eans ossa fintara*nr g a in is his moti-ve* * no meltacitto, th e m in d , or h ea rt, n o t in a m it y , A fetla a t softie tim e c a m e t o be one o f th e fo u r brahmavikaras, B r a h m a -a b id in g s ; S ee M rs, R h y s D a v id s , p*. 21& fit.
434
BOOK
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
fiv e q u a lities, m o n k s, is one w h o ten d s th e sick fit to ten d th e s ic k . || 8 || 26 | | N o w a t th a t tim e tw o m onks c a m e t o b e go in g a lo n g a h ig h -ro a d in th e K o s a la co u n try . T h e y a rriv e d a t a c e rta in resid en ce w h ere a ce rta in m o n k w a s ilL T h e n it o ccu rred to th ese m o n k s : Y o u r reveren ces, te n d in g th e sic k is p raised b y th e L o rd . C o m e, le t u s ten d th is m o n k / ' a n d t h e y te n d ed him* W h ile he w a s b ein g ten d ed b y th e m h e passed a w a y . Then th e se m o n k s, ta k in g th a t m o n k 's bow l an d robes, h a v in g gone t o S a v a tth l, to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . |] r || H e said ; ** M o n k s, th e O rder is th e o w n e r o f th e b o w l an d ro bes o f a m o n k w h o h a s passed a w a y . B u t t r u ly th o se w h o te n d th e sic k a re o f g re a t service. I a llo w y o u , m on ks, to g iv e th ro u g h th e O rd e r th e th re e ro bes [303] a n d th e b o w l to those w h o te n d ed th e sick . A n d thus, m onks, sh o u ld t h e y be g iv e n : th a t m o n k w h o te n d ed th e sick, h a v in g ap p ro ach ed th e O rd er, sh o u ld s a y t o it : ' H onoured sirs, th e m o n k so a n d so h as passed a w a y ; these th re e robes a n d th e b o w l w ere^his/ T h e O rd er sh o u ld be in fo rm ed b y an exp erien ced , co m p eten t m onk, sa y in g : ' H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h e m o n k so a n d so h a s p assed a w a y ; these three ro bes a n d th e b o w l w ere his. I f it seem s rig h t to th e O rd er le t th e O rd er give these th ree robes a n d th e b o w l to th o se w h o te n d ed th e sick. T h is is th e m otion- H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e. T h e m o n k so a n d so h a s passed a w a y ; th ese th ree robes a n d th e b o w l w ere h is. T h e O rder is g iv in g th e se th ree robes a n d th e b o w l t o those w h o te n d ed th e s ic k . I f th e g iv in g o f these th re e ro bes a n d th e bow l to those w h o te n d ed th e sick is p le a sin g to th e ven e ra b le ones, le t th e m be silen t ; h e to w h o m it is n o t p le a sin g should sp eak. T h e se th re e robes an d th e b o w l are g iv e n th ro u g h th e O rd er to th o se w h o ten d ed th e sick* I t is p lea sin g to th e O rd er, th e re fo re it is silent. T h u s d o I u n d e rsta n d th is |[ 2 | ] N o w a t th a t tim e a certain no vice ca m e to pass aw a y* T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e said : " M onks, the O rd e r is th e o w n e r o f the bow l a n d ro bes o f a n o vice w h o h as p assed a w a y . B u t tr u ly those w ho te n d th e sick a re o f g re a t se rvice. I a llo w y o u , m o n k s, to g iv e th ro u g h
2 7 .3 5 ]
m a h
v a g g a
v i i i
435
th e O rder th e robe a n d th e b o w l t o th o se w h o te n d e d th e sic k . A n d th u s, m o n ks, sh o u ld th e y be g iv e n * T h a t m o n k w h o te n d e d th e s ic k , h a v in g ap p ro ach ed th e O rd e r, sh o u ld s a y to it : H o n o u red sirs, th e n o vice so a n d so h a s p assed a w a y ; th is robe a n d th e b o w l w ere h is / T h e O rd er sh ou ld be in fo rm ed b y a n exp e rie n ced , c o m p e te n t m o n k , s a y in g ; - H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er liste n to m e. T h e n o v ic e so a n d so h a s p assed a w a y ; th is ro b e a n d b o w l w ere his. I f it seem s rig h t to th e O rd er le t th e O rd er g iv e th is robe and bow l t o those w h o te n d ed the sic k . T h is is th e m o tio n . H o n o u red sirs* le t th e O rd er listen t o m e . T h e n o v ic e so a n d so h a s p assed a w a y ; th is robe a n d b o w l w ere his. T h e O rd er is g iv in g th is ro b e an d b o w l to th o se w h o te n d e d th e sick . I f th e g iv in g o f th is robe a n d b o w l to th o se w h o te n d ed the sic k is p le a sin g to the v e n e ra b le ones, le t th e m be s i l e n t ; h e to w h o m it is n o t p le a sin g sh o u ld sp e a k . T h is ro b e a n d b o w l are g iv e n th ro u g h th e O rd er to th o se w h o te n d ed th e sick . I t is p le a sin g to th e O rd er, th e re fo re it is sile n t. T h u s d o I u n d ersta n d th is V ' || 3 j| N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in m o n k a n d a n o v ic e te n d ed one w h o w a s ill. W h ile h e w a s b e in g te n d ed b y th e se be passed a w a y . T h en it o ccu rred to th a t m o n k w h o h a d ten d ed th e one w h o w a s ill : [304] J N o w w h a t sh are o f th e robes is to be g iv e n to th e n o v ic e w h o te n d ed th e on e w h o w a s ill ? ,J T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : I a llo w y o u , m onks, t o g iv e a n eq u al sh are to a n o v ic e w h o te n d ed th e s ic k ." ]| 4 ]| N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in m onk w h o h a d m a n y g o o d s, m a n y requ isites, cam e to p ass a w a y . T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd , H e said : 4t M onks, th e O rd er is th e o w n er of th e b o w l an d ro b es o f a rn on k w h o h a s passed a w a y . B u t t r u ly th o se w h o te n d th e s ic k are o f g rea t se rvice. T a llo w y o u , m o n ks, to g iv e th ro u g h th e O rd er th e th re e ro b e s a n d th e b o w l t o th ose w h o te n d ed the s ic k ; to d istrib u te th ro u g h the O rd e r th a t is p re se n t w h a te v e r fe w good s, fe w req u isites are th e re ; b u t w h a te v e r m a n y goods, m a n y re q u isite s are th e re , these are fo r th e O rd e r o f th e four q u a rters1 those w h o h a v e
1 cotuddisa samgha. F o r d is c u s s io n an this, see S . D u t t , Early M o n a c h is t n , 1924, p , ^3 ff, C / r sa m e expression T i . ii_ 14 7 .
Buddhist
436
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
com e in , th o s e w h o h a v e n o t co m e in t h e y a re n o t to be d isp o sed o f * n o t to be d iv id e d u p / 4 5 [ | 27 ]| N o w a t t h a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k , h a v in g becom e n a k e d , a p p ro a c h e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g a p p ro a c h e d he sp ok e th u s to th e L o rd : L o rd , in m a n y a figure is th e L o rd a sp ea k er in p raise o f d e sirin g little , o f co n te n tm e n t, o f e x p u n g in g (evil), o f p u n ctilio u sn ess, o f graciousness* o f d ecrea sin g (the o b stru c t tion s), o f p u ttin g fo rth e n e rg y ,3 Lord* th is n a ked n ess is, in m a n y a figu re, u sefu l fo r desiring little , fo r co n te n tm e n t, fo r e x p u n g in g (evil), for punctiliousness, fo r graciousn ess, fo r d e cre a sin g (the obstru ctio n s}, for p u ttin g fo r th e n e rg y . I t w ere g o o d , L o rd , if th e L o rd w ere to a llo w n a k ed n ess fo r m o n k s ," T h e a w a k e n e d one, th e L o rd re b u k ed him , s a y in g : *r I t is n o t b ecom in g, i t is n o t su ita b le , it is n o t fittin g , it is n o t w o r th y o f a recluse* it is n o t a llo w ab le, it is n o t to be done- H o w ca n y o u , fo o lish m a n , observe n a k ed n ess, a n o b serva n ce o f m em bers o f o th e r se cts ?4 It is n o t, fo o lish m an, fo r p leasin g th o se w h o are n o t (yet) pleased* * . ,*3 H a v in g re b u k e d him* h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , he ad d ressed th e m o n k s s a y in g : ** M onks, naked ness, a n o b se rv an ce o f m em b ers o f o th e r sects, is n o t to b e o b se rv e d .* W h o e v e r sh o u ld o b se rv e it, th e re is a g ra v e o ffe n ce." j| i | | N o w a t th a t tim e a certa in m o n k , h a v in g p u t on a kttsag ra ss g a rm e n t . * . a b a rk g a rm en t * * * a g a rm en t o f w oodsh a v in g s 6 . . . a h a ir-b la n k e t * . * a h o rseh air b la n k e t * . . (a d ress of) o w ls w in g s * . * (a c lo a k m ad e o f strip s of) b la ck
1 avissajjiha. F iv e classes o f th in gs t h a t are & vissajjiy& m t u n tra n sferable* n o t t o be d isposed of* are g iv en a t V in * . id. 170. 1 avtbhangifta. T h e sa m e five classes o f th in g s t h a t are avcbhaftgiyanit in alien ab le, are g iv e n a t V in . ii. 17c. I f a m o n k d isposes o f or d iv id es up a n y o f th ese tiling's h e in cu rs a th u tia c c a y a offen ce. an d th e d isp o sa l ot d iv is io n is re ck o n ed t o be n u ll and void . * S to c k in See j fJ.iX L 37 lo t n o tes an d references. * titl& iy a s a m d d & n a . W o r d -p la y p r o b a b ly in te n d e d here ; for sa m & d & n a m ean s b o th g o in g for a lm s w ith o u t t a k in g th e th re e robes w ith on e {cf. a sa m & d & n a c& ra a t V in , i> *54)* an d a ls o a d o p tin g , u n d e rta k in g , t a k in g u p o n on eself. H e r e th e la tte r m u s t be m ean t, for c f, V in , i* 159, w here th e s a n e p h r a se is u sed 'w ith r e ta r d t o th e iit t h iy & s ' * v o w o f silence *, tn&getbbuta. * C f . M V . V i n , 15 + 7 P IT. 1 P h a la k a 15 u s u a lly a p a n e l, board or p la n k . V in . T exts ki. 24 6 a n d A . K . C o o m a r a s w a m y , In d ia n Architectural Terms* J > A ,O .S t vol. 48, no, 3, p . 368 (referring to t i l s passage) ta k e i t as a k in d o f clotii<
2S.I 3]
m a h a v a g g a
v r u
437
a n te lo p e h id e ,1 a p p ro a c h e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g a p p ro a c h e d he sp o k e th u s t o th e L o r d ; " L o rd , in m a n y a figu re is th e L o rd a sp ea k e r in p ra ise o f d esirin g lit t le , , , o f p u ttin g fo rth e n e rg y . L o rd , th is (c lo a k m ad e o f strip s of) b la c k a n telo p e h id e is, in m a n y a figu re, u sefu l fo r d e sirin g little * * . fo r p u ttin g fo rth energy* I t w ere good [305], L o rd , if th e L o rd w ere to a llo w (clo a k s m a d e o f strip s of) b la c k a n telo p e h id e fo r th e m o n k s . T h e a w a k e n e d o n e , th e L o r d re b u k e d h im , s a y i n g : I t is n o t b e co m in g . . . it is n o t to be d o n e. H o w c a n y o u , foolish m an , w e a r (a c lo a k m ad e o f strip s of) b la c k a n te lo p e h id e, a n em blem o f m em b ers o f o th e r se cts ?z F o o lis h m an , i t is n o t fo r p lea sin g th o se w h o are n o t (yet) p le a se d . . . .M H a v in g re b u k e d h im , h a v in g g iv e n re aso n ed ta lk , he a d d ressed th e m o n k s, s a y in g : "r M onks, (a c lo a k m ad e o f strip s of) b la c k a n te lo p e h id e, a n em blem o f m em b ers o f o th e r sects, is n o t to b e w o rn . W h o e v e r sh o u ld w e a r (one), there is a g ra v e o ffe n c e .,J || z |) N o w a t th a t tim e a ce rta in m o n k, h a v in g p u t on (a g a rm e n t m a d e af) s ta lk s o f s w a llo w -w o rt3 . * , h a v in g p u t on (a c lo th of) fib re ,3 a p p ro a ch e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , he sp ok e th u s to th e L o rd : ** L o rd , in m a n y a figu re is th e L o rd a sp ea k e r in p raise o f d esirin g little . . . o f p u ttin g fo rth e n e rg y , L o rd j th is (cloth of) fibre is, in m a n y a figure* u sefu l for d esirin g little . * . fo r p u ttin g fo rth o f en e rg y . I t w ere good , L o rd , if th e L o rd w ere to a llo w (a c lo th or) fibre for th e m o n k s ." T h e a w a k en ed one, th e L o rd reb u k ed him , s a y in g : I t is
1 See B . U , i . 52 f, for n o te s an d references. T h e a to r y a t V i n . iii, 34 ( = B . D . i. 5?) p reced in g th o s e of m on ks dressed Ln these kinds. o i garm en ts, is a b o u t a n a k e d m o n k ; th is its e lf is preced ed b y a s to r y o f a m o n k clo th ed in a la y m a n 's dress* 1 litthiy&dhoj&+ Cf* r i n . ii, -2*. w here it is said t h a t titthiyadhtya is n o t to b e w orn b y a m o n k w h o h a s been Suspended for n o t seeing h is offences* V A . says(see V i n . TVjris ii. 373* 11* 6)thafc ti& th iy a d h a ja m eans t h a t g arm en ts of an d th e rest are n o t t o b e w orn. ; a n d c f arah&ddh&ja a t i* 6 5. a h k a n a ta . A b k a is t h e p la n t C a lo tm p is g ig a n te a . W o r d occurs a t M . L * p o tih a k c t' V A . 1 1 3 5 s a y s t h a t i t is m a d e o f m & k& ci- T h is , acco rd in g t o P . E . D . is a 4 9kin d of c lo th , m a teria l, fibre , P o tth a .h u occu rs in a sim ile a t A . i, 2 .j6* an d th ere is n o in d ica tio n t h a t m o n k s shou ld n o t w ear i t : i t is ca lle d p a in fu l t o h a n d le an d o f li t t le w orth* A A . ii. 359 describes i t as va.ka-mayavaitha.yn, ** a c lo t h m a d e o f b a rk "* A ls o see P u g r p, 33, PugA , 2 1 6 ca lls p o U h a k a t s& n a v a & a sa fa & a , a c lo a k o f h a rk a n d coarse h em p . On s d jta see 3 . D . ii, 143, n*
2G
43&
B O O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
n o t b eco m in g . . . it is n o t to be done. H o w can you, foolish m an , p u t on (a c lo th of) fibre ? I t is n o t, fo o lish m a n , fo r p lea sin g th ose w h o a re not (yet) p le a se d . * * H a v in g re b u k ed him , h a v in g g iv e n reasoned ta lk , h e ad d ressed th e m on ks, s a y in g ; *f M onks, (a c lo th of) fibre is n o t t o b e p u t on* W h o e v e r sh o u ld p u t (one) o n , th ere is a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / 1 1 3 0 2811 N o w a t t h a t tim e th e j^roup o f s ix m o n k s w ore ro bes th a t w ere a ll d a rk g re e n ,1 t h e y w o re ro bes th a t w ere a ll y e llo w , t h e y w ore ro bes t h a t w ere all red, t h e y w ore ro bes th a t w ere a ll crim son , t h e y w o re ro bes th a t w ere all b la c k , th e y w ore robes th a t w ere a ll d y e d brow n ish -yello w ,* t h e y w ore ro b es th a t w ere a ll d y e d re d d ish -ye llo w ,3 t h e y w o re ro bes w ith borders t h a t w ere n o t c u t up, th e y wore ro bes w ith lo n g b o rd ers, th e y w o re ro bes w ith b o rd ers o f flow ers, t h e y w ore ro bes w ith borders o f sn ak es' h ood s, t h e y wore ja c k e ts ,4 t h e y w o re (garm en ts of) th e T irxta tr e e ,6 t h e y w o re tu rb an s. P e o p le lo o ked d o w n u p o n r c ritic ise d , sp rea d i t a b o u t, s a y i n g : " L ik e householders w h o e n jo y p leasu res o f th e sen ses/' T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " M onks, ro bes th a t are all d a r k g reen are n o t t o be w orn, ro b e s th a t are a ll y e llo w are not to be w orn . , , a ja c k e t is n o t to be worn* (a garm en t m ade from ) th e TirTta tre e is not to b e w o rn , a tu rb a n is not to be w o rn . W h o e v e r should w e a r (one), th ere is an offence o f w ro n g -d o in g ." || t |] 29 || N o w a t th a t tim e m onks, h a v in g sp e n t th e rain s, a n d no ro b e-m a te ria l h a v in g accru ed , [306] w e n t a w a y a n d le ft th e
1 ntiakat or b lu e ; see i l 408, n. 1 , 2.. F o r th is sequence o i colours t f . V i n . i . 18 5 = iL 2 6 7 , an d see e x p la n a tio n s a t V A . 10S3, T h is p assage, w it h th e om ission o f the la s t item , recurs a t V it t. ii, 267 for th e group o f s i x nan s. h * mahdraftgaratta, V A * 1083 s a y in g th a t it is th e co lo u r c f a, ce n tip e d e 's b aclc.
* tnahdnamartiita, V A . 1083 s a y in g t h a t i t is th e co lo u r o f w ith e re d leaves, a m ix e d colour. 4 k a ftc v k a t c f 1 A . i. 145, * eirttaka. S y m p lo c o s racem osa. 1 13 5 e x p la in s b y rukkfrnchaflimayatft iaijt padafiu&cftanain kdium va4fati+ m ade o f th e baric o f a tree, one ca n m a k e a fo o t-to w e l of it . C f. i* 2 9 5 w h eie th e w earin g of th is com es a m o n g th e p r a c tic e s o f th e f< seli-torm en tors ", or w a sters-a w ay.
30,1z]
M A H A V A G G A
V III
439
O rd er1 a n d p assed a w a y ; a n d th e y p re te n d e d to be n o v ic e s a n d t h e y p re te n d e d t o b e d isa v o w e rs o f th e tra in in g a n d th e y p re te n d e d t o be c o m m itte rs o f an e x tre m e offence a n d th e y p re te n d e d t o be m a d a n d t h e y p re te n d ed to be u n h in g e d a n d t h e y p re te n d ed to h a v e b o d ily p a in s a n d t h e y p re te n d e d to be su sp en d ed fo r n o t seein g a n offence a n d t h e y p re te n d e d to be su sp en d ed fo r not m akin g' am end s fo r a n o ffen ce a n d th e y p re te n d e d to b e su sp e n d e d fo r n o t g iv in g u p a w ro n g v ie w and t h e y p reten d ed t o be eu n u ch s a n d t h e y p re te n d e d t h a t t h e y w ere liv in g in co m m u n io n , th o u g h it w a s b y t h e ft ,3 an d t h e y p re te n d e d th a t t h e y h a d gone o v e r t o o th e r se c ts3 an d t h e y p re te n d ed t o b e a n im a ls4 a n d t h e y p re te n d e d to be m a tricid e s1 a n d th e y p re te n d e d t o be p a rric id e s 4 a n d th e y p re te n d e d to be sla y e rs o f m en p e rfe c te d 6 a n d t h e y p re te n d ed t o be se d u cers o f n u n s 5 a n d t h e y p re te n d ed t o b e sc h is m a tic s5 a n d t h e y p re te n d ed t o b e sh edd ers o f (a T ru th fin d e r J s) b lo o d B a n d th e y p re te n d ed to b e h e rm a p h ro d ite s,5 T h e y to ld th is m a tte r to th e L ord- || i J | H e said : " T h is is a c a se , m on ks, w h ere a m o n k , h a v in g sp en t th e rains, n o ro b e-m a te ria l h a v in g a c cru e d , go es a w a y . I f th e re is a su ita b le r e c e iv e r / {robe-m aterial) sh o u ld b e g iv e n (to him ). T h is is a c a se , m o n k s, w h ere a m o n k , h a v in g sp en t th e rain s, no ro b e -m a te ria l h a v in g a c c ru e d , le a v e s th e O rd er, passes a w a y , p re te n d s to be a n o v ic e , p re te n d s to b e a d isa v o w e r o f th e tra in in g , p reten d s to b e a c o m m itte r o f an e x trem e offen ce. T h e O rd er is th e ow ner. T h is is a ca se, m o n ks, w h ere a m o n k , h a v in g sp en t th e ra in s, no ro b e-m a te ria l
= ii. 173- Gf, also V in t i, 155, i6 ? r 320. s a id t h a t if s u e t a, one h a s n o t b w n o id a in e cl* h e s h o u ld n o t b e o r d a in e d : i f h e h a s b e e n o r d a in e d b e s h o u ld b e e x p e lle d . T h i s p a s s a g e m a k e s it c le a r t h a t a m o n k., c a l l e d a I&fyyasamv&$aka m th e r u le , t o o k o n himseM th e a ttr ib u te s of a m o n k w it h o u t u r d e r g o in g t h e t r a in in g , a n d t r ie d t o b e c o m e a One in c o m m u n io n (see d e fin itio n o t s a n tv a s a in th e P a r S jik a s ) b y th eft* t h e y y a f o f a m o n k 's a ttr ib u te s . E x p l a i n e d a t VA. cO r 6 fF. * tiltk iy o p a h k a n ta k tt, A t V in , L 36 sam e is said oi this as o i theyya saifiv&Sak&. E xp lan ation given a t V A . 1021, * S a m e is sa id as o f th e tw o previou s term s, 1, 88+ E x p la in e d at V A . 1D22 f.
* /heyyasarnvdsaka , At Ft*** i. &6 it * S a m e is said a s of p r e v io u s term s a t
* T h is sequence =
Vin.
i. l a i
Yin-
i, 89,
E x p la in e d a t
VA
rozaf*
* p&HrQpe gahahz. VA~ r i3 5 says if there is some monk w ho takes thinking, - I a m ta k in g as for th at m onk ** the m eaning is th at i t should be given to him ", VA* 1135 also points ou t th at am ong these tw enty-three typ es oi men, sixteen do not receive th e material and v e n do-, '
44
BO O K
OF
D IS C IP L IN E
h a v in g accrued* p re te n d s to be m a d , * * p reten d s to be su sp en d ed fo r n o t g iv in g u p a w ro n g v ie w . I f th e re is a su ita b le re ce iv e r, (robe-m aterial) sh o u ld be g iv e n (to him ). T h is is a case, m o n k s, w h ere a m o n k , h a v in g sp en t th e ra in s, no ro b e-m a te ria l h a v in g accrued* p re te n d s to b e a e u n u ch , . p re te n d s t o be a h erm a p h ro d ite. T h e O rd er is th e owner* I I ^ || " T h is is a c a se , m o n k s, w h ere a m o n k , h a v in g sp en t th e rains, ro b e-m a te ria l having* accru ed , b u t n o t h a v in g b een d istrib u ted , go es a w a y . I f there is a su ita b le re ce iv e r, (robe-m aterial) sh o u ld be g iv e n (to him }- T h is is a ca se, m o n k s, w h ere a m o n k , h a v in g sp e n t th e rains, ro b e-m a te ria l h a v in g a c cru e d , b u t n o t h a v in g b een d istrib u te d , le a v e s th e O rd er . - . p reten d s to be a c o m m itte r o f an extrem e offence. T h e O rd er is th e o w n e r. T h is is a ca se , m onks, w h e re a m o n k , h a v in g sp en t th e rain s, ro b e-m a teria l h a v in g a ccru ed , b u t n o t h a v in g been d is trib u te d , p reten d s to be m a d * . , p re te n d s to b e suspended fo r n o t g iv in g u p a w ro n g v ie w . I f there is a su ita b le re ce iv e r, (robe-m aterial) sh o u ld b e g iv en (to him ). T h is is a case, m o n k s, w h ere a m o n k , h a v in g sp en t th e rains, ro b e-m a te ria l h a v in g a c cru e d , b u t n o t h a v in g been d istrib u ted , p re te n d s to b e a eu n u ch * . * p re te n d s to be a h e rm a p h ro d ite . T h e O rd er is th e o w n er. | |3 \ \ ** T h is is a case* m o n ks, w here m o n k s, h a v in g sp en t th e rainSj ro b e-m a te ria l n o t h a v in g a ccru ed , th e O rd er is d iv id e d .1 P e o p le th e re s a y in g : 1 W e are g iv in g fo r a n O rd e r,' g iv e w a te r 1 to one p a r t,3 t h e y g iv e ro b e-m a te ria l to th e o th e r part* T h is is fo r th e Order*4 T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere m o n ks, h a v in g sp en t th e rains, ro b e-m aterial not h a v in g accru ed , th e O rder is d iv id e d . P e o p le th ere s a y in g : * W e a re g iv in g fo r an
1 bhijjati* V A . 1135 says that being divided, like the (quarrelsom e) m ocks -of Kosam bl, there come to be tw o parts (or divisions). 1 itdaku. V A . 113 5 saying th at They (five dakkhinod&kan gandh&dlnx ca. water th a t is d&kkhiita (Le, either ceremonial, or to 'wash, in) and perfumes and so on*
* pakfihat side* party* faction. C/. pahhha at V in . iii- 173 in definition ,ff should go forward with a schism * ; and at K*. iii- 175 in definition of " take his part ,J- See also B . P * iiL 190, n. 3* * V A . 1135 says that rf this, ctaip, is for the two divisions of the whole Order* It should be distributed am crg the two sides after a gong has been beaten B y " whole Order P h Bu, means that part of it which spent the rains together in the same residence
30.4 31.2]
m a h
v a g g a
V III
441
O rd e r/ g iv in g w a te r to o n e p a rt, t h e y g iv e ro b e -m a te ria l t o th e sam e p a rt. [307] T h is i s for th e O rd er. |j 4 || " T h is is a ca se , m o n ks, w h ere m o n ks, h a v in g sp e n t th e rains, ro b e-m a te ria l n o t h a v in g accru ed , th e O rd e r is d iv id e d . P e o p le th e re sa y in g : ' W e are g iv in g for a p a r t ,' g iv e w a te r to on e p a rt, t h e y g iv e ro b e-m a te ria l to th e o th e r p a r t. T h is is for a p a rt. T h is is a c a se , monkSj w h ere m onks, h a v in g sp en t th e rains, ro b e -m a te ria l n o t h a v in g a c cru e d , th e O rd er is d iv id e d . P e o p le th e re s a y i n g : ' W e are g iv in g fo r a p a r t/ g iv e w a te r to one p a rt, t h e y g iv e ro b e-m a te ria l t o th e sam e p a rt. T h is is fo r th e p a r t. || 5 | | " T h is is a ca se , m o n k s, w h ere m on ks, h a v in g sp en t th e rains, ro b e-m a teria l h a v in g a c cru e d (but) n o t b e ip g d is trib u te d , th e O rd er is d iv id e d . I t sh o u ld be e q u a lly d is tr ib u te d a m o n g a ll, || 6 || 30 || N o w a t th a t tim e th e v e n era b le R e v a t a sen t ro b e-m a teria l fo r th e ve n e ra b le S a r ip u tta b y th e b a n d o f a c e rta in m o n k, s a y in g : ** G iv e th is ro b e-m a te ria l to th e e ld e r / ' T h e n on th e w a y th a t m o n k to o k th a t ro b e-m a te ria l on tr u s t1 fo r th e ven e ra b le R e v a ta * T h e n th e ve n e ra b le R e v a ta , h a v in g m et th e v en era b le S a rip u tta , a s k e d : I , ho n o u red sir, sen t ro b e-m a teria l fo r th e eid er. H a s th a t ro b e-m a teria l a rriv e d ? I h a v e n o t seen th a t ro b e-m a te ria l, y o u r re v e re n c e / ' T h e n th e v e n e ra b le R c v a t a sp ok e th u s to t h a t m o n k ; " I, y o u r re ve ren ce , se n t ro b e-m a te ria l b y th e v e n e ra b le one's h a n d fo r th e e ld er. W h ere is th a t ro b e-m a te ria j ? I , h o n o u red sir, to o k th a t ro b e-m a te ria l on tru s t fo r th e ven e ra b le one/* T h e y to ld th is m a tte r t o th e L o rd . || I lj H e s a i d : '* T h is is a ca se, monks,, w h ere a m o n k is sen d in g ro b e-m a te ria l b y a m o n k 's hand, s a y in g : - G iv e th is robem a te ria l to so a n d s o / I f h e, w h ile on th e w a y , ta k e s it on tru st fo r h im w h o sen d s it, it is r ig h tly taken* I f he ta k e s it on tru s t fo r h im to w h o m it w a s being sent* i t is w ro n g ly ta k e n . T h is is a ca se , m o n k s, w h ere a m o n k is sen d in g ro b e-m a te ria l b y a m o n k 's h a n d , s a y in g , ' G iv e th is ro b e-m a te ria l to so a n d so \ I f h e, w h ile on th e w a y , ta k e s it on tru s t fo r h im to w h om
1 I,e h e used, it him self* B.T>* i t io , n. 5* O n viss&s&tjt gafrh&ii, see M V , V I I I * 19* and
+43
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
it w a s b ein g sen t, it is w ro n g ly ta k e n . I f he ta k e s it on tr u s t fo r him w h o se n t it , i t is r ig h tly ta k e n . T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere a m o n k to so a n d so W h ile be is on th e w a y h e h e a rs t h a t h e w h o sent it h a s p a sse d a w a y - I f he a llo ts to h im 1 th e ro b e -m a te ria l o f the one w h o is d e ce a se d , it is r ig h tly a llo tte d . I f h e ta k e s i t on tru st fo r him t o w h o m i t w a s b e in g sen t, it is w r o n g ly ta k e n . T his is a case, m o n k s, w h ere a m o n k to so a n d so \ W h ile h e is on th e w a y he h e a rs t h a t he to w h om it w a s bein g sen t h as passed a w a y . I f he a llo ts t o h im th e ro b e-m a teria l o f th e o n e w h o is d eceased , it is w ro n g ly a llo tte d . I f he ta k e s i t on tru st fo r him w h o sen t it , it is r ig h t ly ta k e n . T h is is a case* m on ks, w h ere a a m onk to so and so \ [308] W h ile h e is on th e w a y h e h ears th a t b o th h a v e passed a w a y . I f he a llo ts to him th e ro b e-m a te ria l o f th e one w h o is d e ce a se d o f him w h o sen t it it is r ig h tly allotted - I f he a llo ts to him th e ro b e-m a te ria l o f th e o n e w h o is d ecea sed o f him to w h om it w a s b e in g se n t it is w ro n g ly a llo tte d , || 3 |f T h is is a ca se, m onks* w h ere a m o n k sends ro b e-m a teria l b y th e h a n d o f a m o n k , sa y in g , * I am g iv in g th is ro b e-m a teria l to so a n d so \ I f h e, w h ile on th e w a y , ta k e s it on tru st fo r h im w h o sends it, it is w ro n g ly ta k e n . I f h e ta k e s it on tru st fo r him to w hom i t is b e in g se n t, it is r ig h tly ta k e n . T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h e re a m o n k to so a n d so 3 . If h e, w h ile on th e w a y , ta k e s i t on tru st fo r h im t o w h om it w a s b ein g sen t, i t is rig h tly ta k e n . I f h e ta k e s it on tru st for him w h o sen d s it , it is w ro n g ly ta k e n . T h is is a case, m on ks, w h ere a m o n k to so a n d so \ W h ile he is o n th e w a y , h e h e a rs th a t he w h o sent i t h a s p assed a w a y . I f he a llo ts to h im th e ro b e-m aterial o f th e o n e w h o is deceased* it is w ro n g ly a llo tted - I f he ta k e s it on tr u s t for h im to w hom it w a s b e in g se n t, it is r ig h tly taken* T h is is a case, m onks, w h ere a m o n k to so a n d so *. W h ile he is on the w a y a h e h ears th a t he to whom it w as b ein g se n t h as passed a w a y . I f he a llo ts to h im the ro b e-m a te ria l o f th e one w h o is d eceased , i t is r ig h tly allo tted . I f h e ta k e s it on tru s t fo r h im w h o sen t it, i t is w ro n g ly ta k e n . T h is is a case* m o n k s, w h ere a m o n k to so a n d so \ W h ile h e is o n th e
3 1 .3 3 2 .1 ]
M A H A V A G G A
V III
443
w a y , h e h e a rs t h a t b o th h a v e passed a w a y . I f h e a llo ts to h im th e ro b e-m a te ria l o f th e one w h o is d e ce a se d o f him w h o sen t it it is w r o n g ly a llo tte d . I f he a llo ts to h im th e robem a te ria l o f th e on e w h o is d eceased o f h im to w h o m i t w a s b ein g seTit it is r ig h t ly a llo tte d ." 1 \ \3 J 131 [| T h e re a re, m o n ks, th ese eig h t ch an n els* fo r th e a ccru in g o f ro b e -m a te ria l :* if h e g iv e s on a b o u n d a r y / if h e g iv e s on ag ree m e n t, i f he g iv e s w ith an a n n o u n ce m en t o f alm sfoo d , i f h e g iv e s fo r a n O rd e r, if he g iv e s fo r b o th O rd ers, if he g iv e s for a n O rd er w h ic h h a s sp e n t th e rain s, if h e g iv e s h a v in g o ffered ,* if he g iv e s t o a n in d iv id u a l, " H e g iv e s on a b o u n d a r y : it sh o u ld be d is trib u te d to as m a n y m o n k s as are w ith in th e b o u n d a ry. " H e g iv e s on a g r e e m e n t : se v e ra l resid en ces com e to be e q u a l re ce ive rs ; w h a t is g iv e n in each resid en ce is g iv e n fo r all. H e g iv e s w ith a n an n o u n cem en t o f a lm s fo o d : t h e y s a y , 1 W e g iv e i t th ere w h e re th e O rd er's c o n sta n t se rv ic e s are d o n e \ ** H e g iv e s fo r a u O rd e r r it sh o u ld b e d is trib u te d a m o n g th e O rd e r th a t is present* " H e g iv e s fo r b o th O rd ers : e v e n if th e re a re m a n y m o n ks (but only) on e n u n , a h a lf should be g iv e n ; e v e n if th e re are m a n y n u n s (but o n ly) one m o n k, a h a lf sh ould be given* " H e g iv e s fo r an O rd er w h ic h has spen t th e ra in s : i t sh ou ld be d is trib u te d to as m a n y m onks as h a v e sp en t th e rain s in th a t residence. H e g iv e s , h a v in g o ffered : co n je y s or rice or so lid food s o r ro bes o r lo d gin gs o r m ed icin es. [309] " H e g iv e s t o an in d iv id u a l: h e s a y s , ' I am g iv in g th is ro b e-m a te ria l to so a n d s o 5 ]| 1 |j 32 j| T h e S e c tio n o n R o b e -m a teria l : T h e E ig h th
1 V in . Texts ii, 253, n . r says- " Th-e reason o f a ll t h is is, that if the sen d er (A) s a y s t o th e m essen g er (B ), 4 G iv e th is robe t o t h e sen d ee (C) \ th e p r o p e r ty in t h e xob e does n o t p a s s ; if A s a y s t o B , * I g iv e t h is ro b e t o C \ it d o e s p3L5B,"* * ttiaiihd, as in M V . V I L 1* 7 . * dvarassa u p p S d d y a . * sUndya.. B n , a t J M . 1 1 3 6 en u m era tes fifteen k in d s o f boundaries. 4 adissa. B . a t V A , 114 4 e x p la in s as Sdisitva paricchinditva-4 h a v in g d ed icated , h a v in g decided* * V A * 114.5, " h * m a y say,. ' I a m g iv in g th is t o y o u , h o n o u w d sir % or * I a m g iv in g th is t o y o a an d t o y o u * p u p ils * *\
444
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E T h is is its k e y ;
T h e re are n in e ty -s ix item s in th is S ectio n -
U r b a n c o u n c il o f R a ja g a h a h a v in g seen th e c o u rte s a n a t V e sa ll, h a v in g g o n e b a c k to R a ja g a h a m ad e th is k n o w n to th e k in g , f In d e e d S a la v a t ik a 's c h ild w as A bh aya^ s son ,1 k n o w n as J iv a k a b e c a u se the p rin ce a sk e d , ** I s he a liv e ? " / T h e n h e , h a v in g g o n e t o T a x ila , h a v in g stn d ied j v e r y fam ous d isp e lle d a se v e n y e a r o ld disease b y tr e a tm e n t th ro u g h th e n o se , / H e re m o v e d th e k in g 's fistu la w ith a n o in tm en t (the k in g sa y in g ), rf T e n d m e a n d th e w o m e n a n d th e a w a k e n e d oneJ s O rd e r ' \ a / A n d th e m e rch a n t o f R a ja g a h a , th e tending* on th e tw is t in th e bowels* H e d isp e lle d P a jjo ta 's g rea t d isease b y a d rin k o f clarified b u tter* ( A n d office, S iv e y y a ( k a cloths), he lu b ric a te d th e h u m o u rs, th e p u rg in g t h ir t y tim e s a ll to g e th e r w ith th re e h a n d fu ls o f lotuses- / H e a sk e d fo r th e b o o n o f good b e h a vio u r*4 a n d he a cce p te d S iv e y y a ( k a c lo th s ), a n d th e T ru th -fin d e r a llo w ed th e g ift o f h o u seh o ld ers' robes. / M a n y ro b e s a c c ru e d in R a ja g a h a (and) in th e c o u n try . A m a n tle , a n d lik e w ise a silken o n e ,5 a flc e c y c o v e rle t, w o rth h a lf a ka$tp / A n d v a rio u s kin d s, sa tisfa ctio n , t h e y d id n o t w a it a n d t h e y w a ite d , first, a fte rw a rd s , to g e th e r, a n d a n a g re e m e n t, t h e y c o n v e y e d it b ack, / S to re-ro o m , an d u n g u a rd ed , a n d lik e w ise t h e y tu rn e d a w a y , h e a p e d u p , a n d a tu m u lt. H o w is it to be d iv id e d ? H o w is it to b e g iv e n ? / A b o u t his o w n an d m o re th a n one p o rtion . H o w is a share to b e g iv e n ?
* air&ja, u s u a lly m eaning* fl ow n son * fnahdbhixa, vl, 1 frwififfrdiy^wÂflpiiipJaceof t e x t F s-(JMV^ V T l r , 1. i j ) bvddhapatnvkko. bhibkhu-
sathgha. It is not clean tP me whether the king was enjoining Jivaka to tend the Buddha himself or only the Order. * pakatalta vara, * kasiAat replacing hoseyyapavdra of MV* V III. 1. 36*
m a h
v a c g a
v i i i
445
W ith d u n g a n d w ith c o ld w a te r , to o v e rflo w , t h e y d id n o t know , / P o u rin g o u t, a n d a v e sse l, a n d in a d ish , a n d on th e g ro u n d , w h ite a n ts, in th e m id d le , t h e y w o re out* on o n e sid e, a n d a b o u t b e in g stiff, / H a rsh , n o t c u t u p , la id o u t in strip s, h e sa w th e b u n d le s, h a v in g th o u g h t it o v e r th e S a k y a n sa g e a llo w e d th re e ro b es. / A b o u t a n o th e r th a t is e x t r a , i t a ccru ed , a n d th e n it w a s to m , th e fo u r q u a rters, she a s k e d for th e b oon to g iv e c lo th s for th e ra in s, / (F o od for) th e in co m in g , th e o u tg o in g , th e sic k , th o se w h o ten d th e s ic k a n d m ed icin e, c o n sta n t s u p p ly , a n d b a th in g clo th s, a b u n d a n t, to o sm a ll, / T h ic k sc a b s, for th e face* lin en , c o m p le te , w h a t is a llo tte d , th e le a st, it w a s m a d e h e a v y , th e c o rn er, th e th r e a d fra y e d o u t, / [310] T h e y g a v e w a y , a n d t h e y w e re n o t en o u g h , e x t r a s u p p ly , and m any, in th e B lin d M en 's G ro v e , th ro u g h tho u gh tlessn ess* th e ra in s alon e, a n d d u rin g a fa v o u ra b le tim e , / T w o b ro th e rs, in R a ja g a h a , U p a n a n d a , a g a in in tw o , d y s e n te r y , th e ill one a n d th e tw o , on w h a t b e lo n g s to th e s ic k ,1 y N a k e d o n e, &tts<z-grass* h a r k garm en t* w o o d sh a v in g s, h a ir b la n k e t, h o rse-h air, a n d o w ls ' w in g s , b la c k a n te lo p e , a jid sta lk s of sw a llo w -w o rt, / F ib r e , g re e n a n d y e llo w , re d , a n d a b o u t crim son , b la c k , b ro w n ish -re d d ish -y e llo w , th e n b o rd ers n o t c u t u p , / L o n g , flo w ers, sn a k e s' h o o d s, ja c k e ts , T ir it a tree* tu rb a n s, n o t h a v in g a ccru e d , he w e n t a w a y ,4 th e O rd e r is d iv id e d a t all th e tim e s, / T h e y g iv e to a p a r t, fo r th e O rd er, th e v e n e ra b le R e v a t a sent, h e ta k e s on tr u s t, i f h e a llo ts , e ig h t ch a n n e ls fo r rob e-m aterial* [311]
I fallow*
1 T e x t a n d S ia m , ed n , read gtldyamz.
C in g . e d n , read s gildttakd, w h ich
pitkkamati ;
tex t* 7 (, I. 307, pakkatnanli.
44&
THE
GREAT
D IV IS IO N
IX
A t one tim e th e a w a k e n e d one, th e L o rd w a s s ta y in g at C a m p a 1 on th e b a n k o f th e G a g g a ra lo tu s-p o o l.* N o w a t th a t tim e In th e K a s i c o u n tr y there "was a v illa g e n a m e d V a s a b h a ;* a m o n k ca lle d K a s s a p a g o tta 4 w a s a resid en t th e re , h e w a s a tta c h e d to th e t r a d it io n ,5 he h a d m a d e an e ffo rt" so th a t w e ll b e h a v e d m o n k s w h o h a d n o t co m e sh o u ld co m e, a n d so t h a t w e ll b e h a v e d m o n k s w ho h a d co m e sh o u ld liv e in c o m fo r t,7 an d so t h a t t h a t re sid e n ce sh o u ld a tta in g ro w th , e x p a n sio n , m a tu r ity . N o w a t t h a t tim e s e v e ra l m o n k s w a lk in g on to u r a m o n g th e K a s i p eo p le a rriv e d a t th e v illa g e o f V a s a b h a . T h e m o n k K a s s a p a g o tta sa w these m o n k s co m in g in th e d ista n ce ; seein g th e m he m a d e r e a d y a s e a t,s h e p u t o u t w a te r fo r w a sh in g th e fe e t, a fo o t-sto o l, a fo o t-sta n d , h a v in g g o n e o u t to m e e t th em h e re c e iv e d th e ir b o w ls an d ro b es, h e offered th e m d rin k in g w ater* h e m a d e an e ffo rt in the m a tte r o f b a th in g (for th em ), he a lso m ad e an e ffo rt in th e m a tte r o f c o n je y , so lid food, rice. T h e n it o ccu rre d to th ese in c o m in g m o n k s : " G o o d in d eed is th is resid en t m o n k , y o u r reveren ces, h e m a k e s an effo rt in th e m a tte r o f b a th in g (for us), he a lso m a k es a n effo rt in th e m a tte r o f c o n je y , solid fo o d , rice (for us). Com e n o w , le t us* y o u r re ve ren ce s, settle d o w n ju s t h ere a t V a s a b h a
* C a p it a l o f A n g a . C a lle d C a m p S a c co r d in g to . iii. i b c c a u s e o f Its n u m b e r o f cam paka (w h ite jasm in e) trees* 1 M A . iii. i = I> A . i* 3 7 9 s a y th a t i t w a s e x c a v a t e d b y a ch ie f con sort (V j 4 . i t 45 b y a w o m an ) c a lle d G & ggarS. * M e n tio n e d a lso a t Pv+ iii. i . i , 4 T h is sis t h e n a m e o f a m o n k occurs at A . I. 1 5 6 a n d S . i. 198* s u g g e s ts t h a t th e -S. on e is t o be id en tified w ith either th e Vin* o r th e A , K a s s a p a g o tta . JV .il. t h a t here an d a t A . i. 23G h e is ca lled " a (the) m o n k ca lled K .* 1 ^ w h ile a t S+ 5. 198 h e i* c a lle d " th e ve n e ra b le K . " T h e n am e m a y b e a c la n n a m e or a person a l one, * taniibaddhar V A . 1 1 4 5 s a y in g he was. fe tte r e d b y th e ten ti (tradition.* sacred t e x t , th r e a d , strin g) o f th in g s t o b e d o n e (duties-, o b lig a tio n s) in t h a t r e s id e n c e " . C f , tantim agga a t V ia . L 1 5 6 (see a b o v e , p . 1206). * usstihkattt ip a n n o t ej> ussukk&ift akasi b e lo w a n d u^sukkatp^ karoti a t Viit. iv . 2 So* 301. T phiLsu trih&rayyutft. Pftdsuvihara is p e r h a p s a trchrtiral expression,, see V in * i 92 (a b o v e p , 1 1B , n- 2)* * A s a t V in , i v . 231* 310*
l . i 3]
M A H A V A G G A
IX
447
v illa g e / ' T h e n th ese in c o m in g m o n ks s e ttle d d o w n ju s t th e re a t V S sa b h a v illa g e . Ui || T h e n i t o ccu rre d t o th e m o n k K a s s a p a g o tta : W h a t w a s tra v e l-w e a rin e s s in th ese in c o m in g m o n k s h a s a b a te d ; fu r th e r th e y , w h o d id n o t k n o w w h ic h alm s-reso rts1 w e re a p p o in te d n o w k n o w th e se a lm s -re so ris w h ich w e re a p p o in te d . I t is in d ee d a rd u o u s to m a k e a n e ffo rt all o n e 's life a m o n g stra n g e rs ,3 a n d h in tin g is n o t lik e d b y th e p e o p le / S u p p o se I w e re to m a k e n o e ffo rt in th e m a tte r of c o n je y , so lid fo o d , rice ? " H e m ad e no e ffo rt in th e m a tte r o f c o n je y* so lid fo o d , rice . T h e n it o c cu rre d to th o se in co m in g m o n k s : [312] ** F o r m e r ly , y o u r re v e re n c e s, th is resid en t m o n k m a d e a n effo rt in th e m a tte r o f b a th in g (for us}> h e a lso m ade a n e ffo rt in th e m a t t e r o f c o n je y , so lid fo o d , rice (for us), b u t n o w h e m a k e s n o e ffo rt in th e m a tte r of c o n je y , so lid fo o d , ric e (for s). T h is resid en t m o n k , y o u r re ve ren ce s, is n o w c o rru p t. C o m e n o w , y o u r re v e re n c e s, le t us suspend th e re sid e n t m o n k . I I ^ II ^ T h e n th e se in co m in g m o n k s, h a v in g a ssem b led to g e th e r, sp o k e th u s to th e m o n k K a s s a p a g o tta ; " N o w , fo r m e r ly yo u , y o u r re v e re n c e , u sed to m a k e an effo rt in th e m a tte r o f b a th in g (for u s), y o u also u sed t o m a k e an e ffo rt in th e m a tte r o f c o n je y , so lid fo o d , rice (for us), b u t n o w y o u m a k e no effo rt in th e m a tte r o f c o n je y , so lid fo o d , rice (for us)* Y o u , y o u r re v e ren ce , h a v e fa lle n in to a n o ffen ce ; d o y o u see th is o ffen ce ? ** 4 4 T h e re is n o offence o f m in e, y o u r re ve ren ce s, th a t I c a n se e .M T h e n th ese in com in g m o n k s su sp e n d e d th e m o n k K a s s a p a g o tta fo r n o t seein g th e offence. T h e n it o ccu rre d to th e m o n k K a s s a p a g o tta ; In d e ed I d o n o t k n o w th is : w h e th e r th is is an o ffen ce o r is n o o ffen ce, a n d w h e th e r I h a v e fa lle n o r h a v e n o t fa lle n , a n d w h e th e r I a m su sp e n d e d o r a m n o t
1 gocara* &f, Vin+ i, 292 (a b o v e , p , 4 17 ). tippahatanftu J e/1 I3 *D> ii* n , 3, patahules-u. P r o b a b ly " s tr a n g e r s *' b e c a u s e t h e y w-ere n o t t h e fam ilies w h o s u p p o r te d K a s s a p a g o t ta h im self, b u t h e w e n t to th e m for a lm s fo r th e in c o m in g m o n b * C f. P'in, iii. 144 i, 246), Vi*, iU, 227 {B .D . ii. 79}. s i *khhiptnar ZJkkhipati is n o t t o " p ro n o u n ce e x p u l s i o n " a-s tr a n s la te d a t P itt. T e x ts li< * 5 7 , See iii. n, 4 ,
* C /* C V H I . S fr BO ,
44B
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
su sp e n d e d , o r w h e th e r i t is h y (an act) th a t is le g itim a te 1 o r th a t is n o t le g itim a te , o r b y (one) t h a t is re v e rs ib le 3 o r t h a t is irre v e rsib le , o r b y (one) th a t is fit to s ta n d 3 o r th a t is n o t fit to sta n d . S u p p o se t h a t I , h a v in g go n e t o C a m p a , w ere to ask th e L o r d a b o u t th is m a tte r ? P J |] 3 ]| T h e n th e m o n k K a s s a p a g o tta , h a v in g p a c k e d a w a y h is lo d g in g , ta k in g his b o w l an d ro b e, se t o u t fo r C a m p a ; in d ue co u rse he a p p ro a ch e d C a m p a a n d th e L o rd , H a v in g a p p ro a c h e d , h a v in g g re e te d th e Lord* he sa t d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n ce . N o w it is th e c u sto m fo r a w a k e n e d ones, fo r lo rd s to e x ch a n g e fr ie n d ly g re e tin g s w ith in co m in g m o n k s. So th e L o rd sp oke th u s to the m o n k K a s s a p a g o tta : 4 4 I hope, m o n k , t h a t th in g s w e n t w e ll w ith y o u , I hope y o u h a d en o u gh to su p p o rt life , X h o p e y o u h a v e com e on th e jo u r n e y w ith b u t little fa tig u e . B u t w h ere, m o n k , h a v e y o u co m e fro m ? T h in g s d id g o w e ll w ith m e, L o rd , I h a d en o u gh to su p p o rt life , L ord* a n d I , L o rd , cam e on th e jo u r n e y w ith b u t little fatigue* || 4 | | T h e re is, L o rd , in th e K a s i c o u n tr y a v illa g e c a lle d V a sa b h a . I* L o rd , a re sid e n t th e re , a tta c h e d to th e tra d itio n , h a d m a d e an e ffo rt so t h a t w e ll b e h a v e d m o n k s w ho h a d n o t co m e s h o u ld co m e, a n d so th a t w ell b e h a v e d m o n k s w h o h a d com e sh o u ld liv e in co m fo rt, a n d so th a t th a t resid en ce sh o u ld a tta in g r o w th > e x p a n sio n , m a tu r ity . T h e n , L o rd , se v e ra l m on ks w a lk in g on to u r a m o n g th e people o f KsLsi a rriv e d a t th e v illa g e o f V a s a b h a . I , L ord* sa w those m o n k s co m in g in th e d is ta n c e ; seein g th e m I m a d e r e a d y a seal. - . - T h e n , L o r d , it o ccu rre d lo th ese in co m in g m o n k s : 4 G ood in d ee d is th is re sid e n t m o n k , - - * * [313] * . . I h e n * L o rd , th e se in c o m in g m o n k s se ttle d d ow n , ju s t th e re in V a s a b h a v illa g e - T h e n , L o rd , it o ccu rred t o m e ; ' . . . S u p p o se I w ere to m a k e n o effo rt in . . . the m a tte r o f c o n je y , so lid food, ric e (for th em ) ? J So th en I m a d e n o effo rt, * . * T h e n , L o rd , th e se in co m in g m on ks, h a v in g assem b led to g e th e r, sp oke th u s to m e : ' N o w , fo rm e rly , y o u r re veren ce. . . . D o y o u see th is o ffen ce ? ' T h e n , L o r d s
1 dhammtMa 7 cf. V in . i v , 3 8 4 -5 ; cf. " d e fin itio n " o f dhatnmikakamfKa a t V i ft. i v . 15 2 ; a n d see b elo w , p . 453 {adhammih&k&tnma). P o s s ib ly katttttta is o m itte d a b o v e u n in te n tio n a lly . * ku p p a : c f _ V in . i v , 15 3 , * thdndraha* T h e s e th r e e exp ression s, a n d th e ir o p p o s ite s o c c u r a t V in , i, i i i (a b o v e , p. 14&}.
1*5 8]
MAHAVAGGA
IX
449
th ese in co m in g m o n k s su sp e n d e d m e fo r n o t seein g th e offen ce. T h e n , L o rd , it o c cu rre d to m e : In d e e d T d o n o t k n o w . * - . Su p p o se th a t I t h a v in g gone to C a m p a , w ere to a s k th e L o r d a b o u t th is m a tte r ? ' T h a t is w h y, L o rd , I h a v e c o m e . |( 5 || rr T h is is n o o ffen ce, m o n k , th is is n o t a n o ffen ce ; y o u are u n fallen , y o u h a v e n o t fa lle n ; y o u are u n su sp en d ed , y o u weTe n o t su sp en d ed ; y o u w e re su spen d ed b y a (form al) a c t th a t w a s n o t le g itim a te , th a t w a s re v e rsib le , th a t w a s n o t fit to stand* G o y o u , m o n k , s e ttle d o w n th e r e a t V a s a b h a v illa g e , " V e r y w eil, L o r d ," a n d th e m o n k K a s s a p a g o tta h a v in g an sw ered th e L o rd in a ssen t, rising fro m h is s e a t, h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , k e e p in g his r ig h t side to w a rd s him* se t o u t fo r V a s a b h a village* | ]6 | | T h e n th ese in co m in g m o n k s b ecam e d o u b tfu l, t h e y b e ca m e rem orseful. T h e y th o u g h t : " In d e ed it w a s u n p ro fita b le for us, in d ee d it w a s n o t p ro fita b le io r u s, in d eed it w a s ill-g o tte n b y u sr in d eed it w a s n o t w e ll-g o tte n b y u s, t h a t w e su sp en d ed a p u re 1 m o n k , n o t an o ffen d er, w ith o u t c a u se , w ith o u t reaso n . C o m e n o w , y o u r re ve ren ce s, h a v in g g o n e t o C a m p a , le t us co n fess th e tra n sg ressio n a s a tra n sg re ssio n to th e L o r d / ' T h e n th ese in co m in g m o n ks, h a v in g p a c k e d a w a y th e ir lo d g in g s, ta k in g th e ir bo w ls an d ro b e s , se t o u t fo r C a m p a ; in d ue course t h e y a p p ro a c h e d C a m p a a n d th e L o rd . H a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g g re e te d the L o rd , t h e y s a t d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n ce . M ow it is th e cu sto m fo r a w a k e n e d ones, fo r lo rd s to e x c h a n g e fr ie n d ly g re e tin g s w ith in com in g m o n ks. S o th e L o r d sp o k e thus tu those m o n ks ; " T h ope, m o n k s, th a t tilin g s w e n t w ell w ith y o u , I h o p e y o u h a d en ough to s u p p o rt life , I h o p e y o u h a v e co m e on th e jo u rn e y w ith b u t little fa tig u e . B u t w h ere, m o n ks, h a v e y o u com e fro m ? J' " T h in g s h a v e go n e w e ll w ith us, L o r d , w e h a d e n o u g h to su p p o rt life. L o rd , a n d w e cam e on th e jo u r n e y . L o rd , w ith b u t little fa tig u e . T h ere is. L o rd , in the K a s i c o u n tr y a v illa g e ca lle d V a s a b h a . W e com e fro m th e re , L o r d , j| 7 | | D id y o u , m o n k s, su sp en d a resid en t m o n k ? ** < r Y es, L o rd /' " F o r w h a t ca u se , m onks* fo r w h a t reaso n ?
* sitddha in su ch a c o n n e c tio n m ean s t h a t a m o n k h a s c o m m itte d no o ffen ces, o r t h a t ii he h u he h a s co n fessed th e m , a n d so is l# p u re t o ta k e his p la ce a.t th e P H tim o k k h a r e cita tio n j C f. V in . i, r i 4 (above, p . 1 5 1 ), an d epitogrne t o e a c h c la s s o f r a le s in th e V ib b a iig a s .
450
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
" T h e re w a s no ca u se . L o rd , n o re a s o n / ' T h e a w a k e n e d one, th e L o r d re b u k e d th e m , s a y in g : ** I t is n o t fittin g , m on ks, it is n o t b eco m in g [314], i t is n o t s u ita b le , it is n o t w o rth y o f a re clu se , it is n o t a llo w a b le, i t is n o t to b e done* H o w can y o u , fo o lish m en , su sp en d a p u re m o n k , n o t a n o ffen d er, w ith o u t c a u se , w ith o u t reason ? I t is n o t, fo o lish m en, fo r p lea sin g th o se w h o are not (yet) p le a se d , * _ M a n d h a v in g reb u k ed th e m , h a v in g g iv e n reaso n ed t a lk , h e a d d ressed th e m onks, s a y in g ; " M onks, a p u re m o n k , n o t a n offen d er, is n o t to b e su sp en d ed w ith o u t ca u se , w ith o u t reason- W h o e v e r sh o u ld su sp en d one, th e re is a n offence o f w ro n g -d o in g / ' f] 8 || T h e n th ese m o n ks, risin g from th e ir seats, h a v in g arran ged th e ir u p p e r robes o v e r o n e sh ou ld er, h a v in g in clin ed th e ir h ead s to w a rd s th e L o r d 's fe e t, spoke th u s t o th e L o r d : L o rd , a tra n sg ressio n has o v e rc o m e u s/ in th a t w e , fo o lish , m isg u id ed , w ro n g t h a t w e w e re , su spen d ed a p u re m onk* n o t a n offend er, w ith o u t ca u se , w ith o u t reason. L o rd , le t the L o rd a ck n o w le d g e o u r tran sgressio n a s a tran sgressio n fo r th e sake o f re stra in t in th e fu tu r e / ' T r u ly , m o n ks, a tran sgressio n h a s o ve rco m e y o u , in th a t y o u , foolish# m isg u id ed , w ro n g th a t y o u w ere, su sp en d ed a p u re m o n k , n o t an offen d er, w ith o u t cau se, w ith o u t reason. B u t if y o u , m o n ks, h a v in g seen th e tra n sg ressio n a s a tra n sg re s sion, co n fcss a c co rd in g to the rule, w e ack n o w le d g e i t fo r y o u ; for, m o n ks, in th e d iscip lin e for an a riy a n th is is g ro w th : w h o e v e r h a v in g seen a tra n sg ressio n as a tra n sg ressio n co n fesses i t a cco rd in g to th e ru le, he a tta in s re stra in t in th e fu tu re/* ! 19 !! 1 I ! N o w at t h a t tim e a t C a m p a m o n ks c a rrie d o u t (form al) a c ts lik e th ese : t h e y ca rrie d o ut a (form al) a ct n o t b y ru le , in an in co m p le te a ssem b ly , th e y ca rrie d o u t a (form al) a c t n o t b y ruJe, in a co m p lete a ssem b ly, th e y carried out a (form al) a c t b y a ru le, in a n in co m p lete assem bly* t h e y ca rrie d o u t a (form al) a c t, b y w h a t h a d th e a p p ea ran ce o f a rule, in a n in co m p lete a ssem b ly, t h e y e a rn e d o u t a (form al) a c t b y w h a t h a d the a p p e a ra n ce o f a ru le , in a co m p le te a s s e m b ly ; an d one*
1 Cf* V in . iv , lS * r 9 # a n d See .L>+ ii. ao o , notes. * I. . a n in d iv id u a l m on k.
3 .1 3]
m a h a v a g g a
rx
451
su sp en d ed one a n d o n e su sp en d ed t w o a n d o n e su sp e n d e d s e v e ra l a n d one su sp e n d e d an O rd er, a n d tw o su sp e n d e d one a n d tw o su sp e n d e d tw o a n d tw o su sp e n d e d se v e ra l a n d tw o su sp en d ed a n O rd er, an d se ve ra l su sp e n d e d one a n d s e v e ra l su sp en d ed tw o a n d s e v e r a l susp en d ed s e v e ra l a n d se v e ra l su sp en d ed a n O rd er, a n d a n O rd er su sp e n d e d a n O rd e r,1
.4 T h o se w h o w ere m o d e st m o n k s lo o k e d d o w n u p o n , criticise d , sp rea d i t a b o u t, s a y in g : " H o w c a n th e se m o n k s a t C a m p a c a r r y o u t (form al) a c ts lik e these ? H o w ca n t h e y c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t b y r u le , in a n in com p lete a s s e m b ly ? . . , H o w c a n th e y c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t b y w h a t h a s th e a p p e a ra n ce o f a ru le, in a co m p le te a s s e m b ly ? A n d h o w c a n one su sp e n d on e - . - a n d h o w c a n a n O rd er su sp en d an O rd er ? ** T h e n th e se m o n k s to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e sa id : 4* Is it tr u e P as is sa id , m o n k s, th a t m o n k s a t C a m p a c a r r y o u t (form al) a c ts lik e th e se ? [315] D o th e y c a r r y o u t a {form al) a c t n o t b y ru le , in an in co m p le te a s s e m b ly . * , a n d d oes a n O rd e r su sp en d a n O rd er ? ** < r Tt is tru e , L o r d ," T h e a w a k e n e d o n e, th e L o r d re b u k e d th e m , s a y in g : " M onks, it is n o t fittin g in th e se fo o lish m en , i t is n o t b ecom in g, it is n o t su ita b le , it is u n w o r th y o f a re clu se , i t is n o t a llo w a b le, it is n o t to b e done* H o w , m o n k s, c a n th e se fo o lish m en c a r r y o u t (form al) a cts lik e th e se ? H o w c a n th e y c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t n o t b y rule, in a n in c o m p le te a ss e m b ly ? , . . a n d h o w ca n an O rd er suspen d a n O rd er ? Tt is n o t, m o n ks, fo r p le a sin g th o se w ho are n o t (yet) pleased* . / ' H a v in g re b u k e d th e m , h a v in g g iv e n re a so n ed t a lk , h e a d d re sse d the m o n ks, sa y in g : || 2 || ** Iff, m o n ks, a (form al) a c t is ca rrie d o u t n o t b y ru le , in an in co m p le te a sse m b ly , it is n o t a (form al) a c t an d o u g h t n o t to be ca rrie d o u t. A (form al) a c t c a rrie d o u t n o t b y ru le, in a co m p lete a ssem b ly , is n o t a fo rm a l a c t a n d o u g h t n o t to be ca rried o u t. . . . A (form al) a ct c a rrie d o u t b y w h a t h a s th e a p p ea ran ce o f ru le, in a co m p le te a s s e m b ly , is n o t a (form al) a c t a n d o u g h t n o t t o be c a rrie d out ; a n d if o n e su sp en d s one it is n o t a (form al) a c t an d o u g h t n o t to be c a rrie d o u t * * *
1 Sec Vin* Tas&s iL n.
II1 II
45*
B O OK
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
a n d if a n O rd er su sp en d s an O rd er i t is n o t a (form al) a c t a n d o u g h t n o t t o b e c a rrie d ou t. || 3 || 4 * M onks, th ere are th ese fo u r (form al) a c ts : a (form al) a c t (carried o ut) n o t b y ru le , in an in co m p le te a s s e m b ly ; a (form al) a c t (carried out) n o t b y ru le in a co m p le te a ss e m b ly ' a (form al) a c t (carried o u t) b y ru le in an in co m p le te a ss e m b ly ; a (form al) a c t (carried out) b y ru le in a co m p le te a sse m b ly . H erein , m o n k s, th a t w h ic h is a (form al) a ct (carried out) n o t b y ru le , in an in co m p le te a s s e m b ly , this (form al) a c t, m o n k s, b ecau se it la c k s referen ce to r u le ,1 because o f th e in com p leten ess* (of th e assem b ly), is re ve rsib le, is n o t fit to sta n d . M onks, a (formaS) a c t lik e th is sh o u ld not be c a rrie d o a t, an d a (form al) a c t lik e th is is n o t a llo w e d b y m e. H e re in , m o n ks, th a t w h ich is a (form al) a c t (carried cu t) n o t b y rule, in a co m p le te a sse m b ly , th is (form al) a c t, m onks, b ecau se it la c k s referen ce to ru le, is re ve rsib le, is n o t fit to s ta n d . - . a n d a (form al) a c t lik e th is is n o t a llo w e d b y m e. H erein , m o n k s, th a t w h ich is a (form al) a c t (carried out) b y ru le, in a n in co m p le te a sse m b ly , th is (form al) a c t, m o n ks, b ecau sc o f th e in com p leten ess (of the a ssem b ly ), is re v ersib le . . * is n o t a llo w e d b y m e. H erein , m o n ks, th a t w h ich is a (form al) a c t (carried out) b y ru le , in a co m p lete a ss e m b ly , th is (form al) a c t, m o n ks, b e ca u se it has referen ce to ru le , b e cau se o f th e co m p leten ess (of th e a ssem b ly), is irre v e rsib le , it is fit to stan d . M onks, a (form al) a c t lik e this m a y b e ca rrie d o u t a n d a (form al) a c t lik e th is is a llo w e d b y m e. T h e refo re , m o n k s, th in k in g : * W e w ill c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t lik e this, t h a t is to s a y b y rule, in a co m p lete a s s e m b ly " it is th u s th a t y o u m u st tra in y o u r s e lv e s / ' II 4 II 2 ]| N o w at th a t tim e th e gro u p o f s ix m o n k s c a rric d o u t (form al) a c ts lik e th ese : th e y ca rried o u t a (form al) a c t n o t b y ru le in an in co m p le te a s s e m b ly ; t h e y c a rrie d o u t a (form al) a ct n o t b y ru le in a co m p lete a ssem b ly ; t h e y carried out a (form al) a ct b y ru le in a n in com plete a sse m b ly ; th e y e a rn e d o u t a (form al) a c t b y w h a t h a d the a p p e a ra n ce o f a ru le in an in co m p lete a ssem b ly ; th e y ca rrie d o u t a (form al) a c t b y w h a t h a d th e a p p e a ra n ce o f a rule in a co m p le te a sse m b ly ; th e y also ca rrie d o u t a (form al) act fo r w h ic h a m o tion h a d n o t been 1
1 vaggaitd. , n o t " w ickedness*' as C P D
gives,
3.1 2]
m a h
v a g g a
i x
453
fu rn ish ed 1 a lth o u g h a p ro c la m a tio n h a d b een fu rn ish e d ;2 t h e y also c a rrie d out a (form al) a c t fa r w h ic h a p ro c la m a tio n h a d n o t been fu rn ish ed a lth o u g h a m o tio n h a d been fu rn ish ed ; [316] t h e y a lso c a rrie d o u t a (form al) a c t fo r w h ic h a m o tio n h a d n o t b een fu rn ish ed a n d lo r w h ich a p ro c la m a tio n h a d n o t been fu rn ish ed ; t h e y a lso ca rrie d o u t a (form al) a c t t h a t w as a g a in s t th e ru le ; th e y a lso ca rrie d o u t a (form al) a c t th a t w as a g a in st d iscip lin e ;3 t h e y a lso c a rrie d o u t a (form al) a c t th a t w a s a g a in st th e T e a c h e r's in stru ctio n ;4 t h e y a lso ca rrie d o u t a (form al) a c t th a t h a d b e en p ro te ste d a g a in s t,* th a t w a s n o t le g itim a te , re v ersib le Pn o t fit to stan d . T h o se w h o w ere m o d est m o n ks lo o k e d d o w n u p o n , criticised , sp rea d it a b o u t, s a y in g : " H o w can th is g ro u p o f s ix m o n k s c a r r y o u t (form al) acts lik e th ese ? H o w c a n t h e y c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t n o t b y rule in a n in co m p le te a ss e m b ly ? . - * H o w c a n th e y c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t th a t h a s been p ro te ste d a g a in st, th a t is n o t le g itim a te , * re v e rsib le, n o t fit to sta n d ? " T h e n th ese m o n k s to ld th is m a tte r t o th e L o rd , H e sa id ; Is it tru e , a s is sa id , m o n k s, th a t th e g ro u p o f six m o n k s ca rrie d o u t (form al) a cts lik e these ; th a t th e y ca rrie d o u t a (form al) a c t n o t b y ru le , in an in co m p le te a s s e m b ly * * a (form al) a c t th a t has b een p ro te ste d a g a in st, th a t is n o t le g itim a te , re v e rsib le, n o t fit to sta n d ? " lf I t is tru e , L a r d .1' _ . _ H a v in g re b u k e d th e m , h a v in g g iv en reaso n ed t a lk , he ad d ressed th e m o n k s, s a y in g : |[ r j[ " M on ks, a (form al) a c t (carried o u t) n o t b y ru le, in an in co m p lete a sse m b ly , is n o t a (form al) a c t an d o u g h t m il to be ca rrie d o u t. , , * A (form al) a c t (carried o u t) b y w h a t h a s th e a p p e a ra n ce o f a ru le in a co m p lete a ss e m b ly is n o t a (form al) a c t a n d o u g h t n o t to b e ca rrie d o u t. M onks, a (form al) a c t fo r w h ic h a m o tio n is n o t fu rn ish ed , a lth o u g h a p ro c la m a tio n
1 Uivip&n n a. 1 a n v s s a v a n a s a m p a f t n a F i .e . a p r o cla m a tio n o f a k a m m n v a c a . th e reso lu tion* S e e S . D u t t ( E a r l y B u d . ATo n&thi s m , p, t j o , * V A . 1 1 4 6 s a y * t h a t d is cip lin e h ere m e a n s ** r e p r o v in g , m a k in g (so m e one) re m em b er iP e, g iv in g t h e person a g a c is t w h o m on e is a b o u t t o c a r r y o u t a. fo rm al a c t a c h a n ce t o co n fe ss his offence. * V A * 1 1 4 6 s a y s t h a t th is p r o v id e s for a. m o tio n an d a p ro cla m a tio n , fi p a f i k u i t k a k a t a . V A . 114.G s a y s t h a t i t w a s p r o te s te d a g a in s t { p a tih u iffta } b u t w a s a ls o ca rrie d o u t ( k a la ) i t w a s ca r rie d o u t in s p ite o f t h e p r o te s ts o f o th ers. S e e p a f ik k o s c t ii i t b e g in n in g of P&c_ 79 , w h ere th e m o n k s p r o te s t w h e n a fo r m a l a c t is b ein g ca rried out, O m itte d in O ld e n b e r g 's t e x t , b u t co n ta in e d i n th e Smb., ed ition *
2a
454
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
is fu rn ish e d , is n o t a (form al) a c t a n d o u g h t n o t to be c a r d e d o u t. M on ks, a (form al) a ct fo r w h ic h a p ro c la m a tio n is fu rn ish ed , a lth o u g h a m o tio n is n o t fu rn ish ed , 15 n o t a (form al) a c t a n d o u g h t n o t to be carried o u t. M onks, a (form al) a c t fo r w h ic h a m o tio n is n o t fu rn ish ed a n d fo r w h ic h a p ro cla m a tio n is n o t fu rn ish ed , is n o t a (form al) a c t an d o u g h t n o t to b e ca rrie d o u t. M onks, a (form al) a c t c a rrie d o u t a g a in s t th e ru le , , . a g a in s t th e d iscip lin e . . . a g a in st th e T e a c h e r 's in stru c tio n is n o t a (form al) a c t and o u g h t n o t to be ca rrie d o u t. M onks, a (form al) a c t th a t has been p ro te ste d a g a in s t, th a t is n o t le g itim a te , re v e rsib le, n o t fit to sta n d , is n o t a (form al) a c t a n d o u g h t n o t to be carried o u t, || 2 || M onks, th e re are th ese s ix (form al) a c ts : a (form al) a ct (carried out) n o t b y ru le , a (form al) a c t (carried out) .in an in co m p le te a ss e m b ly , a (formal) a ct (carried out) in a co m p lete a sse m b ly , a {formal) a c t (carried o ut) b y w h a t h a s th e a p p e a r an ce o f rule in a n in co m p lete a ssem b ly , a (form al) a c t (carried out) b y w h a t h a s th e a p p ea ran ce of ru le in a co m p le te a ssem b ly , a (form al) a c t (carried o u t) b y rule in a co m p lete a sse m b ly , J,A n d w h a t, m o n k s, is a (form al) a c t {carried out) n o t b y rule ? If, m o n k s, w h en it is a (formal) a c t w ith a m o tio n an d a re so lu tio n ,1 one c a rrie s o ut th e (form al) a ct b y m ea n s o f th e one m o tio n b u t d oes n o t p ro claim th e reso lu tio n , th e n it is a (form al) a ct {carried o u t) n o t b y rule* I f, m o n ks, w h en it is a (form al) a c t w ith a m otion a n d a reso lu tio n , one carries o u t th e (form al) ^ ct b y m e a n s of tw o m o tio n s b u t d o cs n o t p ro cla im th e reso lu tio n , th en it is a (form al) a c t (carried out} n o t b y rule. If, m o n ks, w h en it is a (form al) a c t w ith a m o tio n an d a reso lu tio n , one ca rrie s o u t th e (form al) a c t b y m ea n s of th e one reso lu tio n b u t does n o t pro p o se th e m o tio n , th en it is a (form al) a c t (carried out) n o t b y rule. I f, m o n k s, w h en it is a (form al) a c t w ith a m otion an d a resolution , one carries o u t th e (form al) a c t b y m eans o f tw o reso lu tio n s b u t does n o t pro p o se th e m otion,, it is a (form al) a c t ca rrie d o u t n o t b y rule*
I! 3 1!
" I f, m o n k s, w h en it is a (form al) a c t w ith a m o tio n a n d
1 Aattiduliya, T h is is a form al a c t ia t w o fja rts, th e m o tio n , A ofti, b ein g th e f i r s t ; t h e seco n d p a r t, duliya, w h ich co n sists o f one proclam ation., lia s t o be m a d e before th e d e c is io n oi a n O r d e r c a n b e arriv ed a t .
3*4
m a h
v a g g a
i x
455
a re so lu tio n to b e p u t th re e tim e s ,1 one c a rrie s o u t th e (form al) a c t b y m e a n s o f o n e m o tio n b u t does n o t p ro c la im th e re so lu tio n [317], th e n i t is a (form al) a c t (carried o u t) n o t b y ru le . Tf, m onks, w h en i t is a (form al) a c t w ith a m o tio n a n d a re so lu tio n t o b e p u t th re e tim e s, one carries o u t th e (form al) a c t b y m ea n s o f tw o m o tio n s * . , th re e m o tio n s , . * fo u r m o tio n s, b u t d oes n o t p ro cla im th e reso lu tio n , th e n it is a (form al) a c t {carried o u t) n o t b y ru le. I f, m onks, w h e n it is a (form al) a c t w ith a m o tio n a n d a re so lu tio n to be p u t th r e e tim e s, o n e c a rrie s o u t th e (form al) a c t b y m e a n s of one p ro c la m a tio n - * * tw o p re c la m a tio n s T , th re e p ro c la m a tio n s . . . fo u r p ro c la m a tions* b u t d o es n o t p ro p o se th e m o tio n , th e n it is a (form al) a c t ca rrie d o u t n o t b y ru le. T h is, m o n k s, is ca lle d a (form al) a c t (carried out) n o t b y ru le. ]| 4 j| A n d w h a t, m o n k s, is a (form al) a c t (carried out) in an in co m p lete a ss e m b ly ? If, m o n k s, i t is a (form al) a c t w ith a m o tio n a n d a re so lu tio n , a n d as m a n y m o n k s a s are e n title d (to ta k e p a rt in th e fo rm a l) a c t2 are n o t co m e, if th e le a v e fo r a b se n ce o f th o se fit (to d eclare th e ir) le a v e o f a b se n c e is n o t se n t, if th o se w h o a re present p ro te s t, it is a (form al) a ct in a n in co m p le te a sse m b ly . If, m o n ks, - - . as m a n y m o n k s a s are e n title d (0 ta k e p a r t in th e fo rm al) a c t are co m e, if th e le a v e fo r absen ce . . is n o t se n t, if th o se w h o are p resen t p ro te st, it is a (form al) a c t in an in co m p le te a sse m b ly . I f, m o n ks, * _ * as m a n y m o n k s a s are e n title d (to t a k e p a r t in th e fo rm al) a c t are c o m e , if th e le a v e fo r a b sen ce o f th o se fit (to d e cla re their) le a v e fo r absen ce is se n t, if th o se w h o are p resen t p ro te st, it is a (form al) a ct (carried o u t) in a n in c o m p le te a ssem b ly. *r Tf, m o n k s, it is a (form al) a c t w ith a m o tio n a n d a re so lu tio n p u t th re e tim es * . , (,the sam e three casts as above are repeated here) . . . it is a (form al) a c t in an in c o m p le te a sse m b ly . T h is, m o n ks, is c a lle d a (form al) a c t (carried o u t) in a n in c o m p le te a ssem b ly. \ \ 5 j| A n d w h a t, m o n k s, is a (form al) a c t (carried o u t) in a co m p le te a ss e m b ly ? I f , m o n k s, it is a (form al) a c t w ith a
* ftait-tcaiitiika, a fo r m a l a c t in fo u r p a r ts ; th e m o tio n , a n d th e n th e reso lu tio n , b u t th ia has to- b e p ro cla im ed n o t o n c e , b u t tb r e e tim e s . Wo h a v e n o n e a t exp re ssio n s fo r such, proced u re.
B kammappatid.
45&
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
m o tio n a n d a re so lu tio n , an d a s m a n y m o n k s a s are {en titled to ta k e p a rt in th e fo rm a l) a ct are co m e, if th e le a v e fo r a b se n ce o f th o se fit {to d e cla re th eir) le a v e fo r a b sen ce is s e n t, if th o se w h o are p resen t d o n o t p ro te st, it is a (form al) a c t (ca rried out) in a co m p le te a sse m b ly , I f, m o n k s, i t is a (form al) a c t w ith a m o tio n a n d a re so lu tio n j to be p u t th ree tim e s . . * (the sam e three cases as above are repeated here) . * . i t is a (form al) a c t (carried o u t) in a co m p le te a sse m b ly . T h is, m o n k s, is ca lle d a (form al) a c t (ca rried o ut) in a co m p le te a sse m b ly , j| 6 || " A n d w h a t, m o n ks, is a (form al) a c t (carried o u t) b y w h a t h a s th e a p p e a ra n ce o f ru le, in an in co m p le te a ss e m b ly ? If, m o n k s, it is a (form al) a c t w ith a m o tio n an d a re so lu tio n , an d o n e first p ro cla im s th e resolu tion a n d a fte rw a rd s pro p o ses th e m o tio n , if a s m a n y m o n k s a s are e n title d (to ta k e p a rt in a fo rm al) a c t h a v e n o t co m er i f th e le a v e fo r a b sen ce o f those fit (to d eclare their) le a v e fo r ab sen ce is n o t se n t, if those w h o a re p resen t p ro te st, th en it is a (form al) a c t (carried o ut) b y w h a t h as th e a p p e a ra n ce of ru le , in an in co m p le te assem bly* "f I f, m o n ks, it is a (form al) a c t w ith a m o tio n a n d a re so lu tio n , a n d one first p ro c la im s th e reso lu tio n a n d a fte rw a rd s proposes th e m o tio n , if as m a n y m onks as are e n title d (to ta k e p a rt in th e fo rm al) a c t h a v e co m e, if th e le a v e o f a b se n ce . . . is n o t sen t, if th o se w h o are p resen t p ro te st, th e n it is a (form al) a c t (carried out) b y w h a t h as th e a p p e a ra n ce o f rule, in an in co m p le te assem bly* If, m o n ks, it is a { f o r m a l ) a c t w ith a m o tio n a n d a re so lu tio n , a n d o n e first p ro cla im s th e reso lu tio n a n d a fte rw a rd s p ro p o ses th e m o tio n , if as m a n y m onks as are e n title d (to ta k e p a r t in th e fo rm al) a c t h a v e com e, if th e le a v e fo r a b sen ce o f th o se (fit to d eclare) le a v e fo r ab scn ce is se n t [318], if th o se w h o are presen t p ro te st, th e n i t is a (form al) a c t (carried o ut) b y w h a t has th e a p p e a ra n ce o f ru le , in an in com p lete a ssem b ly. " I f, m o n ks, it is a (form al) a c t w ith a m otion a n d a reso lu tio n to be p u t th re e tim e s , , , {the same three cases as above are repeated here). . * . T h is, m o n ks, is ca lle d a (form al) a c t (carried o u t) b y w h a t h a s th e a p p e a ra n ce of rule* in an in co m p lete a sse m b ly . [| 7 ]| A n d w h a tj m o n ks, is a (formal) a c t (carried o ut) b y w h a t has th e a p p e a ra n ce o f rule, in a co m p le te a sse m b ly ? I f, m o n k s.
3.8 4.1]
MA H A V A G G A
1X
457
it is a (form al) a c t w ith a m o tio n a n d a r e s o lu tio n a n d one first p ro cla im s th e re so lu tio n an d a fte rw a r d s p ro p o ses th e m o tio n , if a s m a n y m o n k s a s are e n title d (to ta k e p a r t in th e fo rm al) a c t h a v e c o m e r if th e le a v e o f a b se n ce o f th o se fit (to d e cla re th eir) le a v e o f a b sen ce is se n t, if those w h o a re p re se n t d o n o t p r o te s t, th e n it is a (form al) a c t (ca rried out) b y w h a t h a s th e a p p e a ra n ce o f rule, in a co m p le te assem bly* I f, m o n k s, it is a (form al) a c t w ith a m o tio n a n d a re so lu tio n to b e p u t th re e tim es * . . (the sdm c as above is repeated here) . * . i t is a (form al) a c t (carried out) b y w h a t h a s th e a p p e a ra n ce o f th e ru le in a co m p le te a ssem b ly. T h is, m o n ks, is ca lle d a (form al) a c t (carried o u t) b y w h a t h a s th e a p p e a ra n ce o f ru le in a c o m p le te a ssem b ly , J j8 [ | A n d w h a t, m o n k s, is a (form al) a c t (carried out) b y ru le in a c o m p le te a ss e m b ly ? I f, m o n ks, i t is a (form al) a c t w ith a m o tio n a n d a re so lu tio n , a n d if one first p rop oses th e m o tio n a n d a fte r one re so lu tio n c a rrie s o u t th e (form al) a c t, if as m a n y m o n k s are e n title d (to ta k e p a rt in th e fo rm a l) a c t h a v e co m e, if -the le a v e o f absence o f th o se fit (to d e cla re their) le a v e o f a b se n ce is se n t, if th o se w ho are p re se n t d o n o t p r o te s t, th e n it is a (form al) a c t (carried o u t) b y ru le in a co m p le te a sse m b ly . " I f, m o n k s, it is a (form al) a c t w ith a m o tio n a n d a re so lu tio n to b e p u t th re e tim es, an d if one first p ro p o ses th e m o tio n an d a fte r (h a v in g p u t) th e reso lu tio n th re e tim es* c a rrie s o u t th e (form al) a c t, if as m a n y m o n k s a s are e n title d (to ta k e p a rt in th e form al) a c t h a v e co m e, if th e le a v e o f a b sen ce o f those w h o are fit (to d eclare theiT) le a v e o f ab sen ce is sen t, if those w h o are p re se n t d o n o t p ro te st, then it is a (form al) a c t (carried out) b y ru le , in a co m p le te a ssem b ly. T h is , m o n k s, is ca lle d a (form al) a ct (carried o u t) b y rule, in a co m p le te a ss e m b ly ,1
il 9 il 3 II
" F iv e (kinds of) O rd ers : a fo u rfo ld O rd er o f m o n k s, a fivefo ld O rd er o f m o n ks, a te n fo ld O rd er o f m o n ks, a tw e n ty fo ld O rd er o f m o n ks, an O rd er o f m o n ks th a t is m ore th a n t w e n t y fo ld . In th e case, m o n ks, o f a n O rd er o f m o n k s b e in g fo u rfo ld , it is e n title d (to ta k e p a rt) in a ll {formal) a c ts, if b y ru le , if it is
1 O k le n b e r g 's e d itio n o m its th is la s t sen ten ce. I t is c o n ta in e d , r ig h tly ,
in th e Sinhalese ed ition .
45
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
c o m p le te , e x ce p tin g 1 th ree (form al) a cts : o rd in a tio n ,1 in v ita tio n ,4 r e h a b ilita tio n .3 In the ca se , m onks* o f a n O rd er o f m o n ks b e in g fiv e fo ld , it is e n title d (to ta k e p a rt) in a ll (form al) acts* if b y ru le , if it is co m p lete, e x c e p tin g tw o (form al) a c ts : o rd in a tio n in th e m id d le d is tric ts ,1 re h a b ilita tio n . In th e case, m o n ks, o f a n O rd e r o f m onks b e in g te n fo ld , it is e n title d {to ta k e p art) in a ll (form al) acts, if b y ru le , if it is co m p le te , e x c e p tin g one (form al) a c t ; re h a b ilita tio n . In th e case, m o n k s o f a n O rd e r o f m o n ks b e in g tw e n ty fo ld F it is e n title d (to t a k e part) in a ll (form al) a c ts, if b y ru le , if it is co m p lete. In th e case, m o n ks, o f a n O rd er o f m o n k s b e in g m o re th a n tw e n ty fo ld , [ 319] it is e n title d (to t a k e part) in a ll (form al) a c ts, if b y ru le , if it is co m p lete. |[ r |f " I f, m o n ks, a fo u rfo ld O rder, c a r ry in g o u t a (form al) a c t, sh o u ld c a r r y o u t th e (form al) a c t w ith a nun a s th e fo u rth (m em ber), th e n it is not a {form al) a c t a n d o u g h t n o t to b e c a rrie d o u t. I f, m o n ks, a fo u rfo ld O rd er, c a rry in g o u t a (form al) a c t, sh o u ld c a r ry o u t th e (form at) a ct w ith a p ro b a tio n er a s th e fo u rth (member) . . . w ith a n o v ic e , * . w ith a w o m a n n o v ice , - . w ith a d is a v o w e r of th e tr a in in g 5 * * . w ith one w h o h a s co m m itte d a n ex trem e offen ce . . . w ith one w h o is su sp e n d e d fo r not seein g an offence - . . w ith one w h o is suspend ed fo r n o t m a k in g am en d s fo r a n offence . * . w ith one w h o is suspend ed fo r n o t g iv in g up a w ro n g v ie w . * . w ith a eu n u ch . . . w ith one liv in g in com m union a s it w ere b y th e ft* , * , w ith one w ho h a s g o n e o v e r to a s e c t4 , , . w ith a n a n im a l , . . w ith a m a tricid c * - w ith a p a rricid e . . - w ith a s la y e r of o n es p e rfe cte d 4 . * w ith a se d u cer o f a n u n . , , w ith a sch ism a tic * . . w ith a sh ed d er o f (a tathagata's) b lo o d . - . w ith a h e rm a p h ro d ite . . * w ith one b e lo n g in g to a d ifferen t co m m u n io n . , . w ith one s ta y in g in a d ifferen t b o u n d a ry . . . w ith one sta n d in g a b o v e th e
L S ee V in . i. ^ 3 * A t V in . iv . i jq ii a m o n k w a n ts to os'dain a n in d iv id u a l a n d lo o k s a b o u t fo r a grou p , h e incurs an. offen ce o f w ro n g -d o in g . 1 S ee M V . I V . 6* s w h e re monks., if t h e y n u m b er o n ly io-ur, a r e allo w ed t o in v i t e o n e a n o th e r , b u t w here th e y are five (>IV* I V , 5 , i ) t h e y sh o u ld in v it e in a n Order. * See iii, 28* n, 4* a n d also J3,IX j* 3^3. * Ifi bo rd erin g d is tr icts a ** group " (Le. here fo u r m on ks) jxi&y ord&UL w ith an e x p e r t o n V in a y a a s th e fifth officiating- m o n k , V in . L 197. * F o r th e fo llo w in g seq u en ce o f term s, d o w n t o hertnaphroditep V tn . i, I * * , 1 3 5 . *6 7. a n d a b o v e , p. 160. * A t V in . i. 86 n o t t o b e ordained.
. 2 6]
a h
v a g g a
i x
459
g ro u n d 1 b y p s y c h ic p o te n c y . * . w ith o n e a g a in st w h o m an O rd er is c a rry in g o u t a (form al) a c t a s th e fo u rth (m em ber), it is n o t a (form al) a c t a n d o u g h t n o t to be ca rrie d out* |[ z |] C a rry in g o u t b y a F o u r fo ld (O rder). I f, m o n k s, a five fo ld (O rd er), c a r r y in g o u t a (form al) a c t, sh o u ld c a r r y o u t th e (form al) a ct w ith a n u n a s th e fifth (m em ber) _ . _ w ith one a g a in s t w h o m th e O rd er is c a rry in g o u t a (form al) a c t a s th e fifth (m em ber), i t is n o t a (form al) a c t a n d o u g h t n o t to b e ca rrie d o u t. [| 3 J | C a rry in g o u t b y a F iv e fo ld (O rder) Tf, m o n k s, a te n fo ld (O rder), c a r ry in g o u t a (form al) a c t, sh o u ld c a r r y o u t th e (form al) a c t w ith a n u n a s th e te n th (m em ber) . , w ith o n e a g a in s t w h o m th e O rd er is c a r ry in g o u t a (form a]) a c t a s th e te n th (m em ber), it is n o t a (form al) a c t a n d o u g h t n o t to be c a rrie d o u t. |j 4 | | C a rry in g o u t b y a T en fo ld (O rder) ff If, m o n k s, a tw e n ty fo ld O rd er, c a rry in g o u t a (form al) a c t, sh o u ld c a r r y o u t th e (form al) a c t w ith a n u n a s th e tw e n tie th (m em ber) . _ w ith one a g a in s t w h o m th e O rd er is c a r ry in g out a (form al) a ct as th e tw e n tie th (m em ber), it is n o t a (form al) a c t a n d o u g h t not to b e c a rrie d o u t. || 5 || C a rry in g o ut b y a T w e n ty fo ld (O rder), " If, m o n k s, one on p ro b a tio n as th e fo u rth (m em ber) sh o u ld g ra n t p ro b a tio n ,3 sh o u ld send b a c k to th e b e g in n in g , sh ould in flict m dnaita, if h e, as th e tw e n tie th (m em ber), sh o u ld r e h a b ili ta te , i t is n o t a (form al) a c t a n d o u g h t n o t to be ca rrie d o u t. If, m o n ks, one d e se rvin g to be sen t b a c k to th e b e g in n in g a s the fo u rth (member^ sh o u ld g ra n t p ro b a tio n , sh o u ld sen d b a c k to th e begin n in g, sh o u ld in flict m anatia, if he, a s th e tw e n tie th (m em ber), sh o u ld r e h a b ilita te , it is n o t a (form al) a n d o u g h t n o t to b e ca rrie d out* 4 4 I f, m o n ks, one d e se rv in g mdnatia a s th e fo u rth (m em ber) should g r a n t p ro b a tio n , sh o u ld send b a ck to th e b e g in n in g , sh o u ld in d ic t m dnatta , if h e , as the tw e n tie th (m em ber) [330] sh o u ld r e h a b ilita te , i t is n o t a (form al) a c t a n d o u g h t n o t t o b e ca rried o u t.
1 O n vehdsa, a s " a b o v e th e g r o u n d J ' see B . D . i. 79, a . 1 A l l th e s e c o n s titu te p a r t o f t h e p e n a lty fo r c o m m ittin g offence. T h o s e u n d e r g o in g t h e p e n a lt y c a n n o t in flic t i t ca n t h e y feha.bilita.te th e m w h en th e p e n a lty is d u ly over* 5. a S iD g h a d is e s a o n o th e r s, n or Cf* C V . IX. 1 . 4*
460
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
I f, jnornks, o n e u n d ergoin g maitatta a s t h e fo u rth (m em ber) sh o u ld g r a n t p ro b a tio n , sh o u ld send b a c k to th e b eg in n in g , sh o u ld in flict m anatta4 if h e, as th e tw e n tie th (m em ber), sh ould reh a b ilita te* it is n o t a (form al) a c t a n d o u g h t n o t to b e carried out. r* If, m o n k s, one d e se rv in g re h a b ilita tio n as th e fo u rth (m em ber) sh o u ld g ra n t p ro b a tio n , sh o u ld sen d b a c k to th e b eg in n in g , sh o u ld in flict mdnatta, if he, a s th e tw e n tie th (m em ber), sh o u ld re h a b ilita te , it is n o t a (form al) a c t an d o u g h t n o t to b e ca rrie d out* j| 6 |[ " M on ks, th e p ro te st o f som e (people) in th e m id st o f an O rd er is v a lid , o f o th e rs is not v a lid . A n d , m o n k s, o f w h o m is a p ro te st in th e m id st o f an O rd er n o t v a lid ? M on ks, th e p ro te st o f a n un in th e m id st o f a n O rd er is n o t v a lid * * . o f a p ro b a tio n e r * * * o f a n o v ice . . . o f a w o m a n n o v ice . . . o f a d isa v o w e r o f th e tra in in g _ * * o f one w h o has co m m itte d an e x tre m e offence * * . of one w ho is m a d , . , o f one w h o as u n h in g ed . . . o f one w h o is in pain . . . o f one w ho is su sp en d ed for n o t seeing a n o ffen ce1 . . . of one a g a in st w h o m a n O rd er is c a rry in g o u t a (form al) a ct. M onks, a p ro te st o f th ese in th e m id st o f an O rd er is n o t valid* |[ 7 || "A n d * m o n k s, o f w h o m is a p ro te st in th e m id st o f a n O rd er v a lid ? M onks, a p ro te st of a re g u la r3 m o n k in th e m id st o f an O rd er is v a lid if h e belongs to th e sam e co m m u n io n , if he is s ta y in g w ith in th e sam e b o u n d a ry , e v e n if h e o n ly in fo rm s th e m o n k n e x t (to h im ).3 M onks, his p ro te st in th e m id st o f a n O n le r is v a lid , ]| 8 || ^ T h e re a re, m o n ks, th e se tw o (kinds of) b e in g sent a w a y .* T h ere is, m o n ks, th e in d iv id u a l w h o h a s n o t a rriv e d a t th e p o in t o f b e in g sent a w a y ,5 b u t if a n O rd er sen d s h im a w a y h e m a y be r ig h tly se n t a w a y , o r h e m a y be w ro n g ly se n t a w a y . A n d w h ich , m o n ks, is a n in d iv id u a l w ho has n o t a rriv e d a t
1 S a m e iiat as t h a t a t M V . I X , . 2. * pakatatia, V A . J 1 4 7 s a y s he is on e w h o hats n o t fa lle n fro m m o r a l h a b it an d h a s n o t c o m m itte d a p&rajiha o fien ce. C f. V in . iL 6, 32 f + a dinantarikcrssdpi bhikkhr*no vin&dpentassa. VA. 1 1 4 7 sa y s , " i f he im m e d ia te ly sits d o w n h i m s e l f ( i n th e a s s e m b ly ). C f. t h e an&ntariha n u n a t V in , iv , 234, i.e. t h e n e x t cu n m a n a lm s fo o d procession , * nissara?id+ C f. N u rlV S a n g h id is e s a s , a n d see B .D . iii. In tr. ^ x x v i. VA+ i 1 4 7 e x p la in s t h .it t h e O r d e r se n d i a w a y , n issa rtii, b y an a c t o f banish-* m e a t, cen su re a n d so o n . * appatto n issd ra y a ifi; h e is not g u i lt y e n o u g h t o b e s e n t a w a y .
4 ,^ i i ]
MAHAVAGGA
IX
the p a in t o f b e in g se n t a w a y , b u t w h o , i f an O rd er sen d s h im a w a y , is w r o n g ly s e n t a w a y ? N o w th is is a ca se , m o n k s, w h ere th e re is a p u re m o n k , not a n o ffen d er ; if th e O rd er sen d s h im a w a y , he is w r o n g ly sen t a w a y . T h is, m o n k s , is ca lle d an in d iv id u a l w h o h a s n o t a r r iv e d a t th e p o in t o f b e in g sent a w a y , an d w h o , il th e O rd er sen d s h im a w a y , is w r o n g ly sent a w a y . A n d w h ich , m o n k s, is a n in d iv id u a l w h o h a s n o t a rriv e d a t th e p o in t o f b e in g sent a w a y , b u t w ho, if a n O rd e r sen d s h im a w a y , is r ig h t ly se n t a w a y ? N o w th is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere th e re is an ig n o ra n t, in e x p e rie n c e d m onk* fu ll o f o ffen ces, n o t rid o f th e m ,1 [321] o n e w h o liv e s in c o m p a n y w ith h o u seh o ld ers in u n b e co m in g a sso c ia tio n w ith h o u seh o ld ers; if an O rd e r sen d s him a w a y , he is r ig h t ly se n t aw ay* T h is, m o n k s, is ca lle d an in d iv id u a l w h o has n o t a rriv e d a t th e p o in t o f b ein g se n t a w a y , b u t w h o , if th e O rd e r se n d s h im a w a y , is r ig h t ly se n t a w a y . |[ 9 || Jf T h e re a re , m o n ks, th ese tw o (kin d s of) r e s to ra tio n ,2 T h e re is, m o n ks, th e in d iv id u a l w h o h as n o t a rriv e d a t th e p o in t o f restoration* b u t if a n O rd e r resto res h im , h e m a y be r ig h t ly resto red , o r he m a y be w ro n g ly resto re d . A n d w h ich , m o n k s, is th e in d iv id u a l w h o h a s n o t a rriv e d a t th e p o in t o f re s to ra tio n , b u t w h o , if an O rd er re sto re s h im , is w r o n g ly re sto re d ? A e u n u c h ,3 m o n k s, d o e s n o t a rriv e 4 a t th e p o in t o f re sto ra tio n ; if th e O rd er resto re s him , he is w ro n g ly resto red - M o n k s, one liv in g in co m m u n io n , a s i t w e re b y th e ft, , , . o n e g o n e o v e r to a se c t - . , a n a n im a l . . . a m a tric id e * . . a p a rricid e . . a s la y e r o f one p e rfe c te d . . . a se d u cer o f a n u n - . , a sc h ism a tic . . . a sh ed d er o f [a T ru th fin d e r's ) b lo o d . - * a h e rm a p h ro d ite d ocs n o t a rriv e a t th e p o in t o f re sto ra tio n ; if an O rd er resto res h im , h e is w r o n g ly re sto re d . T h e se , m o n k s, are ca lle d in d iv id u a ls w h o d o n o t a r r iv e a t th e p o in t o f re sto ra tio n , a n d w h o, if th e O rd er resto res th e m , are w r o n g ly re sto re d . || xo ]| " A n d w h ich , m o n ks, is a n in d iv id u a l w h o h as n o t a r r iv e d
1 an -apadSna, V A . 114 S e x p la in s apaddna b y pariccheda, a n d s a y s t h a t t h e m e a n in g o anapad&tta is " w ith o u t th e p&ricchedct o-f o ffen ces ,J_ C f. b e lo w , M V . I X , 7 * 6. 1 vsarazta , see iii. 28. n. 4, * S a m e lis t recu rs a b o v e , M V . IX * 2, 1 A g a in , a p p aiia , b u t n o n e o f th e se m a y b e o rd a in ed , or, ii o rd a in ed , t h e y sh o u ld be e x p e lle d , Thej? th e r e !o r e c a n n o t be iiestor, edJ n ot b e in g in a p o s itio n t o o b ta in restoration .
462
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
a t th e p o in t o f re sto ra tio n , a n d w h o i l a n O rd er resto res h im , is r ig h t ly re sto re d ? O n e w ith h is h a n d s c u t o ff,1 m o n ks, w h o h a s n o t a rriv e d a t th e p o in t of re sto ra tio n , if an O rd er resto res h im , is rig h tly re sto re d . M onks, one w ith his fe e t c u t o ff - . . o n e w ith his h a n d s a jid fe e t c u t o ff . . h is ears c u t o ff . * . h is nose c u t off * , his ears a n d r o s e c u t o ff - , * h is fingers c u t o ff , , * his n a ils c u t o ff * * one w ith h is ten d o n s c u t . . . one w h o h a s w e b b e d h a n d s . , a h u n ch b a ck , . . a d w a r f * - * one w h o h ad g o itre . . . one w h o h a s been b ra n d ed * , . one w h o h a s been sco u rg ed * - . o n e w ho has been w ritte n a b o u t . . . one w h o h a s e le p h a n tia sis . * . one w h o is b a d ly il 1 . . one w ho has d isg ra ce d a n a ss e m b ly (b y som e d e fo rm ity ) . . - one w ho is b lin d * . . one w ith a c ro o k e d lim b . . . one w h o is la m e . * . one p a ra ly s e d d ow n one sid e . . . a crip p le , * , one w e a k th ro u g h o ld ag e . * one w h o is b lin d fro m b irth * * . one w ho is d u m b . . . one w h o is d e a f . . - one w h o is b lin d an d d u m b * . . one w h o is b lin d a n d d e a f . _ . one who is d e a f a n d d u m b . . . one w ho is b lin d a n d d e a f a n d d u m b w h o h a s n o t a rriv e d a t th e p o in t o f re sto ra tio n , if an O rd er resto res h im , is r ig h tly restored. T h e se , m o n ks, are ca lle d in d iv id u a ls w h o h a v e n o t a rriv e d a t th e p o in t o f re sto ra tio n , and w h o, if an O rd er resto res th em , are r ig h tly restored. \ \ 1 1 ][ 4 r || T h e F ir s t P o rtio n fo r R e p e a tin g : th a t on V a s a b h a v illa g e . T h is is a case, m o n k s, w here th e re is n o t an offence o f a m o n k 's t h a t sh o u ld b e se e n .1 I f an O rd er o r severat (m onks) or o n e in d iv id u a l rep ro ves him fo r it, sa y in g : Y o u , y o u r reveren ce, h a v e fa lle n in to a n o ffence. D o y o u see th is o ffe n ce?1 an d if h e sp ea k s th u s r ' T here is n o t, y o u r reveren ce(s), an offence o f m in e th a t I can se e / [322] a n d if th e O rd er suspends h im fo r n o t seein g th e o ffen ce,3 it is n o t a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t. T h is is a case, m o n k s, w h ere th ere is n o t an offence o f a m o n k 's fo r w h ich a m e n d s should be m ad e. I f a n O rd er or se ve ra l (m onks) o r o n e in d iv id u a l rep ro ves h im for it , s a y in g : ' Y o u , y o u r re veren ce, h a v e fallen in to an offence. M ake
1 S a m e lis t a t V iit. i + 9 1 , w here su ch p e o p le m a y n o t " g o fo r th " * a b o v e , p* n 6 for n o tes. * L e* b y him< * CJ. C V , I_ 25 -SQ. fe e
5 .1 4]
MAHAVAGGA
IX
a m en d s fo r th is o ffe n ce/ a n d if he sp e a k s th u s ; 1 T h e re is n o t, y o u r re v e re n c e s, an o ffen ce o f m ine fo r w h ic h I sh o u ld m a k e a m e n d s/ an d if the O rd er suspends h im fo r n o t m a k in g am en d s fo r th e o ffe n c e ,1 It is n o t a le g a lly v a lid (form al) act_ T h is is a ca se , m o n k s, w h ere th e re is n o t a w ro n g v ie w o f a m o n k 's th a t sh o u ld be g iv e n up_2 I f a n O rd e r o r se v e ra l (m onks) o r one in d iv id u a l re p ro v e s h im fo r it, s a y in g : * T h is is a w ro n g v ie w o f y o u rs, y o u r re veren ce. G iv e u p th is w ro n g v ie w / and i f he sp e a k s th u s : ' T h e re is n o t, y o u r re v e re n c e , a w ro n g v ie w o f m ine t h a t I sh o u ld g iv e u p / a n d if th e O rd er su sp e n d s him fo r n o t g iv in g u p th e w ro n g v ie w ,3 it is n o t a le g a lly va lid (form al) a c t. || n j| " T h is is a ca se , m o n k s, w here th e re is n o t an offence o f a m o n k 's th a t sh o u ld be seen , n o t a n o ffen ce fo r w h ic h am en d s sh o u ld be m ad e. I f an O rd er o r se v e ra l (m onks) o r one in d iv id u a l re p ro v e s h im fo r it, sa y in g : * Y o u * y o u r r e v e re n c e r h a v e fa lle n in to an offence. D o y o u see th is o ffen ce ? M ake am en d s fo r th is o ffe n ce/ a n d if he sp e a k s th u s ; 1 T h e re is n o t, y o u r reveren ce(s)J a n o ffen ce o f m ine th a t I can see ; th ere is n o t, y o u r reveren ce(s), an offence o f m in e fo r w h ic h I sh o u ld m ake a m e n d s/ an d if th e O rd er su spen d s h im fo r n o t seein g o r fo r n o t m a k in g am end s, it is not a le g a lly v a lid (form al) act. II a II " T h is is a case, m o n k s, w here th ere is n o t a n offence o f a m o n k s t h a t sh o u ld be seen, n o t a w ro n g v ie w t h a t sh o u ld be g iv e n up_ I f a n O rd e r o r se ve ra l (m onks) o r one in d iv id u a l re p ro ve r h im fo r it, sp y in g ; " Y o u , y o u r re v e re n c e , h a v e fa lle n in to an offence* D o y o u see th is o ffen ce ? T h is is a w ro n g v ie w o f y o u rs ; g iv e u p th is w ro n g v ie w p ; an d if h e sp ea k s th u s : f T h e re is n o t, y o u r reverence{s). a n o ffcn ce o f m ine t h a t I can see ; th ere is n o t a w rong v ie w o f m ine th a t I sh o u ld g iv e u p ,' a n d if th e O rd er suspend s h im fo r n o t seein g o r fo r n o t g iv in g u p , it is n o t a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t. || 3 || T h is is a ca se , m o n k s, w here th ere is n o t a n offence o f a m o n k 's fo r w h ich a m en d s sh o u ld be m a d e , there is n o t a w ro n g v ie w th a t sh o u ld be g iv e n u p . If an O rd er or se v e ra l (m onks) o r one in d iv id u a l re p ro v e s h im fo r it, s a y in g : J Y o u , y o u r
* c / . C V . I. S t. a pafinisstzjj&td p a iin issa ijtia b b d t V A . C/. C V . I_ 33 35 - 1 147.
464
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
re ve ren ce , h a v e fa lle n in to an o ffen ce ; m a k e am en d s fo r th is o ffen ce. T h is is a w ro n g v ie w o f y o u rs, g iv e u p th is w ro n g v ie w / a n d if h e sp ea k s th u s ; * T h e re is n o t, y o u r reveren ce(s) an o ffen ce o f m in e f o r w h ic h I sh o u ld m a k e am en d s ; th e re is n o t a w ro n g v ie w o f m in e th a t I sh o u ld g iv e u p / a n d if th e O rd e r su sp en d s h im fo r n o t m a k in g am en d s o r fo r n o t g iv in g u p , it is n o t a le g a lly v a lid {formal) act* ]| 4 || " T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h ere th ere is n o t a n offence o f a m o n k 's t h a t sh o u ld b e seen, th e re is n o t a n o ffen ce for w h ich am en d s sh o u ld b e m a d e, there is n o t a w ro n g v ie w th a t sh ould be g iv e n u p . I f an O rd e r o r s e v e ra l (m onks) [323] o r one in d iv id u a l re p ro v e s h im for it, s a y in g ; * Y o u , y o u r reveren ccj h a v e fa lle n in to an o ffen ce. D o y o u see th is offence ? M ake a m e n d s fo r th is offence. T h is is a w ro n g v ie w o f y o u rs ; g iv e u p th is w ro n g v ie w / a n d it h e sp e a k s t h u s ; - T h e re is n o t, y o u r re v e ren ce (5}, a n offence o f m ine t h a t I ca n see ; th ere is n o t, y o u r reve ren ce (s)* an offence o f m in e fo r w h ic h T sh ould m a k e a m en d s ; th e re is n o t a w ro n g v ie w o f m in e t h a t I sh ould g iv e u p / an d if th e O rd er suspend s him fo r n o t seein g o r fo r n o t m a k in g am en d s o r for not g iv in g u p , it is n o t a le g a lly v a lid {form al) a c t. || 5 [| " T h is is a ca se , m o n k s, w h ere th e re is a n offence o f a m o n k 's t h a t sh o u ld b e seen- I f a n O rd er o r se v e ra l (m onks) o r one in d iv id u a l re p ro v e s h im fo r it, sa y in g : ' Y o u , y o u r reveren ce, h a v e fa lle n in to an offence. I>o y o u see th is offence ? 1 an d if h e sp e a k s t h u s : - Y e s , y o u r revcTencefs), I see i t / an d if th e O rd e r su sp en d s h im fo r n o t se e in g th e o ffe n ce ,, it is n o t a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a ct. " T h is is a ca se , m o n ks, w h ere th e re is a n offence o f a m o n k 's fo r w h ich am en d s sh o u ld be m ad e. I f an O rd er or severa l (m onks) o r one in d iv id u a l rep ro ves him fo r it, sa y in g : J Y o u , y o u r re v e re n c e , h a v e fa lle n in to an o ffen ce. M ake am en d s fo r th is o ffe n ce/ a n d if h e sp ea k s th u s : * Y e s , y o u r reveren ce(s), I w ill m a k e a m e n d s/ a n d if th e O rd e r suspend s him fo r n o t m a k in g am end s fo r th e offence, i t is n o t a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t. T h is is a case, m o n k s, w h ere th ere is a w ro n g v ie w o f a m o n k s th a t sh o u ld be g iv e n up . I f a n O rd er or severa l (m onks) o r one in d iv id u a l rep ro ves h im fo r i t t sa y in g : This* y o u r re ve ren ce , is a w ro n g v ie w o f yo u rs. G iv e up th is w ro n g
5.6 9]
MAHAVAGGA
IX
v ie w / an d i f h e sp ea k s th u s : ' Y e s , y o u r reveren ce(s), I w ill g iv e it u p / a n d if th e O rd er su sp en d s h im fo r n o t g iv in g u p th e w ro n g v ie w , i t is n o t a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t. j| 6 || " T h is is a ca se , m o n k s, w h e re th e re is a n o ffen ce o f a m o n k 's th a t sh o u ld be seen, w h ere th ere is a n o ffen ce fo r w h ic h a m en d s sh o u ld be m a d e - * * w h e re th e re is a n offen ce o f a m o n k 's th a t sh o u ld b e seen, w h ere th e re is a w ro n g v ie w t h a t sh o u ld be g iv e n u p * . * w h e re th e r e is a n o ffen ce o f a m o n k 's fo r w h ich am en d s sh o u ld b e m a d e > w h ere th e re is a w r o n g v ie w th a t sh o u ld be g iv e n u p , . . w h ere th e re is a n o ffen ce o f a m o n k 's w h ic h sh o u ld be seen* w h ere th e re is a n offen ce for w h ic h a m e n d s sh o u ld be m a d e , w h ere th e re is a wrong; v ie w th a t sh o u ld be g iv en up. I f a n O rd e r o r s e v e ra l (m onks) or one in d iv id u a l re p ro v e s h im fo r it, s a y i n g : * Y o u , y o u r re veren ce, h a v e fallen in to a n offence. D o y o u see th is o ffen ce ? M ake am en d s fo r th is o ffen ce. T h is is a w ro n g v ie w o f y o u rs ; g iv e u p th is w ro n g v ie w / a n d if h e sp e a k s th u s : * Y e s , y o u r reveren ce (s) a I see, yes, I w ill m a k e a m e n d s, y e s , I w ill g iv e it u p / a n d if th e O rd er su sp en d s h im fo r n o t seein g o r for n ot m a k in g a m en d s o r fo r n o t g iv in g u p , i t is n o t a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t. j| 7 || T h is is a c a se , m o n ks, w h e re th ere is a n offence o f a m o n k 's th a t sh o u ld be seen. I f a n O rd er o r se v e ra l (m onks) o r one in d iv id u a l re p ro v e s h im fo r it, sa y in g : 1 Y o u , y o u r re v e re n c e , h a v e fa lle n in to a n offen ce. D o y o u see th is o ffen ce ? * a n d if h e sp e a k s th u s : 4 T h ere is n o t, y o u r re ve ren ce (s), an offence o f m in e t h a t I can see/ [324-] arid if th e O r d e r su sp en d s him fo r n o t seein g, it is a le g a lly v a lid (form al) act* " T h is is a ca se , m o n ks, w h e re th e re is a n o ffen ce o f a m o n k 's fo r w h ic h am en d s sh o u ld b e made* , * * I f h e sp e a k s th u s : f T h e re is n o t, y o u r reve ren ce (s), a n o ffen ce o f m in e fo r w h ic h T sh o u ld m a k e a m e n d s/ a n d if th e O rd er su sp en d s h im fo r n o t m a k in g am en d s, it is a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t. T h is is a case, m o n ks, w here th ere is a w ro n g v ie w o f a m o n k 's t h a t sh o u ld be g iv e n up, . * . I f he sp e a k s th u s : f T h ere is n o t, y o u r reveren ce(s), a w ro n g v ie w o f m in e , th a t sh o u ld be g iv e n u p / an d if th e O rd e r su sp en d s h im f o r n o t g iv in g u p th e w ro n g v ie w , it is a le g a lly v a lid (form al) act* I I S || _ < B T h is is a c a se , m o n k s, w h ere th ere is a n o ffen ce o f a m o n k 's
456
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
th a t sh o u ld b e seen, w h ere th ere is a n o ffen ce fo r w h ic h am en d s sh o u ld b e m a d e * * w h e re th ere is an o ffen ce t h a t sh o u ld b e seen, w h e re th ere is a w ro n g v ie w t h a t sh o u ld b e g iv e n u p . * * w h ere th e re is a n offence fo r w h ic h am end s sh o u ld b e m a d e, w h ere th e re is a w rong- v ie w t h a t sh o u ld b e g iv e n u p . . , w h ere th e re is a n offence th a t sh o u ld be seen, w h ere th e re is a n offence fo r w h ic h am end s sh o u ld b e m a d e, w h ere th e re is a w ro n g v ie w t h a t sh o u ld be g iv e n u p . I f a n O rd er o r se v e ra l {m onks) o r o n e in d iv id u a l rep ro ves h im for it* s a y in g : 1 Y o u , y o u r reve ren ce j h a v e fallen in to an offence* D o y o u see th is o ffen ce ? M a k e am en d s fo r th is o ffen ce. T h is is a w ro n g v ie w o f y o u rs ; g iv e u p th is w ro n g v ie w / a n d if h e sp e a k s th u s : T h e re is n o t, y o u r reveren ce(s)# a n offence o f m in e w h ic h X sh o u ld see, th e re is n o t, yo u r reveren ce(s), a n offence o f m in e fo r w h ic h I sh o u ld m a k e am en d s, th e re is n o t a w ro n g v ie w o f m in e th a t I sh o u ld g iv e u p / a n d if th e O rd er suspends h im fo r n o t seein g o r fo r n o t m a k in g a m en d s o r fo r n o t g iv in g u p , i t is a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t / ' | ] 9 |{ 5 |] T h e n th e v e n e ra b le U p a li a p p ro a ch e d th e L o r d ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g g ree te d th e L o rd , h e sat d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n c e . A s h e w a s sittin g d ow n a t a re sp e ctfu l d is ta n c e , the v e n e ra b le U p a li sp oke th u s to th e L o rd : D o es an O rd er, L o rd , th a t is co m p lete c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t th a t sh o u ld be c a rrie d o u t in the presen ce of1 (an a ccu se d m onk) if he is a b se n t ? L o rd , is th a t a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t, is it a disoipLm arily v a lid {form al) a c t ? T h is, U p a li, is n o t a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t, it is n o t a d i s c i p l i n a r y v a lid (form al) a c t / | | x || D o e s a n O rd er, L o rd , th a t is co m p le te c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t t h a t sh o u ld b e ca rrie d o u t b y th e in terro g a tio n * (of an a c c u s e d m onk) if th e re is no in te rro g a tio n ? D o es i t c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t th a t sh o u ld be ca rrie d o u t on th e a c k n o w le d g m e n t4 (of a n a ccu se d m onk) if th e re is n o a ck n o w le d g m e n t ?
L sa.tn*nuk/tdkaraittya?rt, C f . V in . ii* 93, _
* dhGmm&hamma- vin&y&katnnta and their opposites {adhamma^j

o c c u r a t A . i, 74 , 7 5 . A A . ii. 149 e x p la in s adhamma* a n d auinaya* a s vddhtzfft*na an d -vbbinayaw w h ere ud- m ea n s c p off ,J an d th erefore " w r o n g J P a s in. ummagga.
* pafipucchakaranlyatft* paîHfuiyaC f.
iii. 153, n, 5 ;
A + i_ 99 ;
ilf* ii, 248.
a .z 3 ]
m a h a v a g g a
IX
467
D o e s it g iv e a v e r d ic t o f p a s t in s a n ity 1 t o o n e w h o m e rits a v e rd ic t o f in n o cen ce ?2 D o e s it c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t fo r sp ecific d e p r a v it y 3 a g a in s t o n e w h o m e rits a v e r d ic t o f p a st in s a n ity ? D o es it c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f cen sure* a g a in s t one w h o m e rits a (form al) a c t fo r specific d e p r a v ity ? D o e s it c a r r y o a t a (form al) a c t o f p la c in g u n d e r gu id a n ce fo r one w h o m e rits a (form al) a c t o f censure ? [335] D o es i t c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f b a n ish m en t a g a in s t one w h o m e rits a (form al) a c t o f p la c in g u n d e r g u id a n ce ? D o e s i t c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f re c o n c ilia tio n fo r one w h o m e rits a (form al) a c t o f b a n ish m en t ? D o es i t c a r ry o u t a (form al) a c t o f suspen sion a g a in st one w h o m e rits a (form al) a c t o f re c o n c ilia tio n ? D o e s it g ra n t p ro b a tio n * to one w h o m e rits a (form al) a c t o f su spen sion ? D o e s it send b a c k to th e b e g in n in g one w ho m e rits p ro b a tio n ? D o es it in flict mdnatta on one w h o m e rits b ein g sen t b a c k to th e b eg in n in g ? D o es i t r e h a b ilita te one w h o m e rits mdnatta ? D oes it o rd ain one w ho m e rits re h a b ilita tio n ? Is th is a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t. L o rd , is it a d is c ip lin a rily v a lid (form al) a c t ? w t ]j 2 j| " T h is, U p a li, is n o t a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t, it is n o t a d is c ip lin a rily v a lid (form al) a c t. W h a te v e r O rd er, U p a li, th a t is c o m p le te c a rrie s o u t a (form al) a c t t h a t sh o u ld be c a rrie d o u t in th e presen ce o f (an a ccu sed m o n k ) if h e is a b sen t-it th u s co m es to b e , U p a li, n o t a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t, n o t a d isc ip lin a rily v a lid (form al) a c t, an d th u s th e O rd er com es to be o n e th a t goes to o f a r ,0 W h a te v e r O rd er, U p a li, t h a t is co m p lete c a rrie s o u t a (form al) a c t w h ich sh o u ld b e c a rrie d o u t on th e in te rro g a tio n (of an a ccu sed m o n k) if th e re is no in te rro g a tio n - . . ca rrie s o u t a (form al) a c t w h ic h sh o u ld b e c a rrie d o u t w ith th e a c k n o w le d g m e n t (of an a c c u s e d m onk) if th e re is n o a ck n o w le d g m e n t * * . o rd ain s one m e ritin g re h a b ilita tio n
1 cun&Ihavinaya* S ee iii. 153* a- 5 ; A . i. ^ 9 ; M . iL 248. ' saliviita.y&rahG&aO n sativinaya sec i i i 15 3 , n- 3, ; A f. iL ^ 47. W o r d o ccu rs a.t A . j, 99 ; G .S . i. 85 tra n sla te s p r o c e e d in g s a b o u t m in d fu l ness J\
8st.
tassapdpiyyasikd.
C f. B . D , iii. rs4, n* 1 ;
A . f . 9 9 ; JJ\ ii- 2 4 9 , V i n , ii.
* F o r th is and. t h e fo u r fo llo w in g fo rm a l a c ts , cf. V in , i* 49 (aTrave, p- 66) a n d A - L 99-. * T h is a n d t h e n e x t th ree (n o t ord in ation ) o c c u r a t i. 99* T h e y are e a c h p a r t o f th e p e n a lt y in cu rred fo r a S a n g h d isesa offence-. satisfira, m a t V in . L 5 5 (a b o v e , p . 7 1 ) .
4bS
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
it th u s co m es to b e , U p a li, n o t a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t , n o t a d is c ip lin a rily v a lid (form al) a c t, a n d th u s th e O rd e r co m es to b e o n e th a t g o es to o fa r / ' J | 3 || r* Tfj L o rd , a n O rd e r t h a t is co m p le te ca rries o u t a (form al) a c t t h a t sh o u ld be c a rrie d o u t in th e p resen ce o f (an a c c u s e d m o n k) w h e n h e is p re se n t, is th is, L o rd , a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t, is it a d is c ip lin a rily v a lid (form al) act ? " T h is , U p a li, is a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t, it is a d is c ip lin a r ily v a lid (form al) a c t/ " ** If, Lord* an O rd e r t h a t is c o m p le te c a rrie s o u t a (form al) a c t t h a t sh o u ld be c a rrie d o u t on th e in te rro g a tio n (of a n a c cu s e d m o n k) w h en th e re is in te rro g a tio n , if i t ca rries o u t a (form al) a c t th a t sh o u ld b e c a rrie d o u t o n th e a c k n o w le d g m e n t o f (an a c cu s e d m o n k) w h e n th e re is h is a c k n o w le d g m e n t, if it g iv e s a v e r d ic t o f in n o cen ce t o one w h o m e rits a v e r d ic t o f in n o cen ce . - if it r e h a b ilita te s one w h o m e rits re h a b ilita tio n * i f i t o rd ain s one w h o m e rits o rd in a tio n , is th is, L o rd , a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t, is it a d is c ip lin a rily v a lid (form al) act ? " r- T h is , U p a li, is a le g a lly v a lid (form al) act* it is a d is c ip lin a r ily v a lid (form al) a c t. W h a te v e r O rd er, U p a li, th a t is c o m p le te ca rries o u t a (form al) a c t t h a t sh o u ld be c a rrie d o u t in th e p resen ce o f (an a c cu s e d m o n k) w h en h e is p re se n t it th u s co m es t o b e , U p a li, a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t, a d is c ip lin a rily v a lid (form al) a c t, a n d th u s th e O rd e r co m es to b e one th a t d oes n o t go to o fa r. W h a te v e r O rd er, U p ali P th a t is co m p le te ca rrie s o u t a (form al) a c t th a t sh o u ld be c a rrie d o u t o n th e in te rro g a tio n (o f an accu sed m o n k) w h en th e re is in te rro g a tio n . - - o rd a in s one m e ritin g o rd in a tio n it th u s co m es t o b e , U p a li, a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t, a d is c ip lm a rily v a lid (form al) a c t, a n d th u s th e O rd e r co m es t o b e o n e t h a t d o es n o t g o to o f a r / ' || 4 | | I f, L o rd , a n O rd er t h a t is c o m p le te g iv e s a v e r d ic t o f p a st in s a n ity to o n e m e ritin g a v e r d ic t o f in n o cen ce , g iv e s a v e r d ic t o f in n o cen ce to one m e ritin g a v e rd ic t o f p a s t in sa n ity , is th is, L o rd , a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t p is it a d is c ip lin a rily v a lid (form al) a c t ? *' T h is , U p a li, is n o t a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t, it is not a d is c ip lin a rily v a lid (form al) a c t / '
6 .5 6 ]
M A H A V A G G A
IX
469
" I f, L o rd , a n O rd er t h a t is c o m p le te c a rrie s o u t a (fo rm al) a c t fo r sp ecific d e p r a v it y a g a in s t o n e m e ritin g - a v e r d ic t o f p a s t in s a n ity , If it g iv e s a v e r d ic t o f p a s t in s a n ity t o o n e m e r itin g a (form al) a c t fo r sp ecific d e p r a v it y ; if it c a r rie s o u t a (form al) a c t o f cen su re a g a in s t o n e m e r itin g a (forjmal) a c t fo r sp e c ific d e p r a v ity , [326] if it c a r rie s o u t a {form al} a c t fo r sp ecific d e p r a v ity a g a in s t one m e r itin g a (fo rm al) a c t o f censure ; if i t c a rrie s o u t a (form al) a c t o f p la c in g u n d e r g u id ance a g a in s t one m e ritin g a (form al) a c t o f cen su re, if i t c a rrie s o u t a (form al) a c t o f ce n su re a g a in s t one m e r itin g a (fo rm al) a c t o f p la c in g u n d e r g u id a n c e ; i f it c a rrie s o u t a (form al) a c t o f b a n ish m e n t a g a in s t one m e r itin g a (form al) a c t o f p la c in g u n d e r g u id a n c e , i f it c a rric s o u t a (form al) a c t o f p la c in g u n d e r g u id a n ce a g a in s t o n e m e ritin g a (form al) a c t o f b a n is h m e n t ; i f it c a rrie s o u t a (form al) a c t o f re c o n c ilia tio n a g a in s t one m e ritin g a (form al) a c t o f b a n ish m e n t, if it c a rrie s o u t a (form al) a c t o f b a n ish m e n t a g a in s t one m e r itin g a (fo rm al) a c t o f re c o n c ilia tio n ; if it c a rrie s o u t a (form al) a c t o f su sp en sio n a g a in s t o n e m e ritin g a (form al) a c t o f re co n cilia tio n * if it c a rrie s o u t a (form al) a c t o f re c o n c ilia tio n a g a in s t one m e r itin g a (form al) a c t o f su sp en sio n ; if it g ra n ts p ro b a tio n t o o n e m e ritin g a (form al) a c t o f su sp en sio n , if i t c a rrie s o u t a (fo rm al) a c t o f su sp en sio n a g a in s t one m e ritin g p ro b a tio n ; i f i t sen d s b a c k to th e b e g in n in g o n e m e ritin g p ro b a tio n , if it g r a n ts p ro b a tio n t o one m e ritin g b e in g se n t b a c k t o th e b e g in n in g ; if it in flicts mdnatta o n one m e ritin g b e in g sen t b a c k to th e b e g in n in g , if it sen d s b a c k to th e b e g in n in g one m e ritin g mdnatta ; if it re h a b ilita te s one m e r itin g m dnatta, if it in flicts mdnatta o n one m e r itin g r e h a b ilit a t io n ; if it o rd a in s one m e ritin g r e h a b ilita tio n , if it r e h a b ilita te s one m e ritin g o rd in a tio n , is that* L o rd , a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t , is it a d is c ip lin a r ily v a lid (form al) a c t ? " [] 5 [j " T h is , U p a li, is n o t a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t, it is n o t a d is c ip lin a rily v a lid (form al) a c t. W h a te v e r O rd e r, U p a li, th a t is co m p le te g iv e s a v c r d ic t o f p a s t in s a n ity to o n e m e ritin g a v e r d ic t o f in n o cen ce , g iv e s a v e r d ic t o f in n o c e n c e to o n e m e ritin g a v e r d ic t o f p a s t in s a n ity it th u s c o m e s to b e , U p a li, n o t a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t, n o t a d is c ip lin a r ily v a lid (fo rm al) a c t, a n d th u s th e O rd er co m es to be o n e t h a t g o e s to o far_ W h a te v e r O rd e r, U p a li, t h a t is c o m p le te c a rrie s o u t a (fo rm al)
21
47
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
a c t fo r sp ecific d e p r a v it y a g a in s t one m e r itin g a v e r d ic t o f p a st in s a n ity . * , t h a t re h a b ilita te s on e m e ritin g o rd in a tio n i t th u s co m es t o b e , U p a li, n o t a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t, n o t a d is c ip lin a r ily v a lid (form al) a c t, a n d th u s th e O rd e r co m es to b e o n e t h a t g o e s to o f a r ." \ \ 6 |[ " I f, L o rd , a n O rd e r th a t is co m p le te g iv e s a v e r d ic t o f in n o cen ce to o n e m e ritin g a v e r d ic t o f in n o cen ce, if it g iv e s a v e r d ic t o f p a s t in s a n ity t o one m e ritin g a v e r d ic t of p a st in s a n ity , is th is , L o rd , a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t, is i t a d is c ip lin a r ily v a lid (form al) a c t ; J' " T h is , U p a li, is a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t, it is a d iscip lm a r ily v a lid (form al) a c t .' ** Tf, L o rd , a n O rd er t h a t is c o m p le te g iv e s a v e r d ic t o f p a s t in s a n ity to one m e ritin g a v e r d ic t o f p a st in s a n ity , i f it c a rrie s o u t a (form al) a c t fo r sp ecific d e p r a v ity a g a in s t one m e ritin g a (form al) a c t fo r sp ecific d e p r a v ity . . . i f it r e h a b ilita te s one m e ritin g r e h a b ilita tio n , i f it o rd ain s one m e ritin g o rd in a tio n is th is , L o rd , a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t, is it a d is c ip lin a rily v a lid (form al) a c t ? \ \ 7 jj J < T h is, U p a li, is a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t, it is a d iscip lin a r ily v a lid (form al) a c t. W h a te v e r O rd er, U p a li, t h a t is c o m p le te g iv e s a v e r d ic t o f in n o cen ce to one m e ritin g a v e r d ic t o f in n o cen ce, g iv e s a v e r d ic t o f p a st in s a n ity to one m e ritin g a v e r d ic t o f p a st in s a n ity it th u s co m es to b e , U p a li, a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t, a d iscip H n arily v a lid (form al) a c t, a n d th u s th e O rd e r co m es t o b e o n e t h a t d o es n o t g o to o fa n W h a te v e r O rd er, U p a li, th a t is c o m p le te g iv e s a v e r d ic t o f p a s t in s a n ity to one m e ritin g a. v e r d ic t o f p a st in s a n ity , [ 327] - - . o rd ain s one m e ritin g o rd in a tio n it th u s co m es to be, U p a li, a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t, a d is c ip lin a rily v a lid (form al) a c t, a n d th u s th e O rd e r co m es t o be on e t h a t d oes n o t g o to o f a r / J HS || T h e n th e L o r d a d d re sse d th e m o n k s , s a y in g : ** W h a te v e r O rd er, m o n k s, th a t is c o m p le te g iv e s a v e r d ic t o f p a s t in s a n ity to one m e ritin g a v e r d ic t o f in n o cen ce it th u s com es to be, m o n k s, n o t a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t, n o t a d is c ip lin a rily v a lid (form al) a c t, a n d th u s th e O rd er co m es to be o n e th a t go es to o fa r . W h a te v e r O rd er, m o n k s, t h a t is c o m p le te , carries o u t a (form al) a c t fo r sp ecific d e p r a v ity a g a in s t o n e m e ritin g a v e rd ic t o f in n o cen ce, ca rrie s o u t a (form al) a c t o f cen sure
6 ,9 T.l]
M A H A V A G G A
IX
471
a g a in s t one m e ritin g a v e r d ic t o f in n o cen ce 1 . * . o rd a in s o n e m e ritin g a v e r d ic t o f in n o cen ce it th u s c o m e s to be, m o n k s , n o t a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t, n o t a d is c ip lin a r ily v a lid (fo rm al) a c t, a n d th u s th e O rd e r c o n ie s to be on e t h a t go es to o far. W h a te v e r O rd e r, m o n k s, t h a t is c o m p le te c a rrie s ou t a (form al) a c t fo r sp ecific d e p r a v ity a g a in s t one m e ritin g a v e r d ic t o f p a st in s a n ity . . . ca rrie s o u t a (fo rm al) a c t o f ce n su re . . . ord ain s one m e ritin g a v e r d ic t o f p a s t in s a n ity , g iv e s a v e r d ic t o f in n o cen ce t o one m e ritin g a v e r d ic t o f p a st in s a n ity it th u s co m es to b e , m o n k s, n o t a le g a lly v a lid (form al) a c t, n o t a d is c ip lin a rily v a lid (form al) a c t , a n d th u s th e O rd e r co m es t o b e one th a t g o es to o fa r. W h a te v e r O rd e r, m o n k s, t h a t is c o m p le te , ca rrie s o u t a (form al) a c t o f c e n su re a g a in s t one m e r itin g a (form al) a c t fo r sp ecific d e p r a v it y . , . r e h a b ilita te s one m e ritin g o rd in a tio n it th u s co m es to b e , m o n k s, n o t a le g a lly v a lid (formaJ) a c t, n o t a d is c ip lin a r ily v a lid (form al) a c t, a n d th u s th e O rd e r c o m e s to b e o n e t h a t g o e s to o fa r ,JI ]| 9 || 6 |[ T h e S eco n d P o rtio n fo r R e p e a tin g : th a t on U p a lis Q u e stio n s. " T h is is a c a se , m o n k s, w h e re a m o n k is a m a k e r o f s tr ife , a m a k e r o f d isp u te , a m a k e r o f c o n te n tio n , a m a k e r o f b ra w ls, a m a k e r o f le g a l q u e stio n s in an O r d e r .2 I t th e n o c c u rs to m o n k s : ' T h is m o n k , y o u r re v e re n c e s, is a m a k e r o f strife . . _ a m a k e r o f le g a l q u estio n s in th e O rd e r. C o m e , Jet u s carry' o u t a (form al) a c t o f cen su re a g a in s t h im p ; a n d t h e y c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f c e n s u r e a g a in s t h im , n o t b y ru le , in an in c o m p le te a ss e m b ly . H e g o es fro m t h a t resid en ce to a n o th e r resid en ce. I t o ccu rs to th e m o n k s th e re : 'A (form al) a c t o f ce n su re , y o u r re v e re n c e s, w a s c a r rie d o u t a g a in s t th is m o n k, n o t b y ru le , in an in c o m p le te a s s e m b ly . C o m e , le t u s c a r ry o u t a (form al) a c t o f cen su re a g a in s t h im ' a n d t h e y c a r ry o u t a (form al) a ct o f cen su re a g a in s t h im n o t b y ru le , in a c o m p le te a ss e m b ly . H e th e n g o e s fro m t h a t re sid e n ce to a n o th e r resid en ce. I t o c c u rs to th e m o n k s th e re : 'A
1 A s e x p la in e d a t T e x ts iL ^ 79 , n. 2, in t h is p a r a g r a p h a lt p o s s ib le c o m b in a tio n s o f t w o d iffe re n t iorm aJ a c ts are a r r a n g e d in th is w a y ; first, v e r d ic t c f in n o ce n ce is c o m b in e d w it h v e r d i c t o f p a s t in s a n it y a n d a ll Che tffc$t, d o w n to o r d in a tio n ; th e n v e r d ic t o f p a s t in s a n it y w it h a ll te rm s from sp ecific d e p r a v i t y d o w n to in n o cen ce, a n d so o n ; t h e w h o le series, e n d s t h u s w ith th e c o m b in a tio n o f m e r itin g o r d in a tio n w it h a ll te rm s fro m v e r d ic t o f in n o ce n ce d o w n t o feh a b iH tatioxi. * A s a t V in . iv . 45, 230. Sec iii. 1 9 1 , n , 3 for fu r th e r referen ces.
472
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
(form al) a c t o f c en su re, y o u r re v e re n c e s, w a s carried o u t a g a in s t th is m o n k , n o t b y ru le , in a co m p le te assem bly* C o m e, let u s [328] c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f ce n su re a g a in s t h im r ; a n d t h e y c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f censure a g a in s t h im , b y ru le , in a n in c o m p le te a sse m b ly . H e g o es fro m th a t residen ce to a n o th e r residence- I t o c c u rs to th e m o n k s th e re : 'A (form al) a c t o f cen su re, y o u r re v e ren ce s, w a s c a rrie d o u t a g a in s t th is m o n k , b y r u le , in a n in c o m p le te a ss e m b ly . C o m e , le t us c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f ce n su re a g a in s t h im * i a n d t h e y c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f cen su re a g a in s t him b y w h a t h as th e a p p e a ra n c e o f ru le , in a n in co m p le te a sse m b ly . H e g o e s from t h a t resid en ce to a n o th e r re sid e n ce . I t o ccu rs to th e m o n k s th e re : "A (form al) a c t o f cen su re, y o u r re v e ren ce s, w a s c a rrie d o u t a g a in s t th is m o n k , b y w h a t h a s th e a p p e a ra n ce o f rule* in a n in c o m p le te assem bly* C o m e , le t u s c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f cen su re a g a in s t h im ' j a n d t h e y c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f ce n su re a g a in s t h im b y w h a t h a s th e a p p e a ra n ce o f r u le in a c o m p le te a sse m b ly . || x || T h is i s a case, m o n k s, w h ere a m o n k is a m a k e r o f strife , . . a m a k e r o f le g a l q u e stio n s in an O rd er. I t th en o c cu rs t o m o n k s : ' T h is m o n k , y o u r re v e ren ce s, is a m a k e r o f strife _ . , a m a k e r o f le g a l q u e stio n s in th e O rd e r. C o m e , le t us c a r ry o u t a (form al) a c t o f cen su re a g a in s t h im ' ; a n d th e y c a r ry o u t a (form al) a c t o f cen su re a g a in s t h im , n o t b y ru le , in a co m p le te a sse m b ly . H e g o es from th a t resid en ce to a n o th e r residence* I t o c cu rs t o th e m o n k s th e re ; *A (form al) a c t o f cen su re, y o u r re v e re n c e s, w a s c a rrie d o u t a g a in s t th is m o n k , n o t b y ru le, in a co m p le te a sse m b ly . C o m e, le t us c a r ry o u t a (form al) a c t o f cen sure a g a in s t h im * ; a n d th e y c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f cen su re a g a in s t h im , b y ru le, in an in c o m p le te a sse m b ly . H e th e n g o e s fro m t h a t resid en ce - * . t h e y c a r r y o u t a (foirnal) a c t o f cen su re a g a in s t h im , b y w h a t h a s th e a p p e a ra n ce o f ru le, in an in co m p le te a ss e m b ly . H e th e n g o es fro m t h a t resid en ce . , * t h e y c a i r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f ce n su re a g a in s t him , b y w h a t h as th e a p p e a ra n c e o f a ru le , in a co m p le te a ss e m b ly . H e th e n go es fro m t h a t resid en ce . . . th e y c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f cen su re a g a in s t h im , n o t b y ru le , in an in c o m p le te a ssem b ly . || 2 { J ** T h is is a c a se , m o n k s, . . (as above) . . . t h e y c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f ce n su re a g a in st him b y ru le, in a n in co m p le te
T-3 7]
m a h
v a g g a
IX
473
a sse m b ly * * . b y w h a t h a s th e a p p e a ra n c e o f r a le , in a n in c o m p le te a s s e m b ly . * . b y w h a t h a s th e a p p e a ra n c e o f ru le ixi a c o m p le te a s s e m b ly . , * n o t b y ru le , in an in c o m p le te a s s e m b ly * . . n o t b y ru le , in a c o m p le te a sse m b ly . || 3 \ \ f* T h is is a ease, m o n k s, . . . (as a&ora) * . . t h e y c a r r y o u t a (fo im al) a c t o f cen su re a g a in s t h im , b y w h a t h as th e ap p ear* a n ce o f ru le , in a n in co m p le te a ss e m b ly . , . b y w h a t h a s th e a p p e a ra n c e o f ru le , in a, c o m p le te a s s e m b ly . , . n o t b y ru le , in an in c o m p le te a s s e m b ly - - n o t b y ru le, in a c o m p le te a ss e m b ly , b y ru le , in a n in c o m p le te a s s e m b ly . || 4 || " T h is is a case, m o n k s, * + . (as above) . . . [329] t h e y c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t of cen su re a g a in s t him , b y w h a t h a s th e a p p e a ra n ce o f ru le, in a c o m p le te a s s e m b ly * , . n o t b y ru le, in a n in co m p le te a ss e m b ly . . . n o t b y ru le , in a co m p le te a s s e m b ly . * . b y ru le , in an in c o m p le te a s s e m b ly . * . b y w h a t h a s th e a p p e a ra n c e o f a ru le , in a n in c o m p le te a sse m b ly . H5 II , , " T h is is a case* m o n k s, w h e re a n ign orant* in e x p e rie n c e d m o n k ,1 fu ll o f offen ccs, n o t rid o f th e m , liv e s in c o m p a n y w ith h o u seh o ld ers in u n b e c o m in g a s s o c ia tio n w ith h o u seh o ld ers. I t th e n o c cu rs to m o n k s : ' T h is m o n k , y o u r re v e ren ce s, ig n o ra n t, in ex p e rie n c e d , . . . in u n b e c o m in g a ss o c ia tio n w ith h o u se h o ld ers, C o m e, le t u s c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f g u id a n ce fo r h im ' ; a n d these c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f g u id a n c e fo r h im , n o t b y ru le, in an in c o m p le te a s s e m b ly . H e g o es fro m t h a t resid en ce t o a n o th e r resid en ce * . . (ffs above in J | 1 ||) . . . n o t b y ru le, in a c o m p le te a s s e m b ly . . . b y ru le , in a n in c o m p le te a s s e m b ly . . . b y w h a t h a s th e a p p e a ra n c e o f ru le, in a n in c o m p le te a ss e m b ly - , . b y w h a t h a s th e a p p c a ra n c e o f ru le , in a c o m p le te a ss e m b ly . T h e c y c le sh o u ld be w o rk e d o u t a s it is b e lo w .4 )| 6 j| " T h is is a case, m o n k s, w h e re a m o n k is one w h o b rin g s fa m ilies in to d is re p u te a n d is o f d e p r a v e d c o n d u c t.* I t th e n o c cu rs to m o n k s : * T h is m o n k , y o u r re v e re n c e s, . * . is of
1 C f : a b o v e , M V . I X , 4 . 9* 1 I.e . in jj 1*5 |L T h e w h e e l " , cafcka, series, c y c le , is th e " a r r a n g e m e n t o f five c a te g o r ie s o n w hich, t h is e x p o s itio n is b a s e d . - , M (as said in n o te a t Fflt T e x ts ii. 281)* ' B e l o w * - s ta n d s fo r o u r < F a b o v e " r fro m th e fa c t t b a t t h e j>alir-Ieaf m a n u s c r ip ts a r e a rra n g e d 'with t h e first le a l a t t h e b o t t o m o f th e p ile o f le a v e s o f w h ic h a n y w o r k or N b o o k M is m a d e u p . A s in S a n g h , X I I I , an d see below * M V . I X . 7 , 1 L
474
BOOK
OF
DISCIPLINE
d e p r a v e d co n d u ct- C o m e, le t u s c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o i b a n ish m e n t a g a in s t h im ' ; a n d t h e y c a r ry ou t a (form al) a c t o f b a n ish m e n t a g a in s t h im , n o t b y ru le , in an in co m p le te a s s e m b ly . . . (as in || 6 |[) _ _ _ b y w h a t h a s th e a p p e a ra n ce o f ru le, in a c o m p le te assem bly* T h e c y c le sh ou ld b e w o rk e d o u t. II 7 |f " T h is is a c a se , m o n k s, w h e re a m o n k re v ile s , a b u se s1 h ou se h o ld ers. I t th e n o ccu rs t o m o n k s : T h is m o n k , y o u r re v e r en ces, r e v ile s , a b u se s h o u seh o ld ers. C o m e, le t u s c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f re c o n c ilia tio n fo r him ' an d th e y ca rry out a (form al) a c t o f re co n cilia tio n fo r h im , n o t b y ru le , in an in c o m p le te a s s e m b ly , - . {as in || 6 |]) , * * b y w h a t h as th e a p p e a ra n ce o f ru le , in a co m p le te a sse m b ly . T h e c y c le sh o u ld be w o r k e d o u t. j| 8 |f " T h is is a ca se , m o n k s , w h ere a m o n k , h a v in g fa lle n in to a n o ffen ce, d oes n o t w a n t t o see th e offen ce,* I t th e n o ccu rs to m o n k s : ' T h is m o n k , y o u r re v e ren ce s, h a v in g fa lle n in to a n offence* d o es n o t w a n t to see th e offence. C o m e, le t us c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f su sp en sio n a g a in s t him fo r n o t se e in g th e o ffen ce *; a n d t h e y c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f su sp en sio n a g a in st him fo r n o t seein g th e o ffen ce, n o t b y rule, in an in co m p le te a ss e m b ly . . . b y w h a t h a s th e a p p e a ra n ce o f ru le, in a co m p le te a ss e m b ly . T h e c y c le sh o u ld be w o rk e d
o u t. II 9 I I
T h is is a c a se , m o n k s, w h ere a m o n k , h a v in g fa lle n in to a n offence, does n o t w a n t to m a k e a m e n d s for th e offence*1 Tt th e n o c cu rs to m o n k s : ' T h is m o n k , y o u r re v e ren ce s, h a v in g fa lle n in to a n o ffen ce, d oes n o t w a n t to m a k e a m e n d s for th e offence- C o m e, Jet u s c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t of suspension a g a in s t h im for n o t m a k in g am en d s fo r th e offence ' ; [330] a n d t h e y c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f su spen sion a g a in st him fo r n o t m a k in g a m en d s fo r th e o ffe n c e t n o t b y ru le, in a n in c o m p le te a sse m b ly . . . b y w h a t h a s th e a p p ea ran ce o f ru le, in a c o m p le te a ssem b ly . T h e c y c le sh o u ld b e w o rk e d o u t. |[ io || " T h is is a c a se , m o n k s, w h ere a m o n k does n o t w a n t to g iv e u p a w ro n g v ie w . I t th e n o c cu rs to m o n k s : 4 T h is m o n k , y o u r re v e ren ce s, d o es n o t w a n t t o g iv e u p a w ro n g v ie w .
1 C f.
* C f.
Vin. IiL 184 ;

CV. L
iv. 309 ;
3 .0 .
iii. 344.
* C f. : c v . 1, si.
2 5 . i^ O ,
7 .H 13 ]
MAHAVAGGA
IX
475
C o m e, le t u s c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f susp en sio n a g a in s t him fo r n o t g iv in g u p a w ro n g v ie w ' ; a n d t h e y c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f su spen sion a g a in st him for n o t g iv in g u p a w ro n g v ie w , n o t b y ru le , in an in co m p le te a ss e m b ly , , . b y w h a t h as th e a p p e a ra n c e o f ru le , in a c o m p le te assem b ly* T h e c y c le sh o u ld b e w o rk e d o u t. )| J i || " T h is is a case, m o n k s, w h e re a m o n k a g a in s t w h o m a (form al) a c t o f ce n su re h a s b een c a rrie d o u t b y th e O rd er, c o n d u c ts h im self p r o p e r ly ,1 is su b d u e d , m en d s his w a y s ,* a n d a sk s fo r th e re v o c a tio n o f th e (form al) a c t o f ce n su re . I t th en o ccu rs to m o n k s : * T h is m o n k , y o u r reve ren ce s, a g a in s t w h o m a (form al) a c t o f ce n su re w a s ca rrie d o u t b y th e O rd e r, is c o n d u c tin g h im se lf p ro p e rly , is su b d u e d , is m en d in g h is w a y s . Cojrie, le t us re v o k e th e (form al) a c t o f c e n su re 3 a g a in st him J ; a n d t h e y re v o k e th e (form a]) a c t o f cen su re a g a in s t h im , n o t b y ru le, in a n in co m p lete a sse m b ly . H e go es fro m th a t resid en ce to a n o th e r resid en ce. I t o c cu rs to th e m o n k s th e re : JA (form al) a c t o f censure* yo u r re v e ren ce s, a g a in s t th is m o n k w a s re v o k e d b y a n O rd e r, n o t b y ru lcj in a n in co m p le te a sse m b ly . C o m e, le t u s re v o k e th e (form al) a c t o f cen su re a g a in s t h im ' ; a n d t h e y re v o k e th e (form al) a c t o f cen su re a g a in s t him , n o t b y ru le, in a co m p le te a ss e m b ly . * . b y ru le , in a n in c o m p le te a s s e m b ly . . . b y w h a t h a s th e a p p e a ra n ce of ru le , in an in c o m p le te a s s e m b ly . . . b y w h a t h a s th e a p p e a ra n ce o f ru le , in a co m p le te a sse m b ly . |l 13 [ ] Jf T h is is a ca se , m o n k s, w h e re a m o n k a g a in s t w h o m a (form al) a c t o f cen su re h as been c a rrie d o u t b y a n O rd e r co n d u c ts h im se lf p ro p e rly , is su b d u e d , m en d s his w ays* a n d a sk s fo r th e re v o c a tio n o f th e (form al) a c t o f cen su re. I t th en occu rs to m o n k s : ' T h is m o n k , y o u r re v e ren ce s, a g a in s t w h o m a (form al) a c t o f ce n su re h a s b een c a rrie d o u t b y th e O rd er, co n d u c ts h im self p r o p e r ly * . . asks fo r th e re v o c a tio n o f th e (form al) a c t o f cen su re. C o m e, le t u s re v o k e th e (form al) a c t o f cen su re a g a in s t h im ", a n d th e y re v o k e th e (form al) a c t of ccn su re a g a in s t h im , n o t b y ru le, in a c o m p le te a ss e m b ly * ** (as in || 2 5 ||) . . * b y w h a t has th e a p p e a ra n c e o f ru le , in a n in co m p le te a s s e m b ly . || 13 |l
1 *' P r o p e r c o n d u c t g i v e n a t CV< L * <Y* V in . i. 49 (a b o v e, p , 6<>}, * C f. C V . I. 0 , z 5 *i*
47^
BOOK
OF
DISCIPLINE
" T h is is a case, m o n k s , w h e re a m o n k fo r w h o m a (form al) a c t o f g u id a n c e 1 has been c a rrie d o u t b y a n O rd er, co n d u cts h im se lf p ro p e rly , 3s su b d u ed , m en d s his w a y s , a n d a sk s fo r th e r e v o c a tio n o f th e (form al) a c t o f g u id a n c e . . * (as in || 1 2 , 13 II). * . . T h is is a ca se , m o n k s , w h e re a m o n k a g a in st w h o m a (form al) a c t o f b a n ish m e n t3 . . . a (form al) a c t o f re c o n c ilia tio n 3 . * . a (form al) a c t o f su spen sion fo r n o t seein g an o ffe n ce 4 . . . a (form al) a c t o f su sp en sio n fo r n o t m a k in g a m e n d s fo r an o ffe n c e 5 * * * [ 331] a (form al) a c t o f suspension fo r n o t g iv in g u p a w ro n g v i e w 6 h a s been ca rrie d o u t b y a n O rd e r, * . . T h e c y c le sh o u ld be w o rk e d o u t. || 14 ][ M T h is is a case, m o n k s, w h ere a m o n k is a m a k e r o f strife , a m a k e r o f d isp u te s, a m a k e r o f c o n te n tio n , a m a k e r o f b ra w ls , a m a k e r o f le g a l q u e stio n s in th e O rd er. I t th en o ccu rs to m o n k s : * T h is m o n k , y o u r re v e re n c e s, is a m a k e r o f . . , le g a l q u e stio n s in th e O rder* C o m e, le t us c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f cen su re a g a in s t h im * ; a n d t h e y c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f ce n su re a g a in s t h im , n o t b y ru le , in an in co m p le te a sse m b ly . In th is case th e O rd e r d isp u te s, s a y in g : 'A (form al) a c t n o t b y ru le , in an in c o m p le te a sse m b ly ; a (form al) a c t n o t b y rule, in a co m p le te a ss e m b ly ; a (form al) a c t b y ru le, in an in c o m p le te a ss e m b ly ; a (form al) a c t b y w h a t h a s th e a p p e a ra n ce o f rule, in an in c o m p le te a s s e m b ly j a (form al) a c t b y w h a t h a s th e a p p e a ra n c e o f ru le , in a co m p le te a s s e m b ly ; the (form al) a c t is n o t c a rrie d o u t, th e (form al) a c t is b a d ly c a rrie d o u t, th e (form al) a c t sh ould be ca rrie d o u t a g a in / 7 H e rein , m o n k s, those m o n k s w h o sp e a k th u s : fA (form al) a c t n o t b y ru le , in an in co m p le te a sse m b ly \ a n d those m o n k s w h o sp e a k th u s : f T h e (form al) a ct is n o t c a rrie d o u t, th e (form al) a c t is b a d ly c a rrie d o u t, th e (form al) a ct sh o u ld b e c a rrie d o u t a g a in \ th e s e m o n k s are h ere sp ea k e rs o f w h a t is right* ] | 1 5 J| T h is is a case, m o n ks, w h e re a m o n k is a m a k e r o f strife , * a n d t h e y c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f ce n su re a g a in st him , n o t b y ru le, in a c o m p le te a sse m b ly . In th is case th e O rd er
1 S ee C V , I. 9 , 1 12- 3.
See CV. I. 18 . i. 17 . 2. See C V + I. 25. 1 30.

See C V , I . 31 . S ee C V , IS . 5 . - 24 , 1 .
Sets C V . I. 32 35.
T As at
dhammatadino.
Vi?t, iv .
136
iii. 5),
7,i6 18 ]
M A H A V A G G A
IX
477
d isp u te s s a y i n g : . _ . H e rein , m o n k s , th o s e m o n k s w h o sp e a k th u s : *A (form al) a c t n o t b y ru le , in a co m p le te a s s e m b ly ' a n d th o se m o n k s w h o sp e a k th u s : 4 T h e (form al) a c t is n o t ca rrie d o u t, th e (form al) a c t is b a d ly c a rrie d o u t, th e (form al) a c t sh o u ld be c a rrie d o u t a g a in th e s e m o n k s a re here s p e a k e rs o f w h a t is rig h t. T h is is a ca se , m o n k s , w h ere a m o n k is a m a k e r o f strife . . . a n d t h e y c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o( ce n su re a g a in s t h im b y ru le , in an in c o m p le te a ss e m b ly . * * b y w h a t h a s th e a p p e a ra n c e o f ru le , in an in c o m p le te a s s e m b ly - _ . b y w h a t h as th e a p p e a ra n ce o f ru le , in a co m p le te a s s e m b ly . . . th ese m o n k s a re here sp e a k e rs o f w h a t is rig h t. | J1 6 f| " T h is is a case* m o n k s, w h e re a n ig n o ra n t, in e x p e rie n c e d m o n k , fu ll o f o ffen ces, n o t r id o f th e m , liv e s in c o m p a n y w ith h o u seh o ld ers in u n b e c o m in g a s s o c ia tio n w ith h o u seh o ld ers. Tt th e n o ccu rs t o m o n k s : * T h is m o n k , y o u r re v e re n c e s, ig n o ra n t, in ex p e rie n ce d , liv e s * * w ith h o u seh o ld ers. C o m e, le t u s c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f g u id a n ce fo r h im ; a n d t h e y c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f g u id a n c e fo r h im , n o t b y ru le , in a n in co m p le te a ss e m b ly * ^ * n o t b y ru le, in a co m p le te a s s e m b ly . * . - b y ru le , in a n in c o m p le te a s s e m b ly , . . b y w h a t h as th e a p p e a ra n c e o f ru le , in an in co m p le te a ss e m b ly * , . b y w h a t h as th e a p p e a ra n c c o f ru le , in a co m p le te a ss e m b ly . In th is case th e O rd e r d is p u te s . . . th ese m o n k s are h ere sp ea k e rs o f w h a t is r ig h t. T h e se fiv e o cca sio n s in b rief. || 17 || . . . . T h is is a case, m o n k s, w h e re a m o n k b rin g s fa m ilie s in to d is re p u te a n d is of d e p r a v e d c o n d u c t,1 I t th e n o ccu rs to m o n k s : ' . * , let us c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f b a n ish m e n t a g a in s t h im \ . - . T h e se fiv e o c ca sio n s in b rief. T h is is a c a se , m o n k s, w h e re a m o n k re v ile s , a b u se s h o u seh o ld ers. Tt th e n o c cu rs to m o n k s : [332] ' . . * le t us c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f re co n c ilia tio n fo r h im J . . . T h e se fiv e o cca sio n s in brief, T h is is a ca se , m o n k s , w h e re a m o n k h a v in g fa lle n in to an offence d o e s n o t w a n t to see th e o ffen ce * . _ h a v in g fa lle n in to an o ffe n ce d o es n o t w a n t to m a k e a m e n d s fo r th e o ffen ce - . . d o es n o t w a n t t o g iv e u p a w ro n g v ie w . Tt th e n o c cu rs to m o n k s ; r * . , le t u s c a r r y o u t a (form al) a ct o f susp en sio n a g a in s t h im fo r n o t g iv in g u p th e w ro n g v ie w '. * . * T h ese five o c c a s io n s in b rie f. |[ i S [j
* C f. S a n g h . X I I I , a n d a b o v e M V . I X . 7 . 7.
47
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
" T h is is a ca se , m o n k s, w h e re a m o n k a g a in s t w h o m a (form al) a c t o f ce n su re has b e e n ca rrie d o u t b y an O rd er c o n d u c ts h im s e lf p ro p e rly , is su b d u e d , m en d s h is w a y s , an d a sk s fo r th e re v o c a tio n o f th e {form al} a c t o f cen su re. I t th e n o c cu rs to m o n k s : T h is m o n k , y o u r re v e re n c e s, a g a in st w h o m a (form al) a c t o f cen su re h a s b e en c a rrie d o u t b y th e O rd er, c o n d u c ts h im se lf p r o p e r ly . * . a n d ask s fo r th e r e v o c a tio n o f th e (form al) a c t o f cen su re. C o m e, le t u s re v o k e th e (form al) a c t o f cen su re a g a in s t h im rf a n d th ese re v o k e th e (form al) a c t o f cen su re a g a in s t him not b y ru le , in a n in co m p le te assem bly* In th is case th e O rd e r d is p u te s . . . th e se m o n k s here are sp ea k e rs o f w h a t is rig h t. T h is is a case* m o n k s, w h e re a m o n k a g a in s t w h o m a (form al) a c t o f ce n su re has b e en c a rrie d o u t b y a n O rd er, c o n d u c ts h im se lf p r o p e r ly . . . t h e y re v o k e th e (form al) a c t o f ce n su re a g a in st h im , n o t b y ra le , in a co m p le te a s s e m b ly . * . b y ru le , in a n in co m p le te a sse m b ly . H b y w h a t h as th e a p p e a ra n ce o f ru le , in an in c o m p le te a ss e m b ly . , - . b y w h a t h a s th e a p p e a ra n ce o f ru le , in a co m p lete a s s e m b ly . . . th e se m o n k s are h e re sp ea k e rs o f w h a t is rig h t. II19 II ^ T h is is a case, m o n k s, w h ere a m o n k fo r w h o m a (form al) a c t o f g u id a n c e h a s b een c a rrie d o u t b y an O rd e r * * , o f b a n ish m en t * * * o f re co n c ilia tio n , . T o f su sp en sio n fo r n o t seein g an o ffe n ce . . . o f su sp en sio n fo r n o t m a k in g a m e n d s for a n offen ce . , * . o f su spen sion fo r n o t g iv in g u p a w ro n g v ie w , h a s been c a rrie d o u t b y a n O rd er, c o n d u c ts h im se lf p ro p e rly . _ * th ese m o n k s are h ere sp ea k e rs o f w h a t is r ig h t/ ' \\-20 || 7 ]| T h e N in th S e c tio n : th a t on (the m o n ks) a t C a m p a , In th is S e c tio n th e re a re th ir ty - s ix item s. T h is is its k e y :
T h e L o rd w a s a t C am p a r c a se a t V a s a b h a v illa g e , h e m a d e a n effo rt fo r in -co m in g m o n k s in re g a rd to w h a t th e y w a n te d / / L H a v in g k n o w n " T h e y a re a p p o in te d " h e n c e fo rth he m ad e no e ffo rt, th in k in g " S u sp e n d ed , one d o es n o t c a r r y o u t *'r h e w e n t to th e V ic to r , / [333]
s O ldenberg^ s t e x t icchiiAbbaJt* ; C in g . ed n -
MAHAVAGGA
IX
479
A (form al) a c t n o t b y rule* in a n in c o m p le te a s s e m b ly , b y ru le in a c o m p le te a ss e m b ly , a n d a (form al) a c t b y ru le in an in c o m p le te a s s e m b ly , b y w h a t h a s th e a p p e a ra n ce o f ru le in a n in c o m p le te a s s e m b ly , / B y w h a t h a s th e a p p e a ra n c e o f r u le in a c o m p le te a s s e m b ly , o ne su sp en d s one, a n d one tw o , s e v e ra l, one su sp e n d s an O rd er, / T h e n two* th e n se v e ra l, a n d an O rd e r su sp e n d s a n O rd er, th e d istin g u ish e d , o m n iscien t o n e , h a v in g h e a rd , o b je c ts , s a y in g , 11 I t is n o t th e ru le , / W h a te v e r (form al) a c t fo r w h ich th e m o tio n is n o t fu rn ish ed (a lth o u g h ) a p ro c la m a tio n is fu rn ish e d A n d th a t fo r w h ic h th e p ro c la m a tio n is n o t fu rn ish e d a lth o u g h it is fu rn ish ed w ith a m o tio n , f I f n e ith e r is fu rn ish e d a n d i t is also n o t b y ru le , a g a in s t th e te a c h e r 's (in stru ctio n ), p r o te s te d a g a in s t, re v e rsib le , n o t fit to sta n d , / N o t b y ru le, in a n in c o m p le te a s s e m b ly , th e se tw o , b u t ju s t th is ; b y ru le , in a co m p le te a s s e jn b ly is a llo w e d b y th e T ruth fin d er* / F o u rfo ld , fiv e fo ld , te n fo ld a n d tw e n t y a n d m o re th a n tw e n ty fo ld a n O rd e r is th u s o f five k in d s. / H a v in g e x c lu d e d o rd in a tio n a n d w h a te v e r (form al) a c t for I n v ita tio n (th ere is) to g e th e r w ith th e (form al) a c t o f r e h a b ilita tio n th e c a rry in g o u t is b y m e a n s o f a fo u rfo ld Order* / E x c lu d in g tw o (form al) a c ts : o rd in a tio n in th e m id d le d is tr ic ts (and) r e h a b ilita tio n th e c a r r y in g o u t is b y jn e a n s o f a fiv e fo ld O rder* { E x c lu d in g re h a b ilita tio n a lo n e th e se m o n k s a re te n fo ld , a n O rd er of t w e n t y c a rrie s o u t a ll (form al) a c ts , it is th e ca rrie r o u t o f e v e r y th in g . / N u n , p ro b a tio n e r a n d n o v ic e , w o m a n n o v ic e , d is a v o w e r, (one w h o h as c o m m itte d ) an e x tre m e o ffe n ce, one su sp e n d e d fo r n o t seein g a n o ffen ce, / F o r n o t m a k in g am en d s fo r, (fo r n o t g iv in g up) a w ro n g v ie w , e u n u c h , one jiv in g in co m m u n io n as it w e re b y th e ft, (o re g o n e o v e r to) a se c t, a n anim al* s la y e r o f m o th e r, o f fa th e r , / O f o n e p e rfe cte d , se d u cer o f a n u n , schism atic^ sh ed d er o f (a T ru th fin d e r J s) b lo o d , h e rm a p h ro d ite ,
4& o
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
o n e b e lo n g in g to a d ifferen t co m m u n io n , s ta y in g w ith in a d iffe re n t b o u n d a ry , (sta n d in g a b o v e th e grou n d ) b y p s y c h ic p o w er, / O ne a g a in s t w h o m a n O rd er is c a r ry in g o u t a (form al) a c t th ese co m e to be tw e n ty - fo u r (and) t h e y a re o b je c te d to b y th e A w a k e n e d O n e fo r t h e y are n o t c o m p le te rs o f a group* / I f o n e u n d e rg o in g p ro b a tio n sh o u ld a s th e fo u rth m e m b e r g r a n t p ro b a tio n o r sh o u ld re h a b ilita te one (sent b a c k to) th e b e g in n in g o r (under g o in g) manatU * it is n o t a (form al) a c t a n d sh o u ld n o t be c a rrie d out* / So to o , if o n e d e se rv in g th e b e g in n in g o r mdnatta (should re h a b ilita te ) one d e s e rv in g r e h a b ilita tio n th is is n o t in a c co rd a n c e w ith a (form al) a c t th e fiv e a re e x p la in e d b y th e A ll-a w a k e n e d O ne. / N u n , p ro b a tio n e r, n o v ic e , w o m a n n o v ic e , d is a v o w e r, (one w h o h a s c o m m itted ) an e x tre m e (offence)* w h o is m a d , u n h in g e d , in p a in , (suspended) fo r n o t seein g, / F o r n o t m a k in g a m e n d s fo r, fo r (not g iv in g up) a w ro n g v ie w , a n d a e u n u c h a n d a h e rm a p h ro d ite , o ne b e lo n g in g to a d iffere n t co m m u n io n (or) b o u n d a ry (or sta n d in g ) a b o v e th e g ro u n d (b y p s y c h ic p o w er) a n d one a g a in s t w h o m a (form al) a c t is b e in g c a rrie d o u t, / [334] O f th e se e ig h te e n th e p ro te st is n o t v a lid , th e p ro te st is v a lid o f a re g u la r m o n k , / A p u re one m a y be w r o n g ly se n t a w a y , a n d a n ig n o ra n t one r ig h tly sen t a w a y , eu n u ch j one liv in g in co m m u n io n a s it w ere b y th e ft, g o in g o v e r (to a se ct), a n a n im a l, / (Slayer) o f m o th e r, o f fa th e r , o f o n e p e rfe c te d , se d u cer (of a n u n ), sc h is m a tic o f th e O rd er, sh e d d e r o f {a T ruth-finder*s) b lo o d a n d also a h e rm a p h ro d ite a n d w h ic h e v e r / O f th e se e le v e n is n o t m e a n t fo r re sto ra tio n . H a n d s, fe e t, b o th th e se, ears, no se, b oth th e se, / F in g e rs, n a ils, te n d o n s, on e w h o h a s w e b b e d h an d s, h u n ch b a ck , a n d d w a rf, one w h o h a s g o itre , w h o h as b een branded* sco u rged , a n d w h o h a s been w ritte n a b o u t a n d one w h o h a s ele p h a n t!a sis, /
MAHAVAGGA
IX
481
O n e w h o is b a d ly ill, w h o h a s d is g ra c e d a n a ss e m b ly , w h o is b lin d , a n d o n e w ith a c ro o k e d lim b , la m e , a n d a ls o o n e . w h o is p a ra ly s e d , a c rip p le , o n e w e a k th r o u g h a g e , b lin d fro m b irth * d u m b , a n d d e af, / B lin d a n d d u m b , (blind and) d e a f, a n d d u m b a n d d e a f lik e w is e , a n d b lin d -d e a f-d u m b : a ll th e se t h ir t y - t w o >/ T h e ir re sto ra tio n w a s e x p la in e d b y th e all e n lig h te n e d one. (A n offence) t h a t sh o u ld b e seen , fo r w h ic h a m e n d s sh o u ld be m ade* (a w ro n g v ie w ) t o b e g iv e n u p d oes n o t e x is t, / T h e re a re se v e n (form al) a c ts su s p e n d in g h im w h ic h sure n o t le g a lly v a lid , A n d th ese se v e n t h a t a re n o t le g a lly v a lid fo r o n e c o m p ly in g w ith h is fallin g* / A m o n g (form al) a c ts th e re a re se ve n t h a t a re le g a lly v a lid fo r one n o t c o m p ly in g w ith h is fallin g* in th e p resen ce of, in te rro g a tio n , a n d a c c o rd in g a s i t is a n d o n th e a c k n o w le d g m e n t, / In n o ce n ce, p a s t in s a n ity , d e p r a v it y ,1 a n d o n a c c o u n t o f ce n su re , b a n ish m en t, re c o n c ilia tio n , a n d su sp en sio n , p r o b a tio n , / T h e b e g in n in g , m anatta , r e h a b ilita tio n , a n d th u s o r d in a tio n ; th ese s ix te e n 3 are n o t le g a lly v a lid i f it sh o u ld c a r r y o u t one fo r a n o th e r ,3 / T h e se six te e n are q u ite le g a lly v a lid i f it sh o u ld c a r r y o u t th e a p p ro p ria te o n e fo r t h a t o n e ,4 re c ip ro c a lly t h e y sh o u ld e x p la in h o w th e se six te e n a re n o t le g a lly v a lid , / W h e n c o n d itio n e d fo r It p a ir e d 5 : th e s e s ix te e n a re a lso le g a lly v a lid , w h en co n d itio n e d (for it) s in g ly : th e c o n q u e ro r s a id th e c y c le * is n o t le g a l, j O n e w h o m a k e s s t r if e 7 : th e O rd e r ca rrie s o u t a (form al) a c t o f b a n ish m e n t
1 H e r e p<ipika fo r tassapaptyyasiha. 1 O n l y fifte e n lis te d a b o v e : n issaya (p la c in g under) g u id a n c e , is o m itte d . -4 rr arL Q r<j eri see j x . a, h u t if it carries out a fo rm a l act that
is Qot ap p rop riate a n d -do-es not fit th e case, that fo rm a l act is n o t legally valid ,
* ia*ft
*
kareyya tarn toss a solas' ate sudh&tttmihS*
dvcduetantiiia& tim .
* c a & k * 'wheel, c y c le * series. 7 O ld e n b e rg; a t V i n i. 394.. n o tes t h a t " a ll th ree M S S , read karako w here th e a c c u s a t iv e w o u ld h a v e b e e n e x p e c te d .
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
n o t b y ru le , in an in c o m p le te a s s e m b ly ; lie g o e s to a n o th e r re sid e n c e f / T h e re t h e y c a rrie d o u t a (form al) a c t o f cen su re a g a in s t h im , n o t b y r u le ,1 in a c o m p le te a ss e m b ly , elsew h ere t h e y c a rrie d o u t a (form al) a c t o f b a n ish m e n t a g a in s t him b y ru le , in a n in co m p le te assem bly* / A n d t h e y lik e w ise ca rrie d o u t one w h ic h in b o th c a se s h a d th e a p p e a ra n ce o f ru le , in a n in co m p le te a ss e m b ly , in a c o m p le te a ss e m b ly , a n d n o t b y rule in a co m p le te a s s e m b ly , a lso b y ru le in an in c o m p le te a sse m b ly , / A n d b y w h a t h a d th e a p p e a ra n ce o f ru le in an in co m p le te a s s e m b ly , a n d in a co m p le te a ss e m b ly : th e se ca se s, h a v in g done w h a t is c o n d itio n e d s in g ly , p u t th e c y c le to g e th e r. / G u id a n c e fo r on e w h o is ign orant* in e x p erie n ced , b a n ish m en t fo r one w h o b rin g s a fa m ily in to d isrep u te. A n d t h e y c a rrie d o u t a (form al) a c t o f re co n cilia tio n fo r a re v ile r, / [335] A n d fo r w h o e v e r d o es n o t see, d oes n o t m a k e a m e n d s for (an o ffen ce), does n o t g iv e u p a (w rong) v ie w : fo r th e se a (form al) a c t o f su spen sion w a s d ecreed b y th e le a d e r o f th e c a ra v a n . / T h e w isd o m o f th e se (form al) a c ts o f susp en sio n sh o u ld be a p p lie d to cen su re, a n d if, b e in g su b d u ed , c o n d u c tin g h im se lf p ro p e rly , he h a s asked , / T h e revocation o f th ese or those (formEd) a c ts is according to th e (forrnal) a c ts b e lo w .2 A n d if in th is o r t h a t case he d isp u te s som e (form al) a c t / A n d says, I t w a s n o t ca rrie d o u t, i t w a s b a d ly c a rrie d o u t, it sh o u ld be ca rrie d o u t a g ain " , fu rth e r, co n ce rn in g th e re v o c a tio n o f th e (form al) a c t : th ese m o n k s are sp ea k e rs o f w h a t is right* / T he G reat S a g e , h a v in g seen fa llin g a w a y fro m sh a k in e ss3 in one e n title d (to ta k e p a r t in a fo rm al) a c t p re sc rib e d re v o c a tio n , a s a surgeon m edicine* [330]
1 G Id e n b e r g 's t e x t ' r e s d s dhumm en a ; C in g e d n T tQlihAdJiartt-rtttmx a n d see M V . I X . 7- i, * " below " is e qu ivalen t t o o u r above 1 v ip a t tiv y a d h it e . C in g . e d n .
483
THE
GREAT
D IV IS IO N
A t on e tim e th e a w a k e n e d on e, th e L o r d w a s s t a y in g a t K o s a m b i in G h o s ita 's m o n a s te r y . N ow . a t t h a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k h a d fa lle n in to a n o ffen ce ; h e s a w t h a t o ffen ce a s a n o ffen ce b u t o th e r m o n k s s a w t h a t o ffe n ce a s no o ffen ce. A f t e r a tim e h e sa w t h a t o ffe n ce a s n o o ffe n c e , w h ile th e o th e r m o n k s sa w th a t offen ce a s a n o ffc n c e . T h e n th ese m o n k s sp o k e th u s to th a t m o n k : ** Y o u , y o u r r e v e re n c e , h a v e fa lle n in to a n oflfence- D o y o u see th is offen ce ? ,p T h e re is n o t a n o ffen ce o f m in e , y o u r re v e re n c e s, t h a t I ca n s e e / T h e n th e s e m o n k s , h a v in g o b ta in e d u n a n im ity , su sp e n d e d t h a t m o n k fo r n o t se e in g th e o ffen ce. || 1 || B u t t h a t m o n k h a d h e a rd m u c h / h e w a s one t o w h o m th e tr a d itio n h a d been h a n d e d d o w n ; he w a s an e x p e r t o n dham m a, an e x p e r t o n d iscip lin e, a n e x p e r t o n th e su m m a rie s h e w a s w'ise, e x p e rie n c e d , c le v e r ; he w a s c o n scien tio u s, scru p u lo u s, d esirous o f tra in in g . T h e n t h a t m o n k , h a v in g a p p ro a c h e d m o n k s w h o w ere h is c o m ra d e s a n d in tim a te s, sp o k e t h u s : 14 T h is is no o ffe n c e ,a y o u r reveren ces* th is is n o t a n offence ; I a m u n fa lle n , E h a v e n o t fa lle n ; I a m u n su sp e n d e d , I am n o t su sp e n d e d : I w a s su sp en d ed b y a (form al) a c t t h a t w a s n o t le g a lly v a lid , reversible* n o t fit to stan d - L e t th e v e n e ra b le o n es be m y p a rtis a n s o n a c c o u n t o f th e ru le , on a c c o u n t o f d iscip lin e/* A n d t h a t m o n k g a in e d a s p a rtis a n s th e m o n k s w h o w e re h is c o m ra d e s a n d in tim a te s . A n d h e sen t a m e ssen g e r to m o n k s m th e c o u n tr y w h o w ere h is co m ra d e s a n d in tim a te s , s a y in g : T h is is n o o ffen ce, y o u r r e v e r e n c e s _ _ * n o t fit to sta n d . L e t th e v e n e ra b le o n e s be m y p a rtis a n s on a c c o u n t o f th e r u le , on a c c o u n t o f d iscip lin e/ * A n d t h a t m o n k g a in e d as p a rtisa n s th o se m o n k s in th e c o u n tr y w h o w ere h is c o m ra d e s a n d in tim a te s . |[ 2 H T h e n th e se m o n k s w h o to o k th e p a r t o f th e su sp e n d e d one a p p ro a c h e d th o se m o n k s w h o h a d su sp e n d e d h im ; h a v in g
1 C/* V in. i. 319 (above, p, 157). A s ab o ve, p. 449.
44
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
a p p ro a c h e d , t h e y sp o k e th u s to th e m o n k s w h o h a d su sp en d ed h i m : " T h is is n o o ffe n ce, y o u r re v e ren ce s, th is ls n o t a n offen ce ; th is m o n k is u n fa lle n , th is m o n k h a s n o t f a l l e n ; th is m o n k is u n su sp en d ed , th is m o n k [337] is n o t su sp e n d e d ; he w a s su sp e n d e d b y a (form al) a c t th a t w a s n o t le g a lly v a lid , re v e rsib le , n o t fit t o sta n d / * W h e n t h e y h a d sp o k en th u s, th e m o n k s w h o h a d su sp en d ed h im sp o k e th u s to th e m o n k s w h o to o k th e p a r t o f th e su sp en d ed o n e : " T h is is a n o ffen ce, y o u r re v e re n c e s, th is is n o t n o o ffe n ce ; th is m o n k h a s fa lle n , th is m o n k is n o t u n fa lle n ; th is m o n k is su sp en d ed j th is m o n k is n o t u n su sp e n d e d ; h e w a s su sp e n d e d b y a (form al) a c t t h a t w a s le g a lly v a lid , irre v e rsib le , fit to sia n d D o n o t y o u , y o u r reverences* ta k e th e p a r t o f th is su sp e n d e d m o n k , d o n o t sid e w ith h im / ' B u t th o se m o n k s w h o to o k th e p a r t o f th e su sp e n d e d (m onk), a lth o u g h b e in g sp o k en to th u s b y th e o n e s w h o h a d su sp e n d e d h im , s till t o o k th e p a r t o f th a t su sp en d ed m o n k a n d sid e d w ith him . || 3 || T h e n a c e rta in m o n k a p p ro a c h e d th e L o rd 1 h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , he sa t d o w n a t a re sp e c t fu l d ista n ce. A s he w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n c e , th a t m o n k sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : T h is is a ca se , L o rd , w h ere a c e rta in m o n k h a s fa llen in to a ji o ffen ce, l i e sa w t h a t offen ce a s a n o ffen ce b u t o th e r m o n k s sa w th a t o ffen ce a s n o o ffe n ce. A ft e r a tim e he s a w t h a t o ffen ce a s n o o ffen ce, w h ile th e o th e r m o n k s sa w t h a t o ffen ce a s a n o ffen ce. T h e n , L o rd , th o se m o n k s sp o k e th u s to th a t m o n k : . * * (as in || r ||) * _ , , D o y o u see th is o ffe n ce > ' H e sa id : - T h e re is n o t a n o ffen ce o f m in e , y o u r re v e re n c e s, th a t I c a n see \ T h e n , L o rd , th ese m o n k s , h a v in g o b ta in e d u n a n im ity , su sp en d ed th a t m o n k fo r n o t se e in g th e o ffen ce. B u t , L o rd , t h a t m o n k h a d h e a rd much* h e w a s one t o w h o m th e tra d itio n h a d been h a n d e d d o w n * .* * d e siro u s o f training* T h e n , L o rd , t h a t m o n k , h a v in g a p p ro a c h e d m o n k s w h o w e re h is co m ra d e s a n d in tim a te s * - . {as i n |[2 [J). - - * A n d , L o rd , th a t m o n k g a in e d a s p a rtisa n s th e m o n k s w h o w e re h is c o m ra d e s a n d in tim a te s , * . . A n d , L o rd , t h a t m o n k g a in e d a s p a rtis a n s th b se m o n k s in th e c o u n tr y w h o w ere h is co m ra d e s a n d in tim ates* T h e n , L o rd , th o se m o n k s w h o to o k th e p a r t o f th e su sp en d ed o n e . * . (as in II 3 1 1 )- - * W h e n t h e y h a d sp o k e n th u s , L o rd , th e m o n k s w h o h a d su sp e n d e d him sp o k e th u s : . . . B u t th o se m o n k s, L o rd ,
1*4 7 ]
M A H A V A G G A
485
w h o t o o k th e p a r t o f th e su sp e n d e d (m on k) a lth o u g h b e in g sp ok en to th u s b y th e on es w h o h a d su sp e n d e d h im , s till to o k th e p a r t o f th a t su sp en d ed m o n k a n d sid e d w it h h im ." |f 4 |f T h e n th e L o rd , th in k in g : r* T h e O rd e r o f m o n k s is d iv id e d , th e O r d e r o f m o n k s is d iv id e d >,J r is in g fro m h is s e a t a p p ro a c h e d th e m o n k s w h o h a d su sp e n d e d {th a t m o n k ) ; h a v in g a p p ro a c h e d , h e sa t d o w n o n th e a p p o in te d se a t. A s h e w a s s ittin g d o w n , th e L o rd sp o k e th u s t o th e m o n k s w h o h a d su sp en d ed (th a t m o n k) : " D o n o t y o u , m o n k s, th in k in g : ' Tt a p p e a rs so to u s, i t a p p e a rs so to u s d eem th a t a m o n k sh o u ld be su sp en d ed on e v e r y o cca sio n . |[ 5 ,J T h is is a ca se , m o n k s, w h e re a m o n k h a s fa lle n in to a n o ffen ce. H e sees th a t o ffe n ce as n o o ffe n c e ; o th e r m o n k s see th a t offen ce a s an o ffen ce. I f , m o n k s, th o se m o n k s k n o w c o n c e r n in g 'th a t m o n k : * T h is v e n e r a b le on e has h e a r d m u c h , h e is on e to w h o m th e tr a d itio n h a s b een h a n d e d d o w n - . d esiro u s o f training* I f w e su sp en d th is jn o n k fo r n o t seein g th e o ffen ce [338] w e c a n n o t c a r r y o u t th e O b s e rv a n c e to g e th e r w ith th is m o n k , w e w ill c a r r y o u t th e O b s e rv a n c e w ith o u t th is m o n k fro m th is so u rce th e re w ill be s trife , dispute* c o n te n tio n , b ra w ls , fo r th e O rd e r, th e re w ill b e sch ism in th e O rd er, d issen sion in th e O r d e r / a lte r c a tio n in th e O rd e r, d ifferen ces in th e O r d e r / M o n k s, t h a t m o n k sh o u ld n o t be su sp en d ed fo r n o t seein g an offence b y m o n k s b e n t o n a schism * II 6 I I " T h is is a ca se , m o n k s, w h e re a m o n k h a s fa lle n in to an o ffence. H e sees t h a t o ffe n c e . . . (as i n |[ 6 ||) * * . i f w e su sp en d th is m o n k fo r n o t se e in g th e offen ce w e c a n n o t in v ite to g e th e r w ith th is m onk* w e w ill in v ite w ith o u t th is m o n k ; w e c a n n o t c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f th e O r d e r to g e th e r w ith th is m onk* wf e w ill c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f th e O rd e r w ith o u t th is m o n k ; w e c a n n o t s it d o w n on a se a t to g e th e r w ith th is m o n k , w e w ill s it d o w n on a s e a t w ith o u t th is m o n k ; w e c a n n o t sit d o w n to d rin k c o n je y to g e th e r w ith th is m o n k , w e w ill s it d o w n to d rin k c o n je y w ith o u t th is m o n k j w e c a n n o t s it d o w n in a r e fe c to r y to g e th e r w it h th is m o n k , w e w ill sit d o w n in a r e fe c to r y w ith o u t th is m o n k ; w e c a n n o t s t a y underone ro o f to g e th e r w ith th is m o n k , w e w ill s t a y u n d e r o n e ro o f
1 F o r f u r t h e r r e f e r e n c e s t o s a r h g h o b h e d a s a m g h a r d ji se e 5 , i ) , i i , 2 3 3 , 3.
2K
486
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
w ith o u t th is m o n k ;x w e c a n n o t, a c co rd in g t o se n io rity , c a r r y o u t g r e e tin g to g e th e r w ith th is m o n k , risin g u p b e fo re (one a n o th e r), s a lu tin g w ith jo in e d p a lm s, d o in g th e p ro p er d u tie s, b u t w e w ill, a c co rd in g to se n io rity , c a r r y o u t g re e tin g s * - , d o in g th e p ro p e r d u tie s w ith o u t th is m o n k fro m th is so u rce th e re w ill b e strife , . . d ifferen ces in th e O r d e r / - M o n k s, t h a t m o n k sh o u ld n o t b e su sp e n d e d fo r n o t se e in g a n o ffen ce b y m o n k s b e n t o n a s c h is m / 1 ]] 7 |] T h e n th e 'L o r d , h a v in g sp o k en o n th is m a tte r w ith th e m o n k s w h o h a d su sp en d ed th a t in o n k , risin g from his se a t, a p p ro a ch e d th o se m o n k s w h o w e re ta k in g th e p a rt o f th e su sp e n d e d (m onk) ; h a v in g a p p ro a c h e d , he sat d o w n on th e a p p o in te d se a t. A s he w a s s ittin g d o w n , th e L o rd sp o k e th u s to th e m o n k s w h o w ere ta k in g th e p a r t o f th e su sp en d ed (m onk) : r< D o not y o u , m o n k s, h a v in g fa lle n in to a n o ffen ce, d eem th a t a m e n d s sh o u ld n o t b e m a d e fo r th e o ffen ce, th in k in g : * W e h a v e n o t fa lle n *. T h is is a c a se , m o n k s, w h e re a m o n k h a s fa lle n in to an offen ce ; h e sees t h a t o ffcn ce as n o offence ; o th e r m o n k s see th a t offcnce a s a n o ffen ce. I f, m o n k s, th a t m o n k kn o w s co n c e rn in g th o se m o n k s : ' T h ese v e n e ra b le on es h a v e h e a rd m u ch , . . (as in |{ 2 (I) * . * d esiro u s o f tra in in g . I t is im p o ssib le fo r th e m , b ecau se o f m e or b e ca u se o f a n y o n e else, to fo llo w a w ro n g co u rse th ro u g h d esire, th ro u g h h a tre d , th ro u g h s tu p id ity , th ro u g h fea r. I f th e s e m o n k s su spen d m e fo r n o t seein g th e o ffen ce, [339] if t h e y d o n o t c a r ry o u t th e O b se rv a n c e to g e th e r w ith m e, i f t h e y c a r ry o u t th e O b se rv a n c e w ith o u t m e . . . if t h e y d o n o t in v ite to g e th e r w ith m e , if t h e y in v ite w ith o u t m e * . . if th e y , a cco rd in g to se n io rity , c a r ry o u t g re e tin g s w ith o u t m e, risin g u p b efo re (one a n o th e r), sa lu tin g w ith jo in e d p a lm s, d o in g th e p ro p er d u tie s from th is source th e re w ill be for th e O rd e r strife * . . d iffere n ces in th e O rd er M onks, th e o ffen ce sh o u ld be co n fessed e v e n o u t o f fa ith 1 in o th ers b y a m o n k w h o is b e n t o n a sch ism /* T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g sp o k en o n th is m a tte r w ith th e m o n k s w h o to o k th e p a r t o f th e su sp en d ed (m on k), risin g fro m h is se a t, d e p a rted , }|S|| N o w a t th a t tim e m o n k s ta k in g th e p a rt o f a su sp en d ed
1 C /. P 5c. irix. * C orrect oi te x t to saddh&ya* and mant&naip $add hay a deSffmi.
Vitt. ii, ^89 apt cd[y<w-
l. g 10 ]
M A H A V A G G A
487
(m onk) ca rried o u t th e O b se rv a n c e ju s t th e re w ith in th e b o u n d a r y , a n d ca rried o u t a (form al) a c t o f th e O r d e r ; b u t th e m o n k s w h o h a d su sp e n d e d (him ), h a v in g g o n e o u tsid e th e b o u n d a r y , c a rrie d o u t th e O b s e rv a n c e a n d c a rrie d o u t a (form al) a c t o f th e O rd e r (th ere). T h e n a c e rta in m o n k w h o h a d su sp en d ed h im , a p p ro a c h e d th e L o r d h a v in g a p p ro a c h e d , h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , h e sa t d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d istan ce* A s he w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a re s p e c tfu l d is ta n c e , t h a t m o n k sp o k e th u s t o th e L o r d : " L o rd , th e s e m o n k s w h o a re ta k in g th e p a r t o f a su sp en d ed (m onk) are c a r ry in g o u t th e O b se rv a n c e ju s t th e re w ith in th e b o u n d a ry , t h e y a re c a r ry in g o u t a (form al) a c t o f th e O rd e r'; b u t w e , th e m o n k s w h o h a v e su sp e n d e d h im , h a v in g g o n e o u tsid e th e b o u n d a ry , a re c a r r y in g o u t th e O b se rv a n c e , w e a re c a r r y in g o u t a (form al) a c t o f th e O rd e r (th e re )/ ' " M o n k , if th e s e m o n k s w h o a re ta k in g th e p a r t o f th e su sp e n d e d (m onk) a re c a r r y in g o u t th e O b s e rv a n c e ju s t th e re w ith in th e b o u n d a ry a n d a re c a r r y in g o u t a (form al) a c t o f th e O rd er, th ese (form al) a c ts o f th e irs w ill b e le g a lly v a lid , irre v e rsib le , fit to sta n d b e c a u se a m o tio n a n d a p ro c la m a tio n h a v e been la id d ow n b y m e. Tf* m o n k , y o u m o n k s w h o su sp en d ed h im , c a r r y o u t th e O b se rv a n c e ju s t th e re w ith in th e b o u n d a ry , i f y o u c a r r y o u t a (form al) a c t o f th e O rd er, th ese (form al) a c ts o f y o u r s a re a lso le g a lly v a lid , irreversible* fit to sta n d , b e c a u s e a m o tio n a n d a p ro c la m a tio n h a v e b een la id d o w n b y m e. |[ 9 [ | W h a t is th e reaso n fo r th is ? T h e se m o n k s b e lo n g to a d iffe re n t co m m u n io n from y o u r s a n d y o u b e lo n g to a d ifferen t co m m u n io n fro m theirs* M o n k , th e r e a re th e s e tw o g ro u n d s fo r b e lo n g in g to a d ifferen t co m m u n io n : e ith e r , o f o n e se lf one m a k e s o n eself b e lo n g to a d ifferen t c o m m u n io n ,1 o r a co m p le te O rd e r su sp en d s one fo r n o t seein g o r fo r n o t m a k in g a m e n d s fo r o r fo r n o t g iv in g u p . M o n k , th e re a r e th e s e tw o g ro u n d s fo r b e lo n g in g to a d iffe re n t c o m m u n io n . M o n k , th e re a re th e s e tw o g ro u n d s fo r b e lo n g in g to th e sam e co m m u n io n : e ith e r, o f o n eself one m a k e s o n e se lf b e lo n g t o th e sam e co m m u n io n , o r a co m p le te O rd e r resto res one w h o w a s su sp en d ed fo r n o t se e in g o r fo r n o t m a k in g a m en d s fo r o r fo r n o t g iv in g up.
* A cco rd in g to V A . 1143 h e chooses to sit am ong those who spea.k d h am m a and rath er than a m o a g those w h o do not.
488
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
M onk* th e re are th e se tw o g ro u n d s fo r b e lo n g in g to th e sa m e c o m m u n io n / 1 |[ 10 j| 1 |[ [340] N o w a t th a t tim e m onks* c a u sin g q u a rrels, c a u sin g strife , fa llin g in to d isp u te s in a r e fe c to r y a m id s t th e ho u ses, b e h a v e d u n s u ita b ly to w a r d s on e a n o th e r in g e stu re , in sp eech ; th e y ca m e to blows. P e o p le lo o k e d d o w n u p o n , critic ise d , sp re a d it a b o u t, s a y in g : 4f H o w ca n th e se reclu ses, so n s o f th e S a k y a n s , c a u s in g q u a rre ls . . . co m e to b lo w s ? " M o n k s h e a r d th ese p e o p le w h o * - * sp re a d it about* T h o se w h o w ere m o d e st m o n k s . * . sp re a d it a b o u t, s a y in g : 4* H o w c a n th e se m o n k s , - . com e to b lo w s ? " T h e n th e se m o n k s to ld th is m a tte r to th e L o rd . H e said : " Is it tr u e , as is said , m o n k s, t h a t m o n k s . , . ca m e to b lo w s ? " " I t is tr u e . L o r d / ' H a v in g re b u k e d th e m , h a v in g g iv e n re aso n ed t a lk , h e a d d ressed th e m o n k s , s a y in g : " M o n k s, if an O rd e r is d iv id e d , i f it is b e h a v in g n o t a c co rd in g to th e ru le , if th e re is u n frien d lin ess, y o u sh o u ld sit d o w n on a se a t t h i n k i n g : *At le a s t w e w ill n o t b e h a v e u n s u ita b ly to o n e a n o th e r in g e stu re , in sp eech ; w e w ill n o t com e to b lo w s/ M on ks, if a n O rd e r is d iv id e d b u t if it is b e h a v in g a c co rd in g to th e ru le , i f th e re is frien d lin ess, y o u m a y sit d o w n on a se a t n e x t (to on e a n o th e r )/ ' | J i || N o w a t th a t tim e 3 m o n ks, m a k in g q u a rrels, m a k in g strife , fa llin g in to d isp u te s in th e m id s t o f a n O rd er, w o u n d e d one a n o th e r w ith th e w e a p o n s o f th e to n g u e ; 4 t h e y w ere n o t a b le t o s e ttle th a t le g a l q u e stio n . T h e n a c e rta in m o n k a p p ro a ch e d th e L o r d ; h a v in g a p p ro a c h e d , h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , he sto o d a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n ce. A s he w a s sta n d in g a t a re sp e c tfu l distance* t h a t m o n k sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : ** T h is is a case. L o rd , w h e re m o n k s, m a k in g q u a rre ls . . . a re n o t a b le to se ttle th a t le g a l question* I t w o u ld b e g o o d , L o rd , i f th e L o r d o u t o f co m p assio n w e re to a p p ro a c h th o se m o n k s / 1 T h e L o rd co n se n te d b y b e co m in g sile n t. T h e L o r d a p p ro a c h e d th o se m o n k s ; h a v in g a p p ro a c h e d he sa t d o w n o n th e a p p o in te d
1 E n d o f t h is s to r y g iv e n a t X * 5 . u T
* Cf* P a c b t x i v p I x x v ,
2 |[ = A f. iii. 1 52 f., w ith , s lig h t
* mxikhasattihi a s a t
U d. 6 7, A .
70, J& . i. 3 4 1 T
2.2 3]
M A H A V A G G A
489
seat* A s h e w a s s ittin g d o w n , th e L o r d sp o k e th u s t o th o se m onks : " E n o u g h , m o n k s ; n o s tr ife , n o q u a rre ls, n o c o n te n tio n , n o d is p u tin g / ' W h e n h e h a d sp o k e n th u s , a c e rta in m o n k w h o sp o k e w h a t w a s not-dA am m a 1 sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : ** L o rd , le t th e L o rd , th e dham m a-Tnastcr2 w a it ; L o rd j le t th e L o rd , u n c o n c e rn e d ,8 liv e in te n t o n a b id in g in ease here a n d n o w ;4 zptf w ill be (held) a c c o u n ta b le fo r th is strife , q u a rrel, c o n te n tio n , d is p u tin g / ' A n d a seco n d tim e th e L o rd sp o k e th u s to th ese m o n k s :5 " E n o u g h , m o n k s ; n o s trife . , , n o d is p u tin g / ' A n d a se c o n d tim e th e m o n k s w h o sp o k e w h a t w a s not-dkam m a sp ok e th u s to th e L o r d : [341] Jr L o rd , le t th e L o rd , th e dAtfwm&z-master w a it ; . T _ w s w ill b e (held) a c c o u n ta b le fo r th is - * . d is p u tin g / ' T h e n th e L o rd a d d re sse d th e m o n k s, s a y in g : | | 3 || O nce upon a tim e ,* m o n k s, a t B e n a re s B r a h m a d a t ta w a s k in g o f K a s i ; he w a s rich , w e a lt h y , o p u le n t, o f g r e a t stre n g th , w ith m a n y v e h ic le s ; he h a d la rg e te rrito rie s, fu ll sto reh o u ses a n d g ra n a rie s. D ig h lti w a s th e n a m e o f th e k in g o f K o s a la , H e w a s poor, o f lit t le w e a lth , o f fe w m ea n s, o f little s tre n g th , w ith fe w ve h ic le s, h e h a d (on ly) sm a ll te rrito rie s , sto reh o u ses and g ra n a rie s th a t w ere n o t fu ll. T h e n , m o n k s , B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i, h a v in g a r r a y e d a fo u rfo ld a r m y / m a rc h e d a g a in s t D ig h lti, th e K in g o f K o s a la , T h e n , m o n k s, D ig h fti, th e K in g o f K o s a la , h e a rd : * T h e y s a y th a t B r a h m a d a t ta , th e K in g o f K a s i, h a v in g a r r a y e d a fo u rfo ld a rm y , is m a rc h in g a g a in s t m e / T h e n , m o n k s, it o c cu rre d to D ig h lti, th e K in g o f K o s a la : ' N o w B r a h m a d a tta , K in g o f K a s i, is rich , w e a lth y , o p u le n t * , . fu ll sto reh o u ses a n d granaries* I a m n o t c o m p e te n t to sta n d a g a in s t e v e n on e a t t a c k o f B r a h m a d a t ta , K in g o f K a s i.
1
VA.
W in t h e a.
adhamrrtavSditt, or,
1 1 5 0 a ls o f o r m s a y s : o n e a t o c c u r s 'w it h i n d u la w h ic h t h e
o n e o f
- a d h e r in g t h o s e 2 .3 7 = i. 2 0 2 ,
t o
or
ii i . i.
p r o fe s s in g p a r t o f
what was
2 2 = t h e t w
o t
-dkamnta*
( m o n k , ) 2 6 5 = 2 8 3 ., b lie s ,
t a k i n g t h e
t h e
s u s p e n d e d v . o
o r d
M , i.
as at
ilhammxia
JJ. adhcttntrta-vddini a t
S* iv , 94*
cf. A .
48=
4 . ^ .
A.
in
i i
C / . 7 5 .
a L s o
a s s e m
riftdmmmi,
* appossukfta as a-t Af. L 331, 459* V in k ti. 1 83 in afipossuhkab f above, Vin, i* 5* 4 d iU h t* d k a ? n r ti& 5u h h i x v i h u rcit'. a a a.t A * ii. 2 3 , JVf. a. 4 0 * 3 3 1 , jSS, 5 . ii. 239. 1 He spoke the third time " m X , 2 . 20., below. * C f . Jd. iii. a n , 4B7 ff. 1 See Fi* iv. J05 iiH 375 and notes), .
a similarsentenc
459, K iw .
ii.
49
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
S u p p o se I w e re to flee fro m th e to w n b e fo re h a n d ? r T h en , m o n k s, D ig h iti, K in g o f K osala,, ta k in g h is c h ie f co n so rt, fled fro m th e to w n b e fo re h an d . T h e n , m o n k s, B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i, c o n q u e rin g th e tro o p s1 a n d v e h ic le s a n d te r r ito r y a n d sto reh o u ses a n d g ra n a rie s o f D Ig h lti, th e K in g o f K o s a la , liv e d as th e m a ste r. T h e n , m on ks, D ig h lti, th e K in g o f K o s a la , se t o u t fo r B e n a re s w ith his w ife. In d ue co u rse he a r r iv e d a t B en a re s. M onks, D lg h lti, th e K in g o f K o s a la , d w e lt th ere w ith h is w ife in a c e rta in p la ce a d jo in in g B e n a re s in a p a tte r 's house, in d isguise, c lo th e d 2 a s a w an d erer. II3 il " T h e n soon, m onks, th e c h ie f c o n so rt o f D lg h lti, th e K in g o f K o s a la , b e ca m e p re g n a n t. Sh e h a d a fa n c y o f th is k in d i she w a n te d , a t sun rise, t o see a fo u rfo ld a r m y a rra y e d , a rm o u red , s ta n d in g on le v e l g ro u n d 3 an d to d rin k a t the w a sh in g o f th e sw o rd s.4 T h e n , m o n ks, th e c h ie f co n so rt o f D ig h iti, th e K in g o f K o s a la , sp ok e th u s to D Ig h lti, th e K in g of K o s a la : 1 S ire, T a m p re g n a n t ; a fa n c y o f th is k in d h as risen in m e : I w a n t, a t sun rise, to see a fo u rfo ld a r m y . . . a n d to d rin k a t th e w a sh in g o f the sw o rd s/ H e said : ' L a d y , w h en ce is th e re fo r u s w h o are in d istre ss a fo u rfo ld a r m y a rra y e d , a rm o u red , sta n d in g on le v e l g ro u n d and a w a sh in g o f th e sw ords ? * Sh e sa id : ' I f I , sire, do n o t g et a ch an ce (to h a v e m y w ish) I sh a ll d ie / |[ 4 [ | " N o w a t t h a t tim e , m o n k s , th e b ra h m a n p rie s t o f B ra h m a * d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i, w a s a frien d o f D fg h lti, th e K in g of K o sa la , [342] T h e n , m o n k s, D lg h lti, th e K in g o f K o sa la , a p p ro a c h e d th e b ra h m a n p rie s t o f B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d * he sp o k e th u s to th e b ra h m a n p riest
4 b a ia , a s a b o v e w h e r e r e n d e r e d ,r s tre n .g th 1 ck a n n a ca .a a ls o m e a n c o n c e a le d .
C f - M A . ii. 97 subh&miyan ti SMrabh&miyatji.. drink the w ater w ith which swords were washed. C f. AfAvs, x x ii. 42-45 where -another pregnant queen "longed t o drink (the w ater) th a t had served to clean&e the sword w ith w hich the head of th e first warrior am ong k in g E la ra 's warriors had been cut off " , (Geiger's translation.) F . L . W oodw ard refers m e to J. A b b o tt, K *ys of O .U .P ., p. 168, " T h e sword of the ftf&rStha S iv a ji, preserved a t S a tlr a , has power, and w ater in which it has been washed is & cure for obstructed delivery < . See also T + R . G lover, Springs of C .U .P .* I 9,45 - P- 1* quoting Seneca* Nat. Qu. iii, 2, ,T 'T h e re are w aters wholesome* useful, and w aters d e a d ly an d putrid . . . some rem ove barrenness' a belief found in other authors (A thenaeusP 41 f. quotes Theophrastus, Hist, c f Plants, to this e f f e c t ) /
* kk& ggdnatji dh cvsin am pdSUtnt to
1 subhummiyam thitatjt.
6]
m a h
v a g g a
49*
o f B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i : fA Lady frien d o f y o u rs , o ld d e a r,1 is p r e g n a n t ; a fa n c y o f th is k in d h a s risen in h e r : she w a n ts, a t su n rise to se c a fo u r fo ld a r n iy . . . a n d to d rin k a t the w a s h in g o f th e sw o rd s/ H e s a id ; 'W e l l th en , sire, le t us see th e queen to o / T h e n , m o n k s, th e c h ie f c o n so rt o f D Ighlti* th e K in g o f K o s a la , a p p ro a c h e d th e b ra h m a n p rie st o f B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a sL T h e n , m o n k s, t h a t b ra h m a n p riest o f B r a h m a d a tta , the K in g o f K a s i, s a w th e c h ie f c o n so rt o f D ig h iti, th e K in g o f K o s a la , c o m in g in th e d ista n c e , a n d se e in g h er, risin g fro m his sea t, h a v in g a rra n g e d h is u p p e r robe o v e r on e sh o u ld er, h a v in g w ith jo in e d p a lm s sa lu te d th e c h ie f co n so rt o f D Ig h lti, th e K in g o f K o s a la , h e th re e tim e s u tte re d th is u tte ra n c e : * In d e e d , a k in g o f K o s a ia is in y o u r w o m b , in d eed , a k in g o f K o s a la is in y o u r w o m b / A n d he sa id : ' D o n o t be d istressed , qu een , y o u w ill g e t th e c h a n c e a t th e tim e o f sun rise to see a fo u rfo ld a r m y arrayed * a rm o u red , sta n d in g o n le v e l g ro u n d a n d to d rin k a t th e w a s h in g o f th e sw o rd s/ [ J g |j ,f T h e n , m o n ks, th e b ra h m a n p rie s t o f B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i, a p p ro a c h e d B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i : h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed , he sp o k e th u s to B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i : ' S ire, the signs th a t a re v isib le are su ch th a t to -m o rro w a t th e tim e o f su n rise a fo u rfo ld a r m y a rra y e d , a rm o u red , m u st sta n d o n le v e l g ro u n d a n d th e sw o rd s m u s t be w a sh e d / T h e n , m o n k s, B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i, en jo in ed p eo p le, s a y in g : ' G o o d sirs, d o a s th e b ra h m a n p riest s a y s / So, m onks, th e c h ie f co n so rt o f D lg h ltir th e K in g of K o s a la , g o t th e ch a n c c at th e tim e o f su n rise o f se e in g a fo u rfo ld a r m y a rra y e d , arm o u red , sta n d in g on le v e l g ro u n d , an d of d rin k in g a t th e w a sh in g of th e sw ords. Then* m onks* th e c h ie f co n so rt o f D ig h iti, th e K in g o f K o s a la , w h en th e c h ild in her w o m b h ad re a ch ed m a tu r ity , g a v e b ir th to a son. T h e y g a v e him th e n am e o f D lg h a v u ^ T h e n , m o n k s, soon a fte rw a rd s P rin ce D Ig h a v u a tta in e d y e a rs of d iscretio n *3 || 6 [[
J SfiM -zma.
T h e m eaning, in b oth spellings,, is Longevity, D E gh & vu 's sto ry is given a t J a , iii. 2 11 f,, 487 ft ; i t J d . i i i 490 he is identified w ith th e B od h isatta. D h p . lo g is said to h ave been spoken o n his account. D h A . ii. 23.5. B A s a,t V in . 1. 269* in th e Jd ta k a this ago is u su ally r e ck o n e d to be a b o u t sixteen.
" L-ongevai " { V in . T exts ii- 2 9 7).
* Som e MSS. spell D lgh 5 yu.
492
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
" T h e n , m o n k s, it o ccu rre d to D lg h l t i th e K in g o f K o s a la : * T h is B r a h m a d a tta , K in g o f K S s i, h a s done u s m u c h jn isch ie f ; o u r tro o p s a n d ve h icle s an d te rrito rie s a n d sto reh o u ses a n d g ra n a rie s h a v e b een sto len b y him . I i h e k n e w a b o u t u s h e w o u ld h a v e a ll th ree of u s p u t t o d e a th . Sup pose I sh o u ld m a k e P rin ce D ig h a v u liv e o u tsid e th e to w n ? ' T h e n , m o n ks, D lg h iti. th e K in g o f K o s a la , m ad e P rin ce D ig h a v u liv e o u tsid e th e to w n . T h e n , m o n k s, [34* 3] P rin ce D ig h a v u , w h ile liv in g o u tsid e th e to w n , soon le a rn t e v e r y c r a ft. j| 7 [ J *' N o w a t th a t tim e , m o n k s, th e b a rb e r o f D lg h iti, th e K in g o f K o s a la , d w e lt a t (the c o u r t of) B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a si. T h e b a rb er o f D ig lu ta, th e K in g o f K o s a la , saw D lg h iti, the K in g o f K o s a la , w ith h is w ife in a ce rta in p la ce a d jo in in g B en a re s, d w e llin g in a p o tte r 's house, in d isg u ise, c lo th e d aS a w a n d e re r ; seein g h im , he a p p ro a c h e d B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i ; h a v in g a p p ro a c h e d , h e sp oke th u s to B ra h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i : ' S ire, D lg h iti, th e K in g o f K o s a la , is d w ellin g w ith h is w ife * * * c lo th e d a s a w a n d e re r/ \ [ 8 || " T h e n , m o n k s, B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i, en jo in ed th e p e o p le , s a y in g : * W e ll th e n , go od sirs, b rin g a lo n g D lg h iti, th e K in g o f K o s a la , w ith his w ife .' A n d , m on ks, th ese p eo p le h a v in g an sw ered , - Y e s , sire in assent to B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i, b ro u g h t a lo n g D lg h iti, th e K in g o f K o sa la , w ith his w ife. T h e n , m o n ks, B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i, en jo in ed the p eo p le, sa y in g : " W e ll n ow , g o o d sirs, h a v in g b o u n d D lg h iti, th e K in g of K o sa la , a n d his w ife w ith sto u t cord, th e ir arm s p in io n ed t ig h t ly b eh in d th e ir b a c k s ,1 h a v in g sh a v e d th e m b a ld ,a h a v in g p a ra d e d them to a h a rsh -so u n d in g k e ttle -d ru m fro m stre e t to stre e t, from cross-road t o cross-road , h a v in g e je c te d th e m b y th e so u th ern g a te o f th e to w n , h a v in g a t th e so u th o f th e to w n 3 ch o p p ed th e m in to fo u r pieces, d iscard th e picces to th e fo u r q u a rte rs / A n d these p eo p le, m on ks, h a v in g a n sw e re d , ' Y e s , sire r, in assen t to B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a si, h a v in g b o u n d D lg h iti, th e K in g o f K o s a la , and h is w ife w ith sto u t co rd , th e ir arm s pin ion ed tig h t ly beh in d th e ir b a c k s, h a v in g sh a v e d th e m b a ld , p a ra d e d th em w ith a * c/.:
d
. L 245 .
cf. A . it. 2 4 1, S . ii- 128 , iv . 344.
* C f D . i_ 98. 1 T h is w h o le p a s s a g e is s t o c k ;
2.g 12 ]
MAHAVAGGA
493
h a rsh -so u n d in g k e ttle -d ru m fro m stre e t to stre e t a n d fro m cro ss-ro ad to cross-road. || 9 || T h e n , m o n k s , i t o ccu rred to P rtn ce D ig h a v u : * I t is a lo n g tim e sin ce I h a v e seen m y p a re n ts. Sup pose n o w I sh o u ld see m y p a re n ts ? ' T h e n , m o n k s, P rin ce D ig h a v u , h a v in g en tered B e n a re s, s a w h is p a re n ts b o u n d w ith s to u t co rd , th e ir arm s pin ion ed tig h tly b eh in d th e ir b a c k s, sh a v e d b a ld , p a ra d in g t o a h a rsh -so u n d in g k e ttle -d ru m fro m stre e t to stre e t, fro m cross-road t o c r o s s - r o a d ; a n d seein g th e m h e a p p ro a c h e d his p a re n ts. T h e n , m o n k s, D lg h iti, th e K in g o f K o s a la , s a w P rin ce D ig h a v u c o m in g from a fa r , a n d seein g h im h e sp o k e th u s to P rin ce D ig h a v u : ' D o n o t y o u , d e a r D ig h a v u , Look fa r o r clo se for, d e ar D ig h a v u , [344] w r a th fu l m o o d s a r e n o t a lla y e d b y w ra th : w ra th fu l m oo d s, d e a r D ig h a v u , a re a lla y e d b y non w r a th / 1 | 1 10 || -f W h en h e h a d spoken th u s , m o n k s, th ese p eo p le sp o k e th u s to D lghiti* th e K in g o f K o s a la : * T h is D lg h iti, th e K in g o f K o s a la , is m a d , h e is ta lk in g gib b erish - W h o is D ig h a v u to him th a t h e sh o u ld sp e a k th u s : *f D o n o t y o u . * , b y non w ra th ? 1 H e said ; 1 I a m n o t m a d , g o o d sirs, I a m n o t ta lk in g g ib b e rish ; w h a t is m o re , w h o e v e r is le a rn e d w ill u n d e rsta n d / A n d a seco n d tim e , m o n k s, . _ _ A n d a th ird tim e, m o n k s, d id D lg h iti, th e K in g o f K o s a la , sp e a k th u s to P rin ce D ig h a v u : f D o n o t y o u , d e a r D ig h a v u , lo o k fa r o r close + * < b y n o n -w ra th / A n d a th ir d tim e* m o n k s, d id th ese p eo p le sp e a k th u s to D lg h iti, th e K in g o f K o s a la : r T h is D lg h iti, the K in g o f K o s a la , is m a d . , . / A n d a th ird tim e , m o n k s, d id D lg h iti, the K in g o f K o s a la , sp e a k th u s to th e s e p eo p le : ' T am n o t m a d . , , w h o e v e r is le a rn e d w ill u n d e rs ta n d / T h e n , m onks, th ese p eo p le h a v in g p a ra d e d D lg h iti, th e K in g o f K o s a la , a n d h is w ife fro m stre e t to stre e t, fro m cro ss-ro a d to cro ss-ro ad , h a v in g e je c te d th e m b y th e so u th e rn g a te , h a v in g ch o p p ed th e m in to fo u r p ie ce s a t th e so u th o f th e to w n , h a v in g d isca rd e d th e p ieces to th e fo u r q u a rters, a n d h a v in g sta tio n e d tro o p s3 (there), d e p a rted . ]| r r [j " T h e n , m onks* P rin ce D ig h a v u , h a v in g e n te red B en a re s, h a v in g b ro u g h t b a c k stro n g d rin k , m a d e th e troops d rin k it.
1 C f, D k p . 5* 1 gumba. T h e m e a n in g is e x p la in e d X . 2 , 19.
* gvtm biye.
494
BOOK
OF
DISCIPLINE
W h en th e se h a d fa lle n d o w n , in to x ic a te d , th e n (D lgh avu ) h a v in g c o lle c te d stic k s, h a v in g m ad e a fu n eral p y re , h a v in g p u t his p a re n ts ' b o d ie s on to th e fu n e ra l p y re , h a v in g lit it. th re e tim e s c irc u m a m b u la te d th e fu n e ra l p y r e , h is p a lm s jo in e d . N o w a t th a t tim e B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i, w a s on an u p p er te rra ce o f h is p a la ce . H e s a w P rin ce D lg h a v u , m onks, th re e tim es c irc u m a m b u la tin g the fu n era l p y re , his p alm s jo in ed , a n d se e in g h im it o c cu rre d to h im : ' U n d o u b te d ly th is m a n is a re la tio n o r a k in sm a n o f D ig h fti, th e K in g o f K o sa la . Alas,, th is sp ells m isfo rtu n e fo r m e, for n o one w ill te ll m e w h a t it m e a n s/ | | 12 | { Then* m o n k s, P rin ce D ig h a v u , h a v in g g o n e to a ju n g le , h a v in g cried a n d w e p t, h a v in g d rie d h is te a rs, h a v in g e n tered B en ares* h a v in g gone to a n e le p h a n t sta b le n ear th e k in g 's palace* sp ok e th u s to th e e le p h a n t t r a in e r : 1 I w a n t to learn th e c r a ft, te a c h e r / 1 H e s a id : W e ll th e n , m y g o o d youngster, learn it / Then* m onks, P rin c e D lg h a v u , risin g in th e n ig h t to w a r d s d a w n , sa n g in a sw e e t v o ic e in th e e le p h a n t sta b le a n d p la y e d th e lute*3 A n d m o n k s, B r a h m a d a tta , the K in g o f K asi* risin g in th e n ig h t to w a rd s d a w n h e a rd the singing in th e sw eet v o ic e a n d th e lu te - p la y in g in the e le p h a n t sta b le ; h a v in g h eard , h e a sk e d th e p eo p le : * W h o , g o o d sits [345], r isin g in the n ig h t to w a rd s d aw n , w a s sin g in g in a s w e e t vo ice a n d p la y in g a lu te in th e e le p h a n t sta b le ? ' II 13 I I f< ' Sire, a y o u n g s te r, a p u p il o f such an d such an e le p h a n t tra in e r, risin g in the n ig h t to w a rd s d a w n p w a s sin gin g in a sw eet vo ice an d p la y in g a lu te in th e e le p h a n t sta b le / H e sa id : ' W e ll th e n , g o o d sirs, b rin g th a t y o u n g s te r a lo n g / A n d , m o n k s, th ese p eo p le, h a v in g an sw ered , * Y e s , sire ', in assent to B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i, b ro u g h t a lo n g P rin ce D lg h a v u . (T he k in g sa id :} " D id y o u , m y g o o d y o u n g ster, rising - * * sin g in a sw e e t v o ic e a n d p la y a lu te in the e le p h a n t s ta b le ? ' ' Y e s , s ir e tp he satd> 1 W e ll, th e n , do y o u , m y go od y o u n g s te r, sin g a n d p la y th e lu te (before m e )/ A n d , m onks* P rin ce D lg h a v u , h a v in g an sw ered , Y e s , sire \ in assen t to B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i, lo n g in g for success, s a n g in
1 dcartya, te a ch e r o r train er* m a ? ta v a b a . * H e m a y h a v e le a r n t to s in g a n d p la y w h en h e lea rn t *' e v e r y c r a f t 1' (end oi X> 2- 7), o r h e m a y h a v e lea rn t th ese accomplishcrLEuts. as p a r t of th e e le p h a n t c r a ft, e le p h a n ts b e in g n o to r io u s ly fond o f m usic.
f
3,14 1 6]
MAHAVAGGA
495
a sw e e t v o ic e a n d p la y e d th e lu te . T h e n , m o n k s, B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i, sp o k e th u s to P rin ce D ig h a v u : ' D o y o u , m y g o o d y o u n g s te r, a tte n d on m e / T h e n , m on ks. P rin ce D ig h a v u a n sw e re d ' Y e s , sire , in assen t to B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a si. T h e n , m o n k s, P rin c e D ig h a v u b e ca m e an e a rlie r rise r th a n B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i, he la y d o w n la te r, he w a s a w illin g se rv a n t, e a g e r to p le a se , sp e a k in g a ffe ctio n a t e ly / T h e n , m o n k s, B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i, soon e sta b lish e d P rin c e D ig h a v u in a co n fid e n tia l p o sitio n o f tr u s t, il 14 I I ' T h e n , m onks* B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i, sp o k e th u s to P rin ce D ig h a v u ; * W e ll n o w , g o o d y o u n g s te r, h a rn ess a c h a rio t, I w ill go o u t h u n tin g / A n d , m onks* P rin c c D ig h a v u h a v in g an sw ered , f Y e s , sire *, in a sse n t to B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i, h a v in g h a rn e ssed a c h a rio t, sp o k e th u s to B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i ; fA ch a rio t is h a rn e ssed fo r y o u , sire ; fo r th is y o u m a y th in k it is n o w th e rig h t tim e / T h e n , m o n k s, B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g of K a s i, m o u n te d th e c h a rio t, P rin ce D ig h a v u d ro ve th e c h a rio t, a n d h e d ro v e th e c h a rio t in su ch a m an n er th a t th e a r m y w e n t b y one w a y a n d th e c h a rio t b y a n o th e r. T h e n , m o n k s, B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i, h a v in g gone fa r, sp o k e th u s t o P rin ce D ig h a v u : ' W e ll n ow , g o o d y o u n g s te r, u n h arn ess th e c h a rio t j as I ajn tire d I w ill lie d o w n / A n d , m o n k s. P rin ce D ig h a v u h a v in g a n sw e re d * Y e s , sire \ in a ssen t to B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i, h a v in g u n h arn essed th e c h a rio t, s a t d o w n cro ss-legged on th e g ro u n d . T h e n , m o n ks, B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i, la y d o w n h a v in g la id h is h e a d on P rin cc D ig h a v u 's la p , a n d b e ca u se h e w a s tir e d he fell asleep a t once. |] 15 | | T h e n , m o n k s, it o ccu rre d to P rin cc D ig h a v u : T h is B r a h m a d a tta , K in g o f K a s i, h as d one u s m u c h [346] m isch ief, h e h as sto len ou r tro o p s a n d v e h ic le s a n d te r r ito r y an d s to re h ouses, a n d g ra n a ries, a n d h e h a s k ille d m y p a re n ts. T h is c o u ld be a tim e w h e n I c o u ld sh o w m y w r a th / a n d he d rew his sw o rd fro m it s sh e a th . T h e n , m o n k s, it o c cu rrc d t o P rin ce D ig h a v u : ' M y fa th e r sp o k e to m e th u s a t th e tim e o f h is d y in g : " D o n o t y o u , d ear D ig h a v u , lo o k fa r o r close, fo r, d e a r D ig h a v u , w r a th fu l m ood s a re n o t a lla y e d b y w r a t h : w ra th fu l m oods, d e a r D ig h a v u , a re a lla y e d b y n o n -w ra th / '
1 A s a t 5 * liL 113 .
496
BOOK
OF
DISCIPLINE
I t w o u ld n o t be su ita b le for m e to tra n sg ress m y fa th e r's w o rd s/ a n d h e rep la ced h is sw o rd in its sh eath - A n d a second tim e, m o n k s, it o ccu rre d t o P rin c e D lg h a v u : f T h is B r a h m a d a t t a . * . w h e n I c o u ld sh o w m y w r a th / a n d h e d re w his sw o rd fro m its sh eath . A n d a secon d tim e , m o n k s, it occu rred to P rin ce D lg h a v u : 1 M y fa th e r sp o k e to m e thus* . , . I t w o u ld not b e su ita b le fo r m e to tra n sg re ss m y fa th e r 's w o rd s/ an d a g a in h e re p la ced h is sw o rd in its sh e ath . A n d a. th ir d tim e . * . a n d a g a in h e re p la ced his sw ord in its sh eath . T h e n , m o n ks, B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i, frigh tened* a g ita te d , fe a rfu l, a la rm e d , s u d d e n ly g o t u p . T h e n , m onks, P rin ce D lg h a v u sp o k e th u s to B r a h m a d a tta , the K in g o f K a s i : * W h y d o y o u , sire, frig h te n ed - . - s u d d e n ly g e t u p ? J H e sa id : -A s I w a s d re a m in g h ere, m y go od yo u n g ste r, th e son o f D Tghlti, th e K in g o f K o s a la , a tta c k e d m e w ith a sw ord. T h a t is w h y I, frig h te n e d . . . s u d d e n ly g o t u p / || 16 |j T h e n , m o n k s. P rin ce D lg h a v u , h a v in g stro k e d the h e a d o f B r a h m a d a tta , the K in g o f K a s i, w ith h is le ft h an d , h a v in g d ra w n h is sw o rd w ith h is rig h t h a n d , spoke th u s to B ra h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i : * I, sire, am P rin ce D lg h a v u , th a t son o f D ig h lti, th e K in g o f K o s a la . Y o u h a v e done u s m u ch m isch ief, o u r tro o p s, v eh icles, te r r ito r y , sto reh o u ses a n d g ra n a rie s w ere sto len b y you* a n d m y p a re n ts w ere k ille d b y y o u . T h is co u ld b e a tim e w hen I c c u id show m y w r a th / Then* m on ks, BTa-hrnariaifa, th e K in g o f K a s i, in clin in g h is h e a d to w a rd s P rin ce D ig h a v u 's fe e t, sp ok e th u s to P rin ce D lg h a v u : f G r a n t me m y life , d e a r D lg h a v u , g r a n t m e m y life , d e a r D lg h a v u / " * H o w a m I a b le to g r a n t life to a k in g ? I t is a k in g w h o sh o u ld g ra n t m e life / ** * W e ll th en , d e ar D lg h a v u , y o u g ra n t m e life a n d I w ill g ra n t y o u life / T henj m onks* B r a h m a d a tta , the K in g o f K a s i, and P rin ce D lg h a v u g ra n te d life to one a n o th e r a n d th e y to o k h o ld o f (one a n o th er's) h a n d s a n d t h e y m ad e an o a th to d o (one another) n o h arm . T h e n , m o n k s, B ra h m a d a tta * th e K in g o f K S s i( sp o k e th u s t o P rin ce D lg h a v u : [347] 4 W e ll th en , d e a r D lg h a v u , harness th e ch a rio t ; we w ill g o a w a y / A n d , m o n k s, P rin ce D lg h a v u , h a v in g answ ered* * Y e s , sire in assen t to B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K asi* h a v in g h arn essed th e chariot* sp o k e th u s t o B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i : ' T h e
8-1719]
M A H A V A G G A
497
c h a rio t is h arn essed fo r y o u , sire ; fo r th i^ y o u m a y th in k it is n o w th e rig h t time** T hen* m o n k s, B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i, m o u n te d th e c h a rio t, P rin c e D ig h a v u d ro v e th e chariot,, a n d he d ro v e th e c h a rio t in su ch a m a n n e r th a t soon it m et th e arm y* |[ 1 7 ]| " Then* m o n ks, B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i, h a v in g e n te re d B en ares, h a v in g h a d th e m in iste rs a n d c o u n cillo rs c o n ve n e d , sp o k e th u s : ' I f, g o o d sirs, y o u sh o u ld see P rin ce D ig h a v u , th e son o f D lg h iti, th e K in g o f K o s a la , w h a t w o u ld y o u do to h im ? Som e sp o k e th u s ; * W e , sire* w o u ld c u t o ff h is h a n d s ; w e , sire, w o u ld c u t o ff h is fe e t ; w e, sire, w o u ld c u t o ff h is h a n d s a n d fe e t ; . - h is ears, , * , h is nose, , , , h is e ars a n d n o se , . * w e , sire, w o u ld c u t o ff h is h e a d / H e said : 1 T h is, g o o d sirs, is P rin c e D ig h a v u , th e so n o f D ig h iti, th e K in g o f K o s a l a ; th ere is n o o cca sio n to d o a n y th in g (again st him ) ; life w a s g ra n te d b y h im to m e a n d life w a s g ra n te d b y m e to h im .1 || i S ]| 4 4 T h e n p m o n ks, B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i, sp o k e th u s t o P rin ce D i g h a v u ; 4 C o n cern in g th a t, d e ar D ig h a v u , w h ic h y o u r fa th e r sa id to y o u a t th e tim e o f d y in g 1 *r D o n o t y o u , d e a r D ig h a v u , lo o k fa r o r c lo se , fo r, d e a r D ig h a v u , w ra th fu l m oods are not a lla y e d b y w r a th : w ra th fu l m oo d s, d ear D ig h a v u , are a lla y e d b y n o n -w ra th " w h a t d id y o u r fa th e r m ean ? J H e sa id : - C o n ce rn in g th a t, sire, w h ic h m y fa th e r said to m e a t th e tim e o f d y in g " n o t fa r m ean s : d o n o t b ear w ra th long- T h is is w h a t m y fa th e r s a id to m e, sire, a t th e tim e o f d y in g w h en h e sa id " n o t fa r M , C o n ce rn in g t h a t, sire, w h ich m y fa th e r sa id to m e a t th e tim e o f d y in g " n o t close m ean s ; d o n o t h a s tily b re a k w ith a friendT h is is w h a t m y fa th e r sa id to m e , sire, a t th e tim e o f d y in g w h en h e sa id n o t clo se C o n ce rn in g th a t, sire, w h ic h m y fa th e r sa id to m e a t th e tim e o f d y in g *4 fo r, d e ar D ig h a v u , w ra th fu l m oods a re n o t a lla y e d b y w r a th : w r a th fu l m ood s, d e a r D ig h a v u , a re a lla y e d b y n o n -w ra th ** m e a n s : m y p a re n ts w ere k ille d b y a k in g , b u t if I w e re to d e p riv e th e k in g o f life th o se w h o d esired the k in g 's w e lfa re w o u ld d e p riv e m e o f life a n d th o se w h o d esired m y w e lfa re w o u ld d e p riv e th ese o f life ; th u s th a t w ra th w o u ld n o t b e s e ttle d b y w r a th ,1 B u t n ow
* C / . stmilsu; s e n tim e n ts a t S* i* &5, 2 5 6 -7 .
498
BOOK
OF
DISCIPLINE
t h a t life is g ra n te d m e b y a k in g an d life is g ra n te d a k in g b y m e, th u s is w r a th se ttle d b y n o n -w ra th . T h is is w h a t m y fa th e r sa id to m e, sire, a t th e tim e o f d y in g w h en h e sa id ; " fo r, d ear D lg h a v u , w r a th fu l m o o d s are not a lla y e d b y w r a th ; w ra th fu l moods* d e a r D lg h a v u , a re a lla y e d b y n o n -w ra th V \\J9 \ \ . . ** T h e n , m o n k s, B r a h m a d a tta , th e K in g o f K a s i, th in k in g : [348] 4 In d eed , it is m a rv e llo u s, ind eed , it is w o n d e rfu l th a t th is P rin ce D lg h a v u is so c le v e r t h a t h e u n d e rsta n d s in fu ll th e m a tte r w h ic h w a s sp o k en b y h is fa th e r in b rie f \ g a v e b a c k h is fa th e r 's tro o p s an d v e h ic le s an d te r r ito r y a n d storehouses an d g ra n a ries, a n d h e g a v e him h is d a u g h te r. N o w , m o n ks, i f su ch is th e fo rb ea ra n ce a n d gen tlen ess o f k in g s w h o w ield th e sc e p tre / w h o w ie ld th e sw ord, herein, m o n k s, let y o u r lig h t sh in e fo r th so th a t y o u w h o h a v e go n e fo rth in th is dhamma a n d d iscip lin e w h ich are th u s w ell ta u g h t1 1 m a y b e e q u a lly fo rb e a rin g a n d g e n tle ." A n d a th ird tim e 3 th e L o rd sp oke th u s to th ese m o n k s : E n o u g h , m o n k s ; n o strife , no q u arrels, n o co n te n tio n , n o d is p u tin g .'1 A n d a th ird tim e th a t m o n k w h o sp o k e w h a t w a s n o t dhamma sp o k e th u s to the L o rd : L o rd , le t th e L o rd , th e dham m a- m a ste r, w a it ; L o rd , let th e L o rd , u n co n cern ed , liv e in te n t o n a b id in g in ease here a n d n o w ; we w ill be (held) a c co u n ta b le fo r th is strife , q u a rrel, c o n te n tio n , d is p u tin g ." T h e n th e L o rd , th in k in g : T hese fo o lish m en are a s th o u g h in fa tu a te , it is not e a s y lu persuad e th e m , risin g u p from h is sea t, departed* (J 20 || 2 || T h e F ir s t P o rtio n fo r R e p e a tin g : th a t on D ig h a v u T h e n the L o r d / h a v in g d resse d in th e m orning, ta k in g his b o w l a n d robe, e n te re d K o s a m b l for alm sfoo d ; h a v in g w a lk e d fo r alm sfo o d in K o sa m b l, b rin g in g b a c k his a lm sb o w l a fte r his m eal, h a v in g p a c k e d a w a y h is lo d g in g , ta k in g his bow] an d ro b e an d sta n d in g in th e m id st o f th e O r d e r / h e spoke these v e rse s :
l &dinna~dan$a.* t a k e u p a s tic k . V a n d a also m ea n s p u n is h m e n t. So th e p h ra se m a y m ea n , in s te a d o f *' scep tre rp, 4t w h o u s e v io le n c e M or " w h o m e te o u t p u n ish m e n t * C f MV* V . 3. * F ir s t a n d seco n d tim e s o ccu r a t X * 2 . 2. * t / iii. 15 3 ' 1 O m itte d a t M . iii. 15 3 .
m a h a v a g g a
499
'* W h e n a ll1 in c h o ru s b a w l, n o n e feels a fo o l, n o r th o u g h th e O rd e r is d ivid ed * th in k s o th e rw ise . W ith * w a n d e rin g w its th e w ise a c re s ra n g e a ll th e field o f t a lk ; w ith m o u th s ag ap e to fu ll e x te n t, w h a t le a d s th e m o n th e y k n o w n o t. T h e y w h o 3 (in th o u g h t) b e la b o u r th is : T h a t m an h a s m e a b u se d , h as h u rt, h a s w o rs te d m e , h a s m e d e sp o ile d : in th ese w r a th 's n o t a lla y e d . T h e y w h o d o n o t b e la b o u r th is : T h a t m a n h as m e ab u sed , h as h u rt, h a s w o rs te d m e , h as m e d e sp o ile d ; in th e m w r a th i s a lla y e d . N a y , n o t b y w r a th are w r a th fu l m o o d s a lla y e d here (and) a t a n y tim e , but b y n o t-w ra th are t h e y a lla y e d : th is is a n (ageless) endless rule. P e o p le d o n o t d iscern th a t here w e s tra ite n e d are (in life, in tim e ) / b u t th e y w h o h e re in d o d isc e rn , th e r e b y tlie ir q u a rrels are a lla y e d . [349] R u ffia n s w h o m a im a n d k ill, s te a l c a t t le , steed s a n d w ealth* w h o p lu n d er re a lm s fo r th ese is co n co rd . W h y sh o u ld th e re n o t b e fo r y o u ? I f one find* frie n d w ith w h o m t o fare R a p t in th e w e ll-a b id in g , a p t, su rm o u n tin g d an gers o n e a n d a ll, w ith jo y fa re w ith h im m in d fu lly ,
1 A l l th ese ILnes o c c u r a t JVf* ill. 15 4 , J a . iii. 4SS. 1 T his, c o u p le t also a t U d . v . 9 , I b o rro w W o o d w a r d 's tr a n s la tio n o i it. 1 T h i s v e r s * a-nd th e n e x t th ree a lso o ccu r a t Z>hp- 3 -6 J a . iii. 2 1 2 , * T h i s lin e is a lso a t 7 *hag. ^ 75. T hi& v e r s e is a lso a t D h p . 338 = S n . 4.5* I b o r r o w E , M_ H a r e 's tr a n s la tio n .
5oo
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
F in d in g none a p t 1 w ith w h o m to fa re . N o n e in th e w e ll-a b id in g ra p t, A s r a ja h q u its th e co n q u ere d re a lm , fa re lo n e ly a s b u ll-e le p h a n t in e le p h a n t ju n gle. B e tt e r 1 th e fa rin g o f one alone, th ere is n o co m p a n io n sh ip w ith th e fo o lish , fa re lo n e ly t u n co n cern ed , w o rk in g n o e v il, a s b u ll-e le p h a n t in e le p h a n t-ju n g le / ' Ii I II 3 | J T h e n th e L o r d ,8 h a v in g sp ok en th e se v erses a s h e w a s s ta n d in g in th e m id st o f th e O rd er, a p p ro a c h e d B a la k a lo n a k a r a v illa g e .4. N o w a t th a t tim e th e v e n e ra b le B h a g u * w a s s ta y in g in B a la k a lo n a k a x a v illa g e . T h e n th e v e n e ra b le B h a g u saw th e L o rd co m in g fro m a fa r ; seein g him* h e m ad e r e a d y a se a t, set o u t w a te r fo r th e fe et, a fo o tsto o l, a fo o t-sta n d , a n d h a v in g go n e to m e e t h im , h e re c e iv e d h is b o w l a n d robe. T h e n th e L o rd s a t d o w n on th e s e a t m a d e r e a d y ; a s h e w a s s ittin g d o w n he h a d h is fe e t b a th e d . A n d th e v e n e ra b le B h a g u , h a v in g g ree te d th e L o r d , s a t d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n ce. A s the v e n e ra b le B h a g u w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce, th e L o rd sp o k e th u s to him : " I h o p e, m o n k , th in g s are g o in g w e ll, I h o p e y o u are k e e p in g go in g , I h o p e y o u are n o t sh o rt o f alm sfood /* " T h in g s are go in g w e ll, L o rd , I am k e e p in g go in g , L o rd , a n d . L o rd , I am n o t sh o rt o f a lm sfo o d , T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g d e lig h te d , re jo ice d , roused, g la d d e n e d th e v e n e ra b le B h a g u w ith t a lk on dhamma * risin g fro m his sea t, d e p a rted fo r th e E a s te r n B a m b o o G r o v e .1 [f i ||
1 T h i s verse = Z>hp+ 339 S , 46 (-except fo r Last line). 1 T h i s ve rse = I>hp. 330. * AT. iii* 154 c o n tin u e * in ac co rd a n ce w ith a b o v e , an d */ / 4 . iii. 489* * See T ^ P - P ./ / . fo r u n c e r ta in ty o i th e rea d in g f/lf- aiL 154* J& , iii- 4 8 ^ M A _ hi. 55, iv* 206 read -g 3 m a : D h A . i. 56, 3 d . ii* 304, T h a g A . i. 3 So (S ia m , ed n.) read -dram a) , a n d fo r th e M a jjh im a [ M A + iii- 55) tw o in te r p r e ta tio n s o i th e m e a n in g o f th e n am e, * H is verses are * t Thag- 2 / 1 - 4 , M e n tio n e d a t ii. i 8 a f / J . i- 140, iii. 489, i o 7* D h A t i. 56, 13 3 . A c c o r d in g t o ZX-P.P.jV. he is p r o b a b ly n o t th e sam e a s th e B h a g u m e n tio n e d a t V in . L. 300. * A c c o r d in g t o M A . iv . 206 t h is w a * o n t h e a d v a n ta g e s o f solitarin ess. T P c !iia v a ; i p .sa(m iga)d 5.ya. S ee A A . iv + 1 1 7 fo r in te r p re ta tio n o f th e n am e. M e n tio n e d a t (besides M , iii. 155 ) T h a g , 155, A . iv , 3 2 S , D h A . L 56, Thag A . S6*
4,2 3]
M A H A V A G G A
501
N o w a t t h a t tim e th e v e n e ra b le A n u ru d d h a 1 a n d th e v e n e r a b le N a n d iya .3 a n d th e v e n e ra b le K ijn b ila 3 w ere s ta y in g in th e E a s te r n B a m b o o G r o v e .4 T h e k e e p e r o f th e G ro v e sa w th e L o rd c o m in g fro m a fa r j seein g h im h e sp o k e th u s to th e L o r d : D o n o t, reclu se, e n te r th is G r o v e ; th e fe are th re e y o u n g m en o f re sp e cta b le fa m ilies s ta y in g here d esirin g s e lf5 ; d o n o t ca u se th e m d isco m fo rt/* T h e v e n e ra b le A n u ru d d h a h e a rd th e k e e p e r o f th e G ro v e c o n fe rrin g w ith th e L o rd ; h a v in g b e a rd , be sp oke th u s to th e k e e p e r o f the G ro v e : w D o n o t, g o o d g r o v e - k e e p e r , [350] im p ed e th e L o rd . Tt is o u r te a c h e r, th e L o rd , w h o is a rriv in g .* ' T h e n th e v e n e ra b le A n u ru d d h a , a p p ro a ch e d th e ve n e ra b le N a n d iy a a n d th e v e n e ra b le K jm b ila ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , he sp ok e th u s to th e v e n e ra b le N a n d iy a a n d t o th e v e n e ra b le K im b ila : " G o fo rw a rd , v e n e ra b le ones, go fo rw a rd , v e n e ra b le ones ; o u r teach er* th e L o r d is a r r iv in g / 1 11311 T h e n th e v e n e ra b le A n u ru d d h a a n d th e v e n e ra b le N a n d iy a a n d th e ven e ra b le K im b ila , h a v in g gon e o u t to m e e t th e L o rd , one received his b o w l an d ro b e, o n e m a d e r e a d y a sea t, on e set o u t w a te r fo r th e fe e t, a fo o tsto o l, a fo o t-sta n d . T h e n th e L o r d s a t d o w n on th e se a t m a d e r e a d y ; a s h e w a s s ittin g d o w n he h a d h is fe et bathed* T h e n th ese v e n e ra b le ones, h a v in g g re e te d the L o rd , s a t d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n ce. A s th e v e n e ra b le A n u ru d d h a w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp c c tfu l d ista n ce, th e L o rd sp o k e th u s : I h ope t h a t th in g s a re g o in g w ell w ith y o u , A n u r u d d h a s / I hope y o u are k e e p in g goin g, I h o p e y o u are n o t sh o rt o f a lm s fo o d / ' " T h in g s are g o in g w ell, L o rd , w e a re k e e p in g g o in g , L o rd , a n d , L o rd , w e are n o t sh o rt o f a lm s fo o d ."
1 V erses a t Thng, 8 9 2 -9 19 , H e an d h.ss frien ds, N a n d iy a a n d K im b ila * are o fte n m en tio n e d to g e th e r , as. a t A f, j. 2 5 , w h ich a lth o u g h set in th e G o s in g a W o o d , is s im ila r t o t h e a b o v e Vi**, p a s s a g e . S ee also th e s ix frien d s (n o t in c lu d in g N a n d iy a ) w h o , w it h UpUi, t h e b a rb er, are m e n tio n e d a t Vin+ ii, 182, 1 V erses a t T hag. 25. TkagA. s a y s t h a t vrhiZe N a n d i y a w a s in t h e E a s te r n B a m b o o G r o v e , M ra a p p e a le d before h im in a terrib le form 1 V erse s a t Th-ag. 1 1 S. J55 -6 . * F o r th e fo llo w in g cf. Jtf\ i r zo $ T . {w here t h e s ce n e is la id in th e GoEdnga S a l-W o o d la n d G r o ve). * O n &it&ftdwiariipa see M rs. H h y s D a v id s , B u d d h ism (H o m e U n iv e r s ity L ib r a r y ) a n d ed n ., p . 8 1. * T h e p lu ra l, A n u m d d h S -, is u sed in s te a d q f th e n a m e s o f t h e th r e e s e p a r a te m onks. , 21,
503
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
" I h o p e th a t y o u , A n u ru d d h a s, are liv in g a ll to g e th e r on frie n d ly te rm s a n d h a rm o n io u s, a s m ilk a n d w a te r b len d , re g a rd in g one a n o th e r w ith th e e y e o f a ffectio n ? Y e s , c e rta in ly , L o rd j w e are liv in g a ll to g e th e r on fr ie n d ly te rm s a n d h a rm o n io u s, a s m ilk an d w a te r b len d , re g a rd in g o n e a n o th e r w ith th e e y e o f a ffe c tio n ." " A n d how is it th a t y o u t A n u ru d d h a s, are liv in g . . . o f a ffe ctio n ? || 3 [| *'A s to th is . L o rd , it o c cu rre d to m e : 4 In d e ed it is a g a in fo r m e, in d eed it is w e ll g o tte n b y m e, th a t I am liv in g w ith su ch B ra h m a -fa re rs/ O n a c co u n t o f th is, L o rd , fo r these v e n e ra b le ones a m ity 2 a s to b o d ily co n d u c t, w h e th e r o p e n ly o r in p riv a te , h a s risen u p in me,, a m ity as to speech, a m ity a s to th o u g h t, w h e th e r o p e n ly o r in p riv a te , h a s risen u p .3 B eca u se o f th is, L o rd , i t o ccu rre d to m e : 1 W h a t n o w , if I t h a v in g su rren d ered m y o w n m in d , sh o u ld liv e o n ly a cco rd in g to th e m in d o f th ese v e n e ra b le ones ? ' S o I, L o rd , h a v in g surren d ered m y o w n m in d , a m liv in g o n ly a c co rd in g to th e m in d o f th ese ve n e ra b le ones. L o rd , w e h a v e d iv e rs b od ies,* b u t a ss u re d ly o n ly one m ind/* A n d th e v e n e ra b le N a n d iy a to o , an d also th e v e n era b le K im b ila sp o k e th u s t o the L o r d : " A n d it o ccu rre d t o m e to o . L o rd : In d e ed it is a g a in fo r m e , , . o n ly one m in d / I t is th u s . L o rd , th a t w e are liv in g a ll to g e th e r o n fr ie n d ly term s an d h a rm o n io u s, as m ilk an d w a te r b le n d , re g a rd in g one a n o th e r w ith th e e y e o f a ffe c tio n . | | 4 || *'A n d 3 h o p e t h a t you* A n u ru d d h a s , [351] a re liv in g zealo u s, a rd en t, self-reso lu te ? " Y e s p c e rta in ly , L o rd , w e are liv in g . * . se lf-re so lu te / ' 'And h o w is it th a t y o u , A n u ru d d h a s, are liv in g - . . self-reso lu te ? " A s to th is, L o rd , w h ic h e v e r* o f u s retu rn s first from th e villa g e fo r alm sfoo d , h e m a k e s r e a d y a sc a t, p u ts o u t w a te r fo r w a s h in g th e feet, a fo o tsto o l, a fo o t-sta n d ; h a v in g w a sh e d a refu se-b ow l he sets it o u t, he sets o u t w a te r for d rin k in g
4 S to c k , a s a * M . i, 306, 39B, iii- 15 6 , A . 1 70, iii, 6 7 , 104, 5 * iv . 32 5 . * O n a m ity * metta, s *e M rs, R h ^ s D a v id s , O utlines o f Buddhism ,, p* 30 S * * Cf\ M . i* 33 1* w h ic h a fte r " a m i t y a s t o sp eech " fills let " w h e th e r o p e n ly or in p r iv a te h as risen u p " , a s d o e s JVf, i. aofi. * w e are m a jiy (or several) m en , persons, kayd. * C f. M V + I V . 1 +
4.5 6]
MA H A V A G G A
5^3
a n d w a te r fo r w a sh in g . W h o e v e r re tu rn s la s t fro m th e v illa g e fo r alm sfood , i f th e re axe th e re m a in s o f a m e a l a n d if he so desiresj. h e e a ts t h e m ; if h e d o es n o t d esire to d o so, h e th ro w s th e m o u t w h ere th e r e a r e n o cro p s o r d ro p s th e m in to w a te r w h ere th e re a re n o liv in g c re a tu re s r M he p u ts u p th e se a t, h e p u ts a w a y th e w a te r fo r th e fe e t, th e fo o tsto o l, th e fo o t-sta n d , h a v in g w a sh ed th e re fu se -b o w l, h e p u ts it a w a y , h e p u ts a w a y th e w a te r fo r d r in k in g a n d th e w a te r fo r w a sh in g , he sw eep s th e re fe c to ry . W h o e v e r sees a v e sse l fo r drinking; w a te r o r a v e sse l for w a sh in g w a te r o r a ve sse l (for w a te r) fo r rin sin g a fte r an evacu atio n * v o id a n d e m p ty , h e se ts o u t (w a ter). I f it is im p o ssible for trim {to d o this) b y a m o v e m e n t o f h is h a n d , h a v in g in v ite d a co m p a n io n t o h e lp u s b y sig n a llin g (to him ) w ith th e h a n d , w e se t o u t (w ater) ; b u t w e d o .not. L o rd , fo r such a reason b re a k in to sp eech . A n d th e n w e, L o rd , once in e v e r y fiv e n ig h ts s it d ow n to g e th e r fo r t a lk on dham m a * I t is th u s, L o rd , t h a t w e are liv in g , zea lo u s, a rd en t, self-reso lu te .'J1 || 5 | | T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g d e lig h te d , re jo ice d , ro u se d , g la d d en e d the v e n e ra b le A n u ru d d h a a n d th e v e n e ra b le N a n d iy a a n d th e ven e ra b le K im b ila w ith ta lk on dham m a , risin g fro m his seat, se t o u t on to u r fo r P a r ile y y a .4 W a lk in g o n to u r in d ue course h e a rriv e d a t P a rile y y a * T h e L o rd s ta y e d th e re a t P a r ile y y a in the G u a rd ed W o o d la n d T h ic k e t3 a t th e root o f th e lo v e ly s a l-tre e .4 T h e n as the L o rd w as m e d ita tin g in p riv a te a reaso n in g arose in his m in d th u s : F o r m e r ly , beset b y th o se m o n k s o f K o sa m b i, m ak ers o f strife , m a k e rs o f q u a rrels, m a k ers o f d isp u te s, m a k e rs o f braw ls* m a k e rs o f le g a l q u estio n s in the O rd er, I d id n o t liv e in c o m fo rt ; b u t n o w th a t I am alon e w ith n o o th e r, I am liv in g in c o m fo rt re m o v e d fro m
* T h e versio n s a t M . i. 20 7, A f, iii. 1 5 4 -7 , b r e a k off h ere, a n d b o t h g o on from here in d iffe r e n t w a y s . * S p e lt P a r ile y y a k a ; a v illa g e > a lth o u g h S A . ii. 304 s p e a k s o i f t as a nagara, to w n . JDh A . i, 5 1 -6 3 ta b e s P S r ile y y a k a to be th e n a m e o f a n e le p h a n t, an d d escrib es in v i v i d d e t a il t h e w a y s in w h ic h h e w a ite d upon, th e L o r d . T h is e le p h a n t is id e n tified w ith t h a t in t h e J & to k * {J 3 . iv , 3 14 ), F A rile y y a fk a } m e n tio n e d a t S . iiL 5, U d . iv . 5* J d . iii. 48$. * H la k k h ita v a jia s a n d a . M e n tio n e d a t U d . i v , 5 , b u t n o t a t S . iii. 95* & h A r i. 59 s a y s t h a t th e t h ic k e t w a s so c a lle d b e c a u se th e e le p h a n t, w it h a. s t i c k in h is tru n k , g u a r d e d t h e L o i d iro n * d a n g e r d u rin g th e rughts* bhaddasdltt. I t w s 3 one tree,. m&MdpA a c c o r d in g t o U d A . 250 And S A . ii. 305, w h ic h s a y t h a t th e L o k J s t a y e d d e p e n d in g o n t h a t v illa g e (F Sxileyya^ in a le a f-ro o m in t h e ju n g le t h ic k e t a t t h e r o o t o f t h a t tree.
504
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
th o se m o n k s, m a k e rs o f s trife * . m a k e rs o f le g a l q u e stio n s in th e O r d e r ." N o w a ce rta in la rg e b u lL elep h a n t* w a s b eset b y e le p h a n ts a n d co w -elep h a n ts, b y e le p h a n t c a lv e s a n d su c k lin g s ; he a te grass a lr e a d y cro p p e d b y th e m , a n d t h e y a te b u n d les o f b ra n ch e s as h e b ro k e th e m off a n d h e d ra n k m u d d ie d w a te r a n d w h en he cro ssed o v e r a t a fo r d th e co w -e lep h a n ts w e n t p u sh in g a g a in st his bo d y- T h e n [352] i t o ccu rre d to th a t la rg e b u lle le p h a n t ; N o w I am liv in g b e se t b y e le p h a n ts a n d co w elep h an ts, , * , I e a t g ra ss a lr e a d y c ro p p e d b y th e m a n d t h e y e a t bu n d les of b ra n ch e s a s I b re a k th e m o f f ; a n d T d rin k m u d d ie d w a te r a n d w h e n I cro ss o v e r a t a fo r d th e cow* e le p h a n ts g o p u sh in g a g a in s t m y b o d y . S u p p o se I w ere to liv e a lo n e seclu d e d fro m th e cro w d ? |[ 6 J | T h e n th a t la rg e bull-eleph an t* le a v in g th e h e rd , a p p ro a ch e d P a r ile y y a , th e G u a rd e d W o o d la n d T h ic k e t, th e lo v e ly sal-tnee a n d th e L o r d ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed , h e se t o u t b y m e a n s o f h is tr u n k d rin k in g w a te r fo r th e L o rd a n d w a te r fo r w ash in g, a n d h e k e p t th e g ra ss d o w n -2 T h e n it o ccu rre d to t h a t la rg e b u ll-e le p h a n t: " N o w fo rm e rly , b eset b y e le p h a n ts a n d c o w elep h a n ts, b y e le p h a n t c a lv e s an d su ck lin g s, I d id n o t liv e in c o m fo rt ; I a te g ra ss a lr e a d y c ro p p e d b y th e m a n d t h e y a te b u n d les o f b ra n ch e s as I b ro k e th e m off ; I d ra n k m u d d ie d w a te r a n d w h e n I cro ssed o v e r a t a fo rd th e co w -e lep h a n ts w-fcnt p u sh in g a g a in s t m e b u t n o w th a t T a-m alo n e w ith n o o th e r I a m liv in g in c o m fo rt re m o v e d fro m th e elephants,, th e co w -elep h a n ts, th e e le p h a n t c a lv e s a n d sucklings.** T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g u n d ersto o d his o w n seclusion a n d k n o w in g b y m in d th a t b u ll-e le p h a n t's reaso n in g o f m in d , a t th a t tim e u tte r e d th is u tte ra n c e : " H e rein a g ree th m in d w ith m in d , o f sage* an d b u ll-e le p h a n t o f plo u gh -p ole tu sk s,* since e a c h d e lig h ts in fo rest (solitude)_,J* ]| 7 | ] 4 ||
' hdtthinggji. V A , 1 1 5 1 says a g r e a t e le p h a n t, 2 3 a d d s t h a t h e w a s th s le a d e r o f a. HerdT his p a s s a g e recu rs a t Ud+ tv* 5Cf+ A , iv . 435. * a p p ah arifafi ca karoti. * V A . 1152, U d A . *51 explain by buddh&it&ga. 4 C/, n&ga ts&dartfa a t JVfT i. 4 *4 , Vt>. 20, 9, V v. 43. 9 . * V e r sio n a t Ud+ iv , 5 a lso c a d s here.
S-i 3]
m a h
v a g g a
50s
T h e n th e L o rd , h a v in g s ta y e d a t P a r ile y y a a s lo n g a s he fo u n d su itin g , set o u t an to u r fo r S a v a tth l. W a lk in g on to u r in d ue co u rse he a r r iv e d a t S a v a tth l- T h e L o rd s ta y e d th e re a t S a v a t t h l in th e J e ta G ro v e in A n a th a p in ^ ik a s m o n a ste ry . T h e n th e lay-fo Jlo w ers o f K o sa m b I t h o u g h t : " T h e se m a ste rs, th e m o n k s p f K o sa m b I, h a v e d one us m u c h m is c h ie f ; th e L o rd is d e p a rtin g , h a ra ssed b y th e s e ; co m e, w e sh o u ld n e ith e r g re e t th e m a s te r y th e m o n k s o f K o s a m b i, n o r sh o u ld w e sta n d u p b efo re th em , nor sh o u ld w e sa lu te th e m w ith jo in e d p a lm s or p e rfo rm th e p ro p e r d u tie s ; w e sh o u ld n o t re v e re , re sp e c t, esteem o r h o n o u r th e m , a n d n e ith e r sh o u ld w e g iv e th e m alm sfo o d w h en th e y co m e (to us) ; th u s th e y , w h en t h e y are n eith er revered* resp ected , e ste e m e d n o r h o n o u re d b y us, w ill d e p a rt u n re v e re d , o r th e y w ill le a v e th e O rd er, o r t h e y w ill reco n cile th e m selve s to th e L o r d / J || r || T h e n th e la y -fo llo w e rs o f K o s a jn b i n e ith e r g re e te d th e m o n ks o f K o sam b i* n o r sto o d u p b e fo re th e m , [ 353] t h e y d id n o t sa lu te th e m w ith jo in e d p a lm s o r p erfo rm th e p ro p e r d u ties, th e y d id n o t revere, r e s p e c t e ste e m o r h o n o u r th e m a n d t h e y d id n o t g iv e th e m alm sfo o d w h en t h e y cam e {to th em ). T h e n th e m o n k s o f K o sa m b I, a s t h e y w e re n o t b e in g re v e red , T espected, e ste e m ed o r h o n o u re d b y th e la y fo llo w e rs o f K o sa m b I, sp oke t h u s : " Com e n o w , y o u r re v e ren ce s, le t us, h a v in g gone to S a v a tth l, se ttle th is legaL q u estio n in th e L o rd 's p re se n c e /' T h e n th e m o n k s o f K o s a jn b i, h a v in g p a c k e d a w a y th eir lo d gin gs, ta k in g th e ir b o w ls a n d robes, a p p ro a ch e d S a v a tth l. | | 2 jj T h e n th e v e n e ra b le S a r ip u tta h e a rd : " I t is sa id t h a t th e m o n ks o f K o sa m b i, m a k e rs o f strife , m a k e rs o f q u a rrels, m a k e rs o f d isp u te s, m a k e rs o f b ra w ls , m a k e rs o f le g a l q u e stio n s in th e O rd er, a re c o m in g to S a v a tth l.'* T h e n th e ve n e ra b le S a r ip u tta a p p ro a ch e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g a p p ro a c h c d , h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , h e sa t d o w n at a re sp e c tfu l d ista n c e . A s h e w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n ce th e v e n e ra b le S a r ip u tta sp ok e th u s to th e L o rd : I t is sa id , L o rd , th a t th e m o n k s o f K o sa jn b i, m a k e rs o f strife . . . m a k e rs o f le g a l q u e stio n s in th e O rder, a re c o m in g to S a v a ttliL H o w am I, L o rd , to b e h a v e in re g a rd to th ese m o n k s ? r > " W e ll n o w , S a r ip u tta , as dhamnut is so m u s t y o u s t a n d / '1 1 yathadhamnto tathd titthdki.
506
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
" H o w am r, L o rd , to fin d o u t w h a t is dhamma a n d w h a t is n o n-dham m a ? J > j| 3 ]| " N o w , S a rip u tta j a sp e a k e r o f n o n -dkamma is to b e kn o w n b y e ig h te e n p o in ts : I n su c h a case, S a r ip u tta , a m o n k e x p la in s1 n o n -dhamma a s dham m a , h e e x p la in s dhamma a s non -dham m a ; h e e x p la in s n o n -d iscip lin e a s d iscip lin e, h e e x p la in s d iscip lin e as n o n -d iscip lin e ; h e e x p la in s w h a t w a s n o t sp ok en , n o t u tte r e d b y the tathagata as sp ok en , u tte r e d b y th e tathagata* e x p la in s w h a t w a s sp ok en , u tte re d b y th e tathagata a s n o t sp o k en , n o t u tte r e d b y the tathagata^; h e e x p la in s w h a t w a s n o t p ra c tise d b y th e taihdgata as p ra ctise d b y th e tathagatay he e x p la in s w h a t w a s p ra c tis e d b y th e tathagata a s n o t p ra c tise d b y th e taihdgata ; h e e x p la in s w h a t w a s n o t la id d o w n b y th e taihdgata a s la id d o w n b y th e tathagata 3 he e x p la in s w h a t w a s la id d o w n b y th e taihdgata a s n o t la id d o w n b y th e taihdgata; h e e x p la in s w h a t is n o offence a s a n offence, h e e x p la in s an offence a s n o o ffen ce ; h e e x p la in s a slig h t offence as a serious offen ce, h e e x p la in s a serio u s offence a s a s lig h t o ffen ce ; he e x p la in s a n offence w h ic h c a n b e d o n e a w a y w it h 3 as an offence w h ic h c a n n o t b e d o n e a w a y w ith ,3 h e e x p la in s a n offence w h ich c a n n o t b e done a w a y w ith a s a n offence w h ic h ca n be done a w a y w ith ; h e d eclares a v e r y b a d o ffen ce3 a s n o t a v e r y b a d offence, he e x p la in s n o t a v e r y b a d offence a s a v e r y b a d offence* S a r ip u tta , a sp e a k e r o f non-dham m a is to be kn o w n
b y th e se e ig h te e n p o in ts . j| 4 j|
A n d , S a r ip u tta , a sp e a k e r o f dhamma is to be k n o w n b y e ig h te e n p o in ts. In su ch a ca se , S a rip u tta , a m o n k e x p la in s non-dham>na a s non-dham m aJ h e e x p la in s dhamma a s dhamma ; h e e x p la in s n o n -d iscip lin e a s n o n -d iscip lin e, he e x p la in s d iscip lin e a s d iscip lin e \ h e e x p la in s w h a t w a s n o t sp ok en , n o t u tte r e d [354] b y th e tathagata as n o t sp ok en , n o t u tte re d b y th e tathagata _ . . n o t p ra c tis e d _ . _ p ra c tis e d - - - n o t
1 C /, th is p a s s a g e w it h V in , ii* S 3 , 204. T h e first fiv e p airs a]so occu r at A v , 7 7 a s reason s w h y w h e n th e r e is str ilc, q u a rrellin g , co n te n tio n , d is p u te in a n O r d e r th e m o n k s d o n o t Live in co m fo rt- T h e s e s a m e fiv e p a ir s are a g a in g iv e n [A* v . 78) a s t e n xoots o f d isp u tin g* T h e y are fo llo w ed b y a n o th e r te n ro o ts o f d is p u tin g , n a m e ly th e n e x t four p a ir s a s g iv e n a b o v e in th e Vin, w ith o n e abided pair. " dpatti, anavas&sa dpaiti. S ee Vi*. Texts iii, 35,. n . w h ich explains t h a t on e w hich, c a n n o t b e d o n e a w a y w ith is p r a c tic a lly e q u iv a le n t to a. P r jik a . A S an gh A d isesa c a n be d o n e a w a y w ith b y the p en a lties in flic te d b y th e O n ie r , m o s t g f t h e o th ers b y confession. duttAulla dpatti. S ee & .D . ii. 2 19 , a. 2.
5 .5 7]
M A H A V A G G A
507
la id d o w n . . * la id d o w n . . . h e e x p la in s a n offen ce a s a n offen ce * * . n o offen ce a s n o o ffen ce . * . a s lig h t o ffen ce as a slig h t offence . . . a se rio u s o ffen ce a s a seriou s offence - - . a n o ffen ce w h ic h c a n be d one a w a y w ith a s a n offen ce w h ich ca n b e d on e a w a y w ith - - * a n o ffen ce w h ic h c a n n o t b e d o n e a w a y w ith a s a n o ffen ce w h ic h c a n n o t be d o n e a w a y w ith * . . a v e r y b a d offence a s a v e r y b a d o ffen ce, he e x p la in s n o t a \*ery b a d offence a s n o t a v e r y b a d o ffen ce. S a r ip u tta , a sp e a k e r o f dhamma is to b e k n o w n b y th e se e ig h tee n p o in ts ." Ij 5 I! T h e v e n e ra b le M o g g a lla n a th e G re a t1 h e a rd . , * th e v e n e r a ble K a s s a p a th e G r e a t2 h e a r d . . * th e v e n e ra b le K a c c a n a th e G re a t h e a rd * * . th e v e n e ra b le K o t t h it a th e G r e a t h e a rd . . , th e v e n e ra b le K a p p in a th e G r e a t h e a rd . . . th e v e n e r a ble C u n d a th e G r e a t h e a rd . . - th e v e n e ra b le A n u ru d d h a h e a rd * , * th e v e n e ra b le R e v a t a h e a rd . . , th e v e n e ra b le U p a li h e a rd * * . th e v e n e ra b le A n a n d a h e a rd * . , th e v e n e r a ble R a h u la h e a rd : 4 * T h e y s a y t h a t th e m o n k s o f K o sa m b I - - - ( = || 3S It- K ea d R a h u la instead o f S a rip u tta ) if t . R a h u la , a sp e a k e r o f dhamma is to b e k n o w n b y th ese eig h tee n p o in ts ." | | 6 || M a h a p a ja p a ti th e G o ta m id h e a rd : I t is sa id th a t th e m o n k s o f K o sa m b I * * - (as in- || 3 |[) - - - are co m in g to S a v a tth i* p > T h en M a h a p a ja p a ti the G o ta m id a p p ro a c h e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , sh e s to o d a t a re sp e c tfu l d is ta n c e .3 A s she w a s s ta n d in g a t a re sp e c tfu l d istan ce M a h a p a ja p a ti th e G o ta m id sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd ; w I t is said. L o rd , th a t th e m o n k s o f K o sa m b I _ . . are c o m in g to S a v a tth l. H o w a m I, L o rd , to b e h a v e in re ga rd to these m o n k s ? 11 W e ll th e n , do y o u , G o ta m i, h ea r dhamma on b o th sides ; h a v in g h eard dhamma on b o th sid es, choose th e v ie w s a n d th e a p p ro v a l a n d th e p ersu asio n a n d th e c r e e d 4 o f th o se m o n k s w h o are th e re sp ea k e rs o f dham m a, a n d w h a te v e r is to be
1 T hese elders, including S a rip u tta b u t n o t including K assapa, are also m entioned a t Vin, ii. 15 -16 , iv< 66. F o r notes see ii. 295. Cf. a list o f ten at A . iii, *99. ' 1 Verses a t Th&g* 10 51-3, A t A . i_ 33 called chief of those who- uphold th e ascetic practices. 1 N u n s m u st stand in the presence of monks ; see V in . iv, * Cf. H V , I. SS. 7. '
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
d esired b y th e O rd er o f n u n s from th e O rd e r o f m o n k s,1 a ll th a t sh o u ld b e d esired o n ly from one w h o sp ea k s dham m a. * |j 7 j| A n a th a p in ^ ik a th e h o u seh o ld er h e a rd : ** t t is sa id t h a t th e m o n k s o f K o sa m b I . * . a re co m in g to S a v a t t h L " T h e n A n a th a p in ^ ik a th e h o u seh o ld er a p p ro a ch e d th e L o r d ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g g ree te d th e L o rd , he s a t d o w n a t a re sp e ct fu l d ista n c e . A s h e w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n ce, A n a th a p in d ik a th e h o u seh o ld er sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd ; " I t is said , L o rd , t h a t th e m o n k s o f K o sa m b I , . - are co m in g to S a v a tth l. H o w a m I, L o rd , to b e h a v e in re ga rd to th e se m onks ? > y W e ll th e n , d o y o u , h o u seh o ld er, g iv e g ifts to b o th sides ; h a v in g g iv e n g ifts to b o th sid es, h ea r dhamma on b o th sid e s ; h a v in g h e a rd dhamma on b o th sid es, choose th e v ie w s an d th e a p p ro v a l a n d th e p ersu asio n a n d the c ree d o f those m o n k s w h o a re th e re sp ea k ers o f dkam m a/* II 8 II V isa k h a ! M ig a ra 's m o th er, h e a rd : " i t is said th a t th e m o n k s o f K o sa m b I [355] . * . are c o m in g to S a v a t t h l/ r T h e n V isa k h a* M ig a ra 's m o th er, a p p ro a ch e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , she sat d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n ce. A s sh e w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d ista n c e V is a k h a , M ig a ra's m o th e r, sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : I t is said , L o rd , th a t th e m o n k s of K o sa m b I * * * are co m in g to S a v a tth l. H o w a m I* L o rd , to b e h a v e in re g a rd to these m o n k s ? ,J -c W e ll th e n , do y o u , Visakha> g iv e g ifts to b o th sid es . . (as in || 8 |[) . . . choose the v ie w s . . . o f th o se m o n k s w h o are th ere sp ea k e rs o f dham m a/' | | 9 || T h e n in d u e co u rse th e m o n k s o f K o sa m b I a rriv e d at S a v a tth l. T h en th e ven e ra b le S a r ip u tta ap p ro ach ed th e L o r d ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch ed , h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , h e sa t d o w n a t a re sp e ct ful d ista n ce. A s h e w a s s ittin g d o w n at a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce, the v e n e ra b le S a r ip u tta sp ok e th u s to th e L o rd : J* T h e y s a y . L o rd , th a t th ese m o n k s o f K o sa m b I, m ak ers o f strife * . * m ak ers o f le g a l q u estio n s in th e O rd er, h a v e a rriv ed at S a v a tth l* N o w w h a t lin e o f c o n d u c t, L o rd , sh o u ld b e follow ed in re ga rd to lo d g in g s fo r th ese m o n k s ? " " W e ll n o w , S a rip u tta , se p a ra te lo d g in g s sh ould be g iv e n (to them )/*
1 See e.g N un s F i d t t i y a L X .
S .io 13 ]
m a h
v a g g a
509
B u t if, L o rd , th ere a re n o se p a ra te lo d g in g s, w h a t line o f c o n d u c t sh o u ld be fo llo w ed ? J* " W e ll th e n , S a rip u tta , h a v in g m ad e (some) se p a ra te , t h e y sh o u ld be given* B u t I in n o w a y s a y th is, S a rip u tta , th a t a sen ior m o n k 's lo d g in g sh o u ld be w ith h e ld (from him ). W h o e v e r sh o u ld w ith h o ld i t p th ere is a n o ffe n ce o f w ro n g -d o in g / ' B u t w h a t lin e o f c o n d u c t, L o rd , is to be fo llo w e d in re ga rd to m a te ria l g a in s ? ' P 1 M a te ria l g a in s, S a rip u tta , sh o u ld be d is trib u te d e q u a lly a m o n g st a ll/ ' | | 10 || T h en w h ile t h a t m o n k w h o h a d b een su sp en d ed w a s re fle ctin g on dhamma a n d d iscip lin e, it o ccu rre d to him ; " T h is is an offence, th is is n o t no offence, I h a v e fa llen , I a m n o t u n fa lle n , T am susp en d ed , I a m n o t u n su sp en d ed , J am su sp en d ed b y a (form al) a c t th a t is le g a lly v a lid , irre v e rs ib le t fit to s ta n d . T h en the su sp en d ed m o n k a p p ro a c h e d th o se m o n k s w h o w ere ta k in g th e p a rt o f th e su sp e n d e d (one) ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , he sp oke th u s to those m o n k s w h o w ere ta k in g th e p a rt o f the su sp en d ed (one) : " T h is is a n o ffen ce, y o u r reveren ces, it is n o t n o offence . . . fit to sta n d . C o m e, ven e ra b le ones, restore m e ." || 1 1 |[ T h e n th o se m o n k s w h o w ere ta k in g th e p a rt o f th e susp en d ed (one), ta k in g th a t su sp en d ed m o n k (w ith them ) a p p ro a ch e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g g re e te d th e L o rd , th e y s a t d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d istan ce- A s th e y w e re s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp e ctfu l d ista n ce, th o se m o n k s sp o k e th u s to th e L o rd : " L o rd , th is su sp en d ed m o n k sp e a k s th u s : 4 T h is is an offence, y o u r reveren ces, . . _ C o m e, v e n e ra b le ones, resto re m e / W h a t lin e o f c o n d u ct. L o rd , is to be fo llo w ed in these circu m sta n ces ? J' a " T h is, m on ks, is a n o ffen ce, th is is n o t n o offence, th is m o n k has fallen , th is m o n k is n o t u n fa lle n , th is m o n k is su sp en d ed , th is m o n k is n o t [356] un su sp en d ed , h e w a s suspended b y a le g a lly v a lid (form al) act* irre v e rsib le , fit to stan d . B u t since, m on ks, th a t m o n k w h o h as fa lle n a n d w a s su sp en d ed sees (his offence) w ell th en , m on ks, re sto re th a t m o n k . || 12 \ [ T h e n these m o n k s w h o w ere ta k in g th e p a rt o f th e susp en d ed * tehi.
1 dmisa, p ro b ab ly
meaning here food acid
clothing.
5i o
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
(one), h a v in g re sto re d th a t su sp en d ed m o n k, a p p ro a ch e d th e m o n k s w h o h a d su sp en d ed (him) ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , t h e y sp ok e th u s to th e m o n k s w h o h a d suspended (him) : *' C oncern in g th a t case, y o u r re v e ren ce s, a b o u t w h ich th e re w a s fo r th e O rd er strife, q u arrels, contention* d isp u tes, schism in th e O rd er, dissension in th e O rd er, a lte rca tio n in th e O rd er, d iffer en ces in th e O rd e r th a t m o n k h as fa lle n a n d w as susp en d ed , b u t h e sees a n d is restored- N o w , y o u r reveren ces, let u s a c h ie v e u n a n im ity in th e O rd e r fo r se ttlin g th is c a s e ." T h e n those m o n k s w h o h a d su sp en d ed (him) a p p ro a c h e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g a p p ro a c h e d , h a v in g g reeted th e L o rd , th e y sa t d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l distance* A s t h e y w ere s ittin g d o w n a t a resp ectfu l d ista n c e , t h e y sp o k e th u s to th e L o r d : T h ese m onks. L o rd , w h o are ta k in g th e p a r t o f th e su sp en d ed (m onk) sp eak th u s : ' C o n cern in g t h a t ca se . . . fo r s e ttlin g th is c a se / N o w w h a t line o f c o n d u c t. L o rd , is to be fo llo w ed ? || 13 [ | S in ce, m onks, th a t m o n k h a s fa lle n a n d w a s suspen d ed b u t sees a n d is resto red w e ll th e n , m on ks, a c h ie v e u n a n im ity in th e O rd er fo r se ttlin g th a t case. A n d th u s, m o n k s, sh o u ld i t be a c h ie v e d : O ne a n d a ll sh o u ld g a th e r to g eth e r, b o th th e ill a n d th e w e ll, le a v e o f a b sen ce sh o u ld n o t b e d e clare d o n a c c o u n t o f a n y o n e . H a v in g g a th e re d to g e th e r, th e O rd e r sh o u ld be in fo rm ed b y a n e xp erien ced , c o m p e te n t m o n k , s a y i n g : * H o n o u red sirs, le t th e O rd er listen to m e, C on cern in g th a t case a b o u t w h ic h th e re w a s fo r th e O rd er strife, q u a rrel, co n ten tio n , d is p u te , schism in th e O rd er , . . differences in th e O rd er th a t m o n k h as fa llen a n d w a s su spen d ed, b u t he sees a n d is restored* I f it seem s rig h t to th e O rd er th e O rd er should a ch iev e u n a n im ity in th e O rd er fo r s e ttlin g th is case- T h is is th e m otion- H o n o u red sirs, let th e O rd er listen to m e. C o n cern in g th a t case . . . a n d is resto red . T h e O rd er is a c h ie v in g u n a n im ity in th e O rd er fo r s e ttlin g th is case. I f the a c h ie v in g o f u n a n im ity in the O rd er fo r se ttlin g th is ca se is p le a sin g to th e ve n e ra b le ones, th e y sh o u ld be siien t ; he to w h o m it is n o t p le a sin g sh o u ld sp ea k . U n a n im ity in th e O rd e r fo r s e ttlin g th a t case is a c h ie v e d b y th e O rder, D issen sio n in th e O rd er is p u t d o w n , schism in th e O rd e r is p u t dow n. Tt is p le a sin g to the v e n e ra b le ones ; th erefo re th e y are silen t. T h u s d o I u n d e rsta n d th is / O b se rv a n ce m a y be ca rried o u t a t on ce, th e P a tim o k k h a r e c ite d / ' [[ 14 ]| 6 |[ [357}
6 .1 z]
m a h
v a g g a
T h e n the v e n e ra b le U p a li a p p ro a c h e d th e L o rd ; h a v in g a p p ro a ch e d , h a v in g g re e te d th e L o r d , h e sa t d o w n a t a re s p e c t fu l d istan ce- A s h e w a s s ittin g d o w n a t a re sp e c tfu l d is ta n c e , th e v e n e ra b le U p a li sp o k e th u s t o th e L o rd : < 4 L o rd , in re g a rd to a case w h ere th ere is s trife fo r a n O rd er _ , . d iffere n ces fo r a n O rd er, if th e O rd e r n o t h a v in g in v e s tig a te d t h a t case, n o t h a v in g g o t to th e ro o t o f i t ,1 a c h ie v e s u n a n im ity in th e O rd er, is th a t u n a n im ity in th e O rd e r le g a lly v a lid , L o r d ? " U p a li, in re g a rd t o a c a s e w h e re th e re is strife fo r a n O rd er . * . th a t u n a n im ity is n o t le g a lly valid * U p a li/ * " B u t, L o rd , in re g a rd t o a ca se w h ere th e re is strife for a n O rd e r . . 4 d ifferen ces in a n O rd er, i f th e O rd e r h a v in g in v e s tig a te d th a t ca se, h a v in g g o t to th e ro o t o f it , a c h ie v e s u n a n im ity in th e O rder* is th a t u n a n im ity in th e O rd e r le g a lly v a lid , L o rd ? " U p a li, in re g a rd to a m a tte r w h e re th e re is s trife fo r an O rd er, q u arrels, co n te n tio n , d is p u te sch ism in a n O rd er, d issension in a n O rd er, a lte r c a tio n in a n O rd er, d ifferen ces in an O rd er, if th e O rd er, h a v in g in v e s tig a te d t h a t ca se, h a v in g g o t to th e ro o t o f it, a c h ie v e s u n a n im ity in th e O rder* th a t u n a n im ity in th e O rd er is le g a lly v a lid , U p a li/ ' |[ i || M H o w m a n y (kin d s of) u n a n im ity in a n O rd er are th ere, L o rd ? T h e re a re th ese tw o (kin d s of) u n a n im ity in a n O rd er, U p ali- T h e re is, U p a li, u n a n im ity in a ji O rd e r th a t ha s n o t a rriv e d a t th e m ea n in g b u t h a s a rriv e d a t th e le tte r ; th e re is, U p a li, u n a n im ity in a n O rd er th a t h a s b o th a rriv e d a t th e m e a n in g a n d a rriv e d a t th e le tte r . A n d w h a t, U p a li, is u n a n im ity in an O rd e r t h a t h a s n o t a r r iv e d a t th e m e a n in g b u t h as a rriv e d a t th e le tte r ? U p a li, in re g a rd to a case w h ere there is strife fo r a n O rd e r . . , d ifferen ces in an O rd er, if th e O rd er, n o t h a v in g in v e s tig a te d th a t ca se, not h a v in g g o t to th e ro o t o f it, a c h ie v e s u n a n im ity in th e O rd er, th is is called , U pali* u n a n im ity in an O rd er th a t has n o t a rriv e d a t th e m e a n in g b u t has a r r iv e d a t th e le tte r . A n d w h a t, U p a li, is u n a n im ity in an O rd e r th a t h a s b o th a r r iv e d a t th e m ean in g an d a rriv e d at th e le tte r ? U p a li, in re g a rd t o a c a se w h ere th ere is strife fo r an O rd er , * . d ifferen ces in an O rd er, if th e O rd er, h a v in g in v e s tig a te d t h a t ca se , h a v in g g o t to th e ro o t
B O O K
OF
D I S C I P L I N E
of it, a c h ie v e s u n a n im ity in th e Order* th is is ca lle d , U p a li, u n a n im ity in a n O rd e r t h a t h a s b o th a rriv e d a t th e m e a n in g a n d a rriv e d a t th e le tte r . T h e se , U p a li, a re th e tw o (kin d s of) u n a n im ity in a n O rd e r.J* |[ 2 j | T h e n th e ve n e ra b le U p a li, risin g from h is sea t, h a v in g a rra n g e d his u p p e r robe o v e r one sh o u ld er, h a v in g sa in te d th e L o r d w ith jo in e d p a lm s, ad d ressed th e L o r d w ith v erses ; "In th e O rd e r's a ffa irs a n d d e lib e ra tio n s a n d in m a tte rs a risin g for in v e s tig a tio n , w h a t k in d o f m a n is h e re m o st n eed ed ? H o w is a m o n k fit fo r le a d e rsh ip h e re ? [353]
A b o v e a ll, one b la m e le ss in m o ra l h a b it, o f c a re fu l co n d u c t, h is fa c u ltie s w e ll c o n tro lle d , o p p o n e n ts d o n o t cen su re him in resp ect o f a ru le , fo r th e re c o u ld be n o th in g to s a y a g a in s t h im . S u c h a one, firm in p u r ity o f m o ra l h a b it, is co n fid en t, h e sp e a k s a b ly ,1 h e is not a fra id a t an a sse m b ly , he d oes n o t trem b le, h e d o es n o t sacrifice th e m eanin g* to irre v e la n t ta lk . W h e n a sk e d a q u e stio n in a n a s s e m b ly , h e n e ith e r h e s ita te s n o r is a sh a m ed , h is t im e ly sen sib le w o rd s, fittin g a s e x p la n a tio n , d e lig h t th e le a rn ed assem bly* W ith esteem fo r se n io r m o n k s a n d con fid en t in his o w n te a ch ers, a b le to w eig h , fa m ilia r w'ith w h a t sh o u ld be sp oken , and sk ille d in o b stru c tin g h is o p p o n en ts. O p p o n e n ts com e u n d er h is co n tro l, an d th e m a n y -fo lk com e u n d er h is tu itio n , an d he d oes n o t negJcct h is o w n creed , (skilful} a t qu estio n a n d a n sw e r, u n h u rtin g1 visayha.
1 a t ih a m h u p e t i, or, does n o t neglect the g o a t ; c f. Sit. 3 7 , J d . i. 251*
6*3]
m a h
v a g g a
513
A b le in d o in g a m e sse n g e r's d u ty , a n d w e ll-in fo rm e d in w h a t t h e y te ll h im o f th e O rd e r's a ffa irs, se n t b y a g ro u p o f m o n k s he is o b e d ie n t, b u t h e d o es n o t th e re fo re th in k , V a m d o in g th is T . I n to w h a te v e r m a tte rs on e fa lls , w h a te v e r is a n offen ce a n d h o w one re m o v e s i t b o th th ese a n a ly s e s are w e ll h a n d e d d o w n to h im , he is sk ille d in th e eatures o f offen ces a n d re m o v a l, B e in g se n t a w a y a n d g o o d h a b its h e go es b y th ese : h e is se n t a w a y a n d w h a t a r e th e g ro u n d s, re sto ra tio n o f a p e rso n w h o h a s c o m p le te d this^ h e k n o w s th is to o , s k ille d {as he is) in a n a lysis. W ith esteem fo r se n io r m o n k s, fo r n e w ly o rd ain ed , fa r eld ers a n d fo r th o se o f m id d le sta n d in g , a h e lp e r o f th e m u ltitu d e , c le v e r herein* m o n k su ch as th is is fit for le a d e rsh ip h e r e . || 3 || 6 || T h e T e n th S e c tio n : th a t on (the m o n k s of) K o s a m b l T h is is its k e y : T h e sp len d id co n q u ero r a t K o s a m b l, d isp u te a b o u t seein g a n o ffen ce, on e m a y su sp en d fo r th is o r th a t, w h a te v e r is a n o ffen ce o f his it sh o u ld be seen , / W ith in a b o u n d a ry , ju s t th e re , five, a n d o n ly o n e , a tta in m e n t, a n d P a r ile y y a , S a v a tth i, a n d S a r ip u tta , K o lita , / K a s s a p a th e G r e a t, K a c c a n a , K o t^ h ita , an d a b o u t K a p p in a , a n d C u n d a th e G r e a t, A n u ru d d h a , R e v a ta , U p a li3; / A n a n d a , an d R a h u la to o , G o ta m i, A n a th a p in ^ ik a , and V is a k h a , M ig a ra 's m o th e r, an d se p a ra te Lodgings, an d e q u a l m a te r ia l g a in s a ls o ,/ L e a v e for a b se n ce sh o u ld n o t be g ra n te d to a n y o n e , U p a li in q u ired , irre p ro a ch a b le as to m o ra l h a b it, u n a n im ity in th e c o n q u e ro r's in stru ctio n , F in is h e d in th e G r e a t D iv is io n 3 [360] [359]
1 ta.rp.vusita, t.e* one w ho h&s been s e a t a w a y b u t is now fit i o j restoration. * Up&livhaya (QldÂ^crg ajid Siam . odn.). Sinb. edn. reads- Up&lic&bhaye. * Ol-denberg's Vin&yapitakarp, vol* TP ends here-
IN D E X
I.
W ORDS
AND
SU BJECTS
A c k n o w le d g m e n t, 4 6 S j^. A c t (form al), x , 66, 13 6 / ., 145, 16 1, 163 / .. 19 1 f f r 443 ff-* 4 *3 4^3 j^., 4 6 7 ; d is c ip lin a r ily valid,. 466 f f . ; le g a lly v a lid , x v iu . 4 6 5 ^ , 5 10 : le g itim a te , 145 /. 44S /. 4 5 3 / . J n o t le g a lly v a lid * 1 5 * , 4 6 2 ^ j r e v o c a tio n of, 4 7 5 / . , 478 r fo r In v ita tio n , 2 1 3 : sor O b s e r v a n c e , 146 / ., 15 3 , * 5 7 ; *or sp ecific d e p r a v it y , 4 6 7 f f . ; o banishm ent,. 66, 19 1* * 93 . 4 6 7- 474p 4 7 ^ # . ; o f c e n sure, 66, 1 9 1 , 193 , 4*7p 4 ^ 9 , 4 7 1 475 ff - : * g u id a n ce , 66* 1 9 1 , 193 , 467, 47 3, 4 7 6 / ; o^ o r d in a tio n , 72 ; of re co n cilia tio n , 66^ 1 9 1 , i ? 3 j 4 6 7 474, 4 7 6 f f . ; o f su spen sion , 66* 19 1* * 93 * 4^7 /- 4 7 4 # - , 4 ^ 3 J5 ^ A d e p t , 9 1 ^ 10 1 f . A ffe c tio n , e y e of, 50a A g ree(d ) u p o n , 1 2 1 , 1 3 7 j f . , I 4 y A 269, 327 400 f f . ; b y oneself, I i i , 149/ A g r e e m e n t {hatika), 202 /., 400, 443 A g r e e m e n t fo r a m a d m a n , 163 / . A llo t, 4 ^ 3 p 437 . 44 * A . , A llo w (anuydttatni), x x i i 30, 5-2, 69 / - 7 2 /-. 75 f f - 96, 99 , 10 1, 103 f f . t 10&, 1 1 7 / ^ , 3 2 4 , 1 3 1 / , , i t t f f u I 4 6 14 S jf., 15&, i 6 r 1S3 ff., 189, *0 * . 3 11 J 7 -. 2 2 1 * 2 2 3 . * 3 333 * 2 45 . 2 4 > * 5< > * 5 5 / - . * 5 9 /-, 26* 370 jfr-, 286, 288 / . , 291 jf'., 303 , 3 3 i 3 * 5 * 3 2 9 . 336 , 339 , 344 . 347 . 35 ** 397 ff-* 409 . 4 J 1 J?-. 4 2 A llo w a b le , (73 / ., 3 4 6 ^ , 352, 4 1 3 ; h u t for w h a t is, 186, 327 3 2 3 . ; p la c e fo r w h a t is 3 2 7 ff, ; t o m ake, 280, 288 /.* 295, 336 ; u n -, 2 86 />. 347# . A lo o fn ess. 242 /. A m i t y (o i m ind), 433, 50a, 5 f f a/sa
B a g (MainAJ), 276, 278, -183, 306, 4 *2 B a m b o o , 6 1, 252, 2.76, 406 B a r b e r : a form er, 344 Jf. ; J s e q u ip m en t, 3 4 5 / + B a r le y -g r u e l, jj /. B a t h , 6 1 ; -room , 62, 1S 6 f . B a th in g -, 2 6 3 , 2 6 6 . 4 12 , 4 18 , 446 ; -clo th s , 416 , 4 18 , 420B a t t le , 91 Beana* 3 3 * B e c o m in g i f , 1 6 , 48, 3 1 5 ; ag a in *, 1 7 , 3 15 , 3 1 2 ; fe t te r of, 242 ; o th e r k in d of, 320, 322 B e a r , 300 B e a s ts , 2 1 1 , 324 /_ ; o f p r e y , [48. 96, 2 2 2 , 2 6 7 . B e d s , large* h igh , 106 B in d in g {paribha*i4 A \h 354, 424 B ir t h (j * 0 . 1 / 46, 24 1 B lo o d , 3^5 ; to let, 2 79 B o a t , 139, 20 1, 3 14 B o d y , 20 / ., 419.. 431 ; speech, th o u g h t, 3 * r / . B o il? , 2 74 , 79# 4 * i B one, 2 7 6 / . B o o n ftian*}, 104. 393, 396, 4 16 , 41 & /. B o u n d a r y [ ? !> ), 1 3 7 ^ , I 4 I f f . w 1 6 2 , 1 7 4 # . , 220, 231 p 263 . =66, 3 5 7 01, 4 * 6 , 4 4 3 * 453* 4 ^ p 4^7 B o u r n {gati), 4 1S B o w l, 6, 1 3 , z&( 34 / ., 5 1 , 57. 59 ff*, ! 77 p 2 3 r> 2^ 4 < ? 90p 303 3 &. 313 . 3 29 331 , 344 * 4 * 5 > 4 3 4 /-, 4 4 6 ; no b o w l. 1 1 4 f t TloylK). 344 / of se v e n te e n , 96 ; less th a n fifteen y e a r s old, 99 B r a h m a ; -farerSj 9 1, n o , 1 1 2 , 5 0 2 ; -fa r in g , 4, 13 / ., 19, 26 f f . , 43 A ^ .ff * 55 f * S3, 93, =*17 . * 39 , 2 4 1, 2 6 1, 322 332, 4 1 8 : d a n g e r to, 14S, 322 / . ; -sp eech , 4 B r a h m a n , v ii, a f f , tS , 35, 4 7 jrjT., ? l / . 7-1 - 75 . * 37 * 389 ff.. 3^ i / . , 3 3 7 / B r a id in g {aûvatta), 334, 424 B r a n d e d as p u n ish m e n t, 95, Et ^ 4&^ B r id g e , 13 9 , 3 1 4 ; -breaking:, 7 7 . 3 I p 287, 346 B r o th , 2 8 r ; irteat-, * 8 i ( 295 /. B r o th e r , 19 5 B u ll, 253 f B u r d e n , t o sh ed th e . 242 ' B u m e p u p / 3^ sq / . B u r n in g (D isco u rse on), 45 B u s in e ss {karan-iya\t 368 f f . B titte r , 75, 2 6 9 / . . 2fi4, 3 3 6 ; -milk^ 3^
63,
&7/*i 1< 5 9* * 15. 120/* t* 3.
ff * 4*7
Love
A n im a l, i n , 1 1 4 . 124. 160, i 8 o , 2 71 n.> 4 3 9 /-, 45 ^ 460 A n n ih ila tio n , 3 2 0 /* A n te lo p e h id e , 2 5 7, 437 A p o lo g ise, 69 / . A r m y , 330 ff., 4 8 9 # ^ 495 - 497 A s s e m b ly ( pavi&a.), 10 7, 133, 134, 136 , 149 * 5 2> i ? 2 /*2 13 , 2 1S , 330 , 4 5 0 # A ssig n , 4 13 A s tr in g e n t d e c o c tio n is ), 272* 3 9 * / , A ttc n d a n c c -h a lt, 65, 166, J 8 6 / ., a i 6 A t t e n d a n t (paceftasa*na&a}, 25. 247, 420, 431 [upatfhaka}, 198, 237 A w aren ess (pAas-ra). 1 /
I N D EX
C a lc u la tio n (ganand), 97, 154 C a lk , c a lv e s , 2 5 4 258, 341 ; -h id e,
253#.
C a n k ers (Usava), 12 , 2 1, * 4 2 7 / ., 239, 2 4 2 /* C a ra v a n , 201 C a u s a l upttsirtg, 1 j f . 6 C a u se , w c v , 7 , 54 C a v e , 73, 139, 1 S 6 / ., 281* 327* 402 Cell (/>arera*i<i)r too, 139 , 176 , 1S 6 / . , 304- * 95 P 34 i C e m e te r y , 2 2, 39 9 / . Chair* 2 5 7. 2 5 9 C h a rn el-h o u se, 202 C h a n a m (s) : as m ed icin es, 274 ; -sifte r, 2 74 C la y , 374, 2 So, 2 S 5 C lo a k , o u te r, 2 58, 2 63 n,, 409, 41 i t 413* 424, 426 C loth(s) ; c le a n (simile)* 23, 49, 238., 33t 323, 34 2 ; cotton-., 424 ; fibre-, 437 / J lin e n -, 432 ; pair of S iv e y y a k a , 393 fr , 396; fo r req uisites, 4 * 2 /* ; fo r w ip in g th e face, 421 jgf* ; to sit u p o n 6 3 / ^ 1 7 7 , 431 See a i so D a t h in g ' c lo th s ; R a in s . Com e, m onk(!V rS /., ^6 44, 56 C o m fo r t (Âdsn), u S 13 5 , 232, 3 7 3 , 446 * 5 3 f* C o m m u n io n , 1 0 9 / ,, 126, 138, 142 ^ 7., 2 1 1 ; b y th e ft, n , 114 * t6o, iS o , 439, 45 s * 4& 1 sam e, d ifferen t, * 7 7 ff-+ 45 r 4 ^ , 4S7 C o m p a n io n * 124* 209, 503 Comp-a-saiou, s* ^8* 73* 122, 312, 215, 488 C o n cen tra tio n * 2 5 0 : a d e p t 's b o d y of,.
C reep in g th in g s, 14ft, 196, 222 Crops, 3 2 5 , 5 0 3 ; a n d grasses, 183 Crossed o v e r 5 , 314 C ro w sJ 3S1 ; to scare, 99 Curds, 336 Cure t o (vdsrfi), 287 f- j 3 3 5 / * D a n c in g , Singing, m u sic, 105 D an ger, 1 4 > *7A T96jfl^ 222/ ., 3 12 D a r n (inkha), 423 D a u g h te r . 188, 19 S , 4 ^ 8 ; -ia -Ia w , 3 3 0 / j 333 . 385 De&thlessjne&s}, viis, x x i v , 13, 52, 54 ; d o o r of, 3 /* ; d ru m o f# 12 D e b to r , 95 Deer^ 2 6 7 ; -h id e, 263, 26 7 D efam e* to , 227 /. D em on (s) 19 6 j -w o r sh ip p er3, 201 D ep en d en ce, to liv e in ualfAum), ^9, 100 /. T D e s tr o y e d is b i r t h / etc,, 2 1 , 46, 24 1 D e te rm in e , t o r i j l j 166., 2 1 6 D e te s ta tio n , 3 2 0 / 1 1, r8* jff*, 40 m *? 4 7 307, 3 12 , 3 1 7 , 332 ; -v is io n , n ( 3 1 1 devoid, 5, 10, 36* 31 r j f ri 4 2 0 / . DAamwjff, v iii, x x ii , 5 ^1, r3, i 3 f 2 3 ^ , , 3 - 3 z r 36, 44, 47 p 49 * ff-, 5* A 59 , 65. 74, 77, 79, 8 5 / * 88. 9 1, 93, 10 4 /r ( 108, H i , 1 3 0 / , 14S, 152 i& 9, 1 * 5 # . , *0 3 . 210, 2 ^ ]f 2 3 8 / . , 249, 2 6 1 , 264 / 2S1 /.. 287, 290, 298, 304, 3 0 S / - 3 1 5 / , 3 i 3 / . p 3 2 3 / .. 33 2 p 334 , 336 - 338 , 34 * /-* 344 . 34 ^. 3^6r 398, 4 ^ / r 413 , 4 ^ 433, 498, 500, 503, $o> ff. ; -farers, 91,. ilO , 1 1 2 ; -ma.n4 3-20 7 *-rn^tfir, 439, 4 9 S ; -vision^ 17. 1 ^ 23, 2 6 /* , 3 *- 49 , 54, ^ 3 p 3 ^ 3* 3 +^ ; *w h eel, 1 1 , 17 / : e x p e r t o r . 1 5 7 , 483; w hat p e r ta in s to (aWjtdhamma), S34 ; n o t dhamynfr, 5 7, 489, 498, 5t>6 D is c ip le ^ ), 2 3 8 / . , s t B j f ., 323, 333, 3 4 6 ; ch ief, 55 D is cip lin e (tfiJiaya:)* x x ii, x x v , 27, 53. 59 p 74 , 79 , n i p J 4 9 / - 169, 1 7 1 , 17 3 , 311 . 2 1 7 / - , 321 , 24^, 366 , 341, 4J0 f ,t 450, 498, 5 0 6 ; a g a in st, 453 / : e x p e r t on, 157, 483 ; vL r hat p e r ta in s t o (abhivivtaya), S4 D is co u r s e {suttantaj, 1 83 221 D iseases, five, 1 20, 122 D ism iss, 69 f f . D isresp ect, 232 D is s a tis fa c tio n , 65, 190, 1 9 2 ^ D is tr ib u te (robesp* 4 2 7, 4 ^9 , 44 /-# .443 D i s t r i c t s ; border, 266 / , ; m iddle, 263. 3 6 6 /
8r /
C on fess 16 7 / , C o n fid en ce 320, 32a C o n fu sio n (m>ohaJ, 2 4 2 / *
Confey, 59* 68, 97, 106, 269* 286 /.,

3^ i A 3 ^7 . 34 * , 389 , 4 *6 , 4^8
443- 446 485 ; -drink. 345 ; clarified;. 281 ; eating1 -, 30 2/,, 305 ;
te n a d v a n ta g e s of, 302* 4 18 Consciousness., 1 20 /, Consent (cAr*fri)t jtv, i 6 t, 214. Ses also L e a v e of A b sen ce. C oo k , to , 1 7 1 , 2 ^ 7 / ,, 3 * 5 /. C ord (fa;;w ), 6 1, 406 C ou ch* 2 5 7, 259, 396 -Courtesan, 3 7 9 / . C o v e rle t, 256 ; fle ecy (kojava), 397 Cow (s). 254 2 5 8 / 334 / , ; -herds, 3 3 4 / ; -b id e , 257 J?- ; p e n (<tja)p 201 ; five p r o d u c ts of, 336 C r a ft (sippa)t 249, 344, 3 8 1 / . C r a v in g , 1 j Y r6, * 4 2 / ., 3 1 5 C reatu res, o n sla u g h t ortP 105, 1 o 3 h
258/
I N D E X
D iv is io n s in th e E ig h t s {affhakavagga}t
5 i7
364./-
D o cto r . 3 8 1 # . , 38ft, 390, 3 9 a / D o g . 3 9 5 ; -flesh., 299 D o o r (kav&ea), r u ; [dvdra). 34 X ; -b o lt iaggala), 343 D o u b tfu l, i 6 7 ff*> 173 . 2 t ? i 288 D ream , 430 D rin k (s), 3 3 7 / . ; e ig h t k in d s, 339 D u n g , 274. 230 D w e llin g [nivesat*a\ 187^ 2gS, 290, * 97 , 3 3 r 3 * 4 * 333 T>w ellin^-place {vikAra)t 63, 7 5 , 1 1 0 / ., 119. > 8 5 # . 204, 2 37, 240, 3 5 7 , 259- 26-t, 285, *9 4 ff*. 3 * 7 - 341 40a, 4 15 , 43d D y e . * 7 A . 4 5 ffD y s e n te r y . 43 > E a t i n g a t w ro n g tim e , 10 5 E ffo r t (ttsswAAffJ, ic ti f f , 446 f f . E ld e r itfora), 10 7, 1 1 9 . 13 3 , 1 5 2 f t 155 2 12 , 428 E le p h a n t, 245, 29a 2 9 8 / - , 503 504 ; -flesh, 29S / , ; -rug, * 5 7 ; ahe-, 39 * / - . 5 4 E lse w h e re, 305, 430 E n cou rage, to 15 7 E n d s : d e a d -, 15 E n e r g y , *3 9 ff.* 4 3 & / E s s e n c e ( ^ m ) , 243 E u n u c h fs )( S y h i o 3 / , 314 , iS o , 198, 4 3 9 A 455 E v e n n e s s (satnatd), 241 E x h o r t a t io n (on th e L u te ), 241
Expel* ioSj^.f 22S

F a in t, to , 2 i2 Fa-ith F am ilies : t o 473r 477
F o o d : c o n s ta n t s u p p ly of, 35 ; n o t l e f t o v e r , 291 f f m i t 326 - p e r p e t u a l 334 ; scarce, f f .. 298 / 325 ; s h o r t of, 288 ; so lid , 288 / ., a g i B *9 3 . 3 , 3^4- 3 ^ - 334. 3+3 f f 443. 446 f f . 1 so lid a n d so ft, 26, 3 6 /-. 5 0 / - 5 7 * * 7 p 2 7 i ft-. 290. x97p 3 *3 . 3^3. 3 * 4 . 333 ff-* 339, 4 * 5 I s u b s ta n tia l, 269 ; a b s ta in in g from , 337; for in c o m in g m on ks, *tc+3 4 16 f f . i t h a t m a y b e -eaten d u r in g a w a tc h o f th e n ig h t, etc.t 3 4 8 : th o s e w h o li v e on rem ain s of, 28S, 3 M , 306 / . ; a lm s -, 74 -d is tr ib u tio n , 3 1 3 , 3 3 5 : (AAo/dfuz), 19 7 42-Oj S ec also M e a ls . F o o t-s to o l, fo o t-s ta n d , 1 3 , 60, 62^ 2 0 a / . , 2 3 r* 446* 5 <x>ffF o r e s t-d w e lle r , n S F o r fe itu r e , offen ce in v o lv in g , 2-63 F o r g iv e , 70 F o r m u la : on efo ld , 2 21 f f . th r e e fold, 24, 36* 2 2 i f f - 1 tw o fo ld , 6, 2 2 1 ff . F o r tu ito u s , 32S /. F reed , 2 1 , 3 4 / * * 7 # -* 4** 3 ^ * 4 * / F reed o m * 2 1 , 30, 46, 55 ; a d e p t 's b o d y of. S i j b liss of, 1, 3 f f , \ o f m ind, 1 7 F rien d s, 19 9 /, 2t>8, 2 i o d 230, 2 3 2 ; grou p o f t h ir t y , 3 1 /. F ru itfe), 339 ' as m ed icin es, 2 7 2 ; so lid fo o d t h a t b , 2B9, 293, 347 ; w ith o u t seeds, 2 9 3 -4 F u r th e r , to {sanTgakati}t 1 5 7 F u r th e r -m e n [uttarima>iussa)r 1 4 , 125,
E y e s , illticas a ffe ctin g , 2.75
237/.. 384
341 b rin g
in to
d isrep u te,
a t t it u d e o f a.r 59, 79 P w , 384, 387, 3S9 Feelings r / ., 2 0 / , F e e t, 336, 339 24S # . t 279, 309, 4 15 , 4 3 1, 5 0 0 /* ; fo o t-s a lv e , 2 79 Fever, 29? / . F in g e r -b r e a d th , 423 Fire, 3 5 / . , 4 0 / ., 44* 45, 48, 148, 19 7, 222. 312 ; -h a il {aîSflAz), 34, 65, 18 6 / . ; -ro o m (qgyag'&ra), 33 /., 39 /. ; -vessels, 42, 45 : -w orsh ip, 43 A *3 , 3 4 F ish , 2 96 n .9 325 F le s h , 296, 29S ff . See also M ea t* F lo u r . 2S5 : solid food t h a t is, 343 /. F lo w ers, 339
F a th e r
9*,
n *,
195-
3S l *
4 3 *;
G a r la n d s , scen ts, 105 G a r lic, 2 7 j G h ee, 75, 269 /- 284, 329 n.> 336, 384, 3 9 1 f G if t , 18 $ f f . t 2 2 1, 323, 39 7, 508 ; o f fa ith , 4 2 4 G in g e r , 2 71 G irlfs), g ro w n , 8 7, 19S ; little , 2S3 G iv e n , n ot, 1 05, 1 oS, 1 24 G iv in g , 23, 2 6 / . , 32, 238, 307, 323, 333, 343 G o (gone) fo rth , 1$ , 52, 74. 93 f f h t 1 0 9 / . , 1 1 2 / . , 124, -zo2 / ; to let frabb&jeti), 2 9 / 7 1 f t, 74, ^ o f f . f 1 0 3 / - O. I C 5 f ; 1 * 6 - 2 3 9 , 2 6 1 G o a ! {atika), 1 5 , 7 7, 2 1a , 24c f . t 245, 287. 3 4 ^ G o rn g fo rth {pabbaffd^y ix , x i, i S / ., 26, 2 7> 2 g f y 43 f t 56, 73, 74 /-. 90; 9 ^p n o , 112 , 339, 2 6 1 ; fo r OVfce&, 1 0 3 / . G o ld , 198, 245, 284 ; a n d s ilv e r , 106, 2 7 5 # - , 3 3 6 ; c h a p le t, * 8 3 /
2M
5i 8
IN D E X
111 {gtl&na), 1 1 7 f.t 153 , 1 5 5 / , 1 5 * / , 1 6 1 , 1 8 8 / , , 1 9 2 # , 223. 23p 2 55p
G r a s p in g , i / ., 242 f . ; fiv e g ro u p s of, 16 G rass* 20S / + r 2 63 307. 504 ; Itus<z-t 4&5 ; ro ll of* 283 ; -m a ttin g , 406 G r in d sto n e , 2 7 2 G ro o m s, 108 G ro u n d , a b o v e the* 338, 4 5 9 Groâp <*?>*)* 55 , 7 6 / * l l 4* 154. 19 a , 19 3 G r o w th 450 G u id a jic a (K i^ ^ v a ), 100 / ,, n o ., 1 1 7 / . ; nullifrcatiorrs of, 81 ; t o g iv e , 7 3 jF-* iOp i a 7 H a b its : b a d , 73 , i o 3 ; good, 81 / ,
260, 2.70 f f .r 286* 294 JF-. 3<*S, 32s.

426. 4 3 2 /. ; (five q u a litie s of one w h o is iU)# 4 34 / . Ill {dukkha}, 39, ^3. 2 6 /.* 44. 56* 93/.* 338, 308, 3 1 5 , 323* 3 4 * ; m ass oJ, 2 ; tr u th s of, 1 16* 23 Im p e d im e n t 3 5 7 n .t 35ft ^ . 359 374/ Im p u r ity , 4 2 0 / , In d e p e n d e n tly , t o liv e (anissitena 10 1 j f m f 117/, In d iv id u a l, 2 2 9 / . , 3 4 7 , 443, 460 f f t \ binder t w e n t y y e a r s , 98 In s e c ts , * 5 0 In s tr u c t, t z o j f . ; o r , 12 2 In s u lt, to, 3 * 3 / .
103, 3*5
H a b it u a l te n d e n cie s ($a*hkhard)> 1 / , 7, * / H a lf- m o n th , 1 3 0 / .. 335 /. 154 H a n d ( s ll 209,. 276, 378* 503 ; c u t off* 1 1 5 / , 4 6 2 ; w ashed* 301, 33S, 3 4 4 ; w ith d r a w n fro m b ow l, 290, 2 97, 5 3, 313 . 3 * 5 * 335 , 33 S- 34 . 344 - 4 5 H a p p in e ss , 5 H a tre d s 2 4 1 / . H e a d : d isea se o i th e , 383 / ., 3 8 6 / . H eadache., 2 7 7 H e a t (-fsjff)p 33 J5 T -; c o n d itio n o f (ffjodhdtv), 34 /h H * a ven> 23, 2 6 / . h 32, 238, 307, 323, 333* 3 4 2 i -w o rld s. 304* 331 H e lp , to (anttgganhaii } 15 7 H e r b s , 278 H fr m a p h r o d ite , 1 1 3 16 0 /-> 1S0, 439 , 45 *- 4 6 t H erm itag-e* 359 H id e, anim al 5 , 2 5 7 jJ\, 263, *66 /. H indrances 23* 238,. 308* 3 2 3 * 34 * H o m elessn ess. 13 / . p 27* *3 ^ , 2 4 1 , *4 5 * 261 H o n e y * 75, 2 6 9 / , 2 S 4, 2 8 9 ^ ; b a lls , 5 / . : -lu m p s, 301 Jf, ; -d rin k . 339 H o rn , 2 7 6 / ^ 2 7 9 H orse, 399 ; ^flesh* 2 9 9 ; - m g . 2 5 7 House,, 3431 2 6 1, 34 5 ; cu r v e d , lon g, 75 - l 39r i S 6 f f . r 327. 40a H o u seh o ld er, 23 ff-t 27* 47 J?"., 240, 3 2 8 / ., 407* 438 ; vo liv e in c o m p a n y w ith . 4 6 1, 473* 4 7 7 ; t o revile, 474* 477 H u m a n beiflj^ 120, 12 5 H u m o u r s : b a d , 2 8 1 ; oi t h e b o d y , 394 Hyera, 300 ; flesh, 300 * I a m F co n ce it, 5 Ig n o r a n ce , 1 / . , 7
Interrogation,
I n v it a t io n (pavS.rai^d)w x v i i r 205* 2 13 / 3 16 223 35*< 4 ^ 8 ; -d a y , a n , 2 13 231 # . , 2 3 4 ; c o n v e y o r of, 2 13 n , ; t o c o n v e y . 2 1 6 ; to g iv e th e, 2 1 3 ; to suspend, * 3&* 233 , 2 34 In v ite , t o {fiavaretS)t 2 1 1 f f v , z?i fft 4 4&5 fIrreg u la r thin gs* fou r g r e a t, 280 Itc h , * 7 4 , 4 21 ; -c lo th , 421 f f . Iv o r y , 2 7 6 / *
J a u n d ic e , 280, 390 ju i c e {rasa}, 339
M i x , h a l t a. 3 9 S
24& ff-* a54- *57, *59
275 jflT-
K a fh in ei * clo th , 353 jjf., 426 ; p r iv i leges, 263 357 f f 374 375 4 2 7 /K h u s -k h u s , 2 71 K id n e y -b e a O j 2 8 6 / ., 336 K ill, to, 254 /, K i n ^ s ] . 9 * , 148, 162, 185, 198. 222, 2 27, *9 8 /, 3 1 1 /., 3+*>J in a k in g 's service, 93, 1 1 2 K itc h e n (rasafa/f), 18^ K n o w le d g e : p ro fo u n d (aniid), 2 4 *. 245 A5 o : -grass g a r m e n t, 4 36 ; -lo t, 427
L a n ce t, 279 L a n c in g (satikukamnta), 294 /. L a s h in g to g e th e r , -259 /
L a y follower^), x , ft, 24* 152, 196, 227, 239. 347, 30S ff.t 3^2 /*,
333 / ; d e p r a v e d , 2 5 7 / , ; w om en , 26, 3 8 6 , 1S8, * 2 7 L e a d in g a w a y , 320 / ,
IN D E X
L earn er (jtfftAez), 23, 3*3
o f A b s e n c e {ckanda), 455 f f , afro C o n se n t. L e a v e , t o g iv e an d t o o b ta in , 15 0 / # Leave
519
223 ; fof absence** 455^., 5 **
L e a v e s * 339 r m ed icin es, 2 72 L e g a l q u e stio n s, i j * / * , 4 7 1 , 4 7 6 , 503, L ia r , 10S L id , * 7 6 / . L ie d o w n , to , 259 L i f e r d e p r iv e of* 112* 1 3 5 , 2^6 +t. 32 5 ; h o u se h o ld , 265 ; on e fa e u ltie d , 18 3 , 2 5 1 L ig h t sh in e fo rth , 249, 498 L io n , 300 ; -flesh, 300 ; -h id e, 2 5 7 L o d g in g (s j, 75, u S , 19 7, 20a, 204* *0 9 , 440, 2 4 9 / * . 263 , p 264, 275, 3 4 3 , 4 * 0 />. 443 * 449 p 498 , 5O5, 508 L o tu s(e s), 9 , 394 A t fibres a n d sta lk s, 2 9 2 / . ; -pond* tS G / . ; -ta n k , 2 9 2 /., 3 26 . L o v e , m in d o f (-mettacitta). \ a i . also A m i t y h L u te , 240 /,* 494 L y in g , 10 5 , 132, 134, 10 3 / . Set
505
M a d . 159, 1 6 3 : -m a n , a g r e e m e n t for, 36 3 / . M a h o u t, 108 M a laria, 98 / . M anatta, 6fir 191 /- 459 4&7 f f . M a n go , 4< J * -d rin k, 339 j -girl* 3 * 7 M a n tle 397 M a n tras, 337 M a rn a p e , 188 M a tricid e , 1 1 2 , n 3 .. 114 * i6<?, i 3o, 439 . 45 ^- 4&I M a t t e d h a ir a s c e tics , 3 2 / * , 3 5 , 40 ff** 50* 5 *, 9 M ea](s) ibkaita), 2 j , 35, 3 7 jf-- 49 p 75, to g , igOj. 2S9 /., 297, 3^0 /** 3*3* 3 1 6 / - , 333. 333* 335. 338 / , . 4 1 3 / , before* 291 /- 326 ; coarse* 2 7 a : g r o u p s 353 ; o n e (a d ay)* 36 1 ; cju t-a f-tu r n r 305 . ; r e m a in s o f {bk*ttt&vas4sa)t 208 ; su ccession of, 74, 3 4 3 ; t u r n to g iv e a , 300 J .w 326* 343 M e a t, 296, 298, 303, 3 2 4 / ., 327 S e e also B r o th , Fleshy M ed icin efs), 7 5 , 90, 190, 19 S , * 6 9 f f .. 3 29 . 343 - 3 4. 3&G, 391* 4 16 , 4 1 8 ^ 4 3 ^ f-t 443 .* five, 2 6 9 / ., 2S4 M e d ita tio n {jA^wa), 134 M e r c h a n t, 2 3 j ff., 36 38 6 f f .. 389 / ; son of, 389 f~ ; w ife of* 3S i # ' M erit* 3 q 4 , 3 4 *, 397 , 439
M e ta l-s m ith * 96 M id d le co u rse, 15 M ilk * 334 jfft* 5 * M in d * 1 9 8 / - * 4 3 / - 4 *9 M in d fu ln e s s, 420 ; u n -, 425 M in is te r ^ ) ^ ch ie f, 92, 282, 303 311 3 3 # ; o* ju s tic e , 92 M isre p re se n t, 3 1 9 / . , 325 M olasses* 7 5 , 269 284 M o n a s te r y , 96, 106, j o g , i 3 6 / + J 249 293* 32 3 n ., 4 1 1 , 4 1 4 / . ; a tte n * d a a t* 281 /* M o n e y -c h a n g in g {r&pa)t 9 7 Monk(fr), 4 5, 52, 90, 106, 1 1 2 , 15 4 , a86, 795, * 2 7. * 5 ; de praved, 257 ; grou p o i five, 1 I F * 3 # ' r 17. 3 0 / ; g r o u p o f s ix , 10 7. 117, 138 , T45, t + Rj?*, 1 67, 184 /.* 2 12 , * 2 3> 246_.gr., 2 5 0 / ., 254 260. 2 75, 2 7 7 / , 295* 4 *3 , 4 * * , 43> 4 52 ; ill, 90. 1 1 7 / - i in co m in g , 139, 15 5 Ar *2 0 . 4 - 44 ^ # J n e w ly ord ain ed , 62, 133* 14 1* 1 5 3 , 1 5 5 f-. *6 5 , 2 1 5 ; o p p o n e n ts of, 16 2 : p erso n liv in g w ith , 19 5 ; pure* 1 5 1 , 223, 4 4 9 /-* 4 6 t > q u a ir e l&om.e* 221 ; reg u lar, 4 60 j . ; resid en t. i ? z f f . t 185. 2 1 7 ^ , 4 4 6 f., 449; s h o r t of, 2 6 *, 26-3j 265 ; -status-, 93 : w e ll-b e h a v e d , r49 ff*, 223, 446, 448 ; w h o are elders* 6 2, 1 4 1 /,. T4S, 1 5 5 / h j 165, 2 1 1 / ., 2 14 , 248 ; no, 178 /. M o o n s to n e (step), 2 3 7 M o r a l h a b it, 23, 26 32, 8a, 238, 3 7 * 31 / * 3 ^3- 333 * 34 * : a d e p t 's b o d y o f, 81 ff ., 101 / . ; fa llin g a w a y from . 102, 325, 3 1 0 : fiv e a d v a n ta g e s , 3 to M o r a lity , th o u g h t* w isd om , t h e h igh er 253 M o te -h a ll, 3 tS /> M o th e r , 194 / ., 3 1 3 , 38 1, 365* 4 3 2 ; -in -la w , 385 M o tio n (tfoift), 43 ^ ff-* 47 ; an d reso lu tio n (p u t on ce)T x v ii i, 454 f f , w (p u t th re e tim e s ), v i. jcviii* 72^ 118 M o u n ta in slope (sim ile), 244 M u s ta r d -p ow d er, 3 7 9 M y r o b a la n , 40, 2 72 / + J 2S0, 393
155 Jf-
N aked ,. SSj
1 14 /.* 418* 4 3 6 ;
-ness*
N e t-w o r k {aUhapadaka)+ 424 N ir v a n a , 7 {it>flct)* viii^ 7, JJ 1 5 A j -a tta in e d , 12 N o n -h a r m in g , 242 / , N o n -h u m a n a fflic tio n , 274 N o n -s la u g h te r (d a y), 296
4X 7 /- 436
nr
5 * o
I N D E X
-sp o o n , 277
N o s e , 1 7 7 , 3S4 /. ;
N o v ic e , x i / . , 81 f f . , 1O0, 105 194 / ., 2 37, 458 ff .
15 9 ,
j &q , 3 9 3 f f . , 2 2 7 , 4 0 4 . 4 3 4 / ., 4 3 S , 4 5 s f f - : w o m a n , 1 6 0 , 1 8 G jgf*#
Nim(s), 87, 99* J05

J?. ;
1 14 ., t&o, iS6jrf., 1 9 2 / , i 9 5 P 200, *2 0 , 227, 2 5 5 rt. 4 16 , 418, 4 4 3p 4 5 a

s e d u c e r o f a., j o S , 1 1 3 / . , 16 0 ,
* i 3
1B0, 439 . 458 , 461 K u t-g r a s s , 2 7 1 . 2 75 N u tr im e n t, 1 0 6 / , 280
O b je c t, to- ip atik kh ip aU ), 326 O bservance x iv ff.r u i , * 3 1 / * 1 3 6 # - . t 53 p i 5 7 J f 1 7 1 , i 73 jgT.* 2 0 4 / - 2Jip * 33 , 4 3 5 ^ -, 5 1 0 ; -d a y , 1 3 2 , 135. 240 / . 146, 148, 1 5 3 ^ , 157 . I &4 jy.. 17 1 jfr* I ? 5 . J7^ / ., 2.04 / , ; -h all. 1 3 9 / * * 5 5 / - ; - l l u t p 2 5 0 ; tw o or three* 330 O ffence, 84* l o i / , . 13 2 f f . f 1 6 7 ^ . , 190, i ^ a h 2 16 4 S 3 f f , t 506 /_ ; c o lle c tiv e 16 7 ff. ; e n ta ilin g a F o r m a l M e e tin g o f th e O r d e i. M 7 * * 5 J J -1 ex tr e m e , i j g , 13 o p 439^ 4 5s, 4 6 0 ; icill of, 4 6 1, 473. 4 7 7 ; g ra ve . 174 , 1 7 <S/ ., 219, 1225, 255, *9 4 /*, ^ 99 * 43G / . ; in v o lv in g d e fe a t, 14 7, 225 ff. ; m a k in g a m e n d s for, i * 6 t i&& f f . r i 3a, 212., * 15- * * 7, 2 zS p 4 S & / - / 458 . 4 ^ jffl, 4 7 4 > 47 & p 4 8 G / ; o f e x p ia tio n , Z25 j f , p 230* 2 3 3 ; le m o v a l of, 2 1 1 ; r e p r o v e for, J5o /,, 223, 2 * 7 / ,, 462 jf. ; seein g an, 1 2 5 / - , 1&0, 3 12, 2 1 ^ ^83 # > 509 ; t o b e con fessed , 2 2 j ff-r 486 ; u n d eterm in ed , t 47 ; no. 132 , 13 4 , 152 , 17$ IT* **5 2 1 7 / . , * S 8 h 483 jy.. a o / 509 O ffen d er, 16 7 /., 2 ( 6 / . , 2 2 3 : n o t an, 1 5 1 , ifrg, 223. 4 + 9 / ,, 461 O d e r (fo rm ally) to, 2So, 289 O il. 7 5 P 2 6 9 / ., 2 7 7 f f . r 2S4. 2 ^ , 300, 326, 334, 336, 345 ; d ecep tio n of, 27B O in tm e n t, 2 75 ; -b o x e s, 275 / . ; -pow d ers, 2 7 5 ; - i t k k s , 2 76 ; p u lvetiêdp 2 75 O ld , g o n e io r th when, 344 ff . O ld i p e an d d yin g* 1, 16 O n e w ho shajres a cell, ffm u 7 6 jjT.p &3h 43 * O p e n air, 20 1, 248, 250, 264, 410 / . O p e n u p , to 230 O r d a in iupasam pddeti). 29 j Jt 72 f f . t &lff.r SQfr , 9 2 , 9 7 / . . I 9 f f * tC 9 /., ! 123 193, 262, 467 ff.
O r d e r (of m onks], 24, * 6 P 30, 4 5 ^ . ' 4 9 J?.p 78, 8g, U4p 7 S /-* iS ip 1S3* 19 1 202, 2 1 3 , 221 f f r, 289 j , 3 2 7* 34 ^. 347 , 40 * . 4 * 6 Jf-r 4 3 * 434 / p 439 ^.p 4G0 ; ben & factorp s u p p o rte r of, t86 , 2 9 5 ; bu sin ess forp i 6 a / , 196, 214 ; co m p le te , x v , 146 / + J 1 7 1 , 458, 466 j y rp 4 S 7 j d iv id e d r 1 9 9 4 8 5 , 48^ ; five, 4 5 7 ; five lo ld , 4,S7 1 fo u rfo ld . 4 2 6 ^ .* 457 ff. ; go es (do&s n ot ô) to o far, 4 6 7 ff. ; incom plete^ 142^ 446, 159 . 161 / ., 1 7 1 f f . t 2 1 3 : m id st of, J a o j f . . <33p 146 ff* t 460, 4 9 8 ; o f th e fo u r q u a rters, 435 ; ten lo ld j 262 /.* 457 ff . ; to le a v e th e, go. 126, 159 j A ; t w e n t y f o ] d h 4 5 7 ff> ; u n a n im o u s. 181 ; u n a n im ity in, 5 10 / . ; w bole,
16& ff.
O r d e r (of nuns), 1S 7 jjT.* 508 O r d in a tio n ix iS jjT., z 6 / . . 2 9 / , 43 / ( 56, 7 2 / . , 8 ^ / ., ll& ff .> 126 , 19 3 , ^ 39 , aGjp 4 5 s ' 46 7 # . ; b y a gro u p , 266 O rrt^ root, 2 71 O u g h t -t o -b e done, a n , 89, 3ifi 3 2 0 / , 333 : o u g h t n ot-, 3J6 f f * 333 Owrner, J99
43? / -- 447 f f 45 .
46* ff-.
474 , 4 7 ^.
P a c in g u p a n d d ow n , 248, 250 ; a p la c e for, 166* 240 P a la n q u in , 25G P a lm y r a p alm , 2 5 1 /. Pan L h er. 30a ] -fle&h, 300 ; -hid e, -337 P a r e n ts , g-6 f . t 23^, 424 ; co n s e n t ol, 97 . *<Mr 120 P a r k {ardma)t 5 ] J . t 3 1 7 P a r r ic id e i u , i 6 o p i S o r 439,
458, 464
P a rtisa n s , 433 /. Pa.ssion. 2 4 2 P a tc h 4 12 /, P a t h . 48, 54

X ^ tim o k k h a , x v / . . 62 n ro ft n .. 131 j^., 135 /-i 1 3 3 # . 1 +7 / . I S 2 # --
Perception 20 /.
57/5 10 : t h e tw o, 4
l8 . 2 3 l . 3 33.
P e r fe c tio n , 43, 4 19 P e r fe c te d 2 1, 2 6 ^ . , 37, 39 J?** 17 , 5 * 1 * 113 - * 4 *, 3 ^ / , 337 p 341 , 410: s la y e r of, 113 / .. 160. 43Q. 458, 461 P e r il, 22 f, 265 P erm ission . 3 1 9 : t o a s k for. 107, 334^ 353, 3 9 1 P e s tle an d m ortar. 2 7 4 P lo u g h s h a r e . 3 7t 33 & P o iso n , 280
IN D E X
P r e c e p to r , x 5 7 # * 73 f * to / fij9 2 . IOO j o t , 107, 109* 1 *4 1 1 9 jff.. 1 5 7 , 349, 263 . 265, P re se n c e of, in th e , 466 jyi P r o b a tio n , 66, 85 f . M 89, 180, 19 0 f M *9 3 w, 459 , 4 * 7 Jf- i -er, 1S0, 18 6 593. 194 * *95, 3 * 7, 453
S2 I
374. 43*
P r o c la im
13 a ,
P r o c la m a tio n , 1 1 9 , 193, 19 3 19 3 , 453 # '* 4&7 J a n n o u n ce r of, 93 P r o h ib itio n (a fa m n a ), 106 /. P r o te c tio n (sajpâfcz), 233 P r o te s t, th e* 460 P s o te s t, to, 1 5 1 , 4 5 3 # . P r o v is io n s fo r a. jo u r n e y , 335 / , 3S2 P s y c h o -p h y s ic a lity , 1 f . P s y c h ic p o w er, 2S4, 2 9 7 , ^ 9 ^ 4 1 5
453#
459
P u n is h m e a t* 10 6
P s y c h ic w o n d er, 2 + / . , 33, 3*> 2 3* P u p tf {antev&sika)r 79 jff.P 83, 1 0 7 *, P nre> 229 335 ; in b o d y* speech , m o d e o f livelihood.. 2 2 4 f . S<s* M o n k s , pu re. P u r g a tiv e , 295, 394 / . P u r it y , t 33 j 135; e n tir e (fa n 4TtÂi)7 v i. x v , 133, 1 j S jf ,, 162, 1G4
432
180
Q u a d r a n g u la r b u ild in g (ms/a)* 18 7 Q u arrel. *2 4 , * 3 0 / * 4 8 8 / ^ 5 1 * /
R a f t , 3 14 R a m s { i s fl) , x v i / . , 30, io o , 158, 169 , *3jF*. 1 9 6 f f . f 3o a / . . 2 0 s jp ., 2 2 1 jy., 330. 262, 289, 3 5 1 / 426 438, 4 4 3 ; -resid en ce, 76. 18 3 , 203 f f * \ c lo th s fo r, 4 1 6 , 4 19 / . t 423 / .J 4 36 ; c u t tin g short* ig fi f f . \ t o e n te r u p o n , 1 8 3 / ., 19 6 f f . 330, *3 2 , 3 5 1 / . R a ta , J43, 285. 40a R a w flesh a n d b lo o d , 2 74 R e b ir t h 3 22 R e c lin e u p o n , to , ^ 5 6 / R eclu se(s), 1 7 / . , 409 ; g r e a t, 43, 4 7 / , 53 j f . R e fe c to r y , 5 7 30 1, 303, 343, 4^5. 483 , 503 R e fu g e , ue / , x i i / ., 6, 3 4 , 2 6 , 30, 4 9 , 7 * j 8, 10 3 n o w ,, 2 3 9 , 3 o S , 333 / ., 333 / . R e h a b ilita te , 459* 467 R e h a b ilita tio n , 6&, 1 9 1 /., 262 *_, 4 5 a, 4^7 #
R e la tio n s , r e la tiv e s , 162, 1 9 ^ 2 1 4 R em o rse , 65* 190, *92 ^ * R en d ezvo u s, *3 9 R e n u n c ia tio n * 342 R e p r o v e for a n o ffen ce, 130 / ., 233, ^ 3 7 / ., 232* 4 6 2 ^ . R e q u is ite s , 343, 4^3 1 R e s id e n c e (a&aJd), 1 1 7 , * 3 6 / ., 13 9 ff., I 5 3 / . * 55 , 157 / * 164 I&8 ff., 1 7 8 / , , I S3, 19 /-, 208, 2 14 , 2 1 7 / , 2 2 1 / ., 230. 232, 439, 434, 443, 471 / ; n e ig h b o u r in g , 15 3 , 15 8 , 168 / ; n o t a, 178 /* R e s in s a s m ed icin es, 2 7 3 R e s o r t (for alm s), S7, 417,. 4 4 7 R e so u r c e s (ntssaâ), 7 5 f . w134 R e s t-h o u s e , 3 0 9 / , R estlessn ess* 241 R e s to r e 12 6 , 4 6 1 / . . 487,. 510 R e s to r a tio n {osdra&a}t 4 6 1 f . R h e u m a tis m , 2 7 S /* R ic e ibhatta), 97* t o 6 , 1 6 9 , 3 2 7, 443 ; h u s k e d {Sa-Hiftiia), 288, 300* 336* 334 . 33 6* 345 R i g h t tim e , 2 6 9 # , 4 * 7 / R i g h t v ie w , S3 R iv e r , 1 3 S / , M 3, 14 5 , 4 2 6 R o b e(s), 1 3 , 60 f f ., 65, 6 7 , 75, 89, 115 * 138 , 14 2 , 155 / . 177 . 2 *3 - 209, 23 *5 * 1 264, 3 7 4 , 398 ., 343 * 35 -ff- 4 7j 4 9 JS^. 4 * 4 , 4 * 1 * 4 Z5 jfS T 43 + / * 44 & ? c u t u p , 407, 405, 424 ; ex p e c ta tio n , o i a, 358, 364 ff . ; e x tr a , 263 267 4 11 / 4 2 3 ft- I i o n r t h , 4 10 ; h o u se h o ld e r s ', 39 6 / ., 3g o ; inner* 409, 4 *1 ff'* 4 2 5 / ^ le a st, 433 ; rag-. 37 * 75- 3 J i . 396 , 3 9 9 / - 413* 4 3 3 ; th ree, 1 4 2 f f . ^ separation from ), 3 5 ", 353 * 41 jfiT- 4 32 jfc. 434 / : u p p e r , 30, 296, 4 9 - 4 *^. 4 * 3, 4*5 f. ; of v a r io u s colours, 438; y e llo w , 2 7 , 30, 109, 239, 2 61 ; n o Tobe. 1 1 4 / S s / fa C lo a k , o u te r . R o b e -m a te r ia l, 67* 263* 266, 358 f f . t 39S. 4 ^ - 434 * 4 2 7* 4 2 9 ^ - 4 35 ff+ ; a c c e p te r of, 400 403 n, d is tr ib u to r of, 403 / , ; k e e p e r of* 401 y_, 403 . ; p o r tio n of, 4 2 7 ff+ : re c e iv e r of, 4 3 9 / . ; share of, 430 435 R o o ts as m edicines^ 2 7 1 , 3 9 1 ; w h a t w a s p o u n d e d o ff ro o ts, 2 7 1 R o s e -a p p le , 3 9 / - ; -d rin k , 339 R u le {dhamma)p 1 7 1 jgflp 2 1 7 / , 4 5 3 ; im p o r ta n t, 190 , 192 R u le , accoxd i& g t o th e , 9 8 , 180, 2*8* 3 3 ^ 334, 355. * 59j ^ 7 ^ 2 S 5r 305, 326, 4 1 1 , 4 50 R u l e (5) o f tr a in in g , 7 7, 105, 1 3 I / . ( 2 io , 2 8 7, 3 4 6
533
I N D E X
S o fa , ^ j 6 / t S o litu d e 311 S o m e rsa u lts, 389 S o d , 98, 104, 188, 3 *9 , 3 3 1, 3 8 0 ; a t t it u d e o i a, 59, 79 S ore (uapczK 2 7 9 ; [assava)t 4 *1 S p e e ch , 2 0 9 / , *6 5 , 303 S ta b le , 187 S te a m , 2 7 7 ; tu b e s for, * 7 7 / . S tic k s , * o / - . 327 S to r e , 285 : -room , 4o n / . S tr a p , 2 7 6 ff. S tr e a m : -a tta in in g , 4 1 9 ; a g a in s t th e; 7 S tr iie , * 2 4 , *3 0 / , 4 7 1 f f ., 488 /,, 498, 5 5 ff -. 5 i /S tr o n g d rin k. 1O5, 108, 278, 493 S tu m b lin g -b lo c k , 120 f f . w 132, 134 S u g a r , 286, 305 f f . r 336 ; -c a n e ju ice, 339 ; -fa c to r y , 285 S u n , 3, 3 4 S u n s h a d e {chaiia), 30-2 S u p e r -k n o w le d g e , 13 f f ., 2 4 1, 332 S u p p o r t, t o litpsUth&peti), 1 57 S u sp e n d iu k k k ip a ii)m1 ^ 5 / ., 159* *8 o p Sw eatin g., 278 / + S w ords, w a s h in g o f t i e , 4 9 0 /.
Sacrifices, 340 S a lt, *8 8 , 500, 336. 33G, 345 S a lte d sour gru el, 286 S a lt s ivs m ed icin es, 2 73 S a n d a ls , 1 7 7 . 2 4 5 260, 263, 265 S a v a g e s , 148, S 2 i S cabs* th ic k , 274, 4 21 S ch ism , jc ix / ,, 174 , 176 , 1 9 9 / ^ 2 1 9 / , 325 485 A 5 1 0 f S c h is m a tic , 1 1 3 / . * 160, tS o , 439, 458,. 46; S co u r g e d a s p u n is h m e n t, 9 5, 116 * 462 S e a t {asana), 59 f r 208 /., 2 i 2 r Seclusion,. 5 1, 130 jfif.,. 13 6 f rt 262* 269 A 3 * 5 SectCs), 78, 85, &a# n o , t i 4 130 , i6o 180, 183, aoa, 2 1 1 , 2 ^ 7, 3 * 3 , 3 3 / - 436 /<* 439 /.* 458* 4 6 0 ; fo rm er m e m b e r o f a n o th e r , 78, 85 J?* , S e d a n -c h a ir , 2 5 6 S e e d (5), 294, 34 7 Seen , h ea rd , su sp e c te d , a 2 6 / , 325 S e lf, ix , x x i v , 20, 3a, 2 4 5 , 50 1 ; cu r b e d -o f-, 4 ; n o t, 20 S e n io r ity , 486 Sen.se-pleasnxes^ 1 5 22 / + J 25,. 23S, 34 6 / ,, 234, 2 5 7, *6 0 , * 6 5 , 3 7 5 jgf., 30 7- 3 * 3 . 34 2r + 7* 4 i&. 4 2 j 43 S S e n se-sp h eres, 1 / . S e n t a w a y , b e in g rana), 460 / S e r p e n t, via* 33 ff.^ n o 299; 'k in g , 4, 33. * 9 9 S e r v a n t {arUevdsin)t 2-g^ S e sam u m , 287, n S g f f ; -p a s te , 2 79 S e x u a l in tercou rse, 124 S h a d e , 237 S h a d o w , 123 S h a p e s, sounds* scen ts, 2 43/< S h a v in g (th e hair}., 89, 96 Sh eep , 2 r j ; -h id e, 263, * 6 6 f S h eet, 4 2 1 ff. S h o es, ; o f b a m b o o leaves, 232, o f p a lm y r a leaves^ 251 / . ; w o o d en , S h o p , 1 8 7 , 3 5 7 , 4 13 S ic k , 4 32 . 434 ; fo o d for the* 90, 4 16 / . ; fo o d for th o se w h o a t t e n d th e , 90* 4 1 6 / . ; m ed icin es for, 90, 4 1 6, 18 ; on e w h o a tte n d s th e p 4 33 ff ee also III (giiaita)* Silence,. 1 3 1 , 2 1 1 S iste r, 195 S i t d o w n to* 2 5 9 / . S k in , 2 9 7 ; -d isea se, 2&1 S la v e , 9 5, 3 2 9 ^ - 334 S le ep , 4 2 0 / . S leepiug-pL ace, s o lita r y . 2 6 1 S n a k e , 280 ; -flesh, 299 f. S n a res 38 /*
33
237* 3 9- 4* 5, 4^8
447* 449 Jlfo 45^, 4* . # - 509/.
483
T a l k ; p ro g ressive, 23 2 G / .. 32, 49, 238* 3< > 7- 3 a 3* 333 A 342 i w o r ld ly . 250 T a lto w a s medicine^ 2 70 /. T a m e d (cfflMfa), 362 T e a c h e r (icflriy a ), 79 9 a n .t jo o n .t T h e ft, 124, 2S3 T h ie fH 93 A i i 2 /-* 135 14S , 1 6 * . 196 j j -.. 422., 288, 3 * 9 , 425 * T h is is m ine, th is a m I, th is is m y self,* 2 1 T h r e a d , ^ 76 f f \ T ic k e t 1 54 T ig e r , 3 0 0 ; -flesh, 3 0 0 ; -hide, 2 5 7 T r a d itio n {dgama), 1 5 7 , 169 T r a in in g 19 3 /. T ran sgression , 449 /* T reasu re (mtfAif, 199 T ree, a o i, 250, 402 T ru st* t o t a k e on (Wssasaiy* gaheittrp)* 4 3a, 441 /. T ru th (s), a r iy a n , 1 6 / . , 3 13 T u r b a n , 438 T u rm e ric, 271 U lcer, 294 U n c h a a tity , 10.5. i o 3 U n g u e n t, 278 f>
I1>JJ *57* 2^9345. O *
* 5/-
I N D E X
V e g e ta b le 339, 343 /. V e g e ta b le grow th * 293 n. V e h ic le, * 5 5 f * 3 * 5 f f - 3 * 9 * 33 */ V e n e r a b le o n is , 133 V er a n d a h , 34 2 V e r d i c t : of in n o c e n c e 4 6 7 f f , \ o i p a s t in s a m ty , 4 6 7 V erin in , 288, 3*9 V e sse l (fwwiAii), 117& ^ V ie w , ja ilin g a w a y fro m {right}, 3 a, 225 ; e ^ tie m c , 226^ S&& alsa W r o n g V ie w . V illa g e , 5 1 , 60, 67- S7, * 43 > M 5* * 54 . 19 7 , 2o Z - 26* * 8 2 / , * 91 * 3 2^ 411, 425; -overseers, 236 ^ . ; -residen ce, 42S /. W an d e rers, 5 2 / . , 5 5 /** 13 . 3 22 **-
523
87
W idows,
W ife , 3 1 , 19&. 329, 3 3 1, 333 * 383, 39 * ; form er, 124 W ild e r n e ss roads* 3 3 5 / * 3^4 W in d * a fflictio n o* * 7 a * 336 W in d o w s , 6 5, 28 5 W is d o m {pan&a) ; a d e p t 's b o d y of,
&i /+, io i /.
Warriors, 91 /.
W a tc h -to w e r , 1 S 7 W a te r , 42, 148* 197,z a *. * 74 > 386, 307* j i * . 407. 4 2 1. 431* 4 4 0 / - 503 ; a str in g e n t, 2 7 9 ; h e m p -, 279 ; -ja r, 402, 309 ; -s tia in e r , 285, 306, 432 /. ; - v a t , 2 79 ; fo r d r in k in g . Ox /*, 156, 1 66. 1 7 6* io S / ii6 , 431 446-,. 503 ; fo r w a s h in g (th e feet}, 13, a * fo r d r in k in g 1 ; p u rifica tio n b y , 262* 265 W a y , v iii, x x i v , 3, 43, 4S n iw 49* 238, 30-S, 323. 343 ; eigh tfold * 1 5 / ; fr u its o f th e , 4 19 W e b b e d fingers, iif> ( 462 W e ll {udapan&)t 1 8 6 / . W h ite a n ts, 404, 406
W om an 31 /.* * 9 8 ; lo w class, 19 6 W o m e n 's q u a rte rs, 2 8 3 / , W o o d , fo o d g ro w n in a , ^94, 326 W o o lle n s tu ff (foajwia/a), 397 / . W r a t h , 493 W r itin g , 94, 9 6 / W ron^ -doin g,, offence o f, 69 / ., 73* 76 f f ., So, 91 ff** 99 / - t 4 / * H 3 ff* * * , *3 4 J S S f f .. 14 * * 1 4 5 - t f --. ^5 4 # - 3 6 6 , 1 7 3 /-- i ? 6 r 1 7 8 , iS o , 1 8 4 / , 20 1 f f . . 2 z 1 j 2 1 3 / . , * 1 6 , * 1 8 / . , 2 4 3 , 5 j S r* * 45 f * 4 8 / * , 2 5 1 , 254 / . p 2 5 7 , 2 5 9 / ., 2 7 1 jfr , 2 76 4 3 7 /., 29SJ?., 3 * 5 / - , 3 2 * . 346, 403* 4 24 A 430 . 4 3 2- 43 s * 4 4 9 /. W r o n g speech* offen ce of, 225 j j . W r o n g tim e , 2 7 0 / ., 286, 33 7, 4 1 7 W r o n g (or, false) view{&), 6 5 , 84. 126, 1 7 7 ISO, 190, 1 9 * /?- 22&, 439 A 45 s - 463 4 7 3 / - 4&7 Y e a r s o f a g e , t w e n t y , 120 Y e a r s ' sta n d in g , 1 0 9 , 1 9 3 165; fiv e , less, m ore t h a n five, r o i ; one, 7 6 / * . 265 ; t e a , less, m ore t h a n ten*
77 i f - So. s 4 /-. * >; two, 76/.
IN D E X
II.
NAM ES
C a m p l, 2 36 , 446, 448 ff. C a u d a p a d u m 5 J 32 9 * C h a lm e is , I-o r d p i z 264 C itt a , 4 1 6 n. Codan..vattb.up 152 , 15 4 C o o l G r o v e . 239 ff . C 0 0 m a ra sw a m y , A * I C , 1 5 < p 43 n., 53 63 * &4 73 S9 116 n .3 r t 9 .. 2.47 n .t 2 59 318 3 * 7 n , t 342 ft., 436 * h Coom araB w am y, >. I-.f 7 7 C o ral T r e e , 40 C u n d a t h e G r e a t, 507
A b h a y a , 380 /., 3 8 5 / . A c ir a v a t lj 354, 4 1 $ A j i t a K esiLkam balin , 325 n. A k s a g o t t a ( 294 AllLra t h e 10 A in b a p & ll, 3 * 5 J^-> 379 i G r o v e , 3 1 7 A amatagga~santyuttaJ 3 5 I k A n a n d a , 32 9 7, n 8 / f 264* 469 A 2 74, 301* 3 **> 3 ^6 /,, 34 % 343 - 394 J+* 4 Sp 4 ^ 4 if-* 4 * 3 * 43 *. 5 7 A o S th a p in ^ ik a , 95 H , 328 . r 34 1
503
A n d h a k a v i n d i , 142, 300, 305, 4 i S A n e s a k i, M .r 264 . A n g a , 36, 336 . A o g ir a s a . 35 A n gu .lim 3 .la, 93 * . A n g u tta r a .p a . 334, 3 3 * . A Q n a ta -K o a fJ a n d a , 1 1 n + f 1 7 / . t i-g n. A n o ta tt a , 3 7 A n u m d d h a , x i x , 5 o r jf., 30 7 A pana., 3 3 6 / ., 340 A s lh l, 184 Asoka^ 428 n A s s a ji, rr 19 , 5 * jF A n ^ a k a , 337 Atihakavaggat -364 rt. A tu m a,, 3 4 4 ^ Avanti.* 260 j^. ; so u th ern region oi,
Dakkhiii&giri,
joo
/ ., 407 /.
D e v a d a t t a , I52* 19 9 n .w3 2 5 n r D h a n a fija y a , 329 330 . D lgh a vu , 491 D fghlti, kin g of K o s a la , 4 6 9 ^ D u t t , K ., 260 m, D u tt , S ., 62 66 7^1 81 n .w 133 435 * E a s te r n B a m b o o G r o v e , 5 0 0 / . G a g g a , I* 3 / . G a g g a r i lo tu s-p o o l, 446 G a n g e s , 255, 3 14 G a v a m p a t i( 2 7 G a y S , n P 45
36a ff.s 365 ff :
B&laJcblo^rh^raj
B a m b o o G r o v e , ^r, 5 5 . 183, 2E6, 289, *94* 3* 3, 3 7 $ B a m a. B HM>p 12 w* Bda.tf.ha. X a c c a a , 305 jjf. B e la tth a s is a , 32 273., 421 B e n a re s, i i , 1 3 , 1 7 f . M21* 3 7 , 3 1 , 2 5 1 / ., *9 5 A 300, 3 9 7 n .t 4 1 3 / , 489 A 493 / , ; m e r ch a n t of* 3 8 9 / . B h a d d a v a tik S ., 3^3 f . B h a d d iy a , 11 . r 19, 2 5 2 jflf, 3* B h a g u . 428, 500 B h Ii& ig A ia , 346 -n. B im b is a r a , 46 /., 49 jff^ 89* 130, iS S , 236, 2 8 l f f . t 3 1 5 7 t., 329 W h p 33 . 33 2 p 379 , 3 3 5 # -. 393/ B lin d M e n 's G r o v e , 425 B r a h tn S , 18 ; w o rld . 18 B r a h m a S a h a m p a tL 7 j# 36 B r a h m a d a tta , 48Qj^jf. B u r lin g a m e , E . W *, 47
G a y * Head, 4 3 /G iribbaja^ 5 6 / , G lo v e r p T . R -, 490 h G o a th e r d s B a n y a n , 3 / ., 6
Gopaka. 4^S
G o ta m a ,
x i /<, ?tix# xxijjf.,. 12 n.s
3 14 . 3 * 8 # - , 3 3 3 / ., 3 3 ? ;jr. G r e a t G rove* 3 18
13 /, 35 *- 46 A 5 * 137
^ 9 0 /.,
G reat K in g s (Tour). 6, i 3r 35 / n
G u a r d e d W o o d la n d T h ic k e t, 503 / .
33+
TsIdSisa, Is ib h a tta j 4 2 7 I s t p a t a n a ( l i ( 13 , l 8 J 2 2 / .
J a in s , 318 T a tiy a G r o v e , 353, 329 n ,t 33 2 J e ta , prince^ 34 1 n. J i v a k a K o m a r a b h a c c a , S q / f.t 2 So
381 if-
524
IN D E X
K a cc & n a th e G r e a t, * 6 o f f ,, 507 K a ja A g a la , 466 K a k a (slave). 39 * / K a n d a t a ^novice), 9 9 * 100 ** t o 7 108 n. K an.dak& (nun)* 10 7 K a p ila v a t t h u , 103, 105 KapiLz$uttt2, 32S w. K a p p in a t h e G r e a t, 1 3 6 f+. 507 K&si* 12. 397* 446 K ass-apa t h e B o y , 1 1 9 K a s s a p a t h e G r e a t, 118 / ., 14 3 , 413* 507 K a s s a p a o f G ayS . ( G a y ik a ssapa),. 32 44 K a s s a p a o f the R iv e r (N a d lk a s s a p a ), 3* A 44 _ ^ K a s s a p a o f U n i v e la (U r u v e la k a ss a p a ) K a s s a p a g o tta ., 446 jyl K a t t i k a , 305 K e n iy a (asce tic), 33^ # * K iin b ila , x j x > 501 fio+ntcdt tdtum & sinl, 205. 2 3 1, * 3 3 f f . K a s a i? c o u n tr y , t i ? , 148, 185. 1 9 6 / . F 208* n o , a i l / . r 23a, 232, 235, K o s a m b I, 392* 498 ; la y follow ers o f# 5C5 j m o n k s of, x b c, 503, 5 *5 5 7 ^ _ K o tls & m a , 3 1 4 # * K o t t h it a , 5 0 7 Kukkutftr^kmA, 44S . K u g m a r ^ 340, 3 4 3 / . L a m o tte , E t . p S ., 9 w.* 16 n ., 264 wL a w , B . C.* 13 1 260 + , zGi ti,, N a k e d A s c e tic fc ], n / . , n o N a n d a t 104 N an d iy a,, x i x . 50 c jy* N a t a p u t t a * 31 s / + N & tik a , 3 1 7 N erafijarS * i P 3 * -* 34 - 4 * N ig a n th a s , 3 2 3 / . N ila v a s in , 4-28 O ld e n b e r g , F L P v /., x x / . , n
5^5
4 1 4 /^
n .f 84
P a jjo t a , 390 39a P & riJeyya, 503 fir. P a a en a d L 203 329 n .t 3 4 * k.* 397 P a ta 3 i p t t a J 31 7, 423 PavS., 3 1 340 ;
3^9jS^
y t f f .. 47 /-
^ ^
t h ir t y
m onks
F h a lik a s a n d a ^ a , 428 P iL m d a va cc h a , 2 7 7 f f * t 2 S 1 jgf. F u r m a ji, 47 R d h a , 344 J U h u la , 103 507 R a ja g a h a , 46, 50, 5 2 / . , 72, 74, 96* 100 j f . f 130. 13 6 , 1 4 1 / , 1512. 15 4 , 183, 18 5 . 336, 2 5 1, afti, 2 g 5 /., 3S8 292, 294 / 305, 308,, 332, 379 384 , 3 8 5 # *, 3 * 9 / , 393, 3 9 7 p 4 7 428 R l j y a t a n a ( t r ) , vii* 5 /, R e v a t a , 44 1, 507 R e v a t a t h e D o u b te r, 285 /. R h y s D a v id s , T . W ., v / .. xx\ 131 n.,
2 6 1 n+, 34 4 ft
oi.
35i /
3 ^ / , 434
266
428 .
L ic c h a v is * 3 1 6 # . M a g a d h a , 8P 36, 47, 56, 89, 3*1 jflf- ; field of, 407 f. M a g a w tiy * Su ita, v i i i M a h a k a (uo-vice), 99 M a h a n im a , 11 n h p 19 Maha-pajSLp^tl, x x ii* 507 M a h 5.sa & . 266 M a h f, ^35, 334 n. Ma.llas : o f K u s in a r a , 340 M a n d a k in l to tu s *ta n k f i g 2 /, MS-ra, vii* 3* 18, 7:8 f f . , 501 > ; - 4* 30 7 M en daka, 315 329 JpM e t t iy 5 , rOO . M o g g a lla n a , x i i i p 20 .* 52. 54 5 *7 M orris, R** 226 . M -ount V u ltu r e P ea k * 14 2 236* 3 4 0 /. M u c a lin d a (tree), v ii, 4 / . r (serpent k in g ), 4
R h y s D a v id s , M rs., I n .M5 n>, 6 8 h, 10 n ri i i tp i a ji1( 13 w-* 15 , F i S w., 39 w.p 2 o > p 32 lp 5 2 , p 53 - 54 - 13^ 1 4 S * 3 4 1 -p 433 ^ p 5 0 1 5^>2 R o j a th e M a lla , 340 f f . t 422 S a g a t a , 2 36 jf . S a k e ta , 1 1 2 / . , 329
S a k k a , 36j^ -p 5 / S a k y a n fs ) 8 9 . 10 3 ; cla n , 5 3 ; sons o i th e, 57 . 74 , 39 f f . r 99 108 J f .t i i 2 . 124 1 3 1 , 15 4 , 183 / 2 5 1, 254, 285, 299, 3 3 * S l l a v a t l , 380 S a lla v a t l, 266 S5.nava.sin, 428 S a jftia y a (w anderer), j t * 55 jft S & r ip u tta , Jtiii, 19 Tf., 5 2 jfiT-, 72, 103. 105. s g 2 / . , 4 12 , 44 1, 305
413
3 5 i / 3 8 2 / .,
508
52*>
3 5 1 / * 4 *3p 4 * 8 A 507/-
IN D E X
U k k a la , 5 U d a y in . 8 7 rc., [52 U d e n a , 18 5 / . U p a k a , 1 1 /. U p li {tkera), 109
S 5.va.tthi, 105, 1 1 2 1 8 5 , -soi, 10S / 1 P 2 5 4 / ., *6 4 , 269, 2B5j * 9 * ff.w 346
427 J A 434- 55,
S & v itfl, 340 S e n a m g a m a , 28 n. S e tak a (L $ ik af ^66
5 IT/.
1 t% 4 6 6 ^ ., 307,.
S ih a , g e n e r a l, 3 1S f f .
S m ith , V in c e n t, 296 n. S o n a K o liv is a , 2-36, 13 9 J A a44 S o n a K u t ik a n n a , aGojjF. S n b h ad d si, 344 k . Subahu, i y S u n id h a a n d V a s s a k r a , 3 1 1 ff . Su pa^ sa, se r p e n t-k in g , i9 9 S u p a t it t h a snrine, 46 / S u p p iy a , *9 5 jgfS u p p l y ! , 295 J?^45
U paJi (householder), 332 U p a li (you th}, 96 /. U p a n a n d a . 99 * * 7. 2<>3- * 91 , 42S f f . U p p a la v a iin a , 87 n. U p a sen a , V a n g a n t a 's son, 7 6 / . U m v e la , I, u a 3 1 / , 45 U s fr a d d h a ja , 2-66 U t t a rak u ra , 37 V acchanahhajatakaj 340 w. V a jjis . 3 1 1 / . V appa. 11 19 V A aabh a, 446, 448 / V e d a s k 4, 337 n. V es& lf, 3 1 5 / . 3 * B A 3 * 1 f f , 33 z+ 379 , 409 A 41 * ; C o u n c il of, 339 V im a la , 27 V in a y a , 1 1 7 V is a k h a . 203, 329 33= M -. 4 * 3 j A 4 it A 43a 5 ^ i n ep h ew of, 2 0 1 W a d d e ll, L . A ,, 3 12 W d ] -fa r e r ( 8, 1 9 P 31, 51 W in tern ita:. M ., 131 .* ^ 3 3 W ood w ard* F . L ., 1 5 6 . d 364 3 1 4 n .r 450 . Y a ^ a t a i ff . Y & s o jij 3*8
T a p u s s a a n d B h a H ik a , 5 / . T a x ila , 381 / . T h o m a s , E h J*, ! ? +t., 1 5 20 ., 28 w-, 4 6 n .B 53 t*t Thvt]Lana.nd5 , 19 6 rt. T h u o a , 266 T r e e o f Awa.Ti.enmg, i , 3, 1 1 T ru th -fin d e r{s)> 5, I 3 #*> 54. 5* / - . 77 r o t , 104* 1 7 1 *P a i o , 287, * 9 7 , 307. 3 * 1 A 3 4 1 . 346, 394, 396, 4^ 5/, 4 *8 A 5 6 ; shedder o f a TVs blood,
113 A
1B0, 439, 458, 461
w.t
TJddaka, R 5 -ms/s son, i U jje n I* 390 /*
IN D E X SO M E
III. IN THE NOTES
P A L I W O R D S D IS C U S S E D
atcibtmdha, 40S
adtfftatesika, 398 p 75 ay%dma*ttacdyaJ 353 anuvivaipa, 409
îKFiujona, 0
p arivsat 85 pahh&dha, 374 î.iliAaAftaârivva, 343 phOrnahixUhuh^ 1 16 tn&?&man(ala-&gkatHan4$iZjc*F 35 5j 40S
antaggithih^ dtfthi, zz(>
antaratthakdsUf 41 alindor, 34?r

hap piya b hu m i * 327
4 < > g
'
"
kakuitcpaka, 99 AAaâttag* dftotiaKajff a*wf?tp 490

tkuH akum riyot 3 7
lihhila, 94 vi&Aat/a* 16
na faM /ajpt
hatthii* ^ c c A ^ i , 2 6 7 K iw ttfaA ata, 355
J'ala tja
s^ T w flffl katv&t 60
1z
209
5*7
IN D E X
IV . TH E NOTES
A B B R E V IA T IO N S U SE D IN
A . ^ A n g T r tta r a -N ik 3.ya A. A . = C o m n le n U r y qq A* Apv =* A p A J iin a a* B oo k o f the D is c ip lin e Bu., = B u d d h a g h o s a B u d v i Su dd ha.vaip.sa B tid v A . = C o tn m e n ta r y o n B u d v . G+H*l+ = H istory o f I n d ia Corny, C o m m e n ta r y C p . C a riy S p it^ k & C .P ^ D . C r itic a l P a li D ictio n a ry (D inea A n d e r s e n a n d H e lm e r S m ith ) C V * C u lla v a g g a (Vinaya.) U * D lf h a - N i k S y a D A . = C o m m e n ta r y on D_ -Dh, an d D h p . *= D h a jn m a p a d a D h A . = C o m m e n ta r y on D h . D ia l. = D ia lo g u es o f th t B u d d h a D iv y , = D i v y 4 v a d i.a a D . P . P . N . D ictio n a ry o f P a li P ro p er Nam ^s fG^ P . M&laJasekeza.) D p v s . = D ip a v a m s a -Ftrfr. = F u rth er D ialogues G*S< = G radual Sayings H + J ,A rS . H arvard J o u r n a l o f A s ia t ic Studies Iti. x I t i v u t t a k a It A . = C o m m e n ta r y on Zti.
/J* U tata
J ,A . O . S . b J o u rn a l o f the A m er ica n O riental Society J > P .T .S . = J o u rn a l q f the P a li T e x i Society J+R.A+S+ = J o u m & i o f JAj R oy a l A s ia tic Socisty K h u . K h u d d a k a p a th a K .S , ^ K in d r e d Sayings K v u . = K a th H v a tth u A f. = M a jjh im a -W it 3 Lya M A . = C o m m e n ta r y on M A lhvs. -= r Ma.h 5 vsiEnsa A ftin . = M ilin d a p a flh a M irt+ A nth. = JTtfj+ttrr o/ Canon H I V . = M a h a v a g g a (V in a ya ) XtJ/i* = N e ttip a k a ra ju a t f ij ja g * = N is s a g g iy u P d c . = P & c ittiy a P a r . = P 5 rS.jika P . E . D . *= P a li-E n g ltsh D ictiona ry (T. W , R h y s D a v id s a n d W . Stede) P f $ t & rsth . =. P sa lm s o f th& Brethren P ss . S is . = P sa lm s o f the Sisters P$s> = P a tis a m b tiid a m a c g a P ts . Contr. -= P o in ts o f Controversy P v A . ^ C om rn eritary on t h e P e t a v a t t h u R V . = R ig - V e d a S+ *= S a iiiy u t ta - N ik a y a S A * C o m m e n ta r y on S. Sangh. = Sa-n ghid isesa 5 n. = S u tta n ip ^ ta Sttu4 . = C o m m e n ta r y on S a .
528
I N D E X
r A f lf , = Th.eragf3 t li 4 Th&gA + C o m m e n ta r y o r T h a g . T h lg . = T h e r ig it h a T h tg A . = C o m m e n ta r y on T h (g * U d t U d in a ij<EA t = C o m m e n ta r y o n U d . V A - = C o m m e n ta r y o n V in . = V ib h ? n g a VbhA* . = C o m m e n ta r y o n V b h , V in . = V i n a y a V is u d d h im a g g a
539

Horner I B TR Book of The Discipline Vinaya Pitaka Vol IV Mahavagga 568p

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Horner I B TR Book of The Discipline Vinaya Pitaka Vol IV Mahavagga 568p

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

a c ie o

Translated by L B* HORNER, M .A . A ssociate o f Neumharn College, Cambridge

IN D E X E S : x. 2. 3. 4. W o rd s a n d S u b je c ts N am es 5 15 524 527 528

S o m e P a li W o rd s d iscussed in th e N o te s A b b r e v ia tio n s used in the N o te s -

vakyabhedatpt* F r o m here t h e M a jjk ita a v e r s io n d iv erges. 4 a&Hetcittarfi upatfhdpisutp. ; cf. D . i, 230, 23 r_

A t th a t tim e in B e n a re s th e re w a s a y o u n g m a n o f fa m ily , th e so n o f a {great) m e rch a n t*, d e lic a te ly re a re d , c a lle d Y a s a B .

* These four lines and the n e x t io u r occur also a t S . i. m .

aftgato raipsiyo satpsaranii,. flames streamed from his b od y (Limb).

* This, in v ita tio n seems t o c a n c e l th e L o r d 's req u est t o s t a y for " o n e

* nikkhiltd, in stead of* as p r e v io u sly , upanikhhi 1 a k a ra -h a tlh a .

Cf* S , ii. 234.

iv . 88^ F&A. 334.

* p a riy& ya , fo rm u la , p a ra p h ra se , tircp m lo cT itio n , see C o o m a ra sw a m y , op* c it *j p* 1 7 2 , n* 1* P e rh a p s '* e p ito m e C f . A . iv . 6 3, w h e re dh a tn m a p a r iy a y a a lso a p p e a rs to r e fe r t o ve rse s.

* Cf, B .D , ii. 47, a. j ,

Cf. Vift. iii. 7*

* Cf, S . ii. 272. S ee M V - I X . 3 , 4-9* a n d I> u ttF Early B u d ,

ii. 159* also A * iii. 4 2 1 . iv 145 an d s ee M A . L 190.

* Same method used a t M V , I. 54 . j fo r le ttin g n o vices g o forth .

T Cf. Vin . i+ 274.

* Cf. Vtw* iv* 104 4 Cf. L ?or 1*5, loo, 223.

* ay&m -sc ? , em phatic.

* bhangukam ma, cf.

rO g a m & iig itlo , o u ld th e b e

{ka kfi Uififdpetv-a)*

1 Nissag. X V I I I . da n gah a m m a ; cf* above I. 4'+. 1, 45 - i r 3-D .d Vi*t. iL 262 i.

* See above, I. &2. i p and B .D . iii. 31.

* moligalta ; t. 11, given a t

L 372 : mofigaUat mukaHa.

MV- I. 28, j-e.

N o w a t th a t tim e a c e rta in m o n k , su sp e n d e d s fo r n o t seeing an offence, le ft th e O rd er, (hut) h a v in g com e b a c k a g a in , he

in seclusion if.I w ere to for m on ks, w o u ld be a

a reason in g allowr th ose (to form ) a (form al) a c t

V A . 2034 e x p la in s b y thulasarirasu/sard, p ig s t h a t a,re (a t

T D efin ed a t Vitt* iv . 2 (B J> . i i 166). * Q u o te d A s L 92* antardyikc dhummc ; see B .D . iiL a I. n, 5*

1 ntmitia kitteta& b{!l+

* ava$e*satn sutsna tavctabbatn.

himself or call upon another to do so. dhamnut unbidden, above, p . 14ft*

Cf. the ruling which arose from speaking

* tut w vaitati, it is not for me. * A s in (| 3 y above, b u t t o l d m t h

sh o u ld n o t n o t go w h en en jo in ed b y an elder* not go, th ere is an offence of w ro n g -d o in g /'

9 ga^tamaggcna gaygtutn* 4 said ha 17 1 g a h ctu q i_

I t m e a n s t h a t t h e i l l m o n k b e lie v e s t h a t h e h a s c o m m it t e d n o n e o f t h e o ffe n c e s s p e c ifie d in t h e P S tim o k k h a * o r t h a t , i i h e h a s , h e h a s c o n fe s s e d t h e m , so t h a t in r e g a r d to t h e m h e is p u re .

1 kalt*7?ikiriyd bhavissatit lit. there w ill be a OoLijg o f (hi$) tun?

* ta tth ' eva. V A , 10 62, i f h e g o e s e ls e w h e r e , n o t t o t h e m id s t o I t h e O r d e r , * * T h e o n e w h o h a s u n d e r t a k e n t o c o n v e y th e t n t L e p u r i t y s h e lv e s h is

re sp o n sib ility an d d o es n o t c a r r y o u t th e m essage en tru sted to him*

an d le a v in g th e O rde* a n d p a ssin g a w a y , w ith Vin^ i. 135 , 167-6, 307, 320,

lfl N o t t o b e ord ained , a b o v e p* 109,

I t is h ere th e 1 co n sen t ' t o send

santi samghassa Anrantyntn,

S a m e expression o ccu rs a t b e g in n in g o f MTV.

o u tsid e an O rd e r's b o u n d a ry a m o n k w o u ld n o t b e a m em ber

w ou ld n o t render t h a t O rd e r "* in c o m p le te p > .

*' This is a case, m onks, where one m onk is staying in a

Now at th at tim e a certain m onk cam c to have fallen into

the ruies that O b s e r v a n c e should be carried out: by a complete

|| 6 \ \ above) * . . a Jike n u m b er _ * * a sm aller n um ber . . . || 7 || T o ld are th e F ifte e n C ases in w h ic h th ere is II 28 It N o O ffence,

* n<X d d ia b b d sd m agg l,. need n o t g i v e co m p le tio n to*

drar?iat tra n sla te d " p a r k ** in || g f ] below .

See fl-J?. ii. 2( n r

a " d a n g e r to life *\, the ninth d a n g e r listed a t Ttw. i h 113.

* vaithxt. P r o b a b ly m ea n in g a s ite io r a. h u t o r a dwc]lin.g-place* as In Sangh. V I, V II .

th e first th ree m o D th i o i the r a in y -season.

1 P a v & r a p d . a c e r e m o n y h e ld a t t h e e n d o f t h e t h ir d m o n th , o f th e r a in s . See M V . IV . '

* p a riy& ya , fo rm u la , p a ra p h ra se , tircp m lo cT itio n , see C o o m a ra sw a m y , op* c it j p 1 7 2 , n* 1* P e rh a p s '* e p ito m e C f . A . iv . 6 3, w h e re dh a tn m a p a r iy a y a a lso a p p e a rs to r e fe r t o ve rse s.